Manorathanandin’s Pramāṇavārtikavṛtti

1

<001>

<prathamaḥ paricchedaḥ ॥>

<pramāṇasiddhiḥ>

1.0

1,i (PVV_1,i)

vimuktāvaraṇakleśaṃ dīptākhilaguṇaśriyaṃ /

svaikavedyātmasampattiṃ namasyāmi mahāmunim //

svayamapi kṛtināṃ mahadbhiranyairapi gamito bahuvistarairnna yoyam /

tadapi ca sugamo na madvidhānāmiti vivṛticchalataḥ karomi cintām //

ahamapi na nijaikalābhalubdho na ca parakṛtyarasābhilāṣamuktaḥ /

phalati punariyaṃ parārthavāñchāvratatirabhīṣṭaphalāni puṇyabhājām //

1.1

<ka. namaskāraślokaḥ>

1,ii (PVV_1,ii_1,iv)

śāstrādāvavidhnena tatsamāptyarthaṃ bhagavati prasādajanane śrotṛjanānugrahārthañca stutipūrvakamācāryo namaskāraślokamāha ।

1,iii

"vidhūtakalpanājālagambhīrodāramūrtaye /

namaḥ samantabhadrāya samantaspharaṇatviṣe // (pram.siddh.) 1 //"

1,iv

vidhūtaṃ vidhvastaṃ anutpattikadharmatāmāpāditaṃ "kalpanā" grāhyagrāhakādhyāropaḥ saiva "jālaṃ" bandhanahetutvāt yāsāṃ tā vidhūtakalpanājālāḥ । etena dharmakāya uktaḥ । dvayaśūnyatāyā dharmadhātutvāt 〈।〉 tadadhigamasya dharmakāyatvāt । gambhīrāśca khaḍga<002>śrāvakādyaviṣayatvāt । udārāśca sakalajñeyasatvārthavyāpanāditi "gambhīrodārāḥ" । ābhyāṃ sāmbhogikanairmmāṇikakāyāvuktau tayoreva svarūpatvāt । vidhūtakalpanājālā gambhīrodārā "mūrttayo" yasya sa "vidhūtakalpanājālagambhorodāramarttiḥ" 〈।〉 etena svārthasampaduktā trikāyalakṣaṇatvāttasyāḥ ।

2,i (PVV_2,i)

"samantaṃ" niravaśeṣaṃ bhadraṃ kalyāṇaṃ parārthasampatsambhāralakṣaṇaṃ yasmādasau "samantabhadraḥ" 〈।〉 anayā bhagavannāmavyutpattyā parārthasampadabhihitā । samantataḥ spharantīti samantaspharaṇyaḥ tviṣaḥ tāva〈t〉 tviṣo deśanā yasya sa "samantaspharaṇatviṭ" vastutattvāvabhāsanopāyatā ca tviḍdeśanayoḥ sādharmyaṃ 〈।〉 anena parārthasampadupāyo darśitaḥ । deśanādvāreṇa bhagavatā jagadarthakaraṇāt । etena stutiruktā asādhāraṇānāṃ svaparārthasampattitadupāyānāmupadarśanāt । sarvatra namaḥśabdayogāccaturthī । anena namaskārobhihitaḥ । yadā tu samantabhadraśabdo rūḍhyā bodhisattvaviśeṣe vartate tadāpi padavyākhyānaṃ pūrvavadeva । ayantu viśeṣaḥ । vidhūtakalpanājālatvaṃ bodhisattvabhūmyāvaraṇaprahāṇato veditavyaṃ । gāmbhīryantu khaḍgaśrāvakāviṣayatvāt । audāryantu darśa bhūmīśvarabodhisattvamāhātmyātiśayataḥ । kāyatrayantu bodhisattvānāmapyasti prakarṣaniṣṭhāgamanāttu bhagavatāṃ vyavasthāpyate । deśanā ca prasiddhaiva teṣāṃ ॥ (1) ॥

1.2

<kha. śāstrārambhaprayojanam>

2,ii (PVV_2,ii_2,iii)

śrotṛdoṣabāhulyācchāstreṇa paropakāramapaśyan sūktābhyāsabhāvitacittatāmevātmanaḥ śāstrārambhakāraṇandarśayan vakroktyā doṣatāpanayanena śāstre śrotṛn pravartayitum(a)〈ā〉ha ।

2,iii

"prāyaḥ prākṛtasaktirapratibalaprajño janaḥ kevalaṃ, nānarthyeva subhāṣitaiḥ parigatā vidveṣṭyapīrṣyāmalaiḥ /

tenāyaṃ na paropakāra iti naścintāpi cetastataḥ, sūktābhyāsavibarddhitavyasanamityatrānubaddhaspṛham // (pram.siddh.) 2 //"

2,iv (PVV_2,iv_3,i)

"prāyo" bhūyān bāhulyena vā "janaḥ prākṛteṣu" bahiḥśāstreṣu "sakti"rabhiṣvaṅgo yasya sa prākṛtasaktiranena kuprajñatvaṃ śrotṛdoṣa uktaḥ । "apratibalā" śāstrārthagrahaṇaṃ pratya"śaktā prajñā" yasyāsāvapratibalaprajñaḥ anenājñatvamuktaṃ ।"kevalaṃ, nānarthyeva sūbhāṣitaiḥ" । kintu subhāṣitābhidhāyinaṃ īrṣyā parasaṃpattau cetaso vyāroṣaḥ saiva malaścittamalinī<003>karaṇāt । taiḥ "parigato" yuktaḥ san "vidveṣṭyapi । īrṣyāmalairiti" vyaktyapekṣayā bahuvacanaṃ । anena yathākramamanarthitvamamādhyasthyañcoktaṃ 〈।〉 "tena śrotṛdoṣakalārpena ayamā"ripsito vārttikākhyo granthaḥ 〈।〉 paramupakarotīti "paropakāra" iti "no'smākañcintāpi" nāsti । kathantarhi śāstrakaraṇe pravṛttirityāha cetaściraṃ "dīrghakālaṃ sūkta"syā"bhyāsena vivarddhitavyasanaṃ" vistāritābhiṣvaṅga"miti"heto"ratra vārtikakaraṇe'nubaddhaspṛhaṃ" jātābhilāṣaṃ । etena kuprajñatādidoṣajātamātmano bodhitāḥ śrotārastatparihāreṇa śāstre pravartitā eva bhavanti ॥ (2)

<ga. pramāṇasiddhiḥ>

3,i

ayamācā ryo bṛhadācāryīyapramāṇasamuccayaśāstre vārttikaṃ cikīrṣuḥ svataḥ kṛtabhagavannamaskāra〈ḥ〉 tacchāstrārambhasamaye tadācāryakṛtabhagavannamaskāraślokaṃ vyākhyātukāmaḥ prathamaṃ pramāṇasāmānyalakṣaṇamāha 〈।〉

<1.1. pramāṇalakṣaṇam>

<(1) avisaṃvādi jñānam>

1.3

3,ii (PVV_3,ii_3,v^1)

"pramāṇamavisaṃvādi jñānaṃ;"

3,iii

jñānaṃ pramāṇaṃnājñānamindriyārthasannikarṣādi । kīdṛśamavisaṃvādi । visaṃvādanaṃ visaṃvādo vañjanaṃ tadyogādvisaṃvādi । na tathā'sāvavisaṃvādi । avisamvādanamuktamityarthaḥ । kiṃ punarityāha 〈।〉

3,iv

"arthakriyāsthitiḥ /

avisaṃvādanaṃ;"

3,v (PVV_3,v^2)

yathopadarśitārthasya kriyāyāḥ sthitiḥ pramāṇayogyatā'visaṃvādanaṃ 〈।〉 ataśca yato jñānādarthaṃ paricchidyāpi na pravartate pravṛtto vā kutaścitpratibandhāderarthakriyānnādhigacchati । tadapi pramāṇameva pramāṇayogyatālakṣaṇasyāvisaṃvādasya sattvāt । saiva pramāṇayogyatā kathamasatyāmarthakriyāprāptau niścīyata iti cet 〈।〉 yattāvadasakṛdvyavahārābhyāsāddarśanamātreṇopalakṣitabhramaviviktasvarūpaviśeṣaṃ sādhanādhyakṣaṃ tasya<004> svata eva pramāṇayogyatāniścayaḥ kṛtrimākṛtrimamaṇirupyāditatvaniścayavat । aṃnumānasya ca sādhyapratibaddhajanmano vyabhicārāśaṅkāvirahāt । arthakriyānirbhāsantu pratyakṣaṃ svata evārthakriyānubhavātmakaṃ na tatra parārthakriyā'pekṣyata iti tadapi svato niścitaprāmāṇyaṃ । ata evārthakriyāparaṃparānusaraṇādanavasthādoṣopi dustha eva । yattvanabhyastadaśāyāṃ saṃdigdhaprāmāṇyamutpattau tasyārthakriyājñānādanumānādvā prāmāṇyaṃ niścīyate । etaccāvisaṃvādanaṃ bāhyārthetaravādayoḥ samānaṃ pramāṇalakṣaṇaṃ 〈।〉 vi jñā na nayepi sādhananirbhāsajñānānantaramarthaṃkriyānirbhāsajñānamevasaṃvādaḥ । ato vijñaptimātratve pramāṇetaravibhāgavyavahāro'saṃkīrṇṇaḥ ।

4,i (PVV_4,i_4,iii)

nanu śabdagandharasasparśān citrarūpañca paśyato jñānasya paramarthakriyājñānaṃ nāstīti tatpramāṇanna syādityāha ।

4,ii

"śābdepyabhiprāyanivedanāt // (pram.siddh.) 3 //"

4,iii

"śābde" śabdajanite jñāne'pi śabdād gandhādiviṣaye'pi "abhiprāya"syābhipretārthakriyā〈yā〉 "nivedanāt" pratipādanātprāmāṇyaṃ 〈।〉 arthakriyā hi kvacitsvarūpapratipattireva । kvacittato'nyā yathāsambhavaṃ vyavahāraviṣayaḥ । tatprāpaṇañca prāmāṇyamiti nāvyāpakaṃ pramāṇalakṣaṇam । (3)

1.4

4,iv (PVV_4,iv_4,vi)

nanu śabdasyārthapratibandhābhāvānna prāmāṇyaṃ syādiṣyate cānumānatvādityāha 〈।〉

4,v

"vaktṛvyāpāraviṣayo yortho buddhau prakāśate /

prāmāṇyaṃ tatra śabdasya nārthatattvanibandhanam // (pram.siddh.) 4 //"

4,vi

"vaktṛrvyāpāro" vivakṣā "tasya viṣayo yo'rthaḥ" samāropitabahī rūpo jñānākāraḥ prakāśate "buddhau" vivakṣātmikāyāṃ 〈।〉 "tatra śabdasya prāmāṇyaṃ" liṅgatvaṃ । śabdāduccaritādvivakṣitārthapratibhāsī vikalponumīyata ityarthaḥ । tatkāryatvāttacchabdasya । "na punararthatattvanibandhanaṃ" tatpratibandhābhāvāt ॥ (4)

1.5

4,vii (PVV_4,vii_5,ii)

nanu ghaṭoyamityādijñānātpravartamānasya sambandhostyeveti tat pramāṇaṃ syāt 〈।〉 ityāha ।

<005>

5,i

"gṛhītagrahaṇānneṣṭaṃ sāṃvṛtaṃ, dhīpramāṇatā /

pravṛttestatpradhānatvāt heyopādeyavastuni // (pram.siddh.) 5 //"

5,ii

"gṛhītagrahaṇānneṣṭaṃ sāṃvṛtaṃ" darśanottarakālaṃ sāṃvṛtaṃ vikalpajñānaṃ pramāṇaṃ neṣṭaṃ darśanagṛhītasyaiva grahaṇāt tenaiva ca prāpayituṃ śakyatvāt sāṃvṛtamakiñcitkarameva । kasmātpunarddhiyaḥ "pramāṇa"teṣyate nendriyādeḥ 〈।〉 "heyopādeyavastu"viṣayāyāḥ "pravṛttestatpradhānatvāt" jñānapradhānatvāt dhiya eva prāmāṇyaṃ 〈।〉 na hīndriyamastītyeva pravṛttiḥ kintarhi jñānasadbhavāt sādhakatamañca pramāṇaṃ tasyāvyavahitavyāpāratvāt । (5)

1.6

5,iii (PVV_5,iii_5,v)

evaṃ phalārthināṃ pravṛttivyavahārakāritvena dhiyaḥ prāmāṇyaṃ pratipāditaṃ । sāmpratamadhigamaphalavibhāgakāritvamāha ।

5,iv

"viṣayākārabhedācca dhiyodhigamabhedataḥ /"

5,v

"dhiyo" viṣayasyevākāro "viṣayākāraḥ" nīlādistasya "bhedāt viśeṣādadhigama"syārthapratīte"rbhedā"dviśeṣāddhiya eva prāmāṇyaṃ nīlasvarūpaṃ hi jñānaṃ nīlapratītiranyādṛśamanyatheti dhīreva pramāṇaṃ ।

5,vi (PVV_5,vi_5,ix)

nanu yathādhigamasādhanamākārastathendriyamapi tadutpatterata āha 〈।〉

5,vii

"bhāvādevāsya tadbhāve;"

5,viii

tasyākārasya "bhāve'syā"dhigamasya "bhāvādeva" sādhanamavyavahitatvāt na tvindriyādi tadbhāvepi jñānānutpattāvadhigamābhāvāt । kaścidāha 〈।〉 sarvajñānānāmabādhitatvalakṣaṇaṃ prāmāṇyaṃ svata eva sidhyate bādhakāraṇadoṣajñānābhyāṃ kvacittadapohyate yathā śuktikāyāṃ rajatajñāne candradvayadarśane vā । taccedamayuktaṃ yataḥ 〈।〉

5,ix

"svarūpasya svato gatiḥ // (pram.siddh.) 6 //"

<006>

6,i (PVV_6,i)

"svarūpasya svato gati" rna prāmāṇyasya । svato hi prāmāṇyasyābhivyaktirvaktavyā । na tūtpattiḥ । jñānātmabhūtasya svasmādutpattivirodhāt । yadi ca svato'bādhitatvaṃ prāmāṇyamabhivyaktyā vyavasthāpitaṃ na tasya bādhakānāṃ sahasreṇāpi bādhoyuktaḥ । atha sambhavati bādhake bādhakādarśanaṃ yatra tatrābādhitatvamapodyate bādhakadarśanena । evantarhi bādhakādarśanānnābādhitatvaṃ kintarhi bādhakābhāvāt । tasya cādarśanādanyanna sādhanaṃ । taccedasādhanaṃ nābādhitatvaṃ nāma prāmāṇyaṃ nāpyasya svataḥ siddhiḥ । ataḥ prathamaṃ bādhakādarśanātprasaktamabādhitatvaṃ bādhadarśanādapodyata iti kimatrāyuktaṃ । īdṛśa eva bādhyabādhakabhāvaḥ sarvataḥ ॥

6,ii (PVV_6,ii)

kīdaśo'tra prasaṅgārthaḥ 〈।〉 kiṃ sattvamuta sattvaniścayau । sambhāvanāmātramvā । tatra na tāvadanayoḥ pakṣayorapavādo yuktaḥ । sataḥ kenacidapi bādhitumaśakyatvāt antyepi na svato'bādhitatvaniścayaḥ tadviruddhatvāt sambhāvanāyāḥ । aniścitameva tatrābādhitatvaṃ kathamanyathotpadyata iti cet । na tarhi svataḥprāmāṇyaniścaya iti yatrāpi bādhadarśanaṃ nāsti tatrāpyanāśvāsa eva 〈।〉 evañca bādhyabādhakabhāvaḥ "sadasattāpakṣayorasaṅgato" veditavyaḥ ॥(6)

1.7

6,iii (PVV_6,iii_6,iv^1)

"prāmāṇyaṃ vyavahāreṇa;"

6,iv (PVV_6,iv^2)

yadi svarūpamātraṃ svato gamyate na prāmāṇyaṃ kathantarhi tadavagamyamityāha । "prāmāṇyamvyavahāreṇārthakriyājñānena" 〈।〉 yasya sādhanajñānasya tādātmyādanubhūtepi prāmāṇye sāśaṅkā vyavaharttāro'nabhyāsavaśādanutpannānurūpaniścayāḥ tatrārthakriyājñānena prāmāṇyaniścayaḥ । anyatra tu vibhramaśaṅkāsaṅkocādutpattāveva svarūpasya prāmāṇyasya svato gatirityuktaṃ ॥ athavā cakṣurvijñānena rūpakṣaṇa eko dṛśyate na bhāvī prāpyo nāpi sparśaḥ tatkayamanyadarśanamanyaprāptyā pramāṇaṃ । evaṃ hyatiprasaṅgaḥ syāt । <007> anumānañca vyāptigrahaṇasāpekṣaṃ vyāptiśca pratyakṣeṇa purovarttirūpamātragrāhiṇā kathaṃśakyagrahā । deśakālavyaktivyāptyā ca vyāptirucyate yatra yatra dhūmastatra tatrāgniriti pratyakṣapṛṣṭhajaśca vikalpo na pramāṇaṃ pramāṇavyāpārānukārī tvasāviṣyate । yatrāyamadhyakṣavyāpāramatikramyādhikamāropayati "tatra na pramāṇaṃ amūlakatvāttasya" pramāṇaprameyasya । vijātīyavyāvṛtteradhyakṣeṇa dṛṣṭatvādastyeva mūlamiti cet na sajātīyavyāvṛttyā viśeṣitatvāttasyāḥ । anyathā śābaleyanāśampratiyatā pratyakṣeṇa gomātranāśo vyavasthāpyeta । anumānācca vyāptigrahaṇe'navasthāpattiḥ । ata āha । "svarūpasya svato gatiḥ" ॥

7,i (PVV_7,i_7,ii)

svarūpamātraṃ svato gamyate na prāpyarūpasāpekṣaṃ prāmāṇyannāma kiñcidasti । kathantarhi tadvyavasthetyāha । "prāmāṇyamvyavahāreṇa ।"

7,ii

sāṃvyavahārikasyedaṃ pramāṇasya lakṣaṇaṃ saṃvyavahāraśca bhāvibhūtarūpādikṣaṇānāmekatvena saṃvādaviṣayonavagītaḥ sarvasya । sādhyasādhanayorekavyaktidarśane"samasta"tajjātīyatathātvavyavasthānaṃ samvā damavadhārayanti vyavaharttāraḥ । tadanurodhāt prāmāṇyamvyavasthāpyate । tattvatastu svasamvedanamātramapravṛttinivṛttikaṃ ॥

7,iii (PVV_7,iii_7,v)

nanu yatra tāvadabhyastasādhanajñānādiṣu nirastabhramā vyavahāriṇasteṣāṃ svata eva prāmāṇyaniścayaḥ yattvanabhyastasādhanaṃ jñānaṃ tasyāpi vyavahāreṇeti niṣphalaṃ śāstrapraṇayanamityāha ।

7,iv

"śāstraṃ mohanirtanaṃ /"

7,v

yadi vyavahārataḥ pramāṇasvarūpasiddhiḥ parasparavirodhīni lakṣaṇaśāstrāṇi na syuḥ । tasmācchāstreṇa lakṣaṇopadarśanāt tadviṣayaḥ saṃmoho nivartanīyaḥ । yena paralokaniḥśreyasādervyavahārāprasiddhasya siddhirbhavati ।

<(2) ajñātārthaprakāśakam>

7,vi (PVV_7,vi_8,ii)

tadevamavisamvādanaṃ pramāṇalakṣaṇamuktabhidānīmanyadāha ।

<008>

8,i

"ajñātārthaprakāśo vā;"

8,ii

prakāśanaṃ prakāśo'jñā tasyārthasya prakāśo jñānaṃ 〈।〉 tatpramāṇaṃ । arthagrahaṇena dvicandrādijñānasya nirāsaḥ । ajñātagrahaṇena sāmvṛtasyāvayavyādiviṣayasya । pṛthag gṛhītānāmeva rūpādīnāmekatvena vikalpanāt 〈।〉 smaraṇañca pūrvagṛhītārthavikalparūpatvānnādhikagrāhi 〈।〉 gṛhīte ca prāktanameva pramāṇaṃ । idānīntu smaraṇamapra vartakaṃ tasyaiva sandehāt ॥

8,iii (PVV_8,iii_8,iv)

nanvavisamvādādevājñātārthaprakāśo jñātavyaḥ । anyathā pītaśaṃkhajñānamapi pramāṇaṃ syāt । tathā cāvisamvāditvameva pramāṇamastu kimanenābhi hitena 〈।〉 syādetadyadi sambhavitvamātre lakṣaṇaṃ syāt । kiṃ nūddiṣṭa tvenānyathā jñānatvasattvādikamapi lakṣaṇaṃ syāt ।

8,iv

nanvavisamvādibhyo'jñātārthaprakāśakaṃ jñāyate na tu jñānatvādibhya iti pūrvasyāpekṣaṇīyatā lakṣaṇena । na tu pareṣāmiti viśeṣaḥ । yadyevaṃ tadā'visamvāditvepyajñātārthaprakāśanamapekṣata eva 〈।〉 nānyathā sāṃvṛtasya nirāsaḥ śakyaḥ karttuṃ 〈।〉 tasmādubhayamapi parasparasāpekṣameva lakṣaṇamboddhavyaṃ ॥ (7)

1.8

8,v (PVV_8,v_9,iv)

nanu svalakṣaṇapratīterūrddhvaṃ sāmā nyaviṣayaṃ jñānamajñātārthaprakāśakatvātpramāṇaṃ prāptaṃ tadevāha 〈।〉

8,vi

"svarūpādhigateḥ param // (pram.siddh.) 7 //

prāptaṃ sāmānyavijñānaṃ ;"

8,vii

pramāṇamiti śeṣaḥ ।

8,viii

atrāha ।

8,ix

"avijñāte svalakṣaṇe 〈/〉

yajjñānamityabhiprāyāt;"

<009>

9,i

ajñātasvalakṣaṇaviṣayaṃ "yajjñānaṃ" tatpramāṇaṃ na jñātaviṣaya"mityabhiprāyānnātipra"sa ṅgaḥ ॥ evantarhi anumānamapi sāmānyaviṣayatvāt pramāṇaṃ na syāt । naitadasti tadapi ca lakṣa ṇamevānityādirūpatayā viṣayīkaroti ॥

9,ii

kiṃ punaradhigatasvalakṣaṇaviṣayameva pramāṇamiṣṭaṃ ।

9,iii

"svalakṣaṇavicārataḥ // (pram.siddh.) 8 //"

9,iv

"svalakṣaṇavicārato"'rthakriyārthibhiḥ svalakṣaṇa meva pramāṇenānviṣyate tasyaivārthakriyāsādhanatvāt । yadeva ca tairanviṣyate tadeva śāstre vicāryate sāṃvyavahārikapramāṇādhikārāt ॥ (8)

1.9

<(3) bhagavataḥ prāmāṇyam>

9,v (PVV_9,v_10,iii)

yathoktadvividhalakṣaṇamuktaṃ yatpramāṇaṃ 〈।〉

9,vi

"tadvat pramāṇaṃ bhagavān;"

9,vii

"tadvad bhagavān pramāṇaṃ" । yathābhihitasya satyacatuṣṭayasyāvisamvādanāttasyaiva parairajñātasya prakāśanācca ॥

9,viii

yadyevaṃ namaskāraśloke pramāṇāyetyevāstu "pragāṇabhūtāye"ti kimarthamityāha ।

9,ix

"abhūtavinivṛttaye 〈/〉

bhūtonktiḥ;"

<010>

10,i

"bhūtaśabda"nirdeśo'bhūtasya nityasya nivṛttyartha "nityaṃ pramāṇaṃ nā"stītyarthaḥ ।

10,ii

"sādhanāpekṣā tato yuktāṃ pramāṇatā // (pram.siddh.) 9 //"

10,iii

tataḥ sādhanāpekṣā pramāṇatā yuktā bhagavataśca prāmāṇyasādhanaṃ vakṣyamāṇaṃ (9) ।

1.10–1.11

<(4) īśvarāderaprāmāṇyam>

<ka. nityāniṃtyayorapramāṇatā>

<(ka) nityasyāpramāṇatā>

10,iv (PVV_10,iv_10,vii)

"nityaṃ pramāṇaṃ naivāsti prāmāṇyāt;"

10,v

kasmāt punarnityaṃ pramāṇaṃ naivāsti 〈।〉 āha vastunorthakriyākāriṇaḥ sato gaterjñānasya "prāmāṇyānnāsti nityaṃ pramāṇaṃ" । atraiva kāraṇamāha ।

10,vi

"vastusaṃgateḥ /

jñeyānityatayā tasyā adhrauvyāt;"

10,vii

"jñeya"sya vastuno'rthakriyākāritvenā"nitya"tvāt "tasyā vastusaṅgate"rapi tajjanyāyā'(?a) "dhrauvyāda"nityatvāt ।

10,viii (PVV_10,viii_10,x)

syādetad 〈।〉 anityaviṣayamanityameva jñānaṃ kevalaṃ yasya tat jñānaṃ sa jñātā "nityo" bhaviṣyatītyāha 〈।〉

10,ix

"kramajanmanāṃ // (pram.siddh.) 10 //

nityādutpattiviśleṣādapekṣāyā ayogataḥ /"

10,x

jñānasya nityāt jñāturu"tpattervi śleṣāt" । nityaṃ hi sadaikarūpaṃ yadi "kramajanmanāṃ" jñānānāmarjanasamarthaṃ । sakṛdeva tāni kuryyāt । atha samarthamapi nityaṃ kramisahakāryyapekṣayā krameṇa karoti tadayukta"mapekṣāyā ayogāt" ।

10,xi (PVV_10,xi_11,iv)

kasmāt sahakāryapekṣā na yuktetyāha 〈।〉,

10,xii

"kathañcinnopakāryatvāt;"

<011>

11,i

nityasya sarvadā'viśiṣṭasvabhāvasya paraiḥ sahakāribhiḥ "kathañcinnopakāryatvāt" kva tadapekṣā । tataḥ sarvajñānāni sakṛdeva kuryyādityavāryyaḥ prasaṅgaḥ ॥

<(kha) anityasyāpyapramāṇatā>

11,ii

syā detat 〈।〉 santānaviśeṣānnisargasiddhāṃparāparakṣaṇātmakaṃ sādhanāpekṣā śūnyamanityameva pramāṇaṃ bhaviṣyatītyāha ।

11,iii

"anityepyapramāṇatā // (pram.siddh.) 11 //"

11,iv

"anityepi api"śabdānnityepya"pramāṇatā" sādhanābhāva ityarthaḥ ॥ (11)

11,v (PVV_11,v)

nanu santyeva sādhanāni yathā sthitvā pravṛtteḥ saṃsthānaviśeṣādarthakriyāsādhanatvātkāryatvādeśca vimatyadhikaraṇāni tanubhuvanakaraṇādīnyupādānādyabhijñabuddhimatpūrvakāṇi turyyādivat prāsādādivat vāsyādivat ghaṭādivacce tyevamādīni । sthitvā pravṛttyādayaḥ । turītantvādiṣūpādānādyabhijñabuddhimatpūrvakatvamātreṇopalabdhavyāptayodhikaraṇasiddhāntanyāyena nityavyāpisarvajñanityabuddhyāśrayātmaviśeṣaviśiṣṭameva pakṣe sādhyamupanayanti dhūma iva parvatavarttinaṃ dahanaṃ । na hyanityenāvyāpinā vā nānādeśakālakāryajātaṃ śakyakriyaṃ । nāpi sarvasya kāryasyopādānakāraṇānyasarvavid vedituṃ samarthaḥ । nāpyanityayā buddhyā'tītānāgatakālavartti vastujātaṃ jñātuṃ śakyaṃ 〈।〉 tadvedanācca sarvavit 〈।〉 na caite hetavo'siddhā dharmiṇi sattvaniścayāt । na ca viruddhāḥ sapakṣe sattvāt 〈।〉 nānaikāntikāḥ sādhyasādhanayorvyāptiniścayāt । na ca kālātyayāpadiṣṭāḥ sādhyasādhanabādhanābhāvāt 〈।〉 nāpi prakaraṇasamā viparyayasādhakahetvabhāvāditi । atrāha ।

1.12

<kha. īśvaradūṣaṇam>

<(ka) sanniveśamātrānneśvarānumānam>

11,vi (PVV_11,vi_12,i)

"sthitvā pravṛttiḥ saṃsthānaviśeṣārthakriyādiṣu /

iṣṭasiddhiḥ;"

<012>

12,i

"sthitvā pravṛttiḥ — saṃsthānaviśeṣārthakriyārthakriyādiṣu" । sādhaneṣūpādānādyabhijñabuddhimatpūrvakatve sādhye "iṣṭasiddhi"rasmākaṃ । vayamapi sādhāraṇāsādhāraṇacetanālakṣaṇakarmanirmitaṃ jagadvicitramicchāmaḥ 〈।〉 tatsādhayatā ca pareṇa sāhāyyakamanuṣṭhitaṃ । yena sādhyagatena viśeṣeṇa vinā dharmiṇi liṅgamanupapannaṃ tasyaivādhikaraṇasiddhāntena pratītiryathā parvatavarttino dhūmādvahneḥ parvatavarttitvasya 〈।〉 na hyanyadeśasthenāgninā janyamānasya dhūmasya parvatavarttitvamupapadyate 〈।〉 natvevaṃ nityatvasarvajñatvavyāpitvādi vinā cetanasya tanubhuvanādigataṃ sthitvā pravṛttyādikamanupapannaṃ 〈।〉 nityatvādiviparyayayogināpi cetanena kriyamāṇaṃ tad ghaṭata eva ॥

12,ii (PVV_12,ii)

nanūktamevānityāvyāpinaḥ sarvadeśakālavartti kāryamakāryaṃ asarvavidaśca sarvopādānādyabhijñatā nāstītyādinā । satyamuktamayuktantūktaṃ kartturekatvāsiddheḥ । ekasya kartturanekadeśakālaṃ kāryaṃ kurvāṇasya tadupādānādikaṃ jānānasya nityatvādikamantareṇa sthitvā pravṛttyādi nopapadyata iti syādapi tādṛśasyādhikaraṇasiddhāntena pratipattiḥ । anekenāpi tu nānādeśakālavarttinā svasvakāryasyopādānādijānatā kriyamāṇaṃ sthitvā pravṛttyādisaṅgatamevāta evaikatvasyāpi tata eva siddhirayuktā'nekasyāpi hetutvayogāt । pakṣāyogavyavaccheda eva tu sādhyasyādhikaraṇasiddhāntena sidhyatu na tu tadadhiko vahneriva cāndanatvādiḥ ॥

12,iii (PVV_12,iii)

nanvaneka eva te cetanāvantobhimatāḥ 〈।〉 na copādānādikaṃ tanvādīnāṃ te jānate । nāpi tatkartṛ tvamātmano manyante tatkathamamī karttāraḥ । athādhipatyamātreṇaiṣāṃ karttṛtvaṃ na tūpakaraṇādyāyojanena vyāpāreṇa yathā candrasya candrakāntadrutau । tenopādānādyabhijñatā kartṛtvābhimānaśca naiṣāṃ । evantarhyupādānādyabhijñacetanapūrvakatve sādhye neṣṭa siddhirvaktavyā । yadyevaṃ bhavata eva sūkṣmekṣikā, tadā cetanāpūrvakatvamātraṃ sādhaya, dṛṣṭānte ca kumbhakāratvavat sadapyupādānādyabhijñatvamaprayojakaṃ manyasva ॥

12,iv (PVV_12,iv_13,ii)

satkathaṃ pariharttavyamiti cet 〈।〉 tatkiṃ kumbhakāratvamaparihārya । aprayojakatvād tyajyata iti cet upādānādyabhijñatvepi samānametat 〈।〉 upādānādikamajānatopi buddhimato'nekasyādhiṣṭhānamātreṇāpi kāryyāṇāmutpattiyogāt ।

<013>

13,i

"asiddhirvā dṛṣṭānte saṃśayo'thavā // (pram.siddh.) 12 //"

13,ii

atha nityatvādiviśiṣṭapuruṣapūrvakatvameva sādhyaṃ tadā'"siddhirdṛṣṭānte" । sādhyaśūnyo dṛṣṭānta ityarthaḥ । na hi kvacid dṛṣṭānte tādṛśaṃ sādhyamupalabdhaṃ yena vyāptiḥ pratīyeta 〈।〉 asiddhavyāptikaśca heturanaikāntika eva । sthitvā pravṛtterarthakriyāsamarthatvāditi hetvoḥ "saṃśayo'thavā'"naikāntikatvaṃ tenaiva tvabhimatapuruṣeṇa । na hyasau sthitvā pravartamānaḥ kāryyeṣvartha kriyākārī vā tathā puruṣādhiṣṭhitaḥ । anavasthāprasaṅgāt ।(12)

1.13

13,iii (PVV_13,iii_13,v)

"siddhaṃ yādṛgadhiṣṭhātṛbhāvābhāvānuvṛttimat /

sanniveśādi;"

13,iv

athavā "yādṛ"śabuddhimatpūrvakaṃ "sanniveśādi" dṛṣṭānte dṛṣṭaṃ tasya dharmiṇyasiddhirityāha । ghaṭe dṛṣṭāntadharmiṇi "sanniveśādi yādṛśaṃ" pṛthubudhnodarādi dṛṣṭaikavyāktijātyā viśeṣitamadhi"ṣṭhātuḥ" puṃso'nvayavyatirekānuvidhānavat vyavahārapragalbhapuruṣāṇāṃ tatsiddhāntānurodharahitānāṃ pratyakṣabalenānurūpaniścayotpā"dātsiddhaṃ" niścitaṃ ॥

13,v

"tadyuktaṃ tasmād yadanumīyate // (pram.siddh.) 13 //"

13,vi (PVV_13,vi)

tasmātsanniveśādaparatrānupalabdhapuruṣajanmani ghaṭe yad buddhimadadhiṣṭhānama"numīyate tadyuktaṃ" tasyaiva puruṣakāryatvena niścayāt ॥ asanniveśavyāvṛttaṃ sanniveśamātraṃ tu sadapi na tatkāryatayā pratyakṣamupasthāpayati । pratyakṣavyāpāravivāde ca paṭupracārā vyavahāriṇaḥ śaraṇaṃ 〈।〉 na hi kaścid vyavahārī ghaṭaṃ puruṣakṛtaṃ paśyan śarāvādi parvatādikamvā tatkṛtamavadhārayati 〈।〉 yadā tu śarāvādīnapi tata udayamāsādayataḥ paśyati tadā tānapi tatkṛtānavaiti 〈।〉 ataḥ sanniveśaviśeṣaṃpuruṣakāryaṃ dṛṣṭavataḥ sanniveśamātrāttadanumānamayuktaṃ 〈।〉 (13)

1.14

<014>

14,i (PVV_14,i_14,iii)

etadevāha 〈।〉

14,ii

"vastubhede prasiddhasya śabdasāmyādabhedinaḥ /

na yuktānumitiḥ pāṇḍudravyādivad hutāśane // (pram.siddh.) 14 //"

14,iii

"vastubhede" ghaṭe "prasiddhasya" puruṣapūrvakatvasya sanniveśa iti "śabdasāmyādabhedinaḥ" sanniveśamātrāt parvatādau "na yuktānumitiḥ pāṇḍudravyādivad hutāśane" । yathā pāṇḍuviśeṣasya dhūmasya kāraṇatvena dṛṣṭe vahnau pāṇḍuśabdasāmyādabhedino yataḥ kutaścid pāṇḍudravyād dhūmāderanumānamanucitamato yattad buddhimadvyāptaṃ sanniveśā di taddharbhiṇi nāstītyasiddhirhetūnāṃ ॥ (14)

1.15

14,iv (PVV_14,iv_14,vi)

nanu sanniveśādisāmānyādasanniveśādivyāvṛttyā hetavo bhaviṣyantītyata āha 〈।〉

14,v

"anyathā kumbhakāreṇa mṛdvikārasya kasyacit /

ghaṭādeḥ karaṇāt sidhyed valmīkasyāpi tatkṛtiḥ // (pram.siddh.) 15 //"

14,vi

"anyathā" yadi sādhyavyāptaṃ viśeṣaṃ tyaktvā sāmānyaṃ liṅgaṃ kriyate tadā "kumbhakāreṇa kasyacid ghaṭādermṛdvikārasya karaṇādvalmīkasyāpi" mṛdvikāratvā"ttena" kumbhakāreṇa "kṛtiḥ" karaṇaṃ "sidhyeta ।" । (15)

1.16

14,vii (PVV_14,vii)

syādetat 〈।〉 na mṛdvikāratvaṃ kumbhakāravyāptaṃ tamantareṇāpi valmīkasyotpatteḥ । yadyevaṃ buddhimantamantareṇaitattanvādi jāyata iti tadapi pakṣo na syāt । atha pakṣeṇa na vyabhicāraḥ valmīkepyayaṃ nyāyaḥ samānaḥ 〈।〉 tasmātsanniveśādisāmānyaṃ vyāptyasiddheranaikāntikameva ॥ na caitatkāryasamaṃ dūṣaṇaṃ yataḥ 〈।〉

14,viii (PVV_14,viii_14,ix)

"sādhyenānugamāt kārye sāmānyenāpi sādhane /

sambandhibhedād bhedoktidoṣaḥ kāryasamo mataḥ // (pram.siddh.) 16 //"

14,ix

"sādhyenāni"tyatvenā"nugamād" vyāpanāt "kārye" kṛtakatve "sāmānyenāpi sādhane" kṛte "sambadhinoḥ" sādhyadharmidṛṣṭāntadharmiṇo"rbhedāt" sambaddhasya sādhanasya"bhedoktyā" yadi sādhyadharmigataṃ kāryatvaṃ hetustadā nānvayasiddhiratha dṛṣṭāntagataṃ tadā'siddho heturiti yo doṣaḥ "sa kāryasamo mataḥ" ॥ (16)

1.17

14,x (PVV_14,x_15,ii)

atra tu sanniveśādisāmānyaṃ na sādhyavyāptaṃ siddhamiti viśeṣe'siddhatvaṃ sāmānye <015> cānaikāntikadūṣaṇaṃ na jātyuttaraṃ ॥

15,i

nanu sanniveśādiśabdavācyo'rthaḥ "kumbhe buddhimadvyāptaḥ pratītaḥ sa ca tanvā"diṣvapi dṛśyate tato viśeṣe vikalpo na yukta ityāha 〈।〉

15,ii

"jātyantare prasiddhasya śabdasāmānyadarśanāt /

na yuktaṃ sādhanaṃ gotvād vāgādīnāṃ viṣāṇivat // (pram.siddh.) 17 //"

15,iii (PVV_15,iii)

"jātyantare" jātiviśeṣe ghaṭasanniveśādau "prasiddhasya" sādhyasya buddhimatpūrvakatvasya taṃ viśeṣaṃ parityajya "śabdasāmānyadarśanād" sanniveśādimātreṇa "na yuktaṃ sādhanaṃ" vāgādīnāṃ "gotvāt" gośabdavācyatvādviṣāṇivat viṣāṇitvasyeva na yuktaṃ sādhanaṃ viśiṣṭajātereva viṣāṇavyāptyupalabdheḥ । (17)

1.18

15,iv (PVV_15,iv_15,vi)

kiñca 〈।〉

15,v

"vivakṣāparatantratvānna śabdāḥ santi kutra vā /

tadbhāvād; arthasiddhau tu sarvaṃ sarvasya sidhyati // (pram.siddh.) 18 //"

15,vi

"vivakṣāparatantratvānna śabdāḥ santi kutra vā" sarvatraiva santi । tasya śabdasya "bhāvāt । arthasiddhau" satyāṃ "sarva" yathāsamīhitaṃ sādhyaṃ "sarvasya" puṃsaḥ "sidhyati" uktamīśvarasādhanasya dūṣaṇaṃ ॥ (18)

1.19

15,vii (PVV_15,vii_15,ix)

amumeva nyāyamanyatrāpyatidiśannāha ।

15,viii

"etena kāpilādīnāmacaitanyādi cintitam /

anityādeśca caitanya maraṇāt tvagapohataḥ // (pram.siddh.) 19 //"

15,ix

"etena" śabdasāmānyamātrasyārthaśūnyasyāhetutvakathanena yatkā"pilāde"rbbuddhisukhā"dīnāma"nityatvotpattimattvādihetuto'cetanatvamiṣṭaṃ tathā digambarāṇāṃ caitanyaṃ tarūṇāṃ sarvasyāḥ "tvaco'poha"to'pagate"rmara"ṇādabhimataṃ "taccintitaṃ" veditavyaṃ 〈।〉 yathā hyapracyutaprācyarūpasya tirodhānamanityatvaṃ sāṃkhya syeṣṭaṃ bauddhasya tu niranvayavināśitvaṃ । tasya yathākramamupādāne prativādyasiddhatā vādyasiddhatā ca ।

<016>

16,i (PVV_16,i)

nanūbhayāsiddhamanityatvamasti kiñcidṛte śabdasāmyād tathā vijñānendriyāyurnirodhalakṣaṇaṃ maraṇamiṣṭaṃ bauddhasiddhānte tasya ca taruṣva siddhiḥ । cetanatvasyai va sādhyatvāt । na hyasiddheṣu tannirodho yuktaḥ śoṣamātrantu taruṣu maraṇamupacārāducyate । yadi ca maraṇavācyatvamātraṃ hetuḥ tadā tailādiṣvapi tatsattvāt sādhāraṇānaikāntikatā ॥(19)

1.20

16,ii (PVV_16,ii_16,iv)

nanvevaṃ kṛtakatvādikamapi hetu rnna syādākāśaguṇaśśabdasya dharmo bauddhasyāsiddhaḥ । anyathā cānyasyetyata āha ।

16,iii

"vastusvarūpe'siddhe'yaṃ nyāyaḥ siddhe viśeṣaṇam /

abādhakamasiddhāvapyākāśāśrayavad dhvaneḥ // (pram.siddh.) 20 //"

16,iv

"vastusvarūpe'siddhe'yannyāyaḥ" yathoktāsiddhicodanālakṣaṇaḥ vastusvarūpe tu dharmiṇi hetau "siddhe viśe ṣaṇamasiddhāvapyabādhakaṃ" kimivākā"śāśrayavad dhvaneḥ" । yathā śabdasyākāśaguṇatvaṃ viśeṣaṇamapi na bādhakaṃ dharmitāyāḥ kṛtakatvādihetorvā viśeṣaṇāsiddhāvapi hi śabdo dharmī pratyakṣasiddhaḥ । kṛtakatvādi cānumānasiddhaṃ tāvataiva ca sādhyasādhanabhāvo nirvirodhaḥ । (20)

1.21–1.22

16,v (PVV_16,v_16,vii)

yatra śabdopyasiddho vastu tu siddhaṃ tatra kathamityāha ।

16,vi

"asiddhāvapi śabdasya siddhe vastuni sidhyati /

aulūkyasya yathā bauddhenoktaṃ mūrtyādisādhanam // (pram.siddh.) 21 //"

16,vii

"asiddhāvapi śabdasya siddhe vastuni" sādhanābhimate "sidhyati" sādhyortho "yathā aulūkyasya" vai śeṣikasya paramāṇūnāmanityatvasādhanārthaṃ "bauddhena mūrttyādisādhana<017>muktaṃ" śabdāsiddhāvapi sidhyati 〈।〉 tathā hi vaiśeṣikasyāsarva gataṃ dravyaparimāṇaṃ mūrttiriṣṭā bauddhasya sparśavati sā prasiddhā । tato nobhayasampratipannā mūrttiśabdavṛttirvācyabhedāt —

17,i (PVV_17,i_17,iii)

śabdasyāsiddhāvapi ca sparśavattvalakṣaṇortho dvayorapi siddhaḥ sa eva hetutvenābhipreta iti bhavati sādhanamataśca 〈।〉

17,ii

"tasyaiva vyabhicārādau śabdepyavyabhicāriṇi /

doṣavat sādhanaṃ jñeyaṃ vastuno vastusiddhitaḥ // (pram.siddh.) 22 //"

17,iii

"tasyaivā"rthasya "vyabhicārā"dāvādiśabdādasiddhatve viparyyayavyāptau ca "śabdepyavyabhicāriṇi doṣavatsādhanaṃ jñeyaṃ" kasmā"dvastuno" heto"rvastunaḥ" sādhyasya "siddhitaḥ" । evaṃ sādhyavyāptārthaśūnyaśabdamātrakāṇīśvarasādhanāni doṣavanti boddhavyāni । (22)

1.23

<(kha) īśvarabādhakaṃ pramāṇam>

17,iv (PVV_17,iv_17,vi)

nanu kiṃ punarīśvarasya bādhakaṃ pramāṇamityāha 〈।〉

17,v

"yathā tat kāraṇaṃ vastu tathaiva tadakāraṇam /

yadā tat kāraṇaṃ kena mataṃ neṣṭamakāraṇam // (pram.siddh.) 23 //"

17,vi

"yathā" sadṛśena svabhāvena "tadī" śvarākhyaṃ "vastu kāraṇamiṣṭaṃ" sarggāvasthāyāṃ "tathaiva" tenaiva svabhāvena sarggāt prāk tanna "kāraṇaṃ" kena viśeṣeṇa mataṃ । na tvakāraṇamiṣṭaṃ । kāraṇatvaṃ hyakārakāvasthāviśiṣṭatvena vyāptaṃ tadabhāvātkāraṇatvābhāvaḥ । (23)

1.24

<a. akārakaṃ na kāraṇam>

17,vii (PVV_17,vii_18,i)

yadi punarakārakāvasthā'viśiṣṭopīśvaraḥ kāraṇamucyate tadā 〈।〉

17,viii

"śastrauṣadhābhisambandhāccaitrasya vraṇarohaṇe /

asambaddhasya kiṃ sthāṇoḥ kāraṇatvaṃ na kalpyate // (pram.siddh.) 24 //"

<018>

18,i

"caitrasya śastrauṣadhayoḥ sambandhād" vraṇe "vraṇarohaṇe" ca vṛtte'"sambaddhasya" vyāpāradvāreṇāpratyāsannasya "sthāṇoḥ kiṃ kāraṇatvaṃ na kalpyate" nimittasya samānatvāt । (24)

1.25

18,ii (PVV_18,ii_18,vii)

nanvakāraṇāvasthāto vyāpārasamāveśādasti viśeṣaḥ kāraṇavasthāyāmityāha ।

18,iii

"svabhāvabhedena vinā vyāpāropi na yujyate /"

18,iv

"svabhāvabhedena vinā" na kevalaṃ kārakatvaṃ 〈।〉 "vyāpāropi" nirvyāpārasya nityasya "na yujyate" 〈।〉

18,v

kiñca 〈।〉

18,vi

"nityasyāvyatirekitvāt sāmarthyañca duranvayam // (pram.siddh.) 25 //"

18,vii

"nityasyāvyatirekitvāt sāmarthyañca duranvayaṃ" duravagamaṃ na hyastīti kāraṇam 〈।〉 api tu yadabhāvātkāryābhāvaḥ sa tatkāraṇamanyathā'kāśādīnāmapi hetutvaprasaṅgaḥ ।(25)

1.26

18,viii (PVV_18,viii_18,x)

api ca 〈।〉

18,ix

"yeṣu satsu bhavatyeva yat tebhyo'nyasya kalpane /

taddhetutvena sarvatra hetūnāmanavasthitiḥ // (pram.siddh.) 26 //"

18,x

"yeṣu" kāraṇeṣu "satsu" yatkārya"mbhavatyeva tebhyaḥ" kāraṇebhyo"nyasya" padārthasya tatkārya"hetutvena" kalpane "sarvatra" kārya"hetūnāmanavasthitiḥ" prāpnotyaparāparakalpanayā 〈।〉 tasmād dṛṣṭasāmarthyā eva kṣitibījādayaḥ kāraṇamaṅkurasya neśvarādiradṛṣṭasāmarthyaḥ । (26)

1.27

18,xi (PVV_18,xi_18,xiii)

nanu kṣityādirapyakārakāvasthāto na viśiṣṭasva bhāvaḥ kāraṇāvasthāyāmaṅkurasyetyāha 〈।〉

18,xii

"svabhāvapariṇāmena heturaṅ kurajanmani /

bhūmyādistasya saṃskāre tadviśeṣasya darśanāt // (pram.siddh.) 27 //"

18,xiii

upasarpaṇapratyayādadṛṣṭasaha kāriṇaḥ prāptakāryotpādānuguṇātiśayā "bhūmyādiḥ svabhāvapariṇāmena" kāryānuguṇātiśayatāratamyamuktāparāparakṣaṇalakṣaṇenāntyāvasthā<019>prāptā'"ṅkurajanmani hetu"rbhavati 〈।〉 sa tu pūrvaparaikarūpaḥ kramākramayorarthakriyāvirodhāt । kuta etaditi cet tasya bhūmyādeḥ karṣaṇapāṃsuprakṣepādinā "saṃskāre" tasyāṅakurasya puṣṭatarādi"viśeṣasya darśanāt" । (27)

1.28

19,i (PVV_19,i_19,ii)

"yathā viśeṣeṇa vinā viṣayendriyasaṃhatiḥ /

buddherhetustaṃthedaṃ cenna tatrāpi viśeṣataḥ // (pram.siddh.) 28 //"

19,ii

nanu "yathā viśeṣeṇa vinā viṣayendriyasaṃhati"rakṣepakriyādharmiṇī "buddherhetu"rbhavati "tathedamī"śvarādi vastuviśeṣa mvinā sahakārisannidhānena kāryaṃ karotīti "cet" । na 〈।〉 "tatrāpi" viṣayendriyādisaṃhatau prāgavasthāvadupasarppaṇapratyayajanitādvijñānajananaśaktakṣaṇaprajñālakṣaṇā"dviśeṣāt" । (28)

1.29

19,iii (PVV_19,iii_19,v)

anyathā 〈।〉

19,iv

"pṛthak pṛthagaśaktānāṃ svabhāvātiśaye'sati /

saṃhatāvapyasāmarthyaṃ syāt siddho'tiśayastataḥ // (pram.siddh.) 29 //"

19,v

"pṛthak pṛthagaśaktānāṃ" viṣayendriyāṇāṃ "svabhāvātiśaye'sati saṃhatāvapya sāmarthyaṃ syāt" । jñānārjanamprati svarūpābhedāt । utpadyate ca jñānaṃ "siddhotiśayastato" jñānotpādāt । (29)

1.30

<b. saṃhatau hetutā neśvarādau>

19,vi (PVV_19,vi_19,vii)

"tasmāt pṛthagaśakteṣu yeṣu saṃbhāvyate guṇaḥ /

saṃhatau hetutā teṣāṃ neśvarāderabhedataḥ // (pram.siddh.) 30 //"

19,vii

"tasmāt pṛthagaśakteṣu yeṣu sambhāvyate guṇaḥ" svarūpāntarotpādalakṣaṇaṃ "saṃhatau hetutā teṣāṃ" kṣaṇikānāṃ "neśvarādera bhedataḥ" । īśvarapradhānapuruṣāderakārakābhinnasvarūpatvānna hetutvamityupasaṃhāraḥ । uktamīśvarādidūṣaṇaṃ ॥ (30) ॥

<1.2. bhagavān pramāṇam>

<(1) jñānavatvāt>

1.31

19,viii (PVV_19,viii_20,ii)

bhagavatopi sādhanābhāvādaprāmāṇyaṃ paramatenāśaṅkate ।

<020>

20,i

"prāmāṇyañca parokṣārthajñānaṃ tatsādhanasya ca /

abhāvāt; nāstyanuṣṭhānamiti kecit pracakṣate // (pram.siddh.) 31 //"

20,ii

"prāmāṇyañca parokṣārthajñānaṃ", na sarvasyeṣyate । "tatsādhanasyābhāvāt । anuṣṭhānaṃ" kasyacinnā"stīti" kathantathāvidhapramāṇopapattiri"ti kecit" jai mi nī yāḥ "pracakṣate" । (31)

1.32

20,iii (PVV_20,iii_20,v)

atrāha ।

20,iv

"jñānavān mṛgyate kaścit taduktapratipattaye /

ajñopadeśakaraṇe vipralambhanaśaṅkibhiḥ // (pram.siddh.) 32 //"

20,v

na khalu vyasanitayā pramāṇamanviṣyate prekṣāvadbhirapi tu svarggāpavargapradhānapuruṣārthaṃ prepsubhiḥ tadviṣaya"jñānavān kaścidanviṣyate tadukta"syopāyasya "pratipattaye"'nuṣṭhānārthaṃ "ajñopadeśakaraṇe vipralambhanaśaṅkibhiḥ" visamvādaṃ sambhāvayadbhiḥ ॥ (32)

1.33

20,vi (PVV_20,vi_20,vii)

"tasmādanuṣṭheyagataṃ jñānamasya vicāryatām /

kīṭasaṃkhyāparijñānaṃ tasya naḥ kvopayujyate // (pram.siddh.) 33 //"

20,vii

"duḥkhopaśamopāyopadeṣṭurjñānaṃ mṛgyate yatastasmādanuṣṭheyagataṃ saṃsāraduḥkhapraśamopāyaṃ jñānamasya pramāṇapuruṣasya vicāryatāṃ । anupayogi kīṭasaṃkhyāparijñānantasyopadeṣṭurno'smākaṃ na kvacitpuruṣārthe upayujyate iti na tadvicāryamiti pratijñā pratyupakārādyapekṣāsamaṃ sarvasatveṣu । tasmādya"devaṃ prekṣāvatā"manuṣṭheyanta"dviṣayamupadeṣṭuṃ "jñānamu"payuktaṃ nānyaviṣayaṃ । (33)

1.34

<(2) heyopādeyavedakatvāt na tu sarvavedakatvāt>

20,viii (PVV_20,viii_20,ix)

"heyopādeyatattvasya sābhyupāyasya vedakaḥ /

yaḥ pramāṇamasāviṣṭo na tu sarvasya vedakaḥ // (pram.siddh.) 34 //"

20,ix

tasmāddheyatattvasya duḥkhasatyasya "sābhyupāyasya" samudayasatyānvita"syopādeyatattvasya" nirodhasatyasya "sābhyupāyasya" mārggasatyasahitasya pramāṇapariśuddhasya yo vedakaḥ "sa pramāṇamiṣṭo na tu sarvasya" yasya kasyacidvi"vedakaḥ" । na khalu sakalajñānādāryasatyacatuṣṭayadeśanā'pi tu tajjñānatvāt tadupadeṣṭṛtayaiva ca prāmāṇyamiṣyate 〈।〉 (34)

1.35

20,x (PVV_20,x_21,ii)

tadevāha ॥

<021>

21,i

"dūraṃ paśyatu vā mā vā tattvamiṣṭantu paśyatu /

pramāṇaṃ dūradarśī cedeta gṛdhrānupāsmahe // (pram.siddh.) 35 //"

21,ii

"dū raṃ paśyatu vā mā vā drākṣīttatvamiṣṭa"ntvāryasatyacatuṣṭayaṃ "paśyati" tāvataiva bhagavān "pramāṇa"manyathā'tattvadarśyapi pramāṇaṃ "dūradarśī cediṣyate । etāgacchata mumukṣavo gṛdhrānupāsmahe" dūradarśino dīrghaśrutī(śca)<?>〈ṃś ca〉 varāhānityupahasati । uktamabhimataṃ prāmāṇyaṃ (35) ॥

1.36

<(3) kāruṇikatvāt pramāṇam>

<ka. janmāntarasiddhiḥ>

<(karuṇā janmāntarābhyāsāt)>

21,iii (PVV_21,iii_22,i)

nanvīdṛśasya pramāṇasya kiṃ sādhanamityāha 〈।〉

21,iv

"sādhanaṃ karuṇābhyāsāt sā buddherdehasaṃśrayāt /

asiddhā'bhyāsa iti cennāśrayapratiṣedhataḥ // (pram.siddh.) 36 //"

21,v

"sādhanaṃ karuṇā" duḥkhāduḥkhahetośca samuddharaṇakāmatā karuṇā sā bhagavataḥ prāmāṇyasya sādhanaṃ । saiva karuṇā ityata āha । "abhyāsātsā" gautraviśeṣātkalyāṇamitrasaṃsarggādanuśayadarśanācca kaścinmahāsattvaḥ kṛpāyāmupajātaspṛhaḥ sā daranirantarānekajanmaparamparāprabhavābhyāsena sātmībhūtakṛpayā preryamāṇaḥ sarvasattvānāṃ samudayahānyā duḥkhahānāya mārgabhāvanayā nirodhaprāpaṇāya ca deśanāṃ kartukāmaḥ svayamasākṣātkṛtasya deśanāyāṃ vipralambhasambhāvanāccaturāryasatyāni sākṣāt karotīti bhagavati sādhanaṃ kṛpā prāmāṇyasya । "buddherdehasaṃśrayādasiddho'bhyāsa iti cet" buddhirdehamāśritā kāryatvāt pradīpamiva prabhā । śaktirūpatvādvā madyamiva madaśaktiḥ । guṇatvādvā paṭamiva śuklatā । tredhāpyāśrayavināśe tasya nāśāt । kuto janmāntarāṇi kathamvā teṣvabhyāsaḥ kṛpāderiti cārvākāḥ ।

<022>

22,i

tadetanna yuktamā"śrayapratiṣedhato" buddheḥ । buddhirahitaḥ kāyo nāśrayaḥ kāraṇatvāt guṇitvāt śaktimattvādvā । (36)

1.37

<(ka) bhūtacaitanyamatanirāsaḥ>

<I. bījapakṣanirāsaḥ>

<a.>

22,ii (PVV_22,ii_22,iv)

tatra kāraṇatvaṃ pratiṣeddhumāha ।

22,iii

"prāṇāpānendriyadhiyāṃ dehādeva na kevalāt /

sajātinirapekṣāṇāṃ janma janmaparigrahe // (pram.siddh.) 37 //

atiprasaṅgāt;"

22,iv

"prāṇo" vāyurūrdhvaga tadviparīto"'pānaḥ indri"yāṇi cakṣurādīni । "dhī"rbuddhiḥtāsāṃ sajātinirapekṣāṇāṃ kāraṇabhūtapūrva"sajāti"prāṇādipuñja"nirapekṣāṇāṃ dehādeva kevalānna janma" bhavati 〈।〉 kuta ityāha 〈।〉 "janmaparigrahe"'ti 〈pra〉saṅgāt 〈।〉 yadi mahābhūtebhya eva kevalebhyaḥ prāṇādīnāṃ janmagrahastadā sarvasmād bhaveyuriti sarvaṃ prāṇimayaṃ jagat syāt 〈।〉 na cāstyetattasmātpūrvasajātisāpekṣāṇāmevākṣādīnāṃ dehājjanmeti pūrvajanmapratibandhasiddhiḥ । (37)

1.38

22,v (PVV_22,v_22,vii)

"bhāvijanmaparamparāsiddhyarthamapyāha 〈/〉"

22,vi

"yad dṛṣṭaṃ pratisandhānaśaktimat /

kimāsīt tasya yannāsti paścād yena na sandhimat // (pram.siddh.) 38 //"

22,vii

yatprāṇāpānādimadhyāvasthāyāṃ prāṇādīnāmutpādanaśaktiyuktaṃ dṛṣṭaṃ "tasya kimāsīt pratisandhāna"kāle'dhikaṃ "yat paścā"nmaraṇakāle "nāsti yena" tadvaikalyāttadā "na sandhi"matsamagrāpratibaddhakāraṇatvāt pratisandhānaṃ prāptamityarthaḥ । (38)

1.39

<b.>

22,viii (PVV_22,viii_23,i)

syādetat 〈।〉 pūrvasajātihetukamindriyādi na bhavati kintu dehahetukamevedaṃ na cātiprasaṅgaḥ keṣāñcideva bhūtapariṇāmānāṃ dehātmakānāṃ taddhetutvāt । anyeṣāñca tadviruddhasvabhāvānāmahetutvāt suvarṇṇabījābījapāṣāṇavat 〈।〉 atrāha ।

<023>

23,i

"na sa kaścit pṛthivyāderaṃśo yatra na jantavaḥ /

saṃsvedajādyā jāyante sarvaṃ bījātmakaṃ tataḥ // (pram.siddh.) 39 //"

23,ii (PVV_23,ii)

"na sa kaścitpṛthivyāderaṃśaḥ" pradeśo "yatra jantavaḥ saṃsvedajādyā" ādyaśabdājjarāyujāṇḍajaprabhṛtayo "na jāyante 〈।〉 tataḥ sarvaṃ" bhūtapariṇatijātaṃ prāṇādijanane "bījātmaka"miti nāsti bījaviruddhasvabhāvatā kasyacit । suvarṇṇāsuvarṇṇabījatvantu pāṣāṇādīnāṃ suvarṇṇaparamāṇūnāmeva sadasattvābhyāmiti viṣamo dṛṣṭāntaḥ । (39)

1.40

23,iii (PVV_23,iii_23,iv)

nanu bhūtamātrahetukatvāviśeṣepi pariṇāmasya yathā viśeṣaḥ suvarṇṇaparamāṇumayatvetarābhyāntathā prāṇādihetutvāhetutvābhyāmapi syāt ।

23,iv

uktamevātra sarvatra prāṇināṃ dṛṣṭeḥ । sarva tadbījātmakamiti nāstyevābījātmakatā kasyacitpariṇāmasya । atrāpi vā tulyaḥ prasaṅgaḥ । yadi bhūtamātrahetuko'yaṃ bījapariṇāmaḥ sarvastathā syāt hetvaviśeṣe kāryaviśeṣāyogāt ।

<II. śaktimattvanirāsaḥ>

<a.>

23,v (PVV_23,v_23,vi)

nanu bhūtānyapyavāntarānekavividhaviśeṣabhāñji vicitrāḥ pariṇatīrjanayantīti na samānatāprasaṅgaḥ । na tāvatsaviśeṣo bhūtamātrāt sarvatra prasaṅgāt । na cānyato'nyasyābhāvāt । asmākantu karmāpi sahakāri sammataṃ tadvaicitryāt vicitraṃ kāryajātamucitaṃ । śaktipakṣaṃ niṣeddhumāha ।

23,vi

"tat svajātyanapekṣāṇāmakṣādīnāṃ samudbhave /

pariṇāmo yathaikasya syāt sarvasyāviśeṣataḥ // (pram.siddh.) 40 //"

23,vii (PVV_23,vii)

tattasmād bhūtamātrahetutvāt "svajātyanapekṣāṇāmakṣādīnāṃ samudbhave" svīkriyamāṇe "pariṇāmo yathaikasya" dehasyātadbhūtaprāṇāpānendriyacaitanyaśaktitayā "tathā sarvasya" loṣṭāderapi syāddhetoraviśeṣataḥ । ata eva hi prasaṅgād guṇapakṣopi pratikṣipto boddhavyaḥ । tasmādāśrayatvamapi nāstyanindriyasya kāyasya kāraṇatvaśaktimatve guṇatvānāmayogataḥ । (40)

1.41

<b.>

23,viii (PVV_23,viii_24,iv)

"sendriyopi kāyo buddherāśrayo na yukta iti vaktumāha /

pratyekamupaghāte'pi nendriyāṇāṃ manomateḥ /

upaghātosti;"

<024>

24,i

"indriyāṇāṃ pratyekaṃ" yathāsvaṃ pratyayairu"paghātepi" sati "mano"matervikalpabuddherupaghāt(a)〈o〉 paṭumandatādilakṣaṇo nāsti 〈।〉 yaddhi yadāśritaṃ tattadvikāre vikriyate yathā ghaṭasya dāhādau tacchuklatvādi 〈।〉 tasmānna tadāśritā buddhiḥ ।

24,ii

viparyayamevākhyātumāha ।

24,iii

"bhaṅge'syāsteṣāṃ bhaṅgaśca dṛśyate // (pram.siddh.) 41 //"

24,iv

bhayaśokādibhirasyā manobuddhe"rbhaṅge" <nāśe> vikāre sati "teṣā"mindriyāṇāṃ "bhaṅgo" vikāra"śca dṛśyate" । (41)

1.42

24,v (PVV_24,v_24,vi)

"tasmāt sthityāśrayo buddherbuddhimeva samāśritaḥ /

kaścinnimittamakṣāṇāṃ tasmādakṣāṇi buddhitaḥ // (pram.siddh.) 42 //"

24,vi

harṣādinā ca paripuṣṭiriti vikalpabuddhivikāravikāritvādindriyāṇyeva tadāśritāni 〈।〉 tasmād "buddheḥ sthi"terāśrayaḥ samānajātīyaḥ "kaścinna" sendriyaḥkāyaḥ । sa tarhi tadāśrito bhaviṣyati na sa ca "buddhimeva samāśritaḥ । nimittañcākṣāṇāṃ tasmādakṣāṇi buddhito" na buddhistebhyaḥ । (42)

1.43

<(kha) vijñānasiddhiḥ>

<I. anvayataḥ>

<A. pratisandhiḥ>

<a. kāyāśrayo buddhiḥ>

<b. pratisandhyākṣepikā buddhiḥ>

24,vii (PVV_24,vii_25,iii)

"yādṛśyākṣepikā sā'sīt paścādapyastu tādṛśī /"

24,viii

tato janmādau "yādṛśī" dṛṣṭā'tmagrahayoginī buddhirā"kṣepikā" buddhīndriyādīnāmāsīt "paścādapi" maraṇāvasthāyāmapi "tādṛ śyā"kṣepikā bhavatu । janmāntarasya <025> śarīrāntarasambaddhabuddhīndriyādyutpādanalakṣaṇasyeti pūrvoktanigamanaṃ ॥

<c. kāyāśritaṃ manovijñānam>

25,i

nanu kāyāśritatvaṃ manasopyuktaṃ bhagavatā'nyonyānuvidhāyitvaṃ kāyamanasoriti vadatā । tatkathamityāha 〈।〉

25,ii

"tajjñānairupakāryatvāduktaṃ kāyāśritaṃ manaḥ // (pram.siddh.) 43 //"

25,iii

"tajjñānaiḥ" kāyaviṣayairjñānairūpādigrāhi"bhirupakāryatvāt" manasaḥ sukhotsāhādirūpe"ṇoktaṃ" bhagavatā "kāyāśritaṃ mano"vijñānaṃ na sākṣāttadutpatteḥ । (43)

1.44

<d. anyonyahetuke kāyamanasī>

25,iv (PVV_25,iv_25,vi)

na nvindriyāṇi vinā na buddhi riti yuktamāśrayatvameṣāmityāha ।

25,v

"yadyapyakṣairvinā buddhirnna tānyapi tayā vinā /

tathāpyanyonyahetutvaṃ tato'pyanyonyahetuke // (pram.siddh.) 44 //"

25,vi

"yadyapyakṣai"rvinā buddhirna bhavati । "tānyapya"kṣāṇi "tayā vinā na" bhavanti । bhūtamātrādutpatteḥ sarvasmādutpattiprasaṅgādityukteḥ । "tathāpyanyonyahetutvamuktambhavati । tatopyanyonyahetuke" kāyamanasī madhyāvasthāvat anāditādṛkpravāhavatī iti siddhaḥ paralokaḥ ।(44)

1.45

25,vii (PVV_25,vii_26,i)

kiñca ।

25,viii

"nākramāt kramiṇo bhāvo nāpyapekṣā'viśeṣiṇaḥ /

kramād bhavantī dhīḥ kāyāt kramaṃ tasyāpi śaṃsati // (pram.siddh.) 45 //"

<026>

26,i

"nākramāt kramiṇaḥ" kāryasya "bhāvaḥ" । kramarahitatvāt kāraṇasya । ta nniṣpādyāni kāryāṇi sakṛjjāyeran । kramavataḥ sahakāriṇo'"pekṣya" kramājjanayiṣyatīti cet "nāpyaviśeṣiṇaḥ" sthiraikarūpasya parairanādheyaviśeṣasya pareṣāṃ sahakāriṇāmapekṣā'sti । tasmā"tkramād bhavantī dhīḥ kāyātkramantasyāpi" kāyasya śaṃsati । (45)

1.46

26,ii (PVV_26,ii_26,iv)

tataśca 〈।〉

26,iii

"pratikṣaṇamapūrvasya pūrvaḥ pūrvaḥ kṣaṇo bhavet /

tasya heturato heturdṛṣṭa evāstu sarvadā // (pram.siddh.) 46 //"

26,iv

"pratikṣaṇamapūrvasya" buddhīndriyakāyasamudāyasya kāryasya pūrvaḥ "pūrvaḥ kṣaṇa"stādṛśo "heturbhavedataḥ" kāraṇādanantarasya buddhīndriyāderheturmadhyāvasthāvad "dṛṣṭa eva" buddhīndriyādikalāpaḥ"sarvadā" aihikajanmādau vāmutrikajanmādau cā"stu" । (46)

1.47

<e. cittāntareṇa sandhānam>

26,v (PVV_26,v_26,vii)

nanu yadi savijñānakāyatvāt tathābhūtajananānumānena paralokasiddhiḥ tadā maraṇacittatvāccittāntarāpratisandhānamarhaccaramacittavaditi kasmānnānumīyata ityāha 〈।〉

26,vi

"cittāntarasya sandhāne ko virodhontyacetasaḥ /

tadvadapyarhataścittaṃ asandhānaṃ kuto matam // (pram.siddh.) 47 //"

26,vii

"cittāntarasya sandhāne ko virodho'ntyacetaso" maraṇacittasya na kaścit । tathā hi 〈।〉 na tāvanmaraṇacittena cittāntarasandhānasya sahānavasthānalakṣaṇo virodhaḥ nivarttyanivartakatvābhāvāt । nāpi parasparaparihārasthitilakṣaṇaḥ ama raṇacittavyavacchedena maraṇacittasyāvasthānāt । "tadvadapyarhataścittamasandhānaṃ kutaḥ" pramāṇāt "mataṃ" yena dṛṣṭāntaḥ syāt । na hyarhan bhavatāṃsiddhaḥ । tadbādhanāya yatnāt । (47)

1.48

26,viii (PVV_26,viii_27,ii)

athābhyupagamyate tadā tasya kleśavisaṃyogakṛtamasandhānaṃ nānyathā sa ca na pṛthagjanānāmiti kathanteṣāṃ maraṇacittamasandhānaṃ । kleśavisaṃyogo hi pratisandhānavirodhī lakṣyate na maraṇacittaṃ ॥

<027>

27,i

syādetad 〈।〉 bhavatsiddhāntasiddhamarhaccittamasandhānantata eva dṛṣṭāntasiddhiḥ । atrāha 〈।〉

27,ii

"asiddhārthaḥ pramāṇena kiṃ siddhānto'nugamyate //

hetorvaikalyatastaccet kintadevā'tra noditam // (pram.siddh.) 48 //"

27,iii (PVV_27,iii)

"asiddhārtho"'niścitārthaḥ "pramāṇena kiṃ siddhānto'nugamyate" tadanurodhena paralokasyābhyupagamaprasaṅgāt । atha "heto"rāśvāsapraśvāsendriyapāṭa vāde"rvaikalyato bharaṇacittasya" tadapratisandhānamiti cet । "kintadeva" hetuvaika lya matrāpratisandhāne sādhanatve "noditaṃ" । dṛṣṭāntavikalantu maraṇacittamuktaṃ । āśvāsādihetutvaniṣedhañca vakṣyati । (48)

1.49

<f. kāyasyāhetutvam>

27,iv (PVV_27,iv_27,v)

"taddhīvad grahaṇaprāptermanojñānaṃ na sendriyāt /

jñānotpādanasāmarthyabhedānna sakalādapi // (pram.siddh.) 49 //"

27,v

kāyaśca heturbhavan sendriyo vā syādanindriyo vā । sendriyopi pratyekamindriyaiḥ sahitaḥ samastairvā 〈।〉 tatra prathamapakṣe tasyā indriyadhiya iva vikalpyamāneṣu rūpādiṣu spaṣṭatarasya "grahaṇasya prāpteḥ । manojñānaṃ na sendriyāta kāyāt" । indriyajanyasya spaṣṭatayā'bhrāntajñānādiṣu vyāptidṛṣṭeḥ । dvitīyapakṣepyāha 〈।〉 pratyekamindriyāṇāṃ rūpādigrahaṇapratiniyata"jñānotpādanasāmarthyabhedāt" dṛṣṭāt । "na sakalā"dapīndriyakalāpāt pratiniyataviṣayāgrāhiṇo manovijñānasya sambhavaḥ । ekendriyavaikalyepyanutpādaprasaṅgācca । (49)

1.50

27,vi (PVV_27,vi_28,iii)

nāpyanindriyo heturityāha

27,vii

"acetanatvānnānyasmād;"

27,viii

"acetanatvānnānyasmāda"nindriyāt keśanakhāderiva manojñānaṃ ।

27,ix

nanvacetanatvaṃ kimindriyajñānarahitatvamuta manojñānavimuktatvaṃ 〈।〉 tatrādyamiṣṭameva <028> indriyasyābhāve tajjñānābhāvāt । antye sādhyāviśiṣṭatvaṃ hetoḥ । manojñānasyaiva sādhyatvāt ।

28,i

ucyate 〈।〉 yathā sparśādayaḥ sparśajñānena cetayante na tathā nakhakeśādaya ityacetanāḥ । cetanāpratibaddhañca manovijñānaṃ tadabhāve na syāt ।

<B. karma>

<a. karmabhedāt kāyamanasoḥ sahasthitiḥ>

28,ii

nanu yadi na kāya āśrayaḥ kathaṃ "sahasthiti"rityata āha ।

28,iii

"hetvabhedāt sahasthitiḥ /

akṣavad rūparasavadarthadvāreṇa vikriyā // (pram.siddh.) 50 //"

28,iv (PVV_28,iv)

hetoḥ karmmasaṃjñitasyābhedāt । ekasāmagrīpratibaddhatvāt sahasthitiḥ । na tvāśrayāśrayibhāvāt ।"akṣavadrūparasavat" । yathā'kṣāṇi rūparasādayaśca parasparamanāśrayāśrayibhūtā apyekasāmagryadhīnatvāt sahasthitimantaḥ । nanu yo yadvikāreṇa vikriyate sa tadāśrito yathā cakṣurādivikāreṇa vikriyamāṇantajjñānaṃ cakṣurādyāśritaṃ । viṣaśleṣmādinā kāyavikāre ca vikriyate manovijñānaṃ atastadāśritamityāha 〈।〉 tajjñānairupakāryatvādinoktamapi । "arthadvāreṇa vikriyā" ālamvyamānā hi śastraprahārādayo vikārayanti mānasaṃ na tvāśrayatvena ।(50)

1.51

<i. upakārako nivarttakaśca hetuḥ>

28,v (PVV_28,v_28,vi)

"sattopakāriṇo yasya nityaṃ tadanubandhataḥ /

sa hetuḥ saptamī tasmādutpādāditi cocyate // (pram.siddh.) 51 //"

28,vi

na copakāraka ityevāśrayaḥ kintu nirvartakaḥ । tadāha । "yasya" sattā nirvartyasya "upakāriṇī" sa hetuḥ sa evāśrayaḥ । kathamupakāriṇī 〈।〉 "nityaṃ tasya" nirvarttyasyā"nubandhato"'nuvartanāt । yasya tu kadā cidupakārakatvamasau viśeṣasyaiva heturna dharmiṇaḥ <029> tadabhāve'pi tadbhāvāt । cittamātrapratibaddhañca cittaṃ tadviśeṣastu kāyādihetukaḥ । ato nāyaṃ hetuḥ na ca tannivṛ ttyā nivṛttiścittasya । nityānubandhitayā hetutvamabhipretya cāsmin satīdaṃ bhavatīti saptamyucyate । tasmāditi ca pañcamī taddhetvanuvaddhāṃ kāryatāñcābhipretyo"tpādāditi cocyate" । (51)

1.52

29,i (PVV_29,i_29,iii)

nanu heturupakārakaḥ kathañcidupakurvan dṛśyate ca kadāciddehaścittamata āha 〈।〉

29,ii

"astūpakārako vāpi kadāciccittasantateḥ /

vahnyādivad ghaṭādīnāṃ vinivṛttirna tāvatā // (pram.siddh.) 52 //"

29,iii

"astūpakārako vāpi kadāciccittasantate"rdeho "vahnyādivad ghaṭādīnāṃ na ca tāvato"pakārakanivṛttyā upakāryasya "nivṛttiḥ" । na hi vahnirghaṭasyāpākamupakāraṃ kurvannapi svanivṛttyā nivartakaḥ । (52)

1.53

29,iv (PVV_29,iv_29,ix)

kiñca 〈।〉

29,v

"anivṛttiprasaṅgaśca dehe tiṣṭhati cetasaḥ /"

29,vi

"anevṛttiprasaṅgaśca dehe tiṣṭhati cetasaḥ" । svajātinirapekṣasya dehamātrahetukasyāvikalahetoranutpattyayogāt tato yāvaddhetustāvanna maraṇaṃ bhavet ।

<ii. na prāṇāpānahetukaṃ cittam>

29,vii

prāṇāpānāvapi cittakāraṇaṃ tayorvaikalyānmaraṇāvasthāyānna cittotpāda iti cet । āha 〈।〉

29,viii

"tadbhāvabhāvād vaśyatvāt prāṇāpanau tato na tat // (pram.siddh.) 53 //"

29,ix

tasya cittasya "bhāve bhāvāt prāṇāpā nau tato" bhavataḥ । "cittavaśyatvācca" tata eva tau na tu tābhyāṃ taccittaṃ viparyayāt ।(53)

<030>

1.54

30,i (PVV_30,i_30,vi)

etaddhetudvayasiddhyarthamāha 〈।〉

30,ii

"preraṇākarṣaṇo vāyoḥ prayatnena vinā kutaḥ /"

30,iii

bahirantaśca "preraṇākarṣaṇe vāyo"ryathākramaṃ prāṇāpānau puruṣasya buddhilakṣaṇaṃ prayatna"mvinā" kutaḥ sambhavatastasmāt tadadhīnau ।

30,iv

kiñca 〈।〉

30,v

"nirhrāsātiśayāpattinirhrāsātiśayāt tayoḥ // (pram.siddh.) 54 //"

30,vi

yadi prāṇāpānahetukañcitaṃ tadā cittasya "nirhrāsātiśayāpatti"rapakarṣotkarṣāpattiḥ । "nirhrāsātiśayāttayoḥ" prāṇāpānayoḥ kāraṇaviśeṣānukāritvāt kāryaviśeṣasya । (54)

1.55

30,vii (PVV_30,vii_30,ix)

"tulyaḥ prasaṅgopi tayoḥ;"

30,viii

api ca "tayorapi" prāṇāpānayordehe tiṣṭhatyanivṛtti"prasaṅgastulya"staddhetutvā"ttayoḥ" । tato maraṇakāle prāṇāpānavaikalyābhāvāccittānivṛttiprasaṅgastadavasthaḥ ।

<b. syityāvedhakatvāt kāraṇaṃ karma>

30,ix

syādetat 〈।〉 "cittakāraṇe"'pi citte svīkriyamāṇe maraṇasamaye cittānapāyāt cittotpattau yāvaddehe'nivṛttiprasaṅga ityāha <siddhāntī>।

30,x (PVV_30,x_30,xi)

"na tulyaṃ cittakāraṇe /

sthityāvedhakamanyacca yataḥ kāraṇamiṣyate // (pram.siddh.) 55 //"

30,xi

"na tulyaṃ cittakāraṇe" caitanye prasañjanaṃ । na khalvanuvartakameva kāraṇamiṣṭaṃ yena nityaṃ tasminnāśraye syāt । kintarhi 〈।〉 "sthityāvedhakamanyacca" karmmākhyaṃ "kāraṇaṃ yata iṣyate" tasmāttena karmaṇā yāvatkālaṃ taddehe sthitirākṣiptā tata ūrdhva hetvapāyānna pravartate dehāntare tu vartata ityasamānatvaṃ ।(55)

1.56

<031>

<i. anyathā doṣābhāve punarujjīvanam>

31,i (PVV_31,i_31,ii)

"na doṣairviguṇo doho heturvartyādivad yadi /

mṛte śamīkṛte doṣe punarujjīvanaṃ bhavet // (pram.siddh.) 56 //"

31,ii

dauṣairvātādibhirviguṇīkṛto "deho" na hetuścaitanyasya prāṇāpānādeśca "varttyādivad yadi" । yathā viguṇīkṛto varttyādirna dīpasya hetuḥ । tadā "mṛte" śarīre caitanyādināśānmṛtasya śamībhavanti doṣā iti "śamīkṛte doṣe" vikāravikāriṇyārogyalābhāddhetordehasya "punarujjīvanaṃ" prāṇā pānaṃ caitanyotpattilakṣa"ṇambha vet" । (56)

1.57

<ii. dehaścittasya nopādānam>

31,iii (PVV_31,iii_31,iv)

"nivṛttepyanale kāṣṭhavikārāvinivṛttivat /

tasyā'nivṛttiriti cenna cikitsāprayogataḥ // (pram.siddh.) 57 //"

31,iv

"nivṛttepyanale" hetau "kāṣṭhavikāra"syāṅgārādera"nivṛttivat । tasya" caitanyādinirodhasyā"nivṛttirnivṛttirna" bhavati taddoṣe mṛtaśarīrānnivṛtte"pīti cet । na cikitsāprayogataḥ" । (57)

1.58

31,v (PVV_31,v_31,viii)

syādetad 〈।〉 yadyanivarttyā doṣāṇāṃ vikār(a)〈ā〉ḥ (syāt)<?>〈syuḥ〉 dṛśyante ca cikitsyamānā doṣavikārā jvarādayaḥ ।

31,vi

etadevāha ।

31,vii

"apunarbhāvataḥ kiñcid vikārajananaṃ kvacit /

kiñcid viparyayādagniryathā kāṣṭhasuvarṇayoḥ // (pram.siddh.) 58 //"

31,viii

"kiñci"dvastu "kvaci"dvikārye "vikā"rasya "jananaṃ" janaka"mapunarbhāvato" yathā vikāryasyāpunarbhāvo nirvikāratvaṃ punarna bhavati "yathāgni kāṣṭhe 〈।〉 kiñcideva tadviparyya"yādyathā"gni suvarṇṇe" । (58)

1.59

31,ix (PVV_31,ix_32,i)

"ādyasyālpopyasaṃhāryaḥ pratyāneyastu yatkṛtaḥ /

vikāraḥ syāt punarbhāvaḥ tasya hemni kharatvavat // (pram.siddh.) 59 //"

<032>

32,i

"tatrādyasya" vikārasyā"lpopi" vikāraḥ śyāmatādiko'saṃhāryo'nivartanīyaḥ । "pratyāneyo" nivartanīyastu "yatkṛto vikārastasya" vikāryasya "punarbhāvaḥ syā"t vikāranivṛttyā pūrvāvasthāpattiḥ । vahnikṛte dravatve nivṛtte hemni kharatvavat । dṛḍhatvamiva ॥ (59)

1.60

32,ii (PVV_32,ii_32,iv)

nanu yadi nivartanīyo doṣavikārastadā na kaścidasādhyo vidhiḥ syādityāha ॥

32,iii

"durlabhatvāt samādhāturasādhyaṃ kiñcidīritam /

āyuḥkṣayād vā; doṣe tu kevale nāstyasādhyatā // (pram.siddh.) 60 //"

32,iv

"yatkiñcidasādhyaṃ" vyādhijātamuktaṃ ta"tsamādhātuḥ" sadyo doṣaśamanauṣadharasāyanāderdurla"bhatvāt" karmmākṣiptasyāyuṣastaccharīrasahacaracaitanyādisthitihetorvā kṣayāt । bhūtamātravādinaḥ "kevale doṣe tu" svīkriyamāṇe "nāstyasādhyatā" kasyacid vyādheḥ । bhūtamātrārabdhasya doṣasya cikitsādṛṣṭeḥ । viśeṣakāriṇaśca hetorabhāvāt । (60)

1.61

32,v (PVV_32,v_32,vii)

tathā 〈।〉

32,vi

"mṛte viṣādisaṃhārāt taddaṃśacchedato'pi vā /

vikārahetorvigame sa nocchvasiti kiṃ punaḥ // (pram.siddh.) 61 //"

32,vii

viṣādinā "mṛte" prāṇini sati daṃśa sthāne "viṣādeḥ saṃhārāt" saṃgaṇanāttasya "daṃśa"sthānasya "cchedatopi vā vikāraheto"rmaraṇahetorviṣāde"rvigamāt sa" mṛtaḥ "punarnocchvasiti" । kasmāt 〈।〉 caitanyahetordehasya vikāratvāt yuktamucchvasituṃ । (61)

1.62

32,viii (PVV_32,viii_32,x)

kiñca 〈।〉

32,ix

"upādānāvikāreṇa nopādeyasya vikriyā /

karttuṃ śakyā'vikāreṇa mṛdaḥ kuṇḍādino yathā // (pram.siddh.) 62 //"

32,x

yadyapādānaṃ dehaścittasya tado"pādāna"sya dehasyā"vikāre"ṇa vikāraṃ vino"pādeyasya" cittasya "vikriyā na karttuṃ śakyā" syāt । "yathā" kuṇḍādyupādānabhūtāyā "mṛdo" vikāreṇa <033> vinā ku"ṇḍādino" vikāraḥ karttubhaśakyaḥ । (62)

1.63

33,i (PVV_33,i_33,iii)

kasmādevamityāha 〈।〉

33,ii

"avikṛtya hi yad vastu yaḥ padārthoṃ vikāryate /

upādānaṃ na tat tasya yuktaṃ gogavayādivat // (pram.siddh.) 63 //"

33,iii

hiryasmāt "avikṛtya yadvastu" kiñcidyaḥ "padārtho vikāryate upādānanna tattasya" padārthasya yu"ktaṃ gogavayādivat" gogavayayoriva nopādānopādeyabhāvaḥ । ekasyāvikāreṇāparasya vikārāt । (63)

1.64

<II. vyatirekataḥ>

<A. āśrayāśrayibhāvanirāsaḥ>

<a. sāmānyena āśrayāśrayibhāvanirāsaḥ>

<i. na kāyacetasoḥ sahasthitirāśrayāśrayitayā>

33,iv (PVV_33,iv_33,v)

"cetaḥśarīrayorevaṃ taddhetoḥ kāryajanmanaḥ /"

33,v

"cetaḥśarīrayorevaṃ" śarīramavikṛtyaiva bhayaśokādinā samanantarapratyayavikāramātreṇa cetaso vikārotpatteḥ nopādānopādeyabhāvaḥ । yadi nāma deho'pi kathañcidupakārakaścittasyāvasthāviśeṣahetutvāt tathāpi santānahetutvābhāvāt nopādānamatastannivṛttyā na caitanyanivṛttiḥ । avasthāviśeṣa eva nivarteta ।

33,vi (PVV_33,vi_33,viii)

kathantarhi sahāva〈sthā〉naṃ "cetaḥśarīrayo"rityāha ॥

33,vii

"sahakārāt sahasthānamagnitāmradravatvavat // (pram.siddh.) 64 //"

33,viii

tasya cetasaḥ śarīrasya ca "hetoḥ" pūrvacittakṣaṇasya kalalādeśca । "sahakārātsaha"kāraṇāt "kārya"yościttadehayo"rjanmana" utpādāt tayoḥ sahasthānaṃ bhavati । yathā"gnitāmra"janmanorvahnitāmradravatvayoḥ sahāvasthitiḥ ॥ (64)

1.65

<ii rsthitisthātroravyatirekāt>

33,ix (PVV_33,ix_33,xi)

nanu dehaścittasyāśrayastataḥ sahasthitiḥ syādityāha 〈।〉

33,x

"anāśrayātsadasatornāśrayaḥ sthitikāraṇam /

sataścedāśrayo nāsyāḥ sthāturavyatirekataḥ // (pram.siddh.) 65 //"

33,xi

"anā śrayāt sadasatornāśrayaḥ na" hyakāraṇamāśrayaḥ । atiprasaṅgāt । "sataśca"<034> niṣpannatvāt nāśrayaḥ kaścit । asato'pi vā kāraṇaṃ kiñcit syāc na tvāśrayaḥ svarūpasyaivābhāvāt ॥ sataḥ "sthitikāraṇa"māśrayaścediṣyate 〈।〉 naitadapi yukta"masyāḥ sthāturavyatirekataḥ" । na hi sthitirnāma sthātuḥ padārthāt bhinnā yāṃ kurvata āśrayatvaṃ । (65)

1.66–1.67

<iii. nyatireke'pi nāśrayaḥ>

34,i (PVV_34,i_34,iv)

"vyatireke'pi taddhetustena bhāvasya kiṃ kṛtam /"

34,ii

"vyatireke"'pi vā svīkriyamāṇe "taddhe"turāśrayaḥ syāt । "tena" cāśrayābhimatena "bhāvasya" sthitimataḥ "kiṃ kṛtaṃ" yenāsāvāśrayaḥ ।

<iv. notyannayā sthityā bhāvasthāpanā>

34,iii

syādetad 〈।〉 bhāvasambandhinī sthitirbhāvaṃ sthāpayati tena tatkartturāśrayatvamirtyāha 〈।〉

34,iv

"avināśaprasaṅgaḥ sa nāśahetormato yadi // (pram.siddh.) 66 //

tulyaḥ prasaṅgastatrāpi;"

34,v (PVV_34,v_34,vi)

yadi sthityotpannayā bhāvaḥ sthāpyate tadāna kadācidasya bhāvasya vināśaḥ syāt "sa nāśaheto"rmudgarā"dermato yadi" 〈।〉 (66) "tulyaḥ prasaṅgastatrāpi" । nāśo'pi na tāvad bhāvādavyatiriktaḥ kriyate tasyotpannatvāt । vyatirikte'pi nāśe kṛte bhāvastadavastha iti prāgvadupalambhādiprasaṅgaḥ ।

34,vi

kiñca 〈।〉

<v. nāśasya sahetutve sthitiheturniṣphalaḥ>

34,vii (PVV_34,vii_34,viii)

"kiṃ punaḥ sthitihetunā //

ā nāśakāgamāt sthānaṃ tataśced vastudharmatā // (pram.siddh.) 67 //

nāśāsya;"

34,viii

yadi nāśahetunā nāśaḥ kriyate tadā "kiṃ punaḥ sthitihetunā"śrayeṇa yāvannāśaheturnāpatati tāvat svayameva sthāsyati । āpatitācca tasmānnaiṣa rakṣaṇakṣama iti <035> kimanena svīkṛtena । "ā nāśakāgamāddhi nāśakāgamanaṃ yāvattata āśrayāt sthāna"ñcediṣyate । evantarhi vastu"dharmatā nā śasya" । (67)

1.68

35,i (PVV_35,i_35,iii)

yadi naśvaro bhāvaḥ tadāśrayeṇa nāśakopanipātaṃ "yāvatsthāpyetānyathā" tu svayameva sthitimān kimāśrayeṇa 〈।〉

35,ii

"satyabādhosāviti kiṃ sthitihetunā //

yathā jalāderādhāra iti cet tulyamatra ca // (pram.siddh.) 68 //"

35,iii

evaṃ "satyabādho'sāviti kiṃ sthitihetunā" vidyamāne vastuni svabhāvatvāt abādho bādharahitosau nāśa iti kiṃ sthitihetunā svīkṛtenāpi । "yathā jalādeḥ" sata evādhāro ghaṭādistathā cittasya deha "iti cet । tulyamatra ca" prāguktaṃ sakalaṃ ॥ (68)

1.69

<vi. bhāvasantaterhetutvādāśrayatvam>

35,iv (PVV_35,iv_35,vi)

kathantarhyādhāravyavahāraḥ samarthanīya ityā ha ।

35,v

"pratikṣaṇavināśe hi bhāvānāṃ bhāvasantateḥ /

tathotpatteḥ sahetutvādāśrayo'yuktamanyathā // (pram.siddh.) 69 //"

35,vi

bhāvānāṃ hi vinaśvarasvabhāvatayā "pratikṣaṇavināśe" yo bhāvaḥ sahakārī bhavāsantateḥ tathā tādṛśyāḥ svopādānadeśāyā "utpatte"rnnimittaṃ "sahetutvādāśrayo" na "tvanyathā"'yuktatvāt । (69)

1.70

<b. i. viśeṣaṇāśrayāśrayibhāvadūṣaṇam>

<ii. guṇasāmānyakarmaṇāṃ dūṣaṇam>

35,vii (PVV_35,vii_35,ix)

evaṃ sāmānyenāśrayāśrayibhāvadūṣaṇamabhidhāya dravyadūṣaṇādau viśeṣe dūṣaṇaṃ vaktumāha ।

35,viii

"syādādhāro jalādīnāṃ gamanapratibandhataḥ /

agatīnāṃ kimādhārairguṇasāmānyakarmaṇām // (pram.siddh.) 70 //"

35,ix

syādādhāro "jalādīnāṃ" prasarpaṇadharmaṇāṃ "gamanapratibandhataḥ" kuṇḍādiḥ "agatī"nāṃ <036>"niṣkriyatvātkimādhāraiḥ" guṇivyaktyādi"bhirguṇasāmānyakarmaṇāṃ" padārthānāṃ । (70)

1.71

<B. samavāyasamavāyibhāvanirāsaḥ>

36,i (PVV_36,i_36,ii)

"etena samavāyaśca samavāyi ca kāraṇam /

vyavasthitatvaṃ jātyādernirastamanapāśrayāt // (pram.siddh.) 71 //"

36,ii

"etenāśra"yāśrayibhāvapratiṣedhena "samavā"yo 'yutasiddhānāmādhāryādhārabhūtānāmiheti pratyayaheturyathā vyaktisāmānyayoḥ "samavāyikāraṇañca" svasamavetakāryajanakaṃ yathātmādi buddhyādīnāṃ "vyavasthitatvaṃ jātyādeḥ" kāsucideva vyaktiṣu gotvaṃ vartate keṣu cideva ca dehākārapariṇateṣu caitanyamityā di "nirastamanapāśrayādā"śrayapratiṣedhāt । tanmūlatvāccāsāṃ vyavasthānāṃ । (71)

1.72

<(sthitisthāpakatānirāse saṃgrahaślokaḥ)>

36,iii (PVV_36,iii_36,v)

uktamarthaṃ ślokatrayeṇa saṃgṛhṇannāha ।

36,iv

"parato bhāvanāśaścet tasya kiṃ sthitihetunā /

sa vinaśyed vinā'pyanyairaśaktāḥ sthitihetavaḥ // (pram.siddh.) 72 //"

36,v

"parato" mudgarāde"rbhāva"syānaśvarasya "nāśaścet tasya kiṃ sthitihetunā"śrayeṇa svayamanaśvaratvādeva na nakṣyati । atha naśvarasvabhāvosau tadā "sa vinaśyeta vināpyanyai"rnāśahetubhiraṃ"śaktāḥ sthitihetavo" bhāvaṃ naśvaraṃ sthāpayituṃ naśvavarasvabhāvasyāvaśyaṃ nāśāt । (72)

1.73

36,vi (PVV_36,vi_37,iii)

kiñca 〈।〉

36,vii

"sthitimān sāśrayaḥ sarvaḥ sarvotpattau ca sāśrayaḥ /"

36,viii

"sthitimān sāśrayaḥ sarvo" bhāvaḥ । tatra yo nāma kaścinnityāśrayo yathā sukhādirātmāśritaḥ । sarvaḥ sa nityaṃ sthitimān syāt sthāpakasya sadā sthiteḥ । kaścidanityāśrayo yathā śuklatvādiḥ kāryadravyāśritaḥ । "sarvotpattāva"sarvaścotpadyamānaḥ । "sāśraya" iti dravyādirapi sāśrayaḥ । tadāśrayopi kapālādiḥ khaṇḍovayaviṣu samavetaḥ ।

<037>

37,i

te cānyeṣviti yāvat paramāṇava āśrayāvadhayaḥ teṣāṃ nityatvāttadāśritaṃ dvyaṇukaṃ nityamityanayā paramparayā guṇopi nityaḥ sādityāha 〈।〉

37,ii

"tasmāt sarvasya bhāvasya na vināśaḥ kadācana // (pram.siddh.) 73 //"

37,iii

"tasmātsarvasya bhāvasya" buddhyādeḥ śuklādeśca "na vināśaḥ kadācana" prāpnoti । (73)

1.74

37,iv (PVV_37,iv_37,vi)

kiñca 〈।〉

37,v

"svayaṃ vinaśvarātmā cet tasya kaḥ sthāpakaḥ paraḥ /

svayaṃ na naśvarātmā cet tasya kaḥ sthāpakaḥ paraḥ // (pram.siddh.) 74 //"

37,vi

"svayamvinaśva"rātmā cet bhāvastasya "kaḥ sthāpakaḥ para" āśrayā"bhimato na kaści"dasāmārthyāt । "svayaṃ na naśvarātmā cet tasya kaḥ sthāpakaḥ paraḥ" svayamavināśitayaiva sthitervaiyarthyātsthāpakasya । (74)

1.75

<C. upādānopādeyabhāvanirāsaḥ>

37,vii (PVV_37,vii_37,ix)

punaścittaśarīrayorupādānopādeyatāṃ niṣeddhumāha 〈।〉

37,viii

"buddhivyāpārabhedena nirhrāsātiśayāvapi /

prajñāderbhavato dehanirhrāsātiśayau vinā // (pram.siddh.) 75 //"

37,ix

"buddhivyāpārabhedena" na manojñānasyābhyāsaviśeṣeṇa "nirhrāsāti"śayāvupacayāpacayā"vapi prajñāde"rādiśabdānmaitrīkaruṇāvairāgyādīnāṃ "bhavato dehasya nirhrāsātiśayau vinā" । tasmād buddhirevopādānakāraṇaṃ tadvikāravikāritvāt । na deho viparyayāt । (75)

1.76

37,x (PVV_37,x_38,iii)

"idaṃ dīpaprabhādīnāmāśritānāṃ na vidyate //"

37,xi

idamāśrayavikāraṃ vināpi vikāritvaṃ "dīpaprabhādīnāmāśritānāṃ na vidyate" tadvikāravikāritvāt ।

<038>

38,i

atha dehādapi svasthātprajñāderutkarṣo dṛśyata iti tadvikāravikāritvamastyevetyāha ।

38,ii

"syāt tato'pi viśeṣo'sya na citte'nupakāriṇi // (pram.siddh.) 76 //"

38,iii

"syāt tato" dehā"dapi viśeṣo"sya prajñāde"rna citte'nupakāriṇi" । cittaṃ hi svasthadehopakṛtasaumanasyamabhyāsaviśeṣavat prajñādikamutkarṣayati । na guṇepi citte deha eva । (76)

1.77

38,iv (PVV_38,iv_38,vi)

amumeva nyāyaṃ rāgādāvāha ।

38,v

"rāgādivṛddhiḥ puṣṭyādeḥ kadācit sukhaduḥkhajā /

tayośca dhātusāmyāderantararthasya sannidheḥ // (pram.siddh.) 77 //"

38,vi

yāpi "rāgādivṛddhiḥ puṣṭayādeḥ" sāpi na sarvadāpi tu "kadācit" prakṛtyā mandarāgasya pratisaṃkhyānabalinaśca puṣṭasyāpi rāgāvṛddheḥ । yadāpi bhavati tadāpi na kevalātpuṣṭyādeḥ kintu "sukhaduḥkhajā" । sukhādrāgaḥ duḥkhād dveṣaḥ iti na cittanirapekṣo rāgādiheturdehaḥ । "tayośca" sukhaduḥkhayo"rddhātusāmyāderantararthasyā"nugrāhakasyāntaḥ spraṣṭavyaviśeṣasyāntarasya sparśajñānaviṣayīkṛtasya "sannidherjanma" । sukhaduḥkhajñāne api viśiṣṭaviṣayapūrvajñānasāpekṣe eva na dehamātrajanye ityarthaḥ । (77)

1.78

38,vii (PVV_38,vii_38,viii)

"etena sannipātādeḥ smṛtibhraṃśādayo gatāḥ /

vikārayati dhīreva hyantararthaviśeṣajā // (pram.siddh.) 78 //"

38,viii

"ete"nāntaroktanyāyena "sannipātāde"rādigrahaṇājjvarādeḥ "smṛtibhraṃśādayo gatā" vyākhyātāḥ । dhīreva hi pūrvikā'"ntararthaviśeṣā"ddhātuvaiṣamyājjātā tadgrāhiṇīṃ cittasantatiṃ "vikārayati" smṛtipramoṣādyupahatāṃ karoti । (78)

1.79

38,ix (PVV_38,ix_39,i)

"śārdūlaśoṇitādīnāṃ santānātiśaye kvacit /

mohādayaḥ sambhavanti śravaṇekṣaṇato yathā // (pram.siddh.) 79 //"

<039>

39,i

yathā "śārdū laśoṇitādīnāṃ" yathākramaṃ "śravaṇekṣaṇataḥ santānātiśaye kvacid" bhīrutame "mohādaya" ādiśabdād bhayaromaharṣādayo viṣayavikṛtabuddhidvāreṇaiva "sambhavanti" । na hi mohādīnāṃ śārdūlaśoṇitādaya upādānakāraṇāni kintu viṣayāḥ saṃntaḥ paramparayopakārakāḥ tathā rāgasmṛtibhraṃśādayopi boddhavyāḥ । (79)

1.80

39,ii (PVV_39,ii_39,iii)

"tasmāt svasyaiva saṃskāraṃ niyamenānuvartate /

tannāntarīyakaṃ cittamataścittasamāśritam // (pram.siddh.) 80 //"

39,iii

"tasmā"t sva"syaiva saṃskāraṃ niyamenānuvartate । tannāntarīyakaṃ citta"meṣitavya"mataścittamāśritaṃ" cittaṃ cittasaṃskārasyaivānuvartanāt । dehasaṃskārantu vyabhicarati pratisaṃkhyānabalināmityuktaṃ । (80)

1.81

39,iv (PVV_39,iv_39,vi)

cetaḥśarīrayorbhedapakṣeṇāśrayāśrayibhāvo 'yukta iti pratipādya śaktipakṣepyabhedātmake doṣamāha 〈।〉

39,v

"yathā śrutādisaṃskāraḥ kṛtaścetasi cetasi /

kālena vyajyate'bhedāt syād dehepi tato guṇaḥ // (pram.siddh.) 81 //"

39,vi

"yathā śrutādisaṃskāraḥ kṛtaścetasi" punaryathā — prabodhapratyayaṃ cetasi "kālena krama"bhāvinā "vyajyate" tathā "abhedāccitta"śarīrayoḥ "syād dehepi tataḥ" saṃskāraprabodhakāt pratyayāt guṇo'bhivyaktaḥ 〈।〉 tataśca dehaṃ paśyatā "śrutādisaṃskāropi" tadātmabhūto dṛśyo dṛśyeta । tasmād dehasyāśrayatvapratiṣedhāt tadvināśe cittavināśo neti janmaparamparāsu yuktaḥ kṛpābhyāsaḥ । (81)

1.82

<(ga) punarjanmaparigrahaḥ>

39,vii (PVV_39,vii_40,i)

kathaṃ punarjanmaparigraha ityāha 〈।〉

39,viii

"ananyasatvaneyasya hīnasthānaparigrahaḥ /

ātmasnehavato duḥkhasukhatyāgāptivāñchayā // (pram.siddh.) 82 //"

<040>

40,i

"ananyasatvaneyasya" īśvarapratiṣedhāt । "hīnasthānaparigraho" garbhasyāśrayatvena svīkāraḥ "ātmasnehavataḥ" satṛṣṇasya duḥkhe sukhamiti viparyāsaḥ । tasya "duḥkhasukhayoryathākramaṃ tyāgāptivāñchayā" । satṛṣṇo hi duḥkhe sukhamiti viparyastaḥ ātmani snigdho janmākṣepakakarmavaśāt sukhahetuṃ garbhasthānaṃ manyamānaḥ parigṛhṇāti । (82)

1.83

<I. avidyātṛṣṇe bandhakāraṇam>

40,ii (PVV_40,ii_40,iv)

tataśca 〈।〉

40,iii

"duḥkhe viparyāsamatiḥ tṛṣṇā cābandhakāraṇam /

janmino yasya te na sto na sa janmādhigacchati // (pram.siddh.) 83 //"

40,iv

"duḥkhe viparyāsamatistṛṣṇā cābandhakāraṇaṃ" āśleṣahetu"rjanminaḥ" । tṛṣṇayā ātmasnehopyākṣipto hetuvadveditavyaḥ । yasya tūnmūlitātmagrahasya "te" viparyāsastṛṣṇā "ca na sto" na vidyete "na sa janmādhigacchati" ॥ (83)

1.84

<II. gatyāgatyoradarśanaṃ indriyāpāṭavāt>

40,v (PVV_40,v_40,vi)

"gatyāgatī na dṛṣṭe cedindriyāṇāmapāṭavāt /

adṛṣṭirmandanetrasya tanudhūmāgatiryathā // (pram.siddh.) 84 //"

40,vi

bhāvijanmanyatītācca janmano yathākramaṃ "gatyāgatī na dṛṣṭe cet । indriyāṇāmapāṭavātsā adṛṣṭi"radarśanaṃ te sūkṣmasyāntarābhavaśarīrasya । "mandanetrasya" puṃsasta"nadhū"masyāgatiradarśanaṃ "yathā" । na hyadṛśyasyādarśanādabhāvaḥ । (84)

1.85

<III. mūrttasyā'pi mūrtte praveśaḥ>

40,vii (PVV_40,vii_41,i)

nanu mūrttaṃ na mūrttāntaramanupraviśati pratighātāt 〈।〉 mūrttañcāntarābhavaśarīramityata āha 〈।〉

40,viii

"tanutvānmūrtamapi tu kiñcit kvacidaśaktimat /

jalavat sūtavaddhemni nādṛṣṭenāsadeva vā // (pram.siddh.) 85 //"

<041>

41,i

"tanutvānmūrttamapi tu kiñcitkvaci"nmūrtte"'śaktimada"pratighātavat "jalavat" ghaṭe "sūtavad" hemni । jalasūtau hi mūrttāvapi ghaṭahemnī bhindantau dṛśyete 'ntarābhavaśarīramaśaktimat na dṛṣṭamiti cet "nāda"ṣṭenā"sadeva" vā bhavati tādṛśamantarābhavaśarīraṃ । (85)

1.86

<IV. nopādānabhūtaṃ śarīraṃ buddheḥ>

<A. avayavinirāsaḥ>

41,ii (PVV_41,ii_41,iii)

kiñca 〈।〉 śarīramupādānaṃ buddherbhavadekamavayavirūpaṃ vā syāt । anekaṃ paramāṇusañcayasvabhāvaṃ vā । tatrāvayavirūpaṃ kimavayavā eva hastādaya uta tebhyo'nyat 〈।〉 dvayamapi pratiṣeddhumāha ।

41,iii

"pāṇyādikampe sarvasya kampaprāptervirodhinaḥ /

ekasmin karmaṇo'yogāt syāt pṛthak siddhiranyathā // (pram.siddh.) 86 //"

41,iv (PVV_41,iv)

"pāṇyādikampe" sarvasya kampaprāpteḥ । yadi pāṇyādayo'vayavā eva avayavyekarūpaḥ tadā pāṇyādeḥ kampe sati sarvasya pādāderapi kampaḥ prāpnoti । "eka"smiṃstasmin "karmaṇaḥ" kampasya virodhino'kampasyā"yogāt" । ekantu dravyaṃ tatsamavetaśca kampa iti sarvaṃ kampeta । avayavānāmekāvayavirūpatvaṃ hetuḥ parābhyupagamasiddhaḥ । sarvasya kampaprasaṅgaḥ । na ca kamposti iti sādhyābhāvenaikāvayavirūpatvābhāvaprasaṅgaviparyayaḥ । evamvakṣyamāṇāvapi prasaṅgatadviparyayau veditavyau ॥ "athāvayavebhyo" bhinno'vayavī । ata evaikasminnavayave kampamāne nāvayavāntarasya kampaḥ tadāpi "syāt pṛtha"k"siddhiranya"thā'vayavāvayavinorbhede pṛthakkampamānādavayavādakampamānasyāvayavinaḥ samavetasya bhedena tatraivāvayave siddhiḥ syāt vastrodakavat । atrāpyavayavāvayavinorbhedaḥ parābhyupagamasiddho hetuḥ । pṛthaksiddhiḥ prasajyate । sādhyābhāve sādhanābhāvo viparyayaḥ । evamvakṣyamāṇau ca prasaṅgaviparyayau । (86)

1.87

41,v (PVV_41,v_42,i)

"ekasya cāvṛtau sarvasyāvṛtiḥ syādanāvṛtau /

dṛśyeta rakte caikasmin rāgo'raktasya vā'gatiḥ // (pram.siddh.) 87 //"

<042>

42,i

athābhedapakṣe "ekasyā"vayavasyā"vṛtau sarvasyāvṛtiśca syādi"ti prasaṅgaḥ । bhedapakṣamāśrityā"nāvṛ"tau cāvayavinaḥ svīkriyamāṇāyāmāvṛta evāvayave'nāvṛtosaudṛśyeteti prasaṅgaḥ । athābhedapakṣe "rakte caikasminna"vayave sarvatrāvayave "rāgo" dṛśyeteti prasaṅgaḥ । bhedapakṣe tu rakta evāvayave'"raktasya" cāvayavino "vā'gatiḥ" syāditi "prasaṅgaḥ" । (87)

1.88–1.89

42,ii (PVV_42,ii_42,v)

sarvatra sādhyābhāvena sādhanābhāvaḥ prasaṅgaviparyayaḥ । tamāha 〈।〉

42,iii

"nāstyekasamudāyo'smādanekatve'pi pūrvavat /"

42,iv

"nāstyeka"smin nāstyeko'vayavī "samudā"yo'vayavānā"masmā"tkampādisādhyābhāvāt । avayavāvayavinora"nekatvepi pūrvavat" । abhedapakṣa iva sādhyābhāvena sādhanābhāvo viparyayaḥ ।

42,v

"aviśeṣādaṇutvācca na gatiścenna sidhyati // (pram.siddh.) 88 //

aviśeṣaḥ;"

42,vi (PVV_42,vi_42,vii)

atha śarīrādau pratyakṣadṛṣṭe dharmiṇi kampākampādiviruddhadharmmādhyāsāt । svatantrahetorekatvapratiṣedhaḥ sādhanīya iti । avayavino'bhāvāt paramāṇupuṃjarūpaṃ śarīrādi tadapi parasparasaṅgamāvasthātaḥ puñjāvasthāyā"maviśeṣād" viśeṣābhāvāt "aṇutvācca" । darśanānarhasūkṣmatayāpi śarīrāderna "gatiścet । na sidhyati (88) aviśeṣaḥ" ।

<a. āvaraṇādyabhāvanirāsaḥ>

42,vii

"viśiṣṭānāmaindriyatvamato'naṇuḥ /"

42,viii (PVV_42,viii_43,ii)

parasparāsaṅgatebhyaḥ paramāṇubhyo'dṛṣṭasahakāribhyo dṛśyānāmevānyonyasaṃhatānāmutpatteḥ । teṣāṃ "viśiṣṭānāmaindriya"tvamindriyagrāhyatvaṃ ata aindriyatvā"danaṇu"riṣṭaḥ 〈।〉 indriyāgocareṣvaṇutvaṃ prasiddhaṃ tadeva tu hetukṛtaṃ । puñjībhūtāstu dṛśyamānā nāṇava <043> ucyante kintu śarīrādivyapadeśyāḥ । yathā tantavaḥ paṭāvasthā na tantavaḥ ucyante'pi tu paṭa ityasiddhau hetū ।

43,i

"etenāvaraṇādīnāmabhāvaśca nirākṛtaḥ // (pram.siddh.) 89 //"

43,ii

"etena" paramāṇūnāṃ pūrvāvasthāto viśiṣṭatvakathanenāvara"ṇādhārādīnāmabhāvaḥ"parairasaṃhatāvasthāyāmiva yaḥ pratipāditataḥ "sa ca nirākṛto" boddhavyaḥ । "kecit paramāṇavaḥ" saṃhatā jātā āvaraṇadhāraṇādikṣamā bhavanti nānye । (89)

1.90

43,iii (PVV_43,iii_43,iv)

"kathaṃ vā sūtahemādimiśraṃ taptopalādi vā /

dṛśyaṃ pṛthagaśaktānāmakṣādīnāṃ gatiḥ katham // (pram.siddh.) 90 //"

43,iv

"kathamvā sūtahemādimiśraṃ" piṣṭikāvasthāyāṃ tejaḥparamāṇusañcayarūpe "tapto"palādi vā miśraṃ kathaṃ dṛśyaṃ vijātīyānāṃ dravyānārambhāt na tadavayavi dravyaṃ । paramāṇavaśca tvanmate na dṛśyā iti na teṣāṃ darśanaṃ syāt । yadi ca paramāṇavaḥ pṛthagavasthāyāṃ jñānajanane'śaktā iti puñjāvasthā api tathā । tadā "pṛthagaśaktānāmakṣādīnāṃ" jñānajanane saṃhatau "gatirjñānaṃ kathaṃ" । (90)

1.91

43,v (PVV_43,v_43,vi)

"saṃyogāccet samāno'tra prasaṅgo hemasūtayoḥ /

dṛśyaḥ saṃyoga iti cet kuto'dṛśyāśraye gatiḥ // (pram.siddh.) 91 //"

43,vi

tasmādanaikāntikamapi hetudvayaṃ nendriyāderjñānajanma kintu saṃyogāttadīyāditi cet । "samāno'tra prasaṅgaḥ" । yathā pṛthagindriyādayaḥ "saṃyoganna janayanti । tathā"militā api na janayeyuḥ । "hemasūtayordṛśyaḥ saṃyogo" dṛśyata "iti cet । kuto'dṛśyāśraye gatiḥ" । hemasūtaparamāṇavo hi saṃyogasyāśrayāsteṣāmadṛśyatve kathantadāśritasya saṃyogasya darśanaṃ 〈।〉 na hi kaścit piśācayoḥ saṃyogamupalabhate 〈।〉 kiñca 〈।〉 nānādravyārabdhapānakādirapi saṃyogo guṇa eṣitavyaḥ । tasmin "mṛṣṭaṃ pānakaṃ svarūpaṃ" pānakamiti nirguṇatvād guṇānāṃ viruddhaḥ ॥ (91)

1.92

43,vii (PVV_43,vii_44,i)

"rasarūpādiyogaśca saṃyoga upacārataḥ /

iṣṭaśced buddhibhedo'stu paṃktirdīrgheti vā katham // (pram.siddh.) 92 //"

<044>

44,i

nānāguṇidravyeṣu saṃyogo ॥ rasarūpādayaśca samavetā ityekārthasamavāyāttaddharmasya pānakādiṣūpa"cārato rasarūpādiyoga iṣṭaścet" । tarhi kṣīrādau pānakādau ca mukhyāmukhyatvena spaṣṭāspaṣṭatayā mṛṣṭādi"buddherbhedaḥ" syāt । na hi māṇavake'gnibuddhirupacārādagnāviva bhavati । "paṃktirdīrgheti vā kathaṃ" । paṃktiṣu samavetā paṅktiḥ saṃkhyā guṇo vā syāt 〈।〉 na ca tatra dairdhyamasti nirguṇatvād guṇānāṃ 〈।〉 nāpi paṅktiṣu dairdhyamasti yenaikārthasamavāyādupacāraḥ syāt 〈।〉 (92)

1.93

<b. saṃkhyādinirāsaḥ>

44,ii (PVV_44,ii_44,iv)

etaccābhyupagamyoktaṃ na tu saṃkhyādayaḥ santi tadāha 〈।〉

44,iii

"saṃkhyāsaṃyogakarmāderapi tadvatsvarūpataḥ /

abhilāpācca bhedena rūpaṃ buddhau na bhāsate // (pram.siddh.) 93 //"

44,iv

"saṃkhyāsaṃyogakarmmāde"〈ḥ ।〉 ādiśabdādvibhāgaparatvāparatvasāmānyāderapi "tadvatsvarūpato" dravyasvabhāvād "bhedenābhilāpācca" । saṃkhyāsaṃyoga ityādikāt । "buddhau" dravyagrāhiṇyāṃ "rūpaṃ na bhāsate"'bhāsamānañca dṛśyābhimataṃ dṛśyānupalabdhayā bādhitaṃ ॥ (93)

1.94

44,v (PVV_44,v_44,vii)

yadi saṃkhyādayo na santi kathameko ghaṭaḥ saṃyukto mahān patatītyādi vyapadiśyate 'rthabhedābhāve paryyāyatā prāpnotītyata āha ।

44,vi

"śabdajñāne vikalpena vastubhedānusāriṇā /

guṇādiṣviva kalpyārthe naṣṭājāteṣu vā yathā // (pram.siddh.) 94 //"

44,vii

"śabdajñāne" eko ghaṭa ityādike kalpyārthe kalpitārthe "vikalpena" 〈।〉 kīdṛśena "vastubhedānusāriṇā" vastuno bhedo vijātīyād vyāvṛttistāmviṣayatvenānusaratā "guṇādi<045>ṣviva" yathā paṅktyādau "ekā mahatī gacchatītyādiśabdajñāne । na hi tatra saṃkhyādayaḥ" santi nirguṇatvād guṇānāṃ । "naṣṭājāteṣu vā yathā । eko dvau bahavo naṣṭā bhavi"ṣyanti veti śabdajñānavat । "naṣṭamajātañca svayameva nāsti kiṃ punastatra saṃkhyādayo" bhaviṣyanti । (94)

1.95

45,i (PVV_45,i_45,ii)

"mato yadyupacāro'tra sa iṣṭo yannibandhanaḥ /

sa eva sarvabhāveṣu hetuḥ kiṃ neṣyate tayoḥ // (pram.siddh.) 95 //"

45,ii

"mato yadyupacārotra" guṇādiṣu saṃkhyādivyapadeśasya "sa" upacāra "iṣṭo yannibandhano" guṇādiṣu saṃkhyādyupacārasya heturyaḥ "sa eva sarvabhāveṣu hetuḥ kinneṣyate tayoḥ" śabdajñānayoḥ yena saṃkhyādayaḥ kalpyante pramāṇabādhitāḥ ॥ (95)

1.96

45,iii (PVV_45,iii_45,iv)

"upacāro na sarvatra yadi bhinnaviśeṣaṇam /

mukhyamityeva ca kuto'bhinne'bhinnārthateti cet // (pram.siddh.) 96 //"

45,iv

"upacāro na sarvatra yadi" mukhye satyupacāro bhavatina tu sarvatraivāsau ॥ "bhinnaviśeṣaṇaṃ" mukhyaṃ yatra bhinnaṃ viśeṣaṇamasti "tanmukhyaṃ anyatropacāraḥ । bhinnaviśeṣaṇaṃ mukhyamitye"tadeva "kuto" niścitaṃ "abhinne'bhinnārthateti cet" । (96)

1.97

45,v (PVV_45,v_45,vii)

yadi saṃkhyādi bhinnaṃ nāsti tadā ghaṭa ekaḥ "saṃyukto mahān gacchatīti śabdānāṃ" paryāyatā syāt । na cāsti ॥

45,vi

"anarthāntarahetutvepyaparyāyaḥ sitādiṣu /

saṃkhyādiyoginaḥ śabdāstatrāpyarthāntaraṃ yadi // (pram.siddh.) 97 //"

45,vii

"nanvanarthāntarahetutvepyaparyāyaḥ sitādi"guṇeṣu "saṃkhyādiyoginaḥ śabdā" dṛśyante । "atrāpyarthāntaraṃ yadi" । sitādau saṃkhyādi tiṣṭhati । "tatastacchabdānāma"paryāyatāpattiḥ । (97)

1.98

<046>

46,i (PVV_46,i_46,ii)

"guṇadravyāviśeṣaḥ syād bhinno vyāvṛttibhedataḥ /

syādanarthāntarārthatvepyakarmādravyaśabdavat // (pram.siddh.) 98 //"

46,ii

evañca sati "guṇānāṃ dravyāṇāñcāviśeṣaḥ syāt" saṃkīrṇṇalakṣaṇatvāt । kriyāvat guṇavatsamavāyikāraṇaṃ dravyamiti lakṣaṇasya dvayorapi bhāvāt । kathaṃ punarabhinnārthatvepyaparyāyatvamityāha । vijātīyebhyo'nekāsaṃyuktādibhyo "vyāvṛtterbhedāt bhinnaḥ" pratyayaścaiko ghaṭaḥ saṃyukto ghaṭa ityādi । akarma dravyamadravyaṃ karmeti śabdāviva bhinno vyatiriktārthābhāvepi । na hi tvanmatepyakarmadravyaśabdayorartho dravyakarmabhyāṃ bhinno vastubhūtosti ॥ (98)

1.99

<B. saṃkhyādyabhāve'pyekatvasaṃyogayorvyapadeśaḥ>

46,iii (PVV_46,iii_46,v)

yadi na santi saṃkhyādayaḥ kathaṃ ghaṭasyaikatvaṃ saṃyogo vā ityādi vyapadeśa ityāha ।

46,iv

"vyatirekīva yaccāpi sūcyate bhāvavācibhiḥ /

saṃkhyāditadvataḥ śabdaistaddharmāntarabhedakam // (pram.siddh.) 99 //"

46,v

"vyatire"kīva bhedavadiva "yaccāpi saṃkhyādi tadvato" dravyād "bhāvavācibhiḥ" dravyābhidhāyibhiḥ "śabdaiḥ sūcyate" ghaṭasyaikatvamityādi । tatsūcyamānamekatvādi"dharmmāntara"sya śuklatvādeḥ "bhedakaṃ" । yadyapi ghaṭānaikatvādayo bhinnā vastutastathāpyekatvaśuklatvādayo ghaṭātparasparaṃ cānuvṛttyananuvṛttibhyāṃ kalpitabhedāḥ । (99)

1.100

46,vi (PVV_46,vi_46,vii)

"śrutistanmātrajijñāsoranākṣiptākhilāparā /

bhinnaṃ dharmamivācaṣṭe yogo'ṅgulyā iti kvacit // (pram.siddh.) 100 //"

46,vii

teṣu yadaiko dharmaḥ pratipitsitaḥ tadā bhedena nirdiṣṭaḥ sa dharmāntarapratikṣepako bhavati ghaṭasyaikatvamityādi । tadā "tanmātra"syaikadharmamātrapratipitsoḥ pratipādyasyān"rodhena ca tathā" saṃketavaśāt prayuktā "śrutiranākṣipto"'viṣayīkṛto'"parokhilo" dharmo 〈vyavacchedakaṃ ।〉 yathāsambhavī yayā sā tādṛśī dharmiṇo dharmmāntarebhyaśca "bhinnaṃ" niṣkṛṣṭabhiva "dharmamācaṣṭe" yathā'"ṅgulyā yoga" iti । (100)

1.101

46,viii (PVV_46,viii_47,i)

"yuktāṅgulīti sarveṣāṃ ākṣepād dharmivācinī /

khyātaikārthābhidhāne'pi tathā vihitasaṃsthitiḥ // (pram.siddh.) 101 //"

<047>

<a. dharmavācinyeva śrutirdharmivācinī>

47,i

yadā tu sa eva dharmo dharmāntarasambandhayogo jijñāsitastadā tathā saṃketād "yuktāṅgulī"ti śrutiḥ "sarveṣāṃ" dharmmāntarāṇā"mākṣepād dharmivācinī khyātā" । ekasya vijātīyavyāvṛttilakṣaṇasyārthasyā"bhidhānepya"yamvibhāgo yuktaḥ । "yasmāttena prakāreṇa vihitasaṃsthitiḥ" kṛtavyavasthā sā śrutiḥ saṃketena । (101)

1.102

<b. samudāyavācinī śrutiḥ>

47,ii (PVV_47,ii_47,v)

tadevaṃ dharmavācinyapi śrutirddharmāntarapratikṣepāpratikṣepābhyāṃ "dharmavācinī dharmi"vācinī veti nirdiṣṭaṃ ।

47,iii

idānīṃ samu dāyavācinīṃ darśayati ।

47,iv

"rūpādiśaktibhedānāmanākṣepeṇa varttate /

tatsamānaphalā'hetuvyavacchede ghaṭaśrutiḥ // (pram.siddh.) 102 //"

47,v

ghaṭavyapadeśabhājāṃ "rūpādī"nāmavāntararaṃjanā"diśaktibhedānāmanākṣepeṇa teṣāṃ" rūpādīnāṃ "yatsamānaṃ" phalamudakāharaṇādi tasyāhetoraśvāde"rvyavacchede" pratipādye "ghaṭa"śrutirvartate udakāharaṇādyahetuvyāvṛttiṃ samudāyavācī ghaṭaśabda āhetyarthaḥ । (102)

1.103

47,vi (PVV_47,vi_47,vii)

"ato na rūpaṃ ghaṭa ityekādhikaraṇa śrutiḥ /

bhedoyamīdṛśo jātisamudāyābhidhāyinoḥ // (pram.siddh.) 103 //"

47,vii

ataḥ samudāyā'bhidhāyitvāt na rūpaṃ ghaṭa ityekādhikaraṇā śrutiḥ । "rūpaśabdo" hi dharmavācī ghaṭaśabdastu samudāyābhidhāyī । kathamanayorekārthatā । "bhedo'yamī"dṛśo "jātisamudāyābhidhāyino"rghaṭatvaghaṭaśabdayośca jñeyaḥ । (103)

1.104

47,viii (PVV_47,viii_48,i)

samudāyābhidhāyī cāpratikṣiptadharmāntara eva bhavatīti sauvarṇṇo ghaṭa ityādi sāmānādhikaraṇyaṃ । sa ca dvividho'nekavṛttiranyathā ca । "tathā ghaṭādi"śabdovindhyādriśabdaśca । yadi rūpādayaḥ kevalā nāstyavayavī tadā kathaṃ ghaṭasya <048> rūpādaya iti sambandha 〈।〉 ityāha 〈।〉

48,i

"rūpādayo ghaṭasyeti tatsāmānyopasarjanāḥ /

tacchaktibhedāḥ khyāpyante vācyo'nyopi diśā'nayā // (pram.siddh.) 104 //"

48,ii (PVV_48,ii)

"rūpādayo ghaṭasya" iti sambandhavācinyā śrutyā "tatsāmānyopasarjanā" ghaṭatvasāmānyaviśeṣitāsteṣāṃ rūpādīnāṃ śaktibhedā rañjanādayaḥ khyāpyante ghaṭavyapadeśaviṣayasamudāyāntarggataṃ rañjanakṣamarūpaṃ niṣkṛṣyocyata ityarthaḥ । anyopi candanasya gandha ityādivyapadeśo'nayā diśā vācyaḥ । vistarastṛtīyapariccheda evāsya । tadevamavayavyādīnāṃ pratiṣedhāt pānakādiriva paramāṇupuñjarūpa eva dehaḥ pratyakṣeṇekṣyata iti sthitaṃ ॥ (104)

1.105

<(gha) vijñānaṃ kāraṇam>

<I. paramāṇūnāṃ samuditānāṃ na buddhihetutvam>

48,iii (PVV_48,iii_48,v)

na cāsya buddhihetutvaṃ yuktamiti prakṛtamanubandhaṃ paramāṇūnāṃ samuditānāṃ pratyekaṃ buddhihetutvābhāvaṃ vaktumāha ।

48,iv

"hetutve ca samastānāmekāṅgavikalepi na /

pratyekamapi sāmarthye yugapad bahusambhavaḥ // (pram.siddh.) 105 //"

48,v

yadi "samastānāṃ" dehaparamāṇūnāṃ "hetutvaṃ" tadā'vayavacchedādinā "ekāṅgavikalepi" dehe na syāt buddhiḥ 〈।〉 na caitadasti । atha pratyekaṃ te samarthāstadā "pratyekamapi sāmarthye" svīkriyamāṇe "yugapad bahusambhavaḥ" । paramāṇusaṃkhyāni jñānāni yugapajjāyaren sarveṣāṃ pratyekaṃ sāmarthyāt । (105)

1.106

<II. prāṇāpānayoraniyāmakatā>

48,vi (PVV_48,vi_48,viii)

atha prāṇāpānābhyāṃ niyāmakābhyāmekameva jñānamabhivyajyate tato na yugapadanekā vyaktirityata āha 〈।〉

48,vii

"nānekatvasya tulyatvāt prāṇāpānau niyāmakau //

ekatve'pi bahuvyaktistaddhetornityasannidheḥ // (pram.siddh.) 106 //"

48,viii

tanna । paramāṇusañcayātmakatvena dehavat prāṇāpānayora"pyanekatvasya tulyatvāt" । "teṣāṃ pratyekamabhivyañjakatve yugapadanekā"bhivyaktiprasaṅgādekajñānābhivyaktau <049> prāṇāpānau niyāmakau na yuktau । "ekatvepi" prāṇasyāpānasya ca "bahūnāṃ nānā"kālabhāvināṃ jñānānāṃ yugapada"bhivyaktiḥ" syāt । tasyābhivyakte"rhetoḥ" prāṇādernityaṃ sannidheḥ ॥ (106)

1.107

49,i (PVV_49,i_49,iii)

"nānekaheturiti cennāviśeṣāt kramādapi //

naikaprāṇepyanekārthagrahaṇānniyamastataḥ // (pram.siddh.) 107 //"

49,ii

yugapa"nnāneka"syā"bhivyaktihetuḥ" prāṇā"diriti cet" 〈।〉 "na" syāddhetura"viśeṣāt" ।"kramādapi" ॥

49,iii

kiñcaikasminnapi "prāṇe'nekeṣā"ma"rthānāṃ grahaṇāda"nekā"bhirbbu"ddhibhirekaḥ prāṇaḥ ekāṃ buddhimabhivyanaktīti nāyantata ekaprāṇā"nniyamaḥ" । (107)

1.108

49,iv (PVV_49,iv_49,v)

"ekayā'nekavijñāne buddhyā'stu sakṛdeva tat /

avirodhāt; krameṇāpi mā bhūt tadaviśeṣataḥ // (pram.siddh.) 108 //"

49,v

"ekayā buddhyā'nekavijñāne" ca svīkriyamāṇe'"stu sakṛdeva tat" yāvad grahītavyagrahaṇa"mavirodhāt" yadyekasyā anekagrahaṇaṃ virudhyate katicitpadārthagrahaṇamapyekadā na syāt । na virudhyate cet yāvadgrahītavyaṃ gṛhṇīyāt । "anyathā krameṇāpi mā bhūda"nekagrahaṇaṃ । "tadaviśeṣato" buddherviśeṣābhāvāt । (108)

1.109

49,vi (PVV_49,vi_49,vii)

"bahavaḥ kṣaṇikāḥ prāṇā asvajātīyakālikāḥ /

tādṛśāmeva cittānāṃ kalpyante yadi kāraṇam // (pram.siddh.) 109 //"

49,vii

"bahavaḥkṣaṇikāḥ prāṇā asvajātīyakālikā" asahabhāvinaḥ । "tādṛ"śāmekakṣaṇikānāṃ bahūnāmasahabhāvināṃ "cittānāṃ kalpyante yadi kāraṇaṃ" । (109)

1.110

<050>

50,i (PVV_50,i_50,ii)

"kramavantaḥ kathaṃ te syuḥ kramavaddhetunā vinā /

pūrvasvajātihetutve na syādādyasya sambhavaḥ // (pram.siddh.) 110 //"

50,ii

tadāṃ "kramavantaḥ kathante" prāṇāḥ "syuḥ kramavaddhetunā vinā" । śarīraṃ teṣāṃ hetuḥ taccākramaṃ । na cākramātkramikāryaṃ yuktaṃ "pūrvasvajā"tihetutve "na syādādyasya" prāṇasya "sambhavaḥ" । (110)

1.111

<III. paralokānāgatasya prāṇe nirhetukatā>

50,iii (PVV_50,iii_50,v)

na hi paralokāgataḥ prāṇosti ya ādyasya śarīrasambandhino hetuḥ syāt । etadevāha ।

50,iv

"taddhetustādṛśo nāsti sati vā'kanetā dhruvam /

prāṇānāṃ bhinnadeśatvāt sakṛjjanma dhiyāmataḥ // (pram.siddh.) 111 //"

50,v

taddhetustādṛśo nāsti । "sati" ca taddhetāva"nekatā dhruvaṃ prāṇānāṃ bhinnadeśatvāt" । deśabhedāt prāṇāḥ pratideśaṃ bhinnā "ato"'nekatvāt prāṇānāṃ pratyekaṃ samarthānāṃ tebhyo vyañcako'nekatvādato "dhiyāṃ janma sakṛt" syāditi prasaṅgaḥ । (111)

1.112

50,vi (PVV_50,vi_50,vii)

"yadyekakāliko'neko'pyekacaitanyakāraṇam /

ekasyāpi na vaikalye syānmandaśvasitādiṣu // (pram.siddh.) 112 //"

50,vii

"yadyekakāliko'nekaḥ" prāṇa"ekacaitanyakāraṇa"miṣyate tadai"kasyāpi" prāṇasya "mandaśvasitādiṣu vaika lye" sati "na syāccai"tanyaṃ kāraṇānāmasamagratvāt । (112)

1.113

50,viii (PVV_50,viii_50,ix)

"atha heturyathābhāvaṃ jñāne'pi syād viśiṣṭatā /

na hi tat tasya kāryaṃ yad yasya bhedānna bhidyate // (pram.siddh.) 113 //"

50,ix

"atha heturyathābhāvaṃ" yathāsambhavaṃ prāṇānāṃ hetutvaṃ syāt । tadā "jñānepi syād viśiṣṭatā" 〈।〉 prāṇānāmupacayāpacayābhyāṃ jñānamapi tādṛśaṃ syāt । "na hi tattasya kāryaṃ"yuktaṃ "yadyasya bhedānna bhidyate" । (113)

1.114

<IV. śaktiniyamād na dhiyāṃ sakṛjjanta>

50,x (PVV_50,x_51,v)

tvanmatepi dhiyāṃ sakṛjjanma kasmānna bhavatītyāha ।

<051>

51,i

"vijñānaṃ śaktiniyamādekamekasya kāraṇam /"

51,ii

"vijñānaṃ śaktiniyamādekaṃvijñāname kaṃ" । "śakteḥ" svakāraṇakṛtāyā "niyamādekasya" vijñānasya "kāraṇa"miti na sakṛd dhiyāṃ janma ।

51,iii

kuta evaditi cedāha ।

51,iv

"anyārthāsaktiviguṇe jñāne nārthāntarāgrahāt // (pram.siddh.) 114 //"

51,v

anyasminnarthe āsaktyā punaḥ punaḥ pravṛtyātmikayā "viguṇe" viṣayāntarasañcārijñānotpādavirodhāni "jñāne" pūrvake sati viṣayāntarasyāgrahaṇāt । aviguṇe tu grahaṇāt । tasmāt jñānakāryaṃ jñānaṃ । tadanvayavyatirekānuvidhānāt । (114)

1.115

<(ṅa) karmasiddhiḥ>

<I. sahasthitikāraṇaṃ karma,>

51,vi (PVV_51,vi_51,vii)

"śarīrāt sakṛdutpannā dhīḥ svajātyā niyamyate /

parataścet samarthasya dehasya viratiḥ kutaḥ // (pram.siddh.) 115 //"

51,vii

atha "śarīrā tsakṛ"tprathamamutpannā dhīḥ "svajātyā niyamyate parata" ekasyā buddherekā buddhirbhavatīti na sakṛjjanmaprasaṅgaḥ । nanu buddhijanane prathamaṃ "samarthasya dehasya" paścā"dvirati"stajjananāt "kutaḥ" । yena buddhirnniyāmikā syāt parataḥ । (115)

1.116

51,viii (PVV_51,viii_51,ix)

"anāśrayānnivṛtte syāccharīre cetasaḥ sthitiḥ /

kevalasyeti ceccittasantānasthitikāraṇam // (pram.siddh.) 116 //"

51,ix

nanu yadi buddherna deha āśrayastadā'"nāśrayādāśra"yābhāvāt "nivṛtte śarīre kevalasya cetasaḥ sthitiḥ syāditi cet" । syādetat śarīreṇa saha "cittasantānasya sthitikāraṇaṃ" dṛṣṭaṃsahāyaṃ yatkarma (116 ।)

1.117

<II. āmutrikadehahetuḥ pañcāyatanamaihikam>

51,x (PVV_51,x_52,iii)

"taddhetuvṛttilābhāya nāṅgatāṃ yadi gacchati /"

<a.>

51,xi

tadyadi tasya pāralaukikasya "dehasya hetu"raihikamantyaṃ pañcāyatanaṃ tasya "vṛttiḥ"<052> pāralaukikadehajananādyābhimukhyaṃ । tasya "lābhāya" prāptaye'"ṅgatāṃ" sahakāritāṃ "na gacchati" tadā kevalaṃ cittaṃ tiṣṭhati । yathā virūpe dhātau ।

52,i

kaḥ punarāmutrikadehahetuḥ yasya cittaṃ sahakārītyāha ।

52,ii

"heturdehāntarotpattau pañcāyatanamaihikam // (pram.siddh.) 117 //"

52,iii

"heturdehāntarotpattau pañcāyatanaṃ" pañcendriyāṇi । aihikamidaṃ janmabhavaṃ 〈।〉 (117)

1.118

52,iv (PVV_52,iv_52,v)

"tadaṅgabhāvahetutvaniṣedhe'nupalambhanam /

aniścayakaraṃ proktaṃ / indriyādyapi śeṣavat // (pram.siddh.) 118 //"

52,v

yacca tayoḥ karmaihikapañcāyatanayoryathākrama"maṅgabhāvahetutvayoḥ" sahakāritopādānatvayo"rniṣedhe" karttavye'"nupalambhanaṃ" parairucyate । tada"niścayaka"ramanaikāntikamadṛśyaviṣayatvāt "proktaṃ indriyādyapi śeṣavat" । yajapīndriyādi śarīrāntarasambandhīndriyādi pratisandhātṛ na bhavatīndriyatvāderiti tadapi śe ṣavadanaikāntikaṃ boddhavyaṃ । ādiśabdātprāṇāpānatvādi jñānatvādica । (118)

1.119

<b.>

52,vi (PVV_52,vi_52,viii)

viruddhatvamapi darśayati ।

52,vii

"dṛṣṭā ca śaktiḥ pūrveṣāmindriyāṇāṃ svajātiṣu /

vikāradarśanāt siddhaṃ aparāparajanma ca // (pram.siddh.) 119 //"

52,viii

"dṛṣṭā ca śaktiḥ pūrveṣāmindriyāṇāṃ svajātiṣu" karttavyeṣu madhyāvasthāyāṃ tata indriyāditvāt । svajātipratisandhātṛtvamevaiṣāṃ yuktaṃ । madhyāvasthāyāñca pūrvāvasthātaḥ pāṭavādi"vikāradarśanāt siddhaṃ" pratikṣaṇa"maparāparajanma ce"ndriyādīnāmiti nādṛṣṭānto hetuḥ । (119)

1.120

<c.>

52,ix (PVV_52,ix_53,i)

nanu śarīrādevendriyādīnāṃ janmetyāha ।

52,x

"śarīrād yadi tajjanma prasaṅgaḥ pūrvavad bhavet /

cittāccet tata evāstu janma dehāntarasya ca // (pram.siddh.) 120 //"

<053>

53,i

"śarīrādyadi" teṣāmindriyādīnāṃ "janma"tadā "pūrvava"ddhe tutve ca samastānāmityādinoktaḥ "prasaṅgo bhavet" । "cittācce"dindriyacittādīnāṃ janma śarīrājjanmani doṣadarśanādiṣyate tadāntyāvasthāyāmapyavi"kalatvā"ccittasya "tata" evāstu "janma dehāntarasya" pañcāyatanarūpasyānagatasya । (120)

1.121

53,ii (PVV_53,ii_53,iii)

"tasmānna hetuvaikalyāt sarveṣāmantyacetasām /

asandhirīdṛśaṃ tena śeṣavat sādhanaṃ matam // (pram.siddh.) 121 //"

<d.>

53,iii

yataścittameva cittasya hetuḥ । tṛṣṇākarmasahāyañca pañcāyatanasya । "tasmānna hetuvaikalyāt । sarveṣāmantyacetasāmasandhiḥ" cittasya pañcāyatanasya "ca" hetvavaikalyāt kāryotpādasyāvaśyambhāvitvāt 〈।〉 tenedṛśamantyacittatvādi "śeṣa"vadanaikāntikaṃ "sādhanaṃ mataṃ" ॥ (121)

1.122–1.123

<kha. yuktaḥ karuṇābhyāsaḥ>

<(ka) cittamātrapratibaddhatvāt>

53,iv (PVV_53,iv_53,vi)

tadevaṃ cittamātrapratibaddhatvāccittajanmano dehanivṛttāvapi janmaparamparāsambhave yuktaḥ kṛpābhyāsa ityabhyāsātseti samarthitaṃ ।

53,v

"abhyāsena viśeṣe'pi laṅghanodakatāpavat /

svabhāvātikramo mā bhūditi ced;"

53,vi

"nanvabhyāsena viśeṣepi" satyalpīyasi "svabhāvasya" kṛpādestadvipakṣasaṃkīrṇatvasyātikramo vipakṣāvyavakīrṇṇasvarasapravṛttakṛpādimayatā sātmībhāvo "mā bhūt laṃghanodakatāpavat" ।

<(kha) punaryatnāpekṣā>

53,vii (PVV_53,vii_53,viii)

na hi puruṣotyarthaṃ laṅghane kṛtābhyāso yojanamarddhayojanaṃ vā laṅghayati । nāpyudakamekāntaṃ tāpyamānaṃ dahanībhavati । kintu prakṛtisiddhāt laṅghanāt sparśācca viśeṣamātraṃ bhavati yathā 〈।〉 tathotkarṣamātraṃ syāt kṛpayā na tu sātmībhāva "iti cet" । atrāha 〈।〉

53,viii

"āhitaḥ sa cet // (pram.siddh.) 122 //

punaryatnamapekṣeta yadi syāccāsthirāśrayaḥ /

viśeṣo naiva varddheta svabhāvaśca na tādṛśaḥ // (pram.siddh.) 123 //"

<054>

54,i (PVV_54,i)

"āhitaḥ sa cet" viśeṣa〈ḥ ।〉 (122) ādhāyakanivṛttāvātmalābhāya "punaryatnamapekṣeta" na svarasavāhī syāt । laṅghanaṃ yathābhyastamapi punaryatnāpekṣayaiva pravartate na "svarasavāhi" । "yadi syāccāsthirāśraya" udakatāpavat । kvāthyamānaṃ hyadakaṃ kṣīya ta eva ityasthirāśraya udakatāpaḥ punaryatnāpekṣī ca svarasavāhitvābhāvāt । tadā "viśeṣo naiva varddheta" prakarṣaniṣṭhāṃ na gacchet 〈।〉 "tādṛśaśca" viśeṣo "naiva svabhāvaḥ" । prakṛtirviśeṣavat । hetusannidhānavyavadhānasāpekṣatvāt pravṛttinivṛttyoḥ । (123)

1.124

54,ii (PVV_54,ii_54,iv)

tathā ca 〈।〉

54,iii

"tatropayuktaśaktīnāṃ viśeṣānuttarān prati /

sādhanānāmasāmarthyānnityañcānāśrayasthiteḥ // (pram.siddh.) 124 //"

54,iv

"tatra" pūrvadṛṣṭa eva viśeṣe "upayuktaśaktīnāṃ sādhanānāṃ" yatnādīnāṃ punarapi "viśeṣānuttarān pratyasāmarthyāt nityañcānāśrayasthiteḥ" । (124)

1.125

54,v (PVV_54,v_54,vi)

"viśeṣasyāsvabhāvatvād vṛddhāvapyāhito yadā /

nāpekṣeta pūnaryatnaṃ yatnonyaḥ syād viśeṣakṛt // (pram.siddh.) 125 //"

54,vi

āśrayasthityabhāvāt tādṛśasya "viśeṣasyāsvabhāvatvāt vṛddhāvapi" vyavasthitotkarṣataiva । punaryatnāpekṣitvenāsthirāśrayatvena vyavasthitotkarṣatā vyāptetyarthaḥ । "yadā" tu viśeṣa "āhito nāpekṣeta punaryatnaṃ" prāgutpannasyātmano lābhāyāpi tu svarasavāhī "bhavati tadā yatno'nyaḥ" kriyamāṇo "viśeṣakṛt" yathābhyāsamuttarottaraviśeṣādhāyī bhavati । (125)

1.126

<(ga) svarasenābhyāsajaḥ karuṇādipravāhaḥ>

54,vii (PVV_54,vii_54,viii)

"kāṣṭhapāradahemāderagnyāderiva cetasi /

abhyāsajāḥ pravarttante svarasena kṛpādayaḥ // (pram.siddh.) 126 //"

54,viii

"kāṣṭhapāradehamāderagnyāderiva" । yathāgninā hemacāraṇajāraṇādinā puṭapākādinā yathākramaṃ kāṣṭhe pārade hemnī va daradāhaḥ । rupyarañjanasāmarthyavarṇṇikā<055>vṛddhaya āhitāḥ svarasavāhinyo na punaryatnasāpekṣāḥ । teṣu yadā punarvahnyādayo vyāpriyante tadā samadhikamaṅgārā diviśeṣamādadhati 〈।〉 "tathābhyāsajāḥ kṛpādayaḥ" punaryatnānapekṣitvāt sthirāśrayatvācca "svarasena pravartante" । (126)

1.127

55,i (PVV_55,i_55,ii)

"tasmāt sa teṣāmutpannaḥ svabhāvo jāyate guṇaḥ /

taduttarottaro yatno viśeṣasya vidhāyakaḥ // (pram.siddh.) 127 //"

55,ii

"tasmāt" svarasavāhitvātsa "teṣā"mabhyāsavatāṃ puṃsā"mutpanno" guṇaḥ "kṛpādiḥ svabhāvo" jāyate manasaḥ prakṛtirbhavati । "taduttarottaro yatnaḥ" pūrvapūrvābhyāsādaparāparaḥ prayatno viśeṣakṛd bhavati pūrvaprayatnakṛtasya "viśeṣasya" susthitatvāt । ādhikyādhānamevāparayatnāt । (127)

1.128

55,iii (PVV_55,iii_55,iv)

"yasmācca tulyajātīyapūrvabījapravṛddhayaḥ /

kṛpādibuddhayastāsāṃ satyabhyāse kutaḥ sthitiḥ // (pram.siddh.) 128 //"

55,iv

"yasmācca" kāraṇā"ttulyajātīyā"t "pūrva"smāt bījādvāsanāgarbhasamanantarapratyayāt "pravṛddhi"rutkarṣo yāsāntāstathā "kṛpādibuddhayaḥ" 〈।〉 "tāsāṃ satyabhyāse kutaḥ" sthitirvyavasthitotkarṣatā । (128)

1.129

55,v (PVV_55,v_55,vi)

"na caivaṃ laṃghanādeva laṃghanaṃ balayatnayoḥ /

taddhetvoḥ sthitaśaktitvāllaṃghanasya sthitātmatā // (pram.siddh.) 129 //"

55,vi

"na caivaṃ laṃghanādeva laṃghanaṃ" yathā kṛpādibhya eva kṛpādayaḥ । tathā na laṃghanādeva laṃghanamapi tu balayatnābhyāṃ "balayatnayostaddhetvoḥ sthitaśaktitvāt" sāmarthyaniyamāt laṃghanasya "sthitātmatā" vyavasthitotkarṣatā bhavati । (129)

1.130

55,vii (PVV_55,vii_55,ix)

yadi balayatnābhyāmeva laṃghanaṃ na svabhāvajātīyāttadābhyāsātprāgapi tāvatparimāṇaṃ syādityāha 〈।〉

55,viii

"tasyādau dehavaiguṇyāt paścādvadavilaṃghanam /

śanairyatnena vaiguṇye niraste svabale sthitiḥ // (pram.siddh.) 130 //"

55,ix

"tasya" laṃghayiturādāvabhyāsāt pūrvaṃ "dehavaiguṇyāt" śleṣmādikṛtagauravāt "paścādva"dabhyāsānantaramivā"vilaṃghanaṃ śanairyatnena" vyāyāmādinā "vaiguṇye niraste svabale sthitiḥ" śarīrasya bhavati । tena pūrvasmāllaṃghanaṃ viśiṣyate balānurūpasthitikañca । (130)

1.131

<(gha) karuṇā svabījaprabhavā>

55,x (PVV_55,x_56,ii)

manoguṇāstu satyabhyāse vipakṣānabhyāse ca prakarṣaṃniṣṭāṃ gacchanti । tadāhe 〈।〉

<056>

56,i

"kṛpā svabījaprabhavā svabījaprabhavairna cet /

vipakṣairbādhyate citte prayātyatyantasātmatām // (pram.siddh.) 131 //"

56,ii

"kṛpā svabījaprabhavā" bhūyo'bhyastasvajā tīyasaṃskāravat samanantarapratyayaprasūtārtha"bījaprabhavairna cet vipakṣai"rdveṣādibhi"rbbādhyate" svotpattyā vyāhanyate "citte" cittasantāne "prayātyatyantasātmatāṃ" vipakṣāsaṃkīrṇṇasātmatāṃ prakṛtitāṃ । (131)

1.132

56,iii (PVV_56,iii_56,iv)

"tathāpi mūlamabhyāsaḥ pūrvaḥ pūrvaḥ parasya tu /

kṛpāvairāgyabodhādeścittadharmasya pāṭave // (pram.siddh.) 132 //"

56,iv

"tathā hi mūlaṃ" kāraṇamabhyāsaḥ "pūrvaḥ pūrvaḥ parasyo"ttarasya "kṛpāvairāgyabo dhādeścittadharmasya" manoguṇasya "pāṭave" prakarṣe na tūtpattau । tasyāḥ sambhavāt । (132)

1.133

<(ṅa) abhyasāt karuṇātmakatvam>

56,v (PVV_56,v_56,vii)

tataḥ 〈।〉

56,vi

"kṛpātmakatvamabhyāsād ghṛṇāvairāgyarāgavat /

niṣpannakaruṇotkarṣaparaduḥkhakṣamestiḥ // (pram.siddh.) 133 //"

56,vii

"kṛpātmakatvamabhyāsād" bhavati "ghṛṇābairāgyarāgavat" । yathābhyāsāt ghṛṇā kvacidviṣaye vairāgyaṃ rāgaśca sātmībhavati 〈।〉 tadevamabhyāsāt "kṛpā" pra"karṣa"viśeṣavatī "niṣpadyata" iti samarthitarmiyatā ca jagaddhitaiṣitvañca 〈।〉 vyākhyātaṃ kṛpāyāḥ prāmāṇyasādhanatvaṃ 〈।〉 (133)

1.134

<(4) śāstṛtvāt bhagavān pramāṇam>

<ka. śāstṛtvavyākhyānam>

56,viii (PVV_56,viii_56,x)

śāstṛtvavyākhyānāya 〈dayāṃ〉 darśayitumāha 〈।〉

56,ix

"dayāvān duḥkhahānārthamupāyeṣvabhiyujyate /

parokṣopeyataddhetostadākhyānaṃ hi duṣkaram // (pram.siddh.) 134 //"

56,x

"dayāvān" bodhisattvaḥ paraduḥkhaṃ śamayitukāmaḥ duḥkhahānārthamātmanaḥ "upāyeṣu" duḥkhaśamanopāyeṣva"bhiyujyate" । kasmātpunaḥ paraduḥkhaśamanopāyeṣu yujyata <057> ityāha 〈।〉 "parokṣa upeyo" duḥkhapraśamaḥ "taddhetuśca" mārgo yasya tasya "tadākhyāṃ naṃ" yasmād "duṣkaraṃ" 〈।〉 (134)

1.135

<kha. duḥkhahetuparīkṣaṇam>

57,i (PVV_57,i_57,iii)

tatra sākṣātkaraṇe parīkṣaṇamaṅgaṃ tadāha 〈।〉

57,ii

"yuktyāgamābhyāṃ vimṛśan duḥkhahetuṃ parīkṣate /

tasyānityādi rūpaṃ ca duḥkhasyaiva viśeṣaṇaiḥ // (pram.siddh.) 135 //"

57,iii

"yu ktyāgamābhyā"manumānapravacanābhyāṃ parasparamaviruddhābhyāṃ "vimṛśan" vicārayan duḥkhasya janmano "hetuṃ parīkṣate" mumukṣuḥ "tasya" duḥkhahetora"nityādirūpaṃ" ādiśabdānnivartanayogyatādikañca parīkṣate । "kathamityāha । duḥkhasyaiva viśeṣaṇaiḥ । kādācitkatvādibhiḥ" । (135)

1.136–1.137

57,iv (PVV_57,iv_57,viii)

kasmāt punarduḥkhasya hetoranityatvādi parīkṣaṇīyamityāha ।

57,v

"yatastathā sthite hetau nivṛttirneti paśyati /

phalasya hetorhānārthaṃ tadvipakṣaṃ parīkṣate // (pram.siddh.) 136 //"

57,vi

"yatastathā sthite hetau nityatvātsadāsthite hetau phalasya duḥkhasya nivṛttirneti paśyati jānāti 〈।〉 tasmāt duḥkhasya hetorhānārthañca tasyā vipakṣaṃ parīkṣate duḥkhahetubiruddhaṃ, yasyābhyāsād duḥkhaheturapaiti" ।

57,vii

"sādhyate tadvipakṣopi heto rūpāvabodhataḥ //

ātmātmīyagrahakṛtaḥ snehaḥ saṃskāragocaraḥ // (pram.siddh.) 137 //"

57,viii

"sādhyate" niścīyate "tadvipakṣopi heto rūpāvabodhataḥ" । jñāte hi he tau tadvirodhī boddhuṃ śakyaḥ । "ātmātmīyagrahā"bhyāṃ "kṛtaḥ snehaḥ saṃskāragocaraḥ" 〈।〉 (137)

1.138

<058>

<ga. nairātmyadarśanato vāsanāhāniḥ>

58,i (PVV_58,i_58,ii)

"hetuvirodhi nairātmyadarśanaṃ tasya bādhakam //

bahuśo bahudhopāyaṃ kālena bahunāsya ca // (pram.siddh.) 138 //"

58,ii

adhyātmaskandheṣu tadupakārakeṣu ca bāhyeṣu snehosya "hetu"rduḥkhasyātmātmīyagrahavataḥ snigdhasya tṛṣṇayā janmaparigrahāt । tasya "nairātmyadarśanaṃ virodhi" viparītālambanākāratvāt "bādhakaṃ" vipakṣaḥ । etaṃ duḥkhahetuṃ tadvipakṣañcāgamādupaśrutyānumānānniścitya "bahuśo" anekaśo "bahudhopāyama"nekaprakāraṃ "kālena ca bahunāsya" bodhisattvasya 〈।〉 (138)

1.139

58,iii (PVV_58,iii_58,v)

"gacchantyabhyasyatastatra guṇadoṣāḥ prakāśatām /

buddheśca pāṭavāddhetorvāsanātaḥ prahīyate // (pram.siddh.) 139 //"

58,iv

"abhyasyato" bhāvayataḥ "tatra" duḥkhahetau tadvipakṣe ca "guṇadoṣā" yathāyogaṃ"prakāśatāṃ gacchanti" । abhyāsādhīno hi bhāvyamānabuddhyākāraviśadībhāvaḥ ।

58,v

"ato"'bhyāsād "buddheśca pāṭavāddheto"rātmagrahasya tṛṣṇāyāśca "vāsanā" । kāyavāgbuddhivaiguṇyahetutaḥ śaktileśaḥ "prahī yate" niḥśeṣamapaiti । (139)

1.140

<gha. pratyekabuddhādibhyo buddhe viśeṣaḥ>

58,vi (PVV_58,vi_58,x)

"parārthavṛtteḥ khaṅgāderviśeṣo'yaṃ mahāmuneḥ /"

58,vii

"ayameva" vāsanāhānilakṣaṇaḥ khaṅgaḥ pratyekabuddha "ādi"ryasya śrāvakasya tasmāt sakāśāt "mahāmuneḥ" samyaksambuddhasya "viśeṣaḥ" svārthasampatteḥ ।

58,viii

nanvevamupāyābhyāso darśito na śāstṛtvaṃ tasyopadeṣṭṭhatvādityāha ।

58,ix

"upāyābhyāsa evāyaṃ tādarthyācchāsanaṃ matam // (pram.siddh.) 140 //"

58,x

"upāyābhyāsa evāyaṃ śāsanaṃ mataṃ tādarthyāt" śāsanārthatvāt । kāraṇe kāryopacārāt । (140)

1.141

<059>

59,i (PVV_59,i_59,vi)

"niṣpatteḥ prathamaṃ bhāvāddheturuktamidaṃ dvayam //"

59,ii

sugatattvasya phalasya "niṣpatteḥ prathamaṃ bhāvā"ttāva"detat dvayaṃ" hi hitaiṣitvaṃ śāstṛtvaṃ "heturuktaṃ" hetvavasthāyā abhidhānāt ॥

<(5) sugatatvāt bhagavān pramāṇam>

59,iii

sugatatvaṃ vyācikhyāsurāha 〈।〉

59,iv

"hetoḥ prahāṇaṃ triguṇaṃ sugatatvamaniśrayāt // (pram.siddh.) 141 //"

59,v

"hetoḥ" samudāyasya "prahāṇaṃ" nirodhaḥ "sugatatvaṃ" tacca "triguṇaṃ" guṇatrayayuktaṃ 〈।〉 suśabdasya trividho'rthaḥ praśastatā surūpavat । apunarāvṛttiḥ anaṣṭajvaravat । niḥśeṣatā ca apūrṇṇaghaṭavat ।

59,vi

tatra praśastaṃ bhagavān jñātavān sugata iti praśastārthamāha । "aniḥśrayāda"nāśrayaṇād । (141)

1.142

59,vii (PVV_59,vii_59,xi)

"duḥkhasya śastaṃ nairātmyadṛṣṭeśca yuktito'pi vā /"

59,viii

"duḥkhasya" śastaṃ sugatatvaṃ । tat punarduḥkhānāśrayaṇaṃ "nairātmyadṛṣṭeḥ" । ātmadarśī hyātmani snihyan tadduḥkhasukhaparihāraprāptīcchayā janma duḥkharūpamādatte । prahīṇātmadarśanastu naitādṛśa iti prahīṇaduḥkhopāyaḥ "yuktitopi vā" yuktiparidṛṣṭenopāyena vā gamanāttatsugatattvaṃ praśastaṃ ।

59,ix

athavā'punarāvṛttyā gamanaṃ sugatatvaṃ 〈।〉 tadākhyātumāha ।

59,x

"punarāvṛttirityuktau janmadoṣasamudbhavau // (pram.siddh.) 142 //"

59,xi

"janmano" rāgādeśca "doṣasya samudbhavau" punaḥ punarāvartanāt "punarāvṛttirityuktau" (142)

1.143–1.145

<ka. ātmadarśanabījahānāt muktiḥ>

59,xii (PVV_59,xii_60,ii)

"ātmadarśanabījasya hānādapunarāgamaḥ /

tadbhūtabhinnātmatayā;"

59,xiii

nairātmyabhāvanāsātmye tu । "ātmadarśanasya" janmaprabandha"bījasya hānādapunarāgamo"'punarāvṛttiḥ । tatpunarātmadarśanabījasya hānaṃ "bhūtā" tsatyāt nairātmyād "bhinnā<060>tmatayā"'nyatvāt । na hi sātmībhūtapratipakṣasya vipakṣabījasambhavaḥ । "niḥśeṣa"mvāgamanāt sugatatvaṃ 〈।〉

60,i

tadāha 〈।〉

60,ii

"śeṣamakleśanirjvaram // (pram.siddh.) 143 //

kāyavāgbuddhivaiguṇyaṃ mārgoṃktyapaṭutā'pi vā /

aśeṣahānamabhyāsād;"

60,iii (PVV_60,iii)

"kāya"vaiguṇyamacāpalepyutplutya gamanādi । vāgvaiguṇyaṃ mānābhāvepi vṛṣalīvādādi । "buddhivaiguṇyaṃ" nityā"samādhānā"davyākṛtacittāvasthānaṃ etat trayaṃ śeṣaṃ sakalakleśopakleśapraśamādakleśaṃ । nirjvarañcādoṣamūlatvāt । "mārgga"sya kṣaṇikanairātmyabhāvanāde"ruktāvapaṭutāpi vā" śeṣaṃ । tatparityāgāda"śeṣahānamabhyāsā"diti niḥśeṣagamanātsugatatvaṃ ।

60,iv (PVV_60,iv_60,viii)

darśitaṃ triguṇaṃ sugatatvaṃ ॥ (॰) ॥

<kha. buddhatvabādhakayuktinirāsaḥ>

60,v

tadevaṃ sarvajñasya sambhavānumānaṃ pratipādya tadbādhakaṃ dūṣayitumāha 〈।〉

60,vi

"uktyāderdoṣasaṃkṣayaḥ // (pram.siddh.) 144 //

netyeke vyatirekosya saṃdigdho vyabhitacāryataḥ /

akṣayitvaṃ ca doṣāṇāṃ nityatvādanupāyataḥ // (pram.siddh.) 145 //"

60,vii

"eke" jaiminīyā uktyāderheto rathyāpuruṣavat rāgādidoṣasaṃkṣayaḥ kasyacinnāstītyāhuḥ । "vyatireko" vipakṣād vyāvṛttiḥ asya vaktṛtvādihetoḥ "saṃdigdho'to vyabhicārya"naikāntikoyamiti vistarato vipañcayiṣyate ।

60,viii

kiñca 〈।〉 "akṣayitvaṃ doṣāṇāṃ" yo manyate sa "nityatvādvā"'kāśavat"anupāyata" upāyābhāvāt vā । naṣṭasya punarunmajjanavat । (144) (145)

1.146

60,ix (PVV_60,ix_61,ii)

eṣāṃ trayāṇāmapi hetūnāmasiddhatvaṃ darśayati 〈।〉

60,x

"upāyasyāparijñānādapi vā parikalpayet /

hetumattvāt viruddhasya hetorabhyāsataḥ kṣayātt // (pram.siddh.) 146 //"

<061>

61,i

"upāyasyāparijñānād vā" mūrkhasya śabdajñānavat । "pari kalpayet" ।

61,ii

"hetumattvād viruddhasya" hetumattvād doṣāṇāmanityatvaṃ tato'siddhaṃ nityatvaṃ doṣāṇāṃ । hetorātmadarśanasya viruddhasya nairātmyasyā"bhyāsataḥ kṣayādupāyābhāvopyasiddhaḥ" । (146)

1.147

61,iii (PVV_61,iii_61,iv)

"hetusvabhāvajñānena tajjñānamapi sādhyate // (॰) //"

61,iv

"heto"rātmadarśanasya "svabhāvajñānena tajjñānamapi" tannivṛttyupāyasya tadviparyayarūpasya jñānañca "sādhyate" । yathā dāne jñāte tadviparyayarūpatvānmātsaryasya tadvipakṣatā'vasīyata iti tṛtīyopyasiddhaḥ । pratyuktaṃ sarvajñasya bādhanaṃ ॥

<(6) tāyitvād bhagavān pramāṇam>

61,v (PVV_61,v_61,vii)

tāyitvaṃ vyākhyātumāha ।

61,vi

"tāyaḥ svadṛṣṭamārgoktiḥ, vaiphalyād vakti nānṛtam // (pram.siddh.) 147 //"

61,vii

duḥkhahetunivartakatvena "svayaṃ dṛṣṭasya mārgga"syo"kte"rdeśanā "tāyaḥ" । kāraṇe kāryopacārāt । tayā hi sattvān tāyate tadyogāt tāyitvaṃ 〈।〉 sa ca "vaiphalyādvakti nānṛtaṃ" । ātmasukhādyabhilāṣādinā kaścidasatyaṃ vadati ajñānādvā । prahīṇātmadarśanasya sākṣātkṛtatattvasya tadubhayaṃ nāsti । (147)

1.148

<(karuṇāhetukaṃ satyābhidhānam)>

61,viii (PVV_61,viii_62,iii)

viśeṣataḥ satyābhidhānahetureva kṛpā'stītyāha 〈।〉

61,ix

"dayālutvāt parārthañca sarvārambhābhiyogataḥ /

tasmāt pramāṇaṃ;"

61,x

"dayālutvā"cca "parārthañca sarvasya" mārggābhyāsāderā"rambhe'bhiyogataḥ" parārthamevoddiśya bhagavānabhisaṃbuddhaḥ kathantasya mithyābhidhānena sattvavañcanāśaṅkāpi । "tasmā"ttāyitvāt "pramāṇaṃ" bhagavān । yathādṛṣṭārthapravaktṛtvaṃ hi samvāditvameveti prathamapramāṇalakṣaṇayogāt prāmāṇyamanenoktaṃ ।

<062>

<ka. tāyaḥ catuḥsattyaprakāśanam>

62,i

dvitīyalakṣaṇayogamapyāha 〈।〉

62,ii

"tāyo vā catuḥsatyaprakāśanam // (pram.siddh.) 148 //"

62,iii

"tāyo vā catuḥsatyaprakāśanaṃ" । parairajñātasya satyacatuṣṭayasya prakāśanamvā tāyaḥ । tadyogāt tāyī pramāṇaṃ bhagavānuktaḥ । (148)

1.149

<kha. catvāri āryasatyāni>

<(ka) duḥkhasattyam>

<I. saṃsāriṇaḥ skandhā duḥkham>

62,iv (PVV_62,iv_62,ix)

āryasatyeṣu duḥkhamāha ।

62,v

"duḥkhaṃ saṃsāriṇaḥ skandhāḥ;"

62,vi

rūpavedanāsaṃjñāsaṃskāravijñānākhyāḥ pañca "skandhāḥ" । janmamaraṇaprabandhaḥ "saṃsāraḥ" । tadvanto "duḥkhaṃ" tisṛbhirduḥ khatābhiḥ ।

62,vii

nanu yadi skandhā eva pratītyasamutpannā na tu kaścitsattvo yaḥ saṃsarati tadā "rāgādayo" yādṛcchikā ahetavaḥ syurityāha 〈।〉

62,viii

"rāgādeḥ pāṭavekṣaṇāt /

abhyāsānna yadṛcchāto'hetorjanmavirodhataḥ // (pram.siddh.) 149 //"

62,ix

abhyāsā"drāgādeḥ pāṭavasyekṣaṇāt । abhyāsādeva" te bhavanti "na" tu "yadṛcchātaḥ" । na hyakāraṇādviśeṣasambhavaḥ । nāpyahetukā rāgādayo'"heto"rheturahitasya "janmavirodhataḥ" । na hyākāśaṃ kadācijjāyate । (149)

1.150

<II. rāgādīnāṃ vātādidoṣajatvanirāsaḥ>

62,x (PVV_62,x_63,ii)

syādetat 〈।〉 vātaprakṛtirmohavān । pittaprakṛtirdveṣavān । śleṣmaprakṛtī rāgavāniti vātādidharmo doṣagaṇa ityāha ।

<063>

63,i

"vyabhicārānna vātādidharmaḥ prakṛtisaṃkarāt /

adoṣaśca tadanyo'pi dharmaḥ kiṃ tasya nekṣyate // (pram.siddh.) 150 //"

<a.>

63,ii

"na vyabhicārād vātādidharmo" rāgādiḥ । vātaprakṛtirapi "na mohabahulaḥ" । pittaprakṛtirapi na paṭudveṣaḥ । śleṣmaprakṛtiśca nodbhūtarāgaviśeṣaḥ kaścid dṛśyata iti vātādivyabhicāriṇo mohādayo na taddhetavaḥ ॥ "prakṛtisaṃkārādadoṣaścet" saṃkīrṇṇaprakṛtayo hi puruṣāḥ pratyekaṃ vātapittaśleṣmaṇāṃ sattvāt । ato "doṣāṇāṃ na" kāraṇavyabhicāraḥ । yadyevaṃ tasyādveṣāderanyo dharmaḥ kharatvādiḥ"tasya vātādeḥ kinnekṣyate" । (150)

1.151

<b.>

63,iii (PVV_63,iii_63,v)

atha pratyekaṃ sarveṣāṃ rāgādirdharmastato na vyabhicāra ityāha 〈।〉

63,iv

"na sarvadharmaḥ sarveṣāṃ samarāgaprasaṅgataḥ /

rūpādivadadoṣaśceta tulyaṃ tatrāpi codanam // (pram.siddh.) 151 //"

63,v

"na sarvadharmaḥ sarveṣāṃ samasya rāgasya prasaṅgāt" । nānāprakṛtikatvepi rāgādihetoḥ samānatvāt । "rūpādivadadoṣaścet" । yathā bhūtamātrahetukatvepi rūpādaya utkṛṣyante'yakṛṣyante ca kvacit tathā rāgādayopīti cet । "tulyaṃ tatra" rūpādā"vapi codanaṃ" samatvasya । (151)

1.152

63,vi (PVV_63,vi_64,i)

"ādhipatyaṃ viśiṣṭānāṃ yadi tatra na karmaṇām /"

63,vii

"ādhipatyaṃ viśiṣṭānāṃ karmaṇāṃ" śrutāśrutalakṣaṇānāṃ । "yadi tatra" rūpādau kārye neṣyate bhūtasahakāriṇāṃ karmaṇāṃ vaiśiṣṭyāt rūpādiviśeṣa ityarthaḥ ।

63,viii

syādetanna doṣamātrādrāgādayo'pi tu teṣāṃ pariṇāma viśeṣāt yathā vyādhayaḥ । tato na samarāgatādiprasaṅga ityāha 〈।〉

63,ix

"viśeṣepi ca doṣāṇāmaviśeṣād;"

<064>

64,i

"viśeṣepi ce doṣāṇāṃ" prakopādinā'"viśeṣāt" rāgādīnāṃ na doṣapariṇāmahetutā । (152)

1.153–1.155

64,ii (PVV_64,ii_64,iv)

nanvaviśeṣādityasiddho hetuḥ । kaphādyutkarṣe rāgādyutkarṣadṛṣṭerityā ha ।

64,iii

"asiddhatā // (pram.siddh.) 152 //

na vikārād vikāreṇa sarveṣāṃ na ca sarvajāḥ /"

<c.>

64,iv

"nāsiddhatā"'viśeṣasya । tathā hi "sarveṣāṃ" kaphādīnāṃ vikāreṇotkarṣeṇa pīḍayā vikārāt dveṣo bhavati na rāgādayaḥ । sarvajatvādadoṣa iti cet । na ca "sarvajāḥ" । samarāgatādiprasaṅgādityukteḥ ॥

64,v (PVV_64,v_64,viii)

kiñca 〈।〉

64,vi

"kāraṇe varddhamāne ca kāryahānirna yujyate // (pram.siddh.) 153 //

tāpādiṣviva;"

64,vii

sannipātāvasthāyāṃ kāraṇe kaphādike "varddhamāne kāryasya" rāgāde"rhānirna yujyate" (153) "tāpādiṣviva" tāpādīnāmiva pittādivṛddhau ।

<d.>

64,viii

syādetad 〈।〉 doṣāṇāṃ sāmye rāgādayo bhavanti vaiṣamye tu dveṣādayaḥ । tato viśeṣepi doṣāṇāṃ na viśiṣyante rāgādaya ityasiddho heturityāha 〈।〉

64,ix (PVV_64,ix_64,xiv)

"rāgādervikāro'pi sukhādijaḥ /"

64,x

"rāgāderdo"ṣasāmyāvasthāyāṃ "vikāropi" vṛddhilakṣaṇo yaḥ sa "sukhādijaḥ" āntaradhātusāmyasparśaprabhavena sukhādinā varddhante rāgādayaḥ ।

64,xi

"vaiṣamyajena duḥkhena rāgāsyānudbhavo yadi // (pram.siddh.) 154 //

vācyaṃ kenodbhavaḥ sāmyānmadavṛddhiḥ smarastataḥ /"

64,xii

"vaiṣamyajena" duḥkhena dveṣasyotpādanāt tadviruddhasya "rāgāsyānudbhavo yadi" mataḥ (154) tadā "vācyaṃ kena" hetūnā rāga"syodbhavaḥ" । "sāmyād" doṣāṇāṃ "mada"sya śukrasya "vṛddhiḥ" 〈।〉 "smaro" rāgaḥ । śukravṛddheryadīṣṭametadapyayuktaṃ yataḥ 〈।〉

64,xiii

"rāgī viṣamadoṣo'pi dṛṣṭaḥ sāmye'pi nāparaḥ // (pram.siddh.) 155 //"

64,xiv

"rāgī viṣamadoṣo'pi" rāgacaritaḥ kaścid "dṛṣṭaḥ sāmyepi nāparaḥ" pratisaṃkhyānabalī mandarāgaprakṛtirvā dṛṣṭaḥ । (155)

1.156

<065>

65,i (PVV_65,i_65,vii)

"kṣayādasṛkasruto'pyanye;"

65,ii

"kṣayā"cchukrasyāsuka(śru)<?>〈sru〉to raktaṃ "kṣarantopyanye rāgabahulā dṛṣṭā iti" śukramapi na rāgahetuḥ ।

65,iii

kiñca 〈।〉

65,iv

"naikastrīniyato madaḥ /"

65,v

naikastrīniyato madaḥ । na hyekāṃ striyamapekṣya śukraṃ śukrībhavati । api tu sarvāḥ ।

65,vi

"tenaikasyāṃ na tīvraḥ syād, aṅgarūpādyapīti cet // (pram.siddh.) 156 //"

65,vii

"tena" sādhāraṇatvena śukrasya tajjanyo rāga "ekasyāṃ" striyāṃ "na tīvraḥ syāt" kintu sādhāraṇaḥ । "aṅgarūpādyapīti cet" । (156)

1.157

<e.>

65,viii (PVV_65,viii_65,x)

rūpayauvanopacārādi ca sahakāri rāgavṛddheriti cet ।

65,ix

"na sarveṣāmanekāntānna cāpyaniyato bhavet /

aguṇagrāhiṇo'pi syāt aṅgaṃ so 'pi guṇagrahaḥ // (pram.siddh.) 157 //"

65,x

na yuktametat । "sarveṣāṃ" rūpādīnā"manekānta"tvāt । rūpādirahiteṣvapi rāgotkarṣadṛṣṭeḥ । kiñca 〈।〉 yadi śukraṃ rūpādi ca striyāḥ kāraṇaṃ "rāgasya" tadā "na cāpyaniyato'"viṣayīkṛtastrīviśeṣaḥ sādhāraṇo rāgo na "bhavet" । rūpādisahakāriṇo'vyāpārāt । tathā rūpavatyā guṇamaśubhābhāvanābhāvitaṃ "gṛhṇatopi" rāgaḥ syāt । śukrarūpayostaddhetvoḥ sadbhāvāt । aṅgannimittaṃ "sopi guṇagraha"stato'śubhāṃ bhāvayato na syādrāgaḥ 〈।〉 (157)

1.158

65,xi (PVV_65,xi_65,xv)

"yadi sarvo guṇagrāhī syād, hetoraviśeṣataḥ /"

65,xii

"yadi sarvaḥ" śubhāśubhabhāvako "guṇagrāhī" syāt । guṇagrahasya "heto rūpādeḥ" sarvān "pratyaviśeṣataḥ" ।

65,xiii

kiñca 〈।〉

65,xiv

"yadavastho mato rāgī na dveṣī syācca tādṛśaḥ // (pram.siddh.) 158 //"

65,xv

"yadavasthaḥ" śleṣmaprakṛtisthaḥ puruṣo "rāgī matasta"dapastho "na dveṣī syāt" । (158)

1.159–1.166

65,xvi (PVV_65,xvi_66,iii)

kuta ityāha 〈।〉

<066>

66,i

"tayorasamarūpatvānniyamaścātra nekṣyate /"

66,ii

"tayo" rāgadveṣayorasamarūpatvādviruddhatvāt tadutpādikayoravasthayorapi virodhaḥ ॥ syādetadrāgotpādikāyāmavasthāyāṃ dveṣo na bhavatyevetyāha 〈।〉 "niyamaścātra nekṣyate" । śleṣmāvastho rāgī na dveṣīti nātra niyamaḥ ।

66,iii

tavāpi kasmādamī samarāgaprasaṅgādayo doṣā na bhavantītyāha 〈।〉

66,iv (PVV_66,iv_66,v)

"sajātivāsanābhedapratibaddhapravṛttayaḥ // (pram.siddh.) 159 //

yasya rāgādayastasya naite doṣāḥ prasaṅginaḥ /"

66,v

"sajātivāsanā" ātmātmīyagrahamūlasya sa jāteḥ pūrvapūrvābhyastasya rāgādervāsanā'parāpararāgādijanikāḥ śaktayaḥ tāsāṃ "bhedaḥ" parasparataḥ tatra "pratibaddhā pravṛtti"rjanma yeṣāṃ te tathā (159) "rāgādayo yasya" bauddhasya mate "tasya naite"'nantaramuktā "doṣāḥ prasaṅginaḥ" ।

<III. rāgādīnāṃ bhūtadharmatvanirāsaḥ>

66,vi (PVV_66,vi_66,ix)

"etena bhūtadharmatvaṃ niṣiddhaṃ;"

66,vii

"etena" vātādidharmatvaniṣedhena "bhūtadharmatvaṃ niṣiddhaṃ" rāgāderbboṃddhavyaṃ "doṣāṇāṃ" maruttejo'mbhaḥ svabhāvatvāt ॥

66,viii

bhavantu sabhāgahetukāḥ pṛthivyādyāśritāstu syurddhavalādivadityāha ।

66,ix

"niścayasya ca // (pram.siddh.) 160 //

niṣedhānna pṛthivyādiniḥśritā dhavalādayaḥ /"

66,x (PVV_66,x_67,i)

"niśrayasyā"śrayasya "niṣedhāda"nāśrayātsadasatorityādinā "na pṛthivyādiniḥśritā dhavalādayopi" । kuta eva rāgādayaḥ ।

66,xi

kathantarhi bhūtānyāśrityopādāya rūpamutpadyata itīṣṭamityāha 〈।〉

66,xii

"tadupādāyaśabdaśca hetvarthaḥ svāśrayeṇa ca // (pram.siddh.) 161 //

avinirbhāgavartitvād rūpāderāśrayo'pi vā"

<067>

67,i

"tadupādāya śabdaśca" tāni bhūtāni upādāya śabdaśca "hetvarthaḥ" । bhūtāni hetūkṛtyopādāya rūpamutpadyata ityarthaḥ । "svāśrayeṇa" bhūtacatuṣkeṇa "rūpāde"rekasāmagryadhīnatvena (161) "avinirbhāgavarttitvā"dvibhāgenānavasthite"rāśrayopi vā" bhūtacatuṣkaṃ ॥

67,ii (PVV_67,ii_67,v)

"madādiśakteriva ced vinirbhāgo;"

67,iii

syādetat 〈।〉 surāyā "mada"śakterā"di"śabdāt kanakāderunmāda"śakterivāśrita"tvepi "vinirbhāgo" bhūtaiḥ saha caitanyasya syāt —

<A. bhūtacainyayorbhedāt>

67,iv

yathā madaśaktirahitā vyāpannā surā dṛśyate । evaṃ caitanyarahitāni bhūtānyapi syuriti cet 〈।〉

67,v

"na vastunaḥ // (pram.siddh.) 162 //

śaktirarthāntaraṃ vastu naśyennāśritamāśraye /

tiṣṭhatyavikale yāti, tattulyaṃ cenna bhedataḥ // (pram.siddh.) 163 //

bhūtacaitanayoḥ;"

67,vi (PVV_67,vi)

"na vastunaḥ" surādeḥ "śaktirarthāntaraṃ" kintu "vastve"vārthakriyāśaktaṃ śuktyādyavasthāyāṃ "naśyet" । asamarthasya cotpatti "rnāśritaṃ" śaktyādya"vikala āśraye tiṣṭhati yātya"pati । "tattulyañcet" bhūtacetanayorapyaikātmyaṃ । tadbhūtacaitanye bhūte naṣṭe niścetanaṃ bhūtāntaramutpadyata iti cet । "na" yuktametat । "bhedato" (163) bhūtacaitanyayoḥ —

67,vii (PVV_67,vii_67,ix)

kathamityāha 〈।〉

67,viii

"bhinnapratibhāsāvabodhataḥ /

avikārañca kāyasya tulyarūpaṃ bhavenmanaḥ // (pram.siddh.) 164 //

rūpādivat;"

67,ix

"bhinnapratibhāsāvabodhataḥ" । bhinnākārajñānaviṣayatayā bhinne bhūtacaitanye "nānyathā<068>kvacidapi bhedasiddhiḥ" । yadi ca dehacitayoraikyaṃ tadā "avikārañca kāyasya" yāvanna vikriyate dehantāvattulyamekākāra"mbhavenmano"(164) "rūpādivat" ।

<B. vāsanābhedato bhedāt>

68,i (PVV_68,i_68,iv)

syādetat 〈।〉 ekarūpatvepi dehasyārthānāṃ nānārūpatvāt jñānamapi tathetyāha 〈।〉

68,ii

"vikalpasya kaivārthaparatantratā /"

68,iii

"vikalpasya kaivārthaparatantratā" । yenārthanānātvāt kalpanāpi tathā syāt । anapekṣitasannidhayaḥ upādānavaśena vikalpāḥ pravartante iti vāsanābhedādeṣāṃ bhedaḥ ।

68,iv

"anapekṣya yadā kāyaṃ vāsanābodhakāraṇam // (pram.siddh.) 165 //

jñānaṃ syāt kasyacit kiñcit kutaścit tena kiñcana /

avijñānasya vijñānānupādānācca sidhyati // (pram.siddh.) 166 //"

68,v (PVV_68,v)

evañcā "napekṣya yadā kāyaṃ" kiñcijjñānaṃ "vāsanābodhasya" prabodhasya "kāraṇaṃ" syāt । (165) "kasyaci"dutpadyamānasya jñānasya tadā "tena" prabodhakānurodhena "kutaści"jjñānādanantaraṃ "kiñcana jñānaṃ syāditi" susthamasya pakṣe । "avijñānasya" vijñānaśūnyasya loṣṭāde"rvijñānānupādānācca sidhyati" vijñānādeva vijñānaṃ ।(166)

1.167–1.169

<C. avijñānato vijñānānutpādāt>

68,vi (PVV_68,vi_68,vii)

"vijñānaśaktisambandhādiṣṭañcet sarvavastunaḥ /

etacchāṃkhyapaśoḥ ko'nyaḥ salajjo vaktumīhate // (pram.siddh.) 167 //

adṛṣṭapūrvamastīti tṛṇāgre kariṇāṃ śatam /"

68,vii

"sarvasya vastuno vijñānaśaktisambandhāda"vijñānādvijñānānutpādana"miṣṭaṃ" cet । e tadvijñānasya śaktirūpatayā'vasthānaṃ sāṃkhya"paśoḥ ko'nyaḥ salajjo vaktumīhate" । (167) yo brūyāda"dṛṣṭa"mapi "tṛṇāgre kariṇāṃ śatamastīti" ।

<069>

69,i (PVV_69,i_69,iii)

tathāhi yadi śaktirabhivyaktirūpād "vijñānādanyā tadā'vijñānatvaṃ siddhaṃ" । athānyathā tadā 〈।〉

69,ii

"yad rūpaṃ dṛśyatāṃ yātaṃ tad rūpaṃ prāṅ na dṛśyate // (pram.siddh.) 168 //

śatadhā viprakīrṇe'pi hetau tad vidyate katham /"

69,iii

yadrūpaṃ khyānākhyaṃ "dṛśyatāṃ yāta"mabhivyaktāvasthāyāṃ "tadrūpaṃ prāk" śaktyavasthāyāṃ "śatadhāpi viprakīrṇṇe hetau na dṛśyate" (168) । "kathantadvidyata" iti nāvijñānatvamasiddhaṃ 〈।〉

69,iv (PVV_69,iv_69,vi)

kiñca 〈।〉

69,v

"rāgādyaniyamo'pūrvaprādurbhāve prasajyate // (pram.siddh.) 169 //"

69,vi

na cet paralokādāgacchati cittasantānaḥ tadā'"pūrva"sattva"prādurbhāve rāgādya"niyamaścakṣurādyaniyamavat "prasajyate" । yathā cakṣuḥkaracaraṇaśyāmatāniyamaḥ puruṣe nekṣyate "kadācit kasyacidabhāvadarśanāt" । tathā rāgī rāgitaro nīrāgaśca kaścit syāt । (169)

1.170–1.171

<D. bhūtātmatayā samānarāgatāprasaṅgāt>

69,vii (PVV_69,vii_69,viii)

"bhūtātmatā'natikrāntaḥ sarvo rāgādimān yadi /

sarvaḥ samānarāgaḥ syād bhūtātiśayato na cet // (pram.siddh.) 170 //

bhūtānāṃ prāṇitā'bhede'pyayaṃ bhedo yadāśrayaḥ /

tannirhrāsātiśayavat tadbhāvāt tāni hāpayet // (pram.siddh.) 171 //"

69,viii

"bhūtātmatā"yā "anatikrānteḥ sarvaḥ" pumān "rāgādimān yadi" tadā "sarvaḥ samānarāgaḥ syāt" । bhūtātmatāyā aviśeṣāt । "bhūtā"nāmavāntarā"datiśayataḥ samānarāgatā"prasaṅgo "na cet" (170) "bhūtānāṃ prāṇi"tāyā a"bhedepyayaṃ bheda" utkaṭamandarāgatvādiko "yadāśrayo" yadavāntaraviśeṣavat kāraṇamāśritya । tatkāraṇaṃ "nirhrāsātiśayavat" apacayatāratamyavat "tadbhāvādrāgādimattvāt tāni" bhūtāni "hāpayet" bhraṃśayediti nīrāgopi kaścit sattvaḥ syāt । (171)

1.172

<070>

70,i (PVV_70,i_70,ii)

"na ced bhede'pi rāgādihetutulyātmatākṣayaḥ /

sarvatra rāgaḥ sadṛśaḥ syāddhetossadṛśātmanaḥ // (pram.siddh.) 172 //"

70,ii

"bhede mando"tkaṭarāgādijanake'vāntarabhūtaviśeṣepi "rāgādi"hetutvena yā "tulyātmatā" sadṛśatā tasyāḥ "kṣayo na cet sarvatra" puṃsi "sadṛśo rāgādiḥ syāt" । "sadṛśātmano heto"rbhāvāt । (172)

1.173

70,iii (PVV_70,iii_70,iv)

"na hi gopratyayasyāsti samānātmabhuvaḥ kvacit /

tāratamyaṃ pṛthivyādau prāṇitāderihāpi vā // (pram.siddh.) 173 //"

70,iv

"na hi gopratyayasyāsti samānātmabhuvaḥ" sadṛśakāraṇotpatteḥ । "kvacit" śābaleyādau "tāra tamya"mapi tu sarvatra samānataiva । "pṛthivyādau" sadṛśe hetau "prāṇitāderiha" cārvākamate"pi vā" viśeṣo na vidyate । (173)

1.174

70,v (PVV_70,v_70,vi)

"auṣṇayasya tāratamye'pi nānuṣṇo'gniḥ kadācana /

tathehāpīti cennāgnerauṣṇyād bhedaniṣedhataḥ // (pram.siddh.) 174 //"

70,vi

"auṣṇyasya tāratamyepi" khādirāgnyādau"nānuṣṇo'gniḥ kadācana" । "tatheha" rāgādi"tāratamyepi" na vītarāgaḥ kaści"diti cet" kadācana naitadyuktaṃ । "agnerauṣṇyād bhedasya niṣedhataḥ" । naitadyuktaṃ । bhāsvararūpoṣṇasparśādiragnirucyate । tenauṣṇyābhāve'gnireva na syāt । rāgādistu bhūtebhyo'nyastadabhāvepi teṣāṃ bhāvāt । (174)

1.175

70,vii (PVV_70,vii_70,ix)

ataḥ saviśeṣaṇaṃ hetundarśayati ।

70,viii

"tāratamyānubhavino yasyānyasya sato guṇāḥ /

te kvacit pratihanyante tadbhede dhavalādivat // (pram.siddh.) 175 //"

70,ix

"guṇebhyo'nyasya" yasya "sato" dharmiṇo ye "tāratamyānubhāvino guṇāste kvacid" dharmiṇi "pratihanyante" । "tadbhede" bhūtabhede "dhavalādivat" । na hi sarvo bhūtapariṇāmaḥ śuklaḥ । (175)

1.176

<071>

<E. na rūpavad rāgo'pi bhūtadharmaḥ>

71,i (PVV_71,i_71,iii)

syādetad 〈।〉 bhūtadharmo rūpādiryathāvaśyaṃ abhūtvā bhavati tathā rāgopi dehinaḥ syādityāha 〈।〉

71,ii

"rūpādivanna niyamasteṣāṃ bhūtāvibhāgataḥ //

tat tulyañcenna rāgādeḥ sahotpattiprasaṅgataḥ // (pram.siddh.) 176 //"

71,iii

"rūpā divanna niyamo" rāgāde"steṣāṃ" rūpādīnāṃ "bhūtāvibhāgataḥ" । na hi rūpādisāmānyaṃ vinā bhūtā ni vartate । rāgāderapi tadbhūtāvinirbhāgavarttitvaṃ "tulyañcet" । naitadasti । "rāgā" derbhūtaiḥ "sahotpattiprasaṅgato" ॥ viṣayaiḥ kādācitkasannidhānairniyamitatvāt । (176)

1.177

71,iv (PVV_71,iv_71,vi)

na sahotpādaprasaṅga iti cedāha 〈।〉

71,v

"vikalpyaviṣayatvācca viṣayā na niyāmakāḥ /

sabhāgahetuvirahād rāgāderniyamo na vā // (pram.siddh.) 177 //"

71,vi

vikalpyaḥ kalpitasta"dviṣayatvācca" rāgāde"rviṣayā" rūpādayo'grāhyātvānna "niyāmakāḥ" । kiñcāvijñānasya vijñānahetutvāt netyuktaṃ । tvanmate "sabhāgasya" ca"hetorvirahāt rāgāderniyamo" deśakālasvabhāvaviṣayo "na vā" syādahetutvāt । (177)

1.178–1.179

<F. na bhūtānyeda hetuḥ>

71,vii (PVV_71,vii_71,ix)

bhūtānyeva hi heturiti cet ।

71,viii

"sarvadā sarvabuddhīnāṃ janma vā hetusannidheḥ /"

71,ix

tarhi "sarvadā sarvabuddhīnāṃ" sukhaduḥkhecchādveṣarāgakṛpādīnāṃ "janma vā syāt । heto"rbhūtasaṃghātasyaṃ "sannidheḥ" । tadevaṃ rāgādeḥ pāṭavekṣaṇādityādinā caturṇṇāmarūpiṇāṃ skandhānāṃ sabhāgahetukatve sādhite sādhitaṃ saṃsāritvamupādānaskandhānāṃ । ta eva duḥkhamityuktāḥ ।

<072>

<IV. caturākaraṃ duḥkhasatyam>

72,i (PVV_72,i_72,vi)

duḥkhasatyañcānityato duḥkhataḥ śūnyato'nātmataśceti caturākāramākhyātumāha 〈।〉

72,ii

"kadācidupalambhāt tadadhruvaṃ doṣaniśrayāt // (pram.siddh.) 178 //

duḥkhaṃ hetuvaśatvācca na cātmā nāpyadhiṣṭhitam /"

72,iii

"kadācidupalambhād" duḥkhama"dhruvama"nityaṃ । "doṣaniśrayāt" rāgādidoṣāśrayeṇotpatteḥ । (178) "hetuvaśatvācca" । sarvaṃ paravaśaṃ"duḥkha"miti nyāyāt duḥkhaṃ tat । "na cātmā"śrayaṃ । anātmanaḥ ātmavilakṣaṇatvāt । "nāpyadhiṣṭhitaṃ" । adhiṣṭhāturātmano'bhāvāt । anena śūnyata ityākhyātaṃ ।

72,iv

kasmātpunarātmā nādhiṣṭhātetyāha —

72,v

"nākāraṇamadhiṣṭhātā nityaṃ vā kāraṇaṃ katham // (pram.siddh.) 179 //"

72,vi

"nākāraṇamadhiṣṭhātā"'tiprasaṅgāt । "nityaṃ vā" dravyaṃ "kāraṇaṃ kathaṃ" 〈।〉 tasya kramayaugapadyābhyāmarthakriyāvirahāt । (179)

1.180–1.184

72,vii (PVV_72,vii_72,x)

"tasmādanekamekasmād bhinnakālaṃ na jāyate /"

72,viii

"tasmādanekaṃ bhinnakāla"dṛśyamānaṃ sukhaduḥkhādikāryaṃ "naikasmājjāyate" ekasyānekakaraṇe samarthasya sakṛdeva tatkriyāprasaṅgāt ।

72,ix

"kāryānutpādato'nyeṣu saṅgateṣvapi hetuṣu // (pram.siddh.) 180 //

hetvantarānumānaṃ syānnaitan nityeṣu vidyate /"

72,x

kiñcānekeṣu "hetuṣu" saṅga"teṣu" mitho militeṣvapi "kāryānutpāda"to (180) "hetvantarānumānaṃ syāt" 〈।〉 yathā rūpālokamanaskāreṣu satsvapi cakṣurvijñānamanutpadyamānaṃ cakṣuranumāpayati । "naitatkā"ryānutpattyā'numānaṃ "nityeṣu vidyate" teṣāmavyatirekitvāt 〈।〉

<(kha) samudayasatyam>

<I. caturākāraḥ samudayaḥ>

72,xi (PVV_72,xi_73,ii)

caturākāraṃ duḥkhaṃ vyākhyāya samudayato hetutaḥ pratyayataḥ prabhavataśceti caturākāraṃ "samudāyaṃ vyākhyātumāha" 〈।〉

<073>

73,i

"kādācitkatayā siddhā duḥkhasyāsya sahetutā // (pram.siddh.) 181 //

nityaṃ satvamasatvaṃ vā'hetorbāhyānapekṣaṇāt //"

<a.>

73,ii

"kādācitkatayā duḥkhasya sahetutā siddhā" (181)। "nityaṃ sattvamasattvaṃmvā heto"rbhavati yathā''kāśasya śaśaviṣāṇasya bāhyā"napekṣaṇāt" । ya eva ca duḥkhahetuḥ sa eva samudāyaḥ ।

73,iii (PVV_73,iii_73,vi)

"taikṣṇyādīnāṃ yathā nāsti kāraṇaṃ kaṇṭakādiṣu // (pram.siddh.) 182 //

tathā'kāraṇametat syāditi kecit pracakṣate /"

73,iv

nanu "yathā kaṇṭakādiṣu taikṣṇyādīnāṃ kāraṇaṃ nāsti" (182) "tathā'kāraṇametat" duḥkhaṃ syāt । tat kutaḥ samudaya "iti kecit" svabhāvavādinaḥ "pracakṣate" 〈।〉

<b.>

73,v

te evaṃ vaktavyā〈ḥ ।〉

73,vi

"satyeva yasmin yajjanma vikāre vā'pi vikriyā // (pram.siddh.) 183 //

tat tasya kāraṇaṃ prāhustat teṣāmapi vidyate /"

73,vii (PVV_73,vii_73,x)

"satyeva yasmin" vastuni "yasya janma" । yasya "vikāre" satyeva vā yasya "vikriyā" (183) "tattasya" janmino vikāriṇaśca "kāraṇaṃ prāhu"rvidvāṃsaḥ । tajjanma satyeva bījodakapṛthivyādiṣu tadutkarṣāpakarṣādivikāre ca vikṛtatvaṃ "teṣāṃ" kaṇṭakādīnāmapyastīti tepi sahetukā eva । evaṃ skandhā api ॥

73,viii

nanu sparśe sati bhavati cakṣurvijñānaṃ । asati ca na bhavati 〈।〉 na ca tat kāraṇamato'tivyāptirityāha 〈।〉

73,ix

"sparśasya rūpahetutvād darśane'sti nimittatā // (pram.siddh.) 184 //"

73,x

"sparśasya" rūpādyavinirbhāginaḥ sahakāribhāvena "rūpahetutvāt । darśane" cakṣurvijñāne'"sti nimittatā" pāramparyeṇeti nātivyāptiḥ । (184)

1.185–1.186

73,xi (PVV_73,xi_74,iv)

etacca vyatirekamabhyupagamyoktaṃ na tu rūpamupadarśya sparśābhāve netrabuddherabhāvaḥ śakyadarśanaḥ । rūpasparśayoravinirbhāgavarttitvāt । tasya ca duḥkhasya 〈।〉

<074>

74,i

"nityānāṃ pratiṣedhena neśvarādeśca sambhavaḥ /

asāmarthyādato heturbhavavāñchā;"

74,ii

"nityānāṃ" kramākramābhyāmarthakriyāyāmasāmarthyāt । "pratiṣedhena" ca "neśvarāde"rādigrahaṇāt pradhānapuruṣādeḥ kāraṇātsambhava utpādaḥ । ato nityādanutpatterduḥkhasya hetu"rbhavavāñchā" janmatṛṣṇā, janmasthānāvasthā sattvādyabhilāṣātmikā । (185)

74,iii

"parigrahaḥ // (pram.siddh.) 185 //

yasmād deśaviśeṣasya tatprāptyāśākṛto tṛṇām /"

74,iv

"yasmād deśaviśeṣasya" parigrahaḥ "tatprāpti"tṛṣṇā"kṛto nṛṇāṃ" । nṛśabdaḥ prāṇyupalakṣaṇaḥ । tato garbhasthānādānamapi tattṛṣṇākṛtameva । (186)

1.187–1.189

<c.>

74,v (PVV_74,v_74,vi)

nanūktaṃ bhagavatā "tatra katamassamudaya āryasatyaṃ paunarbhāvikī nandī rāgasahagatā tatra tatrābhināndinī yaduta kāmatṛṣṇā bhavatṛṣṇā vibhavatṛṣṇā ce" ti tatkathamekā bhavatṛṣṇocyate samudayasatyamiti । atrāha 〈।〉

74,vi

"sā bhavecchā'ptyanāptīcchoḥ pravṛttiḥ sukhaduḥkhayoḥ // (pram.siddh.) 186 //

yato'pi prāṇinaḥ kāmavibhavecche ca te mate /"

74,vii (PVV_74,vii_74,viii)

"yataḥ" kāraṇāt prāṇinaḥ "sukhaduḥkhayoḥ" krameṇā"ptyanāptīcchoḥ" pravṛttirgarbhasthānaparigrahāyātaḥ "sā bhavecchāpi" (186) "kāmavibhave"cche "ca te mate" । sukhaprāptīcchā kāmatṛṣṇā । duḥkhaviyogecchā vibhavatṛṣṇā । bhavatṛṣṇāyāṃ sukhaduḥkhaprāptiparihārecchāpūrvikāyāṃ garbhasthānopādānecchātmikāyāṃ dvayorapi saṃgrahādavirodhaḥ । (187)

74,viii

"sarvatra cātmasnehasya hetutvāt saṃpravartate // (pram.siddh.) 187 //

asukhe sukhasaṃjñasya;"

74,ix (PVV_74,ix)

samudayasya ca samudayātmakatvāt "sarvatra" viṣaye'"sukhe" sukharahite "sukhasaṃjña"sya duḥkhaviparyayastasyānenāśucau śuciviparyāsopi kathitaḥ । na hyaśucau tathā manyamāna kasyacit sukhasaṃjñā''tmasneheneti "ātmasnehasya hetutvāditi" । ahaṅkāramamakāro<075>tthāpitasya । anenātmani ātmasnehaviparyāsa uktaḥ । saṃpravartata ityanenānityaviparyāsaḥ sūcitaḥ । na hi nityaviparyāsamvinā phalārthī pravartate ।

75,i (PVV_75,i_75,iii)

"tasmāt tṛṣṇā bhavāśrayaḥ // //"

75,ii

tadevaṃ caturviparyāsavāsitamānasa evā"tmasnehāt" sukhaduḥkhaprāptiparijihīrṣayā "pravartate" । tathā garbhasthānepi sukhaduḥkhaprāptiparihārecchaiva tṛṣṇā । "tasmāttṛṣṇā bhavasyāśrayo" hetuḥ । anena hetuta ākhyātaṃ ।

75,iii

"viraktajanmādṛṣṭerityācāryāḥ saṃpracakṣate // (pram.siddh.) 188 //

adeharāgādṛṣṭeśca dehād rāgasamudbhavaḥ /"

75,iv (PVV_75,iv_75,vii)

nanu "viraktasya janmādṛṣṭeri"(nyāyasū. 3.1.25)"tyācāryā" gautamādayopi "saṃpracakṣate" 〈।〉 (188) "'dehasya rāgādṛṣṭeśca dehādrāgasamudbhavaḥ" sthitastaṃto na dehī vītarāgaḥ ।

75,v

atrāha 〈।〉

75,vi

"nimittopagamādiṣṭamupādānaṃ tu vāryate // (pram.siddh.) 189 //"

75,vii

nimittasya sahakārikāraṇasyo"pagamāt" dehosya rāgasya sahākārikāraṇa"miṣṭaṃ" tato nāniṣṭamāpadyate । "upādānantu" deho rāgasya "vāryate" । rāga eva tūpādānakāraṇaṃ । na ca rāgo janmahetuḥ । viraktasya karuṇayā janmasambhavāt । raktasyāpi tṛṣṇayaiva janmagrahaḥ । anena pratyayata iti vyākhyātaṃ । (189)

1.190

75,viii (PVV_75,viii_75,ix)

"imāṃ tu yuktimanvicchan bādhate svamataṃ svayam /

janmanā sahabhāvaścet jātānāṃ rāgadarśanāt // (pram.siddh.) 190 //"

<d.>

75,ix

viraktajanmādṛṣṭeritī"māṃ yuktimanvicchan" cā rvā kaḥ "svamataṃ svayaṃbādhate" । rāgahetuko dehaḥ taddhetukaśca rāga iti । anyonyahetutvāt janmaprabandhasiddheḥ । vītarāgābhyupagamācca svamatabādhāsya । "janmanā sahabhāvo" rāgādīnāṃ । na pūrvaṃ rāgosti jātānāṃ "rāgadarśanāt" । ato na rāgo dehaheturiti cet । (190)

1.191–1.194

75,x (PVV_75,x_76,iii)

"sabhāgajāteḥ prāk siddhiḥ;"

<076>

<II. tṛṣṇā janmasamudayaḥ>

76,i

nanvevaṃ dehopi na syāt rāgahetuḥ sahabhāvāt । na cāhetukatā । tataḥ sabhāgāt sajātīyādrāga"jjāte"rutpādāt । "prāgrā"gasya "siddhi"rityāyātaṃ ।

<III. karmā'pi>

76,ii

nanvavidyā tṛṣṇā karma ca janmakāraṇaṃ tatkathaṃ tṛṣṇaiva kevalā samudaya ukta ityāha 〈।〉

76,iii

"kāraṇatve'pi noditam /

ajñānaṃ; uktā tṛṣṇaiva santānapreraṇād bhave // (pram.siddh.) 191 //

ānantaryācca karmāpi sati tasminnasaṃbhavāt /"

76,iv (PVV_76,iv)

"kāraṇatvepi noditamajñāna"mavidyā mohāparasaṃjñakaṃ । "uktā tṛṣṇaiva" tayaiva "santāna"sya pañcaskandhasantateḥ "preraṇāt" kimarthaṃ "bhave"(191) janmanimittaṃ "karmāpi" hetutve'pi noktaṃ samudayatvena "sati tasminna"jñāne karmaṇi ca । tṛṣṇā'saṃmukhībhāve'"bhāvā"jjanmanaḥ । ānantaryācca tṛṣṇāyāḥ satorapi mohakarmaṇostṛṣṇāyā asaṃmukhībhāve janmana ākṣepakatvāsaṃbhavāt yathā vimukti〈ḥ〉 cittasyetyuktaḥ samudayaḥ ।

76,v (PVV_76,v_76,vii)

"tadanānyantikaṃ hetoḥ pratibandhādisambhavāt // (pram.siddh.) 192 //"

76,vi

tadetadyathoktakāraṇa〈samudaya〉svabhāvaṃ duḥkhamanātyantikaṃ saṃbhavaducchedaṃ duḥkhahetostṛṣṇāyāḥ pratibandhasya saṃbhāvyamānatvāt । ādiśabdādavidyādeḥ sahakāriṇo vaikalya"sambhavāt" ।

76,vii

anena nirodha eva nāstīti vādinaḥ pratinirodhata iti kathitaṃ ।

<(ga) nirodhasatyam>

76,viii (PVV_76,viii_76,ix)

"saṃsāritvādanirmokṣo neṣṭatvādaprasiddhitaḥ /"

76,ix

nanu "saṃsāritvādanirmmokṣo" muktirnāsti kasyacit । tatkathaṃ nirodhasambhāvanā । "naiṣa doṣa iṣṭatvāt" । ko nāma muktiṃ saṃsāriṇa icchati । "aprasi"ddhitastasya । na hi saṃsārīṃ kaścidasti । kintu duḥkhaṃ kevalaṃ hetubalātpravartate tadabhāvācca na bhavatīti brūmaḥ ।

<077>

<I. saṃsāryabhāve muktivyavasthā>

77,i (PVV_77,i_77,iii)

yadi saṃsārī kaścinnāsti ko muktyarthī kimarthaṃ pravartate ityāha 〈।〉

77,ii

"yāvaccātmani na premṇo hāniḥ sa paritasyati // (pram.siddh.) 193 //

tāvad duḥkhitamāropya na ca svastho'vatiṣṭhate //"

77,iii

"yāvaccātmani" ekatvāhaṃkāraviṣayeṣu skandheṣu "premṇaḥ" snehasya "na hāni"stāvad duḥkhitamātmānamāropya "sa" prāṇyabhimato duḥkhasantānaḥ "paritasyati" (193) duḥkhamāste । "na ca" duḥkhahetvapagamopāyābhyāṃ sa kleśamvinā "svastho'vatiṣṭhate" ।

77,iv (PVV_77,iv_77,vi)

kintu 〈।〉

77,v

"mithyādhyāropahānārthaṃ yatno'satyapi moktari // (pram.siddh.) 194 //"

77,vi

"mithyādhyāro"pasya saṃsāritvādhyavasāyasya "hānārthaṃ yatno'satyapi" kasmiṃścidātmādau "moktari" । na hi yathāvasttveva vyavahāraḥ । kintu yathāvasāyañca । tathāhi rajjurapi sarpādhyavasāyaviṣayatvāt parihāraviṣayaḥ । evamahameva baddho'hameva mokṣyāmītyadhyāropānmuktyarthaṃ vyāyāmaḥ । (194)

1.195–1.197

<II. muktānāṃ saṃsāre sthitiḥ>

77,vii (PVV_77,vii_77,ix)

bhavatvātmagrahaviparyastānāṃ sukhādyabhilāṣātpravṛttilakṣaṇā saṃsāre sthitirunmīlitātmagrahayonisakaladoṣarāśayastu kasmādāsata ityāha 〈।〉

77,viii

"avasthā vītarāgāṇāṃ dayayā karmaṇā'pi vā /"

<a.>

77,ix

"avasthā vītarāgāṇāṃ dayayāpi karmaṇāpi vā" vītamohānāmapi duḥkhād duḥkhahetośca lokamuddhartukāmatayā sthitiḥ । tāvatkālānubandhiśarīrākṣepakena karmaṇā vā sthitiḥ ।

77,x (PVV_77,x_78,i)

tadevāha 〈।〉

77,xi

"ākṣipte'vinivṛttīṣṭeḥ /"

77,xii

"ākṣipte" karmaṇā kāye'vinivṛtte"rnivṛtya"bhāva"syeṣṭeḥ" । yadyevaṃ janmāntarā"kṣepakasya" karmaṇaḥ sadbhāvāt bhavā ntarañca syādityāha —

77,xiii

"sahakārikṣayādalam // (pram.siddh.) 195 //

nākṣeptumaparaṃ karma bhavatṛṣṇāvilaṃghinām /"

<078>

78,i

"sahakāriṇa" ātmātmīyādiviparyāsijñānasya tṛṣṇāyāśca "kṣayānnālaṃ" (195) na śaktaṃ "karmākṣeptuma"paraṃ bhavaṃ "bhavatṛṣṇāvilaṃdhināṃ" । tṛṣṇālaṃghanā nairātmyadṛṣṭirityātmātmīyādimohanivṛttiścoktā । anena sahākārivaikalyamuktaṃ ।

78,ii (PVV_78,ii_78,vii)

nanu dayā sattvadarśanāt tacca kṣīṇaṃ muktānāṃ tatkathandayayā sthitirityāha 〈।〉

78,iii

"duḥkhajñāne'viruddhasya pūrvasaṃskāravāhinī // (pram.siddh.) 196 //

vastudharmo dayotpattirna sā satvānurodhinī /"

78,iv

"duḥkha"syānityaduḥkhaśūnyānātmakākārasya "jñāne" satya"viruddhasya" dveṣābhāvāt sarvatrāpratiha tasya "pūrvasaṃskāravāhinī" (196) pūrvābhyāsapravṛttā yā "dayotpattiḥ sā na sattvānurodhinī" sattvadṛṣṭivaśā kintu vastuno duḥkhasya kṛpāviṣayatayā'bhyastasya dharmaḥ । unmūlitātmadṛṣṭīnāmapi duḥkhasya kṛpāviṣayatayā'bhyastasya saṃmukhībhāvamātreṇa dayotpadyata ityarthaḥ ।

<b.>

78,v

evantarhi rāgopi muktānāṃ syādityāha 〈।〉

78,vi

"ātmāntarasamāropād rāgo dharme'tadātmake // (pram.siddh.) 197 //"

78,vii

"ātmāntarasya" sthirasukhātmātmīyarūpasyā"ropāt dharme" skandhamātrarūpe'"tadātmake" vastuno'sthirādisvabhāve "rāgo"'bhiṣvaṅgarūpo bhavati ॥ (197) ।

1.198–1.200

78,viii (PVV_78,viii_78,xii)

"duḥkhasantānasaṃsparśamātreṇaiva dayodayaḥ /"

78,ix

"dayodayastu duḥkhasantānasya saṃsparśo" darśanaṃ ta"nmātreṇaivaṃ" bhavati । na tatra sattvadarśanāpekṣā ।

<c.>

78,x

yathā duḥkhadarśanāt dayotpattistathāpakāriṇi dveṣopi syādityāha 〈।〉

78,xi

"mohaśca mūlaṃ doṣāṇāṃ sa ca satvagrahaḥ;"

78,xii

"mohaśca" mūlamādikāraṇaṃ "doṣāṇāṃ sa ca" mohaḥ "sattvagrahaḥ" । unmūlitasattvadṛṣṭeśca । (198)

78,xiii (PVV_78,xiii_79,iii)

"vinā // (pram.siddh.) 198 //

tenodyahetau na dveṣo, na doṣo'taḥ kṛpā matā /"

<079>

79,i

"tena" sattvagraheṇa vinā'"dyahetā"vapakāriṇi "na dveṣo"sti ātmano'darśanāttadapakārabhrāntyabhāvāt । "ato" doṣamūlasyātmagrahasyābhāvādutpadyamānā "kṛpā na doṣo matā" 〈।〉

<b.>

79,ii

yadi pūrvakarmmāvedhatastadaiva na nirvāṇaṃ tadā sāṃsārikataiva syādityāha 〈।〉

79,iii

"nāmuktiḥ pūrvasaṃskārakṣaye'nyāpratisandhitaḥ // (pram.siddh.) 199 //

akṣīṇaśaktiḥ saṃskāro yeṣāṃ tiṣṭhanti te'nadhāḥ //

mandatvāt karuṇāyāśca na yatnaḥ sthāpane mahān // (pram.siddh.) 200 //"

79,iv (PVV_79,iv)

"nāmuktiḥ" kintu muktireva "pūrvasaṃskārakṣaye" pūrvakarmāvedhakṣaye "satyanyasya" duḥkhasya hetuvaikalyāda"pratisandhitaḥ" । (199) yeṣāṃ punarmahākṛpāṇāṃ prāṇidhānaparipuṣṭasya janmākṣepakakarmaṇaḥ "saṃskāro'kṣīṇaśaktiste'nadhāḥ" samyaksambuddhāḥ yāvadākāśa"ntiṣṭhantyeva" । śrāvakāṇāntu karmaṇo niyatakālasthitikadehākṣepakatvā"nmandatvāt" karuṇāyā "yatnaśca mahān sthā"pane nāstīti "na" sadā sthitiḥ 〈।〉 (200)

1.201–1.205

79,v (PVV_79,v_79,viii)

"tiṣṭhantyeva parādhīnā yeṣāṃ tu mahatī kṛpā /"

79,vi

tiṣṭhantyeva sarvadā te "parādhīnāḥ" pareṣāmupakaraṇīkṛtātmāno mahāmunayaḥ । yeṣāmakāraṇavatsalānāṃ "maha"tī "kṛpā" ।

<III. satkāryadṛṣṭervigamaḥ>

79,vii

"satkāyadṛṣṭervigamādādya evābhavo bhavet // (pram.siddh.) 201 //

mārge cet sahajāhānerna hānau vā bhavaḥ kutaḥ /"

<a.>

79,viii

nanvādya eva mārgge darśanamārgge "satkāyadṛṣṭervi"gamāt srota āpannasya "bhavo" janmāntarabandho "na bhave"diti "cet" (201)। "sahajāhānerna" । dvidhā hi satkāyadṛṣṭirābhisāṃskārikī yā skandhavyatiriktātmādhyavasāyinī, sahajā ca । tatra prathamā darśanamārgge hīyate "na" dvitīyā bhāvanāmārgaheyā । sā ca mohaḥ tṛṣṇāyāśca heturiti bhavati janmaprabandhaḥ । yadi tu paṭutaraprajñasyādya eva mārggo mārggāntarasvabhāvaḥ tadā "hānau vā" sahajāyā ātmadṛṣṭeḥ puna"rbhavaḥ kuta"ḥ ।

<b.>

79,ix (PVV_79,ix_80,ii)

kīdṛśaṃ punastatsahajasattvadarśanamityāha 〈।〉

79,x

"sukhī bhaveyaṃ duḥkhī vā mā bhūvamiti tṛṣyataḥ // (pram.siddh.) 202 //

yaivā'hamiti dhīḥ saiva sahajaṃ sattvadarśanam /"

<080>

80,i

"sukhī bhaveyaṃ duḥkhī vā mābhūvamiti tṛṣyataḥ" । kāṃkṣamāṇasya "yaivāhamiti dhīḥ saiva sahajaṃ sattvadarśana"mucyate ।

<c.>

80,ii

tadaprahīṇaṃ srotāpannasyeti kathaṃ jñāyata ityāha 〈।〉

80,iii (PVV_80,iii_80,v)

"na hyapaśyannahamiti kaścidātmani snihyati // (pram.siddh.) 203 //

na cātmani vinā premṇā sukhakāmo'bhidhāvati /"

80,iv

"nahyapaśyannahamiti kaścidātmani snihyati" kintu paśyanneva (203) ।

80,v

"na cātmani vinā premṇā sukhakāmaḥ" kaścid garbhasthānādi"mabhidhāvati" । abhidhāvati ca garbhasthānaṃ 〈।〉 prahīṇābhisaṃskārika sattvadṛṣṭirapi srota āpannaṃ tasyāprahīṇaṃ sahajaṃ sattvadarśanaṃ ।

<IV. baṃdhamokṣavyavasthā>

80,vi (PVV_80,vi_80,viii)

nanu satyātmani bandhamokṣāvekādhikaraṇau yuktau । netyāha ।

80,vii

"duḥkhasyotpādahetutvaṃ bandhaḥ, nityasya tat kutaḥ // (pram.siddh.) 204 //

aduḥkhotpādahetutvaṃ mokṣaḥ, nityasya tat kutaḥ /"

<a.>

80,viii

"duḥkhasyo"pādānaskandhānā"mutpādahetutvaṃ" bandhaḥ । "tatkuto nityasya" kramayaugapadyābhyāmarthakriyā virahān (204) । "aduḥkhotpādahetutvaṃ" duḥkhaṃ pratyayahetutā "mokṣaḥ । tacca nitya sya kutaḥ" । na hi pūrvāparaikasya bhāvasya duḥkhahetoḥ paścādahetutvaṃ yuktaṃ ।

<b.>

80,ix (PVV_80,ix_80,xi)

syādetat 〈।〉 na nityasya hetutvaṃ bandhamokṣau ca yuktāviti । nityatvānitya"tvābhyāmavācyasya pudgalasya" tau bhaviṣyata iti manvānaṃ vaibhāṣikampratyāha 〈।〉

80,x

"anityatvena yo'vācyaḥ sa heturna hi kasyacit // (pram.siddh.) 205 //"

80,xi

"anityatvena yo'vācyaḥ" । anityatvamupalakṣaṇaṃ । nityatvenāpyavācyaḥ "saheturna hi kasyacit" । tasmaivābhāvāt । tathāhi yadyasāvanityo na bhavati syānnityaḥ । (205)

1.206

80,xii (PVV_80,xii_81,iii)

atha nityo na bhavati syādanityaḥ । anyonyābhāvalakṣaṇatvādanayorekavidhi pratiṣedhasyāparapratiṣadhavidhināntarīyakatvāt na kvacidvastuni dvayapratiṣedhasambhava iti pudgalasyābhāvādahetutvaṃ ato "bandhamokṣāvapyavācye" pudgale "na yujyete kathañcana" ।

<081>

<c.>

81,i

atha nityatvenāvācyatvānna doṣa iti cet । nanvevamanitya evoktaḥ syāt । tathāhi 〈।〉

81,ii

"nityaṃ tamāhurvidvāṃso yaḥ svabhāvo na naśyati // (pram.siddh.) 206 //"

81,iii

"nityaṃ tamāhurvidvāṃso yaḥ svabhāvo" sarvadā "na naśyati" sa cedīdṛśo na bhavatyanitya eva syāt । (206)

1.207

81,iv (PVV_81,iv_81,vi)

"tyaktvemāṃ hrepaṇīṃ dṛṣṭimato'nityaḥ sa ucyatām //"

81,v

akṣe"māṃ" pudgala"dṛṣṭiṃ" pudgalanairātmyavādinaḥ saṃskārānityatāvā"dinaśca śāstuḥ" śiṣyāṇāṃ "hrepaṇīṃ" lajjāvarddhanīṃ "tyaktvā'nityaḥ sa" pudgala "ucyatāṃ" yena "bandhamokṣau" yujyete । ekākāro nirodho vyākhyātaḥ । (X) ॥ (X) ।

<(gha) mārgasatyam>

<(caturākāraṃ mārgasatyam)>

81,vi

traya ākārā vakṣyante ।

81,vii (PVV_81,vii_81,ix)

"ukto mārgaḥ, tadabhyāsādāśrayaḥ parivartate // (pram.siddh.) 207 //"

81,viii

mārgasatyaṃ caturākāraṃ vaktumāha 〈।〉

<a.>

81,ix

"ukto mārgaḥ" śāstṛpadavyākhyāvasare nairātmyadarśanalakṣaṇaḥ । "tasyābhyāsādāśrayaḥ" kleśavāsanābhūtayālayavijñānaṃ "parivartate" kliṣṭadaśānirodhāt kleśavisaṃyuktacittaprabandhātmanā pariṇamati । (207)

1.208–1.210

81,x (PVV_81,x_81,xiii)

anena mārgata iti mārgākāro darśitaḥ kleśavisaṃyogahetutvāt ।

81,xi

"sātmye'pi doṣabhāvaścenmārgavat /"

81,xii

mārgasyābhyāsaprakarṣāt "sātmyepi" prakṛtitve ca prāpte puna"rdoṣā"ṇāṃ mohādīnāṃ "bhāvaḥ" prāpnoti "cet । mārgavat" yathā bandhāvasthāyāṃ doṣasātmyepi mārgo'bhyāsavaśādāvirbhavati ।

81,xiii

atrāha 〈।〉

81,xiv (PVV_81,xiv_82,iv)

"nāvibhutvataḥ /"

<082>

82,i

"nāvibhutvataḥ" asāmarthyāt । mārgasātmye'pi sthitasya cetasi na doṣāṇāmutpattuṃ sāmarthyamasti । tannidānabhūtasya satvadarśanasyonmūlitatvāt ।

82,ii

"anena" śāntata iti nirodhākāra ukto doṣāṇāṃ sarvathā śāntatvāt ।

<ga. satkāyadṛṣṭiḥ>

<(ka) satvadarśanābhāve kāraṇam>

82,iii

satvadarśanameva punaḥ kasmānna bhavatītyāha 〈।〉

82,iv

"viṣayagrahaṇaṃ dharmoṃ vijñānasya yathāsti saḥ // (pram.siddh.) 208 //

gṛhyate so'sya janako vidyamānātmaneti ca /"

82,v (PVV_82,v_82,vi)

"viṣayagrahaṇamvijñānasya" tāvatsati grāhyagrāhakabhāvo "dharmaḥ yathā" cāsti "sa" sa viṣayastathā "gṛhyate" । vijñānena viṣayiṇā (208) । "sa" ca viṣayosya vijñānasya "janako vidyamānenātmanā" yathāvasthitena rūpeṇa ।

82,vi

"eṣā prakṛtirasyāstannimittāntarataḥ skhalat // (pram.siddh.) 209 //

vyāvṛttau pratyayāpekṣamadṛḍhaṃ sarpabuddhivat /"

82,vii (PVV_82,vii_82,x)

yathāvasthitavastugrahaṇañca "nātmaiṣā prakṛtiḥ" svabhāvo jñānasya viṣayiṇaḥ । yathāsvabhāvaṃ svagrāhijñānajananañca viṣayasya prakṛtiḥ । asyāḥ prakṛtestajjñānaṃ "nimittāntarataḥ" āntarādavidyārūpādāgantukācca viṣayadoṣādeḥ "skhaladvi"ṣayagrahaṇa"viparītākāraṃ" bhavati 〈।〉 (209) "tacca vyāvṛttau" viṣayaviparītagrahaṇākāratāyā nivṛttyartha "pratyayāpekṣaṃ" bhrāntinivartakakāraṇamapekṣyamāṇa"madṛḍhama"sthāṣṇu "sarpabuddhivat" । yathā sarpabuddhī rajvā bhrāntinimittā jātā rajjusvarūpagrāhiṇaḥ pratyayānnivṛttā na punarudbhavatīti । tathā bhrāntinimittanirāsāt dṛṣṭe nairātmye vastuni sati nāsti sattve dṛṣṭisambhavaḥ jñānasya viṣayasvarūpagrahaṇapravaṇatvāt । viṣayasya ca svākārārpaṇapravṛttatvāt ।

<a.>

82,viii

kiñca 〈।〉

82,ix

"prabhāsvaramidañcittaṃ prakṛtyāgantavo malāḥ // (pram.siddh.) 210 //"

82,x

"prabhāsvaramanā"tmabhūtadoṣasañcaya"midaṃ cittaṃ prakṛtyā" svabhāvena । ye tu manodoṣā <083> dṛśyante te bhrāntinimittopanītatvādā"gantavo"'svabhāvabhūtāścetasaḥ । tamaḥ "tuhinādaya" iva nabhasaḥ (210) ।

1.211–1.222

83,i (PVV_83,i_83,iv)

"tatprāgapyasamarthānāṃ paścācchaktiḥ ka tanmaye //"

83,ii

"tatprāgapi" tasmānnairātmyadarśanātpūrvamapi tataḥ śrutacintādhyavasānepyāpātaviṣkambhanādutpattuma"samarthānāṃ" malānāṃ "paścā"nmārganiṣpattau "śakti"rutpattuṃ "kva tanmaye" mārgasātmye svarūpe 〈।〉

83,iii

etadevāha 〈।〉

83,iv

"nālaṃ praroḍhumatyantaṃ syandinyāmagnivad bhuvi // (pram.siddh.) 211 //

bādhakotpattisāmarthyagarbhe śakto'pi vastuni /"

83,v (PVV_83,v)

śakto'pyaddhatopi manomalo "nālamatyantaṃ praroḍhuṃ vastuni" cittasantāne kīdṛśe bādhakotpattisāmarthyagarbhe sarvadṛṣṭi"bādhaka"sya nairātmyadarśanasya mārgasatyo"tpattistasyāṃ sāmarthyaṃ" prabhaviṣṇutvaṃ "tadgarbhe" ānantaryasya garbhe tasmin "syandinyāṃ bhuvi agnivat" (211) । yathā hi vahnerhetubalādutpannopi syandinyāṃ bhuvi bādhakavatyāṃ nātyantaṃ prarohati tathā mārgotpattisāmarthyagarbhe cetasyutpannā api malā nātyantaṃ virohanti । sātmībhūtamārgge tu hetuvaikalyānnotpadyanta eva ।

<(kha) nairātmyadarśane doṣotpattivyavasthā>

83,vi (PVV_83,vi_83,vii)

kathañca nairātmyadarśino malotpattirāśaṃkyate । na tāvat hetusākalyātsatvadṛṣṭerhetubhūtāyā abhāvāt nairātmyadarśanavat "sattvadarśanañca bhāvanayotpannaṃ heturiti" cet ॥

83,vii

kutastasya "bhāvanā" । kinnairātmyasya sopadravatvāt । kiñcābhūtatvena bhramahetutvāt । asvabhāvenopahantuṃ śakyatvādvā । etattrayamasaṅgatamityāha 〈।〉

83,viii (PVV_83,viii_83,ix)

"nirupadravabhūtārthasvabhāvasya viparyayaiḥ // (pram.siddh.) 212 //

na bādhā yatnavatve'pi buddhestatpakṣapātataḥ //"

83,ix

doṣarāśerudvejakasya prahāṇena "nirupadravasya" pramāṇasamvāditvena "bhūtārthasya" satyārthasyānāropitatvena "svabhāvasya" prakṛternairātmyasyābhirucitaviṣayasya viparyayeṣvātmādyākāreṣvabhyāse sopadravatvādinā "prayatna eva" tāvanna "sambhavati prekṣasya" । sambhavepi vā "viparyayaiḥ" 〈।〉 (212)

<084>

<a.>

84,i (PVV_84,i_84,iv)

"na bādhā" nairātmyasya sātmībhūtasya svabhāvasyāsti । "buddhestatra doṣapratipakṣe guṇavati mārgge pakṣapātāt" ।

84,ii

na hi svabhāvaḥ sākṣātkṛto'nyathā kartu śakyaḥ । anena praṇīta iti nirodhākāro darśitaḥ ॥

<b.>

84,iii

nanu yadi nairātmyasātmatvadarśanayoḥ parasparabhedād bādhā tadā rāgapratighayorapi syādityāha 〈।〉

84,iv

"ātmagrahaikayonitvāt;

kāryakāraṇabhāvataḥ // (pram.siddh.) 213 //

rāgapratidhayorbādhā bhede'pi na parasparam /"

84,v (PVV_84,v)

"ātmagraha eko yoni"ṣkāraṇaṃ yayostau tayorbhāvastasmādekakāraṇa"tvāt" rāgapratidhayorbhedapi na parasparaṃ bādhā rūparasayoriva । tathā "kāryakāraṇabhāvatopi" (213) nānyonyaṃ "bādhā" । tathāhi yadaikasmin rāgastadā tadapakāriṇi dveṣaḥ । yadā ca kvacid dveṣastadā tadapakāriṇi rāgopīti parasparakāryakāraṇabhāvānnāsti virodhaḥ । cakṣurādibuddhīnāmiva ।

<c.>

84,vi (PVV_84,vi_84,viii)

nanu dveṣādipratipakṣā maitryādayo na ca tānucchindantītyāha 〈।〉

84,vii

"mohāvirodhānmaitryādernnātyantaṃ doṣanigrahaḥ // (pram.siddh.) 214 //

tanmūlāśca malāḥ sarve;"

84,viii

"mohāvirodhānmaitryādeḥ" । maitrīkaruṇādayo mohāvirodhino'taśca doṣakāraṇāvaikalyā"nnātyantaṃ" dveṣādi"doṣā"ṇāṃ "nigraho" maitryādeḥ । āpātaviṣkambhanamātrantu bhavati mohasyānapāyāt (214) । "tanmūlāśca malāḥ sarve" prasūyante ।

<(ga) mohaḥ satkāyadṛṣṭiḥ>

84,ix (PVV_84,ix_85,ii)

nanu sattvadarśanaṃ doṣamūlaṃ na moha ityāha 〈।〉

84,x

"sa ca satkāyadarśanam /"

84,xi

"sa ca" mohaḥ "satkāyadarśanaṃ" ।

<085>

85,i

nanu moho'saṃprakhyānarūpaḥ । "sattvadṛṣṭiḥ tu viparītārthapratipattirūpā । tatkathaṃ" moha eva sattvadarśanamityāha 〈।〉

85,ii

"vidyāyāḥ pratipakṣatvāccaittattvenopalabdhitaḥ // (pram.siddh.) 215 //

mithyopalabdhirajñānaṃ yukteścānyadyuktimat //"

85,iii (PVV_85,iii)

"vidyāyāḥ pratipakṣatvāt" । vidyāyā nairātmyadṛṣṭervipakṣo'vidyā । "sa cā"prakhyānamātramvārūpādi vā na bhavati nirvāṇepi "tayorbhāvāt । kintu mithyopa"labdhirajñānamavidyā'dharmānṛtavat । vidyāyāḥ sadarthatvāt । "caittatvenopalabdhitaśca" । caittatvena karaṇenopalabdhirūpa"tvācca" । (215) "āśrayālambanākārakāladravya"samatādibhiḥ samaṃ prayuktāḥ saṃprayuktā iti saṃprayuktalakṣaṇaṃ । "na cāsaṃprakhyānasya" nīrūpasyālambanākārayoga iti "mithyājñāna"mavidyā । "ukte"'rthe virodhāt । "bha ga"vatā pyuktaṃ "yāḥ kāścana lokavyavahāropapattayaḥ sarvāstā ātmābhiniveśatobhavanti ātmābhiniveśavigamato na bhavanti" ityanena sattvadṛṣṭireva janmaheturuktā । ātmābhiniveśalakṣaṇatvāttasyāḥ । "ato'nyadasaṃprakhyānalakṣaṇamajñānamayuktaṃ nirvā"ṇepi tatsattvāt ।

<a.>

85,iv (PVV_85,iv_85,vi)

nanu yadyavidyā dṛṣṭireva tathā ca dṛṣṭisaṃprayuktā'vidyeti saṃprayuktārtho na syāt । na sā tenaiva samprayuktā kintu sakalakleśānugatā'vidyā 〈।〉 satkāyadṛṣṭistu tadekadeśaḥ tataścagamāvirodha ityāha ।

85,v

"vyākhyeyo'tra virodho yaḥ;"

85,vi

"atra" vidyānirdeśe āgama"virodha yaḥ" prasajati "sa sāmānyaviśeṣabhāvena" bhedakalpanayā "vyākhyeyaḥ" samarthanīyaḥ । yathā palāśayuktamvanamiti । dṛṣṭisvabhāvā'vidyāprādhānyena kleśaheturityupadarśanañca prayojanaṃ ।

<b.>

85,vii (PVV_85,vii_86,ii)

prakṛtamāha 〈।〉 yataścaivamātmadarśanaprabhūtāḥ sarvakleśāḥ ।

<086>

86,i

"tadvirodhācca tanmayaiḥ // (pram.siddh.) 216 //

virodhaḥ śūnyatādṛṣṭeḥ sarvadoṣaiḥ prasidhyati /"

86,ii

tayā "sattva"dṛṣṭyā virodhācca "śūnyatādṛṣṭe"rnairātmyadṛṣṭeḥ । "tanmayaiḥ" (216) sattvadṛṣṭihetukaiḥ "sarvadoṣai"rvirodhaḥ "sidhyati" । śītaviruddhasyāgneriva tatkārye romaharṣādibhirataḥ sātmībhūtanairātmyānāṃ na punardoṣaleśotpattiranena niḥśaraṇata iti nirodhākāro nirddiṣṭaḥ doṣebhyaḥ sarvathā niḥśaraṇāt ।

<(gha) doṣāḥ pratītyasamutpannāḥ>

86,iii (PVV_86,iii_86,iv)

"nākṣayaḥ prāṇidharmatvād rūpādivadasiddhitaḥ // (pram.siddh.) 217 //

sambandhe pratipakṣasya tyāgasyādarśanādapi /"

<a.>

86,iv

syādeta"dakṣayo" rāgādiḥ "prāṇidharmatvādrūpādivat na" yuktametada"siddhitaḥ" । na hi "prāṇī" kaścidasti yaddharmā rāgādayaḥ siddhyanti । sattve dṛṣṭau tu satyāṃ kevalamupalabhyanta iti pratītyasamutpādamātrametat (217) । teṣāṃ "pratipakṣasya" nairātmyadarśanasya sambandhe saṃmukhībhāve tyāgasyāpātaviṣkambhaṇasyā"darśanādapi" sambhavatpratipakṣatvenocchedasambhavāt nākṣayitvaṃ ।

<b.>

86,v (PVV_86,v_86,vii)

syādetat 〈।〉 tāmrādīnāmagniyogād dravāvasthāyāṃ naṣṭamapi kāṭhinyaṃ punaḥ śītasamparkādutpadyate । tadvannaṣṭānāmapi doṣāṇāṃ mārgasātmye punaḥ kutaściddhetorutpattiḥ syāt । atrāha 〈।〉

86,vi

"na kāṭhinyavadutpattiḥ punardoṣavirodhinaḥ // (pram.siddh.) 218 //

sātmatvenānapāyatvāt anekāntācca bhasmavat /"

86,vii

"na kāṭhinyavadutpattiḥ punardo"ṣāṇāṃ । doṣa"virodhino" (218 ) nairātmyasya "sātmatvena" prakṛtitvenā"napāyāt" । na hyavyāhate virodhini tadviruddhasyotpattiragnāviva śītakāṭhinyaṃ kādācitkatvādagninivṛttau tadvirodhinyā dravatāyāḥ svarasanirodhādutpadyate'"naikāntācca bhasmavat" । yathā bhasmani bhūte punarna kāṣṭhotpattistathā nairātmyasātmatāyāṃ na punarnaṣṭānāṃ doṣāṇāmutpattirityanaikāntikatā naṣṭotpatteḥ ।

<c.>

86,viii (PVV_86,viii_87,i)

nanvātmabhāvanayā"pi mokṣosti" tatkiṃ nairātmyabhāvanayā yadāhu"rātmā mantavyo nididhyāsitavya" ityādi । atrāha 〈।〉

86,ix

"yaḥ paśyatyātmānaṃ tatrāsyāhamiti śāśvataḥ snehaḥ // (pram.siddh.) 219 //

snehāt sukheṣu tṛṣyati tṛṣṇā doṣāṃstiraskurute /"

<087>

87,i

"yaḥ paśyatyātmānaṃ tatrā"tmanya"sya" draṣṭu"rahamiti śāśvato'nupā"yi"sneho" bhavati (219) ।

87,ii (PVV_87,ii_87,iv)

"snehā"dātmasnehātsukheṣu "tṛṣyati । tṛṣṇā"vān bhavatīti । "tṛṣṇā ca sukhasā"dhanatvenādhyavasitānāṃ vastūnāṃ "doṣāna"śucitvādīn "tiraskurute" pracchādayati doṣatiraskaraṇāt ।

87,iii

"guṇadarśī paritṛṣyan mameti tatsādhanānyupādatte // (pram.siddh.) 220 //

tenātmābhiniveśo yāvat tāvat sa saṃsāre //"

87,iv

"guṇadarśī" śucitveṣṭatvaguṇān paśyan "paritṛṣyan" mameti "mamedaṃ sukhamiti" garddhamānastasya sukhasya "sādhanāni" garbhagamanādī"nyupādatte" । (220 )

87,v (PVV_87,v_87,viii)

tenātmadarśanamūlatvena janmāderā"tmābhiniveśo yāvattāvat sa" ātmadarśī "saṃsāra" eva 〈।〉

<d.>

87,vi

na kevalaṃ janmaprabandhastasya doṣā api samastāḥ santītyāha 〈।〉

87,vii

"atmani sati parasaṃjñā svaparavibhāgāt parigrahadveṣau // (pram.siddh.) 221 //

anayoḥ saṃpratibaddhāḥ sarve doṣāḥ prajāyante //"

87,viii

"ātmani sati" tato'nyasmin "parasaṃjñā" parabuddhirbhavati । "svaparavibhāgācca" kāraṇāt svaparayoryathākramaṃ "parigra"ho'bhiṣva"ṅgo dveṣaḥ" parityāgastau bhavataḥ (221) । "anayo"ranunayapratiṣedhayoḥ "saṃpratibaddhāḥ sarve doṣā" rāgamātsaryerṣyādayaḥ "prajāyante" ।

<e.>

87,ix (PVV_87,ix_87,xi)

yadyapyātmani snehavān tathāpyatmīye "sukhasādhane vairāgyānna saṃsaratīti cet" । naitadyuktaṃ yata〈ḥ ।〉

87,x

"niyamenātmani snihyaṃstadīye na virajyate // (pram.siddh.) 222 //"

87,xi

"ātmani snihyan" prīyamāṇa"stadīya ātmī"ye "sukhasā"dhane "niyamena" 〈"na"〉 "virajyate"'bhiṣvajatyeva tatkathamātmīyavirāgānmuktiḥ ॥ ātmasnehasyātmīyavairāgyavirodhitvāt । (222)

1.223

<f.>

87,xii (PVV_87,xii_88,i)

tameva tyajatīti cet āha 〈।〉

87,xiii

"ne cāstyātmani nirdoṣe snehāpagamakāraṇam //

snehaḥ sadoṣa iti cet tataḥ kiṃ tasya varjanam // (pram.siddh.) 223 //"

<088>

88,i

yadyapyātmā nirdoṣastathāpi "snehaḥ sadoṣa iti cet । tataḥ" sadoṣatvāt "kiṃ kartavyaṃ" tasya snehasya "varjanam" 〈।〉 (223)

1.224–1.226

88,ii (PVV_88,ii_88,v)

"aduṣite'sya viṣaye na śakyaṃ tasya varjanam /"

88,iii

"adūṣitesya viṣaya" ātmani "na śakyaṃ tasya varjanaṃ" । na hi snehaḥ svaguṇadoṣābhyāmupādīyate tyajyate vā kintu viṣayasya viṣayaśca nirdoṣa iti kathamasya varjanaṃ ।

88,iv

"kiñca 〈।〉"

88,v

"prahāṇiricchādveṣāderguṇadoṣānubandhinaḥ // (pram.siddh.) 224 //

tayoradṛṣṭirviṣaye;"

88,vi (PVV_88,vi_88,vii)

"icchādveṣāderguṇadoṣānubandhino" yathākramaṃ viṣayasya guṇadoṣānuvartinaḥ prahāṇiḥ prahāṇyupāyaḥ (224) । tayorguṇadoṣayora"dṛṣṭirviṣaye"'nanyopāyatādarśanārthamupacāraḥ । viṣayaguṇadoṣādarśane evecchā dveṣādi"prahāṇyu"pāya ityarthaḥ ॥

88,vii

nanvadṛṣṭopi ityādiranicchāmātrāt tyajyamāno dṛśyata ityāha 〈।〉

88,viii (PVV_88,viii_88,xi)

"na tu bāhyeṣu yaḥ kramaḥ /"

88,ix

na tu bāhyeṣu vastuṣu yaḥ kramo'nicchāmātrakṛtatyāgarūpaḥ sa āntareṣvapi snehādiṣu yuktaḥ । bāhyādhīnaṃ bāhyamanicchayā tyaktuṃ śakyaṃ ātmadarśanādhīnantu na śakyaparihāraṃ । avikalahetutvenotpatteḥ ।

88,x

kiñca 〈।〉

88,xi

"na hi snehaguṇāt snehaḥ kintvarthaguṇadarśanāt // (pram.siddh.) 225 //

kāraṇe'vikale tasmin kāryaṃ kena nivāryate /"

88,xii (PVV_88,xii_89,i)

na hi "snehaguṇātsnehaḥ kriyate kintvartha"sya viṣayasya "guṇadoṣadarśanāt" jāyate (225) "kāraṇe'vikale tasmin" viṣayaguṇe "kāryaṃ" snehaḥ "kena nivāryate" । na kenacit ।

88,xiii

"kā vā sadoṣatā dṛṣṭā snehe duḥkhasamāśrayaḥ // (pram.siddh.) 226 //"

<089>

89,i

"kā vā sadoṣatā dṛṣṭā snehe" yenāyaṃ varjayitavyaḥ ॥ "duḥkhasya samāśrayaśceddoṣaḥ" । tathā hyātmani snihyan tatsukhasādhaneṣu tṛṣṇāvān duḥkhabhūtaṃ saṃsāramupādatte ॥ (226)

1.227

89,ii (PVV_89,ii_89,vi)

"tathāpi na virāgo'tra svatvadṛṣṭeryathātmani /"

89,iii

"tathāpi" duḥkhahetutvepi "na virogo'tra" snehe "yathā"tmani svatva"dṛṣṭeḥ" duḥkhanidānabhūtāyā hetā"vātmani" na virāgaḥ ।

89,iv

yadi duḥkhahetau virāgastathā svatve dṛṣṭidvāreṇa sarvaṃ duḥkhamiti tasya hetāvātmanyeva sa yuktaḥ । na cāstyetat ।

89,v

"na tairvinā duḥkhaheturātmā cet te'pi tādṛśāḥ // (pram.siddh.) 227 //"

89,vi

"na taiḥ sneha"buddhīndriyādibhirātmīyai"rvinā duḥkhahetu"rātmā cet । "tepi" snehādayaḥ "tādṛśā" ātmānamantareṇa na duḥkhahetavaḥ । (227)

1.228

89,vii (PVV_89,vii_89,viii)

"nirdoṣaṃ dvayamapyevaṃ vairāgyānna dvayostataḥ //

duḥkhabhāvanayā syāccedahidaṣṭāṅgahānivat // (pram.siddh.) 228 //"

89,viii

"evaṃ" parasparasāpekṣatve "nirdoṣaṃ dvayamapi" snehādirātmā ca । "vairāgyanna dvayo"rapi "tataḥ" kāryaṃ । tathā ca saṃsāro doṣāśca durvārā hetusākalyāt ॥ pravṛttiḥ yadi snehādiṣu "duḥkhabhāvanayā" hāniḥ "syāt । ahidaṣṭasyāṅgasya hānivat" । yathātmīyamapyahidaṣṭamaṅgaṃ duḥkhavaśād virajya tyajyate । anupabhogāśrayatvāt । (228)

1.229–1.231

89,ix (PVV_89,ix_89,x)

"ātmīyabuddhihānyā'tra tyāgo na tu viyaryaye //

upabhogāśrayatvena gṛhīteṣvindriyādiṣu // (pram.siddh.) 229 //

svatvadhīḥ kena vāryeta vairāgyaṃ tatra tat kutaḥ //"

89,x

"ātmīyabuddhihānyā" । tatrāhidaṣṭāṅge "tyāgo na tu viparyaye" ātmīyabuddhisattāyāṃ । yasmādu"pabhoga"syā"śrayatvena" kāraṇatvena "gṛhīteṣvindriyādiṣu" (229) "svatve dhīrā"tmīyatvabuddhiḥ "kena" hetunā "vāryeta na" kenacit । tatkuta"statro"pabhogasādhane svīyāvayave "vairāgyaṃ" yena tyajyate । "tato" yattyajyate "ātmīyabuddhihānyā" eva । na caivaṃ snehādiṣvātmīyabuddhihānirasti yenaiṣāṃ tyāgaḥ syāt ।

<090>

90,i (PVV_90,i_90,iii)

"pratyakṣameva sarvasya keśādiṣu kalevarāt // (pram.siddh.) 230 //

cyuteṣu sadhṛṇā buddhirjāyate'nyeṣu saspṛhā /"

90,ii

etacca "pratyakṣameva sarvasya keśādiṣu kalevarāt" । (230 ) "cyuteṣvā"tmīyabuddhiviṣayeṣu "sadhṛṇā" buddhirjāyate । janasyānyatrācyuteṣvātmīyabuddhiviṣayeṣu saspṛhā ।

<(ṅa) ātmātmīyabuddhyorhāniḥ>

90,iii

duḥkhabhāvanayā ātmīyabuddhireva hīyata iti cet । na yuktamidaṃ 〈।〉

90,iv (PVV_90,iv_90,v)

"samavāyādisambandhajanitā tatra hi svadhīḥ // (pram.siddh.) 231 //"

90,v

"samavāyādisambandhajanitā" hi yasmāttatra buddhyādau "svadhīḥ" । tathā cātmanaḥ sukhādīnā samavāyaḥ sambandhaḥ । śarīreṇa saṃyogaḥ । śarīrāśritaiḥ rūpādibhiḥ saṃyuktasamavāyaḥ । śrotrendriyeṇa saṃyogaścakṣurādibhiḥ saṃyogisaṃyoga ātmasambandhaḥ । (231)

1.232

90,vi (PVV_90,vi_90,vii)

"sa tathaiveti sā doṣadṛṣṭāvapi na hīyate /

samavāyādyabhāve'pi sarvatrāstyupakāritā // (pram.siddh.) 232 //"

90,vii

"sa" duḥkhabhāvanāyāmapi "tathaiveti sā" svadhī"rdoṣadṛṣṭāvapi na hīyate" nimittasyāvaikalyāt । atha samavāyādirnāstyeva tadā ।"samavāyādyabhāve'pi sarvatra" buddhyādāva"styupakāritā" tatkṛtā । (232)

1.233

90,viii (PVV_90,viii_90,ix)

"duḥkhopakārānna bhavedaṅgulyāmiva cet svadhīḥ /

na hyekāntena tad dukhaṃ bhūyasā saviṣānnavat // (pram.siddh.) 233 //"

90,ix

tatra svadhīraśakyadhāraṇā "duḥkhopakārāt" duḥkhopanidhānāt "na bhave"dahidaṣṭāyā"maṅgulyāmiva" snehabuddhyādau "svadhī"riti "cet । na hyekāntena" tatsnehādi"duḥkhaṃ" duḥkhahetuḥ paryāyeṇa sukhahetutvādapi । kintu "bhūyasā" tadduḥkhaṃ "saviṣānnavat" । pariṇatiduḥkhaheturapi viṣānnamāpātasukhaṃ ca । (233)

1.234

<a.>

90,x (PVV_90,x_91,ii)

nanu saviṣamannaṃ sukhamiśrañca vairāgyaviṣayaḥ svahitakāmānāmevaṃ snehādirapi syādityāha 〈।〉

90,xi

"viśiṣṭasukhasaṅgāt syāt tadviruddhe virāgitā /"

90,xii

"viśiṣṭe" sukhe sukhasādhane tadātvapariṇābhayoranugrahītari viṣādidoṣarahitabhojanādau "saṅgāda"bhiṣvaṅgāt "syāttadviruddhe" saviṣānnādau "virāgitā" ।

<091>

91,i

vairāgyācca 〈।〉

91,ii

"kiñcit parityajet saukhyaṃ viśiṣṭasukhatṛṣṇayā // (pram.siddh.) 234 //"

91,iii (PVV_91,iii)

"kiñcitsaukhyaṃ" pariṇatiduḥkhabahulaṃ "parityaje"dātmakāmo "viśiṣṭasya sukhasya" pariṇāmāviruddhasya "tṛṣṇayā" abhilāṣeṇa । yadā tvātmani sati na kiñcitsukhaikarūpaṃ sarvaṃ sukhaṃ duḥkhasaṃbhiśraṃ tadā kva parihāraḥ kasminnanurāgaḥ svīkāro na cecchayāśakyaparihārāḥ snehādayaḥ tatkāraṇasyātmano'vaikalyādityuktaṃ ॥ (234)

1.235

<b.>

91,iv (PVV_91,iv_91,vi)

nanvanairātmyapakṣepi duḥkhaṃ sakalaṃ । "tannirodhaḥ parasukhaṃ । tatkvacittṛṣṇayā" pravṛttirna syādityāha 〈।〉

91,v

"nairātmye tu yathālābhamātmasnehāt pravartate /

alābhe mattakāsinyā dṛṣṭā tiryakṣu kāmitā // (pram.siddh.) 235 //"

91,vi

"nairātmyata"ttve'dhāyopādā"tmasnehā"tsukhaviparyāsāt duḥkheṣvapi sukhatayā'dhyavasiteṣu viṣayeṣu yathālābhaṃ prāptyanukrameṇa pravṛttirbhavati nirvāṇasukhavyutpattyabhāvāt । vyutpattāvapi tanmārgasātmatvābhāvāt । sātmīkṛtamārggāstu kvacinna pravartanta eva । tathā "cālābhe mattakāsinyā" mattagajagāminyā kāmukasya "tiryakṣu kāmitā dṛṣṭā" । balavānātmasneho viśiṣṭasukhasādhanasyālābhe sukhābhāsahetau ca pravartayati । (235)

1.236–1.237

<c.>

91,vii (PVV_91,vii_91,ix)

kiñca 〈।〉 yadi buddhīndriyaśarīrādīnāṃ duḥkhahetutvāt teṣu vairāgyāttattyāgāt kaivalyamā"tmana iṣṭaṃ" । muktidaśāyāntadātmabhogādisakalaparicchedābhāvāt nāśāviśeṣānnāśa eveṣṭaḥ syāt 〈।〉 taccedamayuktamityāha 〈।〉

91,viii

"yasyātmā vallabhastasya sa nāśaṃ kathamicchati /"

91,ix

"yasyātmā vallabhastasya sa kathaṃ nāśamicchati" na nāśaṃ "kaivalyamapratīti"viṣayatvādicchati ।

91,x (PVV_91,x_92,v)

kathaṃ punaḥ kevalamātmānamicchan nāśamicchatītyāha 〈।〉

91,xi

"nivṛttasarvānubhavavyavahāraguṇaśrayam // (pram.siddh.) 236 //

icchet prema kathaṃ;"

<092>

92,i

"nivṛttaḥ sarva"syāva"nubhavavyavahāra"sya samāśraya āśrayaṇaṃ yasmāttaṃ nāśalakṣaṇāviśiṣṭamityarthaḥ । nāśāviśiṣṭañcātmānaṃ "kathaṃ prema" snehātiśaya "icchet" । "yasmāt" 〈।〉

92,ii

"premṇaḥ prakṛtirna hi tādṛśī /"

92,iii

"premṇaḥ prakṛtistādṛśī" svaviṣayanāśaiṣaṇasvabhāvā na bhavati 〈।〉 tasmāt 〈।〉

92,iv

"sarvathātmagrahaḥ snehamātmani draḍhayatyalam // (pram.siddh.) 237 //"

92,v

"sarvathā ātmagraha ātmani snehamalama"tyartha "draḍhayati" 〈।〉 (237)

1.238–1.239

92,vi (PVV_92,vi_92,x)

sa ātmagrahaścātmopakāriṣu ।

92,vii

"ātmīyasnehabījantu tadavasthaṃ vyavasthitam /"

92,viii

"ātmīyasnehabījaṃ tadavasthaṃ vyavasthita"miti tatpratibaddhānāṃ doṣāṇāñcānivṛttiḥ ॥

<d.>

92,ix

syādetad 〈।〉 ātmīye doṣadarśanādvairāgyamutpadyate ityāha 〈।〉

92,x

"yatne'pyātmīyavairāgyaṃ guṇaleśasamāśrayāt // (pram.siddh.) 238 //

vṛttimān pratibadhnāti, taddoṣān saṃvṛṇoti ca /"

92,xi (PVV_92,xi_92,xiii)

doṣadarśanāt "yatnepi" sati tāvatkālamā"tmīye"ṣu "vairāgyaṃ" yadutpannaṃ tadātmasneho "vṛttimānā"tmīyeṣu "guṇale"śasya sukhasādhanatvasya "samāśraya"ṇāt (238) "pratibadhnāti । taddoṣāṃśca" duḥkhasādhanādīn "saṃvṛṇoti" । tat kuta ātmasnehavata ātmīye vairāgyayogaḥ । ātmasnehasya sarvadoṣamūlatvāt 〈।〉

92,xii

"ātmanyapi virāgaścedidānīṃ yo virajyate // (pram.siddh.) 239 //"

92,xiii

"ātmanyapi virāgaśce"dvādhyate । nanūktamatra । na cātmani nirdoṣe snehāpagamakāraṇamasti । bhavatu tāvattathāpīdānīmatrāpi pakṣe yo tatra "virajyate" 〈।〉 (239)

1.240

92,xiv (PVV_92,xiv_92,xv)

"tyajatyasau yathātmānaṃ vyarthā'to duḥkhabhāvanā /

duḥkhabhāvanayā'pyeṣa duḥkhameva vibhāvayet // (pram.siddh.) 240 //"

92,xv

tena sa taṃ "tyajati yathātmānaṃ" । na hyātmani viraktopi taṃ tyajati, tathātmīyepi viraktastaṃ na tyakṣyatīti "vyarth(a)〈ā〉to duḥkhabhāva"nā'tmano'tyāgāt । "duḥkha<093>bhāvanayāpi" eṣa bhāvako "duḥkhameva" bhāvyamānaṃ "vibhāvayet" prakāśayet । (240)

1.241

93,i (PVV_93,i_93,ii)

"pratyakṣaṃ pūrvamapi tat tathāpi na virāgavān //

yadyapyekatra doṣeṇa tatkṣaṇaṃ calitā matiḥ // (pram.siddh.) 241 //"

93,ii

tacca bhāvanātaḥ "pūrvamapi pratyakṣa"meva duḥkhamātmasnehādiśastraprahārādyanubhavakāle "tathāpi" pratyakṣīkṛtātmasnehādiduḥkhatve"pi" na "virāgavān" teṣu kaśrcittadā । tato bhāvanāprakarṣepyevaṃ syāt sākṣātkaraṇatvāttasya । "tacca na" virāgahetuḥ prāgiva । yadyapyekatrāparādhakāriṇi doṣadarśanāt "tatkṣaṇaṃ" niyatakālamanurāgā"ccalitā mati"rvirāgabhajanāt 〈।〉 (241)

1.242

93,iii (PVV_93,iii_93,v)

"virakto naiva tatrāpi kāmīva vanitāntare //

tyājyopādeyabhede hi saktiryaivaikabhāvinī // (pram.siddh.) 242 //"

93,iv

tathāpyasau "tatra viraktaḥ" sarvathā paryāyeṇa rāgotpatteḥ । kiṃ punaranyatra "kāmīva" kvacit kāminyāṃ rāgakāriṇyāṃ viraktopi "na vanitāntare" viraktaḥ । tasyāmapi vā krameṇa ।

93,v

kiñca 〈।〉 pratidhānunayaviṣayatvāt "tyājyopādeyabhede hi sati saktirāsaktiryaive"kasmin "bhāvinī" dveṣaviṣayatayā'nurāgaviṣayatayā vā 〈।〉 (242)

1.243

93,vi (PVV_93,vi_93,vii)

"sā bījaṃ sarvasaktīnāṃ paryāyeṇa samudbhave //

nirdoṣaviṣayaḥ sneho nirdoṣaḥ sādhanāni ca // (pram.siddh.) 243 //"

<e.>

93,vii

"sā" sakti"rbījaṃ" kāraṇaṃ "sarvasaktīnāṃ paryāyeṇa" paripāṭyā "samudbhava"nimittaṃ । tathā hi kvacid dveṣāsaktyā tadanukūlapratikūlayoḥ pratidhānunayau bhavataḥ । tathānurāgāsaktyāpi kvacittayorevānu"nayadveṣau bhavataḥ" । tadevamamātno nirdoṣatvā"nnirdoṣaviṣayaḥ" sneho "nirdoṣaḥ" svayaṃ "upabhogasādhanāni" cendriyaśarīrādini śabdarasarūpādīni nirdoṣāṇi । ātmādīnāṃ sarveṣāṃ pratyekaṃ duḥkhahetutvābhāvāt ।(243)

1.244

93,viii (PVV_93,viii_94,i)

"etāvadeva ca jagat kvedānīṃ sa virajyate //

sadoṣatā'pi cet tasya tatrātmanyapi sā samā // (pram.siddh.) 244 //"

<094>

94,i

"etāvadeva ca jagat" । tribhirjagataḥ saṃgrahāt । "kvedānīṃ sa mo"ktukāmo "virajyate" ॥ samudāyāddoṣadarśanāt tata eva virajyate cet । nanvevamātmanyapi vairāgyaṃ prāptaṃ ॥ na kevalaṃ guṇavattā "sadoṣatāpi cettasya" snehendriyādeḥ । "tatrātmanyapi" kaivalyeneṣṭe "sā" sadoṣatā"samā" tasyā api snehādidoṣavattvāt । (244)

1.245

<f.>

94,ii (PVV_94,ii_94,vi)

evantarhyātmadoṣameva vairāgyabhāvanāyā jahyāditi cet ।

94,iii

"tatrāviraktastaddoṣe kvedānīṃ sa virajyate /"

94,iv

"tatrātma"nya"virakta"sta"ddoṣe kvedā"nīmātmadarśanakāle "sa" mumukṣu"rvira"jyate । yathā sadoṣepyātmanyātmadarśanādaviraktastathā taddoṣepi snehādātmīyatvadarśanānna virajyeta 〈।〉 api ca 〈।〉

94,v

"guṇadarśanasambhūtaṃ snehaṃ bādhitadoṣadṛk // (pram.siddh.) 245 //"

94,vi

"guṇadarśanasambhūtaṃ snehaṃ bārdhitadoṣa"sya "dṛk" dṛṣṭiḥ (245)

1.246–1.247

94,vii (PVV_94,vii_94,viii)

"sa cendriyādau na tvevaṃ bālāderapi sambhavāt /

doṣavatyapi sadbhāvāt svabhāvād guṇavatyapi // (pram.siddh.) 246 //

anyatra;"

94,viii

"sa ca" snehaje"ndriyādāve"vaṃ guṇadarśanānna dṛṣṭaḥ । "bālāderapi" guṇaparīkṣā'bhyu〈paga〉mya cakṣurādāvātmīyatvamātreṇa snehasya "sambhavāt" । guṇadoṣadarśanāt na snehabhāvābhāvī । kintvātmīyatvadarśanādarśanāttadanvayavyatirekānuvidhānāditi । darśayati ca svakīye cakṣurādau guṇavikale kāṇatvādi"doṣavatyapyā"tmīyatvaparāmarśāt snehasya "sadbhāvāda"nyatra parakīye netrādau doṣarahite "guṇavatya"pi 〈।〉 (246)

94,ix (PVV_94,ix_94,x)

"ātmīyatāyāṃ vā vyatītādau vihānitaḥ /

tata eva ca nātmīyabuddherapi guṇekṣaṇam // (pram.siddh.) 247 //

kāraṇam;"

94,x

"ātmīyatāyāmapi vā'tītādau" keśanakhādau ādiśabdāllūnāṅgulyādau vartamānena sneha ātmīyatvenādṛṣṭe"rvihānitaḥ" parityāgāt svatvasya "tata eva ca" bālāderapi bhāvāt । "ātmīyabuddherapi na guṇekṣaṇaṃ kāraṇaṃ" kintvātmadarśanameva 〈।〉 (247)

1.248–1.249

<095>

95,i (PVV_95,i_95,iii)

"hīyate sā'pi tasmānnāguṇadarśanāt /"

95,ii

"tasmād guṇa"darśanahetukatvābhāvāt sā ātmīyabuddhirapi aguṇasya "doṣasya darśanā"nna hīyate । kāraṇaviruddho hi dharmī nivartakaḥ "kasyacidyathāgnī romāñca"viśeṣasya । ātmadarśanaṃ hi snehātmīyadṛśādeḥ kāraṇaṃ na ca tadvirodhinī "doṣadṛk" ।

95,iii

"api cāsadguṇāropaḥ snehāt tatra hi dṛśyate // (pram.siddh.) 248 //

tasmāt tatkāraṇabādhī vidhistaṃ bādhate katham /"

95,iv (PVV_95,iv_95,vii)

"api cāsatāṃ guṇānāmāropastatrā"tmīye "snehāddhi" yasmād "dṛśyate" (248) "tasmātta"sya snehādeḥ "kāraṇa"syātmadarśanasyā"bādhī" abādhako "vidhi"rdīkṣā duḥkhabhāvanādirūpaḥ "taṃ" snehādiṃ "bādhate kathaṃ" । kāraṇānivṛttyā kāryaniṣedhasya kartumaśakyatvāt ।

<(ca) prakṛtipuruṣayorbhedapratītāvapi na mokṣaḥ>

95,v

sāṃkhyāstu manyaṃte । cetanācetanayoḥ puruṣapradhānayoryāvadaikyaṃ manyate puruṣaḥ । tāvatsa snehavān ayuktaśca bhedapratītau na sneho viyuktaśceti । atrāha 〈।〉

95,vi

"parāparaprārthanāto vināśotpādabuddhitaḥ // (pram.siddh.) 249 //"

95,vii

kāṇatvādidoṣayuktā "parāpara"sya viśiṣṭaviśiṣṭasya cakṣuḥśarīrādikasya "prārthanātaḥ" । ātmanaścānyasyānabhilāṣataḥ । tasmātpṛthagbhūtamātmānamayamamuktopi jano vetti । tathā "vināśotpādabuddhitaḥ" 〈।〉 (249)

1.250

95,viii (PVV_95,viii_95,ix)

"indriyādau pṛthagbhūtamātmānaṃ vettyayaṃ janaḥ /

tasmānnaikatvadṛṣṭyāpi snehaḥ / snihyan sa ātmani // (pram.siddh.) 250 //"

95,ix

śarīre"ndriyādau" viparyayāccātmani "bhinnamātmānaṃ" tebhyo "vetti । tasmānnaikatvadṛṣṭyāpi snehaḥ" kintvātmadarśanāt ॥ "sa" ātmadarśī "snihyannātmani" 〈।〉 (250)

1.251

95,x (PVV_95,x_95,xi)

"upalambhāntaraṅgeṣu prakṛtyaivānurajyate //

pratyutpannāt tu yo duḥkhānnirvedo dveṣa īdṛśaḥ // (pram.siddh.) 251 //

na vairāgyaṃ;"

95,xi

"upalambhāntaraṅgeṣū"pabhogasādhaneṣvindriyādiṣu "prakṛtyā" svabhāvenai"vānurajyate" । "pratyutpannāttu" vartamānātpuna"rduḥkhānnirvedo yaḥ" sa na "vairāgyaṃ" kintu "dveṣa īdṛśaḥ" । (251)

1.252

<096>

96,i (PVV_96,i_96,ii)

"tadapyasya sneho'vasthāntareṣaṇāt /

dveṣasya duḥkhayonitvāt sa tāvanmātrasaṃsthitiḥ // (pram.siddh.) 252 //"

96,ii

yasmā"ttadāpi" nirvedāvasthāyāṃ "sneho"syāsti na ca viraktasya snehasambhavaḥ । tadastitvameva kuta iti cet । "avasthānta"rasya duḥkhahetornirvedakāriṇyāṃ avasthāyāṃ vilakṣaṇasyai"ṣaṇāt" । na hi snehamantareṇaikatyāgādaparavāñchā । "dveṣasya duḥkhasya yonitvāt । sa" nirvedākhyo dveṣo yāvad duḥkhamanuvartate "tāvanmātraṃ" tāvatkālaparimāṇaṃ "saṃsthiti"rasyeti 〈।〉 (252)

1.253–1.254

<(cha) hānopādānahānita audāsīnyam>

96,iii (PVV_96,iii_96,vi)

"tasmin nivṛtteprakṛtiṃ svāmeva bhajate punaḥ /"

96,iv

tathā "tasmin" duḥkhe kāraṇanirodhā"nnivṛtte punaḥ svāmeva prakṛtiṃ" viṣayeṣvavirāgalakṣaṇāṃ "bhajate" sattvadarśī ।

96,v

kīdṛśaṃ tarhi vairāgyaṃ yuktaṃ ।

96,vi

"audāsīnyaṃ tu sarvatra tyāgopādānahānitaḥ // (pram.siddh.) 253 //

vāsīcandanakalpānāṃ vairāgyaṃ nāma kathyate /"

96,vii (PVV_96,vii_96,x)

sattvadṛṣṭyabhāvāt sarvatra viṣaye pratikūlatvānukūlatvābhyāṃ "anadhyavasite tyāgopadānayorhānito (253) vāsīcandranakalpanāṃ" vāsīcandanayoḥ kalpāḥ sadṛśā ye vāsīcandanakalpā vā ye teṣāṃ sākṣātkṛtanairātmyatattvānāmaudāsīnyamanunayapratigharahitatvaṃ "punarvairāgyaṃ nāma" āgamaprasiddhaṃ "kathyate" ।

<I. saṃskāraduḥkhabhāvāt duḥkhabhāvanā>

96,viii

nanu yadi duḥkhabhāvanayā snehādihānyā na muktiḥ tatkathaṃ bhagavatoktā duḥkhabhāvanetyāha 〈।〉

96,ix

"saṃskāraduḥkhatāṃ matvā kathitā duḥkhabhāvanā // (pram.siddh.) 254 //"

96,x

"saṃskāraduḥkhatāṃ mattvā kathitā duḥkhabhāvanā" । na hi duḥkhaduḥkhatāmabhisandhāya tadbhāvanoktā kintarhi saṃskāraduḥkhatāṃ । (254)

1.155

<a.>

96,xi (PVV_96,xi_97,iv)

saiva kimucyata ityāha 〈।〉

96,xii

"sā ca naḥ pratyayotpattiḥ sā nairātmyadṛgāśrayaḥ /"

<097>

97,i

"sā ca saṃskāraduḥkhatā no"'smākaṃ saugatānāṃ "pratyayotpatti"rhetupāratantryaṃ । "sā" pratyayotpatti"rnairātmyasya dṛśo" darśanasyā"śrayaḥ" kāraṇaṃ ।

<b.>

97,ii

tathā hi hetuphalabhūtāḥ "kṣaṇakṣayiṇo bhāvāḥ pravṛttayo nātmarūpā nāpyātmādhi"ṣṭhitā iti saṃskāraduḥkhatābhāvanā nairātmyadarśanānukūlā saiva ca muktiheturityāha 〈।〉

97,iii

"muktistu śūnyatādṛṣṭestadarthāḥ śeṣabhāvanāḥ // (pram.siddh.) 255 //"

97,iv

"muktistu śūnyatāyā" nirātmatāyā "dṛṣṭeḥ । śeṣasya" nityaduḥkhāde"rbhāvanāstadarthā" nirātmadarśanārthāḥ । (255)

1.256

<II. anityaduḥkhānātmatā>

97,v (PVV_97,v_97,ix)

"anityāt prāha tenaiva duḥkhaṃ; duḥkhānnirātmatām //"

97,vi

"tenaivā"nityaduḥkhabhāvanāyāḥ śūnyatābhāvanānukūlatvena bhagavānanityādanityatvād "duḥkhaṃ" saṃsāriskandhānāṃ hā〈nād〉 "duḥkhād duḥkhatvānnirātmatāmāha" 〈।〉 tadyathā "rūpaṃ bhikṣavo nityamanityaṃ vā । anityaṃ bhadanta । yadanityaṃ tad duḥkhaṃ sukhamvā । duḥkhambhadanta । yadanityaṃ duḥkhaṃ vipariṇāma dharmakaṃ kalpyannu tadevaṃ draṣṭuḥ etanmama eṣohamasmi eṣa me ātmeti । no hīdaṃ bhadanta ।" ityevaṃ hetuphalabhāvanenātmadarśanameva mukterupāya iti kathitaṃ । tadevācāryeṇoktaṃ 〈।〉 ukto mārgaḥ tadabhyāsādāśrayaḥ parivartata iti nāsti virodhaḥ ।

97,vii

yaḥ punarātmadarśī so'virakta eva ।

97,viii

"aviraktaśca tṛṣṇāvān sarvārambhasamāśritaḥ // (pram.siddh.) 256 //"

97,ix

"aviraktaśca tṛṣṇāvān" । hānyupādānalakṣaṇān karmaprasavahetūn "samāśritaḥ" । (256)

1.257

97,x (PVV_97,x_97,xi)

"so'muktaḥ kleśakarmabhyāṃ saṃsārī nāma tādṛśaḥ //

ātmīyameva yo necched bhoktāpyasya na vidyate // (pram.siddh.) 257 //"

97,xi

"so'muktaḥ kleśakarmabhyāṃ" ātmadarśanapravṛttikāraṇakābhyāṃ "saṃsārī nāma prasiddhaḥ tādṛśaḥ" । tadevamātmani sati nātmīyatyāgaḥ । tathā'muktirityuktaṃ । bhavatu vā'tmīyatyāgastathāpyā"tmīyameva yo necche"ttanmate'syātmīyasya "bhoktā na vidyate" । bhogyāpekṣatvāt bhoktṛtvasya (257) ।

1.258–1.163

<098>

<III. saṃsārī kleśakarmabhyāmamuktaḥ>

<(ja) satkāyadṛṣṭirmūlam>

98,i (PVV_98,i_98,ii)

"ātmā'pi na tadā tasya kriyābhogau hi lakṣaṇam /

tasmādanādisantānatulyajātīyabījikām // (pram.siddh.) 258 //

utkhātamūlāṃ kuruta satvadṛṣṭiṃ mumukṣavaḥ /"

98,ii

bhoktrabhāve "ātmāpi nā"stīti prasaṅgāt । kuta iti cet । hiryasmādasyātmanaḥ "kriyābhogau lakṣaṇaṃ" karttā bhoktā cātmocyate 〈।〉 yadā cātmīyameva nāsti । kimarthaṃ karma kartavyaṃ kimvā bhoktavyaṃ । kartṛtvabhoktṛtvābhāvādātmābhāva eva svīkṛtaḥ syāt । tasmātsatyātmani ātmīyaṃ tatsnehādisattve'nuccheda evaṃ saṃsārasya । "tasmāt" saṃsārādudvijamānā mumukṣava utkhātamūlāmuddhṛtakāraṇāṃ sattvadṛṣṭiṃ kuruta ।

98,iii (PVV_98,iii_98,v)

nanu kimasyā mūlamityāha 〈।〉

98,iv

"anādisantānastulyajātīyaḥ" pūrvapūrvasattvadarśanasvabhāvo'vidyārūpo "bījaṃ" kāraṇaṃ yasyāstāṃ (258) "sattvada"rśanamavidyāsvabhāvaṃ pūrvapūrvamuttarottarasya "sattva"darśanasya heturityarthaḥ ।

<(āgamamātreṇa na muktiḥ)>

98,v

nanūktamīśvareṇāgame'styātmā mokṣaścāsya dīkṣāvidhineti । tatkimatra cintyate tatkāraṇā vā dhīvidhistaṃ bādhate kathamityādinoktatvāt 〈।〉 atrāha 〈।〉

98,vi (PVV_98,vi_98,ix)

"āgamasya tathābhāvanibandhanamapaśyatām // (pram.siddh.) 259 //

muktimāgamamātreṇa vadanna paritoṣakṛd /"

98,vii

"āgamasya tathābhāvasya" pratipāditārthasamvāditvasya "nibandhanaṃ" hetuma"paśyatāṃ" । (259) mumukṣūṇā"māgamamātreṇa muktiṃ vadan" na "paritoṣa"kṛd bhavati ।

98,viii

"dīkṣā'kiñcitkarī" —

98,ix

nanvasti prāmāṇyanibandhanamāgamasya dīkṣāvidhispṛṣṭasyānārohadharmakatvadarśanaṃ । yathā hi bījaṃ dīkṣāvidhispṛṣṭaṃ na prarohati tathā pumānapi dīkṣito na punarbhavatītyāha 〈।〉

<099>

99,i (PVV_99,i_99,iv)

"nālaṃ bījādisaṃsiddho vidhiḥ puṃsāmajanmane // (pram.siddh.) 260 //

tailābhyaṅgāgnihāderapi mukti prasaṅgataḥ //"

99,ii

nālaṃ śakto "bījādiṣu saṃsiddho vidhirdī"kṣāyāḥ "puṃsāmajanmane" । (260) "tailābhyaṅgāgnidāhaderapi" saṃsāra"nmuktiprasaṅgataḥ" । tailenābhyaktaṃ bījamagninā ca spṛṣṭaṃ na prarohati tathā puruṣopi tailābhyaṅgāgnidāhābhyāṃ na punarbhavet ।

<I. ātmano'mūrttatve na pāpagauravalāghavam>

<a.>

99,iii

syādetat । dīkṣāyāḥ "prāk" pāpaguroruttaraṃ tulayā lāghavāt । pāpābhāvopalambha āgamaprāmāṇyanibandhanamityāha 〈।〉

99,iv

"prāg gurorlāghavāt paścānna pāpaharaṇaṃ kṛtam // (pram.siddh.) 261 //

mā bhūd gauravamevāsya na pāpaṃ gurvamūrttitaḥ //"

99,v (PVV_99,v)

prāg gurorlāghavāt paścānna pāpaharaṇaṃ kṛtaṃ । dīkṣāyāḥ "prāg guroḥ paścāllāghavāt" dīkṣayā "na pāpaharaṇa"sya dīkṣitasya kintu "gauravamevāsya kṛtaṃ" sat (261) "mā bhūdi"ti kasmānna kalpyate । lāghavaṃ hi gauravavirodhi dṛśyamānaṃ tadabhāvameva gamayet । na pāpabhāvaṃ । pāpameva gurviticet । "na pāpaṃ guru । amūrttito" mūrttatvābhāvāt । bhūrttadharmo hi gauravaṃ kathaṃ pāpasyāmūrttasya syāt ।

99,vi (PVV_99,vi_99,xii)

nanu tvatpakṣe'pi nairātmyadarśane bhūtepi kasmānna janmetyāha 〈।〉

99,vii

"mithyājñānatadudbhūtatarṣasañcetanāvaśāt // (pram.siddh.) 262 //

hīnasthānagatirjanma tatastacchinna jāyate /"

99,viii

"mithyājñānaṃ" duḥkhe viparyāsamatiḥ । "tadudbhūtastarṣo" mithyājñānaprabhavā tṛṣṇā । tābhyāṃ saṃprayukte "cetane" । tadvaśādyā "hīnasthānagati"sta"jjanme"tyuktaṃ । "atastacchit" । ajñānatṛṣṇācchedako nairātmyadarśī "na jātaye" kāraṇābhāvāt ।

99,ix

tadevāha 〈।〉

99,x

"tayoreva hi sāmarthyaṃ jātau tanmātrabhāvataḥ // (pram.siddh.) 263 //"

99,xi

"tayorevā"jñānatṛṣṇayo"rhi sāmarthyaṃ jātau" janmanimittaṃ "tanmātreṇa bhāvataḥ" ॥

99,xii

te ca dīkṣitasyāpi sta iti sa jāyate । (263)

<100>

1.264–1.270

<c.>

100,i (PVV_100,i_100,iii)

nanu karmāpi janmakāraṇamiṣṭaṃ tatkathamajñānatṛṣṇe evokte ityāha 〈।〉

100,ii

"te cetane svayaṃ karmetyakhaṇḍaṃ janmakāraṇam //

gatipratītyoḥkaraṇānyāśrayastānyadṛṣṭataḥ // (pram.siddh.) 264 //

adṛṣṭanāśādagatiḥ tatsaṃskāro na cetanā //"

100,iii

"te cetane" mithyājñānatadudbhūtarṣasaṃcetane "svaya"mātmanā pūrvaśubhāśubhakarmasaṃskārasahāye "karma" karmasvabhāve "ityakhaṇḍama"nyūnaṃ "janmakāraṇa"muktamiti na virodhaḥ । syādetad 〈।〉 "gatipratītyo"rabhimatadeśagamanasya jñānasya ca "karaṇānī"ndriyāṇi । "āśrayaḥ" kāraṇaṃ indriyebhya utpannena jñānena viṣayaṃ paricchidya pravṛtteḥ । tānīndriyāṇi "cādṛṣṭataḥ" śubhādilakṣaṇād (264) । dīkṣayā cā"dṛṣṭanāśātta"tkāryāṇāṃ kāraṇānāmanutpatterviṣayasya paricchedatṛṣṇayorabhāvāt "agati"rjanmasthāna iti nāsti punarbhavo dīkṣitasya 〈।〉 "tadadṛ"ṣṭañcātma"saṃskāro na cetanā" syāt dīkṣitasyāpi sāstīti janmāpi syāta ।

<b.>

100,iv (PVV_100,iv_100,vi)

atrāha 〈।〉

100,v

"sāmarthyaṃ karaṇotpatterbhāvābhāvānuvṛttitaḥ // (pram.siddh.) 265 //

dṛṣṭaṃ buddherna cānyasyā santi tāni nayanti kim /"

100,vi

buddhe"rbhāvābhāvānuvṛttito"'nvayavyatirekānuvṛttyā "karaṇā"nāmekasmāddeśādaparadeśasambaddhānā"mutpatteḥ" kāraṇā"tsāmārthyaṃ buddhe"rindriyajananaṃ prati(265)"dṛṣṭaṃ" nānyasya saṃskārarūpasyādṛṣṭasya tadanvayavyatirekānuvidhānānupalambhāt । sā buddhiścāsti deśāntarasambaddhakaraṇajanikā dīkṣitasyā "tatki"ntāni karaṇāni garbhasthānanna "yanti" gacchanti hetvavaikalyād bhavitavyaṃ (266) ।

<c.>

100,vii (PVV_100,vii_100,ix)

gamanenāvaśyaṃ dīkṣayopahatā buddhirdeśāntaraṃ netumindriyāṇyaśaktā cet ।

100,viii

"dhāraṇapreraṇakṣobhanirodhāścetanāvaśāḥ // (pram.siddh.) 266 //

na syusteṣāmasāmarthye tasya dīkṣādyanantaram /

atha buddhestadābhāvānna syuḥ sandhīyate malaiḥ // (pram.siddh.) 267 //"

100,ix

nanvevantasya mumukṣordī"kṣānantaraṃ" buddhera"sāmarthye teṣā"mindriyāṇāṃ svaviṣaye vyavasthāpanaṃ dhāraṇaṃ । tatrāyojanaṃ "preraṇaṃ । kṣobho" vikāraḥ । svaviṣayānnivartanaṃ <101>"nirodhaḥ" । te buddhinibandhanavṛttayo "na syuḥ" ॥ "atha buddhestadā" maraṇakāle"'bhāvānna syuḥ" dhāraṇapreraṇādayaḥ ।

101,i (PVV_101,i_101,iii)

atrāha । sandhīyate janyate "malai"rmithyājñānairmithyājñānātmasnehādibhirbuddhirmaraṇasamayepīti kuto buddhyabhāvaḥ । (267)

101,ii

"buddhesteṣāmasāmarthye jīvato'pi syurakṣamāḥ //

nirhrāsātiśayāt puṣṭau pratipakṣasvapakṣayoḥ // (pram.siddh.) 268 //

doṣāḥ svabījasantānā dīkṣite'pyanivāritāḥ //"

101,iii

"atha" malā api dīkṣayopahatasāmarthyā na buddhi sandadhati । tadā "teṣāṃ" malānāma"sāmarthye" svīkriyamāṇe "jīvatopi" dīkṣitasya malā buddhisandhānaṃ "pratyakṣamāḥ syuḥ" । dīkṣā malānāṃ bādhiketyapi mithyā । tathā pratipakṣasya nairātmyabhāvanāyāḥ svapakṣasyāyoniśomanaskārasyābhyāsāt "puṣṭau" satyāṃ doṣāṇāṃ yathākramaṃ "narhrā"sādapacayāt । "atiśayā"dabhivṛddhe (268) "rdoṣāḥ" svakīyād "bījā"ttulyajātīyakāraṇāt "santāno" yeṣāṃ te "dīkṣitepi" doṣabīje paripoṣavatya"nivāritāḥ" ।

<II. ātmano nityatve na punarjanma>

101,iv (PVV_101,iv_101,vi)

syādetad 〈।〉 ātmanopi garbhagatakaraṇādijanane vyāpāraḥ sa eva dīkṣayā niruddha iti na punarjanmetyāha 〈।〉

101,v

"nityasya nirapekṣatvāt kramotpattirvirudhyate // (pram.siddh.) 269 //

kriyāyāmakriyāyāñca kriyayoḥ sadṛśātmanaḥ //

aikyañca hetuphalayorvyatirekastatastayoḥ // (pram.siddh.) 270 //"

101,vi

nityasyānupakāryatayā "nirapekṣatvāt" karaṇādīnāṃ "krameṇotpattirvi"rudhyate samatvahetusadbhāvāt sakṛdutpādaprasakteḥ । (269) indriyādeḥ kriyāyāmakriyāyāñca sadṛśātmanastulyarūpasyātmanastayoḥ kālayoste te "virudhyete" ।

101,vii (PVV_101,vii)

yadyasau kāryakaraṇasvabhāvaḥ tadā kāryādeva "kriyāvi"rāmosya virudhyate । eva"makriyāyāmapi" vācyaṃ । kiñca 〈।〉 ātmanaḥ karmakartṛtā hetutvaṃ bhoktṛtvañca "phalaṃ" te cātmana ekarūpasya rūpe iti hetuphalābhedaprasaṅgaḥ । "vyatireko bhedastata ātmanastayoḥ" kartṛ tvabhoktṛtvayordharmayostato naikyaprasaṅga iti cet । (270 ।)

<102>

1.271–1.276

<III. nairātmye smṛtisaṃgatiḥ>

102,i (PVV_102,i_102,iv)

"kartṛbhoktṛtvahāniḥ syāt sāmarthyañca na sidhyati /"

102,ii

evaṃ "kartṛ tvabhoktṛtvāhāniḥ syāt" । ātmano'tatsvabhāvatvāt । tatsambandhāt kartā bhoktā ca । anupakṛtasya sambandhitve'tiprasaṅgāt upakṛtatvaṃ veditavyaṃ taccāśakyasādhanaṃ yasmānnityasyāvyatirekitvāt "sāmarthyañca na sidhyati" ।

102,iii

nanu yadyātmā nāsti । tadā'nyenānubhūtaṃ karma ca kṛtamanyaḥ smarati bhuḍatkte phalamiti syāttathā cātiprasaṅga ityāha 〈।〉

102,iv

"anyasmaraṇabhogādiprasaṅgaśca na bādhakāḥ // (pram.siddh.) 271 //

asmṛteḥ; kasya cit tena hyanubhūteḥ smṛtodbhavaḥ /"

102,v (PVV_102,v)

"anyasya smaraṇabhogādiprasaṅgāśca na bādhakā" bhavanti (271) asmṛteḥ । "kasyacit" smartturabhāvāt । evaṃ bhogopi nāsti bhoktrabhāvāt । "tena" hi tasmāt smartrabhāvāt kāraṇādviṣayāṇāma"nubhūteḥ" sakāśāt "smṛti"reva smṛtaṃ tasyo"dbhavaḥ" । vastudharmo hyeṣa yadanubhavaḥ paṭīyān smaraṇabījādhānadvāreṇa smaraṇaṃ janayati । śubhāśubhacetanāśca saṃskārā bhogākāraṃ samvidaṃ pravartayanti 〈।〉 tatkiṃ smartṛbhoktṛdurgraheṇa । tattadākāraḥ pratītyasamutpanno buddhiprabandha eva kevalo na tu saṃsārī nāma kaścit ॥

<h.>

102,vi (PVV_102,vi_102,viii)

yadi nāstyātmā kathaṃ sa kopadṛṣṭiḥ saṃsārapravṛttirvetyāha 〈।〉

102,vii

"sthiraṃ sukhaṃ mamāhañcetyādi satyacatuṣṭaye // (pram.siddh.) 272 //

abhūtān ṣoḍaśākārān āropya paritṛṣyati //"

102,viii

"sthirama"kṣaṇikaṃ sukhaṃ triduḥkhatāviparītaṃ mametyātmīyamahamityātmāhaṃkāraśceti duḥkhasatyasya viparītā ākārā ityādyān prati satyaṃ caturaḥ kṛtvā "ṣoḍaśākārān bhūtān" prāk yathoktabhūtākāraviparītān "satyacatuṣṭaye" (272)'ropayatīti bhrāntireva satkāyadṛṣṭiḥ svabījaprabhavā । "āro"pya ca kiñcit svasūkhasādhanañca manyamānastadarthaṃ "paritṛṣyati" । tṛṣṇayā ca janmasthānopāṃdānamiti saṃsārapravṛttiḥ ।

<103>

<gha. samyagdṛṣṭinairātmyadṛṣṭiḥ>

103,i (PVV_103,i_103,iii)

mārgaviparyayaṃ saṃsārahetumuktvā mārgamāha 〈।〉

103,ii

"tatraiva tadviruddhārthatattvākārānurodhinī // (pram.siddh.) 273 //

hanti sānucarāṃ tṛṣṇāṃ samyagdṛṣṭiḥ subhāvitā //"

103,iii

"tatra" satyacatuṣṭaya "eva myagdṛṣṭirne"rātmyadṛṣṭiḥ "tadviruddhārthatattvākārānurodhinī" (273) teṣāṃ sthirasukhādyākārāṇāmavidyāropitānāṃ viruddho'rthastasya tattvāni bhūtā ākārā anityā sukhādayaḥ ṣoḍaśākārāstānanuroddhuṃ "śīlaṃ yasyāḥ" sā tathā subhāvitā sādaranirantaradīrghakālābhyāsaprāptavaiśadyā "hanti tṛṣṇāṃ janma"hetuṃ "sānucarāṃ" mātsaryādiparivārāṃ ॥

<(ka) tṛṣṇākṣayāt mokṣaḥ>

103,iv (PVV_103,iv_103,vi)

nanu tṛṣṇākṣayepi karmadehayorjanmahetvorbhāvāt janma kiṃ na bhavatītyāha 〈।〉

103,v

"trihetornodbhavaḥ karmadehayoḥ sthitayorapi // (pram.siddh.) 274 //

ekābhāvād vinā bījaṃ nāṅkurasyeva sambhavaḥ //"

103,vi

trihetostṛṣṇākarmadehahetorjanmanastṛṣṇāyāḥ kṣaye karma"dehayoḥ sthitayorapi nodbhavaḥ" utpattirna bhavati (274) "ekābhāvāt" hetusāmagryavaikalyāt । "vinā bījaṃ" kṣityudakādibhāvepi "nāṅkurasyodbhavaḥ" ।

<a.>

103,vii (PVV_103,vii_103,ix)

nanu trihetorjanmana ekābhāvepi cedanutpattiḥ tatkiṃ karmmaṇo dehasya vā kṣayo nābhyasyate । pare cāhuḥ karmakṣayānmuktiriti । atrāha 〈।〉

103,viii

"asambhavād vipakṣasya na hāniḥ karmadehayoḥ // (pram.siddh.) 275 //

aśakyatvācca tṛṣṇāyāṃ sthitāyāṃ punarudbhavāt //"

103,ix

"asambhavādvipakṣasya na hāniḥ karmadehayorasti" । (275) "aśakyatvācca" । satyapi vā vipakṣe tadabhyāsād dehakarmanivṛttiraśakyakriyā । "tṛṣṇāyāṃ sthitāyāṃ" tatpracitasyātmagrahavato garbhasthānaparigrahe sati "punarudbhavāt" dehasya śarīri"ṇaśca" tṛṣṇayaiva pravṛttyā sarvatra śubhāśubhapravṛtteśca 〈।〉

<b.>

103,x (PVV_103,x_104,ii)

evantarhi tṛṣṇā karma ca kṣapayitavyaṃ mumukṣuṇetyāha 〈।〉

103,xi

"dvayakṣayārthaṃ yatne ca vyarthaḥ karmakṣartha śramaḥ // (pram.siddh.) 276 //"

<104>

104,i

"dvayakṣayārthaṃ yatne" kriyamāṇe "karmakṣaye vyarthaḥ śramaḥ" । tṛṣṇākṣayamātrājjanmābhāvasiddheḥ sadapi karmānupayuktamityalaṃ tatkṣayaprayāsena । na ca karmakṣayaḥ pratipakṣābhāvāt śakya ityuktaṃ ।

<(kha) akṣīṇakarmaṇo na mokṣaḥ>

104,ii

santāpakleśopabhogāt pūrvārjitakarmakṣayo'parasya cākāraṇaṃ tato muktirityapi mohaḥ । (276)

1.277

104,iii (PVV_104,iii_104,v)

tathāhi 〈।〉

104,iv

"phalavaicitryadṛṣṭeśca śaktibhedo'numīyate /

karmaṇāṃ tāpasaṃkleśāt naikarūpāt tataḥ kṣayaḥ // (pram.siddh.) 277 //"

104,v

karmaṇāṃ "phalavaicitryasya" nānāgatyupabhogyāne kavidhopakaraṇasādhyavividhasukhaduḥkhopabhogaprakārasya "dṛṣṭeśca śaktibhedaḥ" sāmarthyanānātvama"numīyate'to" nānāprakāraphalajananasāmarthyāt kāraṇā"dekarūpā"t phalā"ttāpasaṃkleśānna karmaṇāṃ kṣayaḥ" । (277)

1.278

104,vi (PVV_104,vi_104,viii)

sarveṣāṃ karmaṇāṃ tāpa eva phalamiti cet ।

104,vii

"phalaṃ kathañcit tajjanyamalpaṃ syānna vijātimat //

athā'pi tapasaḥ śaktyā śaktisaṅkarasaṃkṣayaiḥ // (pram.siddh.) 278 //"

104,viii

"tasya" karmaṇo "janyaṃ phalaṃ kathañcit" jugupsādibhiralpaṃ "syāt na" tu "vijātimat" । dānaṃ dattvā hiṃsitvā vā jugupsustayoḥ phalamalpīyo'nubhavati । kāraṇatā na vāpādānāt । na tu śubhasyaduḥkhamaśubhasya vā sukhaṃ phalaṃ bhavitumarhati ॥ "athāpi tapasaḥ śaktyā śaktisaṃkareṇa" tāpakleśamātraphalena tāni hīyante । tapaḥśaktyā karmaṇāṃ saṃkṣayeṇa vā janmābhāvaḥ । (278)

1.279–1.281

<105>

105,i (PVV_105,i_105,iii)

"kleśāt kutaściddhīyetāśeṣamakleśaleśataḥ //"

<b.>

105,ii

yacca kiñcidavaśiṣṭaṃ tat "kleśāt kutaścit" keśollu"ñcanādeḥ kṣīyate" । karmakṣayācca muktiḥ । atrāha 〈।〉

105,iii

"hīyetāśeṣamakleśaleśataḥ" । yadi tapasā karmakṣayo'śeṣaṃ karma hīyetākleśato vinaiva keśolluñcanādiduḥkhātkarmaṇaḥ kṣīṇatvādyathā nārakādi duḥkhaṃ na bhavati tathā'lpīyopi na syāt । śaktisāṃkaryepi leśataḥ santāpakleśāt kevalāt karma hīyeta । na duḥkhāntarānubandhī saṃsāraprabandhaḥ tapasvinaḥ syāt ।

105,iv (PVV_105,iv_105,v)

"yadīṣṭamaparaṃ kleśāt tat tapaḥ kleśa eva cet // (pram.siddh.) 279 //

tat karmaphalamityasmānna śakteḥ saṅkarādikam //"

105,v

tapasaḥ śaktyā śaktisaṅkarasaṃkṣayaśca tadā vaktuṃ śakyo "yadi syādiṣṭaṃ kleśādapara"manyattapo nānyathā । "kleśa eva cettattapaḥ" । (279) "tatkleśarūpaṃ" tapaḥ "karmaphalaṃ" 〈tapo'vaśeṣitasya karmaṇaḥ phalamiṣṭa〉 "mityasmātkarmaphalabhūtāttapasaḥ śaktisaṃkarādikaṃ na" yuktaṃ । ādiśabdātsaṃkṣayaśca ।

<c.>

105,vi (PVV_105,vi_105,viii)

tasya mate tu 〈।〉

105,vii

"utpitsudoṣanirghātād ye'pi doṣavirodhinaḥ // (pram.siddh.) 280 //

tajje karmāṇi śaktāḥ syuḥ kṛtahāniḥ kathaṃ bhavet //"

105,viii

utpitsostṛṣṇāde"rdoṣa"sya "nirghātāt yepi doṣavirodhino" nairātmyābhyāsādaya upāyāḥ (280) "tajje" tṛṣṇādidoṣaprabhave "karmaṇi" kāraṇavāraṇadvāreṇa vyāhantuṃ śaktā na prāgjanite tasyotpannatvāt । ataḥ "kṛtasya" karmaṇo "hāniḥ kathambhavet" ।

<d.>

105,ix (PVV_105,ix_106,i)

nanu yathā doṣebhyaḥ karma tathā karmaṇo doṣāśca bhavantītyakṣīṇakarmaṇo na syāt muktirityāha 〈।〉

105,x

"doṣā na karmaṇo duṣṭaḥ karoti na viparyayāt // (pram.siddh.) 281 //"

<106>

106,i

"doṣā na karmaṇo" bhavanti kintu doṣai"rduṣṭaḥ" prāṇī karmakaro bhavati "na viparyayāt" । nāduṣṭaḥ karma karoti nairātmyadarśinastṛṣṇābhāvāt । kvacit pravṛttinivṛttyasambhavāt । (281)

1.282

106,ii (PVV_106,ii_106,iv)

nanu karmaṇaḥ śubhāt sukhaṃ sukhādabhilāṣo'bhilāṣācca rāga iti karmaṇo doṣajanmetyāha 〈।〉

106,iii

"mithyāvikalpena vinā nābhilāṣaḥ sukhādapi /"

106,iv

yaśca "sukhādapyabhilāṣo" rāgaheturdṛśyate sa ca "mithyāvikalpena vinā" sthirasukhamadīyāhaṃkāravikalpanamantareṇa na bhavatītyāyoniśomanaskāra eva doṣahetuḥ na karma । tataḥ satyapi karmaṇyunmūlitātmadṛṣṭayo nirdoṣā nirvānti । nirvāṇañcaduḥkhanirodhalakṣaṇaṃ । duḥkhaṃ parijñāya tatsamudayaṃ mārgabhāvanayā prahāya prāpyate nānyatheti ।

106,v (PVV_106,v_106,viii)

catuḥsatyaprakāśaka eva mumukṣūṇāmupāsya iti tāyitvamuktaṃ ।

<ṅa. tāyāt sugatatvasiddhiḥ>

106,vi

tadevamanulomataḥ pramāṇabhūtāye(pasa.1.1) tyādi pañcapadāni vyākhyāya pratilomato liṅgalaiṅgikatvaṃ darśayannāha 〈।〉

106,vii

"tāyāt tattvasthirāśeṣaviśeṣajñānasādhanam // (pram.siddh.) 282 //"

106,viii

"tāyāccatuḥ"satyaprakāśalakṣaṇāt liṅgāt "tattvasthirāśeṣa"viśeṣa"jñāna"syatriguṇasya sugatatvasya "sādhanaṃ" siddhiḥ । tattvasya kṣaṇikanairātmyasya jñānāt praśastaṃ । (282)

1.283–1.284

106,ix (PVV_106,ix_106,x)

"bodhārthatvād gameḥ;"

106,x

apunarāvṛttyā ca sthiraṃ niḥśeṣaṃ viśeṣajñānaṃ triguṇaṃ sugatatvaṃ "bodhārthatvād" gamergataśabdaḥ prakṛtiḥ । na hi samvādino'sākṣātkṛtasyārthasya upadeśaḥ śakyakriyaḥ 〈।〉 na cānumānena jñātasyopadeśa iti yuktamuktaṃ । kṣaṇikatvanairātmyādiviṣayasyānumānasya bhagavadupadeśamantareṇotpattibījābhāvāt agṛhītopadeśānāmabhāvāt । na ca nityaparokṣasyārthasya sthairyādiviparyayādhyavasāyinaḥ kaścinniścayo'sti । <107> tasmātpramāṇasamvādinaḥ parokṣārthasyopadeśastatsākṣātkārapūrvaka eveti yuktaṃ tāyitvāt sugatatvānumānaṃ bhagavataḥ । sa ca bhagavān tāyaḥ sugatatvāt triguṇāt guṇānukrameṇa ।

107,i (PVV_107,i_107,ii)

"bāhyaśaikṣāśaikṣādhikastataḥ //"

107,ii

"bāhyaśaikṣāśaikṣe"bhyo'"dhikaḥ" ye laukikabhāvanāmārgeṇa vītarāgā bāhyā atatvadarśinastebhyaḥ tattvadarśitvādadhikaḥ । ye śaikṣā abāhyāḥ parihāṇidharmāṇastebhyo'punarāvṛttyā । ye cāśaikṣāḥ śrāvakā aprahīṇakleśavāsanā asākṣātkṛtasarvākāravastavastebhyo niḥśeṣapratītyā । tasmāt sugatatvāt śāsanaṃ śāstṛtvamanumīyate ।

107,iii (PVV_107,iii_107,v)

ki punaḥ śāsanamityāha 〈।〉

107,iv

"parārthajñānaghaṭanaṃ tasmāt tacchāsanaṃ tataḥ // (pram.siddh.) 283 //

dayāparārthataṃtratvaṃ ;"

107,v

"tacchāsanaṃ" kāraṇe kāryopacārāt "parārthaṃ yajjñānaṃ" sugatatvaṃ tadarthaṃ "ghaṭanaṃ" vyāyāmaḥ । buddhatvasādhanamārgābhyāsa ityarthaḥ । na hyupāyamantareṇopeyasambhavaḥ । "tataḥ" śāsanād (283) "dayāparārthatantratvaṃ" parārthapradhānatvaṃ jagaddhitaiṣitvamanumīyate ityarthaḥ ।

107,vi (PVV_107,vi_107,viii)

nanu nāvaśyaṃ kāruṇikasya mokṣamārgābhyāsaḥ । "svārthabuddhyāpi bāhyānāmiva" sambhavāt tatkathamupāyābhyāsāddayānumānamityāha 〈।〉

107,vii

"siddhārthasyā'virāmataḥ //"

107,viii

"siddhārthasya" niṣpannamokṣalakṣaṇātmasamvādasyāpi sugatasya khaḍgādivat parārthakriyāto"'virāmato"'nivṛtteḥ phalāvasthāyāndayāsadbhāvāddhetvavasthāyāmapi tasyāstitvamanumānañca ।

107,ix (PVV_107,ix_107,xiv)

jagaddhitaiṣitvasya sugatatvaśāstṛtvatāyitvasahitasya prāmāṇyasādhanatvamāha 〈।〉

107,x

"dayayā śreya ācaṣṭe;"

107,xi

yato "dayayā" jagaddhitaiṣitvena "śreya ācaṣṭe" । nirdayastu visamvādanābhiprāyopi brūyāt ।

107,xii

sadayopyabhūtamajño vaktītyāha 〈।〉

107,xiii

"jñānāt satyaṃ sasādhanam // (pram.siddh.) 284 //"

107,xiv

"jñānā"t sugatatvāt bhūtamācaṣṭe । tacca jñānaṃ "sasādhanaṃ" vidyamānopāyābhyāsaṃ vidyamānaśāstṛtvamityarthaḥ । (284)

1.285–1.287

107,xv (PVV_107,xv_108,i)

"taccābhiyogavān vaktuṃ yatastasmāt pramāṇatā //"

<108>

108,i

"tacca" satyacatuṣṭayaṃ vineyānāṃ "vaktumabhiyogaḥ" sādarasatatapravṛttistadvān tāyī cetyarthaḥ । "tasmāt" kāruṇikatvāt sugatatvāt śāstṛtvāt tāyitvācca bhagavataḥ "pramāṇatā" yathopadarśitārthasamvādakatā'nyairajñātacatuḥsatyārthaprakāśakatā vā'numīyata ityarthaḥ ।

108,ii (PVV_108,ii_108,v)

evañcānumānānumeyavyavahāre sthite prāmāṇyāttāyitvaṃ hitaiṣitvādupāyābhyāsācca sugatatvambhavatītyuktaṃ ।

<(7) saṃvādakatvāt bhagavān pramāṇam>

108,iii

kasmātpunaranekaguṇasambhārasambhavepi prāmāṇyenaiva bhagavataḥ stutirityāha 〈।〉

108,iv

"upadeśatathābhāvastutistadupadeśataḥ // (pram.siddh.) 285 //

pramāṇatatvasidhyarthaṃ;"

108,v

"upadeśasya tathābhāvaḥ" samvādakatvaṃ prāmāṇyaṃ । tena "stuti"rācāryeṇa kṛtā । tasya bhagavata "upadeśataḥ" (285) "pramāṇa"sya "tattvaṃ" lakṣaṇaṃ ta"tsidhya"rthaṃ bhagavaddeśanāyāḥ"pramāṇaviniścayo" notprekṣāmātreṇetyākhyātumityarthaḥ ।

<a.>

108,vi (PVV_108,vi_108,viii)

nanu "nīlasamaṅgī puruṣo nīlaṃ jānāti no tu nīlami"ti bruvatā bhagavatā pratyakṣaṃ darśitaṃ । anumānaṃ noktaṃ । kathamāgamāt pratyetavyamityāha 〈।〉

108,vii

"anumāne'pyavāraṇāt /

prayogadarśanād vā'sya;"

108,viii

"anumānepyavāraṇādi"ṣṭirdarśitā । "śūnyāḥ parapravādā"(tasa.3590) ityādinā śābdādereva "niṣedhāt prayoga"sya parārthānumānarūpasya "darśanādvāgame'syā"numānasya nirdeśaḥ kṛta eva "bhagavatā" 〈।〉

108,ix (PVV_108,ix_109,iii)

tameva prayogamāha 〈।〉

108,x

"yat kiñcidudayātmakam // (pram.siddh.) 286 //

nirodhadharmakaṃ sarvaṃ tadityādāvanekadhā //"

<109>

109,i

"yatkiñcidudayātmakaṃ" (286) "tatsarvaṃ nirodhadharmakamityādāvāgamavākye'nekadhā" svabhāvādiliṅgajamanekaprakāramanumānaṃ duśyate ।

<b.>

109,ii

kathaṃ punaranenānumānamuktamityāha 〈।〉

109,iii

"anumānāśrayo liṅgamavinābhāvalakṣaṇam // (pram.siddh.) 287 //

vyāptipradarśanāddhetoḥ sādhyenoktañca tat sphuṭam //"

109,iv (PVV_109,iv_109,vi)

"anumānasyāśrayaḥ" kāraṇaṃ "liṅga"mvaktavyamanumānanirdeśārthamanyathā'śakyatvāt ।

109,v

kiṃ lakṣaṇamityāha 〈।〉 "avinābhāvaḥ" sādhyāvyabhicāritvaṃ "tallakṣaṇaṃ" yasya tattathā । (287) sa cāvinābhāvo liṅgaṃ lakṣaṇaṃ "heto"rudayadharmakatvasya "sādhyena" nirodhadharmakatvena "vyāpteḥ pradarśanāt yatkiñcidudayadharmakaṃ tatsarvaṃ nirodhadharmakami"(dhvaya.pa.180.11)tyādinā "sphuṭaḥ" pravyakto darśita〈ḥ ।〉

109,vi

ityanumānaprāmāṇyanirdeśopi bhagavadupajñameva 〈।〉 tadevaṃ bhagavāneva pramāṇabhūtastāyī mumukṣubhirupāsyo netara iti darśanārthamācāryeṇa "tasya stutirukteti yuktaṃ" ॥

<ācāryamanorathanandikṛtāyāṃ pramāṇāvarttikavṛttau prathamaḥ paricchedaḥ ॥>

2

<dvitīyaḥ paricchedaḥ>

<pratyakṣam>

2.0

<110>

prathamaparicchedena pramāṇasāmānyalakṣaṇaṃ vyavasthāpya viśeṣalakṣaṇamākhyātuṃ dvitīyaparicchedārambhaḥ ।

<2.1. pramāṇasaṃkhyāvipratipattinirāsaḥ>

2.1–2.2

110,i (PVV_110,i_110,iii)

vipratipattayaścātra saṃkhyālakṣaṇagocaraphalaviṣayāḥ santi । tatra saṃkhyāvipratipattinirākaraṇārthamāha 〈।〉

110,ii

"mānaṃ dvividhaṃ viṣayadvaividhyāt;"

110,iii

"mānaṃ dvividhaṃ" । yattatpramāṇamavisamvāditvādajñātārthaprakāśakatvātsāmānyalakṣaṇamuktaṃ tad dvividhaṃ । pratyakṣānumānabhedena । kasmād 〈।〉 "viṣaya"sya svalakṣaṇasāmānyalakṣaṇarūpatayā "dvaividhyāt" । śābdādikamapi hi pramāṇambhavatsaviṣayaṃ vaktavyaṃ 〈।〉 viṣayaśca svasāmānyalakṣaṇādatirikto nāsti । tatastadviṣayatve pratyakṣānumānataiva । nāpi sāmānyaviśeṣātmaka ekosti viṣayaḥ । parasparaviruddhayoraikātmyāyogāt ।

110,iv (PVV_110,iv_110,v)

nanu kathaṃ viṣayadvaividhyasiddhiḥ 〈।〉 na pratyakṣānnāpyanumānato yathākramaṃ svalakṣaṇasāmānyalakṣaṇatvādanayoḥ । dvābhyāṃ dvayasiddhiriti cet ।

110,v

nanu pratyakṣasya sāmānyāviṣayatve sādhyasādhanasambandhāgrahaṇādanumānameva na syāt । sāmānyaviṣayatve ca pratyakṣatvādeva tatsiddherviphalamanumānasya prāmāṇyakalpanaṃ ।

110,vi (PVV_110,vi)

atrocyate । pratyakṣamapi svalakṣaṇaṃ viṣayīkurvat tatsambhavi vijātīyavyāvṛttyupakalpitaṃ sāmānyaṃ pṛṣṭhavikalpena niścinvattadviṣayamapi niścayaviṣayeṇa <111> ca pratyakṣaviṣayavyavasthā । evantarhi svalakṣaṇaviṣayatā na syāditi cet । na 〈।〉 sajātīyavyāvṛttatvenāpi tato niścayāt । dve ca vyāvṛttī svalakṣaṇe sto niścite ca pratyakṣabalāt । na caivamapyanumānasya vaiyarthya 〈।〉 na hi sāmānyamityeva pratyakṣaviṣayaḥ । parokṣe tasyāpravṛtteḥ । na ca yadekadā'parokṣaṃ tatsarvadā tathā । svalakṣaṇaṃ kadācidaparokṣamapyanyadā parokṣaṃ evaṃ sāmānyamapi । tato'parokṣe sāmānye gṛhītāyāṃ vyāptau parokṣe tasminnanumānavṛttiriti na kaścidvirodhaḥ । tasmāt pratyakṣatvādvā viṣayadvaividhyasiddhiḥ pratyakṣānumānābhyāṃ "vetyubhaya"thāpyupapannaṃ ।

111,i (PVV_111,i_111,iii)

viṣayadvaividhyameva kasmādityāha 〈।〉

111,ii

"śaktyaśaktitaḥ /

arthakriyāyāṃ;"

111,iii

"śaktyaśaktito'rthakriyāyāṃ" । svalakṣaṇasyārthakriyāśaktatvāt । "vijātīyavyā"vṛttyupakalpitasya ca sāmānyasyāśaktatvāt viṣayadvaividhyaṃ । na hyekasya "viruddhāvimau" dharmau yujyete । yadyanarthakriyākāri sāmānyaṃ "keśoṇḍukajñānapratibhāsi keśādyapi" sāmānyaṃ syāt ।

111,iv (PVV_111,iv_112,i)

"keśādirnnārthonarthādhimokṣataḥ // (pratyakṣa) 1 //"

111,v

na "keśādira"rthaḥ sāmānyarūpo'"narthādhimokṣataḥ" । (1) yatra hi vyavahartṝṇāmarthādhyavasāyaḥ so'rthaḥ svalakṣaṇaṃ sāmānyamvā syāt । yatra punararthabuddhireva nāsti sa kathaṃ sāmānyamucyatāṃ ।

<112>

112,i

"sadṛśāsadṛśatvācca viṣayāviṣayatvataḥ /

śabdasyānyanimittānāṃ bhāve dhīḥ sadasatvataḥ // (pratyakṣa) 2 //"

112,ii (PVV_112,ii)

"tathā tadṛśāsadṛśatvācca" viṣayadvaividhyaṃ । sadṛśaṃ sāmānyaṃ sarvavyaktisādhāraṇatvāt । asadṛśaṃ svalakṣaṇaṃ sarvato vyāvṛttatvāt । anayoścānyonyavyavacchedarūpatvāt na rāśyantaraṃ । tato yadi kalpyamānaṃ sadṛśaṃ tadā sāmānyameva tat । athāsadṛśaṃ svalakṣaṇameveti dvaividhyameva viṣayasya । tathā śabdasya viṣayāviṣayatvataśca dvaividhyaṃ । "śabdasya" viṣayaḥ "sāmānyaṃ" । aviṣayaḥ svalakṣaṇaṃ । na ca śabdaviṣayāviṣayābhyā"manyo"sti sarvasya saṃgrahāt dvaividhyameva । tathā viṣayāda"nyaṣānnimittānāṃ" manaskāravat sādguṇyasaṃketagrahaṇānāṃ "bhāve" grāhikāyā dhiyaḥ sāmānye "sattvāt" svalakṣaṇe cābhāvāt viṣayadvaividhyaṃ । yatra viṣayavyatiriktanimittasadbhāve bhavati buddhistatsāmānyaṃ 〈।〉 yatratu na bhavati tat svalakṣaṇaṃ । prakārāntarañca na sambhavatīti buddhiviṣayāviṣayatve sāmānyasvalakṣaṇataiveti dvaividhyameva viṣayasya । (2)

<2.2. satyadvayacintā>

2.3

112,iii (PVV_112,iii_112,v)

tadevārthakriyāsāmarthyādikaṃ svalakṣaṇādau yojayannāha ।

112,iv

"arthakriyāsamartha yat tadatra paramārthasat /

anyat saṃvṛtisat proktaṃ; te svasāmānyalakṣaṇo // (pratyakṣa) 3 //"

112,v

"arthakriyāyāṃ" jñānādikāyāṃ svarūpopadhānena "samarthaṃ yattadatra" vastuvicāro "paramārthasat" । evaṃ yadasadṛśaṃ śabdāviṣayo'nyanimittabhāve jñānābhāvaśca tatparamārthasat । "ato'nyada"śaktaṃ sadṛśaṃ śabdaviṣayaḥ । anyanimittabhāve buddherviṣayaśca tat "saṃvṛtisat proktaṃ" kalpanāmātravyavahāryatvāt । te paramārthasaṃvṛtī "svasāmānyalakṣaṇe" । (3)

<2.3. sāmānyatatkalyanānirāsaḥ>

2.4

112,vi (PVV_112,vi_112,vii)

"aśaktaṃ sarvamiti ced bījāderaṅkurādiṣu /

dṛṣṭā śaktiḥ;"

112,vii

svalakṣaṇasāmānyalakṣaṇe iṣṭe ॥ "sarva"marthakāritveneṣṭa"maśaktaṃ" । na kiñcit karttuṃ sama"rthamiti cet । bījādeḥ" kāraṇābhimatasyā"ṅkurādau" kāryasaṃmate "dṛṣṭā śakti"<113>rjananalakṣaṇā । bījānvayavyatirekānuvidhāyyaṅkuro dṛśyate 〈।〉 idameva kāraṇasya śaktatvaṃ yatprāgadṛṣṭasya tadbhāva eva bhāvaḥ ॥

113,i (PVV_113,i_113,ii)

"matā sā cet saṃvṛtyā;"

113,ii

sā śaktiḥ "saṃvṛtyā matā cet" kāryakāraṇabhāvo hi vyavahāramātrataḥ siddhaḥ na paramārthataḥ । na tāvatpratyakṣaṃ tadgrahaṇasamarthaṃ bījāṅkuragrāhiṇoḥ pratyakṣayoḥ svaviṣayamātravyavasthāpanāt kenānvayavyatirekagrahaṇaṃ । krameṇa dvayorgṛhītayostadbalabhāvinā smaraṇena grahaṇamiti cet ।

113,iii (PVV_113,iii)

nanu kenānvayavyatirekau gṛhītau । na pratyekaṃ bījāṅkurajñānābhyāṃ svasvaviṣayagrahaṇāt । nāpi dvābhyāṃ jñānayorjñeyayośca sāhityābhāvāt । asāhitye bījāṅkuramātrasya grahaṇaṃ nānvayavyatirekayoḥ । kramagrahaṇameva kāryakāraṇabhāvagrahaṇam । tattu ghaṭakulālayorapyasti iti cet 〈।〉 na ca kramopi kenacicchakyagrahaṇaḥpratiyogyavedanāt । pūrvāparagrahaṇamata eva nāsti svajñānena vartamānatāgrahaṇācca । kāryakāle ca kāraṇaṃ pūrvamucyate tadā ca tadeva nāsti । tadetanmṛtasyārogyaṃ । atha yadaiva bījaṃ tadaivāṅkurāt pūrvaṃ na tu paścāt asya pūrvatvaṃ sambhavati ॥

113,iv (PVV_113,iv)

nanvevaṃ pūrvatayā pratibhāsosya prāptaḥ । na caitadasti । aṅkurasāhityaṃ pūrvatvaṃ tacca gṛhyata eveti cet । tādṛśaṃ pūrvatvamanyeṣāmapyastīti tepi kāraṇāni syuḥ । kiñca 〈।〉 pūrvatvaṃ vartamānakālātprāgbhāvitvamucyate 〈।〉 tadyadi vastuno rūpaṃ tadā vartamānaṃ kadāpi na syāt । vartamānatātatprāgbhāvitvayorvirodhāt । syādetadaṅkuravartamānatāyāḥ prāgbhāvitvaṃ pūrvatvaṃ । tacca bījasya vartamānatvenāviruddhamiti na tasyābhāvaḥ । evantarhi bījagrahaṇe pūrvatāgrahaṇaṃ prāptaṃ । na ca bījasvarūpamiva pūrvatāmapi tadgrāhiṇi jñāne kaścidupalabhate ।

113,v (PVV_113,v_114,ii)

nanvāpekṣikamidaṃ pūrvatvaṃ pratiyogino'pratītau kathaṃ pratīyatāṃ । yadyevaṃ vastuno nedaṃ kevalaṃ bhāvāntarāpekṣayā vyavahriyata ityā〈yā〉taṃ 〈।〉 na hi vasturūpaṃ sati vastunināsti 〈।〉 yaccāsti tena vasturūpāvabhāsini jñāne pratibhāsitavyameva । anyathā jñānajñeyayorviṣayaviṣayitaiva na syāt 〈।〉 tasmānnādhyakṣāt kāryakāraṇatāgrahaḥ । ataśca nānumānādapi । na hi sarvadā parokṣe'nye'numānavṛttiḥ vyāptigrahaṇapūrvakatvāttasya । nāpi pratyakṣabalabhāvismaraṇaṃ tadgrahaṇapravaṇaṃ 〈।〉 na hi tatsvatantraṃ pramāṇaṃ kintu pramāṇa<114>vyāpāravyavasthāpakaṃ । yadi yathānubhavaṃ pravartate nānyathā । na ca kāryakāraṇabhāvānubhavo bhūta ityuktaṃ । ataḥ smaraṇatvamapyasya nāsti । anūbhūtavikalpanasya smaraṇatvāt 〈।〉 tato vikalpamātrametat na tato vastuvyavastheti saṃvṛttyaivāvicāritaramaṇīyayā kāryakāraṇabhāvavyavahāro na paramārthataḥ ।

114,i

"astu yathā tathā // (pratyakṣa) 4 //"

114,ii

"astu yathā tathā" । sāṃvṛtamapi kāryakāraṇabhāvamāśritya sādhyasādhanādivyavahārasamvādasampratyayāt samāpto lokavyavahāraḥ । sāṃvyavahārikañca pramāṇaṃ tāvataiva susthaṃ । (4)

2.5

<(1) sāmānyacintā>

<ka. sāmānye nārthakriyāsāmarthyam>

114,iii (PVV_114,iii_114,iv)

"sāsti sarvatra ced buddhernānvayavyatirekayoḥ /

sāmānyalakṣaṇe'dṛṣṭeḥ cakṣūrūpādibuddhivat // (pratyakṣa) 5 //"

114,iv

"sārtha"kriyā "sarvatra" svalakṣaṇe sāmānyepya"sti cet na" sāmānyalakṣaṇe । astu tāvadanyasya kāryasya "buddherapyanvayavyatireka"yoradṛṣṭeḥ । antyaṃ hi bhāvānāṃ kāryaṃ buddhiḥ । sāpi yadanvayavyatirekau nānuvidhatte 〈।〉 tasya kuto'rthakriyā । pratyakṣaṃ tāvanna "sāmānya"viṣayaṃ "svalakṣaṇa"mātrasya pratibhāsanāt । ghaṭa ityādivikalpabuddhistu sāmānyāvasāyāt tadviṣayā । sāpi samayābhogādimātrādutpatterna sāmānyānvayavyatirekānuvidhāyinī । "cakṣūrūpādibuddhivat" cakṣūrūpādijabuddheḥ । cakṣurādyanvayavyatirekānuvidhānamiva sāmarthye sati bhāvādekāpāyepyabhāvācca । naivaṃ sāmānyabuddhirābhogamātrādutpatteḥ । (5)

2.6

114,v (PVV_114,v_114,vi)

"etena samayābhogādyantaraṅgānurodhataḥ /

ghaṭotkṣepaṇasāmānyasaṃkhyādiṣu dhiyo gatāḥ // (pratyakṣa) 6 //"

114,vi

"etena" sāmānyasya jñānamātrakāryepyasāmarthyakathanena "samayābhogāde"rantaraṅgasyā"nurodhataḥ । ghaṭo"'vayavi dravyaṃ । "utkṣepaṇaṃ" karma । "sāmānyaṃ saṃkhyā" guṇaḥ samavāyaḥ "ādi" śabdātsaṃyogavibhāgādayaḥ । teṣu yā "dhiyo" vikalpikā bhavanti tā "gatā" vyākhyātāḥ । <115> na hi rūpādivyatiriktaṃ dravyaṃ । aparāparadeśijanyahastādikṣaṇād bhinnaṃ karma, vyaktivyatireki sāmānyaṃ pratyakṣabuddhāvabhāsate । vikalpabuddhirastu kalpikā । sā casaṃketasaṃskāraprabodhamātrabhāvinī nārthādhīneti na teṣāṃ sāmarthyaṃ samarthayati ॥ (6)

2.7

115,i (PVV_115,i_115,iii)

nanu yadyarthanirapekṣāṇāmanyanimittānāṃ bhāve yatra buddhistatsāmānyaṃ tadā taimirikabuddhipratibhāsinaḥ keśādayopi sāmānyaṃ stuḥ । teṣvapi dhiyo'rthanirapekṣacakṣurādimātranimittatvādityāha ।

115,ii

"keśādayo na sāmānyamanarthābhiniveśataḥ //"

115,iii

"keśādaya"staimirikapratibhāsino "na sāmānyamanarthābhiniveśataḥ" । na hi teṣu viṣayabuddhirvyavahāriṇāṃ viṣaye ca sāmānyacinteyaṃ । yadi jñeyatvenādhyavasāyābhāvānna sāmānyaṃ tadā'bhāvopyanupalabdhiviṣayaḥ "sāmānyaṃ na syāt" —

115,iv (PVV_115,iv_115,vi)

tataścānupalabdhiranumānaṃ na bhavedityāha 〈।〉

115,v

"jñeyatvena grahād doṣo nābhāveṣu prasajyate // (pratyakṣa) 7 //"

115,vi

"nābhāveṣu" sāmānyarūpatvābhāva"doṣaḥ prasajyate jñeyatvena grahāt" । yadyapyabhāve'rtharūpatāyā adhyavasāyo nāsti jñeyatayā tvasti lokasya 〈।〉 "tacca jñeyaṃ" yadarthakāri tatsāmānyameva । (7)

2.8–2.9

115,vii (PVV_115,vii_115,x)

yadi tu 〈।〉

115,viii

"teṣāmapi tathābhāve'pratiṣedhāt;"

115,ix

"teṣāṃ" taimirikagamyānāṃ keśādīnā"mapi tathābhāve" jñānāntareṇa jñeyatve samānarūpateṣyate tadā'"pratiṣedhādi"ṣṭamevāsmākaṃ । taimirikajñānagamyāḥ keśādaya iti yadā buddhyantareṇa parāmṛśyante tadā keśādayo jñeyatvena sāmānyamiṣṭā eva ॥

115,x

yadi taimirikadṛṣṭāḥ keśādayo na vastu tadā "sphuṭābhatā" na syādityāha ।

115,xi (PVV_115,xi_116,ii)

"sphuṭābhatā /

jñānarūpatayārthatvāt;"

115,xii

"jñānarūpatayā" jñānākāratayā keśādīnāmarthatvāt । svalakṣaṇatvātsphuṭābhatā ॥

115,xiii

yadi jñānākāratayā keśādayaḥ svalakṣaṇantadā sāmānyaṃ kathamityāha 〈।〉

<116>

116,i

"keśādīti matiḥ punaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 8 //

sāmānyaviṣayā;"

116,ii

"keśādīti puna"rvikalpikā "matiḥ" taimirikopalabdhakeśādyadhyavasāyinī "sāmānyaviṣayā" । ayamarthaḥ 〈।〉 taimirikadṛṣṭaṃ keśādi sāmānyarūpeṇa vyavasyantī vikalpikā buddhiradhyavasāyena viṣayeṇa sāmānyaviṣayā । taimirikadhīstu svalakṣaṇaviṣayā buddhyākārasya svalakṣaṇatvāt ॥ (8)

116,iii (PVV_116,iii_116,vii)

kintarhi nirviṣayamityāha 〈।〉

116,iv

"keśapratibhāsamanarthakam /"

116,v

taimirika"keśapratibhāsaṃ" jñāna"manartha"kambāhyakeśābhāvāt ।

116,vi

"jñānarūpatayārthatve sāmānye cet prasajyate // (pratyakṣa) 9 //"

116,vii

nanu "jñānarūpatayārthatve" keśādīti vikalpabuddhipratibhāsini "sāmānye" svalakṣaṇatā "prasajyate cet" 〈।〉 (9)

2.10

116,viii (PVV_116,viii_116,xiii)

"tatheṣṭatvādadoṣaḥ;"

116,ix

tathā jñānākāratayā sāmānyasyāpi svalakṣaṇatāyā "iṣṭatvādadoṣaḥ" ॥

<kha. sāmānyasya jñānākāratā>

116,x

kathantarhi sāmānyarūpatetyāha 〈।〉

116,xi

"artharūpatvena samānatā /"

116,xii

artharūpatvenādhyavasīyamānajñeyarūpatvena samānatā na tu buddhyākāratvena ।

<ga. vijātīyavyāvartakaṃ sāmānyam>

116,xiii

"kathaṃ punarartharūpatve"nāpi "samānate"tyāha 〈।〉

116,xiv (PVV_116,xiv_116,xv)

"sarvatra samarūpatvāt tadvyāvṛttisamāśrayāt // (pratyakṣa) 10 //"

116,xv

"sarvatra" vyaktiṣu "tadvyāvṛttisamāśrayāt" vijātīyavyāvṛttyāśrayeṇa dṛśyavikalpyaikatvādhyavasāyādupakalpitasya sāmānyasya "samarūpatvāt" sādhāraṇarūpatvādarthatvena sāmānyamucyate jñānākārasya sāmānyasya saṃprati vyatiriktasyaca pūrvaṃ pratiṣedhāt ॥ (10)

<117>

2.11

117,i (PVV_117,i_117,iii)

rūpādisvabhāvamevāviśeṣeṇa sāmānyaṃ kinneṣyata ityāha 〈।〉

117,ii

"na tadvastvabhidheyatvāt sāphalyādakṣasaṃhateḥ //"

117,iii

tatsāmānyaṃ na "vasturū"pādisvabhāva"mabhidheyatvāt" । śabdadharmavat "sāmānyaṃ" śabdajñānagocaraḥ । na ca śabdaviṣayo vastu 〈।〉 kasmādityāha 〈।〉 "sāphalyādakṣasaṃhateḥ" । yadi śabdaviṣayo vastu bhavet tadā rūpādiśabdādevārthāderapi rūpādipratītau na kiñcidakṣaiḥ । na caivaṃ । tato vastuviṣayeṇendriyajñānena śabdasya na tulyaviṣayatā । tathā cāvastutaiva śābdajñānāvabhāsinaḥ sāmānyasya na rūpāditā ॥

117,iv (PVV_117,iv_117,vi)

nanu rūpādayo na śabdasya viṣayaḥ kintarhi nāmanimitte viprayuktasaṃskārasaṃjñe te vijñānād vyatirikte vaibhāṣikasyeṣṭe । tadāpi 〈।〉

117,v

"nāmādivacane vaktṛśrotṛvācyānubandhini // (pratyakṣa) 11 //"

117,vi

"nāmādivacana" iṣyamāṇe kintannāmādikaṃ vaktari śrotaryarthe vā "sambaddhama"sambaddhameva vā kvacit । sarvathā "vaktṛśrotṛvācyānubandhini" । (11)

2.12

117,vii (PVV_117,vii_117,x)

"asambandhini nāmādāvarthe syādapravarttanam //"

117,viii

"asambandhini vā nāmādau" śabdena codite"'rthe'pravartanaṃ syāda"coditatvāt ॥

117,ix

bhavatu tāvadanyasambandhini asambandhini vā nāmādāvarthe'pravartanaṃ । arthasambandhini tu kathamapravṛttiḥ । acoditatvāt ।

117,x

"sārūpyād bhrāntito vṛttirarthe cet syānna sarvadā // (pratyakṣa) 12 //

deśabhrāntiśca,"

117,xi (PVV_117,xi)

na hi devadatte pratipādite tatpitari pravṛttiḥ ॥ nimittasyārtha"sārūpyāt । tadbhrāntito'rthe" pravṛtti"ścet" sambhāvyata etat kintu "na syāt sarvadā" । na hi yamalakayorniyamena bhrāntyā' nyatra pravṛttiḥ । kadācittatrāpi darśanāt । tathā<118>"deśabhrāntiśca na" syāt । vaktṛśrotrādisambandhini niyatadeśe nāmādau pratipādite tadanyadeśe ghaṭādau sārūpyādapi na yuktā pravṛttiḥ ॥ (12)

2.13

118,i (PVV_118,i_118,v)

nanu tvanmate'pi jñānākārasyābhidheyatvātkathaṃ bāhye pravṛttirityāha 〈।〉

118,ii

"na jñāne tulyamutpattito dhiyaḥ /

tathāvidhāyāḥ;"

118,iii

"na jñāne" jñānākāre vācye'rthe'pravartanaṃ "tulyaṃ" । dhiyasta"thāvidhāyā" bahistvenādhyavasitākārāyā "utpattitaḥ" । śabdajanitā hi buddhirvastutaḥ svāṃśālambanāpyanādyavidyāvaśād bahirviṣayā vyavasīyata itiyuktamarthe pravartanaṃ ॥

118,iv

"anyatra tatrānupagamād dhiyaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 13 //"

118,v

"anyatra" nāmādiviṣayiṇi jñāne tadarthādhyavasāyāt । arthe pravartanaṃ na yuktaṃ । "nirākāra"buddhivādi "vaibhāṣika"mate bāhyārthapratibhāsāyā jñānākārāyā dhiyo'nupagamataḥ । (13)

2.14

118,vi (PVV_118,vi_118,x)

"bāhyārthapratibhāsāyā upāye vā'pramāṇātā /

vijñānavyatiriktasya;"

118,vii

yadi jñeyākārā buddhiḥ syāt syāttatpratītyā'bhimānātpravṛttirapi । apravṛttidoṣadarśanād "bāhyārthapratibhāsāyā" buddherupāye svīkāre "vā'pramāṇatā" nāmādeḥ viprayuktasaṃskārasya "vijñānavyatiriktasya" 〈।〉

118,viii

kathamityāha 〈।〉

118,ix

"vyatirekāprasiddhitaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 14 //"

118,x

"vyatirekāprasiddhitaḥ" । pratibhāsamānasyākārasya jñānatvāt । na cendriyādiṣu satsvapi vijñānakāryānutpattito'rtha iva nāmādirapi śakyavyavasthānaḥ । na hi gṛhītasaṃketasya śabdaśrutau kvacidarthāpratipattiḥ ॥ (14)

2.15

118,xi (PVV_118,xi_119,iii)

"sarvajñānārthavatvāccet svapnādāvanyathekṣaṇāt /

ayuktaṃ;"

<119>

119,i

nanvasti pramāṇaṃ "sarva"sya "jñāna"syā"rthavattvāt" । śābdamapi jñānamarthavadeva । na ca rūpādayo viṣaya iti pāriśeṣyānnāmādikameveti cet । "svapnādāvā"diśabdāt taimirikajñānādiṣva"nyathā" arthaśūnya"syekṣaṇāt" sarvajñānārthavacchābdasya nāmādiviṣayatvānumānamayuktaṃ । svapnavijñānamapi nimittaviṣayameveti cedāha 〈।〉

119,ii

"na ca saṃskārānnīlādipratibhāsataḥ // (pratyakṣa) 15 //"

119,iii

na ca "saṃskārānni"mittākhyāt svapnajñānaṃ "nīlāde"rvarṇasaṃsthānaviśeṣataḥ "pratibhāsataḥ" । na ca viprayuktasaṃsakā<?>ro varṇṇasaṃsthānaviśeṣavān ॥ (15)

2.16

119,iv (PVV_119,iv_119,viii)

nīlādirevāsāvartha iti cet 〈।〉

119,v

"nīlādyapratighātānna;"

119,vi

svapnapratibhāsi na "nīlādi" vastu "apratighātāt" । nīlādayo "hyarthāḥ" svadeśe padārthāntarasya vyāghātakāḥ svapnopalabdhāstu naivaṃ । pihitadvārāvavarakodarasuptasthānāntaragamanā〈t〉 hastiyūthādidarśanāt ।

119,vii

kintarhi tadityāha 〈।〉

119,viii

"jñānaṃ tadyogyadeśakaiḥ /

ajñātasya svayaṃ jñānāt;"

119,ix (PVV_119,ix_119,xi)

"jñānaṃ tat" nīlādi "yogyadeśakaiḥ" svapnāyamānena samānadeśaiḥ puruṣāntarai"rajñā"tasya svayaṃ "jñānāt" । svayamvedyamasāmānyamiti jñānalakṣaṇaṃ । tacca svapnadṛṣṭanīlādiṣu vyaktaṃ ।

119,x

"nāmādyetena varṇitam // (pratyakṣa) 16 //"

119,xi

"etena" svapnadṛṣṭasya jñānatvasādhanena "nāmādi varṇṇitaṃ" । nāmādikamapi tanna bhavati yogyadeśakairajñātasya svayaṃ jñānāt jñānaṃ tat । tasmānnāstyarthaḥ sāmānyabuddhiriti । (16)

2.17

119,xii (PVV_119,xii_119,xiv)

api ca 〈।〉

119,xiii

"saiveṣṭārthavatī kena cakṣurādimatiḥ smṛtā /

arthasāmarthyadṛṣṭeścedanyat prāptamanarthakam // (pratyakṣa) 17 //"

119,xiv

yaiva rūpādiviṣayatve"neṣṭā saiva" cakṣurādimati"rarthavatī kena" hetunā "matā । artha"sya rūpā"deścakṣurādimati"janane "sāmarthyadṛṣṭeścet । anya"sāmānyaviṣayaṃ <120> vikalpajñāna"manarthakaṃ prāptaṃ" 〈।〉 na hi yathā cakṣurādibuddherarthavyatirekād vyatirekaḥ tathā sāmānyabuddhervyatirekaḥ । ābhogamātreṇa bhāvāt ॥ (17)

2.18

120,i (PVV_120,i_120,v)

"apravṛttirasambandhepyarthasambandhavad yadi /"

120,ii

na kevalaṃ vaktṛśrotṛsambandhini"asambandhepi" nāmādāvarthe'"pravṛttiḥ" syāt । "arthasambandhavat" nāmādyarthe pravṛttyarthaṃ "yadī"ṣyate tadā atītānāgataṃ nāmādi tadabhidhāyināṃ śabdānāṃ vācyaṃ na syāt । abhūt māndhātā bhaviṣyati śaṃ kha ścakravarttīti 〈।〉

120,iii

kasmādityāha 〈।〉

120,iv

"atītānāgataṃ vācyaṃ na syādarthena tatkṣayāt // (pratyakṣa) 18 //"

120,v

"arthenātītānāgatena" saha tasya nāmādeḥ sambandhinaḥ "syāt" svarūpābhāvāt ॥ (18)

2.19

<(2) paramate doṣaḥ>

<ka. vyaktisāmānyayorbhede doṣaḥ>

120,vi (PVV_120,vi_120,viii)

atha 〈।〉

120,vii

"sāmānyagrahaṇācchabdādaprasaṃgo mato yadi /

tanna kevalasāmānyāgrahaṇād grahaṇepi vā // (pratyakṣa) 19 //"

120,viii

"śabdāt sāmānyagrahaṇāt" tatpratītyā phalavantyakṣāṇīti teṣāṃ vaiphalyasyā"prasaṅgo mato yadi" 〈।〉 tadetanna yuktaṃ 〈।〉 "kevala"sya vyaktiśūnyasya "sāmānyasyāgrahaṇāt" । vyaktivyaṃgyaṃ hi sāmānyaṃ vyañjakāgrahaṇe kathaṃ gṛhyate । kevalasya "grahaṇepi vā" । (19)

2.20

120,ix (PVV_120,ix_120,x)

"atatsamānatāvyaktī tena nityopalambhanam /

nityatvācca yadi vyaktirvyakteḥ pratyakṣatāṃ prati // (pratyakṣa) 20 //"

120,x

"atatsamānatā"vyaktī । yatpratītyā yatpratīyate tattasya sāmānyaṃ vyaṃgyañca । svatantrapratītistu na sāmānyaṃ vyaṅgyaṃ vā । "tenā"parādhīnapratītitvena "nityopalambhanaṃ" sāmānyaṃ prāptaṃ । vyaktisadasattvayorapyupalabdhiḥ syāt । svapratītau vyaktinirapekṣatvāt । tathopalabhyasvabhāvasya sāmānyasya "nityatvācca nityamupalambhanaṃ" bhavet । <121> yadi vyakterviśeṣāt vyaktirabhi"vyaktiḥ" sāmānyasya "pratyakṣatāṃ prati" pratyakṣabhāvanimittamiṣṭā । pratyakṣabhūtasāmānyaviṣayā pratītirvyañjikāyā vyakterbhavati । anyā tu sāmānyabuddhirvyañjakamantareṇāpi ॥ (20)

2.21

121,i (PVV_121,i_121,iii)

nanu 〈।〉

121,ii

"ātmani jñānajanane yacchaktaṃ śaktameva tat /

athāśaktaṃ kadāciccedaśaktaṃ sarvadaiva tat // (pratyakṣa) 21 //"

121,iii

"yatsā"mānya"mātmani" pratyakṣātmaka"jñānajanane" vyañjakavyāpārakāle "śakta"manyadāpi "śaktame"va tannityaikasvabhāvatayā'nupakāryatvāt । tataśca kevalasya sāmānyasya pratyakṣajananādakṣavaikalyaprasaṅgaḥ । "athāśaktaṃ tatkadācit" kevalādyavasthāyāścet tadā "sarvadai"vāśaktaṃ "tadu"peyaṃ ekasya svabhāvadvayāyogāt svabhāvabhedalakṣaṇatvādvastubhedasya । (21)

2.22

121,iv (PVV_121,iv_121,vi)

etadeva sphuṭayati 〈।〉

121,v

"tasya śaktiraśaktirvā yā svabhāvena saṃsthitā /

nityatvādapi kiṃ tasya kastāṃ kṣapayituṃ kṣamaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 22 //"

121,vi

tasya sāmānyasya "śaktiraśaktirvā" svaviṣayajñānajananādau "yā svabhāvena" saṃsthitā । tāṃ śaktimaśaktimvā "nityatvādaciki"tsyasyānapaneyaprācīnasvabhāvasya ko'nyaḥ "kṣapayituṃ kṣamaḥ" । (22)

2.23

121,vii (PVV_121,vii_121,viii)

"tacca sāmānyavijñānamanurundhan vibhāvyate /

nīlādyākāraleśo yaḥ sa tasmin kena nirmitaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 23 //"

121,viii

kintu yattadvyaktinirapekṣamiṣṭaṃ"tacca sāmānyavijñānamanurundhan" viṣayabhāvenānuvartamāno "yo vibhāvyate nīlādyākāraleśo'saṃ"pūrṇṇasphuṭībhāvaḥ "sa tasmin" sāmānyajñāne "kenā"rthena "nirmitaḥ" । na tāvajjātyā tasyāstadasambhavāt । nāpi vyaktyātatra tasyā apratibhāsanāt । tataśca kevalasāmānyagrāhi tat jñānamiti na yuktaṃ । viśeṣagrahaṇe cākṣavaiphalyaṃ tadavasthaṃ ॥ (23)

2.24

121,ix (PVV_121,ix_122,iv)

syādetat 〈।〉 dvividho bhāvānāṃ pratyayaḥ । pratyakṣo'pratyakṣaśca । tatra 〈।〉

<122>

122,i

"pratyakṣapratyayārthatvānnākṣāṇāṃ vyarthateti cet /"

122,ii

śabdādibhāveṣu pratyayo'pratyakṣaḥ । pratyakṣastu akṣebhya iti na tadvaiphalyaṃ । atrāha 〈।〉

122,iii

"saivaikarūpācchabdāderbhinnābhāsā matiḥ kutaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 24 //"

122,iv

"saiva" pratyakṣāpratyakṣābhāsā "bhinnābhāsā" matirekarūpāt śabdāderādiśabdād gandharasādeḥ kutaḥ । ekarūpaviṣayā ca bhinnapratibhāsā ceti viruddhaṃ । (24)

2.25

122,v (PVV_122,v_122,vii)

kiñca 〈।〉 jātirjātimato rūpād bhinnā'bhinnā vā ।

122,vi

"na jātirjātimad vyaktirūpaṃ yenāparāśrayam /

siddhaṃ; pṛthak cet kāryatvaṃ hyapekṣetyabhidhīyate // (pratyakṣa) 25 //"

122,vii

tatra na tāva"jjātirjātimadeva vyaktirūpaṃ yena" kāraṇenā"parāśrayamana"nyānuyāyi "siddhaṃ" । na hyekasyā vyakte rūpamanyatrāsti । sarvānuyāyi ca sāmānyamiṣṭaṃ vyakteḥ sakāśāt "pṛthak cetsā"mānyaṃ । asyedaṃ sāmānyamiti bhāvikasambandhānupapattiḥ । apekṣālakṣaṇaḥ sambandhaścet । "nanvapekṣeti kāryatva"mucyate tatsāmānyasya nityasyāsambhavi ॥ (25)

2.26

122,viii (PVV_122,viii_122,ix)

"niṣpatteraparādhīnamapi kāryaṃ svahetutaḥ /

sambadhyate kalpanayā kimakāryaṃ kathañcana // (pratyakṣa) 26 //"

122,ix

"kāryamapi niṣyatte"rnityatvāda"parādhīnaṃ" sarvatra nirāśaṃsaṃ vastuto na kvaci"tsambadhyate" । kevalaṃ "kalpanayā" kāraṇātmani sambadhyate । yattu "kathañcana" sāmānya"makārya tatkiṃ" kvacit sambhatsyate । (26)

2.27

122,x (PVV_122,x_122,xii)

"anyatve tadasambaddhaṃ, siddhā'to niḥsvabhāvatā /

jātiprasaṃgo'bhāvasya na;"

122,xi

tasmād 〈।〉

122,xii

vyakteḥ sakāśā"danyatve tat" sāmānya"masambaddhamato"'sya "niḥsvabhāvatā siddhā" vyaktibhyastattvānyatvābhyāṃ vyavasthāpayitumaśakyatvāt ॥ yadyapi niḥ svabhāvā jātistathāpi nā"bhāva"sya śaśaviṣāṇāderapi jāterjātirūpatāyāḥ prasaṅgaḥ । na hi yo yo'bhāvaḥ sa jātirucyate । kintu sāmānyaṃ yattanniḥsvabhāvaṃ ।

<123>

123,i (PVV_123,i_123,iii)

nanu niḥsvabhāvatve kathaṃ sāmānyamityāha 〈।〉

123,ii

"apekṣābhāvatastayoḥ // (pratyakṣa) 27 //"

123,iii

"apekṣābhāvatastayoḥ" । śābaleyāgovyāvṛttyoḥ parasparamapekṣābhāvatastadvyāvṛttireva sāmānyaṃ na śaśaviṣāṇādiḥ । na hi tadapekṣā kvacidasti । atadvyāvṛttistu niḥsvabhāvāpyanugāmipratyayahetuḥ sāmānyaṃ । abhāvatvamiva prāgabhāvādiṣu padārthatvamiva dravyādiṣu ॥ (27)

2.28

123,iv (PVV_123,iv_123,v)

"tasmādarūpā rūpāṇāṃ māśrayeṇopakalpitā /

tadviśeṣāvagāhārthairjātiḥ śabdaiḥ prakāśyate // (pratyakṣa) 28 //"

123,v

"tasmādva"stuto jā"tirarūpā" niḥsvabhāvā "rūpāṇāṃ" śābaleyādīnāṃ "nāśrayeṇopakalpitā" jātiḥ । śabdaistadviśeṣāvagāhārthaiḥ । te ca te viśeṣāśca tadvi"śeṣā"steṣāma"vagāhaḥ" pravṛttiviṣayatvena vyāpanaṃ "so'rthaḥ" prayojanaṃ yeṣāṃ taiḥ sakṛdekakāryānekapratipattyarthaṃ tadāśrayeṇopakalpitā "jāti"ratadvyāvṛttilakṣaṇā "śabdai"rabhidheyā । (28)

2.29–2.30

123,vi (PVV_123,vi_123,ix)

yadi jātirniḥsvabhāvā kathaṃ svabhāvaviśiṣṭā vyavasīyata ityāha 〈।〉

123,vii

"tasyāṃ rūpāvabhāsoyaṃ tatvenārthasya vā grahaḥ /

bhrāntiḥ sā;"

123,viii

"tasyāṃ" jātau rūpasya svabhāvasyā"vabhāso yastatvena" jātisvabhāvena "vārthasya yo gragro bhrāntiḥ sā" jāteniḥsvabhāvatvāt viśeṣātmakatvābhāvāt ।

123,ix

kintarhi bhrānterbbījamityāha 〈।〉

123,x (PVV_123,x_123,xiv)

"anādikālīnadarśanābhyāsanirmitā // (pratyakṣa) 29 //"

123,xi

"anādikālīnā"nāmanādikālikānāṃ tathābhūtādhyavasāyajñānānāma"bhyāsena nirmitā" । (29)

123,xii

yadyanyavyāvṛttiḥ sāmānyaṃ kintasya rūpamityāha 〈।〉

123,xiii

"arthānāṃ yacca sāmānyamanyavyāvṛttilakṣaṇam /

yanniṣṭhāsta ime śabdā na rūpaṃ tasya kiñcana // (pratyakṣa) 30 //"

123,xiv

"arthānāṃ" viśeṣāṇāṃ "yacca sāmānyamanyavyāvṛttilakṣaṇaṃ । yanniṣṭhā" yadviṣayā"ste ime" sāṃketikāḥ "śabdāstasya rūpaṃ" svabhāvo "na kiñcana" । vastutaḥ kalpitatvāt । (30)

2.31–2.32

123,xv (PVV_123,xv_124,ii)

nanu buddhyākāraḥ sa svabhāvaḥ sa eva tarhi sāmānyambhaviṣyatītyāha 〈।〉

<124>

124,i

"sāmānyabuddhau sāmānyenārūpāyāmavīkṣaṇāt /

arthabhrāntirapīṣyeta sāmānyaṃ sā'piḥ"

124,ii

"sāmānyabuddhāvarūpāyāṃ" grāhyarūparahitāyāmapi "sāmānyena" vijātīyavyāvṛttyupakalpitābhedenākāreṇa bhedeṣvartheṣvī"kṣaṇāt" sāmānyamapi yadvyavasthāpyate sā"pyarthabhrāntiriṣyeta" vivecakaiḥ । na hi buddhyākāraḥ "sāmānya"muktaṃ svalakṣaṇatvāt ।

124,iii (PVV_124,iii_124,iv)

"abhiplavāt // (pratyakṣa) 31 //

artharūpatayā tatvenābhāvācca na rūpiṇī /

niḥsvabhāvatayā'vācyaṃ kutaścid vacanānmatam // (pratyakṣa) 32 //"

124,iv

arthaniṣṭha"tayā" tu sāmānye gṛhyamāṇe'rthabhramaḥ । tathā buddhyākārasyārtharūpatvena vyaktiṣvabhiplavāt abhisambandhāt । "tattve"nārtharūpatve"nābhāvācca" । "na rūpiṇī" tathābhūtabāhyaviṣayavatī sāmānyabuddhiḥ ataśca । tataśca "niḥsvabhāvatayā" sāmānyaṃ bhedābhedābhyāma"vācyaṃ" vyaktibhyaḥ । svabhāvaṃ hi bhinnamabhinnaṃ vā syāt । "kutaścid"sāmānyāt bhedena "vacanāt" yadi vastusāmānyaṃ "mataṃ" । (31, 32)

2.33

124,v (PVV_124,v_124,vi)

"yadi vastuni vastūnāmavācyatvaṃ kathañcana /

naiva vācyamupādānabhedād bhedopacārataḥ // (pratyakṣa) 33 //"

124,vi

yadyevaṃ vyakterapi bhedābhedābhyāṃ vācyaṃ syāt । yasmānna "vastūnāmavācyatvaṃ kathañcana" । yathā hi sāmānyaṃ svarūpavattvāt sāmānyāntarād bhedenocyate tathā vyakterapi tattvānyatvābhyāṃ yathāsambhavamucyeta । tasmādyat kutaścidapi vastunastatvānyatvābhyāmavācyaṃ tadavastviti saviśeṣaṇo hetuḥ । athavā nirviśeṣaṇe hetau nāsiddhiḥ । yatasāmānyāntarādapi sāmānyaṃ bhedena "naiva vācyamupā"dānasya karkaśābaleyāde"rbhedā"ttadāśrayotpannabuddhyālambanā aśvatvagotvādīnāṃ "bhedasyopacārāt" । (33)

2.34

<125>

125,i (PVV_125,i_125,iii)

kiñca 〈।〉

125,ii

"atītānāgatepyarthe sāmānyavinibandhanāḥ /

śrutayo niviśante sadasaddharmaḥ kathambhavet // (pratyakṣa) 34 //"

125,iii

"atītānāgatepyarthe sāmānyanibandhanā" sāmānyāśrayāḥ "śrutayo niviśante" vyavatiṣṭhante । āsīt ghaṭo bhaviṣyatītyādayaḥ । tathā cāsato ghaṭasya sāmānyaṃ dharma ityuktaṃ syāt । tacca sāmānyaṃ "sadasato"'tītāde"rdharmaḥ kathambhavet" । na hi taikṣṇyaṃ śaśaviṣāṇasya bhavati । (34)

2.35

125,iv (PVV_125,iv_125,vi)

"upacārāt tadiṣṭaṃ ced varttamānaghaṭasya kā /

pratyāsattirabhāvena yā paṭādau na vidyate // (pratyakṣa) 35 //"

125,v

"athopacārātta"dasaddharmatva"miṣṭaṃ" sāmānyasya na vastuta iti "cet" । sati ghaṭe taddharmatādṛṣṭerasatyapi tasmin sā kalpyata ityarthaḥ ।

125,vi

nanu sāmānyasambandhino'pi ghaṭasyā"bhāve"nātītādighaṭalakṣaṇena kā "pratyāsa"ttirupacāranibandhanamasti "yā paṭādau na vidyate" yadabhāvāt ghaṭasambandhitā sāmānyasya paṭe nopacaryate 〈।〉 sādṛśyaṃ pratyāsattirita cet । tanna 〈।〉 sadasato sādṛśyābhāvāt ॥ prāk tādṛgāsīditi cet । yadāsīnna 〈tadā〉 tadupacāraḥ sambandhasya sattvāt । yadā yanāsti tadāpi na sādṛśyaṃ । sati ca kiñcidupacaryeta nāsati । (35)

2.36

125,vii (PVV_125,vii_125,ix)

kiñca 〈।〉

125,viii

"buddheraskhalitā vṛttirmukhyāropitayoḥ sadā /

siṃhe māṇavake tadvad ghoṣaṇāpyasti laukikī // (pratyakṣa) 36 //"

125,ix

"mukhyāropitayorarthayorbuddhe"rgrāṃhikāyā "askhalitā" dṛḍhā "vṛttiḥ" । "tantrāda"vṛttiśca "sadā" । yathā "siṃhe māṇavake" ca siṃhabuddheraskhalitā । skhalitā ca vṛttiriti "laukikyapi ghoṣaṇāsti" na kevalaṃ prāmāṇikī । na cātītānāgataghaṭādibuddhiḥ skhalantī jāyate yenātītānāgatavyaktidharmatā sāmānyasyāropitā syāt । (36)

2.37

<126>

126,i (PVV_126,i_126,ii)

"yatra rūḍhyā'sadarthopi janaiḥ śabdo niveśitaḥ /

sa mukhyastatra tatsāmyād gauṇonyatra skhaladgatiḥ // (pratyakṣa) 37 //"

126,ii

tasmā"dyatra" viṣaye"'sadartho" vācyarahitopi "śabdo" rūḍhyā vācakatvena "janairniveśitaḥ" saṃketitaḥ "sa mṛkhyaḥ tatrārthe । tatsāmyāt" । tadviṣayasādṛśyā"danyatra" sa śabdaḥ "skhaladvattira"dṛḍhatayā pratyayahaituḥ । "gauṇaḥ" । tataśca sadarthaviṣayatvaṃ mukhyatvaṃ asadarthaviṣayatvañcāmukhyatvamiti mukhyāgauṇalakṣaṇamapāstaṃ । saṃketavaśena niyamābhāvāt । (37)

2.38

126,iii (PVV_126,iii_126,iv)

"yathā bhāvepyabhāvākhyāṃ yathākalpanameva vā /

kuryādaśakte śakte vā pradhānādiśrutiṃ janaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 38 //"

126,iv

"yathā bhāvepi" putrādau tatkāryāsamarthatvādasatkalpe"'bhāvākhyāṃ" śaśaviṣāṇaṃ bandhyāsuta ityādikāṃ janaḥ kuryyāt । tatra bhāvepyamukhyo'bhāvaśabdaḥ । abhāve tu mukhyaḥ tathā "yathā kalpanameva" sāṃkhyādyabhimate vastuto"'śakte" pradhānādau "śakte" vā puruṣādāvanekakāryasamarthe tatsāmyāt । "pradhānādiśrutiṃ janaḥ kuryyāt" । sa pradhānaśabdo'bhāṃva eva mukhyo bhāve cāmukhyaḥ । tasmātsadasadarthaviṣayatā mukhyagauṇaviṣayateti vyabhicārilakṣaṇaṃ । (38)

2.39

126,v (PVV_126,v_127,i)

yathāsaṃketameva tu śabdavṛttiriti yukttaṃ na caitadvastuviṣa〈ya〉tve nyāyyaṃ । tathāhi 〈।〉

126,vi

"śabdebhyo yādṛśī buddhirnaṣṭe'naṣṭepi dṛśyate /

tādṛśyeva;"

126,vii

"śabdebhyo yādṛśī" yādṛśākārā "buddhiḥ naṣṭe" viṣaye । tādṛśyevānaṣṭepi viṣaye'vyāptatendriyasya "dṛśyate" । na hi śabdajanitā ghaṭabuddhirnimīlitanayanasya naṣṭe'naṣṭe vā ghaṭe viśiṣyate । tulyākāratvāt । vyāptendriyasya tu śabdaṃ śrṛṇvato yā spaṣṭā buddhiḥ sā pratyakṣaiva na śabdakṛtā । tasmādavastuviṣayaiva śābdī buddhiḥ ।

126,viii

"sadarthānāṃ naitacchotrādicetasām // (pratyakṣa) 39 //"

<127>

127,i

"sadarthānāṃ" vastuviṣayāṇāṃ tu "śrotrā"dīndriyajātānāṃ "cetasāṃ naita"dviṣayasadasattākālayoḥ sāmyaṃ śabdabuddherivārthābhāve indriyabuddheranutpatteḥ । (39)

2.40

127,ii (PVV_127,ii_127,vi)

nanu naṣṭe'naṣṭepi vastuni ye śābdo cetasī jāyete ।

127,iii

"sāmānyamātragrahaṇāt sāmānyaṃ cetasordvayoḥ //"

127,iv

tābhyāṃ "samānyamātrasya grahaṇāt" । tayo"rdvayoścetasoḥ sāmānyaṃ" sāmyaṃ "grāhya"pratibhāsakṛtamasti । etaccāyuktaṃ yasmāt 〈।〉

127,v

"tasyāpi kevalasya prāg grahaṇaṃ vinivāritam // (pratyakṣa) 40 //"

127,vi

"tasyāpi" sāmānyasya "kevalasya" vyaktiśūnyasya "grahaṇaṃ" (2.14) "prāgnivāritam" atatsamānatā'vyaktī (2.20) ityādinā (40)

2.41

<kha. vyaktisāmānyayorabhede doṣaḥ>

127,vii (PVV_127,vii_127,ix)

bhinnaṃ sāmānyaṃ niṣidhyābhinnamapi niṣeddhumāha 〈।〉

127,viii

"parasparaviśiṣṭānāmaviśiṣṭaṃ kathaṃ bhavet /

tathā dvirūpatāyāṃ vā tad vastvekaṃ kathaṃ bhavet // (pratyakṣa) 41 //"

127,ix

"parasparaviśiṣṭānāṃ" viśeṣāṇā"maviśiṣṭamabhinnaṃ rūpaṃ kathambhavet" । avaśyaṃ hi vyaktīnāṃ bhedaḥkathañcidaṅgīkarttavyaḥ । sattvarajastamasāmiva prakṛticaitanyayoriva vā'nyathā sāmānyameva na syāt । bhinnānāmabhinnasya rūpasya tattvāt । ye ca bhinnasvabhāvāste nābhinnā bhavitumarhanti viruddhatvāt । athaikasyāpi samānamasamānañca dve rūpe । tathā "dvirūpatāyāṃ tadvastvekaṃ kathambhavet" । anyo hi samānādasamānaḥ svabhāvaḥ । ataśca dve vastunī syātāṃ natvekaṃ dvirūpaṃ । (41)

2.42

127,x (PVV_127,x_128,i)

atha dvayorekaṃ tadrūpaṃ sāmānyaṃ ।

127,xi

"tābhyāṃ tadanyadeva syād yadi rūpaṃ samaṃ tayoḥ /"

127,xii

"yadi tayo"rdvayoḥ "samaṃ" samānaṃ "rūpaṃ" tadā 〈।〉 "tābhyā"mevā"nyadeva tatsyāt" ।

127,xiii

pṛthagbhūtameva sāmānyaṃ bhaviṣyati ko doṣa iti cedāha 〈।〉

127,xiv

"tayoriti na sambandho vyāvṛttistu na duṣyati // (pratyakṣa) 42 //"

<128>

128,i

"tayo"statsāmānya"miti na sambandhaḥ" । upakāryopakārakatvābhāvāt । tathāsambandhe'tiprasaṅgāt । asmanmate "tu vyāvṛttiḥ" sāmānyaṃ "na duṣyati" । atatkāryavyāvṛtteravastutvāt । anyathā'nyānanyatvapakṣokto doṣaḥ । (42)

2.43

128,ii (PVV_128,ii_128,vi)

"tasmāt samānataivāsmin sāmānye'vastulakṣaṇam /"

128,iii

yataḥ samānatvenāvastutā "tasmātsamānataivāsmin sāmā"nye'"vastulakṣaṇaṃ" yatsāmānyaṃ tadavasthitivyāptisiddheḥ । bhede'bhede ca vastutvāyogāt prakārāntarasya cābhāvāt ।

128,iv

kiñca 〈।〉

128,v

"kāryañcet tadanekaṃ syānnaśvarañca na tanmatam // (pratyakṣa) 43 //"

128,vi

sāmānyaṃ kāryamakāryamvā syāt । sambandhinīnāṃ vyaktīnāṃ "kāryañcet" prativyakti sāmānyoktā"vanekaṃ syāt" । ekañca sāmā nyamiṣṭaṃ । anekatve sāmānyarūpatānāśaḥ । "naśvarañca na tatsā"mānyaṃ "mataṃ" । kāryatvānnaśvarañca tatprāpnoti kāryatvasya nāśitvena svabhāvasya vyāpteḥ । (43)

2.44

128,vii (PVV_128,vii_128,xii)

kiñca 〈।〉

128,viii

"vastumātrānubandhitvād vināśasya na nityatā /"

128,ix

"vastu"mātrā"nubandhitvāt nāśasya" vastuno"na nityatā" syāt । anityatāvirahe tu vastuvirahopi vyāpyābhāvasya vyāpakābhāvaniyatatvāt ।

128,x

atha dvitīyaḥ pakṣaḥ । tadā 〈।〉

128,xi

"asambandhaśca jātīnāmakāryatvādarūpatā // (pratyakṣa) 44 //"

128,xii

"akāryatvāt" jātīnāṃ svavyaktibhiḥ saha sambandhaśca na syāt । kāryakāraṇabhāvābhāve tasyedamiti sambandhasyānutpattirityuktaṃ kāryatvaṃ hyapekṣetyabhidhīyate (2.25) ityatrāntare'"kāryatvājjātīnāmarūpa"tā niḥsvabhāvatā । utpadyamānaṃ hi sasvabhāvaṃ bhavennetarat । niyāmakābhāvena svabhāvābhāvaprasaṅgāt । (44)

2.45

128,xiii (PVV_128,xiii_129,ii)

śābdapratyayasyāvastuviṣayatāyāmupapattyantaramāha 〈।〉

<129>

129,i

"yacca vastubalājjñānaṃ jāyate tadapekṣate /

na saṅketaṃ na sāmānyabuddhiṣvetad vibhāvyate // (pratyakṣa) 45 //"

129,ii

"yacca" jñānamindriyajaṃ "vastuno rūpāderbbalājjāyate tanna saṃketamapekṣate," bālabadhirāderapi bhāvāt । "sāmānyabuddhiṣu tvetat saṃketānapekṣatvaṃ na vibhāvyate" saṃketagrahaṇasmaraṇāpekṣatvāt । tasmānna vastubalabhāvinyastāḥ । tathātve satīndriyārthasannipāte kṣepāyogāt । (45)

2.46

129,iii (PVV_129,iii_129,iv)

"yāpyabhedānugā buddhiḥ kācid vastudvayekṣaṇe /

saṅketena vinā sārthapratyāsattinibandhanā // (pratyakṣa) 46 //"

129,iv

yāpi "saṃketena vinā vastudvayekṣaṇe" śāvaleyaṃ dṛṣṭvā bāhuleyaṃ paśyataḥ abhedānugamāt sa evāyamityabhedamadhyavasyantī buddhirutpadyate śāvaleyakarkadarśane tu notpadyate । "sā'rthānāṃ" śāvaleyādīnāmasatyapi sāmānye yā "pratyāsattire"kabuddhyādikāryatvaṃ ta"nnibandhanā" । (46)

2.47

129,v (PVV_129,v_129,vii)

sāmānyaṃ vinaikakāryataiva na syādityāha 〈।〉

129,vi

"pratyāsattirvinā jātyā yatheṣṭā cakṣurādiṣu /

jñānakāryeṣu jātirvā yayānveti vibhāgataḥ // (pratyakṣa) 47 //"

129,vii

"pratyāsattirvinā jānyā । cakṣurādirye"ṣāṃ viṣayālokamanaskārāṇāṃ teṣujñānakāryeṣu jñānahetuṣu jātyādi vinā rūpajñānaikakāryajanakatvaṃ pratyāsatti"ryatheṣṭā" । yathā vā śāvaleyādbāhuleyādīnāṃ karkādīnāñca tulye bhede "yathā" pratyāsatyā jātyantaraṃ vinaiva "vibhāgato jātiranveti" । śāvaleyabāhuleyādiṣveva gotvaṃ samavetaṃ na karkādiṣu । saivānugāmipratyayanibandhanamāstāmalaṃ jātyā । (47)

2.48

<ga. na cakṣurādibhiḥ pratyeyaṃ sāmānyam>

129,viii (PVV_129,viii_130,iii)

itaśca na vastu sāmānyaṃ 〈।〉

129,ix

"kathañcidapi vijñāne tadrūpānavabhāsataḥ /"

129,x

dṛśyatvenābhimatasya "tadrūpasya" svagrāhiṇi"vijñāne kathañcidapyanavabhāsataḥ" ।

<130>

130,i

nanu santyapīndriyāṇi nopalabhyante । tato'trānupalambhādasatvaṃ na । na hīndriyāṇi svagrāhiṇi jñāne pratyavabhāsamānatvāt santīṣyante 〈।〉 kintarhi 〈।〉 satsvapi viṣayamanaskārādiṣu kadācitpravartate jñānaṃ kadācinneti vyabhicārabalādatīndriyāṇi kānicidindriyavyapadeśyāni vyavasthāpyante ।

130,ii

"yadi nāmendriyāṇāṃ syād draṣṭā bhāseta tadvapuḥ // (pratyakṣa) 48 //

rūpavatvāt;"

130,iii

yadi tvatīndriyāṇāmatīndriyadarśī draṣṭā nāma syāt । "bhāseta" rūpavatvātteṣāmindriyāṇāṃ "vapuḥ" । (48)

2.49

130,iv (PVV_130,iv_130,v)

"na jātīnāṃ kevalānāmadarśanāt /

vyaktigrahe ca tacchrabdarūpādanyanna dṛśyate // (pratyakṣa) 49 //"

130,v

"jātī"nāntu duśyābhimatānāṃ "kevalānāṃ" vyaktisvarūpavyatiriktānāma"darśanādabhāva" eva । "vyaktigrahe" tasyā vyakteḥ । "śabdasya" gaurityasya "rūpādanyat" sāmānyaṃ "na dṛśyate" । (49)

2.50

130,vi (PVV_130,vi_130,vii)

"jñānamātrārthakaraṇepyayogyamat eva tat /

tadayogyatayā'rūpaṃ taddhyavastuṣu lakṣaṇam // (pratyakṣa) 50 //"

130,vii

"ata evā"dṛśyamānatvāt "jñānamātra"syārthasyārthakriyāyāḥ "karaṇepyayogyameva tat" । antyā hīyaṃ bhāvānāmarthakriyā yaduta svajñānajananaṃ । tatrāpya"yogyatayā" tatsāmānyama"rūpaṃ" niḥsvabhāvaṃ । hiryasmāt sarvārthakriyāyāmaśaktatva"mavastuṣu lakṣaṇaṃ" sarvasāmarthyarahitaṃ hyavastviṣyate । (50)

2.51

130,viii (PVV_130,viii_130,x)

tathā ca sāmānyamiti na vastu ।

130,ix

"yathoktaviparītaṃ yat tat svalakṣaṇamiṣyate /"

130,x

"yatho"ktātsāmānyā"dviparītaṃ" yatta"tsvalakṣaṇa"mucyate । idañca vaiparītyaṃ । anabhidheyatvaṃ । tatvānyatvābhyāṃ vācyatvaṃ । asadarthapratyayāviśiṣṭapratibhāsaviṣayatvaṃ 〈।〉 asādhāraṇatvaṃ । saṃketasmaraṇānapekṣapratipattikatvaṃ । anyarūpaviviktasvarūpapratibhāsavattvaṃ 〈।〉 arthakriyākṣamatvañca । etadyuktaṃ svalakṣaṇamiṣyate । etadviparyayasyāvastutvasādhanasya sāmānyalakṣaṇatvāt ।

130,xi (PVV_130,xi_131,ii)

yaccātatkāryavyavacchedalakṣaṇamuktaṃ 〈।〉

<131>

131,i

"sāmānyaṃ trividhaṃ, tacca bhāvābhāvobhayāśrayāt // (pratyakṣa) 51 //"

131,ii

"sāmānyaṃ tacca trividhaṃ" boddhavyaṃ "bhāvābhāvobhayāśrayāt" । kiñcid bhāvopādānaṃ sāmānyaṃ yathā rūpādīn bhāvānāśritya kṛtakatvādiśabdavācyaṃ liṅgaṃ । abhāvopādānaṃ yathopalabdhilakṣaṇaprāptasyāsato'nupalabdhiranutpattimattvādi ca । taddhyabhāvāśrayaṃ sāmānyaṃ liṅgaṃ । ubhayāśrayamanupalabdhimātraṃjñeyatvādi ca bhāvābhāvasādharaṇatvāt । (51)

2.52

131,iii (PVV_131,iii_131,iv)

"yadi bhāvāśrayaṃ jñānaṃ bhāve bhāvānubandhataḥ //

noktottaratvād dṛṣṭatvād; atītādiṣu cānyathā // (pratyakṣa) 52 //"

131,iv

"yadi" kiñcitsāmānyaṃ "bhāvāśrayaṃ" tat "jñānaṃ tadbhāve" bhāvaviṣayaṃ prāpnoti । bhāvānubandhato bhāvānvayavyatirekānuvidhānāt । naitadyuktaṃ na tadvastu । abhidheyatvādinoktottaratvāt । niṣiddhaṃ hi sāmānyasya vastutvamanantarameva prapañcenetyanumānabādhitatvaṃ pratijñāyāḥ । dṛṣṭatvāt । "atītādiṣu cānyathā" vastuvyatirekeṇaivāsīd ghaṭo bhaviṣyati ceti sāmānyabuddhirutpadyate ityasiddhatāpi bhāvānubandhata iti hetoḥ । (52)

2.53

131,v (PVV_131,v_132,ii)

"bhāvadharmatvahāniśced bhāvagrahaṇapūrvakam /

tajjñānamityadoṣoyaṃ;"

131,vi

vastu vinā sāmānyabuddhyutpāde "bhāvadharmatvahāniḥ" sāmānyasya prasajyate cet । "bhāva"sya rūpāde"rgrahaṇapūrvakaṃ" tasya sāmānyasya sādhāraṇabāhyarūpatayā'dhyavasitabuddhyākāralakṣaṇasyādhyavasāyena "jñānamitya"yamavastudharmatvalakṣaṇo'doṣo "doṣo" na bhavati । na hi sāmānyaṃ rūpādiriva bhāvarūpatayā jñānaviṣaya iti bhāvadharma iṣṭaṃ ।

<132>

132,i

"meyaṃ tvekaṃ svalakṣaṇām // (pratyakṣa) 53 //"

132,ii

kintu bhāvavāsanāprabodhaprasūtavikalpakalpitatvāt । paramārthato "meyaṃ tvekaṃ svalakṣaṇaṃ" । tasyaiva rūpabuddhyutpādakatvāt । (53)

2.54

132,iii (PVV_132,iii_132,vii)

"tasmādarthakriyāsiddheḥ sadasattāvicāraṇāt //"

132,iv

"sāmānyasya" tu kalpitatvāt । sāmarthyābhāvātsvalakṣaṇamekaṃ prameyaṃ "tasmādarthakriyāsiddheḥ" । arthakriyārthibhiḥ "sadasattābhyāṃ" tasyaiva "vicāraṇāt" । asattvamapi svalakṣaṇasyaiva vicintyate ।

132,v

yadyekameva prameyaṃ tadācāryeṇa prameyadvaividhyaṃ yaduktaṃ na svasāmānyalakṣaṇābhyāmanyatprameyamastīti tad virudhyate ityāha ।

132,vi

"tasya svapararūpābhyāṃ gatermeyadvayaṃ matam // (pratyakṣa) 54 //"

132,vii

"tasya" svalakṣaṇasya pratyakṣataḥ "sva"rūpeṇānumānataḥ "pararūpeṇa" sāmānyākāreṇa "gatermeyadvayaṃ mataṃ" na tu bhūtasāmānyasya sattvāt (54) ।

<2.4. anumānacintā>

<(1) anumānasiddhiḥ>

<ka. bhrāntamanumānaṃ pramāṇām>

2.55

132,viii (PVV_132,viii_132,xi)

"ayathābhiniveśena dvitīyā bhrāntiriṣyate /"

132,ix

yā ca "dvitīyā" pararūpeṇa gati"rayathābhiniveśena bhrāntiriṣyate" sā'numānaṃ yathā'rthosti yathā vā svākārastathā nābhiniviśate kintu svākāraṃ bāhyaṃ sādhāraṇatayā manyate ।

132,x

"gatiścet pararūpeṇa na ca bhrānteḥ pramāṇatā // (pratyakṣa) 55 //"

132,xi

nanvanumānaṃ "pararūpeṇa gatiścet" tadā bhrāntireva । "na ca bhrānteḥ pramāṇate"ṣyate mṛgatṛṣṇāderiva । (55)

<133>

2.56

133,i (PVV_133,i_133,vi)

atrocyate ।

133,ii

"abhiprāyāvisaṃvādādapi bhrānteḥ pramāṇatā //

gatirapyanyathā dṛṣṭā;"

133,iii

"bhrānterapi pramāṇatā । abhiprāyasyā"rthakriyārthibhiḥ jñānagocaratayā'bhiprāyaviṣayīkṛtasyārthakriyāsamarthasyārthasya "saṃvādāt" । arthakriyārthino hi tatsādhanasamarthārthaprāpakaṃ pramāṇamicchanti । "anyathā" pararūpeṇa "gatirapi" kācidabhipretārthasamvādikā "dṛṣṭe"ti pramāṇameva ।

133,iv

nanvanumānaṃ vastveva gṛhṇat pramāṇamastu kiṃ bhrāntiriṣyate ityāha ।

133,v

"pakṣaścāyaṃ kṛtottaraḥ // (pratyakṣa) 56 //"

133,vi

"pakṣaścāyaṃ" prāgeva na tadvastu abhidheyatvādityādinā (2.11) "kṛtottaraḥ" । (56)

2.57

133,vii (PVV_133,vii_133,ix)

nanu bhrāntamapi yadyanumānaṃ pramāṇaṃ tadā sarvaiva bhrāntiḥ pramāṇaṃ syādityāha ।

133,viii

"maṇipradīpaprabhayormaṇibuddhyābhidhāvatoḥ /

mithyājñānāviśeṣepi viśeṣorthakriyāṃ prāti // (pratyakṣa) 57 //"

133,ix

"maṇipradīpayo"rye "prabhe" tayo"rmaṇibuddhyā" maṇirevāyamityadhyavasāyena tadgrahaṇārthaṃ "dhāvato mithyājñānasya" bhrāntatvasyā"viśeṣepi viśeṣo'rthakriyāmprati" । maṇiprabhāyāṃmapyadhyavasāyī maṇisādhyāmarthakriyāṃ prāpnoti । (57)

2.58

133,x (PVV_133,x_133,xi)

"yathā tathā'yathārthatvepyanumānatadābhayoḥ /

arthakriyānurodhena pramāṇatvaṃ vyavasthitam // (pratyakṣa) 58 //"

133,xi

dīpaprabhāyāntu maṇivyavasāyī tanna prāpnotīti "yathā tathā" trirūpaliṅgaja"manumānaṃ । tadā"bhañca tanna na tathā । tayoḥ svākāre bāhyadhyavasāyapravṛttatvāt ayathārthatvepi "pramāṇa"tvaṃ "vyavasthitaṃ" । viśeṣeṇāvasthita"marthakriyānurodhenā"numānameva pramāṇaṃ । paramparayā'rthādutpatteḥ tatprāpakatvāt । netaradviparyayāt । tasmātprameyadvitvaṃ gatibhedāt । (58)

2.59–2.60

133,xii (PVV_133,xii_134,i)

tayorlakṣaṇaṃ grahaṇañcākhyātumāha ।

133,xiii

"buddhiryatrārthasāmarthyādanvayavyatirekiṇī /

tasya svatatraṃ grahaṇamato'nyad vastvatīndriyam // (pratyakṣa) 59 //"

<134>

134,i

arthasāmarthyājjāyamānā buddhiryatrānvayavyatirekiṇī tatsvalakṣaṇantasya grahaṇamaparāśrayaṃ svarūpagrahaṇaṃ svajanyayā'rthasvarūpayā buddhyā sākṣāttasya grahaṇāt । ataḥ svalakṣaṇatvādanyadvastu yadanvayavyatirekau nānukaroti buddhiḥ sākṣādapratibhāsamānaṃ kevalamadhyavasāyaviṣayaḥ tatsāmānyalakṣaṇa"matīndriyaṃ" buddhiṣvapratibhāsanāt (59) ।

134,ii (PVV_134,ii_134,iv)

kathantatpratyetavyamityāha 〈।〉

134,iii

"tasyādṛṣṭātmarūpasya gateranyortha āśrayaḥ /

tadāśrayeṇa sambandhī yadi syād gamakastadā // (pratyakṣa) 60 //"

134,iv

"tasya" sāmānyasya svalakṣaṇaviśeṣeṇa svalakṣaṇavivekenā"dṛṣṭātmarūpasya" gateḥ pratīteḥ tasmāda"nyo'rtho" liṅgabhūta "āśrayaḥ" siddhinimittaṃ "yadi" tataḥ pratyetavyenānagnivyavacchedādinā "tadāśrayeṇa" ca dharmiṇā "sambandhī" sambandhavān "syāttadā gamako" nānyathā । anane sādhyapratibandho'nvayavyatirekarūpaḥ pakṣadharmatā ca liṅgasyoktā (60) ।

2.61

134,v (PVV_134,v_134,vii)

nanvanyāśrayeṇa ca svarūpapratītirbhaviṣyati tathāpi parokṣatā kathamityāha 〈।〉

134,vi

"gamakānugasāmānyarūpeṇaiva tadā gatiḥ /

tasmāt sarvaḥ parokṣortho viśeṣeṇa na gamyate // (pratyakṣa) 61 //"

134,vii

"tadā'rthā"ntarātpratītikāle "gamakaṃ" pakṣasapakṣānuyāyi liṅgaṃ । tadanuyāyinā tadvyāpakena "sāmānyarūpeṇaiva" parokṣortho gamyate । na tu sarvato vyāvṛttena viśiṣṭena rūpeṇa । "tasmātsarvaḥ parokṣo'rthaḥ" pratīyamāno "na viśeṣeṇa" kathañcid "gamyate" yena parokṣatāhāniḥ syāt । (61)

2.62

134,viii (PVV_134,viii_134,ix)

"yā ca sambandhino dharmād bhūtirdharmiṇi jñāyate /

sānumānaṃ parokṣāṇāmekāntenaiva sādhanam // (pratyakṣa) 62 //"

134,ix

"yā ca sambandhino dharmāda"nvayavyatirekato liṅgāt tadāśraye "dharmiṇi jñāyate" parokṣārthapratītiḥ । "sānumānaṃ" trirūpaliṅgaprabhavattvāt । tadevānumānaṃ "parokṣāṇāmekāntenaiva sādhanaṃ" । pratyakṣasya tatrāvṛtteḥ । (62)

2.63

134,x (PVV_134,x_134,xi)

"na pratyakṣaparokṣābhyāṃ meyasyānyasya sambhavaḥ /

tasmāt prameyadvitvena pramāṇadvitvamiṣyate // (pratyakṣa) 63 //"

134,xi

"na" ca "pratyakṣaparokṣābhyāmanyasya prameyasya sambhava" iti darśitaṃ prāk । "tasmātprameyasya dvitvena pramāṇadvitvamiṣyate" । prameyamadhigacchat pramāṇamucyate । (63)

<135>

2.64

<kha. dvitīyaṃ pramāṇamanumānam>

135,i (PVV_135,i_135,iv)

"tryekasaṃkhyānirāso vā prameyadvayadarśanāt //"

135,ii

tacca dvidhamiti tadgrāhakaṃ dvayamapi pramāṇameva ॥ "prameyadvayasya darśanāt" । "tryekasaṃkhyānirāso vā" boddhavyaḥ 〈।〉 tṛtīyādikaṃ na pramāṇaṃ tṛtīyādiprameyābhāvāt । nāpyekaṃ dvitīyasya prameyasya tenānadhigateḥ । na hi pratyakṣaṃ svalakṣaṇasāmarthyāt tadākāragrāhi jātaṃ sāmānyaṃ pratyeti kalpanāgamyatvāttasya ॥

135,iii

"ekamevāprameyatvādasataścenmataṃ ca naḥ // (pratyakṣa) 64 //"

135,iv

nanu pratyakṣa"mekameva" pramāṇamasato"'prameyatvāt" । asacca sāmānyamatrāha 〈।〉 "asato'prameyatvaṃ matañca naḥ" । (64)

2.65–2.66

135,v (PVV_135,v_135,vi)

"anekānto'prameyatve'sadbhāvasya viniścayaḥ /

tanniścayapramāṇāṃ vā dvitīyaṃ;"

135,vi

kimaniṣṭamāpadyate । svalakṣaṇameva tu pararūpeṇa gateḥ sāmānyalakṣaṇamiṣṭaṃ । tacca sadeveti kathamaprameyaṃ tatastatsādhanamapi pramāṇameva ॥ tathā'sato'"prameyatve" sādhye'sattvāditi hetura"nekāntopi" । tathā hi paralokāderasattayā cārvākeṇāpīṣyata eva kenāpi pramāṇena niścayaḥ । athavā prameyatvābhāvasyāpyasattvahetunaiva niścaya iti vyaktamanaikāntikatvaṃ । ataśca yata eva pramāṇāttasyā"bhāvasya niścaya"stadevadvitīyampramāṇamanumānaṃ nādhyakṣaṃ ।

135,vii (PVV_135,vii_135,ix)

kasmādevamityāha 〈।〉

135,viii

"nākṣajā matiḥ // (pratyakṣa) 35 //

abhāve'rthabalājjāterarthaśaktyanapekṣaṇo /

vyavadhānādibhāvepi jāyetendriyajā matiḥ // (pratyakṣa) 66 //"

135,ix

"nākṣajā mati"rabhāve viṣaye pravartate'rthasya grāhyasya balājjāteḥ । yadbalena pratyakṣaṃ pravartate tadevapratipadyate na cābhāvasya sāmarthya nāma । yadi punararthasāmarthyānapekṣaṇamasya tadā grāhyasyārthasya śaktyanapekṣaṇe tadvyavadhānādibhāvepīndriyajā matirjāyeta । na caitadasti । tato'rthasāmarthyāpekṣi nābhāvaviṣayaṃ bhavitumarhati । (65,66)

2.67

135,x (PVV_135,x_136,ii)

syādetat 〈।〉

<136>

136,i

"abhāve vinivṛttiścet pratyakṣasyaiva niścayaḥ /

viruddhaṃ saiva vā liṅgamanvayavyatirekiṇī // (pratyakṣa) 67 //"

136,ii

"pratyakṣasyaiva" pravṛttirbhāve sattvaniścayo "vinivṛttiścābhāve" niścayo na tu pramāṇāntaravṛttiriti cet । viruddhamidaṃ yaḥ pratyakṣābhāvānniścayaḥ sa pratyakṣāditi । na hi pratyakṣatanivṛttyoraikātmyaṃ tathā hyabhāvo bhāva eva syāt । bhāvopi cābhāvaḥ । na ca pratyakṣatanivṛttāvapyavaśyamabhāvaḥ । vyavadhānādiṣvarthasattvepi tasyābhāvāt । athārthānvayavyatirekānuvidhāyinī pratyakṣanivṛttirekajñānasaṃsargipadārthāntaropalabdhirūpā'bhāvaniścayahetustadā "saiva" pratyakṣanivṛttiranupalabdhyākhyā"nvayavyatirekiṇī liṅgamiti" tajjā pratītiranumānameveti kathaṃ nāpratyakṣaṃ pramāṇaṃ । (67)

2.68

<ga. pramāṇādvayasiddhiḥ>

136,iii (PVV_136,iii_136,vii)

kiñca 〈।〉

136,iv

"siddhaṃ ca paracaitanyapratipatteḥ pramādvayam /"

136,v

"paracaitanyapratipatteḥ pramāṇadvayaṃ siddhaṃ" । na hi pratyakṣādarvāgdarśanaḥ paracaitanyamavaiti । kintu svasantāne buddhipūrvakatvenopalabdhaceṣṭādidarśanāttadanumānaṃ paracittaniścayaḥ kimastītyāha 〈।〉

136,vi

"vyavahārādau pravṛtteśca siddhastadbhāvaniścayaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 68 //"

136,vii

parasparapreṣaṇādhyeṣaṇavyavahārādau "pravṛtteśca siddhaśca" tasyāḥ paracaitanyapratipatte"rbhāvaniścayaḥ" । (68)

2.69

<gha. avisaṃvādādanumānaṃ pramāṇam>

136,viii (PVV_136,viii_136,x)

nanvanumānābhimatā pratītirnāstyeveti na brūmaḥ । kintu prāmāṇye tasyāḥ vipratipadyāmaha ityāha 〈।〉

136,ix

"pramāṇamavisaṃvādāt tat kvacid vyabhicārataḥ /

nāśvāsa iti celliṅgaṃ durdṛṣṭiratadīdṛśam // (pratyakṣa) 69 //"

136,x

"pramāṇanta"danumānama"visamvādāt" । pratyakṣamapi hi samvādakatvāt pramāṇaṃ taccānumānasyāpi samānaṃ । "kvaci"cchyāmatādisādhanārthamupātte tatputrādau liṅge <137>"vyabhicārataḥ" samvāde'"nāśvāsa" iti cet । liṅgasya "durvṛṣṭi"rbhrāntiraliṅga eva liṅgabuddhistasyā etalli"ṅgamīdṛśaṃ" vyabhicāri bhavataḥ pratibhāti । na khalu trividhaṃ liṅgaṃ sādhyavyabhicāri । yacca vyabhicāri tattrividhameva na bhavati । (69)

2.70

137,i (PVV_137,i_137,iii)

etadevāha 〈।〉

137,ii

"yataḥ kadācitsiddhā'sya pratītirvastunaḥ kvacit /

tadavaśyaṃ tato jātaṃ tatsvabhāvopi vā bhavet // (pratyakṣa) 70 //"

137,iii

"yato vastuno" dhūmaśiṃśapādeḥ liṅgā"dasya" sādhyasya vahrivṛkṣādeḥ "kvaciddharmiṇi kadācida"numānakāle "pratītiḥ siddhā tad" dhūmādikaṃ "tato" vahnyādera"vaśyaṃ jātaṃ" । tacchiṃśapādikaṃ tasya vṛkṣasya "svabhāvopi vā'vaśyambhavet" । (70)

2.71

137,iv (PVV_137,iv_137,vi)

na ca kāryasvabhāvayoḥ kāraṇavyāpakavyabhicāro yasmāt 〈।〉

137,v

"svanimittāt svabhāvād vā vinā nārthasya sambhavaḥ //

yacca rūpaṃ tayordṛṣṭaṃ tedavānyatra lakṣaṇam // (pratyakṣa) 71 //"

137,vi

"svasya nimittā"tkāraṇādvinā, "svabhāvād" vyāpakādvā "vinā'rthasya" kāryasyavyāpyasya ca na "sambhavaḥ" । tadutpādyatvāttadrūpatvācca । tatastadāśrayeṇotpannā'numānapratītiravyabhicāriṇyeva "yacca tayordhū"maśiṃśapayo "rūpaṃ" sādhyakāryasvabhāvatvasyāvyabhicāranimittaṃ "dṛṣṭaṃ tadevānya"trāpi hetau "lakṣaṇaṃ" boddhavyaṃ । na ca tatputratvaṃ śyāmatvasya kāryaṃ svabhāvo vā । tato yad vyabhicāri tadaliṅgameva । (71)

2.72

<ṅa. anupalabdheḥ pratibandhaḥ>

137,vii (PVV_137,vii_137,ix)

anupalabdheravyabhicāraṃ darśayitumāha 〈।〉

137,viii

"svabhāve svanimitte vā dṛśye darśanahetuṣu /

anyeṣu satsvadṛśye ca sattā vā tadvataḥ katham // (pratyakṣa) 72 //"

137,ix

pratiṣedhasya "svabhāve" svasya niṣedhyātmano "nimitte" kāraṇe । "dṛśye" darśanayogye "darśana"sya hetuṣvindriyamanaskārādiṣvanyeṣu satsu vidyamāneṣudṛśye'nupalabhyamāne ca "tadvato" dṛśyānupalambhavato bhāvasya "sattā vā kathaṃ" yujyate । na hi "satsvanyeṣū"palambhapratyayeṣu dṛśyasya sataḥ kadācidanupalambhasambhavaḥ । <138> tasmād dṛśyānupalabdhirarthābhāva eva bhavatīti tatprabhavā'bhāvapratītiravisamvādinī । tasmātsādhyapratibaddhaliṅgaprasūtatvāt trividhaliṅgajepyanumāne nāstyanāśvāsaḥ । (72)

2.73

<ca. anumānaṃ trividham>

<cha. tatra vārvākamatanirāsaḥ>

138,i (PVV_138,i_138,v)

"aprāmāṇye ca sāmānyabuddhestallopa āgataḥ /

pretyabhāvavad;"

138,ii

evamapi "tvaprāmāṇye" sāmānyabuddheriṣyamāṇe tasya parokṣasyārthasyānumānavyavasthāpyamānasya "lopo"'bhāva "āgataḥ" । "pretyabhāvavat" paralokasyeva । yadi hi pratyakṣamekaṃ pramāṇaṃ tadā yatra tanna pravartate tasyāpyabhāva eva syāt । na caitadasti । na hi cārvāko deśāntarasthaṃ svapitaramanupalabhamānastabhāvaṃ vyavasthāpayitumarhati ।

138,iii

syādetat 〈।〉

138,iv

"akṣaistat paryāyeṇa pratīyate // (pratyakṣa) 73 //"

138,v

nopalabhyamānamevāsti kintu "paryyāyeṇa" paripāṭyā'kṣairyat "pratīyate" tadapyasti cet । pitrādayaścopalabdhā upalapsyante ceti santyeva । (73)

2.74

138,vi (PVV_138,vi_138,vii)

"tacca nendriyaśaktyādāvakṣabuddherasambhavāt /

abhāvapratipattau syād buddherjanmānimittakam // (pratyakṣa) 74 //"

138,vii

"tacca na yuktaṃ" indriyākhyāyāṃ "śaktā"vādigrahaṇādāhārādeḥ kṣudupaghātādisāmarthye ca paryyāyeṇāpīndriya"buddherasambhavādabhāvapratītau" satyāṃ pratyakṣāyā "buddherjanmānimittakaṃ syāt" । na hi dṛṣṭamātrebhyo viṣayālokamanaskāracakṣurgolakebhyo'dhyakṣajanma satsvapi teṣvabhāvāt vyatirekādatiriktaṃ kiñcidadṛśyaṃ kāraṇamiṣyate yasyendriyamiti vyapadeśaḥ । tasya paryyāyeṇāpi nādhyakṣaṃ grāhakamastītyabhāvaḥ syāt । tataścākāraṇakaṃ pratyakṣajanma prāptaṃ । ahetośca nityaṃ satvamasattvamvā syādi (1.82)tyuktaṃ ॥ (74)

2.75

<ja. pratyakṣānna sāmānyapratītiḥ>

138,viii (PVV_138,viii_139,ii)

syādetat 〈।〉 pratyakṣādeva sāmānyapratītirbhaviṣyati kimanumānenetyāha 〈।〉

<139>

139,i

"svalakṣaṇe ca pratyakṣamavikalpatayā vinā /

vikalpena na sāmānyagrahastasmistato'numā // (pratyakṣa) 75 //"

139,ii

"svalakṣaṇe ca pratyakṣamavikalpatayā pravartate sāmānyasya tu graho vikalpena vinā na" bhavati । "tataḥ" kāraṇā"ttasmin" sāmānye'numaiva vikalpikā । nādhyakṣamavikalpakaṃ ॥ (75)

2.76

139,iii (PVV_139,iii_139,v)

nanu 〈।〉

139,iv

"prameyaniyame varṇānityatā na pratīyate /

pramāṇamanyat tadbuddhirvinā liṅgena saṃbhavāt // (pratyakṣa) 76 //"

139,v

pratyakṣaṃ svalakṣaṇaviṣayamanumānaṃ sāmānyaviṣayamiti prameyasya "niyame" svīkriyamāṇe "varṇṇa"sya nīlāderviṣayasyā"nityatā"'nityatāsāmānyātmatā "na pratīyata" iti prāptaṃ । na hi sāmānyaviśeṣātmakaṃ prameyaṃ viśeṣamātraviṣayeṇādhyakṣeṇa sāmānyamātraviṣayeṇānumānena vā pratyetuṃ śakyaṃ । pratīyate cāta"stadbuddhirpramāṇamanyat" syāt । na pratyakṣaṃ sāmānyasya grahaṇāt । nāpyanumānaṃ "vinā liṅgena sambhavāt" । viśeṣasyāpi grahaṇācca । (76)

2.77

139,vi (PVV_139,vi_139,viii)

tathā 〈।〉

139,vii

"viśeṣadṛṣṭe liṅgasya sambandhasyāprasiddhitaḥ /

tatpramāṇāntaraṃ meyabahutvād bahutāpi vā // (pratyakṣa) 77 //"

139,viii

"viśeṣadṛṣṭe" pratyakṣeṇāgniṃ dṛṣṭvā kramāttameva dhūmālliṅgāt sa evāyaṃ vahniriti niścinotyanumānena । "liṅgasya sambandhāsiddhitaḥ tatpramāṇāntaraṃ"syāt । na hi tatpratyakṣaṃ liṅgaṃ balādutpatteḥ । nāpyanumānaṃ dahanadhūmaviśeṣayoḥ sambandhāgrahaṇāt । tasmāt "meyā"nāṃ pratyakṣaṃ lakṣaṇaṃ sāmānyaṃ sāmānyaviśeṣāṇāṃ "bahutvāt bahutāpi vā" (77)

2.78

139,ix (PVV_139,ix_139,x)

"pramāṇānāmanekasya vṛtterekatra vā yathā /

viśeṣadṛṣṭerekatrisaṃkhyāpoho na vā bhavet // (pratyakṣa) 78 //"

139,x

"pramāṇānāṃ syāt । anekasya" vā pramāṇasyaikatra viṣaye vṛtteḥ pramāṇabahutā syāt । <140> yathaikameva svalakṣaṇaṃ pratyakṣeṇa viśeṣadṛṣṭena cānumānena pratīyate । prameyasya dvitvagrahaṇayorniyame pramādvitvaṃ syāt nānyathā । tryekasaṃkhyāyā apoho ya uktaḥ prameyadvitvāt sa "na vā bhavet" ॥ (78)

2.79

140,i (PVV_140,i_140,v)

"viṣayāniyamādanyaprameyasya ca sambhavāt /"

140,ii

"viṣayasya" grahaṇā"niyamāt" yadā hyekenāpi pramāṇenānekaṃ gṛhyate tadā prameyadvitvepyekameva pramāṇaṃ syāt । prameyadvayā"danyasya ca" sāmānyaviśeṣasya "meyasya sambhavāt" । tryādikamvā tadgrāhakaṃ mānaṃ bhavet ।

140,iii

atrocyate 〈।〉

140,iv

"yojanād varṇasāmānye nāyaṃ doṣaḥ prasajyate // (pratyakṣa) 79 //"

140,v

vikalpakena jñānenānityatāyā "varṇṇasāmānye yojanādayaṃ" sāmānyaviśeṣātmakaprameyagrāhakapramāṇāntarābhyupagamalakṣaṇo "doṣo na prasaṃjyate" । na hi viśeṣo'nityatayā yojyate । vikalpānāmatadviṣayatvasyoktervakṣyamāṇatvācca । (79)

2.80

<jha. anityādayo nāvastudharmāḥ>

140,vi (PVV_140,vi_141,i)

nanu varṇṇasāmānyasyāvastutvāttadyojitā'nityatādayo'vastudharmāḥ syurityāha 〈।〉

140,vii

"nāvasturūpaṃ tasyaiva tathā siddhe prasādhanāt /

anyatra nānyasiddhiścenna tasyaiva prasiddhitaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 80 //"

140,viii

"nāvastuno" rūpamanityatvādi । "tasyaiva" vastunastathā'nityatvādibhirākāraiḥ "siddhe" rniścayasya prāk "prasādhanāt" । adhyavasāyānurodhena hi vikalpānāṃ viṣayavyavasthā 〈।〉 yadyapi caite svākāragrāhiṇastathāpi bāhyameva viṣayatayā vyavasthāpyante anādyabhyāsaviśeṣāt । anumānantu vastupratibaddhaliṅgaprabhavatvādyathāvasthitameva vastu vyavasyatīti vastveva kṣaṇasthitidharmakamasmātsiddhaṃ । tato nāvasturūpamanityatvādi ॥

<141>

141,i

syādetad 〈।〉 a〈nya〉 trāvastuni sāmānye'nityatādisambandhini sidhyatyanyasya vastuno'nityarūpasya na siddhiriti cet । naitadyuktaṃ "tasyaiva" vastunaḥ tasyaivānityarūpasyādhyavasāyavaśenānumānāt "prasiddhitaḥ" । (80)

2.81

<ña. liṅgadhīsaṃvādakatā>

141,ii (PVV_141,ii_141,iv)

kathaṃ punarvastvadhyavasāye'pi tatsamvādakatetyāha 〈।〉

141,iii

"yo hi bhāvo yathābhūto sa tādṛgliṅgacetasaḥ /

hetustajjā tathābhūte tasmād vastuni liṅgidhīḥ // (pratyakṣa) 81 //"

141,iv

"yo hi" sādhyadharmo "yathābhūtaḥ" kāraṇavyāpakasvabhāvaḥ"sa tādṛśaḥ" kāraṇakāryatayā vyāpakavyāpyatayā gṛhītavyāptikasya "liṅgasya cetasaḥ" paraṃparāhetuḥ ।"tajjā tasmā"lliṅgacetaso jātā । "tathābhūte vastuni" kāraṇavyāpakarūpe sādhyadharme "liṅgidhīḥ" । tasmātparaṃparayā sādhyapratibandhāt liṅgidhīḥ satyeva vastuni bhavantī tatsamvādātpramāṇameva । (81)

2.82

141,v (PVV_141,v_141,vii)

nanu liṅgamapi liṅgivatsāmānyameva । tathā dhūmaḥ kṛtakaṃ vetyeva na liṅgaṃ kintarhi vahnikāryatayā'nityatvavyāpyatayā ca gṛhītaṃ । na ca viśeṣe vyāptigrahaḥ । sāmānyañca nādhyakṣagamyaṃ । vikalpamātreṇa tatpratītāvanāśvāsaḥ । naiṣa doṣaḥ । pratyakṣeṇa kāraṇakāryayorvyāvṛttidvayaviśiṣṭayorgṛ hītayorvijātīyavyāvṛttyāśrayeṇotpannavikalpena kvacidanumānena vyāptiṃ gṛhītavataḥ paścād dhūmakṛtakatvādidarśanāttādrūpye kāryavyāpyabuddhirliṅgabuddhiḥ 〈।〉 sā ca tatpratibandhādanumānameveti nāstyanāśvāsa〈ḥ ।〉 etadevāha 〈।〉

141,vi

"liṅgaliṅgidhiyorevaṃ pāramparyeṇa vastuni /

pratibandhāt tadābhāsaśūnyayorapyavaṃcanam // (pratyakṣa) 82 //"

141,vii

liṅgaliṅgi"dhiyorevamukta"kramāt "pāramparyeṇa vastuni pratibandhātta"yorliṅga<142>liṅgino"rābhāsaḥ" sākṣāt svarūpapratibhāsaḥ । "tacchūnyayorapi" liṅgaliṅgivastuni "avañcanaṃ" samvādanaṃ । (82)

2.83

142,i (PVV_142,i_142,ii)

nanu liṅgabuddherapi liṅgibuddhitvāt pṛthak upādānamanarthakaṃ 〈।〉 nānarthakaṃ । pratyakṣamudbhūtavikalpo vā tadbuddhiriti vipratipattinirāsārthatvāt । yadi pramāṇe liṅgaliṅgidhiyau tadā pratyakṣavadabhrānte syātāmityāha 〈।〉

142,ii

"tadrūpādhyavasāyācca tayostadrūpaśūnyayoḥ /

tadrūpāvañcakatvepi kṛtā bhrāntivyavasthitiḥ // (pratyakṣa) 83 //"

142,iii (PVV_142,iii)

"tayo"rdvayoḥ "tadrūpa"sya liṅgaliṅgi"rūpa"syā"dhyavasāyāt" pravartane sati vastuni paramparayā tatpratibaddhatayā ca "tadrūpa"syā"vañcakatve" samvādakatve"pi bhrāntivyavasthitiḥ" kṛtā । kasmādityāha"tadrūpaśūnyayoḥ" । na hi liṅgaliṅgisvarūpapratibhāsinyau dhiyāvime svapratibhāse'narthe'rthādhyāvasāyena pravṛttatvāt । (83)

2.84

142,iv (PVV_142,iv_142,v)

"tasmād vastuni boddhavye vyāpakaṃ vyāpyacetasaḥ

nimittaṃ tatsvabhāvo vā kāraṇaṃ, tacca taddhiyaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 84 //"

142,v

"tasmādvastuni" vidhinā "boddhavye vyāpakaṃ" sādhyaṃ । "vyāpyacetaso" liṅgabuddhe"rnimitte" paramparayā । yasmā"tsvabhāvo" vā tad vyāpakaṃ । vyāpyasya yathānityatvaṃ kṛtakatvasya । "kāraṇa"mvā dahano "dhūmasya । tacca" vyāpyacetasa"staddhiyaḥ" svabhāvakāraṇadhiyo nimittamiti tayādhyavasitasya samvādaniyamaḥ samvāditvamevaṃ pratyakṣasyāpi prāmāṇyalakṣaṇaṃ । (84)

2.85

<(2) anupalavdhicintā>

142,vi (PVV_142,vi_143,i)

"pratiṣedhastu sarvatra sādhyate'nupalambhataḥ /

siddhiṃ pramāṇairvadatāmarthādeva viparyayāt // (pratyakṣa) 85 //"

<143>

143,i

"pratiṣedha"stu yatra sākṣānniṣedhyānupalabdhirviruddhā hyupalabdhirvā darśyate "tatra sarvatrānupalambhataḥ sādhyate" । yasmā"tpramāṇai"rarthasya "siddhiṃ vadatāmarthā"tsāmārthyā"deva viparyayā"tpramāṇābhāvādarthābhāvaḥ sidhyati । (85)

2.86

143,ii (PVV_143,ii_143,iv)

nanu viruddhādyupalabdhāvanupalambhaḥ kathaṃ niṣedhasādhaka ityāha 〈।〉

143,iii

"dṛṣṭā viruddhadharmoktistasya tatkāraṇasya vā /

niṣedhe yāpi tasyaiva sā'pramāṇatvasūcanā // (pratyakṣa) 86 //"

143,iv

dṛṣṭā viruddhadharmasyoktiryā "tasya" niṣedhyasya "tatkāraṇasya vā niṣedhe" kartavye yathā nātra śītasparśo na vā romaharṣayuktapuruṣavānayaṃ pradeśo vahneriti 〈।〉 "sāpi tasyaiva" niṣedhyasyaivā"pramāṇatvasya" pramāṇarahitatvasya "sūcanā" । viruddhasya kāraṇaviruddhatvasya copalambhena niṣedhyānupalambha eva khyāpyate । (86)

2.87–2.88

143,v (PVV_143,v_143,vi)

"anyathaikasya dharmasya svabhāvoktyā parasya tat /

nāstitvaṃ kena gamyeta;"

143,vi

"anyathaikasya" viruddhāde"rdharmasya svabhāvoktyā" sattāpratipādanena "parasya" niṣedhyasya tannāstitvaṃ sisādhayiṣitaṃ "kena" kāraṇena "gamyeta" । na hyanyasattve'parasya satvābhāvotiprasaṅgāt । aniṣiddhopalabdherabhāvāsiddheḥ ॥

143,vii (PVV_143,vii_143,x)

"virodhāccedasāvapi // (pratyakṣa) 87 //

siddhaḥ kena;"

143,viii

atha yanniṣidhyate yaccopadarśyate tayo"rvirodhāt" sahānavasthānalakṣaṇādekabhāve'nyābhāva iti "cet" । nanva"sāvapi" (87) virodhaḥ "kena" prakāreṇa "siddhaḥ" ॥

143,ix

"asahasthānāditi cet tat kuto matam //

dṛśyasya darśanābhāvāditi cet sā'pramāṇatā // (pratyakṣa) 88 //"

143,x

dvayoḥ sahānavasthānādvirodhaḥ siddha iti cet । tatsahānavasthānaṃ kuto hetormataṃ yena virodhavyavasthā ॥ avikalakāraṇasya pravartamānasya "dṛśyasyā"nyabhāve'"darśanāt" sahānavasthānagati"riti cet" । nanu yadevādarśanaṃ "sā〈'〉pramāṇatā" pramāṇarahitatā'nupalabdhirityarthaḥ । (88)

2.89

143,xi (PVV_143,xi_144,i)

"tasmāt svaśabdenoktā'pi sā'bhāvasya prasādhikā /

yasyāpramāṇaṃ sā'vācyo niṣedhastena sarvathā // (pratyakṣa) 89 //"

<144>

144,i

yasmādavaśyaṃ paramparayānupalabdhereva pratiṣedhaḥ । "tasmātsvaśabdenā"nupalambhasvarūpa vācakaśabdeno"ktā" svabhāvānupalambhādā"vapi" śabdādanuktāpi viruddhopalabdhyādau "sānu"palabdhira"bhāvasādhikā" । tasyā eva pratipādyatvāt । "yasya" tu cārvākasya sā'nupalabdhira"pramāṇaṃ" pratiṣedhe sādhye "tena sarvathā niṣedho'vācyaḥ" pratyakṣasya bhāvamātraviṣayatvāt । pramāṇāntarasya cābhāvāt । (89)

2.90

144,ii (PVV_144,ii_144,iii)

"etena tadviruddhārthakāryoktirupavarṇitā /

prayogaḥ kevalaṃ bhinnaḥ sarvatrārtho na bhidyate // (pratyakṣa) 90 //"

144,iii

"etena" svabhāva"ta"tkāraṇaviruddhopalabdhyoranupalabdhitvapratipādanena tayoḥ svabhāvatatkāraṇayorviruddhārthasya "kāryoktirupavarṇṇitā" boddhavyā । yathā nātra śītasparśo romaharṣavānvā puruṣo dhūmāditi । atrāpi niṣedhyānupalambhasya paraṃparayā pratipādanāt । upalakṣaṇañcaitad vyāpakaviruddhatatkāryopalabdhī api boddhavye । yathā nātra tuṣārasparśo vahnerdhūmāditi । etāsu svabhāvānupalabdhiviruddhopalabdhyādiṣu "prayogaḥ" śabdābhidhāvyāpāraḥ paramanupalambhopalambhapratipādakatvena bhidyate । "sarvatrārtho" niṣedhyānupalambhalakṣaṇo "na bhidyate" tasyaiva sarvatra pratipādyatvāt । (90)

2.91

144,iv (PVV_144,iv_144,v)

"viruddhaṃ tacca sopāyamavidhāyāpidhāya ca /

pramāṇoktirniṣedhe yā na sāmnāyānusāriṇī // (pratyakṣa) 91 //"

144,v

yā punardvividhenāpi virodhena viruddhamarthamabhidhā ya yaṃ kañcidarthamupadarśyate tanniṣedhyañca sahābhāvaniścayopāyena kāraṇavyāpakakāryānupalambhe vartamānama"vidhāyā"ta evā"pidhāya" ca pidhānamiva pidhānaṃ svarūpapratītivirodhitvādanupalambhaḥ । tamakṛtvā kāraṇādyanupalambhāpradarśanāttadupalambhasaṃbhāvanā na vyāhataiva । evaṃ <145> niṣedhyopalambhasambhāvanāmanivāryānyavidhinā "niṣedhe" kartavye "pramāṇoktiryā na sāmnāyānusāriṇī" । (91)

2.92

145,i (PVV_145,i_145,v)

"uktyādeḥ sarvavitpretyabhāvādipratiṣedhavat /"

145,ii

"uktyāderhetoḥ । sarvavidaḥ pretyabhāvasya" paralokasya "niṣedhavat" । yathā na sarvajñatvamasya puruṣasya vaktṛtvāt pretyabhāvo puruṣatvādityādi ।

145,iii

kasmātpunariyaṃ viruddhoktireva netyāha 〈।〉

145,iv

"atīndriyāṇāmarthānāṃ virodhasyāprasiddhitaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 92 //"

145,v

"atīndriyāṇāṃ" sārvajñaparalokādīnā"marthānāṃ" kenacit vaktṛtvādinā "virodhasyāprasiddhitaḥ" । jñānotkarṣāpakarṣayorvacanāpakarṣotkarṣādarśanādviparyayadarśanācca । (92)

2.93

145,vi (PVV_145,vi_145,vii)

"bādhyabādhakabhāvaḥ kaḥ syātāṃ yadyuktisaṃvidau /

tādṛśo'nupalabdheśced ucyatāṃ saiva sādhanam // (pratyakṣa) 93 //"

145,vii

yadi co"ktisamvidau" saha "syātāṃ ka"stayoḥ parasparaṃ "bādhyabādhakabhāvaḥ" । na hi jñānavacanayorvirodhaḥ siddhaḥ yenaikasatve'parasyābhāvaḥ । avirodhopi na siddha iticet satyaṃ kintu saṃśayepi na vaktṛtvamanaikāntikaṃ । "tādṛśaḥ" sarvajñasya "vakturanupalabdhe"rabhāvaścet "ucyatāṃ" niṣedhe sādhye saivānupalabdhiḥ"sādhanaṃ" nātrānyasya śaktiḥ । (93)

2.94

145,viii (PVV_145,viii_145,ix)

"aniścayakaraṃ proktamīdṛk kvānupalambhanam /

tannātyantaparokṣeṣu sadasattāviniścayau // (pratyakṣa) 94 //"

145,ix

kintvīdṛgatīndriyārthaviṣaya"manupalambhanamaniścayakaraṃ proktaṃ" satyapyarthe sambhavāt । "tat" tasmā"vatyantaparokṣeṣu sadasattāniścayau na sataḥ" । satyapi pramāṇāvṛtteḥ । pramāṇanivṛttāvapyarthābhāvāsiddheḥ । tasmānnānupalabdheḥ kutaścidanyasmādabhāvasiddhiḥ । kintu viruddhādeva । (94)

2.95

145,x (PVV_145,x_145,xi)

"bhinno'bhinnopi vā dharmaḥ sa viruddhaḥ prayujyate /

yathā'gnirahime sādhye sattā vā janmabādhanī // (pratyakṣa) 95 //"

145,xi

"sa ca viruddho dharmaḥ" kvacid "bhinno vā prayujyate yathāgnirahime" himābhāve "sādhye" 〈।〉 "kvacidabhinno vā yathā sattā janmano bādhanī" mahadādīnāṃ janmābhāvaprasaṅgaḥ <146> sattvāditi sattājanmanoścābhedaḥ sāṃkhyābhyupagamāducyate । na tu paramārthataḥ tādātmyaṃ viruddhayorasti । viruddhe ca sattājanmanī prāgasattayā hi abhivyaktirūpatāya lābho janmocyate । sattā tu vidyamānatā । tato yena rūpeṇa sattvaṃ na tena janma । yena ca janma tena na sattvamiti vyaktaḥ parasparaparihārasthitirvirodhaḥ । (95)

2.96

146,i (PVV_146,i_146,ii)

"yathā vastveva vastūnāṃ sādhane sādhanaṃ matam /

tathā vastveva vastūnāṃ svanivṛttau nivarttakam // (pratyakṣa) 96 //"

146,ii

"yathā" ca "vastūnāṃ" sādhyānāṃ "sādhane sādhanaṃ vastveva mataṃ" nāvastu । "tathā vastveva svasya nivṛttau vastūnāṃ nivarttakaṃ" nāvastu । (96)

2.97

146,iii (PVV_146,iii_146,iv)

"etena kalpanānyasto yatra kvacana sambhavāt /

dharmaḥ pakṣasapakṣānyataratvādirapoditaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 97 //"

146,iv

"etena" vastunaḥ sādhanatvapratipādanena "vikalpanānyasto dharmaḥ pakṣasapakṣānyataratvādi" । ādiśabdānmadupagamādiścā"poditaḥ" pratikṣipto boddhavyaḥ । tādṛśasya sādhanasya "yatra kvacana" sādhye "sambhavāt" । na hi pakṣatvaṃ sapakṣatvamvā jātiniyataṃ kintu vāñchādhīnamavastu । ataḥ samīhitasiddhau sarva sarvasya sidhyet । (97)

2.98

146,v (PVV_146,v_146,vi)

"tatrāpi vyāpako dharmo nivṛttergamako mataḥ /

vyāpyasya svanivṛttiścet paricchinnā kathañcana // (pratyakṣa) 98 //"

146,vi

"tatra vastunyapi vyāpako dharmaḥ" kāraṇaṃ svabhāvo vā । "vyāpyasya" kāryasya "svabhā"vasya "nivṛttergamako mataḥ" । vyāpakasya kāraṇasvabhāvasya svanivṛttiḥ "kathañcana" sākṣātparamparayā vā "paricchinnā" cet syāt । (98)

2.99

146,vii (PVV_146,vii_147,iii)

"yadapramāṇatābhāve liṅgaṃ tasyaiva kathyate /

tadatyantavimūḍhārthaṃ;"

146,viii

tathā yasyārthasya ekajñānasaṃsarggiṇo'"pramāṇatā" pramāṇanivṛttistasyaivā"bhāve"'bhāvavyavahāre ca sādhye sā pramāṇanivṛttiḥ svabhāvānupalambhākhyā "liṅgaṃ kathyate । tatsva"bhāvānupalabdhiliṅgama"tyantavimūḍhārtha" । ye hyanupalabhyamānamapi dṛśyamasattayā mohānna vyavaharanti tān prati vyavahārasādhakaṃ talliṅgaṃ ।

<147>

147,i

kasmātpunaramūḍhārthamapi tannetyāha 〈।〉

147,ii

"āgopālamasaṃvṛtteḥ // (pratyakṣa) 99 //"

147,iii

"āgopālama"syārthasyā"saṃvṛtte"ragūḍhatvāt prasiddherityarthaḥ । (99)

2.100

147,iv (PVV_147,iv_147,vi)

"etāvanniścayaphalamabhāvenupalambhanam /

tacca hetau svabhāve vā'dṛśye dṛśyatayā mate // (pratyakṣa) 100 //"

147,v

"etāva"ttrividham । kāraṇavyāpakasvabhā"vānupalambhanaṃ ।" abhāve'bhāvavyavahāre ca "niścayaphalaṃ" । kāraṇaviruddhopalambhādayastu kāraṇādyanupalambhopalakṣaṇatvāt trividha evāntarbhūtāḥ । "taccā"bhāvaniścayaphalatvamanupalambhasya "hetau svabhāve ca" vyāpake niṣedhyarūpe ca "dṛśyatayā" darśanayogyatayā mate'"dṛśye"'nupalabhyamāne sati nānyathā ।

147,vi

tadevaṃ trividhaliṅgajamanumānaṃ pramāṇaṃ vastusamvādāt । tatastatprasiddhasyānityatāderna vastudharmateti sthitaṃ ।(100)

2.101

147,vii (PVV_147,vii_147,ix)

nanvanityo'yaṃ varṇṇa iti svalakṣaṇe yojanā tatkathaṃ yojanādvarṇṇasāmānya(2.79) ityuktaṃ । atrāha 〈।〉

147,viii

"anumānādanityādergrahaṇe'yaṃ kramo mataḥ /

prāmāṇyameva nānyatra gṛhītagrahaṇānmatam // (pratyakṣa) 101 //"

147,ix

"anumānā"tparokṣasyā"nityāde"rdharmasya "grahaṇe" vastusāmānyamanityatvena gṛhyata ityayaṃ "kramo mataḥ" । varṇṇasāmānyañca pratyakṣataḥ siddhaṃ tadbalabhāvinā vikalpena vijātīyavyāvṛttyāśrayeṇa vyavasthāpanāt । yastu vinaśvaraṃ varṇṇaṃ dṛṣṭvā'nityo'yamiti viśeṣaviṣayaḥ anumānādanyatra । tatra "prāmāṇyameva na mataṃ gṛhītagrahaṇāt" 〈।〉 (101)

2.102

147,x (PVV_147,x_148,iv)

kathaṃ gṛhītagrāhitvamityāha 〈।〉

147,xi

"nānyāsyānityatā bhāvāt pūrvasiddhaḥ sa caindriyāt /

nānekarūpo vācyo'sau;"

<148>

148,i

"nānyā bhāvādvarṇṇāderanityatā" tasyaiva kṣaṇakṣayisvabhāvatvāt । "sa ca bhāva aindriyātpratyakṣatsiddhaḥ" । pūrva vikalpāt । tatastameva yathāgṛhītaṃ vikalpayan vikalpo gṛhītagrāhī । yata eva nānyābhāvādanityatā । ata evābhāvo'sau dharmidharmarūpatayā "nānekarūpaḥ" । tathā na "vācyo'sau" śabdānāṃ dharmidharmābhāvasya tairvacanāt । tasya ca vastunyasambhavāt ।

148,ii

kastarhi vācya ityāha 〈।〉

148,iii

"vācyo dharmo vikalpajaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 102 //"

148,iv

"vikalpajo" vijātīyāśrayeṇa vikalpakalpito "dharmaḥ" parasparaṃ yathāsaṃketamasaṃkīrṇṇaḥ śabdānāṃ "vācyaḥ" । (102)

2.103

148,v (PVV_148,v_148,vi)

"sāmānyāśrayasaṃsiddhau sāmānyaṃ siddhameva tat /

tadasiddhau tathāsyaiva hyanumānaṃ pravartate // (pratyakṣa) 103 //"

148,vi

tasmātsāmānyasyānityāderāśrayasya varṇṇādeḥ pratyakṣāt "saṃsiddhau siddhameva tatsāmānyaṃ" । yadi tvabhyāsādyabhāvādanurūpaniścayābhāvādajñānaṃ tadā pratyakṣā"ttadasiddhāvasyaiva" hi varṇṇādestathā nityatvena tadavyabhicārili"ṅgadanumānaṃ pravartate" । (103)

2.104

148,vii (PVV_148,vii_148,ix)

kasmātpunargṛhītepyaparijñānamityāha 〈।〉

148,viii

"kvacittadaparijñānaṃ sadṛśāparasambhavāt /

bhrānterapaśyato bhedaṃ māyāgolakabhedavat // (pratyakṣa) 104 //"

148,ix

"kvacida"nityatādau gṛhītepyanurūpaniścayābhāvāda"parijñānaṃ" । pūrvakṣaṇavināśakāle tatsadṛśasyāparasya "sambhavāt" । bhāvaśūnyāntarā lakṣaṇābhāvāt । sa evāyamiti bhrānteḥ sthairyagrāhiṇyāḥ kṣaṇānāṃ "bhedamapaśyato"'niścicanvataḥ puṃso dṛṣṭāntamāha 〈।〉 "māyāgolakabhedavat" । māyākāradarśitau golakau bhinnāvadhyakṣeṇa gṛhītvāpi sādṛśyāllāghavācca vipralabdhabuddhirekatvenādhyavasyati yathā tathā sthirādhyavasāyaḥ । (104)

2.105

148,x (PVV_148,x_149,i)

nanu yadi kvacinnāśo dṛśyeta tadāsyāhetukasya svabhāvatvāt kṣaṇakṣayiṣu bhāveṣu ekatābuddherbhrāntatvaṃ bhavedityāha 〈।〉

148,xi

"tathā hyaliṅgamābālamasaṃśliṣṭottarodayam /

paśyan paricchinattyeva dīpādiṃ nāśinaṃ janaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 105 //"

<149>

149,i

"tathā" hi "dīpādi" 〈।〉 ādiśabdātturaṅgadisantānavicchedakāle'"saṃśliṣṭottaro"dayamaghaṭita uttarasya udayo janma yasmin tamekasya svarasanirodhitve'parasya kāraṇābhāvāt । anutpattau "nāśinama"dhyakṣataḥ "paśyanna"liṅgaṅgamakaliṅgarahitamābālaṃ bālaparyantaṃ janaḥ "paricchinattyeva" । tataḥ prāgapi sataḥ svarasanirodhāt sadṛśāparāparakṣaṇapracaye sa evāyamiti buddhibhrāntireva । (105)

2.106

149,ii (PVV_149,ii_149,iv)

yathā 〈।〉

149,iii

"bhāvasvabhāvabhūtāyāmapi śaktau phale'dṛśaḥ /

anānantaryato moho viniśceturapāṭavāt // (pratyakṣa) 106 //"

149,iv

"bhāvasya"bījādeḥ "svabhāvabhūtāyāmapi" aṅkurādijanikāyāṃ "śaktau phale'ṅkurādau anānantaryato'dṛśo"'darśanāt "viniścetuḥ" punso'"pāṭavāt moho"'śaktabhramaḥ । tathā kṣaṇikeṣu bhāveṣu sadṛśāparāparotpatterbhāvaśūnyakṣaṇādarśanācca sthirabhramaḥ । (106)

2.107

149,v (PVV_149,v_149,vi)

"tasyaiva vinivṛtyarthamanumānopavarṇanam /

vyavasyantīkṣaṇādeva sarvākārān mahādhiyaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 107 //"

149,vi

tasyaikatvabhramasyaiva "nivṛttyartha" samvādiliṅgajasya kṣaṇikatā viṣayasyānu"mānasyopavarṇṇanaṃ" niścayāropamanasorbbādhyabādhakabhāvata (1.50) iti nyāyāt । ye tu"mahādhiyo" viparītavyavasāyānākrāntapratyakṣā yoginaste padārthasya "īkṣaṇādeva sarvānākāran vyavasyanti" niścinvanti । (107)

2.108

149,vii (PVV_149,vii_149,ix)

evañca 〈।〉

149,viii

"vyāvṛtte sarvatastasmin vyāvṛttivinibandhanāḥ /

buddhayo'rthe pravarttante'bhinne bhinnāśrayā iva // (pratyakṣa) 108 //"

149,ix

"tasminnarthe" vastuto'bhinne niraṃśe "sarvataḥ" sajātīyād vijātīyācca "vyāvṛtte" yāvattyo vyāvṛttayaḥ santi tāvad "vyāvṛttivinibandhanā" niścayātmikā "buddhayo bhinnāśrayā iva" tattadvyāvṛttimātraviṣayatvena bhinnadharmidharmmādigocarā iva "pravartante" । (108)

2.109

149,x (PVV_149,x_149,xi)

"yathācodanamākhyāśca, so'sati bhrāntikāraṇe /

pratibhāḥ pratisandhatte svānurūpāḥ svabhāvataḥ // (pratyakṣa) 109 //"

149,xi

"yathācodanaṃ" yathāsaṃketa"mākhyāḥ" śabdā"śca" pravartante । yatra vyāvṛttau yaḥ śabdo viniveśitaḥ । "sa" ca tasyāṃ niścitāyāṃ pravartate sa bhāvo'"sati bhrāntikāraṇe" yathābhyāsaṃ "svānurūpāḥ" svavyāvṛttisamucitāḥ "pratibhā" niścayabuddhīḥ "svabhāvataḥ prati<150>saṃdhatte" utpādayati । tasmādabhyāsavatāmīkṣaṇādevānityādiniścayaḥ anyeṣāntu sthirāropaṇārthamanumānamiti sthitametat । (109)

2.110

150,i (PVV_150,i_150,vi)

anye tvācāryāḥ prāhuḥ ।

150,ii

"siddho'trāpyathavā dhvaṃso liṅgādanupalambhanāt /"

150,iii

"atra" varṇṇasantānavicchedakālepi santānavicchedalakṣaṇo dhvaṃso'nityatā na bhāvasvabhāvātmikā । sa "cānupalambhanālliṅgatsiddhaḥ" । nādhyakṣād bhāvaviṣayatvāttasya ।

150,iv

kasmātpunardhvaṃso'nityatā ityāha 〈।〉

150,v

"prāg bhūtvā hyabhavadbhāvonitya ityabhidhīyate // (pratyakṣa) 110 //"

150,vi

"prāg bhūtvā hi bhāvaḥ" paścāda"bhavannanitya ityabhidhīyate" na tu bhāva ityeva । tathā dhvaṃsa evānityatā sā cānupalabdhiliṅgajā'numānagamyā । (110)

2.111

150,vii (PVV_150,vii_150,ix)

nanu prāk paścādabhāvayorvyavadhāyakaḥ sattāsambandho'nityatā na pradhvaṃsābhāva ityāha 〈।〉

150,viii

"yasyobhayāntavyavadhisattāsambandhavācinī /

anityatāśrutistena tāvantāviti kau smṛtau // (pratyakṣa) 111 //"

150,ix

"yasya" naiyāyikāderu"bhaya"sya prāk paścādabhāvasyā"nta"rasya yo "vyavadhā"yakaḥ sattā"sambandha"stadvācinyanityatā "śruti"riṣṭā "tena" vādinā "tāva"ntāviti kau"smṛtau" । (111)

2.112

150,x (PVV_150,x_150,xi)

"prāk paścādapyabhāvaścet sa evānityatā na kim /

ṣaṣṭhyādyayogāditi ced antayoḥ sa kathaṃ bhavet // (pratyakṣa) 112 //"

150,xi

"prāg"bhāvaḥ "paścādabhāvopi cet sa eva" prāgabhāvaḥ paścādabhāvo'"nityatā ki"nneṣyate । sattāviśeṣaṇatvenāpi tadabhyupagamasyeṣṭatvāt ॥ paṭasya ghaṭe cābhāva iti "ṣaṣṭyā"divibhaktyayogāt pradhvaṃsābhāvo nānityatā । na hi bhāvābhāvayoḥ saṃyo<151>gādiḥ kaścitsambandhosti ya ucyeta ṣaṣṭyādibhiriti "cet evantarhyantayoḥ" sa ṣaṣṭyādiyogaḥ "kathaṃ bhavet" । abhāvayorvyavadhibhūtā sattetyādi । (112)

2.113

151,i (PVV_151,i_151,v)

kiñca 〈।〉

151,ii

"sattāsambandhayordhrauvyādantābhyāṃ na viśeṣaṇam /"

151,iii

"sattā tatsambandhe" paramate "dhrauvyādantābhyāṃ" prākpradhvaṃsābhāvābhyāṃ "na viśeṣaṇaṃ" syādantadvayaviśiṣṭā sattā tatsambandho veti 〈।〉 na hi niṃtyasya sarvakālavyāpino'ntasambhavaḥ ।

151,iv

"aviśeṣaṇameva syādantau cet kāryakāraṇe // (pratyakṣa) 113 //"

151,v

"kāryakāraṇe antā"vabhimate iti "cet" tadā tābhyāṃ sattāsa"mbandhayoraviśeṣaṇameva syāt" । (113)

2.114

151,vi (PVV_151,vi_151,vii)

"asambandhānna bhāvasya prāgabhāvaṃ sa vāṃchati //

tadupādhisamākhyāne tepyasya ca na sidhyataḥ // (pratyakṣa) 114 //"

151,vii

yasmāt sa naiyāyikādirbhāvasyā"sambandhāt prāga"bhāvaṃ sambandhinaṃ "na vāñchati" । tathā ca "tadupādhisamākhyāne" prāgabhāvaviśeṣaṇaṃ kāryakāraṇamiti samākhyānaṃ vyapadeśo yayoste tathā te kāryakāraṇe"pyasya na sidhyataḥ" । yasya hi prāgabhāvaḥ sa bhavan kāryaṃ syāt । na ca tatsambandho bhāvasyeti kāryābhāvaḥ । kāryābhāvācca kāraṇābhāvaḥ । tadutpādakasya kāraṇatvāt । (114)

2.115

151,viii (PVV_151,viii_151,x)

kiñca 〈।〉

151,ix

"sattā svakāraṇaśleṣakaraṇāt kāraṇaṃ kila /

sā sattā sa ca sambandho nityau kāryamatheha kim // (pratyakṣa) 115 //"

151,x

janma sattāśleṣaḥ "sattā"samavāyaḥ svakāraṇena samavāyinā saha nityaḥ । tayoḥ "karaṇāt kila" tvayeṣṭaṃ "kāraṇaṃ । sā ca sattā sa ca sambandho nityau" dvāvapi "kāryamatheha" dvayormadhye "kiṃ" yuktaṃ । (115)

2.116

151,xi (PVV_151,xi_152,ii)

api ca 〈।〉

<152>

152,i

"yasyābhāvaḥ kriyetāsau na bhāvaḥ prāgabhāvavān /

sambandhānabhyupagamānnityaṃ viśvamidaṃ tataḥ // (pratyakṣa) 116 //"

152,ii

"yasyābhāvasyo"tpatteḥ prāgabhāvaḥ kāraṇairasau "kriyate । na" ca kaścid "bhāvaḥ prāgbhāvavān sambandha"vānana"bhyupagamāt । tataḥ" kāryābhāvā"nnityaṃ viśvamidaṃ" prāptaṃ । (116)

2.117

152,iii (PVV_152,iii_152,v)

kathantarhyabhāvena sambandhaḥ । na kathañcit । kintu buddhiparikalpita evāsāvityāha 〈।〉

152,iv

"tasmādanarthāskandinyo'bhinnārthābhimateṣvapi /

śabdeṣu vācyabhedinyo vyatirekāspadaṃ dhiyaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 117 //"

152,v

yasmādvāstavasambandhābhyupagame doṣastasmād bhāvasya prāgabhāva itya"bhinnārtha"tvenābhimateṣvapi śabdād bhinnārthābhimateṣu ca bījasyāṅkura ityādiṣu "śabdeṣu dhiyo'narthāskandinyaḥ" kalpitasambandhaviṣayā "vācyabhedinyaḥ" । saṃketānurodhādupakalpitasambandhisambandhalakṣaṇavācyabhedavatyo "vyati"rekasya sambandhisambandhasyā"spadaṃ" nimittaṃbhavanti । alaṃ vāstavasambandhānubandhena doṣāśrayeṇa । (117)

2.118

152,vi (PVV_152,vi_152,xi)

tadevaṃ meyabahutvād 〈ba〉hutāpi cetyatra sānuṣaṅgaṃ prativihitaṃ । anekasya vṛtterekatra vā yathā viśeṣadṛṣṭenetyatrāha 〈।〉

152,vii

"viśeṣapratyabhijñānaṃ na pratikṣaṇabhedataḥ /"

152,viii

agniṃ dṛṣṭvā krameṇa dhūmālliṅgāt tasyaiva "viśeṣa"sya sa evāyaṃ vahniriti "yatpratyabhijñānaṃ na" tatpramāṇaṃ । "pratikṣaṇaṃ" bhāvasya "bhedataḥ" ekārthasādhyārthakriyāyāḥ samvādābhāvāt ।

152,ix

syādetanna yathā dṛṣṭa eva viśeṣo gṛhyate kintu tatsāmānyamityāha 〈।〉

152,x

"na vā viśeṣaviṣayaṃ dṛṣṭasāmyena tadgrahāt // (pratyakṣa) 118 //"

152,xi

"na vā viśeṣaviṣayaṃ" tadviśeṣa"dṛṣṭa"manumānaṃ vaktavyaṃ prāgdṛṣṭasya viśeṣasya "sāmye"na tasyottarasya "grahaṇāt" । (118)

2.119

<153>

153,i (PVV_153,i_153,iii)

syādetadatra 〈।〉 yatra dṛṣṭāntadārṣṭāntikayorbhedastatra sāmānyato dṛṣṭamanumānaṃ iha tu ।

153,ii

"nidarśanaṃ tadeveti sāmānyāgrahaṇaṃ yadi /

nidarśanatvāt siddhasya pramāṇenāsya kiṃ punaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 119 //"

153,iii

"tadeva" dārṣṭāntikaṃ "nidarśanamiti sāmānyāgrahaṇaṃ" yadyucyate tadā "nidarśanatvātsiddhasya" niścitasyā"sya" dārṣṭāntikasya "pramāṇena kiṃ" kartavyaṃ । (119)

2.120–2.121

153,iv (PVV_153,iv_153,vii)

"vismṛtatvādadoṣaścet tata evānidarśanam //

dṛṣṭe tadbhāvasiddhiścet pramāṇād;"

153,v

nāprasiddho dṛṣṭāntaḥ sa cet siddhaḥ kimanumānena gṛhītasyāpi"vismṛtatvāt" । punaranumānapratītāva"doṣaścet । tato" vismṛtatvā"devānidarśanaṃ" । na hi gṛhītavismṛtasya dṛṣṭāntatā । pūrvapratyayena "dṛṣṭe"'rtha "pramāṇādvi"śeṣadṛṣṭānumānādya eva prāgdṛṣṭaḥ sa evāyamiti "tadbhāva"sya pūrvasya "siddhiścedi"ṣyate 〈।〉

153,vi

nanvayaṃ tadbhāvaḥ kimanyavastuni sādhyate uta tatraiva ।

153,vii

"anyavastuni // (pratyakṣa) 120 //

tattvārope viparyāsastatsiddharepramāṇatā /

pratyakṣetarayoraikyādekasiddhirdvayorapi // (pratyakṣa) 121 //"

153,viii (PVV_153,viii)

tatrānyavastuni (120) vartamāne "tattva"syātītavastvātmaka"syārope" svīkriyamāṇe "viparyāso"'yathārthatvaṃ syāt । na hyanyasyānyātmatvamasti tadaśakyaprāpaṇamupadarśayadapramāṇaṃ syāt । atha tatraiva tadbhāvasiddhiriti dvitīyaḥ pakṣaḥ । tadā "tatsiddhe"rekasiddherviśeṣadṛṣṭasyānumānasyā"pramāṇatā" gṛhītagrāhitvāt । na hyekasya nirbhāgasya kiñcidagṛhītaṃ nāma । tathā hi "pratyakṣetarayo"radhyakṣānumānaviṣayayaurai"kyāt dvayorapi" pratyakṣe'numāne ca "ekasyārthasya siddhiḥ" । (121)

2.122

153,ix (PVV_153,ix_153,xi)

tataśca dṛṣṭāntagrāhiṇaivābhraṣṭasmṛtisaṃskāreṇa pratyakṣeṇa siddhatvāt viphalamanumānaṃ । pratyakṣasaṃskārabhraṃśe tu nādṛṣṭāntamanumānamasti 〈।〉 tasmād 〈।〉

153,x

"sandhīyamānaṃ cānyena vyavasāyaṃ smṛtiṃ viduḥ /

talliṅgāpekṣaṇānno cet smṛtirna vyabhicārataḥ // (pratyakṣa) 122 //"

153,xi

anyenātītadarśanena ekaviṣayatayā "sandhīya mānaṃ" ghaṭyamānaṃ paraṃ "vyavasāyaṃ<154>smṛtiṃ vidu"rvidvāṃsaḥ । gṛhītārthavikalpena smṛtitvaṃ taccehāvikalaṃ । tasya pratipattavyasya cihnamavyabhicāri "liṅgaṃ" nta"dapekṣaṇānnoce"dviśeṣadṛṣṭamanumānaṃ "smṛtiḥ" sā tu liṅganirapekṣyā । naitadyuktaṃ"vyabhicāra taḥ" । tathā hi yadi liṅgantrirūpantadā vyāptigrahaṇaviṣayatvenaiva tatsiddhervyarthamanumānaṃ । atha na trirūpantadā nāvya bhicāraniścayaḥ । tasmādviśeṣadṛṣṭasyāpramāṇatvādekatrānekavṛtterapi tryekasaṃkhyāpohanābhāvo nirastaḥ । tasmātsthitametanmānaṃ dvividhaṃ meyadvaividhyāditi ॥ (122) ॥

<2.5. pratyakṣacintā>

<(1) pratyakṣalakṣaṇavipratipattinirāsaḥ>

<ka. kalpanāpoḍhaṃ pratyakṣam>

2.123

154,i (PVV_154,i_154,iii)

idānīmavasaraprāptāṃ pratyakṣasya lakṣaṇavipratipattiṃ nirākarttumāha ।

154,ii

"pratyakṣaṃ kalpanāpoḍhaṃ pratyakṣeṇaiva sidhyati /

pratyātmavedyaḥ sarveṣāṃ vikalpo nāmasaṃśrayaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 123 //"

154,iii

yatta"tpratyakṣa"miti prasiddhaṃtat "kalpanāyā apoḍhaṃ" draṣṭavyaṃ kalpanārtharahitamityarthaḥ । taccaitadīdṛśaṃ "pratyakṣeṇaiva" svasamvedanenaiva "sidhyati" । kalpanārahitasyārthasya rūpasya samvedanasyāparokṣatvāt । yadi tu kalpanāsvabhāvatvamasya syāttathaiva prakāśeta । vikalpasyāparokṣatvāt । tathā hi "pratyātmavedyaḥ sarveṣāṃ" prāṇināṃ "vikalpo nāmasaṃśrayaḥ" śabdasaṃsargavān । sa yadi syādupalabhya eva bhavet 〈।〉 (123)

2.124

154,iv (PVV_154,iv_154,vi)

tasmāt 〈।〉

154,v

"saṃhṛtya sarvataścintāṃ stimitenāntarātmanā /

sthitopi cakṣuṣā rūpamīkṣate sākṣajā matiḥ // (pratyakṣa) 124 //"

154,vi

"saṃhṛtyā"kṛṣya "sarvato" vikalpanīyā"ccintāṃ stimitena" sarvāvikalpavigamāt adhikṣiptenā"ntarātmanā" cetasā "sthito'pi" puruṣa"ścakṣu"rvijñānena "rūpamīkṣate sākṣa"jā nirvikalpā "matiḥ" sarva samviditaiva । (124)

2.125

<155>

155,i (PVV_155,i_155,iii)

santyevendriyadhiyaḥ kalpanāstāstu nopalabhyanta ityapyasat । tathā hi ।

155,ii

"punarvikalpayan kiñcidāsīnme kalpanedṛśī /

vetti ceti na pūrvoktāvasthāyāmindriyād gatau // (pratyakṣa) 125 //"

155,iii

vikalpāvasthāyā ūrdhvaṃ "punarvikalpayan" pumānā"sīnme kalpanedṛśīti" veti "nendriyādu"tpannāyāṃ "gatau" buddhau saṃhṛtyetyādinā "pūrvamuktāvasthā" yasyāstasyāḥ kalpanāṃ veti । yadi sā tatra syādatatsaṃskārasya smṛtirjāyate । tasmānnāstīti niścīyate 〈।〉 (125)

2.126

155,iv (PVV_155,iv_155,vi)

kiñca 〈।〉 vācyavācakākārasaṃsargavatī pratītiḥ kalpanā । na cendriyaviṣaye'nanvayāt saṃketā'sambhavācca śabdayojanāsti 〈।〉 tathāhi 〈।〉

155,v

"ekatra dṛṣṭo bhedo hi kvacinnānyatra dṛśyate //

na tasmād bhinnamastyanyat sāmānyaṃ buddhayabhedataḥ // (pratyakṣa) 126 //"

155,vi

"ekatra" deśādau "na dṛśyate" na cānanuyāyini śabdasaṃketaḥ । sāmānyamanuyāyīti cet । "tasmā"d bhedādanyad "bhinnaṃ sāmānyaṃ nāsti buddherabhedataḥ" । (126)

2.127

155,vii (PVV_155,vii_155,ix)

yadi hi sāmānyaṃ sāmānyaṃ syāt dvyākārā buddhirbhavet । viśeṣamātrākāraiva tu pratyakṣabuddhirupalabhyate ।

155,viii

"tasmād viśeṣaviṣayā sarvaivendriyajā matiḥ //

na viśeṣeṣu śabdānāṃ pravṛttāvasti sambhavaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 127 //"

155,ix

"tasmātsarvaivendriyajā matirviśeṣa"mātra"viṣayā"'nyasyānupalabdheḥ । "na ca viśeṣeṣu śabdānāṃ pravṛttau saṃbhavosti" (127)

2.128

155,x (PVV_155,x_155,xi)

"ananvayād viśeṣāṇāṃ saṅketasyāpravṛttitaḥ //

viṣayo yaśca śabdānāṃ saṃyojyeta sa eva taiḥ // (pratyakṣa) 128 //"

155,xi

"viśeṣāṇāmananvayāt" tatra "saṃketasyāpravṛttitaḥ" । uttarakālaṃ śabdārthapratipattyarthaṃ saṃketakriyā । na ca viśeṣāḥ kālāntaramanuvartante । tasmādya eva "śabdānāṃ viṣayo"vyavacchedaḥ "sa eva taiḥ saṃyojyeta" । na svalakṣaṇaṃ ॥ (128)

2.129

155,xii (PVV_155,xii_155,xiii)

"asyedamiti sambandhe yāvarthau pratibhāsinau

tayoreva hi sambandho na tadendriyagocaraḥ // (pratyakṣa) 129 //"

155,xiii

tasmādasyā"rthasyeda"mvācaka"miti sambandhe" vācyavācakabhāvalakṣaṇe "yāvarthau pratibhāsinau tayoreva hi sambandho" vaktavyaḥ । yadā cārthandṛṣṭvā saketaṃ tatra pravartayati । "tadendriyagocaro'rtho" nāsti 〈।〉 (129)

2.130

<156>

156,i (PVV_156,i_156,ii)

"viśadapratibhāsasya tadārthasyāvibhāvanāt /

vijñānābhāsabhedaśca padārthānāṃ viśeṣakaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 130 //"

156,ii

saṃhṛtendriyavyāpārasya tadā saṃketasaṃkalpakāle "vi(ṣa)<?>〈śa〉dapratibhāsasyārthasyāvibhāvanāt" । yadi tatrārthaḥ pratibhāti tadendriyajñānavat sphuṭaḥ pratīyate । na ca pratibhāsabhedepi śabdendriyajñānayorekaviṣayatvaṃ yasmā"dvijñāna"syā"bhāsabheda" ākārabhedaḥ "padārthānāṃ" grāhyā(nāṃ)<?>〈ṇāṃ〉 "viśeṣako" bhedakaḥ । yadi tu pratibhāsabhedepyarthābhedastadā viśvamekaṃ dravyaṃ syāt ॥(130)

2.131

156,iii (PVV_156,iii_156,v)

syādetat । yadā svalakṣaṇamupadarśya śabdo niveśyate tadā svalakṣaṇameva vācyavācakamityāha 〈।〉

156,iv

"cakṣuṣā'rthāvabhāse'pi yaṃ paro'syeti śaṃsati /

sa eva yojyate śabdairna khalvindriyagocaraḥ // (pratyakṣa) 131 //"

156,v

"cakṣuṣārthavabhāsepi" jāte tathā śrotrācchābdāvabhāsepi yamarthamanyavyavacchedaṃ buddhiparivarttinaṃ paraḥ pratipādako'syārthasyāyaṃ vācaka iti "śaṃsati" kathayati "sa evā"nyavyavacchedaḥ "śabdairyojyate na khalvindriyagocaraḥ" svalakṣaṇamananvayāttasya । taddarśanāntaraṃ saṃketasaṃkalpe ca vināśācca । (131)

2.132

156,vi (PVV_156,vi_156,x)

"avyāpṛtendriyasyānyavāṅgamātreṇāvibhāvanāt /"

156,vii

"tathā'vyāpṛtendriyasyānyavāṅmātreṇa" svalakṣaṇā"vibhāvanāt" pratyakṣa iva ।

156,viii

syādetat 〈।〉 saṃketāviṣayatvepi śabdasaṃsṛṣṭameva svalakṣaṇamadhyakṣaṃ prakṛtyā pratyeṣyatītyāha 〈।〉

156,ix

"na cānuditasaṃbandhaḥ svayaṃ jñānaprasaṅgataḥ // (pratyakṣa) 132 //"

156,x

"na cānuditasambandho" vācyavācakabhāvo yasya sa śabdaḥ pratyāyako dṛṣṭa iti śeṣaḥ 〈।〉 tathābhyupagame tu "svayaṃ" saṃketamanapekṣyaiva śrutācchabdādarthasya "jñānaprasaṅgataḥ" । (132)

2.133

156,xi (PVV_156,xi_156,xii)

nanvindriyavyāpārasamakālamahirahiriti dhārāvāhisavikalpakamadhyakṣaṃ pravartate । yadi tu tatra vikalpakamavikalpakañca dvayamiṣyate tadā vikalpena nirvikalpasya vyavadhānād darśanaṃ vicchinnaṃ syāt । na caitadasti । na yugapajjñānasambhavaḥ 〈।〉 atrāha 〈।〉

156,xii

"manaso yugapadvṛtteḥ savikalpāvikalpayoḥ

vimūḍho laghuvṛttervā tayoraikyaṃ vyavasyati // (pratyakṣa) 133 //"

<157>

157,i (PVV_157,i)

"manasoḥ savikalpāvikalpayo"rekasmātsamanantarā"dyugapad vṛtteḥ" kāraṇāttayoraikyaṃ "vimūḍhaḥ" pratipattā vyavasyati । nirvikalpakaṃ hi svalakṣaṇaviṣayaṃ vikalpaśca vastuto'tadviṣayatvepyavasāyānurodhāttadviṣayaḥ । sahotpattiścānubhavasiddhatvāt durapahnavā । tataḥ sahotpannayorekaviṣayayoraikyabhrama eṣaḥ । parābhimatāyāṃ yugapadanutpattāvapi savikalpāvikalpayorlaghuvṛtteḥ śīghra"vṛtte"rvā kāraṇāt "tayormū"ḍhamatiḥ pratipattā "aikyaṃ vyavasyati" alātabhrāntau cakramiva । (133)

2.134

157,ii (PVV_157,ii_157,iv)

yadi darśanamavikalpaṃ tadanantarantu vikalpaḥ punastadanantaraṃ darśanaṃ tadā 〈।〉

157,iii

"vikalpavyavadhānena vicchinnaṃ darśanambhavet /

iti ced bhinnajātīyavikalpenyasya vā katham // (pratyakṣa) 134 //"

157,iv

"vikalpena" vyavadhānā"dvicchinnaṃ darśanaṃ bhavet" । na dhārāvāhīti cet । "nanvasya" parasyāpi gāṃ paśyato nirvikalpena pratyakṣeṇa bhinnajātīyasyāśvādervikalpe jāyamāne darśanaṃ kathamavicchinnaṃ । na hyaśvavācakaśabdena saṃyojya gaurgṛhyate । yenaikameva savikalpaṃ tadadhyakṣaṃ bhavet । ekatve vāśvapratītirna syāt । goviṣayatvāttasya । (134)

2.135

157,v (PVV_157,v_157,vii)

syādetat ।

157,vi

"alātadṛṣṭivad bhāvapakṣaśced balavān mataḥ /

anyatrāpi samānaṃ tad varṇayorvā sakṛcchṛ tiḥ // (pratyakṣa) 135 //"

157,vii

alātasya bhramyamānasya nānādeśeṣu lāghavād bhāvapakṣabalavatvācca darśanapratisandhānena cakradṛ"ṣṭivat" vijātīyavyavakīryamāṇasya darśanasyāntarā abhāvepi"bhāvapakṣo balavān mata" iti darśanāvicchedabuddhirati "cet । anyatrābhāvapakṣepi" tadbalavattve lāghavasāmarthyāt "samānaṃ" । tato darśanavicchedalāghavādvicchedadhīrevāstu । saro rasa ityādau "varṇṇayo"rvā lāghavā"tsakṛcchrutiḥ" prāptā ॥(135)

2.136

<kha. paramatadūṣaṇam>

157,viii (PVV_157,viii_158,i)

kiñca 〈।〉

157,ix

"sakṛt saṅgataśabdārtheṣvindriyeṣviha satsvapi /

pañcabhirvyavadhānepi bhātyavyavahiteva yā // (pratyakṣa) 136 //"

<158>

158,i

"sakṛt" yugapa"tsaṃgatāḥ" svasvagocarībhūtāḥ sarve'"rthā" yeṣu te"ṣvindriyeṣu" cakṣurādiṣu manaḥparyanteṣu "satsvapīha" saṅkrāntakāntāvadanapratibimbasya sahakārasugandhinaḥ śītasya bhramadbhramaropagītasya svādruno madhunaḥ sārvaguṇānubhavakāle prasaratsaṃkalpajanmanāṃ yūnāṃ yā matiḥ "pañcabhi"rindriyabuddhi"bhirvyavadhānepi" tvatpakṣe"'vyava"hiteva samakāleva "bhāti" । (136)

2.137

158,ii (PVV_158,ii_158,iii)

"sā matirnāmaparyantakṣaṇikajñānamiśraṇāt /

vicchinnābheti taccitraṃ tasmāt santu sakṛddhiyaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 137 //"

158,iii

"sendriyamatirnāmnaḥ" śabdasya "paryanto" varṇṇastasya "kṣaṇikaṃ jñānaṃ" tena "miśraṇāt" saro rasa ityādiṣvavicchinnā prāpnoti । vijātīyavijñānāntarāvyavadhānāt । tathāpi "vicchinnābhā" kramavatī । yattu "citramā"ścaryaṃ yadi lāghavakṛtaḥ sakṛdgrahābhimānaḥ tadā varṇṇajñāne sa nitarāṃ yukto vijātīyāvyavadhānāt । indriyajñāneṣu tu na yuktaḥ pañcabhirvyavadhānāt । tasmā"tsakṛddhiyaḥ santu" yathoktaṃ manaso yugapadvṛtteri (2.133) ti ॥(137)

2.138

158,iv (PVV_158,iv_158,vi)

anyathā 〈।〉

158,v

"pratibhāsāviśeṣaśca sāntarānantare katham /

śuddhe manovikalpe ca na kramagrahaṇambhavet // (pratyakṣa) 138 //"

158,vi

"sāntare" pañcabhirindriyajñānairvyavahitatvāt । "anantare" saro rasa ityādike jñāne vijātīyāvyavadhānāt "pratibhāsa"syā"viśeṣa"ścāprasaktaḥ 〈।〉 sa cānubhavabādhitatvāt "kathama"bhyupagama iti śeṣaḥ । yadi laghuvṛttitvāt sakṛdgrahastadā "śuddhe" vijātīyāvyavakīrṇṇe "manovikalpe ca" prābandhike "kramagrahaṇamanu"bhavasiddhaṃ na "bhavet" ।(138)

2.139

158,vii (PVV_158,vii_158,x)

"yo'grahaḥ saṅgatepyarthe kvacidāsaktacetasaḥ /"

158,viii

nanu yadi yugapat jñānotpattistadaikatrāsaktaṃ punarutpattidharmakaṃ ceto yasya tasyā"saktacetasaḥ kvacidarthe" svendriyeṇa "saṅgatepi" yo'graho vijñānānutpattiḥ sa kathaṃ ।

158,ix

āha 〈।〉

158,x

"saktyā notpattivaiguṇyāccodyaṃ vai taddvayorapi // (pratyakṣa) 139 //"

<159>

159,i (PVV_159,i)

ekatra "saktyā" viṣayāsañcāralakṣaṇayā'nyasya bhinnaviṣayasya jñānasyo"tpattivaiguṇyāt" । aviguṇo hi samanantarapratyayaḥ svakāryamārabhate । na tvāsaktiviguṇaḥ । "yaccaitaccodyaṃ" parihṛtamasmābhistad "dvayorapi" samānaṃ yugapadvijñānānutpattivādinopi mate sarvatrevaindriyasaṃgame samāne kvacideva "jñānaṃ kvacinneti" kutaḥ । (139)

2.140

159,ii (PVV_159,ii_159,iv)

tatrāsaktivaiguṇyameva manasa uttaraṃ tacca samānamasmākamalātadṛṣṭivaditi dṛṣṭāntasyāsiddhimāha 〈।〉

159,iii

"śīghravṛtteralātāderanvayapratidhātinī /

cakrabhrāntiṃ dṛgādhatte na dṛśāṃ ghaṭanena sā // (pratyakṣa) 140 //"

159,iv

"śīghrā" pra"vṛttirbhra"maṇaṃ yasyā"lātā"desta"syānvayenānugamena pratighāta" upahatatvaṃ tadvatī dṛg dṛṣṭi"ścakrā"kārāṃ "bhrānti"mindriyajāṃ "dhatte । na dṛśāṃ" bhinnabhinnadeśālātadarśanānāṃ "ghaṭanena" yojanayā "sā" mānasī bhrāntiḥ sphuṭapratibhāsatvāt । "mānasasya" na viparyayāt । tasmādahirahiriti vikalpasamakālamadhyakṣaṃ vastu sphuṭamavaiti na tu vikalpa iti sthitaṃ । (140)

2.141

159,v (PVV_159,v_159,vi)

"kecidindriyajatvāderbāladhīvadakalpanām /

āhurbālāvikalpe ca hetuṃ saṅketamandatām // (pratyakṣa) 141 //"

159,vi

"keci"dācāryīyāḥ śaṅkarasvāmiprabhṛtayaḥ "indriyajatvā"dādiśabdādamānasatvānubhavākārapravṛttattvāderhetoḥ pratyakṣabuddhi"makalpanāṃ bāladhīvadāhuḥ" । dṛṣṭāntasiddhayarthaṃ । bālasyā"vikalpe" vikalpābhāve ca "saṃketamaṃdatāṃ" hetumāhuḥ । vācyavācakayojanā hi vikalpaḥ । sā ca saṃketapūrvikā tadabhāvād bālasya kalpanābhāvaḥ । (141)

2.142

159,vii (PVV_159,vii_159,viii)

"teṣāṃ pratyakṣameva syād bālānāmavikalpanāt /

saṅketopāyavigamāt paścādapi bhavenna saḥ // (pratyakṣa) 142 //"

159,viii

"teṣāmevaṃ" vādināṃ mate "bālānāṃ pratyakṣameva" jñānaṃ "syānna" vicārakaṃ 〈।〉 kiṃ kāraṇamavikalpanāt । bhavatu ko doṣa iti cet । āha "saṃketopāyasya" vicārasya "vigamāt" bālānāṃ "paścādapi" sa saṅketo "na bhavet" । tadabhāvādvikalpābhāvaśca । (142)

2.143

159,ix (PVV_159,ix_160,i)

"mano vyutpannasaṅketamasti tena sa cenmataḥ /

evamindriyajepi syād śeṣavaccedamīdṛśam // (pratyakṣa) 143 //"

<160>

160,i

janmāntarāgataṃ "vyutpannaṃ saṃketaṃ manosti" bālānāṃ "tena" saṃketaḥ teṣāṃ mataścet । "evaṃ" satī"ndriyajepi" jñāne "syāt" kalpanā tannivartakahetvabhidhānāt tato dṛṣṭāsiddhireva । "ida"mindriyajatvādi "īdṛśaṃ" niṣedhyena sahāsiddhavirodhaṃ । śeṣavaccoktaṃ । (143)

2.144

160,ii (PVV_160,ii_160,iv)

athānyena liṅgenāvyabhicāriṇā bālajñānamavikalpanaṃ prasādhya dṛṣṭāntīkriyate tadā 〈।〉

160,iii

"yadeva sādhanaṃ bāle tadevātrāpi kathyatām /

sāmyādakṣadhiyāmuktamanenānubhavādikam // (pratyakṣa) 144 //"

160,iv

"yadevā"vyabhicāri "bāle" bālasyendriyajñāne "sādhanaṃ tadevātra" vyutpannasaṃketānāmindriyajñānepi "kathyatāṃ" kimindrijatvādinopanyastena । vyutpannāvyutpannayo"rakṣadhiyāma"śabdasaṃsṛṣṭatvamātrānukaraṇena "sāmyāt । anene"ndriyajatvadūṣaṇenā"nubhava" ādiryasya mānasattvādestaduktaṃ doṣavattayā boddhavyaṃ । (144)

2.145

<(2) sāmānyanirāsaḥ>

<ka. varṇasaṃsthānarāhityādasiddhiḥ>

160,v (PVV_160,v_160,vii)

avikalpasiddhau paramataṃ dūṣayitvā svayaṃ upapattyantaramāha 〈।〉

160,vi

"viśeṣaṇaṃ viśeṣyañca sambandhaṃ laukikīṃ sthitim /

gṛhītvā saṅkalayyaitat tathā pratyeti nānyathā // (pratyakṣa) 145 //"

160,vii

"viśeṣaṇaṃ" vyavacchedakaṃ "viśeṣyaṃ" vyavacchedyaṃ tayoḥ "sambandhaṃ" yathāsambhavaṃ samavāyādikaṃ "laukikīṃ" lokaprasiddhāṃ "sthitiṃ" vyavasthāñca jātyādikaṃ viśeṣaṇaṃ viśeṣyaṃ dravyādi viśeṣaṇaviśeṣyaśabdayośca pūrvāparaniyama iti pṛthak pratyekaṃ svarūpeṇa "gṛhītvā" tadanantara"metat" sarva "saṅkalayya" saṃyojya "tathā" viśeṣaṇaviśiṣṭatvena "pratyeti" viśiṣṭabuddhi"rnānyathā" । viśeṣaṇādyagrahaṇe । (145)

2.146

<161>

161,i (PVV_161,i_161,ii)

"yathā daṇḍini jātyādervivekenānirūpaṇāt /

tadvatā yojanā nāsti kalpanāpyatra nāstyataḥ // (pratyakṣa) 146 //"

161,ii

"yathā daṇḍini" daṇḍīti viśiṣṭabuddhiḥ daṇḍapuruṣatatsambandhādigrahaṇapūrvikā tadagrahe ca na bhavati । jātirādiryasya guṇakarmādeḥ "svarūpasya jātyādimato vivekenānirūpaṇāt tadvatā" jātimatā "yojanā" viśeṣaṇaviśeṣyabhāvo "nāsti । ato" yojanāvirahāt "atra" jātimadādau "kalpanāpi nāstīti" tasmājjātyādiyojanātmikā kalpanā nāsti । śabdayojanātmikā tu "sambhāvyeta" । sāpi svalakṣaṇe saṃketābhāvānnirastā prāk ॥ (146)

2.147

161,iii (PVV_161,iii_161,viii)

nanu yadi sāmānyābhāvastadā vibhinnāsu vyaktiṣu kathamanvayipratyaya ityāha 〈।〉

161,iv

"yadapyanvayivijñānaṃ śabdavyaktyavabhāsi tat /"

161,v

"yadapyanvayivijñānamu"tpadyate, tacca "śabda"sya gaurityāde"rvyakte"śca varṇṇasaṃsthānaviśeṣasya ābhāsa ākārastadvatpratīyate na jātyābhāsavat ।

161,vi

kiṃ punaḥ sāmānyābhāsameva netyāha 〈।〉

161,vii

"varṇṇākṛtyakṣarākāraśūnyaṃ gotvaṃ hi varṇṇyate // (pratyakṣa) 147 //"

161,viii

"varṇṇo" nīlādirā"kṛtiḥ" saṃsthāna"makṣaraṃ" gavādiśabdaḥ । teṣāmākāro yathā pratītaḥ tena "śūnyaṃ gotvaṃ hi" sāmānyavādibhi"rvarṇyate" (147)

2.148

161,ix (PVV_161,ix_161,xi)

ato'nvayivijñāne yadvarṇṇasaṃsthānādi pratibhāsate na tatsāmānyaṃ 〈।〉

161,x

"samānatvepi tasyaiva nekṣaṇaṃ netragocare /

pratibhāsadvayābhāvāt buddhe rbhedaśca durlabhaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 148 //"

161,xi

"tasyaiva samānatve" vā svīkriyamāṇe "netragoca"re'rthe nāṅgīkartavyamīkṣaṇaṃ । 〈vikalpapratibhāsinaḥ〉 "pratibhāsadvayasya" sphuṭāsphuṭavarṇṇasaṃsthānavato"'bhāvāt" । ekākārameva jñānaṃ yadyubhayābhāsamaṅgīkriyate tadā "buddhe"〈rbhe〉daḥ pratyakṣatvāpratyakṣatvādinā durlabhaḥ । yadapi spaṣṭapratibhāsamadhyakṣaṃ tadapyanakṣajaṃ syāt । aspaṣṭapratibhāsatvāt । evamanakṣajamadhyakṣaṃ syāt । spaṣṭapratibhāsatvāt । tasmādadṛṣṭena sāmānyādinā na yojayatītyakalpanamadhyakṣaṃ 〈।〉 (148)

2.149

<162>

<kha. samavāyasyātīndriyatvādasiddhiḥ>

162,i (PVV_162,i_162,vi)

kiñca 〈।〉

162,ii

"samavāyāgrahādakṣaiḥ sambandhādarśanaṃ sthitam /"

162,iii

"samavāya"syātīndriyasyā"grahādakṣai"rakṣabhavairvijñānairjātitadvatoḥ "sambandha"syāviśiṣṭapratītyā"'darśanaṃ sthitaṃ" niścitaṃ yadbalena yatpratītistadagrahe na yuktā sā ।

162,iv

yadi nāsti samavāyastadeha tantuṣu paṭa ityādayo buddhayo na syurityāha 〈।〉

162,v

"paṭastantuṣvihetyādiśabdāśceme svayaṃ kṛtāḥ // (pratyakṣa) 149 //"

162,vi

iha "tantuṣu paṭa ityādi śabdāḥ ime svayaṃ" samayānulocanaiḥ "kṛtā" na vastuparādhīnāḥ । (149)

2.150

162,vii (PVV_162,vii_162,xii)

tathā hi 〈।〉

162,viii

"śṛṅgaṃ gavīti loke syāt śṛṅge gaurityalaukikam /"

162,ix

"śṛṅgaṃ gavi" tiṣṭa"tīti loke syāt" pramāṇaprasiddhyoranurodhāt । "śṛṅge gauriti tu" tadupakalpita"malaukikaṃ" pramāṇaprasiddhibahirbhāvāt ।

<(3) avayavinirāsaḥ>

162,x

yadyavayavebhyo na gaurbhinnastadā gavi śṛṅgamityapi na syādityāha 〈।〉

162,xi

"gavākhyapariśiṣṭāṅgavicchedānupalambhanāt // (pratyakṣa) 150 //"

162,xii

śṛṅgasya "gavākhyaiḥ pariśiṣṭāṅgairvicchedesya" viyogasyā"nupalambhanāt" śṛṅgaṃ gavītyucyate na tvavayavātiriktagosadbhāvāt । (150)

2.151

162,xiii (PVV_162,xiii_162,xv)

nanu tantuṣu paṭa iti bhavatyeva pratītiriti cet । āha 〈।〉

162,xiv

"taistantubhiriyaṃ śāṭītyuttaraṃ kāryamucyate /

tantusaṃskārasambhūtaṃ naikakālaṃ kathañcana // (pratyakṣa) 151 //"

162,xv

"taistantubhiḥ" paṭāvasthāprāgbhāvibhi"riyaṃ śāṭīti" kāraṇabhūtatantūttarakālabhāvi"tantū"nāṃ "saṃskāra"sturīvemakuvindakarādisahakārī prabhavāvasthāviśeṣalābhaḥ । tasmātsvarasena nirudhyamānātsaṃ"bhūtaṃkāryamucyate" । na tu tantubhiḥ sahai"kakālaṃ" kāryaṃ <163> tantupaṭa iti "kathañcana kathyate" kāryakāraṇayoḥ samakālatvābhāvāt 〈।〉 (151)

2.152

163,i (PVV_163,i_163,iii)

yadi nāsti tantupaṭayorbhedastadā kathamete tantavaḥ paṭaścāyamiti vyapadeśa ityāha 〈।〉

163,ii

"kāraṇāropataḥ kaścit ekāpoddhāratopi vā /

tantvākhyāṃ varttayet kārye darśayan nāśrayaṃ śruteḥ // (pratyakṣa) 152 //"

163,iii

"kāraṇā"nāntantūnāmā"ropataḥ" । "eka"sya tantora"poddhārato" buddhyā niḥkarṣaṇāt vā "kaścid" vyavaharttā kārye paṭe "tantvākhyāṃ" tantuśrutiṃ "vartayet" । paṭaśruterāśrayaṃ kāraṇaṃ "darśayen na" tantubhyo vyatiriktaḥ "paṭosti" evamākārapariṇatāstantavaḥ paṭa ityarthaḥ । (152)

2.153

163,iv (PVV_163,iv_163,ix)

yadi tantavaḥ kevalā na tebhyaḥ paṭo'nyastadā paṭavyapadeśo nirnibandhanaḥ syādityāha 〈।〉

163,v

"upakāryopakāritvaṃ vicchedād dṛṣṭireva vā /"

163,vi

tantūnāṃ parasparaṃ śītādyapanodakṣamaṃ sāhitya"mupakāryopakāritvaṃ" । anyonyasya "vicchedād dṛṣṭireva vā" paṭavyapadeśanibandhanamiti śeṣaḥ ॥

163,vii

yadi vyatiriktaṃ vyapadeśanibandhanaṃ nāsti tadā paṭa iti vyapadeśo na mukhyaḥ syāt । bāhīke govyapadeśavadityāha 〈।〉

163,viii

"mukhyaṃ yadaskhalajjñānamādisaṃketagocaraḥ // (pratyakṣa) 153 //"

163,ix

"mukhya"ntaducyate "yadādisaṃketa"sya "gocaro" na vyatirikta ityeva parasparāvicchedāvastheṣu ca paṭaśruteḥ saṃketā"daskhala"dgatigocaratvānmukhyatvaṃ । tasmātpratyakṣato jāteranupalambhādyojanāvirahaḥ । (153)

2.154

<(4) nānumānataḥ sāmānyasiddhiḥ>

163,x (PVV_163,x_164,iv)

syādetat 〈।〉 viśiṣṭapratītirviśeṣaṇapratītipūrvikā yathā daṇḍipratītiḥ । viśiṣṭapratītiśca śāvaleyādiṣu gauriti viśeṣaṇañca śāvaleyādiṣu gotvamevetyanumānato jātisiddhirityāha 〈।〉

<164>

164,i

"anumānañca jātyādau vastuno nāsti bhedini /"

164,ii

"anumānaṃ vastunaḥ" śābaleyāde"rbhedini jātyādau nāsti" । na hi vyaktivyatiriktaṃ viśeṣaṇamupalabhyate śṛṅgādyavayavasanniveśa eva tvabhinno viśeṣaṇamastu । tathā ca nābhimatasiddhiḥ ।

164,iii

dṛṣṭāntāsiddhimapyāha 〈।〉

164,iv

"sarvatra vyapadeśo hi daṇḍāderapi sāṃvṛtāt // (pratyakṣa) 154 //"

164,v (PVV_164,v)

"sarvatra puruṣādau" daṇḍītyādi"vyapadeśo"pi "hi" na "daṇḍāde"rvastunaḥ kintu "sāṃvṛtāt" । daṇḍasvalakṣaṇasya vyupadeśe hetutve sarvatra puruṣe syāt । sambandhinyevānyatreti cet । tarhi sambandho daṇḍaḥ kāraṇaṃ daṇḍi vyapadeśasya sambandhaśca saṃyogādirnāstīti paraṃ kāryakāraṇabhāvaḥ pariśiṣyate । tasya nimittatve yathā daṇḍī puruṣastathā puruṣī daṇḍa ityapi syāt । samānatvānnimittasya 〈।〉 tasmāt kalpitaviśeṣaṇabhāvaniyamo daṇḍaḥ sambandhī sāṃvṛta eva viśeṣaṇaṃ । (154)

2.155

164,vi (PVV_164,vi_164,viii)

kiñca 〈।〉

164,vii

"vastuprāsādamālādiśabdāścānyānapekṣiṇaḥ /

geho yadyapi saṃyogastanmālā kintu tadbhavet // (pratyakṣa) 155 //"

164,viii

ṣaṭsu padārtheṣu "vastu" vastviti sarvānuyāyī śabdaḥ prāsādeṣu "prāsādamāle"ti śabdo gṛheṣu bahuṣu nagaramityā"diśabdāścānyānapekṣiṇo"'rthāntarabhūtaviśeṣaṇarahitā iti vyabhicāritā hetoḥ । na hi padārtheṣu vyatiriktaṃ sāmānyaṃ vastutātvamabhyupagamyate vaiśeṣikaiḥ । na ca prāsādo dravyaṃ vijātīyānāṃ dravyānārambhāt । tataśca mālāguṇopi "geho yadyapi saṃyogasta"sya "mālā kintu tad bhavet" । na bhāvaguṇo nirguṇatvāt guṇānāṃ । (155)

2.156

<165>

<ka. sāmānyasvīkāre doṣaḥ>

165,i (PVV_165,i_165,ii)

"jātiśced geha ekopi māletyucyeta vṛkṣavat /

mālābahutve tacchabdaḥ kathaṃ jāterajātitaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 156 //"

165,ii

"jātiśceda"bhyupagamyate "eko geho māletyucyeta vṛkṣavat" । yathā vṛkṣatvajātiyogādeko vṛkṣo vṛkṣa ityucyate evamekopi geho mālā syāt । tathā gehamālānāṃ bahutve "tacchabdo" māletyanugāmiśabdaḥ "kathaṃ jāte" rmālāyāṃ "ajātito" jātyantaravirahāt । (156)

2.157

165,iii (PVV_165,iii_165,vi)

kiñca 〈।〉

165,iv

"mālādau ca mahatvādiriṣṭo yaścaupacārikaḥ /

mukhyāviśiṣṭavijñānagrāhyatvānnaupacārikaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 157 //"

165,v

mahatī prāsādamāleti kathaṃ vyapadeśaḥ । mahatvaṃ parimāṇaṃ guṇaḥ । tasya mālāyāṃ na sattvaṃ 〈।〉 na hi prāsādamālā kiñcidityuktaṃ । nāpi saṃyogalakṣaṇe prāsāde mahattvaṃ nirguṇatvā〈t〉 guṇānāṃ । kāṣṭhādiṣu dravyeṣu prāsādārambhakeṣu mahattvasattvādvṛkṣeṣu kusumasambhavād vanasaṃkhyālakṣaṇaṃ kusumitamiti yathocyate । tathā prāsāda"mālādau mahatvādiraupacāriko" yaśceṣṭaḥ sa cāyuktaḥ kāṣṭhādiṣvapi tādṛśasya mahattvasyābhāvāt ।

165,vi

kiñca 〈।〉 mahān parvata iti"mu"khyamahattvagrāhakajñānenāskhaladvṛttitvādaviśiṣṭena jñānena grāhyatvāt prāsādamālāmahatvādi"raupacāriko" na yuktaḥ 〈।〉 na hi māṇavaka iva siṃhabuddhirmahattvabuddhiśca mālāyāṃ skhalati । (157)

2.158

165,vii (PVV_165,vii_165,ix)

kiñca 〈।〉 bhinnaviśeṣaṇaṃ "mukhya"mabhinnaviśeṣaṇañcāmukhyamiti yaducyate tadapyayuktamityāha 〈।〉

165,viii

"ananyahetutā tulyā sā mukhyābhimateṣvapi //

padārthaśabdaḥ kaṃ hetumanyaṃ ṣaṭkaṃ samīkṣate // (pratyakṣa) 158 //"

165,ix

"mukhyābhimateṣvapi" daṇḍyādiṣva"nanyahetutā" bhinnaviśeṣaṇanimittarahitatā "tulyā" gauṇena sarvatra vyapadeśo hi daṇḍāderapi sāṃvṛtādi(2.154)tyukteḥ । kiñcā<166>nuyāyī "padārthaśabdaḥ" ṣaṣṭhyā padārtheṣu "kamanyaṃ hetuṃ" nimittaṃ pravṛttau "samī(kṣyate)"<?>〈kṣate〉 । na hi ṣaṭpadārthātiriktaṃ kiñcidasti 〈।〉 (158)

2.159

166,i (PVV_166,i_166,v)

"yo yathā rūḍhitaḥ siddhaḥ tatsāmyādyastathocyate /"

166,ii

tasmādyo'rtho yena prakāreṇa rūḍhitaḥ ādisaṃketānusāreṇa siddhaḥ sa mukhyaḥ । yaśca tasya mukhyasya sāmyāttathāmukhyavācakaśabdenocyate sa gauṇaḥ 〈।〉

166,iii

kuta etadityāha 〈।〉

166,iv

"yatra gauṇaśca bhāveṣyapyabhāvasyopacārataḥ // (pratyakṣa) 159 //"

166,v

"bhāveṣvapi" kuputrādiṣu putrādirityabhāvo"pacārataḥ" । paramate tu bhāve vṛttatvānmukhyatvaṃ bhavet । (159)

2.160

<kha. vivakṣānvayisaṃketānugamatvād rūḍheḥ>

166,vi (PVV_166,vi_166,viii)

syādetad 〈।〉 rūḍhyaiva mukhyatā kintu sāpi bhinne viśeṣaṇe satītyāha 〈।〉 na 〈।〉

166,vii

"saṃketānvayinī rūḍhirvakturicchānvayī ca saḥ /

kriyate vyavahārārtha chandaḥ śabdāṃśanābhavat // (pratyakṣa) 160 //"

166,viii

"saṃketānvayinī" yathāsaṃketaṃ "rūḍhiḥ sa ca" saṃketo "vaktuḥ" saṃketayitu"ricchānvayī vyavahārārthaṃ kriyate । chandaso" gāyatryādeḥ "śabdāṃ"śasya prakṛtipratyayāde"rnāmavat" । na hi viśiṣṭānupūrvīkeṣu varṇṇeṣu pṛthagbhūtaṃ gāyatryādiśūbdanimittaṃ kiñcidasti । śabdāṃśeṣu vā'pi tu saṃketayituricchānurodhādeva tathā vyapadeśaḥ । (160)

2.161

166,ix (PVV_166,ix_167,i)

yadi vyaktibhyo na bhinnaṃ sāmānyaṃ tadā kathamanugāmī pratyaya ityāha 〈।〉

166,x

"vastudharmatayaivārthāstādṛgvijñānakāraṇam /

bhedepi yatra tajjñānāṃttāntathā pratipadyate // (pratyakṣa) 161 //"

<167>

167,i

"vastudharmatayā" prakṛ"tyaiva" keci"darthāḥ" parasparaṃ "bhedepi tādṛ"śasyānugāmino'tatkāryaṃvyāvṛttiviṣayasya "vijñānasya kāraṇaṃ" । yatra yeṣvartheṣvanugāmi jñānaṃ tānabhedino'rthān "tathā" ekatve"na pratipadyate" na tvekasāmā(nyaṃ )<?>〈nya〉balāttathā jñānaṃ । (161)

2.162

167,ii (PVV_167,ii_167,iv)

syādetat । prativyakti jñānānyapi bhinnānīti kathamanugāmi jñānamityāha 〈।〉

167,iii

"jñānānyapi tathā bhede'bhedapratyavamarśane /

ityatatkāryaviśleṣasyānvayo naikavastunaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 162 //"

167,iv

"jñānānyapi" parasparato "bhede tathā"'rthavadvastudharmitayā"'bhedapratyavamarśane" nimittaṃ tato jñānānyapi tadekaparāmarśagocaratayā'nugāmipratyaya ucyante ityanena prakāreṇa bhediṣvartheṣvata"tkāryā"darthasya "viśleṣo" vyavacchedastasyā"nvayo" vidyate । "na tvekasya vastunaḥ" sāmānyasya 〈।〉 (162)

2.163

167,v (PVV_167,v_167,ix)

"vastūnāṃ vidyate tasmāttanniṣṭhā vastuni śrutiḥ /"

167,vi

"vastūnāṃ" viśeṣāṇāmanvayo "vidyate"'nupalambhabādhitatvāttasya । "tasmāt tanniṣṭhā" vyāvṛttiviṣayā "vastu"ni "śrutiḥ" pravartate ।

<(5) anyāpohacintā>

<ka. atatkāryavyāvṛttiḥ>

167,vii

nanvatatkāryavyāvṛttirvastunaḥ svabhāvabhūtā tato vyāvṛttiviṣayatve "vastuviṣayataiva śabdasya" syādityāha 〈।〉

167,viii

"bāhyaśaktivyavacchedaniṣṭhābhāvepi tacchrutiḥ // (pratyakṣa) 163 //"

167,ix

"bāhya"sya vastunaḥ "śakte"ratatkāryādyo "vyavaccheda"statra "niṣṭhā" viṣayitvaṃ tasyābhāvepi "tacchruti"rvyavacchedavācinī śrutiḥ । (163)

2.164

167,x (PVV_167,x_167,xi)

"vikalpapratibimbeṣu tanniṣṭheṣu nibadhyate /

tatonyāpohaniṣṭhatvāduktānyāpohakṛcchrutiḥ // (pratyakṣa) 164 //"

167,xi

vika"lpānāṃ pratibimbe"ṣvākāreṣu "tanniṣṭheṣu" tadvyāvṛttivastutvena vyavasthāviṣayatayā tadvyavahāravyavasthitiṣu saṃketakāle "nibadhyate । tato" vikalpaprati<168>bimbānāṃ bāhyavyāvṛttātmatvena vyavahāraviṣayatvādanyā"pohaniṣṭhatvā"tkāraṇā"duktā śrutiranyāpohakṛt" । anyavyāvṛttākāravikalpajananāt anyavyāvṛtteṣu pravartanācca śabdo'nyāpohakṛduktaḥ । (164)

2.165

168,i (PVV_168,i_168,iii)

nanu śābde jñāne grāhyaṃ bāhyatayaiva pratīyate na jñānākāratayetyāha 〈।〉

168,ii

"vyatirekīva yajjñāne bhātyarthapratibimbakam /

śabdāttadapi nārthātmā bhrāntiḥ sā vāsanodbhavā // (pratyakṣa) 165 //"

168,iii

"śabdādu"tpanna"jñāne'rthapratibimbakaṃ vyatirekīva" bhinnaṃ bāhyamiva "yadābhāti tadapi nārthātmā" bahirarthasvarūpaṃ kintu "bhrāntiḥ sā vāsanānirmitā" । yathā taimirikadṛṣṭeṣu keśādiṣu bāhyabhramaḥ । evaṃ vikalpākārepi bāhyavyavahāro'vidyāvaśādityarthaḥ । (165)

2.166

168,iv (PVV_168,iv_168,vi)

jñānākārastarhi vastubhūto vācyaḥ syādityāha 〈।〉

168,v

"tasyābhidhāne śrutibhirarthe koṃśovagamyate /

tasyāgatau ca saṃketakriyā vyarthā tadarthikā // (pratyakṣa) 166 //"

168,vi

"tasya" jñānākārasya "śrutibhirabhidhāne'rthe"'tatkāryavyāvṛtte śabdenācodite koṃśovagamyate na kaścittadakāryavyāvṛ"ttasyā"rthasya śabdā"dagatau ca" satyāṃ "saṃketakriyā vyarthā" yasmā"ttadarthikā" atatkāryavyāvṛttārthapratītiphalā seṣyate । (166)

2.167

168,vii (PVV_168,vii_168,ix)

evantarhyanyāpohepi saṃkete kṛte pravṛttirartheṣu na syāt । tasyārthātmatvābhāvādityāha ।

168,viii

"śabdorthāṃśaṃkamāheti tatrānyāpoha ucyate /

ākāraḥ sa ca nārthesti taṃ vadannarthabhāk katham // (pratyakṣa) 167 //"

168,ix

"śabdo'rthāṃśaṃkamāheti" praśne "tatrānyāpoho"'tatkāryavyāvṛttiḥ sarvaviśeṣasaṃbhavinī vācyatayo"cyate" । ato'rthāṃśātmanyanyāpohe gṛhītasaṃketaḥ śabdāduccaritārthaṃ pratītya tatra pravarttita iti yuktaṃ । yastatrā"kṣākāraḥ sa cārthe nāsti taṃ" buddhyākāraṃ "vadan śabdo'rthabhāk" bāhyārthābhidhāyī kathamastu । (167)

2.168

<169>

169,i (PVV_169,i_169,iii)

kiñca 〈।〉

169,ii

"śabdasyānvayinaḥ kāryamarthenānvayinā sa ca /

ananvayī dhiyo'bhedād darśanābhyāsanirmmataḥ // (pratyakṣa) 168 //"

169,iii

"śabdasyānvayino"'nvayinā"rthena kāryaṃ" vyavahārakāle pratītilakṣaṇaṃ prayojanaṃ । "sa ca" buddhyākāraḥ svalakṣaṇa"darśanābhyāsena" vāsanā"nirmmito'nanvayī dhiyo"'nanvayinyā "abhedāt" । (168)

2.169

169,iv (PVV_169,iv_169,vi)

nanu yadyarthaḥ śabdasya na viṣayastadā tadaṃ śarūpopyanyāpohaḥ kathaṃ vācya ityāha 〈।〉

169,v

"tadrūpāropagatyānyavyāvṛttādhigateḥ punaḥ /

śabdārthārthaḥ sa eveti vacane na virudhyate // (pratyakṣa) 169 //"

169,vi

buddhyākāre tadrūpasyāparthāṃśāpohasyā"ropagatyā" ekatvādhyavasāyenā"nyavyāvṛttasyā"rthasyā"dhigateḥ śabdārthāṃ"śāpohaḥ śabdārtha ucyate । na tu sāmānyācchabdādarthapratīteḥ । yadi punarbuddhyākārasya vyāvṛttārthatvena pratīteḥ sa buddhyākāra eva śabdārtha ityupacārāducyate buddhyākāraśabdārthavādinā 〈।〉 tadaivaṃ "vacane" kiñcidapi "na virudhyate" । buddhyākārasyānvayinaḥ śabdārthatvāniṣṭeḥ । (169)

2.170

<kha. anyāpohakṛcchabdaḥ>

169,vii (PVV_169,vii_169,viii)

"mithyāvabhāsino vaite pratyayāḥ śabdanirmmitāḥ /"

169,viii

mithyā"vabhāsino vā śabdanirmitā ete pratyayāḥ" । tathā hi na tāvadarthaḥ śabdabuddherviṣayaḥ । tatsvarūpānavabhāsataḥ । tatra śabdasaṃketābhāvācca । nāpi buddhyākārastasya vedanepi viṣayatvenānadhyavasāyāt svalakṣaṇatvāt saṃketābhāvācca । na hi buddhyākārasya bahiṣṭvaṃ bāhyasya vā buddhyākaratvamasti yena tatheti bhāsaḥ satyapratibhāsaḥ syāt । tasmādvastuto'vastupratibhāsinaḥ śābdāḥ pratyayāḥ ।

169,ix (PVV_169,ix_170,i)

kathantarhīdānīmarthāṃśāpohakṛcchrutiruktetyāha 〈।〉

169,x

"anuyāntīmamarthāṃśamiti vāpohakṛcchrutiḥ // (pratyakṣa) 170 //"

<170>

170,i

"imama"nyāpohama"rthāṃśaṃ" śabdā atatpratibhāsitvepi "anuyānti" vṛttiviṣayatvena vyavasthāpayanti । arthadarśanāyātatvena parasparaṃ yā tatpratibandhanāditi cānyā"pohakṛcchruti"ruktā । (170)

2.171

170,ii (PVV_170,ii_170,vi)

"tasmāt saṃketakālepi;"

170,iii

yasmād vyavahārakāle'nyavyavacchedapratītiḥ śabdāt "tasmātsaṃketakālepya"nyāpohaḥ śrutau vācyatayā sambadhyate nānyat ।

170,iv

nanvarthamupadarśya saṃketaḥ kriyate tatkathamapoha ucyata ityāha 〈।〉

170,v

"nirdiṣṭārthena saṃyutaḥ /

svapratītiphalenānyāpohaḥ saṃbadhyate śrutau // (pratyakṣa) 171 //"

170,vi

"nirdiṣṭenārthenā"nyavyāvṛttena vyavahārakāle "sva"sya "pratītiḥ phalaṃ" prayojanaṃ yasya tena "saṃyuto"'bhedādhyavasāyādekatvamupanīto"'nyāpoho" buddhyākārasvabhāvaḥ "śrutau sambadhyate" na tvartha eva । (171)

2.172

170,vii (PVV_170,vii_170,ix)

tathā hi 〈।〉

170,viii

"anyātrādṛṣṭyapekṣatvāt kvacittaddṛṣṭyapekṣaṇāt /

śrutau saṃbadhyatepoho naitad vastuni yujyate // (pratyakṣa) 172 //"

170,ix

saṃketasyā"nyatra" vyavacchedye"'vṛkṣe'darśanāpekṣatvāt । kvaci"davyavacchedye vṛkṣaikadeśe "dṛṣṭyapekṣaṇāt śrutā"vapohaḥ "sambadhyata" iti niścīyate । "vastuni"sāmānyādau saṃketaviṣaye etat vyavacchedyāvyavacchedyayordarśanādarśanāpekṣaṇaṃ "na yujyate" । vastuni vidhimukhena pratipādye kimanyatrādarśanāpekṣayā । apekṣyate ca tato'nyavyavaccheda eva pratipādyata iti gamyate । anyavyavacchedaḥ sāmānyādikaṃ cāpekṣyate vipakṣaparihāreṇa pratipattyarthamiti cet । alaṃ tadā sāmānyena । anyavyavacchedenaiva vyavahāraparisamāpteḥ । (172)

2.173

170,x (PVV_170,x_170,xii)

yataśca jātiguṇakriyādīni viśeṣaṇāni vastugrāhiṇi jñāne nābhāsante 〈।〉

170,xi

"tasmād jātyāditadyogā nārthe teṣu ca na śrutiḥ /

saṃyojyatenyavyāvṛttau śabdānāmeva yojanāt // (pratyakṣa) 173 //"

170,xii

"tasmājjātyādayasteṣāṃ yogāścārthe na" santi । "ata"steṣu "śrutiśca nopa"yujyate । "anyavyāvṛttāveva" pratītisiddhāyāṃ "śabdānāṃ yojanāt" । (173)

2.174

<171>

<(6) ka. pratyakṣe śabdakalpanānirāsaḥ>

171,i (PVV_171,i_171,iii)

tadevaṃ jātyādikalpanā tatsambandhakalpanā ca nāstītyuktaṃ । śabdakalpanāpi na sambhavatītyāha 〈।〉

171,ii

"saṃketasmaraṇopāyaṃ dṛṣṭasaṃkalanātmakam /

pūrvāparaparāmarśaśūnye taccākṣuṣe katham // (pratyakṣa) 174 //"

171,iii

śabdakalpanaṃ hi pūrvagṛhītasya "saṃketa"sya "smaraṇamupāyo" yasya saṃketasmaraṇopāyaṃ vācakatvena "dṛṣṭa"sya śabdasya "saṃkalanaṃ" tathāyojana"mātmā" yasya tat dṛṣṭasaṃkalanātmakaṃ prasiddhaṃ । tacca "pūrva"sya saṃketakāladṛṣṭavācakaśabdasyā"parasya" dṛśyamānārthasya "parāmarśo" vācyavācakatāyojanantena śūnyā śabdāmiśravastusvarūpagrāhiṇi "cākṣuṣe" jñāne "kathaṃ" saṃbhāvyate । cākṣuṣaṃ cākṣajamātropalakṣaṇamindriyajñānamityarthaḥ । (174)

2.175

171,iv (PVV_171,iv_171,vi)

kiñca 〈।〉

171,v

"anyatra gatacittopi cakṣuṣā rūpamīkṣate /

tatsaṃketāgrahastatra spaṣṭastajjā ca kalpanā // (pratyakṣa) 175 //"

171,vi

dṛśyamānādarthāda"nyatrā"tītādau vikalpanīye "gatacittaḥ" pravṛttavikalpopi draṣṭā "cakṣuṣā" cakṣurvijñānena "rūpamīkṣate" । tasya dṛśyamānārthasya "saṃketaḥ" saṃketaviṣayo vācakaṃ nāma tasyā"graho"'smaraṇaṃ "tatra" cākṣuṣe jñāne "spaṣṭaḥ" । tata"stajjā" vācakanāmasmaraṇaprabhavā "kalpanā ca" cākṣuṣe jñāne nāstīti śeṣaḥ । (175)

2.176

171,vii (PVV_171,vii_171,ix)

kiñca 〈।〉

171,viii

"jāyante kalpanāstatra yatra śabdo niveśitaḥ /

tenecchātaḥ pravartteran nekṣeran bāhyamakṣajāḥ // (pratyakṣa) 176 //"

171,ix

tatra viṣaye śabdayojanātmikāḥ "kalpanā jāyante । yatra" saṃketakāle "śabdo niveśitaḥ" । na cendriyaviṣaye śabdasaṃketa iti na tat jñānaṃ śabdayojanātmakaṃ <prāk> । athendriyaviṣaya eva śabdaniveśastadā "tena" śabdaviṣayatvena kāraṇe"necchātaḥ pravartterannakṣajāḥ" pratyayā vikalpavat । na caitadasti । icchāprabhavatve vā bāhyārthasaṃnidhānānapekṣatvāt । "bāhyamarthaṃ nekṣerannakṣajāḥ" pratyayavikalpavat । (176)

2.177

171,x (PVV_171,x_172,i)

api ca 〈।〉

171,xi

"rūpaṃ rūpamitīkṣeta taddhiyaṃ kimitīkṣate //

asti cānubhavastasyāḥsovikalpaḥ kathaṃ bhavet // (pratyakṣa) 177 //"

<172>

172,i

sarvavikalpavādino mate "rūpamiti" pravṛttavikalpabuddhī "rūpamīkṣeta । taddhiyaṃ" rūpadhiyamapi kalpyamānāṃ "kimitīkṣate" jñātā rūpabuddhya"nubhavo" nāstīti na yuktaṃ । yasmādasti cānubhavastasyāḥ sarveṣāṃ pratipattṛṇāṃ । na ca rūpa iva tadbuddhāvapi kalpanā'nubhūyate । tataśca rūpabuddheranubhavo"'vikalpaḥ kathambhavet" । (177)

2.178

172,ii (PVV_172,ii_172,iii)

"tayaivānubhave dṛṣṭaṃ na vikalpadvayaṃ sakṛt /

etena tulyakālānyavijñānānubhavo gataḥ // (pratyakṣa) 178 //"

172,iii

"tayai"va rūpabuddhyā rūpasya svātmanaścā'"nubhave"bhyupagamyamāne rūpamiti rūpānubhava iti ca "vikalpadvayaṃ sakṛt" syāt । tacca nāstyanubhavavādhitatvāt । "etena" sakṛtkalpanādvayaniṣedhena "tulyakālenānyena" nirvikalpajñānenā"nubhavo" rūpabuddhe"rgato" nirṇṇītottaro boddhavyaḥ । (178)

2.179

<kha. uttarakālabhāvivikalpajñānenānubhavaḥ>

172,iv (PVV_172,iv_172,vi)

uttarakālabhāvinā vikalpajñānenānubhava iti cedāha 〈।〉

172,v

"smṛtirbhavedatīte ca sā'gṛhīte kathaṃ bhavet /

syāccānyadhīparicchedābhinnarūpā svabuddhidhīḥ // (pratyakṣa) 179 //"

172,vi

"atīte ca" rūpānubhave "smṛtiḥ" paścāttanena vikalpena na bhavennānubhavaḥ । "sā" smṛtira"gṛhīte"'nubhave "kathambhavet" । yadi cātītabuddhirvikalpyate tadā'nyasya puṃso dhiyaḥ "paricchedena" parokṣabuddhivikalpātmakenā"bhinnarūpā" tathātvena "svabuddhidhīḥ" syāt । asti ca parabuddhipratītivilakṣaṇasvabuddhyanubhavaḥ । tasmādavikalpa evāsau । (179)

2.180

172,vii (PVV_172,vii_172,ix)

kiñca 〈।〉

172,viii

"atītamapadṛṣṭāntamaliṅgañcārthavedanam /

siddhaṃ tatkena tasmin hi na pratyakṣaṃ na laiṅgikam // (pratyakṣa) 180 //"

172,ix

savikalpakapratyakṣavādinā nirvikalpasyāpyasvasaṃvedanavādino mate'"tītamarthavedanaṃ" na kevalamadhyakṣato vartamānaviṣayatvānna sidhyati । kintvanumānādapi yasmāda"liṅgaṃ" liṅgarahitaṃ । tathā hi dharmiṇo jñānasyāsiddhatvāt liṅgamāśrayā<173>"siddhaṃ । anumānāt jñānasiddhivādinaḥ kasyacijjñānasyādhyakṣāsiddhatvāt" anumānasiddhāvanavasthānāt "apadṛṣṭāntaṃ" । dṛṣṭāntāsiddhau na"vyāptisiddhiriti" liṅgarahitamevātītaṃ rūpādidarśanaṃ । "tattasmātkena pramāṇena siddhaṃ tasmin hi" rūpādidarśane "na pratyakṣa"mabhimatatvādasti । "na ca laiṅgikamanumānamuktakramāditi" sakalamapratipattikamandhamūkaṃ jagatprāptamiti ॥ (180)

2.181–2.184

173,i (PVV_173,i_173,iv)

atha 〈।〉

173,ii

"tatsvarūpāvabhāsinyā buddhyānantarayā yadi /

rūpādiriva gṛhyeta;"

173,iii

"tatsvarūpāvabhāsinyā"'tītarūpādibuddhirūpapratibhāsinyā "tajjanyayā'nantayā" dhiyā'tītabuddhi"ryadi gṛhyate" sautrāntikamate "rūpādiriva" tadanukāriṇyā "tadanantarayā" dhiyā tadā ko "doṣa" ityāha 〈।〉

173,iv

yadā ciraṃ bahuṣu viṣayeṣu jñānāni pravartante tadā 〈।〉

173,v (PVV_173,v)

"na syāt tatpūrvadhīgrahaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 181 //

sovikalpaḥ svaviṣayo vijñānānubhavo yathā /

aśakyasamayaṃ tadvadanyadapyavikalpakam // (pratyakṣa) 182 //

sāmānyavācinaḥ śabdāstadekārthā ca kalpanā /

abhāve nirvikalpasya viśeṣādhigamaḥ katham // (pratyakṣa) 183 //

asti cennirvikalpañca kiñcittattulyahetukam /

sarvaṃ tathaiva hetorhi bhedād bhedaḥ phalātmanām // (pratyakṣa) 184 //"

173,vi (PVV_173,vi^1) (PVV_173,vi^2)

tasmādantyāt jñānāt yāḥ "pūrvā" dhiyastāsāṃ "graho na syādi"ti doṣaḥ । antyabuddhijanitayā hi dhiyā saiva gṛhyate na tvanyā iti syāt । asti cānubhavastāsāṃ yadvalena ciramahamadrākṣamiti bhavati draṣṭuḥ । tasmā"tsvaviṣayaḥ" svarūpālambano "vijñānā"nāṃ pūrvabhāvinā"manubhavo'vikalpaḥ" । sa yathā "tadvadanyadapi" jñānamantyamapratibaddhavṛtti "cāvikalpakaṃ" boddhavyaṃ । yasmātsakalameva svarūpa"maśakyasamayaṃ" śabdasaṃketāviṣayaḥ । tataśca na vikalpagrāhyaṃ 〈।〉 kiñca viśeṣasaṃketābhāvāt vyavahārakālānuyāyitvācca "sāmānyavācinaḥ śabdāstaiḥ" śabdai"rekārthā" ekaviṣayā "ca kalpanā" śabdayojanayā śabdārtha eva kalpanā । paramate ca "nirvikalapasya" jñānasyā"bhāve" viśeṣasya "vikalpā"viṣayasyā"dhigamaḥ kathaṃ" na kathañcidityarthaḥ । viśeṣānubhavadarśanā"dasti kiñcinnirvikalpaṃ ca" jñānaṃ yathāhurmī māṃ sa <174>"kādaya iti cet" । evantarhi tena nirvikalpena "tulyahetukaṃ" cakṣūrūpamanaskārādisamānahetukaṃ viśeṣaviṣayaṃ "sarvaṃ" jñānaṃ "tathaivā"vikalpakamastu 〈।〉 na tu svalakṣaṇaviṣayamapi kiñcitsavikalpakaṃ । hiryasmā"ddhatorbhedātphalātmanāṃ bhedo" bhavati । hetvabhede tu phalābheda eva yuktaḥ । nānyathā kvacidapyekajātīyatā syāt ॥(181–84)

2.185

174,i (PVV_174,i_174,iii)

kiñca 〈।〉

174,ii

"anapekṣitabāhyārthā yojanā samayasmṛteḥ /

tathānapekṣya samayaṃ vastuśaktyaiva netradhīḥ // (pratyakṣa) 185 //"

174,iii

"yojanā" kalpanā'na"pekṣitabāhyārthā" bahirarthasaṃketaviṣayamanapekṣyaiva samayasya prāggṛhītasya "smṛteḥ" sakāśād bhavati tāvat । "tathā samayamanapekṣya vastunaḥ" svalakṣaṇasya "śaktyā" svākārānukārivijñānajananasāmarthyenaiva "netradhīrjā"yate "yadi" tadā ko virodhaḥ । (185)

2.186

174,iv (PVV_174,iv_174,vi)

syādetad 〈।〉

174,v

"saṃketasmaraṇāpekṣa rūpaṃ yadyakṣacetasi /

anapekṣya na cecchaktaṃ syāt smṛtāveva liṅgavat // (pratyakṣa) 186 //"

174,vi

rūpama"kṣacetasi" kartavye "saṃketasmaraṇāpekṣaṃ" tadanapekṣaṃ punarnāśaktamiti evaṃ tarhi śrutāveva rūpaṃ śaktamiti syāt । na tvindriyabuddhau "liṅgavat" । yathā hi liṃgaṃ "na" liṃgabuddhau sākṣācchaktaṃ kintu liṅgaliṅginoḥ sammbandhismṛtāveva । tathā saṃketasmaraṇe rūpaṃ nimittaṃ syāt । na cāgṛhītaṃ smṛtipratibodhakamiti nirvikalpakamasya grahaṇaṃ prāk tataḥ smṛtiḥ । tataśca yojaneti kramaḥ । (186)

2.187

174,vii (PVV_174,vii_174,ix)

kathaṃ punararthasammukhībhāvāt smṛtijanmetyāha 〈।〉

174,viii

"tasyāstatsaṅgamotpatterakṣadhīḥ syāt smṛternna vā /

tataḥ kālāntarepi syāt kvacid vyākṣepasambhavāt // (pratyakṣa) 187 //"

174,ix

"tasyāḥ smṛtesta"syārthasya "saṃgamena" sammukhībhāve"notpatteḥ । na tvakṣadhī"rarthā"tsyāt" । sā tu smṛterarthajanitāyāḥ syāt । na vā smṛterapi bhavet smṛtyadhīnatāyāṃ nārthādhīnatā । yacca smaraṇaṃ bhāvi tannāvaśyaṃ bhavatīti kadācinna bhavedapi । "tataḥ" smṛteḥ "kālāntareṇāpi syāda"dhyakṣadhīḥ smṛtyanantaraṃ "kvaci"dviṣayāntare "vyākṣepasyā"śaktilakṣaṇasya "saṃbhavāt" । tannivṛttau satyāṃ krameṇa bhavet । (187)

2.188

<175>

175,i (PVV_175,i_175,iii)

syādetatprathamamubhimukhībhavannarthaḥ smṛterhetustata indriyajñānasyeti 〈।〉

175,ii

"krameṇobhayahetuścet prāgeva syādabhedataḥ //

anyokṣabuddhihetuścet smṛtistatrāpyanarthikā // (pratyakṣa) 188 //"

175,iii

"krameṇobhayahetu"rabhimata"ścet" । yadyevaṃ pūrvāparai"kasvabhāvasāmarthyasya" bhāvasyā"bhedata"stajjanyaṃ dvayamapi "prāgeva syāt" na kramataḥ ॥ syādetad 〈।〉 bhāvānāṃ kṣaṇikatvāccānyaḥ smṛtiprabodhakaḥ kṣaṇo'nyaścākṣabuddherhetuścet । "tatrādyepi" kṣaṇe vācaka"śabdasmṛtiranarthikā" 〈।〉 (188)

2.189

175,iv (PVV_175,iv_175,vi)

yasmād 〈।〉

175,v

"yathā samitasidhyarthamiṣyate samayasmṛtiḥ /

bhedaścāsamito grāhyaḥ smṛtistatra kimarthikā // (pratyakṣa) 189 //"

175,vi

"yathā samita"sya śabdavācyatayā'rthasya "siddhyarthaṃ samayasmṛtiriṣyate । bhedo" viśeṣo"'samitaḥ" saṃketāviṣayaścākṣadhiyā "grāhyaḥ" । tatra smṛtiḥ samayasya "kimarthikā" niṣprayojanā 〈।〉 (189)

2.190

175,vii (PVV_175,vii_175,ix)

sāmānye kālāntarānuvarttini saṃketaḥ sa eva smaryata iti cedāha 〈।〉 na 〈।〉

175,viii

"sāmānyamātragrahaṇe bhedāpekṣā na yujyate //

tasmāccakṣuśca rūpañca pratītyodeti netradhīḥ // (pratyakṣa) 190 //"

175,ix

"sāmānyamātrasya grahaṇe"'bhyupagamyamāne "bheda"sya viśeṣasya saṃketaviṣayasyā"pekṣā" na yujyate yathā gaurityukte kīdṛśo gauriti । tasmātsāmānyavati viśeṣe saṃketastenaivārthitvād vyavahāriṇāṃ । tathā ca bhedaścāsamito grāhya ityuktaṃ । "tasmāccakṣuśca rūpañca pratītyāsādyodeti netradhī"rityabhyupagantavyaṃ ॥ (190)

2.191ab

175,x (PVV_175,x_175,xii)

vyavadhānenāpi rūpakāraṇatā syāditi cet । āha 〈।〉

175,xi

"sākṣāccet jñānajanane samartho viṣayokṣavat /"

175,xii

"sākṣācca viṣayo" rūpādiḥ svagrāhaka"jñānajanane samartho'kṣavat" । na vyavadhānena । smṛtyadhīnatāyāṃ doṣasyoktatvāt 〈।〉 tasmādaśabdasaṃsṛ<?>ṣṭārthabalabhāvitadrūpānukāripratyakṣamanāviṣṭābhilāpamavikalpakameva yuktaṃ ॥ (X) (X) ॥

<2.6. pratyakṣabhedāḥ>

<(1) indriyapratyakṣam>

2.191cd

<176>

176,i (PVV_176,i_176,ii)

"atha kasmād dvayādhīnajanma tattena nocyate // (pratyakṣa) 191 //"

176,ii

"atha dvayādhīnajanma"viṣayendriyotpatti"tadi"ndriyajñānamindriyeṇo"cyate" vyapadiśyate pratyakṣamiti pratigatamakṣampratyakṣamindriyāśritamityarthaḥ 〈।〉 kasmātpunarviṣayeṇa "nocyate" prativiṣayamiti ॥ (191)

2.192

176,iii (PVV_176,iii_176,v)

na khalu vyasanitayā vyapadeśo niyujyate । api tu 〈।〉

176,iv

"samīkṣya gamakatvaṃ hi vyapadeśo na gṛhyate /

taccākṣavyapadeśesti taddharmaśca niyojyatām // (pratyakṣa) 192 //"

176,v

"gamakatvaṃ samīkṣya" paribhāvya । "tacca gamakatvamakṣeṇa vyapadeśe" pratyakṣamityatrāsti tasya gamakatvasya vyāpakasya "dharmmo" vyāpyabhūto "niyojyatāṃ ।"(192)

2.193

176,vi (PVV_176,vi_176,vii)

"tato liṅgasvabhāvotra vyapadeśe niyojyatām /

nivarttate vyāpakasya svabhāvasya nivṛttitaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 193 //"

176,vii

"tato" vyāpakābhāvāt "vyapadeśe" dharmmiṇi "atra" gamakatve sādhye "niyojyatāṃ" liṅgaṃ । prativiṣayamiti vyapadeśāt "vyāpakasya" gamakatvasya "nivṛttito nivartate" niyojyateti vyāpakānupalabdhyā tatra niyojyatvābhāvaḥ siddhaḥ । (193)

2.194

<ka. akṣāṇāṃ gamakatvāt pratyakṣam>

176,viii (PVV_176,viii_176,ix)

"sañcitaḥ samudāyaḥ sa sāmānyaṃ tatra cākṣadhīḥ /

sāmānyabuddhiścāvaśyaṃ vikalpenānubadhyate // (pratyakṣa) 194 //"

176,ix

nanu sañcitālambanāḥ pañca vijñānakāyā iti siddhāntaḥ । "tatrānekārthajanyatvāt svārthe sāmānyagotara" miti coktaṃ । tathā ca paramāṇūnāṃ "samudāyaḥ"<177> sañcita ityucyate । "sa" eva ca sāmānye mataḥ "tatra ca" sāmānye'"kṣadhī"rjjāyate 〈।〉 "sāmānyabuddhiścāvaśyaṃ vikalpenānubadhyate" anusīvyate । (194)

2.195

177,i (PVV_177,i_177,iv)

tatkathamavikalpaṃ pratyakṣamucyate ॥

177,ii

atrāha 〈।〉

177,iii

"arthāntarābhisambandhājjāyante ye'ṇavo'pare /

uktāste sañcitāste hi nimittaṃ jñānajanmanaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 195 //"

177,iv

"arthāntarāṇāṃ paramāṇvantarāṇāmabhisambandhāt" sannidhānaviśeṣeṇopasarpaṇapratyayebhyaḥ pūrvakebhyaḥparamasannihitebhyo'parenye"ye'ṇavo jāyante" te sañcitā "uktāḥ sañci"tālambanā vijñānakāya ityādau । "jñānajanma"nasta eva hi "nimitta"muktāḥ tatrānekārthajanyatvādityādinā । (195)

2.196

177,v (PVV_177,v_177,vi)

"aṇūnāṃ sa viśeṣaśca nāntareṇāparānaṇūna /

tadekāniyamājjñānamuktaṃ sāmānyagocaram // (pratyakṣa) 196 //"

177,vi

"aṇūnāṃ" sa ca jñānajananasāmarthyalakṣaṇo "viśeṣo'parānaṇūna"vyavadhānavarttino'ntareṇa vinā na bhavati । na hi pratyekamaṇavo dṛśyāḥ kiṃ tu sahitā eva । "tattasmādeka"sminnarthe paramāṇau jñānasyā"niyamāt sāmānyagocaraṃ" saṃcitaparamāṇusaṃghātaviṣayaṃ "jñānamuktaṃ" tattvavādinā । na tu paramāṇvatiriktasāmānyaviṣayaṃ । tatkathaṃ sāmānyaviṣayatvāt savikalpatvaprasaṅgaḥ ॥ (196)

2.197

177,vii (PVV_177,vii_177,viii)

"athaikāyatanatvepi nānekaṃ dṛśyate sakṛt /

sakṛdgrahāvabhāsaḥ kiṃ viyukteṣu tilādiṣu // (pratyakṣa) 197 //"

177,viii

athaikendriyajñānajanakatvāt nīlapītādīnā"mekāyatanatve" rūpāyatanatvasaṃgrahepi "nānekaṃ" nīlādi "sakṛd dṛśyate" kintu krameṇa tatkathamaṇūnā "bahūnāmekadā<178>grahaṇaṃ । atrocyate" । yadi nānekamekadā gṛhyate tadā "tilādiṣu viyukteṣu" vibhinna"deśeṣu sakṛdgra"hāva"bhāso" yugapad grahaṇānubhavaḥ kiṃ kasmāddhe toḥ । (197)

2.198

178,i (PVV_178,i_178,iii)

jñānānāṃ laghuvṛttitvāt sakṛd grahaṇabhramaścet । āha 〈।〉

178,ii

"pratyuktaṃ lāghavañcātra teṣveva kramapātiṣu /

kiṃ nākramagrahastulyakālāḥ sarvāśca buddhayaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 198 //"

178,iii

"pratyuktaṃ" pratikṣiptaṃ "cātra" sakṛdgrahāvabhāse "lāghavaṃ" buddhīnāṃ । anyatrāpi samānaṃ tadvarṇṇayorvā sakṛcchruti(2.135)rityādinā । tathāpyucyate । "teṣveva" tilādiṣu hastādibhyaḥ "kramapātiṣu kiṃ" kasmā"nnākramagrahaṇaṃ" bhavati । "sarvāśca buddhayaḥ" sahāvasthiteṣu sambhavantya"stulyakālāḥ" । (198)

2.199

178,iv (PVV_178,iv_178,vi)

tataḥ 〈।〉

178,v

"kāścittāsvakramābhāsāḥ kramavatyoparāśca kim /

sarvārthagrahaṇe tasmādakramoyaṃ prasajyate // (pratyakṣa) 199 //"

178,vi

"tāsu kāścidakramābhāsāyāḥ" sahasthitavastuviṣayāyā aparāśca buddhayaḥ "kramavatyo"'yugapatpratibhāsāḥ "kiṃ" bhavanti yāḥ kramapātivastuviṣayāḥ 〈।〉 asti cāyaṃ bhedaḥ । "tasmātsarva"syārthasya kramiṇo'kramiṇaśca "grahaṇe'kramo'yaṃ" lāghavāviśeṣā"tprasajyate" । (199)

2.200

178,vii (PVV_178,vii_178,ix)

kiñca 〈।〉

178,viii

"naikaṃ citrapataṅgādi rūpaṃ vā dṛśyate katham /

citraṃ tadekamiti cedidaṃ citratarantataḥ // (pratyakṣa) 200 //"

178,ix

"citrapataṅgādi naikama"nekaṃ nīlādirūpaṃ "vā dṛśyate kathaṃ" yadi nānekamekena gṛhyate । "citraṃ" nīlapītādyātmakaṃ tatpataṅgādika"mekamiti cet" idañcitra"mekaṃ" yaducyate ta"ttata"ścitrapataṅgādapi "citrataramā"ścaryataraṃ । citramiti nānārūpāṇi tadeva punarekamucyata ityupahasati 〈॥〉 (200)

2.201

178,x (PVV_178,x_179,i)

tathā ca 〈।〉

178,xi

"naikaṃ svabhāvaṃ citraṃ hi maṇirūpaṃ yathaiva tat /

nīlādi pratibhāsaśca tulyaścitrapaṭādiṣu // (pratyakṣa) 201 //"

<179>

179,i

"citrama"nekarūpaṃ "hi" yasmāttasmānnaikaṃ pataṅgādi । "yathaiva" saṃsthānaviśeṣeṇa sanniviṣṭānāṃ bahūnāṃ "maṇī"nāṃ "rūpaṃ ta"ccitramanekaṃ naikamavayavi dravyaṃ vijātīyānāṃ dravyānārambhāt । citrabuddhirekatvānmukhyā pataṅgemaṇirūpādiṣu punarupacariteti cet । āha 〈।〉 nīlādipratibhāsaścitrapratibhāsaḥ sa "citrapaṭa ādi"ryeṣāṃ maṇirūpādīnāṃ teṣu citrapataṅge "ca tulyaḥ" । na tvagnimāṇavakayordahanabuddhiriva skhaladaskhaladvṛttirlakṣyate । (201)

2.202

179,ii (PVV_179,ii_179,iii)

"tatrāvayavarūpañcait kevalaṃ dṛśyate tathā /

nīlādīni nirasyānyaccitraṃ citraṃ yadīkṣase // (pratyakṣa) 202 //"

179,iii

"tatra" citrapaṭādiṣu kevalamava"yavarūpaṃ tathā citratayā dṛśyate" nāvayavī vijātīyānāṃ dravyānārambhāditi cet । citrapataṅgādāvapi "nīlādīni nirasya" pṛthakkṛtya "tebhyo'nyaccitra"mavayavirūpaṃ "yadīkṣase" tvaṃ ta"ccitra"māścaryaṃ । svasiddhāntānurāgabheṣajaviśodhitacakṣurīkṣase tvameva yadīdṛśamavayavinaṃ paraṃ nātrānyeṣāmadhikāraḥ । (202)

2.203

179,iv (PVV_179,iv_179,vi)

api ca 〈।〉

179,v

"tulyārthākārakālatvenopalakṣitayordvayoḥ /

nānārthā kramavatyekā kimekārthākramāparā // (pratyakṣa) 203 //"

179,vi

tulyārthākāratvena tulyakālattvena "copalakṣitayoḥ" kṛtrimākṛtrimapataṅgaviśeṣaṇayordvayormmadhye "ekā" kṛtrimapataṅgaviṣayā "dhīrnānārthā" vijātīyātmakadravyānārambhāt "kramavatī" ca nīlānāṃ bahūnāṃ krameṇa grahaṇāt । "aparā" akṛtrimapataṅgaviṣayā ekārthāviyaviviṣayā ata evākramā ca kiṃ kasmādiṣyate । dvayorapi samānatā yuktā nimittasya sāmyāt । (203)

2.204

179,vii (PVV_179,vii_179,ix)

kiñca ।

179,viii

"vaiśvarūpyāddhiyāmeva bhāvānāṃ viśvarūpatā //

taccedanaṅgaṃ keneyaṃ siddhā bhedavyavasthitiḥ // (pratyakṣa) 204 //"

179,ix

"dhiyāmeva vaiśvarūpyānnā"nākāratvād "bhāvānāṃ" grāhyā(nāṃ)<?>〈ṇāṃ〉 "viśvarūpatā" vyavasthāpyate । citrasyāvayavina ekatāsvīkāre tadbuddhiṣu pratibhāsanānātvaṃ bhedavyavasthitā"vanaṅgaṃ cet" । tadā bhāvānāṃ "bhedavyavasthiti"rapahanūyetaiva । "kenā"nyena nibandhena "siddhā" bhaviṣyati । (204)

2.205

<180>

180,i (PVV_180,i_180,iv)

api ca 〈।〉

180,ii

"vijātīnāmanārambhādālekhyādau na citradhīḥ /

arūpatvānna saṃyogaścitro bhakteśca nāśrayaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 205 //"

180,iii

"vijātīnāṃ" bhinnajātīnāṃ rāgadravyāṇāṃ kāryadravyā"nārambhāt ālekhyādau citradhīrna" syāt ॥ ālekhyaṃ saṃyogastasya citraṃ rūpamiti cet 〈।〉"na" 〈।〉"saṃyogo"pi citrastasyā"rūpatvāt" । saṃyogo guṇastathā rūpañca । na ca guṇe guṇāntaramasti ॥

180,iv

syādetat 〈।〉 yathā taruṣu saṃkhyālakṣaṇaṃ vanaṃ kusumitatvaṃ cāta ekārthasamavāyāt vane kusumitabuddhiḥ । tathāvayaveṣu citrasaṃyogayoḥ samavāyāccitraṃ citramiti buddhirupacārādityādi bhakterupacārasya ca saṃyoga "āśrayo na" yuktaḥ । (205)

2.206

180,v (PVV_180,v_180,vi)

"pratyekamavicitratvād gṛhīteṣu krameṇa ca /

na citradhīsaṅkalanamanekasyaikayā'grahāt // (pratyakṣa) 206 //"

180,vi

"pratyeka"mavaya〈va〉ānāma"vicitratvāt" । nīlādiṣu "krameṇa" svabuddhibhi"rgṛhīteṣu"buddhyantareṇa citrasaṃkalanaṃ saṃkṣipya grahaṇañca na yuktaṃ । "ekayā" dhiyā'"nekasyāgrahāt" । (206)

2.207

180,vii (PVV_180,vii_180,viii)

"nānārthaikā bhavettasmāt siddhātopyavikalpikā /

vikalpayannāyekārtha yatonyadapi paśyati // (pratyakṣa) 207 //"

180,viii

kathaṃ nīlānāmekabuddhyā "saṃkalanaṃ" । iṣṭau vā tasmātsaṃkalanasvīkārādevaikā buddhirnānārthā'nekaviṣayā bhavet । ato'nekārthavedanādapi buddhira"vikalpikā siddhā" । yataḥ śabdayojita"mekamarthaṃ vikalpa"yannā"nyada"saṃyojitamarthāntara"mapi paśyati" draṣṭā । na hyekadānekaśabdayojanā tasmādarthasañcayaviṣayatvāt sāmānyaviṣayatvaṃ 〈।〉 tathāpi tvavikalpite tena virodhaḥ । (207)

2.208

<kha. citraikatvacintā>

180,ix (PVV_180,ix_181,i)

nanu 〈।〉

180,x

"citrāvabhāseṣvartheṣu yadyaikatvaṃ na yujyate /

saiva tāvat kathaṃ buddhirekā citrāvabhāsinī // (pratyakṣa) 208 //"

<181>

181,i

"citraṃ" nānākāro'"vabhāso" yeṣāṃ pataṅgādīnāṃ teṣvartheṣve"katvaṃ" na yujyate । "yadi saiva" citrārthagrāhiṇī buddhiścitrāvabhāsinī citrākārā "kathamekā" saṃmatā । yathā citratvepi buddhirekā tathā kāryadravyañcaikaṃ syāt । (208)

2.209

181,ii (PVV_181,ii_181,vii)

atrāha 〈।〉

181,iii

"idaṃ vastubalāyātaṃ yad vadanti vipaścitaḥ /"

181,iv

idaṃ vastuno'vyabhicāri liṅgasya "balādāyātaṃ yadvadanti vipaścito" bu ddhā bhagavantaḥ ।

181,v

kiṃ tadityāha 〈।〉

181,vi

"yathā yathārthā cintyante viśīryante tathā tathā // (pratyakṣa) 209 //"

181,vii

"yathā yathā" yena prakāreṇa ekatvenānekatvena "vā'rthā" nīlādayo bāhyajñānātmāno vā "vicintyante tathā" viśīryante kvacidapi "na" vyavatiṣṭhanta iti yāvat । na hi jñānamekaṃ nānākāratvāt । tallakṣaṇatvācca bhedasya । nāpyanekaṃ citrapratibhāsānupapatteḥ । parasparamavedanāt । anyasya ca grāhakasyābhāvāt । (209)

2.210

181,viii (PVV_181,viii_181,xii)

"kiṃ syāt sā citrataikasyāṃ;"

181,ix

nanu yadi "sā citratā" buddhā"vekasyāṃ" syāt tayā ca citramekaṃ dravyaṃ vyavasthāpyeta 〈।〉 tadā "ki" dūṣaṇaṃ "syāt" ।

181,x

āha 〈।〉

181,xi

"na syāttasyāṃ matāvapi /"

181,xii

"na" kevalaṃ dravye tasyāṃ matāvapye"kasyāṃ na syā ccitratā" । ākāranānātvalakṣaṇatvād bhedasya । nānātvepi citratā katham 〈।〉 anekapuruṣapratītivat ।

181,xiii (PVV_181,xiii_181,xv)

kathantarhi pratītirityāha 〈।〉

181,xiv

"yadīdaṃ svayamarthānāṃ rocate tatra ke vayam // (pratyakṣa) 210 //"

181,xv

"yadīda"matādrūpyepi tādrūpyaprathana"marthā"nāṃ bhāsamānānāṃ nīlādīnāṃ "svayama"parapreraṇayā "rocate । tatra" tathāpratibhāse "ke vayama"sahamānā(')<?>〈 a〉pi niṣeddhuṃ । avastu ca pratibhāsate ceti vyaktamālīkyaṃ । (210)

2.211

<182>

182,i (PVV_182,i_182,ii)

"tasmānnārtheṣu na jñāne sthūlābhāsastadātmanaḥ /

ekatra pratiṣiddhatvād bahuṣvapi na sambhavaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 211 //"

182,ii

"tasmānnārtheṣu bāhyeṣu na jñāne" tadgrāhake "sthūlābhāsaḥ" sthūla ākāraḥ saṃgacchate । "tadātmanaḥ" sthūlasvarūpa"syaikatrā"vayave paramāṇau vā "pratiṣiddhatvāt । bahuṣvapi" teṣu "sambhavo nā"sti militā api hi ta"eva" । te ca pratyekaṃ sthaulyavikalā iti samuditā api tathaiva syuḥ । tathā nīlādyākāreṣu pratyekaṃ citrasya sthaulyasyābhāvāt samudāyepyabhāvaḥ । (211)

2.212

182,iii (PVV_182,iii_182,v)

nanu sukhādyātmakaṃ svaprakāśaṃ vijñānamekamidamitiyogācāramatamavyāhata"mityāha" 〈।〉

182,iv

"paricchedontaranyo'yaṃ bhāgo bahiriva sthitaḥ /

jñānasyābhedinau bhinnau pratibhāso hyupaplavaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 212 //"

182,v

"paricchedo" grāhakākāraḥ sukhāde"rantara"bahirdeśe paricchedā"danyoyaṃ" bhāgo grāhyo nīlādirbbahiḥsthita "ivā"bhāti sarveṣāṃ । "hi"ryasmāt "jñānasyābhedinau bhi"nnāvākārau tattvato "na" yuktau 〈।〉 tasmādantarbbahirdeśasambandhatayā "pratibhāsa upaplavo na satyaḥ" । (212)

2.213

182,vi (PVV_182,vi_182,vii)

"tatraikasyāpyabhāvena dvayamapyavahīyate /

tasmāttadeva tasyāpi tattvaṃ yā dvayaśūnyatā // (pratyakṣa) 213 //"

182,vii

"tatra" ekajñānātmani viruddhaṃ dvayaṃ na yuktami"tyekasya" grāhyatvasya grāhakatvasya vāvaśyābhyupagantavye"nābhāvena dvayamapyavahīyate" । anyonyasāpekṣayorekābhāve'parābhāvasya nyāyaprāptatvāt । "tasmāttasya" jñānasyā"pi tattvaṃ tadeva yā" dvayena grāhyagrāhakākāreṇa śūnyatā nāma । (213)

2.214

182,viii (PVV_182,viii_182,ix)

"tadbhedāśrayiṇī ceyaṃ bhāvānāṃ bhedasaṃsthitiḥ /

tadupaplavabhāve ca teṣāṃ bhedopyupaplavaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 214 //"

182,ix

"iyaṃ ca bhāvānāṃ" rūpavedanādīnāṃ "bhedasaṃ"sthitiḥ 〈।〉 tasya grāhyagrāhakasya "bhedaḥ" sa "āśrayo" yasyāḥ sā tathā । tasya grāhyagrāhakabhāvasya bhedavyavasthānibandhanasyo"paplavabhāve" mithyātve ca teṣāṃ rūpādīnāṃ "bhedo"'pi tadvyavasthāpita upaplavaḥ । na kevalaṃ rūpādīnāṃ bhedābhedāvupaplavaḥ । (214)

2.215

<183>

183,i (PVV_183,i_183,iii)

lakṣaṇaśūnyatvānniḥsvabhāvatvamapītyāha 〈।〉

183,ii

"na grāhyagrāhakākārabāhyamasti ca lakṣaṇam /

ato lakṣaṇaśūnyatvānniḥsvabhāvāḥ prakāśitāḥ // (pratyakṣa) 215 //"

183,iii

rūpādīnāṃ "grāhyagrāhakākārā"bhyāṃ "bāhyaṃ" bhinnaṃ "lakṣaṇaṃ na cāsti" । tathā hi viṣayatayā kiñcinnirddiśyate । yathā rūpyata iti kṛtvā rūpaṃ । kiñcidviṣayitayā vijānātītyādi vyutpattyā yathā rūpiṇaḥ skandhāḥ । na tvetadvyatiriktaṃ kiñcillakṣaṇamasti । "ato lakṣaṇena" grāhyagrāhakatvena "śūnyatvānniḥsvabhāvāḥ" sarvadharmmāḥ "prakāśitā" bhagavadbhirbu ddhaiḥ । (215)

2.216

183,iv (PVV_183,iv_183,vi)

kiñca 〈।〉 bahirarthavādepi lakṣaṇaśūnyatvāt niḥsvabhāvatāṃ dharmmāṇāmākhyātumāha 〈।〉

183,v

"vyāpāropādhikaṃ sarvaṃ skandhādīnāṃ viśeṣataḥ /

lakṣaṇaṃ sa ca tattvanna tenāpyete vilakṣaṇāḥ // (pratyakṣa) 216 //"

183,vi

"skandha" ādiryeṣāṃ dhātvāyatanā"nāṃ" teṣāṃ yallakṣaṇaṃ rāśībhavantīti rāśyarthaḥ skandhānāṃ 〈।〉 kāryotpādakatvenākārārtho dhātūnāṃ । āyantanvantītyāyadvārārtha āyatanānāṃ 〈।〉 "tatsarvaṃ lakṣaṇaṃ vyāpāropādhikaṃ" vyāpāraviśeṣaṇaṃ । "sa ca" vyāpāro 'pratīterbhedapakṣe na tattvaṃ । abhedepi prāgabhāvī bhāva eva syāt । sa ca tattvaṃ na bhavati । aśaktaṃ sarvamiti cedi(2.4) tyatroktakramāt । "tena" vyāpāropādhikalakṣaṇāyogenāpi "vilakṣaṇā" niḥsva"bhāvā ete" skandhādayaḥ । (216)

2.217

183,vii (PVV_183,vii_183,ix)

kathaṃ tarhi bāhyaskandhādideśanā bhagavatāmityāha 〈।〉

183,viii

"yathāsvaṃpratyayāpekṣādavidyopaplutātmanām /

vijñaptirvitathākārā jāyate timirādivat // (pratyakṣa) 217 //"

183,ix

anādya"vidyopaplutātma"nāmaprahīṇākliṣṭajñānānāṃ puṃsāṃ yathāsvaṃ yasya bhramasya ya atmīyaḥ pratyayo "yathāsvaṃpratya"yastasyā"pekṣaṇa"mapekṣaḥ । tasmādvitathau grāhyagrāhakākārau yasyāḥ sā tādṛśī "vijñaptirjāyate । timirādivat" timirādāviva, "vitathākāra"candradvayādivijñāptiḥ । (217)

2.218

<184>

184,i (PVV_184,i_184,v)

"asaṃviditatattvā ca sā sarvāparadarśanaiḥ /"

184,ii

sā ca vijñaptiḥ sarvairaparadarśanairanutkṛṣṭadarśa"nairasamviditā" dvayaśūnyatātattvaṃ yasyāḥ sā'saṃviditatatvā 〈।〉

184,iii

kasmādityāha 〈।〉

184,iv

"asaṃbhavādvinā teṣāṃ grāhyagrāhakaviplavaiḥ // (pratyakṣa) 218 //"

184,v

"grāhyagrāhakaviplavairvinā teṣā"maparadarśanānāṃ vijñaptera"sambhavāt" । grāhyagrāhakopaplutadarśanatvameva cānutkṛṣṭadarśanatvaṃ । (218)

2.219

184,vi (PVV_184,vi_184,vii)

"tadupekṣitatattvārthaiḥ kṛtvā gajanimīlanam /

kevalaṃ lokabudhyaiva bāhyacintā prayanyate // (pratyakṣa) 219 //"

184,vii

"tad bhrā"ntadarśanānurodhā"dupekṣitatatvārthai"ravadhāritatadadvayavivekai"rbhagavadbhirbuddhairggajanimīlanaṃ kṛtvā" gajasyeva pārśvadvayaṃ paśyatopi nayananimīlanakalayā tattvamapaśyantamivātmānaṃ darśayadbhi"rloka"syāvidyopahatasya "buddhyā" dvayagrāhiṇyā "bāhya"sya "cintā"skandhāyatanāditvena "pratanyate" । skandhādideśanayā hi lokabuddhyanurodhapravartitapāṣaṇḍagrāhanivṛttau mukhyayā yeṣu mumukṣavo'vatāryanta iti deśanākramaḥ । (219)

2.220

184,viii (PVV_184,viii_184,x)

athavā citratvepi bāhyamekaṃ na yuktaṃ buddhistu citrāpyekaiveti darśayitumāha 〈।〉

184,ix

"nīlādiścitravijñāne jñānopādhirananyabhāk //

aśakyadarśanaḥ;"

184,x

"nīlādiścitre jñāne jñānopādhira"nubhavasyātmabhūtaḥ "ananyabhāk" ākārāntarāsahacaraḥ kevala ityarthaḥ । tādṛśo'"śakyadarśanaḥ" sahaivākārāntaravedananiyamāt । na hi citre vijñāne samutpanne nīlaṃ nirasya pītaṃ śakyadarśanaṃ । tasmādaśakyavivecanatvaṃ tulyayogakṣematvaṃ sahapratibhāsaniyatatvaṃ jñānātmanāṃ nīlādīnāmekatvaṃ । bāhyātmanāṃ tu naitatsaṃbhavati । ekaṃ pidhāyāpi draṣṭumanyasya śakyatvāt ।

184,xi (PVV_184,xi_185,i)

nanu jñānākāropi nīlaḥ pītānubhavakāle tadā nānubhūyate tadā śakyavivecana evetyāha 〈।〉

184,xii

"taṃ hi patatyarthe vivecayan // (pratyakṣa) 220 //"

<185>

185,i

tamanubhūyamānāt pītāt "vivecayan" bhedena vyavasthāpayan pramātā "artha" eva nīle "patati" vivecakatvena । parokṣaṃ tadā nīlamartha eva । aparokṣataiva tu jñānasvabhāvaḥ । ato yad vivicyate tadajñānaṃ । yajjñānaṃ tanna vivecyata eva । (220)

2.221

185,ii (PVV_185,ii_185,iv)

tasmād 〈।〉

185,iii

"yad yathā bhāsate jñānaṃ tattathaiva prakāśate /

iti nāmaikabhāvaḥ syāccitrākārasya cetasi // (pratyakṣa) 221 //"

185,iv

"yajjñānaṃ yathā" nīlādyātmatayā jātaṃ "sattathā" bhāsate "prakāśate" । bhāsamānasvabhāvatvāt "jñānaṃ" tathā tenaiva svarūpeṇānubhūyate sarveḥ pratipattṛbhiḥ । na cotpannasyāpi jñānasya svaprakāśakasyāviditaḥ kaścidākārosti "itya"śakyavivecanatvāt tulyayogakṣematvāt sahapratibhāsaniyamāt । "citra"sya nīlapītādyā"kārasya ce"tasi buddhāvekabhāvo nāma bhavettadā ko doṣaḥ ।(221)

2.222

185,v (PVV_185,v_185,ix)

"paṭādirūpasyaikatve tathā syādavivekitā /"

185,vi

jñānavat paṭādirūpasya ekatve'bhyupagamyamāne tathā jñānasyevāvivekitā'śakyavivecanatvaṃ syāt । na cāsti 〈।〉 nīlādīnāṃ grahaṇāgrahaṇabhedasya darśanāt ।

185,vii

syādetad 〈।〉 avayavā nīlādyāḥ parasparato'vayavinaśca bhinnāsteṣāṃ bhedādvivekena grahaṇaṃ । yastvabhinno'vayavī na tasya vivekena grahaṇamityāha 〈।〉

185,viii

"vivekīni nirasyānyadā viveki ca nekṣate // (pratyakṣa) 222 //"

185,ix

vivekīni nīlādyavayavarūpāṇi nirasya pṛthak kṛtvā "anyadā vivekirūpañca nekṣate" । dṛśyasammatamanupalabhyamānaṃ kathamabhyupagamārha । (222)

2.223

185,x (PVV_185,x_186,i)

yaccocyate paramāṇavaḥ pratyekamatīndriyatvāt sañcitā api na jñānagocara iti tatrāha 〈।〉

185,xi

"ko vā virodho bahavaḥ saṃjātātiśayāḥ 〈pṛthak〉 /

bhaveyuḥ kāraṇaṃ buddheryadi nātmendriyādivat // (pratyakṣa) 223 //"

<186>

186,i

"yadi bahavaḥ" paramāṇava upasarpaṇapratyayāt "saṃjā tātiśayā" vijñānajananayogyāḥ saṃhatā utpannā svagrāhi kāryañca "buddheḥ kāraṇaṃ bhave"yustadā "ko virodha indriyā" divat । indriyādayaḥ pratyekaṃ na buddherheturmilitāstu bhavanti tadvadaṇavopi syuḥ । na hi pareṣāmivāsmākañca nityaikasvabhāvā aṇavaḥ । te hi yathāpratyayamatīndriyāḥ santa aindriyā api syuḥ ॥ (223)

2.224

186,ii (PVV_186,ii_186,vii)

nanu hetutvepi kathamaṇavo grāhyā ityāha 〈।〉

186,iii

"hetubhāvādṛte nānyā grāhyatā nāma kācana //"

186,iv

"hetubhāvadṛte vinā grāhyatā nāma" yā prasiddha sā nānyā "kācit" । api tu hetutaina grāhyatā ।

186,v

evantarhīndriyādikamapi hetutvād grāhyaṃ syādityāha 〈।〉

186,vi

"tatra buddhiryadākārā tasyāstad grāhyamucyate // (pratyakṣa) 224 //"

186,vii

"tatra" teṣu hetuṣu "buddhiryadākārā" bhavati "tasyā" buddhestad grāhya"mucyate" aṇusañcayaḥ । saiva ca buddhirākāramanukaroti nendriyādeḥ । (224)

2.225

186,viii (PVV_186,viii_186,ix)

"kathaṃ vā'vayavī grāhyaḥ sakṛt svāvayavaiḥ saha /

na hi gopratyayo dṛṣṭaḥ sāsnādīnāmadarśane // (pratyakṣa) 225 //"

186,ix

"tatkathaṃ" tadgrāhyaṃ । yopyāha 〈।〉 nānekaṃ "sakṛ"d gṛhyata iti । tanmate"'vayavī svāvayavaiḥ" sāsnākakullāṅgūlādibhiḥ saha kathamvā grāhyo yuktaḥ । na gṛhyata eveti cet । "na hi go"ravayavinaḥ "pratyayaḥ sāsnādīnāma"vayavā"nāmadarśane" kvāpi "dṛṣṭaḥ" । (225)

2.226

186,x (PVV_186,x_186,xi)

"guṇapradhānādhigamaḥ sahāpyabhimato yadi /

sampūrṇāṅgo na gṛhyeta sakṛnnāpi guṇādimān // (pratyakṣa) 226 //"

186,xi

"yadi sahāpyabhimato guṇa"pradhānayorviśeṣaṇaviśeṣyayora"dhigamo" nopādhīnāmanyonyaṃ viśeṣaṇaviśeṣyabhūtānāṃ dravyā(nāṃ)<?>〈ṇāṃ〉 vā tādṛśā(nāṃ)<?>〈ṇāṃ〉 । evantarhi viṣāṇī <187> sāsnādimāniti vā yadā gṛhyate tadā tenaivāvayavena sambandhavyavasāyāditarāvayavasambandhānavasāyāt "saṃpūrṇāṅgo"'vayavī "na gṛhyeta । sakṛd" gṛhyate ca । "nāpi guṇādimān" gṛhyeta । viṣāṇī gauriti buddhyā viṣāṇaviśiṣṭo gaurviṣayīkṛto na tvanye guṇakarmasāmānyādayaḥ । tataśca nīlādirūpaṃ guṇaḥ parispandādi ca karmma । vastutvādi ca sāmānyaṃ na gṛhyeta । dṛṣṭaviruddhañcaitat । (226)

2.227

187,i (PVV_187,i_187,iii)

sarveṣāṃ guṇakarmmasāmānyāvayavādīnāṃ vastuto viśeṣaṇatvāt "sarvagrahaṇamiti" cet । āha 〈।〉

187,ii

"vivakṣā paratantratvāt viśeṣaṇaviśeṣyayoḥ /

yadaṅgabhāvenopāttantattenaiva hi gṛhyate // (pratyakṣa) 227 //"

187,iii

"viśeṣaṇaviśeṣyayorvivakṣāparatantratvān" puruṣecchānurodhāt na pāramārthikatvaṃ । tathā viṣāṇī gauriti gorviṣāṇamityādau viparyayo viśeṣaṇaviśeṣyayoḥ prayokturicchāvaśena dṛśyate । tasmādyadeva "hyaṅgabhāvena" viśeṣaṇabhāvena svamanīṣikayā pratipādayitropāttaṃ "tenaiva" viśeṣaṇena viśiṣṭaṃ tadvivakṣitaṃ "gṛhyate" na taditaraiḥ । teṣāmavivakṣitatvenāvivakṣitatvāt । tataśca na saṃpūrṇṇāṅgo nāpi guṇādimān gṛhyeta । (227)

2.228–2.229

187,iv (PVV_187,iv_187,vi^1)

kiñca 〈।〉

187,v

"svato vastvantarābhedād guṇāderbhedakasya ca /

agrahādekabuddhiḥ syāt paśyatopi parāparam // (pratyakṣa) 228 //

guṇādibhedagrahaṇānnānātvapratipadyadi /

astu nāma tathāpyeṣāṃ bhavet sambandhisaṃkaraḥ // (pratyakṣa) 229 //"

187,vi (PVV_187,vi^2)

vastunaḥ "svato vastvantarād bhedābhāvāt" । vadanti hi svato hi na gaurnāgaurggotvayogāt gauḥ । tathā svato hi śuklo nāśuklaḥ śuklatvayogāt śukla ityādi । "bhedakasya ca guṇā"deragrahāt padārthaiḥ saha । tataśca "parāparama"rthajātaṃ "paśyatopyeka"padārthatva"buddhiḥ syāt" । na hi dravyāṇāmanyonyasya bhedakā guṇajātyādayastaiḥsaha gṛhyante yena bhedabuddhiḥ syāt । dravye gṛhīte paścād guṇādīnāṃ bhedānāṃ viśeṣāṇāṃ nānātvagrahaṇaṃ dravyāṇāṃ yadīṣyate । "astu nāma" paścād guṇādigrahaṇaṃ । "tathāpyeṣāṃ"<188> guṇakarmmasāmānyādīnāṃ "sambandhinaḥ sāṃkaryaṃ" syāt । svato hi dravyaṃ bhedānnopalabhyate । paścādupalabhyamānaistu guṇādibhiḥ saṃbandhitayāvagatairbhedena tad vyavasthāpanīyaṃ । tataścaikatraika dravye guṇādayaḥ sambandhitayā pratīyeran ॥ bhinnadeśānāṃ guṇānāṃ bhinnadeśeṣu yojanānna sambandhisāṃkaryamiti cet । na 〈।〉 deśabhedasyāpi viśeṣaṇatvāt sopyekasyeti syāt । ekasya viruddhadharmāyogāt pratīyamānārthāḥ paścāt pratīyamānairūpādhibhirbhinnā vyavasthāpyanta iti cet । nanvevamapi svato'rthānāṃ bhedābhāvāt । bhedanibandhanaiścopādhibhiḥ saha vedanābhāvānnādhyakṣasiddhā bhedavyavasthitiḥ syāt । kintu viruddhopādhisambandhānyathānupapattyā kalpanīyā । tathā ca pratyakṣavirodhaḥ ।

188,i (PVV_188,i)

atha dṛṣṭerthe paścāttanamadhyakṣamupādhigrāhakaṃ tān yojayed bhedagrāhakaṃ । kathamadṛśyamāne yojanopādhīnāṃ pratyakṣakṛtā vikalpakṛtaiva tu syāt । tathā ca vyaktaṃ na bhedadarśanaṃ syāt । vikalpaviṣayasyāsphuṭatvāt । ṛṣṭe'rthe paścādupādhiḥ pratīyamānastasyaiva dṛṣṭa iti cet । tasyeti kimucyate । na tāvadanekāsūpādhigrahaṇāt pūrvamanekatvasyāpratīteḥ । ekaṃ cet kathamupādhibhirbhedanīyaṃ । anavadhṛtaikānekabhāvaṃ vastumātraṃ taditi cet । tatra tarhi deśabhedādayopyupādhayaḥ paścādupalabhyamānā yojyante । tadanantaraṃ dṛṣṭatvāt tataścānivāryaḥ sambandhisaṃkaraprasaṅgaḥ । (228, 229)

2.230

188,ii (PVV_188,ii_188,iv)

sāṃkhyamatepi 〈।〉

188,iii

"śabdādīnāmanekatvāt siddhonekagrahaḥ sakṛt /

sanniveśagrahāyogādagrahe sanniveśinām // (pratyakṣa) 230 //"

188,iv

"śabdādīnāṃ" sukhaduḥkhamohātmakatayā anekatvāt śabdādigrahe "sakṛdanekagrahaḥ siddhaḥ । saṃnniveśināmagrahe sanniveśasya grahāyogāt" । na hyaṅgulyagrahaṇe muṣṭigrahaṇaṃ । (230)

2.231

<ga. (ka) kalpanāpoḍhatve dharmadharmyādisaṃgatiḥ>

188,v (PVV_188,v_189,i)

yadi pratyakṣamavikalpaṃ tadā kathaṃ dharmmadharmmyādigrahaṇamityāha 〈।〉

188,vi

"sarvato vinivṛttasya vinivṛttiryato yataḥ /

tad bhedonnītabhedā sā dharmmiṇo'nekarūpatā // (pratyakṣa) 231 //"

<189>

189,i

"sarvataḥ" parasmā"dvinivṛttasyā"rthasya "yato yataḥ" parasmā"dvinivṛttastairbhedai"rvyāvṛttibhirunnītā sā'"nekarūpatā" dharmmidharmmātmakatayā "dharmmiṇo"'rthasya । sarvaṃto vyāvṛtte pratyakṣeṇa gṛhīte vastuni tadvyāvṛttyanukāriṇo vikalpā〈ḥ〉 pratyakṣadṛṣṭatvena dharmmidharmmabhāvaṃ vyavasthāpayantīti pratyakṣakṛtaḥ sa ucyate । na tu pratyakṣapratibhāsamānatvāt । (231)

2.232

189,ii (PVV_189,ii_189,iv)

tathā hi 〈।〉

189,iii

"te kalpitā rūpabhedād nirvikalpasya cetasaḥ /

na vicitrasya citrābhāḥ kādācitkasya gocaraḥ // (pratyakṣa) 232 //"

189,iv

"te" dharmidharmādayo "rūpabhedād" buddhyākāraviśeṣā vijātīyavyāvṛttyāśrayeṇa "kalpitā" vicitrābhā vastubalabhāvitvāt "kādācitkasya vicitrasya" dharmmidharmmabhedapratibhāsarahitasya "nirvikalpasya cetasaḥ" pratyakṣasya "na gocaraḥ" । pratyakṣaṃ hi vastusāmarthyotpannaṃ tadākāramanukuryāt na vikalpitaṃ । (232)

2.233

<(kha) śabdavikalpaviṣayaḥ sāmānyam>

189,v (PVV_189,v_189,vii)

bhavatu vā vastveva sāmānyaṃ tathāpi nāsau śabdavikalpaviṣaya ityāha 〈।〉

189,vi

"yadyapyasti sitatvādi yādṛgindriyagocaraḥ /

na sobhidhīyate śabdairjñānayo rūpabhedataḥ // (pratyakṣa) 233 //"

189,vii

"yadyapi sitatvādi" sāmānyamasti paṭādau dharmmiṇi "yādṛk" sitatvādiviśadākāra "indriyasya gocaraḥ । sa" indriyajñānagocaro'rtho'"bhidhīyate na śabdaiḥ । jñānayo"rindriyaśabdajanitayo "rūpa"syākārasya sphuṭāsphuṭatvena "bhedataḥ" (233)

2.234

189,viii (PVV_189,viii_189,ix)

"ekārthatvepi buddhīnāṃ nānāśrayatayā sa cet /

śrotrādicittānīdānīṃ bhinnārthānīti tatkutaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 234 //"

189,ix

"buddhīnā"mindriyaśabdajanitānā"mekārtha"tve ekaviṣayatve"pi nānāśrayatayā" kāraṇabhedā"tma"kasya ākārabheda"ścet । idānī"mevaṃ sthitau "śrotrā"dīndriya"cittāni<190>bhinnārthāni" śabdarūpagandhādibhinnaviṣayāṇīti vyapadiśyake 〈।〉 "tatkutaḥ" pramāṇādavadhāritaṃ । tānyapi citānyabhinnaviṣayatvepīndriyāṇāmāśrayabhūtānāṃ bhedād bhinnākārāṇīti kinna kalpyate । (234)

2.235

190,i (PVV_190,i_190,iii)

kiñca 〈।〉

190,ii

"jāto nāmāśrayonyonyaḥ cetasāṃ tasya vastunaḥ /

ekasyaiva kuto rūpaṃ bhinnākārāvabhāsi tat // (pratyakṣa) 235 //"

190,iii

"sāmānyādicetasāmāśrayaḥ" kāraṇamindriyaṃ śabdaśceti "anyonyo nāma jātaḥ" । tathā pi sāmānyāde"rvastuna ekasyaiva rūpaṃ tatkuto bhinnākārāvabhāsi" sphuṭāsphuṭāvabhāsi sphuṭāsphuṭapratibhāsaṃ । na hi svarūpeṇa bhāsamānamekaṃ bhinnapratibhāsaṃ yuktam । (235)

2.236

190,iv (PVV_190,iv_190,v)

yadapyucyate paraiḥ 〈।〉 śābdendriyajñānayoryādi naikaviṣayatvaṃ tadā viṣāṇādimantamarthaṃ gauriti śabdātpratītya kālāntare vyaktiviśeṣaṃ dṛṣṭavato'yamasau śabdāt prāṅmayā pratīto gauriti pratyabhijñānamekatādhyavasāyi yadutpadyate tanna syāditi । tatrāha 〈।〉

190,v

"vṛtterdṛśyāparāmarśenābhidhānavikalpayoḥ /

darśanāt pratyabhijñānaṃ gavādīnāṃ nivāritam // (pratyakṣa) 236 //"

190,vi (PVV_190,vi)

"abhidhānavikalpa"yordṛ śyasyādhyakṣaviṣayasyā"parāmarśena" viṣayīkaraṇena "vṛtteḥ"paścād "darśanāt" sa evāyaṃ śabdanirdiṣṭo gauriti "pratya bhijñānaṃ gavādīnāṃ" yadiṣyate "tannivāritaṃ" boddhavyaṃ । indriyaśabdajñānayorbhinnākāratvenaiva viṣayattvābhāvāt kathaṃ tadekatāvyavasāyi vastuviṣayaṃ syāt ।(236)

2.237

190,vii (PVV_190,vii_190,viii)

"anvayāccānumānaṃ yadabhidhānavikalpayoḥ /

dṛśye gavādau jātyādestadapyetena dūṣitam // (pratyakṣa) 237 //"

190,viii

yacca "dṛśye gavādā"vanekatrābhinnākārayora"bhidhānavikalpayoranvayādanuvṛtterjātyāderanumānaṃ parairucyate tadapyete"nābhidhānavikalpayordṛśyatvāparāmarśena hetunā "dūṣitaṃ" boddhavyaṃ । na hyanvayināvapi śabdavikalpau vastu spṛśataḥ । tatkathaṃ tābhyāṃ vastunaḥ sāmānyasya siddhiḥ । (237)

2.238

190,ix (PVV_190,ix_191,iii)

yadi nāsti sāmānyaṃ tathā kathamastu pratyabhijñānamityāha 〈।〉

<191>

191,i

"darśanānyeva bhinnānyapyekāṃ kurvanti kalpanām /

pratyabhijñānasaṃkhyātāṃ svabhāveneti varṇitam // (pratyakṣa) 238 //"

191,ii

"darśanānī"ndriyajñā"nānyeva bhinnāni" nānākṣaṇaviṣayāṇyanekā"nyapi svabhāvena" pratyabhijñānakāraṇasvarūpeṇa svakāraṇaprasūtena kalpanātmekatvādhyavasāyinīṃ "pratyabhijñānasaṃkhyātāṃ" pratyabhijñānanāmnā prasiddhāṃ "kurvantīti varṇṇitaṃ" prāk ।

191,iii

tasmātsthitametat pratyakṣamanirdeśyatvādavikalpamiti । uktamindriyapratyakṣaṃ ॥ (X X) ॥ (238)

2.239

<(2) mānasapratyakṣam>

191,iv (PVV_191,iv_191,vi)

mānasamākhyātumāha 〈।〉 taccendriyajñānānantaramiṣṭaṃ । tena sahaikaviṣayaṃ bhinnaviṣayaṃ vā syāt । ubhayathāpi tu doṣa ityāha 〈।〉

191,v

"pūrvānubhūtagrahaṇe mānasasyāpramāṇatā /

adṛṣṭagrahaṇendhāderapi syādarthadarśanam // (pratyakṣa) 239 //"

191,vi

"pūrvānubhūta"syendriyajñānagṛhītasya "grahaṇe mānasasya" svīkriyamāṇe"'pramāṇatā" syāt । ajñātā〈rtha〉prakāśasya pramāṇatvāt । indriyajñānā"dṛṣṭasya grahaṇe" punariṣyamāṇe"'ndhāderapi syādartha"sya rūpāde"rdarśanaṃ" । (239)

2.240

191,vii (PVV_191,vii_191,ix)

indriyajñānānubhūtaviṣayatvepi dvau vikalpau so'rthaḥ kṣaṇiko na vā ।

191,viii

"kṣaṇikatvādatītasya darśane ca na sambhavaḥ /

vācyamakṣaṇikatve syāllakṣaṇaṃ saviśeṣaṇam // (pratyakṣa) 240 //"

191,ix

prathamapakṣa indriyajñānaviṣayasyārthasya pūrvakālasya sahabhuvo vā "kṣaṇikatvādatītasya" naṣṭasya mānasena "darśane" darśanasya "ca na sambhavo"sti । "akṣaṇikatve" vā adhigatārthādhigantṛtvādapramāṇaṃ syāt । atha mānasamadhigatārthādhigantṛpramāṇamiṣyate tadāpi mānasasya "saviśeṣaṇaṃ lakṣaṇaṃ vācyaṃ syāt" । yathādhigataviṣayatvepi "kalpanāpoḍhamabhrānta"(tasa.1214) mānasaṃ pratyakṣamiti 〈।〉 (240)

2.241

<192>

192,i (PVV_192,i_192,iii)

kiñca 〈।〉

192,ii

"niṣpāditakriye kiñcid viśeṣamasamādadhat /

karmmaṇyaindriyamanyad vā sādhanaṃ kimitīṣyate // (pratyakṣa) 241 //"

192,iii

"niṣpāditā kriyā" yasmin tatra "karmaṇi viśeṣaṃ kañcidasamādadhat aindriyami"ndriyajñāna"manyadvā" paraśvādi "sādhanaṃ kimitīṣyate" 〈।〉 kriyānirvartanaṃ hi sādhanavyāpāraḥ । taccenniṣpannaṃ kimanyat kurvattat sādhanaṃ syāt । (241)

2.242

192,iv (PVV_192,iv_192,vi)

api ca 〈।〉

192,v

"sakṛd bhāvaśca sarvāsāṃ dhiyāṃ tadbhāvajanmanām /

anyairakāryabhedasya tadapekṣāvirodhataḥ // (pratyakṣa) 242 //"

192,vi

tasmāt sthirād "bhāvājjanma" yāsāntāsāṃ "sarvāsāṃ dhiyāṃ sakṛd bhāvaśca syāt" । na kramabhāvaḥ । kramisahakāryapekṣayā krameṇa sthiropyarthaḥ karoti buddhīriti cet । ato"'nyaiḥ" sahakāribhira"kāryo bhedo" viśeṣo yasya sthiraikarūpasya tasya "tadapekṣāyā virodhataḥ" ॥ (242)

2.243

192,vii (PVV_192,vii_192,ix)

yata evaṃ 〈।〉

192,viii

"tasmādindriyavijñānāntarapratyayodbhavaḥ /

manonyameva gṛhṇāti viṣayaṃ nāndhadṛk tataḥ // (pratyakṣa) 243 //"

192,ix

"tasmādindriyavijñāna"mevānantara"pratyaya"stasmā"dudbhavo" yasya ta"nmano" mānasaṃ pratyakṣaṃ । indriyapratyakṣagrāhy(a)〈ā〉dviṣayā"danyameva viṣayaṃ gṛhṇāti । tata" indriyajñānajanyatvāt mānasasyāndhānāṃ cakṣurvijñānavikalānāṃ dṛg darśanaṃ rūpasya na bhavati । gṛhītagrāhitvaṃ ca viṣayāntaragrahaṇādapāstaṃ 〈।〉 (243)

2.244

192,x (PVV_192,x_192,xii)

yadyanyaviṣayagrāhakaṃ mānasaṃ tadā bhūtabhaviṣyadgrāhakamapi syādityāha 〈।〉

192,xi

"svārthānvayārthāpekṣaiva heturindriyajā matiḥ /

tatonyagrahaṇepyasya niyatagrāhyatā matā // (pratyakṣa) 244 //"

192,xii

svārthaḥ svakīyo viṣayastasmāda"nvaya" utpādo yasyārthasya tada"pekṣaiva indriyajā mati"rmanovijñānasya "hetu"riṣyate । "tato'nya"sya viṣayasya "grahaṇepi" manovijñānasyeṣyamāṇe niyata indriyajñānagrāhyopādeyakṣaṇa eva grāhyo yasya tadbhāvo "niyatagrāhyatā sā matā" । (244)

2.245

<193>

193,i (PVV_193,i_193,iii)

nanu svajñānena svālambanajñānena ekakālikastulyakālikorthaḥ ।

193,ii

"tadatulyakriyākālaḥ kathaṃ svajñānakālikaḥ /

sahakārī bhavedartha iti cedakṣacetasaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 245 //"

193,iii

tena sahakārisammatendriyajñāne"nātulyaḥ kriyākālo" yasya bhinnakālatvātso'rthaḥ "sahakārī" katha"makṣacetaso bhavediti cet" । (245)

2.246

193,iv (PVV_193,iv_193,vi)

atrāha 〈।〉

193,v

"asataḥ prāgasāmarthyāt paścāccānupayogataḥ /

prāgbhāvaḥ sarvahetūnāṃ nātorthaḥ svadhiyā saha // (pratyakṣa) 246 //"

193,vi

kāryotpatteḥ prāgasatastatrāsā"marthyāt" । sadadhiṣṭhānaṃ hi "sāmarthyamasataḥ kathaṃ" syāt । kāryotpatteḥ "paścāt" sataḥ kāraṇavyāpārādvā paścāt kāryasamakālasya sato vā tatrā"nupayogato" vyāpārābhāvāt । kāryā"tprāgbhāvaḥ sarvahetūnāmi"ti sthitaṃ । viṣayaśca jñānānāṃ nākāraṇamatiprasaṅgāt । "ato" viṣayaḥ kāraṇātmakaḥ "svadhiyā" svālambanadhiyā "saha na" bhavati । pūrvabhāvitve ca viṣayasya tatkālendriyajñānasahakāritā yuktimatī । (246)

2.247

193,vii (PVV_193,vii_193,ix)

nanu 〈।〉

193,viii

"bhinnakālaṃ kathaṃ grāhyamiti ced grāhyatāṃ viduḥ /

hetutvameva yuktijñā jñānākārārpaṇakṣamam // (pratyakṣa) 247 //"

193,ix

prāgbhāvabhāvitvād "bhinnakālaṃ" vastu "kathaṃ grāhya"miti "cet । hetutvameva jñāne'kāra"sya svānurūpasyā"rpaṇakṣaṇaṃ grāhyatāṃ yuktijñā viduḥ" 〈।〉 na hi saṃdaṃśāyogolayoriva jñānapadārthayorgrāhyagrāhakabhāvaḥ । kathantarhi yadākāramanukaroti tat grāhyasya grāhakamityucyate । (247)

2.248

193,x (PVV_193,x_193,xii)

nanu yadi kāraṇaṃ grāhyaṃtadā samanantarapratyayādikaṃ ca tathā syāt । ityāhaṃ 〈।〉

193,xi

"kāryaṃ hyanekahetutve'pyanukurvadudeti yat /

tattenāpyatra tadrūpaṃ gṛhītamiti cocyate // (pratyakṣa) 248 //"

193,xii

"kāryaṃ" hi jñānama"nekahetutve'pi" yatkāraṇamākāradvāreṇā"nukurvadudeti" tatkāraṇamarpi tadrūpamuparopitasvākāraṃ "tena" kāraṇākāreṇa "gṛhītamiti cocyate" । yathā pitṛrūpaṃ putreṇa gṛhītamiti kathyate । uktaṃ "mānasaṃ" ॥ (X) (X) ॥ (248)

2.249

<194>

<(3) ka. svasaṃvedanapratyakṣam>

194,i (PVV_194,i_194,iv)

svasamvedanamākhyātumāha 〈।〉

194,ii

"aśakyasamayo hyātmā rāgādīnāmananyabhāk /

teṣāmataḥ svasaṃvittirnnābhijalpānuṣaṅgiṇī // (pratyakṣa) 249 //"

194,iii

rāgadveṣasukhaduḥkhādīnāṃ sarvacittacaittānāmātmasaṃvedanaṃ pratyakṣamavikalpatvāt ।

194,iv

tathā hi । "rāgādīnāmātmā svarūpamananyabhāk" nānyaṃ bhajate । svarūpamātrāvasthiteḥ । tasmā"daśakyaḥ samayaḥ" saṃketo'smin "ataḥ" saṃketāviṣayatvāt "teṣāṃ" rāgādīnāṃ "sva"syātmanaḥ "samvittiḥ" prakāśo'"bhijalpo" vācakaśabdollekhasta"danu"ṣaṅgo yasyāsti sā tathā na bhavati । vācyaṃ hi vācakena saṃyojyeta । na ca rāgādyātmā vācyastatastatprakāśo na śabdasaṃgataḥ । (249)

2.250

194,v (PVV_194,v_194,ix)

"avedakāḥ parasyāpi te svarūpaṃ kathaṃ viduḥ /"

194,vi

nanu rāgasukhādaya ātmaguṇāḥ"parasya" bāhyasyā"pyavedanā"ṅgajñātatvāt "te svarūpaṃ kathaṃ viduḥ" । vedakasya kadācit svavedanaṃ saṃbhāvyeta । avedakaṃ ca na kvacidupayogi ॥

194,vii

yadi na svavedanā rāgādayastadā kathaṃ vedayanta ityāha 〈।〉

194,viii

"ekārthāśrayiṇā vedyā vijñāneneti kecana // (pratyakṣa) 250 //"

194,ix

"ekortha" ātmā "āśrayo" rāgādibhiḥ saha yasyāsti "tenai"kārthāśrayiṇā "jñānena vedyā" rāgādaya "iti kecana nai"yāyikādayaḥ । (250)

2.251

194,x (PVV_194,x_195,ii)

atrāha 〈।〉

<195>

195,i

"tadatadrūpiṇo bhāvastadatadrūpahetujāḥ /

tatsukhādi kimajñānaṃ vijñānābhinnahetujam // (pratyakṣa) 251 //"

195,ii

"tadrūpiṇo" vivakṣitaikarūpavanto'"tadrū"piṇa itararūpavanto bhāvā yathākramaṃ tadrūpād dṛṣṭaikarūpāddhetoḥ sāmagrīlakṣaṇājjātā "atadrūpahetujātā" vilakṣaṇasāmagrījātā bhavantīti tāvat sthitaṃ । tat tasmādimaṃ nyāyamullaṅghya "vijñānena sahābhinna" eko "hetu"rindriyaviṣayamanaskārādisāmagrīlakṣaṇastasmā〈t〉 jātaṃ "sukhādikaṃ" kasmādajñānaṃ samānasāmagrīprasūtatvāt dvayamapi jñānaṃ syānna vā kiñcit । (251)

2.252

195,iii (PVV_195,iii_195,v)

abhinnahetukatāmeva samarthayitumāha 〈।〉

195,iv

"sārthe satīndriye yogye yathāsvamapi cetasi /

dṛṣṭaṃ janma sukhādīnāṃ tattulyaṃ manasāmapi // (pratyakṣa) 252 //"

195,v

yasya yadātmīyaṃ janakaṃ tasmi"nnindriye sārthe" saviṣaye yogye kāryotpādanaṃ prati "cetasi" samanantarapratyaye sati "sukhādīnā"mapi "janma dṛṣṭaṃ" । tadyathāsvamindriyādiṣu yogyeṣu satsu janma darśanaṃ "mana"sāṃ jñānānā"mapi tulyaṃ" । atastulyahetukatvāt tulyajātīyataiva yuktā nānyathā kvacidekatā syāt । (252)

2.253

195,vi (PVV_195,vi_195,viii)

tulyahetukatvepi saṃskārāderniyāmakatvāt sukhādikamajñānaṃ syādityāha 〈।〉

195,vii

"asatsu satsu caiteṣu na janmājanma vā kvacit /

dṛṣṭaṃ sukhāderbuddhervā tattato nānyataśca te // (pratyakṣa) 253 //"

195,viii

"asa"tsvindriyādiṣu duḥkhāderbuddhervā janma na kvacidiṣṭaṃ । "satsu" ca eteṣvi"ndriyā"diṣu ajanma vā "sukhāderbbuddhervā na kvacid dṛṣṭaṃ" 〈।〉 tat tasmāt tata indriyāderdṛṣṭasāmarthyāt kāraṇāt te sukhabuddhī jāyete । "anyataḥ" saṃskārāde"rna te" tasya sāmarthyādarśanāt । (253)

2.254

<kha. sukhādiparavedyatānirasa>

195,ix (PVV_195,ix_195,xi)

nanvabhinnahetukatve sukhaduḥkhādibhedaśca na syādityāha 〈।〉

195,x

"sukhaduḥkhādibhedaśca teṣāmeva viśeṣataḥ //

tasyā eva yathā buddhermmāndyapāṭavasaṃśrayāḥ // (pratyakṣa) 254 //"

195,xi

"sukhaduḥkhādibhedaścā"vāntara"steṣāmi"ndriyādīnā"meva" hetūnāṃ "viśeṣato"'vāntarāt । "yathā tasyā buddhe"revāntarahetuviśeṣāt "māndyapāṭavasaṃśrayāḥ" parasparasaṃbhavino bhavanti 〈।〉 tasmāt sukhādayo vijñānenābhinnahetukatvādvijñānasvabhāvā evetisthitaṃ । (254)

2.255

<196>

196,i (PVV_196,i_196,iii)

idānīṃ paravedyatāmeṣāṃ niṣeddhumāha 〈।〉

196,ii

"yasyārthasya nipātena te jātā dhīsukhādayaḥ /

muktvā taṃ pratipadyeta sukhādīneva sā katham // (pratyakṣa) 255 //"

196,iii

"yasyārthasya" stryāde"rnipātena" sannidhānena "te dhīsukhādayo jātā"staṃ kāraṇabhūtamākārārpaṇakṣamaṃ "muktvā" sukhādīneva sahabhāvino viṣayalakṣaṇarahitān sā buddhiḥ "kathaṃ pratipadyeta" । akāraṇasya viṣayatvetiprasaṅgāt । (255)

2.256

196,iv (PVV_196,iv_196,v)

"avichinnātha bhāseta tatsaṃvittiḥ kramagrahe /

tallāghavāccettattulyabhityasaṃvedanaṃ na kim // (pratyakṣa) 256 //"

196,v

"athe"ndriyajñānena viṣayagrahastadanantaraṃ mānasādhyakṣeṇa sukhādigraha iti "kramagrahe" svīkriyamāṇe tayorviṣayasukhayoḥ "saṃvittiravicchinnā" yaugapadyena na "bhāseta" । asti ca yugapatpratibhāsaḥ parisphuṭaḥ । tayorbbāhyasukhagrāhimanasorlāghavāt yaugapadyapratibhāsa"ścet । ta"llāghavaṃ pratikṣaṇamekaikatvasaṃvedanābhāvasyāpi "tulyamityasamvedanameva" sāhityasya "kiṃ na bhavati" । (256)

2.257

196,vi (PVV_196,vi_196,xi)

indriyabuddhyaivaikayā bāhyasukhayoḥ sakṛdgrahaṇamiti cet । āha ।

196,vii

"na caikayā dvayajñānaṃ niyamādakṣacetasaḥ /"

196,viii

"na caikayā dvayasya jñānaṃ" saṃbhavati । "akṣacetaso"rbbāhyarūpādigrahaṇa eva "niyamā nni"yatatvāt "sukhā dyā"tmaguṇagrahaṇā"bhā"vāt ।

196,ix

kiñca 〈।〉

196,x

"sukhādyabhāvepyarthācca jātestacchaktyasiddhitaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 257 //"

196,xi

nākāraṇaṃ viṣayaḥ "sukhādyabhāvepi" kevalā"darthādi"ndriyabuddherjāterutpādāt । tasya sukhāderindriyabuddhijananaṃ prati "śaktyasi"ddheraviṣayatvaṃ ।(257)

2.258

196,xii (PVV_196,xii_197,iii)

"pṛthak pṛthak ca sāmarthye dvayornīlādivat sukham /

gṛhyeta kevalaṃ;"

196,xiii

"dvayo" rūpisukhādyoḥ "pṛthak pṛthagjñā"nopapattau "sāmarthye" vābhyupagamyamāne "nīlādivat kevalaṃ sukhaṃ gṛhyeta" ।

<197>

197,i

ayuktaṃ caitat ।

197,ii

"tasya taddhetvarthamagṛhṇataḥ // (pratyakṣa) 258 //"

197,iii

"na hi tasya" sukhāde"rhetumarthaṃ" stryādi"magṛhṇataḥ" 〈।〉 (258)

2.259

197,iv (PVV_197,iv_197,vii)

"na hi saṃvedanaṃ yuktamarthenaiva saha grahe /"

197,v

sukhasya "saṃvedanaṃ yuktaṃ । arthenaiva saha" sukhasyendriyadhiyā "grahe" nāsti "doṣa" iti cet । na 〈।〉

197,vi

"kiṃ sāmarthyaṃ sukhādīnāṃ neṣṭā dhīryattadudbhavā // (pratyakṣa) 259 //"

197,vii

"sukhā"derindriyabuddhijanane "kima"sti "sāmarthyaṃ" । yena tasyāḥ sa viṣayaḥ san saha gṛhyeta । "yadya"smā"ttadudbhavā" sukhādudbhavā nendriya"dhīriṣṭā" tasmānna tadgrāhikā । (259)

2.260

197,viii (PVV_197,viii_197,ix)

"vinārthena sukhādīnāṃ vedane cakṣurādibhiḥ /

rūpādiḥ stryādibhedo'kṣṇā na gṛhyeta kadācana // (pratyakṣa) 260 //"

197,ix

tataśca kathamarthasukhayoḥ sahavedanaṃ । "arthena vinaiva cakṣurādi"bhiścakṣurādijñānaiḥ "sukhādīnāṃ" vedane cābhyupagamyamāne "stryāderbhedo" viśeṣo "rūpādiḥ" sukhaheturakṣṇā cakṣurjñānena 〈na〉 "kadācana gṛhyeta" । (260)

2.261

197,x (PVV_197,x_197,xii)

kasmādevamityāha 〈।〉

197,xi

"na hi satyantaraṅgerthe śakte dhīrbāhyadarśano /

arthagrahe sukhādīnāṃ tajjānāṃ syādavedanam // (pratyakṣa) 261 //"

197,xii

"anta"raṅge sannihite "arthe" kṣetrajñasamavete sukhādau "śakte" svagrāhijñānotpādanakṣame sati na hi "bāhyadarśanī dhī"rarthagrāhiṇī yuktā । bahiraṅgo bāhyortha indriyālokādisahakāryapekṣaṇāt । sukhādistu na tatsāpekṣa iti tasmājjātā dhīstameva gṛhṇīyāt । indriyadhiyā"'rthagrahe" svīkriyamāṇe "sukhādīnāṃ" tajjānāmarthadarśanaprasūtānāma"rthamavedanaṃ syāt" । indriyabuddhirarthagraha evopayuktā tatkālamanyā ca dhīrnāsti paścāt jñānāntarakāle viṣayabalabhāvinaḥ sukhāderabhāva iti kathaṃ vedanaṃ । (261)

2.262

197,xiii (PVV_197,xiii_198,i)

"dhiyoryugapadutpattau tattadviṣayasambhavāt /

sukhaduḥkhavidau syātāṃ sakṛdarthasya sambhave // (pratyakṣa) 262 //"

<198>

198,i

viṣayasukhagrāhiṇyordvayorindriyabuddhimanobuddhyātmikayoḥ । tasya sukhahetorduḥkhahetośca "viṣayasya sambhavāt yugapadutpattā"vabhimatāyāṃ "sakṛdarthasya" sukhaduḥkhahetoḥ "sambhave" sati "sukhaduḥkhavidau syātāṃ" । (262)

2.263

198,ii (PVV_198,ii_198,iv)

syādetat 〈।〉

198,iii

"satyāntarepyupādāne jñāne duḥkhādisambhavaḥ /

nopādānaṃ viruddhasya taccaikamiti cenmatam // (pratyakṣa) 263 //"

198,iv

na kevalamarthe sati kintarhyā"ntare" samanantarapratyaye "jñāna upādāne sati duḥkhādisaṃbhavaḥ" । taccopādānāpekṣaṃ jñānaṃ "viruddhasya" sukhaduḥkhāderna kāraṇaṃ bhavitumarhatī"ti mataṃ cet" 〈।〉 (263)

2.264

198,v (PVV_198,v_198,vii)

atrāha 〈।〉

198,vi

"tadajñānasya vijñānaṃ kenopādānakāraṇaṃ /

ādhipatyaṃ tu kurvīta tadviruddhepi dṛśyate // (pratyakṣa) 264 //"

198,vii

"tadvijñānamajñānasya" sukhaduḥkhāderu"pādānakāraṇaṃ" kena hetunā sammataṃ । samānajātīyaṃ kāraṇamupādānaṃ nānyat । na ca sukhādijñānāmiṣṭaṃ । jñānamajñānakārye ādhipatyaṃ sahakāritvaṃ kurvīta । "tadā"dhipatyaṃ "viruddhepi" kārye dṛśyate । (264)

2.265

198,viii (PVV_198,viii_198,ix)

"akṣṇoryathaika āloko naktañcaratadanyayoḥ /

rūpadarśanavaiguṇyāvaiguṇye kurute sakṛt // (pratyakṣa) 265 //"

198,ix

"yathā eka āloko naktaṃca"rasya manuṣyāderakṣṇo rūpadarśanasya vaiguṇyāvaiguṇye yathākramaṃ "sakṛt kurute" । (265)

2.266

198,x (PVV_198,x_198,xi)

"tasmāt sukhādayorthānāṃ svasaṃkrāntāvabhāsinām /

vedakāḥ svātmanaścaiṣāmarthebhyo janma kevalam // (pratyakṣa) 266 //"

198,xi

yasmādanyena sukhādīnāṃ vedanaṃ na ghaṭate । "tasmātsukhādayo" jñānātmānaḥ svasmin svarūpe pratibandhadvāreṇa "saṃkrāntāvabhāsana"śīlāśca ye"'rthānāṃ" teṣāṃ "vedakāḥ" । "ātmanaścā"parokṣatvādvedakāḥ । arthasarūpasyātmano'parokṣataiva arthavedanaṃ svavedanañca । na tvanyaḥ kaścid grahaṇaprakāraḥ । tata"ścaiṣāṃ" sukhādīnāmarthasarūpāṇā"marthebhyo janmaiva kevalaṃ" grahītṛtvaṃ nāparaḥ kaścid vyāpāraḥ । (266)

2.267

<199>

199,i (PVV_199,i_199,ii)

"arthātmā svātmabhūto hi teṣāṃ tairanubhūyate /

tenārthānubhavakhyātirālambastu tadābhatā // (pratyakṣa) 267 //"

199,ii

ata evā"rthānubhavaḥ" kathaṃ svavedanamarthajñānayorbhedāt । tadvedanayośca bhedasya nyāyaprāptatvāditi bruvāṇaḥ pratikṣiptaḥ । tathā hi teṣāṃ sukhādīnā"marthātmā" arthākāraḥ pratibimbasaṃkrāntyā "svātmabhūtaḥ" svabhāvabhūta"staiḥ" sukhādibhi"ranubhūyate"'parokṣatvāt । tenopacāreṇārthasya parabhūtasya pratibimbahetoranubhavasya khyātiḥ prasiddhiḥ । tataśca jñānasyālambo'rthālambanaṃ tadābhatā arthākāratvaṃ vicāryamāṇamavaśiṣyate na tu pāramārthikamālamvyālambakatvaṃ nāma । (267)

2.268

<ga. svasaṃvedane sāṃkhyamatanirāsaḥ>

199,iii (PVV_199,iii_199,v)

idānīṃ sāṃkhyamatamutthāpayannāha 〈।〉

199,iv

"kaścid bahiḥsthitāneva sukhādīnapracetanān /

grāhyānāha na tasyāpi sakṛdyukto dvayagrahaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 268 //"

199,v

"kaścid bahiḥsthitāneva" na tvātmasamavāyinaḥ । pradhānapariṇāmajatvena sukhaduḥkhamohasvabhāvatvāt arthāna"pracetanāt" ātmana eva cetanatvād । buddhidarpaṇe jaḍātmani svacche'rthacetanayoḥ pratibimbasaṃkrāntidvāreṇa cchāyāpattyā cetanasya "grāhyānāha 〈।〉 tasyāpi" mate "dvayasya" sukhasya nīlādeśca "sakṛd graho" niyamena "na yuktaḥ" । kadācidrūpanirapekṣamapi rūpasukhamanubhūyeta । (268)

2.269

199,vi (PVV_199,vi_199,vii)

"sukhādyabhinnarūpatvānnolādeścet sakṛd grahaḥ /

bhinnāvabhāsinorgrāhyaṃ cetasostadabhedi kim // (pratyakṣa) 269 //"

199,vii

"sukhāderabhinnarūpatvānnīlādeḥ sakṛnniyamena grahaścet । bhinnāvabhāsino"rbhinnākārayoḥ sukhanīla"cetasorgrāhyaṃ tat kimabhedi" iṣyate । sukhaduḥkhādīnāṃ nīlapītādīnāñca bhinnamanogrāhyānāmekatvamevaṃ syāt । (269)

2.270

199,viii (PVV_199,viii_199,x)

kiñca 〈।〉

199,ix

"tasyāviśeṣe bāhyasya bhāvanātāratamyataḥ /

tāratamyañca buddhau syānna prītiparitāpayoḥ // (pratyakṣa) 270 //"

199,x

yadi nīlādyeva sukhādyātmakaṃ tadā "tasya bāhyasya" sukhaduḥkhādyātmatayā'"viśeṣe" viśeṣābhāve rucyaruciviṣayatayā "bhāvanā"yāstā"ratamyataḥ । tāratamyañca buddhau prītiparitāpayorna" syāt । na hi grāhyāviśeṣe tajjñānaṃ viśiṣyate । (270)

2.271

199,xi (PVV_199,xi_200,i)

"sukhādyātmatayā buddherapi yadyavirodhitā /

sa idānīṃ kathaṃ bāhyaḥ sukhādyātmeti gamyate // (pratyakṣa) 271 //"

<200>

200,i

buddherapi pradhānapariṇāmarūpāyā bhāvanātāratamyāt sukhādyātmatāviśeṣād bāhyāviśeṣepi prītiparitāpatāratamyasyāvirodhiteṣyate । "yadi idānī"manyābhyupagame "bāhyo'rthaḥ" sa sukhādyātmeti kathaṃ gamyate । anubhūyamānaṃ sukhamanyatrāsaṃbhavad bāhye vyavasthāpanīyaṃ । (271)

2.272

200,ii (PVV_200,ii_200,iii)

"agrāhyagrāhakatvācced bhinnajātīyayoḥ pumān /

agrāhakaḥ syāt sarvasya tato hīyeta bhoktṛtā // (pratyakṣa) 272 //"

200,iii

yadā tu buddhirapi sukhātmikā tadā kiṃ bāhyasukhakalpanayā । bāhyamahatorasukharūpatvācca "bhinnajātīyayorgrāhyagrāhakatvā"bhāvāt sukhādyātmatā bāhyasya gamyata iti cet । "pumān" cetano nirguṇatvādasukhādirūpo grāhyasyācetanasya sukhādyātmakasya sarvasya bhinnajātīyatvāt "agrāhakaḥ" syāt । "tato"'grāhakatvāt "bhoktṛtāsya hīyate" । anubhavitā hi bhoktocyate'nubhavābhāve kathaṃ bhoktā । (272)

2.273

200,iv (PVV_200,iv_200,v)

"kāryakāraṇatānena pratyuktā'kāryakāraṇe /

grāhyagrāhakatābhāvād bhāvenyatrāpi sā bhavet // (pratyakṣa) 273 //"

200,v

buddhisukhayorgrāhyagrāhakābhāvāt । nākāraṇaṃ viṣaya iti kāryakāraṇatā । tato grāhyasya sukhādyātmakatvāt tatkāryayā buddhyāpi sukhādyātmikayābhavitavyamiti parairuktā "kāryakāraṇatā" sānenātiprasaṅgena "pratyuktā" । tathā hi bhoktāpi "grāhaka" iti sa ca kāryasukhādyātmakaḥ kathaṃ "syāt" । api cākāryakāraṇe buddhisukhe । grāhyagrāhakatāyāḥ kāryakāraṇatānibandhanāyā abhāvāt । "grāhyagrāhakatva"bhāvāt kāryakāraṇabhāvasya ca "bhāve"'bhyupagamyamāne"'nya"trātmaviṣayayorapi "sā" kāryakāraṇatā syāt । grāhyagrāhakatāyā bhāvāt । (273)

2.274

<201>

201,i (PVV_201,i_201,vi)

yasmātsukhāderbbāhyasya bhāvanātastāratamyānuyogayogaḥ ।

201,ii

"tasmātta āntarā eva,"

201,iii

"tasmāda"sukhādaya "āntarā" jñānasvabhāvā abāhyā abhyupagantavyāḥ ।

201,iv

kiñca 〈।〉

201,v

"samvedyatvācca cetanāḥ /

saṃvedanaṃ na yad rūpaṃ na hi tattasya vedanam // (pratyakṣa) 274 //"

201,vi

"samvedyatvācca hetoste cetanāḥ" । tathā hi samvedanaṃ tadrūpaṃ yadviṣayasvarūpaṃ na bhavati "tatsaṃvedanaṃ tasya" viṣayasya "vedanaṃ" yasmā"nna" bhavati । na hyaviṣayasvarūpaṃ prativiṣayaṃ bhedavyavasthāṃ karttumarhatīti sākāraṃ grāhakaṃ । tathā ca sākāraṃ jñānameva sukhamastu tadupadhāyakaṃ tu bāhyamayuktaṃ । bhāvanāviśeṣeṇa sukhādivedanasyāviśeṣadarśanāt । bāhyādhīnatve ca tadayogāt । (274)

2.275

201,vii (PVV_201,vii_201,ix)

syādetad 〈।〉

201,viii

"atatsvabhāvo'nubhavo bauddhāṃstān sannavaiti cet /

muktvādhyakṣasmṛtākārāṃ saṃvittiṃ buddhiratra kā // (pratyakṣa) 275 //"

201,ix

bhāvanātastāratamyayoginastān buddhyātmakasukhādīn "atatsvabhāvo"'sukhyādyākāro'"nubhavaḥ sannavaiti" pratyetīti"cet । saṃvittimadhyakṣā"kārāṃ harṣaviṣādākārāṃ "smṛtākārāma"tītasukhādikalpanārūpāṃ saumanasyalakṣaṇāṃ muktvā atra saṃvedanāvasare "kā" parā buddhiranubhūyate । yasyāḥ sukhādyātmakatvamadhyavasāyātmakatvañceṣyate । (275)

2.276

201,x (PVV_201,x_201,xi)

"tāṃstānarthānupādāya sukhaduḥkhādivedanam /

ekamāvirbhavad dṛṣṭaṃ na dṛṣṭaṃ tvanyadantarā // (pratyakṣa) 276 //"

201,xi

"tāṃstānarthāni"ṣṭānaniṣṭā"nupādāyā"śrityaikaṃ "sukhaduḥkhādivedanamāvirbhavad dṛṣṭaṃ" anyad buddhirūpa"mantarā" viṣayasaṃvedanayorantarāle "na dṛṣṭaṃ" । (276)

2.277

201,xii (PVV_201,xii_201,xiii)

"saṃsargādavibhāgaścedayogolakavahnivat /

bhedābhedavyavasthaivamucchinnā sarvavastuṣu // (pratyakṣa) 277 //"

201,xiii

buddhicetanayoḥ "saṃsarggādayogolakavahnyo"rivāvibhāgo bhedānupalabdhiriti "cet" । evaṃ bhinnākārānubhavepyabhedakalpanāyāṃ"sarvavastuṣu bhedābhedavyavasthocchinnā" syāt । (277)

2.278

<202>

202,i (PVV_202,i_202,iii)

tathā hi 〈।〉

202,ii

"abhinnavedanasyaikyaṃ yannaivaṃ tad vibhedavat /

sidhyedasādhanatvesya na siddhaṃ bhedasādhanam // (pratyakṣa) 278 //"

202,iii

"abhinna"mekākāraṃ "vedanaṃ" yasya tasyaikyaṃ । "yannaivaṃ" bhinnavedanaṃ "tadvibheda vat sidhyet 〈।〉" asyaikākārajñānasyābhedampra"tyasādhanatve" tadviparītabhinnākāravedanaṃ "bhedasādhanamasiddhaṃ" ॥ (278)

2.279

202,iv (PVV_202,iv_202,v)

"bhinnābhaḥ sitaduḥkhādirabhinno buddhivedane /

abhinnābhe vibhinne cet bhedābhedau kimāśrayau // (pratyakṣa) 279 //"

202,v

sāṃkhyasya tu sitaduḥkhādirbhinnākāro'bhinna iṣṭaḥ । "buddhivedane tvabhinnābhe vibhinne iṣṭe cet । bhedābhedau kimāśrayau" kiṃ nimittau te vyavasthāpanīyau । (279)

2.280

202,vi (PVV_202,vi_202,viii)

nanu vedanācetanāsaṃjñādīnāṃ caittānāṃ mahābhūmikādīnāṃ sakṛdutpannānāṃ bhedaḥ parasparaṃ pratīyate । atha cāsti । tadvadbuddhisukhayorapi syādityāha ।

202,vii

"tiraskṛtānāṃ paṭunāpyekadā'bhedadarśanāt /

pravāhe vittibhedānāṃ siddhā bhedavyavasthitiḥ // (pratyakṣa) 280 //"

202,viii

"paṭunā" sukhaduḥkhādīnāṃ vedanāskandhasaṃgṛhītena caittena "tiraskṛtānāma"bhibhūtānāṃ saṃjñādī"nāme"kadā'"bhedadarśanāt । pravāhe" citta santāne sukhādyabhāvakāle svarūpeṇopalakṣitānāṃ "bhedavyavasthitiḥ siddhā" । raverudaye tārakā anupalakṣitā api niśāyāmupalakṣyamāṇā bhedena vyavasthāpyanta eva । tasmājjñānātmānaḥ svavedanāśca sukhādaya ityākhyātaṃ svavedanaṃ ॥ (X) (X) ॥ (280)

2.281

<(4) yogijñānapratyakṣam>

202,ix (PVV_202,ix_203,i)

yogijñānamākhyātumāha 〈।〉

202,x

"prāguktaṃ yogināṃ jñānaṃ teṣāṃ tad bhāvanāmayam /

vidhūtakalpanājālaṃ spaṣṭamevāvabhāsate // (pratyakṣa) 281 //"

<203>

203,i

"prāk" prathamaparicchede"yogināṃ jñānaṃ" sattyaviṣayamuktaṃ । "teṣāṃ" yogināṃ "bhāvanāmayaṃ" bhāvanāhetuniṣpattikaṃ "tat" jñānaṃ sattyasvarūpaviṣayatvena "vidhūtakalpanājālama"vikalpatvācca "spaṣṭaṃ" viśadajñeyākāra"mevāvabhāsate" । (281)

2.282

203,ii (PVV_203,ii_203,iv)

bhāvanābhavaṃ kathaṃ spaṣṭamityāha 〈।〉

203,iii

"kāmaśokabhayonmādacaurasvaprādyupaplutāḥ /

abhūtānapi paśyanti puratovasthitāniva // (pratyakṣa) 282 //"

203,iv

"kāmaśca" śokaśca bhayañca tairunmādāścaurasvapnādayaśceti "kāmaśokabhayonmādacaurasvapnādibhirupaplutā" bhrāntāste"'bhūtānapya"rthān bhāvanāvaśāt "purato'vasthitāniva paśyanti" । yasmāttadanurūpāṃ pravṛttiṃ ceṣṭante ॥ (282)

2.283

203,v (PVV_203,v_203,x)

bhavatu bhāvanājaṃ spaṣṭamavikalpaṃ tu kathamityāha 〈।〉

203,vi

"na vikalpānubaddhasyāsti sphuṭārthāvabhāsitā //"

203,vii

"na vikalpenānubaddhasya" saṃstutasya jñānasya "sphuṭārthāvabhāsitāsti" ॥

203,viii

nanu viplavavaśāt vikalpakamapi svapne spaṣṭābhaṃ jñānaṃ bhavatītyāha 〈।〉

203,ix

"svapnepi smaryate smārttaṃ na ca tattādṛgarthavat // (pratyakṣa) 283 //"

203,x

"svapnepi smārttaṃ" smaraṇaṃ kiñcidutpadyate । "na ca" tatprabodhāvasthāyāṃ "tādṛgarthavadyā"dṛśo nirvikalpenānubhūto'rthastādṛśārthena yuktaṃ smaryate । kintarhi aspaṣṭārthameva svapnasmaraṇaṃ smaryate । (283)

2.284

203,xi (PVV_203,xi_203,xiii)

nanvabhūtārthabhāvanābalajaṃ bhavatāpi spaṣṭābhamavikalpañca siddhānte neṣyate iti tena saha virodha ityā ha 〈।〉

203,xii

"aśubhā pṛthivīkṛtsnādyabhūtamapi varṇyate /

spaṣṭābhaṃ nirvikalpañca bhāvanābalanirmitam // (pratyakṣa) 284 //"

203,xiii

"aśubhā" vinīlakavipūyakāsthisaṃkalādikā "pṛthvīkṛtsnādi" bhūmayatvādi "abhūta"masatyamapi "bhāvanābalena nirmitaṃ spaṣṭābhaṃ nirvikalpakañcā"smā"bhirvarṇṇyata" iti nāsti siddhāntavirodhaḥ । (284)

2.285

<204>

204,i (PVV_204,i_204,ii)

"tasmād bhūtamabhūtaṃ vā yad yadevābhibhāvyate /

bhāvanāpariniṣpattau tat sphuṭākalpadhīphalaṃ // (pratyakṣa) 285 //"

204,ii

yato bhāvanāyā bhāvyaspaṣṭatāyāmādhipatyaṃ । "tasmād bhūta"māryasatyādi "abhūtama"śubhādi "yadyadevā"tyantaṃ "bhāvyate" । tad bhāvyamānaṃ "bhāvanāyāḥ" sādaranirantaradīrghakālapravarttitāyāḥ "pariniṣpattau sphuṭā kalpadhīḥ" sā phalaṃ yasya tattathā । (285)

2.286

204,iii (PVV_204,iii_204,vi)

"tatra pramāṇāṃ samvādi yat; prāṅ nirṇītavastuvat /

tad bhāvanājaṃ pratyakṣamiṣṭaṃ śeṣā upaplavāḥ // (pratyakṣa) 286 //"

204,iv

"tatra" bhāvanābalabhāviṣu spaṣṭānirvikalpeṣu "yatsaṃvādi" upadarśitārthaprāpakaṃ tad bhāvanājaṃ pratyakṣaṃ "pramāṇamiṣṭaṃ" ।

204,v

kimivetyāha 〈।〉

204,vi

"prāk" prathamaparicchede "nirṇṇītaṃ vastu" satyacatuṣṭayaṃ tasminniva । yathā āryasattyaviṣayaṃ bhāvanābalajaṃ saṃvāditvātpratyakṣaṃ pramāṇamevamanyadapīdṛśaṃ । "śeṣā ayathārthā upaplavā" bhramā yathā aśubhā pṛthvīkṛtsnādipratyayāḥ । (286)

2.287

204,vii (PVV_204,vii_204,ix)

kalpanāpi svasaṃvittāviṣṭā nārthe vikalpanāditi vyākhyātumāha 〈।〉

204,viii

"śabdārthagrāhi yad yatra tajjñānaṃ tatra kalpanā /

svarūpañca na śabdārthastatrādhyakṣamato'khilam // (pratyakṣa) 287 //"

204,ix

"śabdārthagrāhi" anyavyavacchedasya grāhakaṃ "yajjñānaṃ yatra" viṣaye "tajjñānaṃ tatra kalpanocyate" । jñānānāṃ "svarūpañca" svalakṣaṇātmakaṃ "na śabda"syā"rtho" viṣayo"'to" vācyatvā"ttatra svarūpe'khilaṃ" jñānamavikalpatvā"dadhyakṣaṃ" । uktaṃ caturvidhaṃ pratyakṣaṃ ॥ (X) (X) ॥ (287)

<2.7>

<7. pratyakṣābhāsacintā>

2.288

204,x (PVV_204,x_205,i)

pratyakṣābhāsamidānīṃ vaktavyaṃ ।

204,xi

"trividhaṃ kalpanājñānamāśrayopaplavodbhavam /

avikalpakamekañca pratyajñābhaṃ caturvidham // (pratyakṣa) 288 //"

<205>

205,i

"trividhaṃ kalpanājñānaṃ" pratyakṣābhaṃ marīcikāyāṃ jalādhyavasāyi bhrāntijñānaṃ saṃvṛtau vi saṃvādivyavasāyasāṃvṛtajñānaṃ । pūrvadṛṣṭaikatvakalpanāpravṛttaṃ liṅgānumeyādijñānaṃ । "avikalpakañca ekaṃ pratyakṣābhaṃ" । kīdṛśamā"śrayasye"ndriyasyo"paplavasti"mirā dyupaghātastasmā"d bhavo" yasya tattathā । evañca "caturvidhañca" pratyakṣābhāsaṃ ॥ (288)

2.289

205,ii (PVV_205,ii_205,iii)

nanvavikalpakaṃ pratyakṣaṃ । tatastrayamapīdaṃ savikalpakatvādekaḥ pratyakṣābhāsaḥ । tat kiṃ bhrāntijñānaṃ mṛgatṛṣṇikāyāṃ jalāvasāyi । saṃvṛtisato dravyāderjñānaṃ । anumānaṃ liṅgajñānaṃ ānumānikaṃ liṅgijñānaṃ smārtta smṛtiḥ ābhilāpikaṃ ceti vikalpaprabheda ācāryadignāgenokta ityāha 〈।〉

205,iii

"anakṣajatvasiddhyarthamukte dve bhrāntidaśanāt //

siddhānumādivacanaṃ sādhanāyaiva pūrvayoḥ // (pratyakṣa) 289 //"

205,iv (PVV_205,iv)

dve sāṃvṛtāropitayoḥ kalpanājñāne'"nakṣajatva"syānindriyatvasya "siddhyarthaṃ" bhede"nokte" । pareṣāṃ tayorakṣajatvabhrāntidarśanād । ghaṭoyaṃ dvau kampata ityādi । jalamidamiti ca vyavasāyātmaka"mindriyapratyakṣameva" pratipadyata iti paro manyate । tannirā sārthaṃ dvayorupādānaṃ । anindriyatvena smṛtibalabhāvitvena siddhaṃ ca tada"numādi" ca tasya "vacanaṃ pūrvayoḥ" saṃvṛtāropitakalpanayorevā"nakṣajatvasādhanāya" । tathā hi yatpūrvānubhūtasamayasmṛtibhāvi na tatpratyakṣaṃ । yathā'numānādi । anubhūtasamayasmṛtisāpekṣā cāvayavijalādikalpanā iti viruddhopalabdhiruktā । (289)

2.290

205,v (PVV_205,v_205,vii)

nanu sāṃvṛtāropitakalpanāyāḥ kathaṃ pratyakṣatāśaṅketyāha 〈।〉

205,vi

"saṃketasaṃśrayānyārthasamāropavikalpane /

na pratyakṣānuvṛttitvāt kadācid bhrāntikāraṇam // (pratyakṣa) 290 //"

205,vii

bahūnāṃ rūpādīnāmekārthakāritvakhyāpanārthaṃ ghaṭa ityādiśabdaniveśaḥ sa saṃśrayo heturyasyāḥ sā "saṃketasaṃśrayā"kalpanā dṛśyamānānmarīcinicayāderanyasya jalāderā<206>ropitasya kalpanā । "anyārtha"kalpanā । te ete kalpane pratyakṣānantarabhāvitvena "pratyakṣānuvṛttitvādā"tmanyapi "kadācida"vimarśakānāṃ pratyakṣatā — "bhrāntikāraṇaṃ" bhavataḥ । (290)

2.291

206,i (PVV_206,i_206,ii)

"yathaiveyaṃ parokṣārthakalpanā smaraṇātmikā /

samayāpekṣiṇī nārthaṃ pratyakṣamadhyavasyati // (pratyakṣa) 291 //"

206,ii

ato "yathaiveyama"numānānumānikādi"parokṣārthakalpanā" pūrvaṃ gṛhīta"samayāpekṣiṇī" satī "smaraṇā"dirūpā "pratyakṣaṃ" pratyakṣaviṣaya"marthaṃ nā"〈dhya〉vasyati" । kintu kalpitameva gṛhṇāti 〈।〉 (291)

2.292

206,iii (PVV_206,iii_206,iv)

"tathānubhūtasmaraṇamantareṇa ghaṭādiṣu /

na pratyayonuyaṃstacca pratyakṣāt parihīyate // (pratyakṣa) 292 //"

206,iv

"tathā" saṃketakāle vyavahāralaghavārthaṃ kalpitasya dravyāderanu"mānabhūta"sya paścā"tsmaraṇamantareṇa ghaṭādiṣu" ghaṭo'yamityādyekavastvavasāyī "pratyayo" na bhavati । "tacca" saṃketitamāropitaṃ cārthamanuyan ghaṭo'yaṃ jalamiti ca pratyayaḥ "pratyakṣāt" pratyakṣa"tvāt parihīyate" । tasya vastuviṣayatvāt saṃketāpekṣasya ca viparyayāt । (292)

2.293

206,v (PVV_206,v_206,vi)

"apavādaścaturthotra tenoktamupaghātajam /

kevalantatra timiramupaghātopalakṣaṇam // (pratyakṣa) 293 //"

206,vi

sataimiramiti "caturtho" hetvābhāsaḥ kalpanārahitatvenātiprasaktāyāḥ pratyakṣatāyā "apavādaḥ" । abhrāntatvasya lakṣaṇaikadeśatvopalakṣaṇatvaṃ ca na tu kalpanāpoḍhatvanirākṛtasyodāharaṇamidaṃ । "kevalaṃ sataimirami"tyatra timiraṃ sabāhyo"paghātasya" jñānavikṛtiheto"rupalakṣaṇaṃ" । tenānyendriyavikārajamindriyajañca nirvikalpaṃ pratyakṣābhāsaṃ sidhyati 〈॥〉 (293)

2.294

206,vii (PVV_206,vii_206,viii)

"mānasaṃ tadapītyeke teṣāṃ grantho virudhyate /

nīladvicandrādidhiyāṃ heturakṣāṇyapītyayam // (pratyakṣa) 294 //"

206,viii

"tad" dvicandrādijñāna"mapi mānasaṃ" manobhrama "ityeke" ā cā ryāḥ । "teṣā"mevaṃ vādināṃ "nīladvicandrādidhiyāmakṣāṇyapi hetu"rityetadarthavācako "grantho virudhyate । granthaḥ" punarayaṃ yāvaccakṣurādīnāmapyā"lambanatvaprasaṅgaḥ" । tepi hi paramārtha<207>to'nyathā vidyamānā nīlādyābhāsasya dvicandrādyābhāsasya ca jñānasya kāraṇībhavantīti । (294)

2.295

207,i (PVV_207,i_207,iii)

syādetat 〈।〉

207,ii

"pāramparyeṇa hetuścedindriyajñānagocare /

vicāryamāṇe prastāvo mānasasyeha kīdṛśaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 295 //"

207,iii

mānasasya pratyakṣasyendriyaṃ "pāramparyeṇa hetuḥ" । tena virodhābhāva"ścet" vādavidhiprakaraṇe "indriyajñāna"sya pratyakṣasya "gocarevicāryamāṇe mānasasya" vikalpasya ihāvasare kīdṛśaḥ "prastāvaḥ" । yena paramparayā taddheturindriyamucyate । (295)

2.296

207,iv (PVV_207,iv_207,v)

"kimvaindriyaṃ yadakṣāṇāṃ bhāvābhāvānurodhi cet /

tattulyaṃ vikriyāvaccet saiveyaṃ kiṃ niṣidhyate // (pratyakṣa) 296 //"

207,v

timirajñānaṃ bhramamanicchatopi "kiṃ" kīdṛśa"maindriya"jñānamiṣyate । "yadakṣāṇāṃ bhāvābhāvayoranurodhi" svabhāvābhyāmanuvartakaṃ tadaindriyamiti "cet" । tat indriya"bhāvābhā"vānurodhitvaṃ taimirikajñānasyāpi "tulyaṃ" 〈।〉 na hīndriyavyāpāramantareṇa taimirikajñānamutpadyate । indriyavikāreṇa vikriyāvat jñānamaindriyaṃ cet dvicandrādijñānānāṃ timirādīndriyavikāreṇa "vikriyā" 〈।〉 "saiveya"mabhūtārthopadarśanānmikā bhrāntatvanimittamuktā'smābhiḥ "kiṃ niṣidhyate" । (296)

2.297

207,vi (PVV_207,vi_207,vii)

"sarppādibhrāntivaccāsyāḥ syādakṣavikṛtāvapi /

nivṛttirna nivartteta nivṛttepyakṣaviplave // (pratyakṣa) 297 //"

207,vii

yadi ca dvicandrādidhīrmānasī bhrāntistadā sarpocitadeśe mandamandāloke rajvādau saṃsthānasāmyagrahāt utpannāyāḥ sarpādibhrānteriva marīciṣu jalabhrānteriva yathā pratyakṣaṃ vicārāt । asy(a)〈ā〉dvicandrādibhrānterakṣa"vikṛtāvapi" sā nivṛttiḥ syāt । akṣaviplavo hi na tasyā hetuḥ 〈।〉 tataśca satyapi tasmin vimarśānnivartate sarpabuddhiriva । tathā hyakṣa"viplavepi" timirādau "nivṛttepi" tattvamavicārayato "na nivartate" taddvicandrabuddhiḥ । akṣaviplavasya tatkāraṇatvābhāvāt । akāraṇanivṛttau ca nivṛttyayogāt । (297)

2.298

207,viii (PVV_207,viii_208,i)

kiñca 〈।〉

207,ix

"kadācidanyasantāne tathaivārpyeta vācakaiḥ /

dṛṣṭasmṛtimapekṣeta na bhāseta parisphuṭam // (pratyakṣa) 298 //"

<208>

208,i

yathānubhavaṃ samadeśakālasyānyasya cittasantāne yathā ahirahirityupadarśanena sarpabhrāntirarpyate । "tathā" dvicandrādibhrāntirapi tasyā vācakaiḥ śabdaira"rpyeta" sāmagrītulyatvāt । timirasya cāhetukatvāt । api ca 〈।〉 yathā marīciṣu taraṅgajalasamāsu pūrvadṛṣṭajalasmaraṇasāpekṣā jalabhrāntiḥ । tatra dvicandrādibhrāntirapi mānasītvāt "dṛṣṭa"candradvaya"smṛtimapekṣeta" । na ceyaṃ smaraṇasāpekṣā cakṣurvisphāraṇamātreṇa spharaṇāt । tathā mānasītvāt "parisphuṭaṃ" suvyaktagrāhyākārā "na bhāseta" । jalādibhrāntiriva । (298)

2.299

208,ii (PVV_208,ii_208,iii)

"suptasya jāgrato vāpi yaiva dhīḥ sphuṭabhāsinī /

sā nirvikalpobhayathāpyanyathaiva vikalpikā // (pratyakṣa) 299 //"

208,iii

tasmā"tsuptasya jāgratopi vā yaiva dhīḥ sphuṭāvabhāsinī" vyaktagrāhyākārā sā "nirvikalpā"'bhyupagantavyā"anyathaiva" hyasphuṭāvabhāsinī dhīrubhayathā suptasya jāgrato pi vā "kalpikā" yuktā । (299)

2.300

208,iv (PVV_208,iv_208,vi)

yata evaṃ 〈।〉

208,v

"tasmāttasyāvikalpepi prāmāṇyaṃ pratiṣidhyate /

visaṃvādāttadarthaṃ ca pratyakṣābhaṃ dvidhoditam // (pratyakṣa) 300 //"

208,vi

"tasmāt" kalpanāpoḍhamityukte timirajñānasyā"vikalpe" nirvikalpatvepi sati "prāmāṇyaṃ" pratyakṣātmakaṃ prāptaṃ sataimiramityapavādena "visamvādāt pratiṣidhyate" । saṃvādalakṣaṇatvātprāmāṇyasya । "tadarthamu"paplutajñānanivṛttyartha cācāryadiṅnāgena pratya "kṣābhaṃ" saṃkṣepato "dvidhoktaṃ" savikalpamavikalpañca । uktaṃ pratyakṣābhaṃ ॥ (X X) ॥(300)

<2.8>

<8. pramāṇaphalacintā>

2.301

208,vii (PVV_208,vii_208,ix)

pramāṇaphalavyavasthāṃ kartumāha ।

208,viii

"kriyāsādhanamityeva sarvaṃ sarvasya karmmaṇaḥ /

sādhanaṃ na hi tattasya sādhanaṃ yā kriyā yataḥ // (pratyakṣa) 301 //"

208,ix

"kriyāyāḥ sādhanaṃ" heturi"tyeva na" hi "sarvaṃ" kāraṇaṃ "sarvasya karmmaṇaḥ" kriyāyāḥ "sādhanaṃ" karaṇaṃ 〈।〉 kintarhi tadvastu "tasya" karmaṇaḥ "sādhanaṃ" karaṇaṃ "yā kriyā yataḥ" padārthāda<209>vyavadhānena bhavati sa tasyāḥ kāraṇamucyate । tataścendriyādeḥ pramitiṃ pratyavyavahitasādhakatvābhāvāt na pramāṇaṃ । (301)

2.302

209,i (PVV_209,i_209,iii)

kintarhi pramāṇamastītyāha 〈।〉

209,ii

"tatrānubhavamātreṇa jñānasya sadṛśātmanaḥ /

bhāvyantenātmanā yena pratikarmma vibhajyate // (pratyakṣa) 302 //"

209,iii

"tatra" rūpādau karmaṇi "jñānasyānubhavamātreṇā"nubhavātmano "sadṛśātma"nastulyarūpasya"tenātmanā" svarūpeṇa prativiṣayaṃ vyatirekiṇā "bhāvyaṃ yena pratikarmma" prativiṣayajñānaṃ "vibhajyate" । nīlasyedaṃ pītasyedamiti । anyathānubhavamātratayā sarvatra viṣaye sadṛśaṃ jñānaṃ prativiṣayaṃ kathaṃ bhedena vyavasthāpayituṃ śakyeta । (302)

2.303

209,iv (PVV_209,iv_209,vi)

syādetadindriyāderhetoḥ savyāpā ratādilakṣaṇo viśeṣo jñānānāṃ bhedena niyāmakamityāha 〈।〉

209,v

"anātmabhūto bhedosya vidyamānopi hetuṣu /

bhinne karmaṇyabhinnasya na bhedena niyāmakaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 303 //"

209,vi

"hetu"ṣvindriyādiṣu "bhedo" viśeṣaḥ savyāpāratādilakṣaṇo "vidyamānopyasya" jñānasyānubhavamātrātmatayā bhinnasya "bhinne karmmaṇi" nīlādau grāhye "bhedena niyāmako" na yuktaḥ । kasmādityāha 〈।〉 "anātmabhūtaḥ" । jñānāsvarūpatvādindriyasya viśeṣaḥ pratikarmma na bhettumarhati । (303)

2.304

209,vii (PVV_209,vii_209,viii)

"tasmād yatosyātmabhedādasyādhigatirityayam /

kriyāyāḥ karmaniyamaḥ siddhā sā tatprasādhanā // (pratyakṣa) 304 //"

209,viii

"tasmādasya" jñānasyā"tmabhedāt yato'syā"rthasyeyama"dhigatiriti" kriyāyā adhigateḥ "karmaṇi" vedye "niyamaḥ sā kriyā tatprasādhanā" tatkaraṇā'bhyupagantavyā । (304)

2.305

209,ix (PVV_209,ix_210,i^1)

syādetad 〈।〉 indriyādireva svabhedād bhedako jñānasya prativiṣayamadhigaterniyāmakaḥ । tataścānubhavātmatvādaviṣaya evāsiddha ityāha 〈।〉

209,x

"arthena ghaṭayatyenāṃ na hi muktvārtharūpatām /

anyaḥ svabhedājjñānasya bhedakopi kathañcana // (pratyakṣa) 305 //"

<210>

210,i (PVV_210,i^2)

"enāma"dhigatima"rtharūpatā"marthasarū patāṃ "muktvā na" hyanyaḥ kaścindriyādiḥ "svabhedāt kathañcana" kenāpi prakāreṇa "jñānasya bhedakopyartheva" jñeyena "ghaṭayati" yojayati nīlasyeyamadhigatiḥ pītasya ceyamityādi । tathā hi yadyapi pratyarthaṃ pratīndriyañca jñānānāmasti bhedaḥ tathāpi viṣayasārūpyābhāve sa eva viśeṣo'śakyanirdeśaḥ । atha viśeṣopyadhigatereva vyavasthāpyata iti cet । nanu tasyā eva vyavasthāpakamiṣyate । na cāvyasthite vyavasthāpake vyavasthāpyasiddhiḥ । nanu na sarvatra paraśuvyāpāradṛṣṭipūrvikācchidāsiddhiḥ । chidādarśanādapi paraśuvyāpāravyavasthiteḥ । evamihāpyadhigatipūrvikāyāṃ pramāṇasthitau na doṣaḥ । asamānametat । tathā hi paraśucchidayoḥ kāryakāraṇabhāvaviśeṣaḥ kriyākaraṇabhāvaḥ । adhigatijñānātmabhūtaviśeṣayostu vyavasthāpyavyavasthākabhāva eṣitavyaḥ । ubhayorapi jñānasvarūpātmatvāt । tatra kāraṇamajñātamapi svakāryaṃ nirvartayatīti kāryadarśa"nācca tadvyavasthā" yuktaiva । vyavasthāpakastu nānupalakṣito vyavasthāpya vyavasthāyāṃ kṣamate । na hyapratītaṃ kalpyamānaṃ āśvastyaṃvyavasthāpayati । (305)

2.306

210,ii (PVV_210,ii_210,iii)

"tasmātprameyādhigateḥ sādhanaṃ meyarūpatā /

sādhane'nyatra tatkarmasambandho na prasidhyati // (pratyakṣa) 306 //"

210,iii

"tasmātprameyādhigateḥ" phalabhūtāyāḥ vyavasthāpyāyāḥ "sādhanaṃ" pramāṇaṃ "meyarūpatā" । atha na sārūpyaṃ tasya prativiṣayaṃ bhinnasya sūpalakṣaṇatvāt sārūpyātpunara"nyatra sādhane tasyāḥ" kriyāyāḥ "karmmasambandho" nīlasyeyamadhigatiḥ pītasya cetyādi "na sidhyati" । indriyādhigativiśeṣasya sambhavepyanubhavamātrātmakajñānasyāviśeṣakatvāyogāt । jñānagatasyāparaviśeṣasya lakṣaṇabhedenānupalakṣaṇāt । (306)

2.307

210,iv (PVV_210,iv_211,i)

"sā ca tasyātmabhūtaiva tena nārthāntaraṃ phalam /"

210,v

"sā cā"dhigatiranubhavasvabhāvā jñānasyā"tmabhūtaiva । tena" pramāṇānnā"rthāntaraṃ phalaṃ" । prameyameva phalamityarthaḥ ।

210,vi

grāhyagrāhakabhāvopi bhākta eveti darśayitumāha 〈।〉

210,vii

"dadhānaṃ tacca tāmātmanyarthādhigamanātmanā // (pratyakṣa) 307 //"

<211>

211,i

"tacca" jñānamā"tmani" tāmartha"sarūpatāṃ dadhānaṃ" bibhrad arthasyā"dhiga manātmanā"'dhigamalakṣaṇena (307)

2.308

211,ii (PVV_211,ii_211,iii)

"savyāpāramivābhāti vyāpāreṇa svakarmaṇi /

tadvaśāttadvyavasthānādakārakamapi svayam // (pratyakṣa) 308 //"

211,iii

vyāpāreṇa savyāpāra"miva" svakarmmaṇi grāhye "ābhāti" । vyāpāramapi vastuto'kārakamapi svayaṃ tadvaśānmeyasārūpyavaśāttasyādhigamasya "vyavasthānāt" । (308)

2.309

211,iv (PVV_211,iv_211,v)

"yathā phalasya hetūnāṃ sadṛśātmatayodbhavād /

heturūpagraho loke'kriyāvatvepi kathyate // (pratyakṣa) 309 //"

211,v

"yathā lokepi hetūnāṃ sadṛśātmatayā" sadṛśarūpatayo"dbhavāt । phalasyākriyāvattvepi" heturūpagrahaṇavyāpārābhāvepi "heturūpagrahaḥ kathyate" pitū rūpaṃ gṛhītaṃ sutenetyādi । ato'rtharūpatāṃ muktvā'dhigatisādhanamanyadayuktaṃ । (309)

2.310

211,vi (PVV_211,vi_211,vii)

"ālocanākṣasambandhaviśeṣaṇadhiyāmataḥ /

neṣṭamprāmāṇyameteṣāṃ vyavadhānāt kriyāmprati // (pratyakṣa) 310 //"

211,vii

ata ā"locana"syārthālocanamātrasya jātyādiviśiṣṭaniścayaphalaṃ prati । "akṣasambandhasya" indriyārthasannikarṣasyālocanaphalaṃ prati "viśeṣaṇa"〈sya 〉vedyaviśeṣyabuddhiphalaṃ prati "prāmāṇyaṃ" sādhanatvaṃ "neṣṭaṃ । eteṣā"mālocanārthasambandhaviśeṣaṇajñānānāṃ "kriyā"yāmadhigativiṣayasārūpyeṇa "vyavadhānāt" । (310)

2.311

211,viii (PVV_211,viii_212,i)

vyavasthānepi sādhakatamatvaṃ syāditi cet । āha ।

211,ix

"sarveṣāmupayogepi kārakāṇāṃ kriyāmprati /

yadantyaṃ bhedakaṃ tasyāstat sādhakatamaṃ matam // (pratyakṣa) 311 //"

<212>

212,i

"sarveṣāṃ kārakāṇāṃ" sākṣātpāramparyeṇa "kriyāṃ pratyupayogepi" teṣu madhye "yatkārakamantyaṃ" kārakāntareṇāvyavahitavyāpyāraṃ sat kriyā"bhedakaṃ tattasyāḥ sādhakatamaṃ mataṃ" nānyat । (311)

2.312

212,ii (PVV_212,ii_212,iv)

tathā hi 〈।〉

212,iii

"sarvasāmānyahetutvādakṣāṇāmasti nedṛśam /

tadbhedepi hyatadrūpasyāsyedamiti tatkutaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 312 //"

212,iv

"akṣāṇāṃ" tāvadī"dṛśaṃ" sādhakatamatvaṃ "nāsti sarvaṃ — sāmānyahetutvāt" । sarvajñānasādhāraṇahetutvāt । avāntarādhigatibhedakatvānupapatteḥ । teṣāmindriyāṇāṃ pramādāvilatvādi"bhedepi" jñānasyātadrūpasya viṣayasārūpyarahitasya idamasya grāhakamiti grāhakatvaṃ yadiṣyate "tatkutaḥ" । (312)

2.313

212,v (PVV_212,v_212,vi)

"etena śeṣaṃ vyākhyātaṃ viśeṣaṇadhiyāṃ punaḥ /

atādrupye na bhedopi tadvadanyadhiyopi vā // (pratyakṣa) 313 //"

212,vi

"ete"nākṣāṇāmasādhanatvadarśanena "śeṣa"mālocanārthasambandhādi "vyākhyātaṃ" । tadapyarthasārūpyarahitamasādhanaṃ । sārūpye ca svīkartavye tadevāvyavahitatvāt sādhanamastu । "viśeṣaṇadhiyāṃ punara"yamadhiko doṣaḥ । "atādrūpye" viśeṣaṇasārūpyābhāve viśeṣyadhiyaḥ sakāśā"dbhedopi" na syāt । dvayorapyākārarahitatvena bhedasthityanupapatteḥ । tataścaikā pramāṇamanyā ca phalamiti kutaḥ । atha sārūpyaṃ viśeṣaṇadhiyo bhedakamiṣyate । evaṃ ca sati tadeva pramāṇaṃ phalaṃ ca syāt । arthasarūpatvādadhigatirūpatvācca । "tadvad" viśeṣaṇabuddheriva "anya" buddherviṣayasārūpyaṃ phalātmakañceṣyatāṃ । (313)

2.314

212,vii (PVV_212,vii_212,ix)

kiñca 〈।〉

212,viii

"neṣṭo viṣayabhedopi kriyāsādhanayordvayoḥ /

ekārthatve dvayaṃ vyarthaṃ na ca syāt kramabhāvitā // (pratyakṣa) 314 //"

212,ix

"kriyāsādhanayorviṣayabhedopi neṣṭaḥ" sarvasya । na hyanyatra paraśuvyāpāraśchidā cānyatra । iha tu viśeṣaṇe pramāṇavyāpāraḥ kriyā ca viśeṣya iti bhinnaviṣayatā kathamiṣṭā ।

<213>

213,i (PVV_213,i)

athaitaddoṣatayā "dvayoḥ" kriyāsādhanayoḥ kramabhāvino"rekārthatve" ekaviṣayatve ca svīkriyamāṇe "dvayaṃ" bhinnaṃ pramāṇaṃ phalaṃ ca "vyarthaṃ" viśeṣaṇajñānaṃ pramāṇaṃ phalaṃ cāstu viṣayasvarūpatvādadhigamasvabhāvācca । tataḥ paraṃ tu viśeṣyajñānamadhigatādhigantṛtvādanupayuktaṃ । "na cai"kaviṣayayorjñānayoḥ "kramabhāvitā"sti viṣayasya tajjananaśaktasya krameṇa svakāryajananavirodhāt । (314)

2.315

213,ii (PVV_213,ii_213,vii)

sakṛdutpattāveva viśeṣaṇaviśeṣyadhiyoḥ pramāṇaphalatā bhaviṣyatīti cet । āha 〈।〉

213,iii

"sādhyasādhanatābhāvaḥ sakṛdbhāve;"

213,iv

"sakṛd bhāve sādhyasādhanatāyāḥ abhāvaḥ" । kāryakāraṇabhāvaviśeṣatvena tasyā iṣṭatvāt ।

213,v

nanvevamākārādhigamayorekajñānātmatvepi pramāṇaphalatā'nupapannetyāha 〈।〉

213,vi

"dhiyoṃśayoḥ /

tadvyavasthāśrayatvena sādhyasādhanasaṃsthitiḥ // (pratyakṣa) 315 //"

213,vii

"dhiyo'śaṃyo"rākārādhigamalakṣaṇayoḥ "sādhyasādhanasaṃsthitiḥ" kriyākaraṇavyavasthā । "tadvyavasthāśrayatve"nākāravaśenādhigativiśeṣavyavasthānāt । nāstyatra kāryakāraṇātmakaḥ kriyākaraṇabhāvaḥ kiṃ tu vyavasthāpyavyavasthāpakabhāvaḥ । sa ca tādātmyepyaviruddhaḥ । (315)

2.316

213,viii (PVV_213,viii_213,x)

arthasannikarṣopi na pramāṇamityāha 〈।〉

213,ix

"sarvātmanāpi sambaddhaṃ kaiścidevāvagamyate /

dharmaiḥ sa niyamo na syāt sambandhasyāviśeṣataḥ // (pratyakṣa) 316 //"

213,x

bāhyaṃ "sarvātmanā" sarvairākārairindriyādibhiḥ "sambaddhamapi kaiścideya dharmmai"rnīlatvādibhi"rggamyate" na tpaṇupuñjatvādibhiḥ । "sa eṣa" grahaṇasya "niyamo na syāt । sambandha"syāpi gatisthitihetora"viśeṣataḥ" । (316)

2.317

<214>

214,i (PVV_214,i_214,ii)

"tadabhedepi bhedoyaṃ yasmāttasya pramāṇatā /

saṃskārāccedatādrūpye na tasyāpyavyavasthiteḥ // (pratyakṣa) 317 //"

214,ii

"yasmā"dindriyasannikarṣādeḥ prāmāṇyamayuktaṃ "tatta"smāda"bhedepi" sannikarṣādyaviśeṣepi yasmānniyāmakāt tajjñānasyā"yaṃ bhedo" nīlasyedaṃ jñānaṃ pītasya cedamityādi "tasya pramāṇa"tā yuktā । sa ca ākāra eveti sa eva pramāṇaṃ jñānajātajñānahetoḥ "saṃskārā"jjñānasya kaiścideva dharmairgrahaṇaniyama iti cet "na" 〈।〉 "tasya" saṃskārasyāpya"tādrūpye" viṣayāsarūpatve"'vyavasthiteḥ" । (317)

2.318–2.319

214,iii (PVV_214,iii_214,v)

yadākāraṃ jñānaṃ syāttasyānubhavaḥ saṃskāraśca bhavet । tasmācca grahaṇapratiniyamaḥ । anubhavasthityabhāve tu sarvamavyavasthitaṃ ।

214,iv

"kriyākaraṇayoraikyavirodha iti cedasat /

dharmabhedābhyupagamād;"

214,v

"kriyākaraṇayo"radhigamākārayoraikātmye virodha "iti cet । asade"tat । "dharmabheda"sya vyāvṛttyupakalpitasyā"bhyupagamāt" । anākāravyāvṛttiḥ pramāṇaṃ । anadhigativyāvṛttiśca phalamiti nānayoraikyaṃ ।

214,vi (PVV_214,vi_214,ix)

kathantarhyuktaṃ 〈।〉

sā ca tasyātmabhūtaiva tena nārthāntaraṃ phalami(2.307)tyāha 〈/〉

214,vii

"vastvabhinnamitīṣyate // (pratyakṣa) 318 //"

214,viii

paramārthato jñānātmakaṃ "vastvabhinnamitīṣyate" । (318) na tu kalpitadharmadvāreṇapi । kiṃ punastattvata eva sādhanād bhinnā'dhigatiśchi dādivanneṣyata ityāha 〈।〉

214,ix

"evaṃ prakārā sarvaiva kriyākārakasaṃsthitiḥ /

bhāvasya bhinnābhimateṣvapyāropeṇa vṛttitaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 319 //"

214,x (PVV_214,x)

"sarvaiva kriyākāraka"yoḥ "saṃsthiti"rvyavasthā "evaṃprakārā" kalpitaiva "bhinnābhimateṣvapi" dāruparaśvādiṣu kriyākaraṇabhāvasyā"ropeṇa vṛttitaḥ" । na hi tatrāpi kāryakāraṇavastudvayavyatiriktā kriyāsti । dvidhābhūtaṃ kāṣṭhamevātadvyāvṛttyā bhedāntarapratikṣepeṇa chidetyucyate । tatkāraṇeṣu ca puruṣakaraparaśvādiṣu sāmagryantaravarttinaḥ karācchidāyāḥ anutpatteḥ paraśorasādhāraṇaṃ sahakāritvamupadarśayitumatadvyāvṛttyā karaṇavyapadeśaḥ । na tu kriyākaraṇatvamanyadeva kāryakaraṇābhyāṃ । adhigamākārayostu vyavasthāpyavyavasthāpakabhāvaḥ kriyākaraṇabhāvaḥ 〈।〉 yathā yaḥ kampate so'śva iti 〈।〉 uktā pramāṇaphalavyavasthā ॥ (X) (X) ॥ (319)

<2.9>

<9. vijñaptimātratācintā>

<(1) arthasaṃvedanacintā>

<ka. arthasaṃvid>

2.320

<215>

215,i (PVV_215,i_215,vi)

idānīṃ yogācāro vedyavedakabhāvamapaśyan sautrāntikaṃ pṛcchati ।

215,ii

"kārthasaṃvid;"

215,iii

"kā'rthasya saṃvit" jñānamucyate ।

215,iv

ata āha 〈।〉

215,v

"yadevedaṃ pratyakṣaṃ prativedanam /"

215,vi

"yadevedaṃ pratyakṣa"manubhavasiddhaṃ "prativedanaṃ" nīlādyākāreṇa pratiniyataṃ vedanaṃ pratisantānaniyataṃ vā saivārthasaṃviducyate ।

215,vii (PVV_215,vii_215,viii)

"tadarthavedanaṃ kena tādrūpyād vyabhicāri tat // (pratyakṣa) 320 //"

215,viii

nanu "tat" pratiniyataṃ "vedana"manubhūyamānamarthaṃsya vedanaṃ "kena" hetunocyate svaprakāśātmakatvāt svavedanameva tadyuktaṃ nārthavedanaṃ । tasya sarvadā parokṣatvāt । "tādrūpyā"darthasarūpatvāt jñānamarthavedanamiti cet । tadarthasārūpyaṃ"vyabhi cāri", dvicandrakeśoṇḍūkajñānādyākārasyārthamantareṇāpi bhāvāt । (320)

2.321

215,ix (PVV_215,ix_215,xiii)

"atha sonubhavaḥ kvāsya"

215,x

athānubhāvyābhāve "so'nubhavaḥ" pratyātmavedyo"'sya" jñānasya na karmmaṇi vyavasthāpanīyaḥ । na hi karmarahitā kriyā "kva"cidasti ।

215,xi

atrāha 〈।〉

215,xii

"tadevedaṃ vicāryate /"

215,xiii

yaducyate vyavahartṛ bhiridamanenānubhūyate iti "tadeveda"masmābhi"rvicāryate" । jñānaṃ svaprakāśamupalabhyate prakāśaścocyata ityayuktaṃ ।

<216>

216,i (PVV_216,i_216,iii)

yaccārthasārūpyamanubhavanibandhanamuktaṃ tadapyasambhavīti darśayannāha 〈।〉

216,ii

"sarūpayanti tat kena sthūlābhāsañca te'ṇavaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 321 //"

216,iii

"te" parasparaṃ bhinnā "aṇavaḥ" tajjñānaṃ "sthūlābhāsaṃ" sthūlākāraṃ kena rūpeṇa sa"rūpayanti" । yadaṇusvarūpamasthūlamasti na tat jñānārūḍhaṃ । yacca jñānārūḍhaṃ sthaulyaṃ nāṇuṣu tadasti । (321)

2.322

216,iv (PVV_216,iv_216,v)

"tannārtharūpatā tasya satyāṃrthāvyabhicāriṇī /

tatsamvedanabhāvasya na samarthā prasādhane // (pratyakṣa) 322 //"

216,v

tasmāttulyajñānasya "nārtharūpatā"'sti । satyāṃ vārtharūpatāyāṃ vyabhicāriṇī sā dvicandrajñānādiṣu । tataśca "tatsaṃvedanabhāvasyā"rthasaṃvedanatvasya "prasādhane"ṣu sā'rtharūpatā na "samarthā । na" kevalādarthasārūpyādarthasaṃvedanatvaṃ yena vyabhicāraḥ syāt 〈।〉 kintarhi sārūpyatadutpattibhyāṃ 〈।〉 te ca dvicandrajñānādīnāṃ na staḥ । candradvayasyābhāvāt tadutpatterayogāt । (322)

2.323

216,vi (PVV_216,vi_216,viii)

etadevāha 〈।〉

216,vii

"tatsārūpyatadutpattī yadi samvedyalakṣaṇam /

samvedyaṃ syāt samānārthaṃ vijñānaṃ samanantaram // (pratyakṣa) 323 //"

216,viii

"tena" grāhyeṇa "sārūpyaṃ tasmādutpattiḥ" sva"samvedya"sya "lakṣaṇaṃ" yadi saṃmataṃ tadāpi "samanantaraṃ jñāna"muttarajñānena "samānārthaṃ" samānagrāhyaṃ "saṃvedyaṃ syāt" । tatsarūpatadutpattyoḥ saṃbhavāt । (323)

2.324

<kha. dṛśyadarśane pratyāsattivicāraḥ>

216,ix (PVV_216,ix_217,i)

syādetat 〈।〉

216,x

"idaṃ dṛṣṭaṃ śrutamvedamiti yatrāvasāyadhīḥ /

sa tasyānubhavaḥ;"

216,xi

sārūpyatadutpattimattvepīdaṃ "dṛṣṭaṃ śrutamvedamiti yatrāvasāyadhī"rutpadyate "tasya so'nubhavo" nānyasya । na ca samanantarapratyaye dṛṣṭaśrutādyavasāyo bhavati tanna grāhyo'sau ।

216,xii

atrāha 〈।〉

216,xiii

"saiva pratyāsattirvicāryate // (pratyakṣa) 324 //"

<217>

217,i

dṛśyadarśanayoḥ "saiva" pratyāsatti"rvicāryate"'smābhiḥ । (324)

2.325

217,ii (PVV_217,ii_217,iii)

"dṛśyadarśanayoryena tasya tad darśanammatam /

tayoḥ sambandhamāśritya draṣṭureṣa viniścayaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 325 //"

217,iii

"yena" pratyāsattisambhavena "tasya" bāhyasya tajjñānaṃ "darśanaṃ mataṃ । tayordṛ śyadarśanayoḥ sambandhaṃ" pratyāsattimā"śritya draṣṭuḥ" puruṣa"syedaṃ dṛṣṭaṃ śrutaṃ vedamityarthaniścayaḥ" । tatsārūpyatadutpattilakṣaṇā ca pratyāsattiḥ samanantarapratyayepi samāneti tannibandhano dṛṣṭaśrutādhyavasāy(a)〈o〉 pi tatra syādityarthaḥ । (325)

2.326

217,iv (PVV_217,iv_217,v)

"ātmā sa tasyānubhavaḥ sa ca nānyasya kasyacit /

pratyakṣaprativedyatvamapi tasya tadātmatā // (pratyakṣa) 326 //"

217,v

tasmādvedyarahitastasya jñānasya sa nīlādirūpa ātmā"nubhavaḥ 〈।〉 sa cānubhavo nānyasya kasyacid" bāhyasya । "tasya" jñānasya "pratyakṣaprativedyatvamapi" yaducyate । sā tadātmatā'parokṣānubhavātmatā । (326)

2.327

217,vi (PVV_217,vi_217,vii)

"nānyonubhāvyastenāsti tasya nānubhavoparaḥ /

tasyāpi tulyacodyatvāt svayaṃ saiva prakāśate // (pratyakṣa) 327 //"

217,vii

yathā ca svarūpāda"nyo" buddhyā "anubhāvyo nāsti" । tathā "tasya" jñānasya cāparo'"nubhavo nāsti" । tasyajñānagrahaṇa syāpi "tulyārthacodyatvāt" । sa hyanyatvanibandhano grāhyagrāhakabhāvaḥ । taccānupapannamityuktaṃ । tattasmāttat jñānamaparokṣatayotpannaṃ "svayaṃ prakāśate" । nānyena prakāśyate । (327)

2.328

<ga. nīlādyanubhavaprasiddhiḥ>

217,viii (PVV_217,viii_218,i)

kathaṃ tarhi nīlādyanubhavaprasiddhirityāha 〈।〉

217,ix

"nīlādirūpastasyāsau svabhāvonubhavaśca saḥ //

nīlādyanubhavāt khyātaḥ svarūpānubhavopi san // (pratyakṣa) 328 //"

<218>

218,i

tasya jñānasya nīlādirūpo'sau svabhāvo'nubhavaḥ prakāśātmakaśca saḥ । tena svarūpānubhavopi sannīlādyanubhavot tathā saṃprasiddhiḥ । (328)

2.329

218,ii (PVV_218,ii_218,iii)

"prakāśamānastādātmyāt svarūpasya prakāśakaḥ /

yathā prakāśobhimatastathā dhīrātmavedinī // (pratyakṣa) 329 //"

218,iii

"yathā prakāśastādātmyāt" prakāśātmakatvāt paranirapekṣaḥ "prakāśamānaḥ svarūpasya prakāśako'bhimataḥ । tathā dhīḥ" paranirapekṣā prakāśātmanotpannā prakāśamānā'"tmavedinīti" upacārāducyate । (329)

2.330

218,iv (PVV_218,iv_218,v)

"tasyāścārthāntare vedye durghaṭau vedyavedakau /

avedyavedakākārā; yathā bhrāntairnirīkṣyate // (pratyakṣa) 330 //

vibhaktalakṣaṇagrāhyagrāhakākāraviplavā /"

218,v

cakāro hetau । yasmā"ttasyā" dhiyo'"rthāntare vedye vedyave〈da〉kākārau durghaṭau" 〈।〉 tasmād vastuto'"vedyavedakākārā" sā buddhirnīlaprakāśātmanotpannā tathā prakāśate । na tu tatra kaścid grāhyasya grāhakasya cākāraḥ samasti । kathaṃ tarhi grāhyagrāhakapratibhāsavyavasāyāvityāha 〈।〉 "bhrāntai"raprahīṇadvayavāsanāviplavai"ryathā vibhaktalakṣaṇau grāhyagrāhakākārāveva viplavau" yasyāḥ sā tādṛśī "nirīkṣyate vibhāvyate bhrāntadarśanānurodhena" 〈।〉 (330)

2.331

<gha. grāhyagrāhakapratibhāsavyavasāyaḥ>

218,vi (PVV_218,vi_218,vii)

"tathā kṛtavyavastheyaṃ keśādijñānabhedavat // (pratyakṣa) 331 //"

218,vii

"tathā" grāhyagrāhakabhedena "kṛtavyavasthā" sa nīlādibahirdeśaṃ grāhyamāntarañca saṃvedanaṃ grāhakamiti viplava eṣa "keśādijñānabhedavat" । na hi keśoṇḍūkajñānaviśeṣasya grāhakavad grāhyaḥ keśāvayavosti 〈।〉 kiṃ tarhi keśābhāsaḥ prakāśa eva kevalaḥ । (331)

2.332

218,viii (PVV_218,viii_218,ix)

"yadā tadā na saṃcodyagrāhyagrāhakalakṣaṇī /

tadānyasamvidobhāvāt svasamvit phalamiṣyate // (pratyakṣa) 332 //"

218,ix

viplavavaśācca grāhyagrāhakabhedena buddhi"ryadā" vyavasthāpyate "tadā na saṃ codya<219>grāhyagrāhakalakṣaṇā sā" । na hi vastuto grāhyagrāhakabhāvaḥ sambhavati । na ca viplavavaśādvastuvyavasthā keśadvicandrāderapi tattvaprasaṅgāt 〈।〉 yadā ca na grāhyagrāhakatā vijñaptimātratāyāṃ "tadānya"sya grāhyasya "saṃvido" jñānasyā"bhāvāt svasaṃvit phalamiṣyate" । (332)

2.333

<ṅa. bāhyārthanirāsaḥ>

219,i (PVV_219,i_219,iii)

"yadi bāhyonubhūyeta ko doṣo naiva kaścana /

idameva kimuktaṃ syāt sa bāhyorthonubhūyate // (pratyakṣa) 333 //"

219,ii

nanu "yadi bāhyo'rtho" jñānenā"nubhūyate" tadā "ko doṣaḥ" । yena svasaṃvit phalamiṣyate ।

219,iii

āha 〈।〉 yadyanubhūyate tadā "naiva kaścana" doṣaḥ । anubhava eva tu bāhyasya nāstītyucyate । tathā "idameva kimuktaṃ syāt bāhyo'rtho jñānenānubhūyata" iti(333 ।)

2.334

219,iv (PVV_219,iv_219,v)

"yadi buddhistadākārā sāstyākāraviśeṣiṇī /

sā bāhyādanyato veti vicāramidamarhati // (pratyakṣa) 334 //"

219,v

"yadi buddhistadākārā" vā bāhyasarūpetyucyate । satyamasti "sā buddhirākāraviśeṣiṇī" nīlānīlādyākāraviśeṣayuktā । kiṃtu sā buddhi"rbbāhyāda"rthājjāyetā"nyato" vāsanāpratiniyamā"dvā iti vicāramidamarhati" । na tāvad buddhivyatirekiṇā'rthaḥ kaściddhetutayopalabhyate । buddhisvarūpamātravedanāt । kādācitkatayā tu kāraṇaṃ tasyāḥ kiñcid vyavasthāpanīyaṃ tacca bāhyaṃ vāsanā vā syāt ubhayathāpyupapatteḥ । (334)

2.335

219,vi (PVV_219,vi_220,iii)

"darśanopādhirahitasyāgrahāttadgrahe grahād /

darśanaṃ nīlanirbhāsaṃ;"

219,vii

tatra "darśanena" jñāneno"pādhi"nā viśeṣaṇena "rahitasya" nīlādera"grahāt" tasya grahe ca nīlasya "grahāt" sahaiva nīladhiyorvedanāt "darśanaṃ nīlādinirbhāsaṃ" nīlākāraṃ <220>"vyavasthitaṃ" । yattāvat nīlādikaṃ bāhyamityucyate । tajjñānena sahopalambhaniyamāt tadabhinnasvabhāvaṃ dvica ndrādivat ।

220,i

kastarhi nāstītyāha 〈।〉

220,ii

"nārtho bāhyosti kevalam // (pratyakṣa) 335 //"

220,iii

"bāhyo" nīlādi"rarthaḥ kevalaṃ nāsti" । tatsādhakatvenābhimatasyādhyakṣasyāsāmarthyāt । (335)

2.336

220,iv (PVV_220,iv_220,vi)

evantarhi jñānasya gajādyākārasyālokādinimittāntarasadbhāvepi deśakālādipratiniyamadarśanāt artho vyavasyatītyāha 〈।〉

220,v

"kasyacit kiñcidevāntarvāsanāyāḥ prabodhakam /

tato dhiyāmviniyamo na bāhyārthavyapekṣayā // (pratyakṣa) 336 //"

220,vi

"kasyacijjñā"nasya gajādyākārasya "kiñcideva" jñānama"ntarvāsanāyāḥ" samanantarapratyayāntara"varttinyā" niyatajñānajananayogyatālakṣaṇāyāḥ "prabodhakaṃ" kāryotpādanābhimukhyakārakaṃ । "tataḥ" prabodhakavaśāt "dhiyāṃ" niyatākāratayā "viniyamaḥ । na bāhyārthavyapekṣayā" 〈।〉 ko hi viśeṣo bāhyo vā niyāmakaḥ pratibhāsasya prabuddhavāsanāviśeṣaḥ samanantarapratyayo vā । tatra vāsanāyāḥ sāmarthyaṃ svapnādāvupalabdhaṃ । na tu bāhyasya nityaparokṣatvāt । na tathāpi parokṣasya bāhyasya sādhakasyābhāvepi nābhāvasthitiriti cet । pratibhāsamānaṃ jñānaṃ bāhyaṃ tu na pratibhāsata eveti tāvataivābhimatasiddheḥ । sādhakapramāṇarahitapiśācāyamānabahirarthaniṣedhenāsmākamādaraḥ । yadi tu tanniṣedhanirbbandho garīyān sāṃśatvānaṃśatvakalpanayā paramāṇupratiṣedhe ācāryīyaḥ pary(eśi)<?>〈āṣi〉tavyaḥ । (336)

2.337

<ca. vijñānadvairūpyam>

220,vii (PVV_220,vii_220,viii)

"tasmād dvirūpamastyekaṃ yadevamanubhūyate /

smaryate cobhayākārasyāsya samvedanaṃ phalam // (pratyakṣa) 337 //"

220,viii

yasmād bāhyo'rtho "nānubhūyate tasmā"dekaṃ vijñānaṃ avidyopaplutatvāt "dvirūpaṃ" bodharūpaṃ nīlādirūpañcā"sti" । yat yasmājjñānamevaṃ dvyākāratayā'nubhūyate svavedanena yathā<221>nubhavaṃ kālāntare "smaryate ca" 〈।〉 yathā cānyasya saṃvedanābhāvāt । "ubhayādyākārasya" nīlādyanubhavarūpasya "saṃvedanaṃ phalaṃ" । tadevaṃ prameyo grāhyākāraḥ pramāṇaṃ grāhakākāraḥphalaṃ svasaṃviditi darśitaṃ bhavati ।(337)

2.338

<cha. arthasaṃvitphalam>

221,i (PVV_221,i_221,ii)

"yadā niṣpannatadbhāva iṣṭoniṣṭopi vā paraḥ /

vijñaptiheturviṣayastasyāścānubhavastathā // (pratyakṣa) 338 //"

221,ii

"yadā" bahirarthavādepi "paro" vāhyo'rtha "iṣṭo'niṣṭo'pi vā niṣyannatadbhāvo" bhāvanāvaśād vyavasthiteṣṭāniṣṭabhāvaḥ sarūpāyā "vijñapterhetuḥ" san "viṣayo" bhavati । tadā "tasyā" vijñaptestathā iṣṭāniṣṭākāreṇānubhavo viṣayasya "cānubhava" ucyate । tena viṣayasārūpyaṃ pramāṇamarthasaṃvit phalamuktaṃ । (338)

2.339

221,iii (PVV_221,iii_221,v)

athavā vijñānavādepyaviruddhamityāha 〈।〉

221,iv

"yadā saviṣayaṃ jñānaṃ jñānāṃśerthavyavasthiteḥ /

tadā ya ātmānubhavaḥ sa evārthaviniścayaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 339 //"

221,v

"yadā" jñānasyāṃśe ākāre viplavavaśāt "arthasya vyavasthiterjñānaṃ saviṣaya"miṣṭaṃ । "tadā ya ātmano" jñānākārasyā"nubhavaḥ sa evārthasya niścayaḥ" saṃvedanamiṣyate 〈।〉 tataśca vijñānavāde pyarthākāraḥ pramāṇamarthasaṃvitphalamaviruddhaṃ । (339)

2.340

221,vi (PVV_221,vi_222,i)

"yadīṣṭākāra ātmā syādanyathā vānubhūyate /

iṣṭoniṣṭopi vā tena bhavatyarthaḥ praveditaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 340 //"

<222>

222,i

bahirarthanayepi buddhivedanasyaivārthavedanatvāt tathā "yadīṣṭākā"ro'syā buddherā"tmā'nubhūyate'nyathā"niṣṭākāro vā । tadā "tena" jñānene"ṣṭo'niṣṭo vārthaḥ pravedito bhava"ti nānyathā । (340)

2.341

222,ii (PVV_222,ii_222,iii)

"vidyamānepi bāhyerthe yathānubhavameva saḥ /

niścitātmā svarūpeṇa nānekātmatvadoṣataḥ // (pratyakṣa) 341 //"

222,iii

yasmā"dvidyamānepi bāhye'rthe yathānubhava"manubhavākārānatikrameṇa sa bāhyo'rtho "niścitātmā" vyavasthāpyate nārtha"svarūpeṇa" । yathā sambhavinā niścitātmā vyavatiṣṭhate । iṣṭāniṣṭatvena puruṣābhyāmekasyārthasya grahaṇāda"nekātmatvadoṣaḥ" prasajyate ।(341)

2.342–2.343

222,iv (PVV_222,iv_222,v)

"yadi bāhyaṃ na vidyeta kasya saṃvedanaṃ bhavet /

yadyagatyā svarūpasya bāhyasyaiva na kiṃ matam // (pratyakṣa) 342 //

abhyupāyepi bhedena na syādanubhavo dvayoḥ /

adṛṣṭāvaraṇātsyāt cenna nāmārthavaśā gatiḥ // (pratyakṣa) 343 //"

222,v

anekātmakatvasyā"bhyupāye" svīkārepi"dvayoḥ" puruṣayo"rbhedene"ṣṭatvenaikasyānyasya cāniṣṭatve"nānubhavo na syāt" । dvyākāratvādvastunastathaiva pratītiprasaktiḥ । adṛṣṭena sukhaduḥkhavedanīyena karmaṇāvaraṇāt । dvitīyasyākārasya ekātmatvena pratibhāsaḥ syāditi cet । evaṃ satyartha"vaśā gati"rjñānamiti nāma prasiddhaṃ na syāt । adṛṣṭavaśeneṣṭāniṣṭākārayoḥ pratīterupadarśanāt । (342, 343)

2.344

222,vi (PVV_222,vi_222,viii)

kiñca 〈।〉

222,vii

"tamanekātmakaṃ bhāvamekātmatvena darśayat /

tadadṛṣṭaṃ kathaṃ nāma bhavedarthasya darśakam // (pratyakṣa) 344 //"

222,viii

bhāvama"nekātmakamekātmakatve"naikākāratayā darśa"yadadṛṣṭaṃ tatkathamarthasya darśakaṃ nāma bhavet" । tadeva hi darśakamasya yat tatsvarūpaṃ pratibhāsayati । na caikākāro'rthaḥ । tatastatpratītirnārthapratītiḥ । (344)

2.345

<223>

223,i (PVV_223,i_223,ii)

"iṣṭāniṣṭāvabhāsinyaḥ kalpanā nākṣadhīryadi /

aniṣṭādāvasandhānaṃ dṛṣṭaṃ tatrāpi cetasām // (pratyakṣa) 345 //"

223,ii

yathāvasthitavastugrāhiṇya"kṣadhī"stadanantara"miṣṭāniṣṭāvabhāsinyaḥ kalpanā'yathārthā" । tenānekātmakatvadoṣaprasaṅga iti "yadī"ṣyate । "tatraindriyatvepyaniṣṭādāvādi"śabdātkāmalādau "cetasāmi"ndriyajñānānāma"sandhānamarthā"kārānanuvidhānaṃ "dṛṣṭaṃ" । tasmādindriyabuddhirayathārthākārā na bhavatīti nāsti । (345)

2.346

223,iii (PVV_223,iii_223,iv)

"tasmāt prameye bāhyepi yuktaṃ svānubhavaḥ phalam /

yataḥ svabhāvosya yathā tathaivārthaviniścayaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 346 //"

223,iv

"tasmānna" kevalaṃ svarūpe "bāhyepi prameye svānubhavaḥ phalaṃ yuktaṃ । yataḥ kāraṇāt svabhāvosya" jñānasya "yathā" pratibhāti "tathaiva nārthasya viniścayaḥ" sidhyati । (346)

2.347

223,v (PVV_223,v_223,vi)

"tadarthābhāsataivāsya pramāṇaṃ na tu sannapi /

grāhakā'tmā'parārthatvād bāhyeṣvartheṣvapekṣate // (pratyakṣa) 347 //"

223,vi

"tat" tasmād "bāhyeṣvartheṣu" grāhyeṣvasya jñānasyā"rthābhāsatā'"rthākārataiva "pramāṇamapekṣate" na tvanvayi"grāhakātmā" grāhakākāro"'parārthatvāt"ātmaviṣayatvāttasya । (347)

2.348

<ja. ātmasaṃvidevārthasaṃcid>

223,vii (PVV_223,vii_223,viii)

"yasmād yathā niviṣṭosāvarthātmā pratyaye tathā /

niścīyate niviṣṭosāvevamityātmasaṃvidaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 348 //"

223,viii

"yasmā"tkāraṇa"dyathā" iṣṭatvenāniṣṭatvena vārthasyātmākāraḥ "pratyaye niviṣṭa"stathā'rthoṃ niścīyate tasmādarthākāraḥ pramāṇaṃ । "asā"varthākāra evamiṣṭāniṣṭatvena buddhau "niviṣṭa" ityātmasaṃvidaḥ svasaṃvedanā"nniścīyate" । (348)

2.349

223,ix (PVV_223,ix_223,x)

"ityarthasaṃvit saiveṣṭā yatorthātmā na dṛśyate /

tasmād buddhiniveśyārthaḥ sādhanaṃ tasya sā kriyā // (pratyakṣa) 349 //"

223,x

iti tasmāt saivātmasaṃvida"rthasaṃvidiṣṭā । yataḥ" svarūpād bahirbhūto"'rthātmā na dṛśyate" buddhyākāra eva tu vedyate । atastadvedanadarśanamevārthavedanaṃ । yasmāccārtha<224>sārūpyavaśenārthādhigativyavasthā "tasmā"d "buddhi"nive"śyārtho"'rthapratibimbaṃ "sādhanaṃ" pramāṇaṃ "tasya" pramāṇasya "sā"dhigatiḥ "kriyā" phalamiṣyate । (349)

2.350

224,i (PVV_224,i_224,ii)

"yathā niviśate sortho yataḥ sā prathate tathā /

arthasthitestadātmatvāt svavidapyarthavinmatā // (pratyakṣa) 350 //"

224,ii

yataḥ kāraṇāt "yathārtho" jñānātmani "niviśate" tathā sā svasaṃvittiḥ prathate khyāti 〈।〉 tasmādarthasya sthiteradhigatestadātmatvāt paramārthataḥ"svavidapi" satī "arthavid matā" । svasaṃvedanamevārthavedanamupacārāducyata iti tādātmyamanayoḥ 〈।〉 (350)

2.351

224,iii (PVV_224,iii_224,vii)

"tasmād viṣayabhedopi na;"

224,iv

yasmādarthākāra eva pramāṇaṃ pratītisādhanatvāt phalañca pratīyamānaṃ "tasmā"tpramāṇaphalayo"rviṣayabhedopi" nāsti । yathā paramate ālocanaviśeṣaṇajñānādīnāmekārthāpekṣiṇyāveva hi sārūpyapratipattī pramāṇaphalatvaṃ pratilabhete ।

224,v

yadyarthasaṃvedanaṃ phalaṃ tadā svavitphalaṃ kathamuktamityāha 〈।〉

224,vi

"svasaṃvedanaṃ phalam /

uktaṃ svabhāvacintāyāṃ tādātmyādarthasaṃvidaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 351 //"

224,vii

arthasaṃvedaṃnasya vastutaḥ "svabhāvacintāyāṃ" svasaṃvedanaṃ phala"muktaṃ । arthasaṃvidastādātmyāt"svasaṃvedanātmatvāt । na svākārapratīteranyāstyarthapratītiḥ svarūpeṇa tasyāḥ pratīteḥ । (351)

2.352

224,viii (PVV_224,viii_224,x)

nanu yadi yathārthaṃ nānubhavastadā svavāsanāprabodhakamanuvartamānasya jñānasyārthoṃbāhyostītyetadeva kuta ityāha 〈।〉

224,ix

"tathāvabhāsamānasya tādṛśo'nyādṛśopi vā /

jñānasya heturarthopītyarthasyeṣṭā prameyatā // (pratyakṣa) 352 //"

224,x

"tathā" iṣṭāniṣṭākāreṇā"vabhāsamānasya jñānasyā"rtho"pi tādṛśo"nyādṛśo vā <225> heturityarthasya "prameyateṣṭā" sautrāntikamate । sārūpyasya paramārthataḥ sarūpayanti tat kena sthūlābhāsañca teṇava(2.321) iti pratiṣedhāt । (352)

2.353

225,i (PVV_225,i_225,v)

"yathā kathañcittasyārtharūpaṃ muktvāvabhāsinaḥ /

arthagrahaḥ kathaṃ;"

225,ii

yadi sārūpyābhāvastadā tasya jñānasyāvabhāsino "yathā kathañci"diṣṭāniṣṭādinā bhāsamānamartharūpamarthākāraṃ muktvā "kathaṃ" kena prakāreṇārthasya "grahaḥ" syāt । na hyarthaḥ svarūpeṇa dṛśyate । tat svarūpabuddhivedanādarthagrahavyavasthā । sārūpyameva cenna saṃbhavati kathamarthagraha iti manyate sautrāntikaḥ

225,iii

yogācārastu tasya sāhāyyakaṃ manyamāna āha 〈।〉

225,iv

"satyaṃ na jānehamapodṛśam // (pratyakṣa) 353 //"

225,v

"satyaṃ na jāne'hamapīdṛśamarthagrahaḥ" kathamiti । (353)

2.354

225,vi (PVV_225,vi_225,viii)

kathaṃ tarhyasatyarthe grāhyagrāhakaphalabheda ityāha 〈।〉

225,vii

"avibhāgopi buddhyātmaviparyāsitadarśanaiḥ /

grāhyagrāhakasaṃvittibhedavāniva lakṣyate // (pratyakṣa) 354 //"

225,viii

paramārthato"'vibhā"go bhedarahito"pi buddhyātmadva"yavāsanayā "viparyāsitaṃ" vibhāgenopa"darśitaṃ" darśanaṃ yeṣāṃ tairatattvadarśipuruṣai"rgrāhyagrāhakasaṃvittī"nāṃ parasparaṃ bhedastadvāniva lakṣyate । (354)

2.355

225,ix (PVV_225,ix_225,xi)

atra dṛṣṭāntamāha 〈।〉

225,x

"mantrādyupaplutākṣāṇāṃ yathā mṛcchakalādayaḥ /

anyathaivāvabhāsante tadrūparahitā api // (pratyakṣa) 355 //"

225,xi

"yathā mūcchakalādayo mantrādibhirupapluta"yathārthajñānahetukṛta"makṣaṃ" yeṣāṃ teṣāmanyathā suvarṇṇāditve"naivāvabhāsante" । tena suvarṇṇādinā rūpeṇa "rahitā api" vastutaḥ । (355)

<226>

2.356

226,i (PVV_226,i_226,iii)

kasmātpunarmmantrādisāmarthyāt suvarṇṇāditāmeva yātaṃ mṛtkhaṇḍamiti nābhyupa〈ga〉myate ityāha 〈।〉

226,ii

"tathaivādarśanātteṣāmanupaplutacakṣuṣām /

dūre yathā vā maruṣu mahānalpopi dṛśyate // (pratyakṣa) 356 //"

226,iii

"mantrādi"nā'nupaplutacakṣuṣānyena puṃsā teṣāṃ mṛcchakalādīnāṃ yathopahatākṣeṇa te dṛśyante "tathaiva darśanāt" mṛdātmatvenaiva darśanāt suvarṇṇāditvena niṣpattikalpanamayuktaṃ । "yathā maruṣu dūre'lpopi mahān dṛśyate" taddeśasthairalpatvenaiva bhātasya darśanāt । (356)

2.357

226,iv (PVV_226,iv_226,v)

"yathānudarśanañceyaṃ meyamānaphalasthitiḥ /

kriyate'vidyamānāpi grāhyagrāhakasaṃvidām // (pratyakṣa) 357 //"

226,v

tasmād "grāhyagrāhakasaṃvidāṃ" paramārthato"'vidyamānāpi meyamānaphalasthitiryathādarśanaṃ kriya"te । grāhyākāro meyaḥ grāhakākāro mānaṃ saṃvittiḥ phalamiti vyavasthāpyate । (357)

2.358

226,vi (PVV_226,vi_226,vii)

"anyathaikasya bhāvasya nānārūpāvabhāsinaḥ /

satyaṃ kathaṃ syurākārāstadekatvasya hānitaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 358 //"

226,vii

"anyathā" yadi vastuto grāhakādivibhāga iṣyate ta"daikasya bhāvasya" jñānātmano "nānārūpā〈va〉bhāsino"'nekākārapratibhāsavanta ākārā grāhyādikāḥ "kathaṃ satyaṃ syuḥ" । tasyaikajñānātmana "ekatvasya hānitaḥ" । na hyekaṃ pratibhāsamānānekākārātmakaṃ bhavitumarhati । pratibhāsena sarveṣāṃ bhedena vyavasthāpanāt । (358)

2.359

226,viii (PVV_226,viii_226,x)

anekameva tarhi jñānaṃ paricchedāditvena syādityāha ।

226,ix

"anyasyānyatvahāneśca ;"

226,x

na cānekaṃ jñānaṃ ekameveṣṭavyaṃ । vastuto bhinnasyābhede iṣyamāṇe grāhyādeḥ parasparato"'nyasyānyatvahāneḥ" । yadā hi bhedapratibhāsepyekatvamiṣṭaṃ tadā bheda eva na vyavasthitaḥ । tataśca sukhaduḥkhādayo nīlapītādayaśca parasparaṃ na bhidyeran । pratibhāsabhedasya tatsādhanatvāt । anyasya ca tatsādhanasyābhāvāt ।

<227>

227,i (PVV_227,i_227,iii)

evantarhyekaṃ tāvat jñānaṃ nānākāraṃ syāditi śaṅkāyāṃ nakāraṃ kākākṣivat saṃbandhayannāha 〈।〉

227,ii

"nābhedo rūpadarśanāt /

rūpābhedepi paśyantī dhīrabhedaṃ vyavasyati // (pratyakṣa) 359 //"

227,iii

"nābhedo" jñānasyābhibuddhasya "rūpa"syāda"rśanāt" । rūpābhedañcādrayādau "paśyantī" dhīrabhedaṃ "vyavasyati" । na ca grāhyagrāhakādiṣu bhinnābhāseṣvabhedapratibhāsaḥ । (359)

2.360

227,iv (PVV_227,iv_227,vi)

tasyād 〈।〉

227,v

"bhāvā yena nirūpyante tadrūpaṃ nāsti tattvataḥ /

yasmādekamanekaṃ ca rūpaṃ teṣāṃ na vidyate // (pratyakṣa) 360 //"

227,vi

"bhāvā" grāhyādayo "yena" rūpeṇa grāhyatvādinā "nirūpyante" anubhūyante "tadrūpaṃ tattvata"steṣāṃ "nāsti । yasmādekaṃ" rūpa"manekañca rūpaṃ teṣāṃ na vidyate" । vastubhavadekamanekaṃ vā syāt । na ca grāhyādyābhā eko'neko vā yuktaḥ । tasmāduppalava evāyaṃ । (360)

2.361–2.363

227,vii (PVV_227,vii_227,xi)

nanu 〈।〉

227,viii

"sādharmyadarśanālloke bhrāntirnāmopajāyate /

atadātmani tādātmyavyavasāyenā neha tat // (pratyakṣa) 361 //

adarśanājjagatyasminnekasyāpi tadātmanaḥ //"

227,ix

"loke sādharmyadarśanādatadātmani tādātmyavyavasāyena bhrāntirvi"tathākārā buddhi"rjāyate" iti nāma prasiddhaṃ । "iha" vijñaptinaye tat sādharmyadarśanaṃ "nā"sti । (361) "ekasyāpi tadātmano"'bhūtākārasya "jagatyadarśanāt" ।

227,x

atrāha 〈।〉

227,xi

"astīyamapi yā tvantarupaplavasamudbhavā // (pratyakṣa) 362 //

doṣodbhavā prakṛtyā sā vitathapratibhāsinī /

anapekṣitasādharmyadṛgādistaimirādivat // (pratyakṣa) 363 //"

227,xii (PVV_227,xii)

sādharmyadarśanādyā mānasī bhrānti"riyamapyasti । yā punarantarupaplavasamudbhavā" avidyāprabhavā sā prakṛtyā doṣodbhavā । avidyā timirādihetukā vitathapratibhāsinyabhūtākārā anapekṣitasādharmyadṛgādistaimirādivat । yathā timirajñāna<228>mindriyadoṣādanapekṣitasādharmyameva jāyate tathā grāhyādibhrāntirapītyarthaḥ, jāyamānameva hi jñānaṃ vāsanāsāmarthyādanubhavānanubhavatvenāntarbbahirdeśatvena sukhādi nīlādi darśayati । evaṃ tarhi bahirarthopadarśanaśaktameva svadarśanahetubalāt kasmānneṣyata jñānamiti cet । na 〈।〉 svapnādāvavidyāyā asadgrāhyākāropadarśanasāmarthyopalabdheḥ । ākārātiriktabahirarthasyādarśanānna jñānasya tadupadarśanasāmarthyakalpanā nyāyyetyāstāṃ tāvadidaṃ ॥ (362, 363)

2.364

<jha. vijñaptimātratāyāṃ pramāṇaphalavyavasthā>

228,i (PVV_228,i_228,iii)

vijñaptimātratāyāṃ pramāṇaphalavyavasthāpa〈nā〉rthamāha 〈।〉

228,ii

"tatra buddheḥ paricchedo grāhakākārasammataḥ /

tadātmyādātmavittasya sa tasya sādhanaṃ tataḥ // (pratyakṣa) 364 //"

228,iii

"tatra" vijñaptimātratāyāṃ "buddheḥ" sagrāhakākāraḥ "saṃmataḥ pariccheda" ākāra "ātmavit" tasya grāhakākārasya phalaṃ । "tādātmyāt" paricchedasvabhāvatvāt "svasaṃvittiḥ phalamveti sūtre svābhāsaṃ viṣayābhāsañca jñānamutpadyate 〈।〉 tatra yat svasaṃvedanantat phalaṃ viṣaya〈ḥ〉" paricchedātmaka eva hi grāhakākāraḥ sa eva cātmavedanaṃ । "tataḥ" paricchedavaśenātmavedanavyavasthānāt 〈।〉 sa pariccheda"stasyā"tmavidaḥ phalabhūtāyāḥ "sādhanaṃ" pramāṇaṃ । (364)

2.365

228,iv (PVV_228,iv_228,v)

"tatrātmaviṣaye māne yathā rāgādivedanam /

iyaṃ sarvatra saṃyojyā mānameyaphalasthitiḥ // (pratyakṣa) 365 //"

228,v

"tatra" evaṃ satyā"tmaviṣaye māne" svasaṃvedane pramāṇe "yathā rāgādivedanaṃ" mānameyaphalātmakaṃ । "iyaṃ mānameyaphalasthitiḥ" sarvatra vijñaptinayepi saṃyojyā । (365)

2.366

228,vi (PVV_228,vi_228,viii)

tathā hi 〈।〉

228,vii

"tatrāpyanubhavātmatvātte yogyā svātmasaṃvidi /

iti sā yogyatā mānamātmā meyaḥ phalaṃ svavit // (pratyakṣa) 366 //"

228,viii

"tatrāpi" rāgādivedanepi "te" rāgādayo'"nubhavātmatvāt svā"tmanaḥ "saṃvidi yogyā iti" tasmāt "sā" svavedana"yogyatā" rāgādīnāṃ "mānamātmā meyaḥ phalaṃ svavit" । (366)

<229>

2.367

229,i (PVV_229,i_229,iii)

nanu rāgādiṣṭātmasaṃvedanaṃ phalabhūtaṃ mānayuktamiha tu grāhakākāro yogyatālakṣaṇaṃ pramāṇamucyata iti vyāhatamiti śaṅkāyāmuttaraṃ 〈।〉

229,ii

"grāhakākārasaṃkhyātā paricchedātmatātmani /

sā yogyateti ca proktaṃ pramāṇaṃ svātmavedanam // (pratyakṣa) 367 //"

229,iii

yā "grāhakākārasaṃkhyātā paricchedātmatā sā'tmani" saṃvedane "yogyatā ceti" tasmādrāgādiṣu "svātmasaṃvedanaṃ pramāṇaṃ proktaṃ । na hi svavedanaṃ" phalabhūtamiha vivakṣitaṃ kintu yogyatā । tasmādabhinnārthataiva । (367)

2.368

229,iv (PVV_229,iv_229,vi)

nanu svābhāsaṃ tāvadastu jñānaṃ paricchedasvabhāvatvāt । viṣayābhāsaṃ tu kathaṃ । yathā viṣayaṃ kāraṇaṃ tathā cakṣurādirapīti tadākāratāpi syādityāha 〈।〉

229,v

"sarvameva hi vijñānaṃ viṣayebhyaḥ samudbhavad /

tadanyasyāpi hetutve kathañcid viṣayākṛti // (pratyakṣa) 368 //"

229,vi

"sarvameva hi jñānaṃ viṣayebhyaḥ samudbhavadu"tpadyamānaṃ tebhyo viṣayebhyo'nyasyendriyāderapi hetutve kathañcit svakāraṇāyātaviṣayagataśaktibhedā"dviṣayākṛti" bhavati nendriyādyākāraṃ । (368)

2.369

229,vii (PVV_229,vii_229,viii)

"yathaivāhārakālāderhetutve'patyajanmani /

pitrostadekasyākāraṃ dhatte nānyasya kasyacit // (pratyakṣa) 369 //"

229,viii

"yathaivāpatyajanmani" pitrormātā"pitrorāhārakālāde"śca hetutvepi tadekasya pitrormmadhye ekasya piturmmāturvā"kāra"mapatyaṃ "dhatte'nyasyā"hārakālādeśca "kasyacit" 〈na〉 । (369)

2.370

229,ix (PVV_229,ix_229,x)

"taddhetutvena tulyepi tadanyairviṣaye matam /

viṣayatvaṃ tadaṃśena tadabhāve na tad bhavet // (pratyakṣa) 370 //"

229,x

yata evaṃ "tat" tasmāt tato viṣayādanyairindriyādibhi"rhetutvena tulye" sadṛśepi viṣaye rūpādau "viṣayatvaṃ" grāhyatvaṃ tena svākārārpakatvenāṃ"śena" viśeṣaṇaṃ "mataṃ" । yasmādā<230>kārārpakatvaṃ viṣayalakṣaṇamavasthitaṃ । tasmāttasyākārārpakatvasyābhāve tadviṣayatvamindriyādiṣu "na bhavet" । (370)

2.371

230,i (PVV_230,i_230,iii)

kiñca 〈।〉

230,ii

"anarthākāraśaṅkā syādapyarthavati cetasi /

atītārthagrahe siddhe dvirūpatvātmavedane // (pratyakṣa) 371 //"

230,iii

"arthavati cetasyanarthākāra"tā arthākārarahitatā śaṅkā "syādapi" dṛśyamānasyākārasyārthatvenaiva sambhāvyamānatvāt । "atīta"syā"rthasya grahe" vikalpātmake tvarthasyābhā vāt । arthābhāsatayā ca "dvirūpatvaṃ" tathā cāparokṣatvādā"tmasaṃvedanaṃ" ceti dve apyastu siddhe । na hyasannevārtho dṛśyate । tato'rthākāratā sā jñānasyaiva tathārthena ca parokṣatvābhāvāt svābhāsañca tat । na cānyena jñānena tad vedyate । vedyavedakabhāvasya niṣiddhatvāt । ataḥ svavedanameva tat । (371)

2.372

<ña. sāmānyasya nityānityatvapratiṣedhaḥ>

230,iv (PVV_230,iv_230,vi)

syādetad 〈।〉 atītā vyaktirasattvānna vikalpaviṣayo jātisyu sattvāt syādityāha 〈।〉

230,v

"nīlādyābhāsabheditvānnārtho jātiratadvatī /

sā vānityā na jātiḥ syānnityā vā janikā katham // (pratyakṣa) 372 //"

230,vi

atītavikalpasya "nīlādyābhāsabheditvāt" varṇṇasaṃsthānādyākāraviśeṣavattvāt "na jātiratadvatī" varṇṇādyākārarahitārtherviṣayaḥ । kiñca 〈।〉 jātirviṣayībhavantī anityā vā bhavet nityā vā । "sā cānityā jātirna syāt" nityalakṣaṇatvāttasyāḥ "nityā" vā buddhe"rjanikā kathaṃ" syāt । (372)

2.373

230,vii (PVV_230,vii_231,i)

nityasya kramayaugapadyābhyāṃ virahāt ॥ nāmanimitte viprayuktaḥ saṃskāro viṣayaścedityāha 〈।〉

230,viii

"nāmādikaṃ niṣiddhaṃ prāṅ nāyamarthavatāṃ kramaḥ /

icchāmātrānurodhitvādarthaśaktirna sidhyati // (pratyakṣa) 373 //"

<231>

231,i

"nāmādikaṃ" viṣayatvena "niṣiddhaṃ prāk"(2.11)nāmādivacane vaktṛśrotṛvācyānubandhinī(2.11) tyādinā । kiñcā"rthavatāṃ" saviṣayāṇāṃ cakṣurvijñānādīnā"mayaṃ kramo"'rthasāmarthyena vinotpāda iti nāsti । manovijñānānāṃ tvarthasannidhānānapekṣāṇā"micchāmātrānurodhitvāt" janikā"rthaśaktirna sidhyati" । na cāheturarthī grāhyo'tiprasaṅgāt । (373)

2.374

<(2) smṛticintā>

231,ii (PVV_231,ii_231,iv)

bhavatvatītārthalambanaṃ vijñānaṃ viṣayākāramanubhavastu mā bhūdityāha 〈।〉

231,iii

"smṛtiścedṛgvidhaṃ jñānaṃ tasyāścānubhavādbhavaḥ /

sa cārthākārarahitaḥ sedānīṃ tadvatī katham // (pratyakṣa) 374 //"

231,iv

"īdṛgvidhama"tītavikalpanātmakaṃ "jñānañca" smṛtiḥ । "tasyāścānubhavād bhava" utpādaḥ । na hyanubhavamantareṇa smṛtiḥ । "sa cā"nubhavo bhavanmate"'rthākārarahitaḥ । idānī"masminnabhyupagame sā smṛti"stadvatya"rthākāravatī "kathama"stu । yadyanubhavārūḍho nārthākāraḥ kathamasau viditaḥ । aviditasya kā smṛtiḥ । (374)

2.375

<ka. nārthāt smṛtiḥ>

231,v (PVV_231,v_231,vii)

arthātsmṛtirutpadyata iti cet । āha 〈।〉

231,vi

"nārthād bhāvastadābhāvāt syāttathānubhavepi saḥ /

ākāraḥ sa ca nārthasya spaṣṭākāravivekataḥ // (pratyakṣa) 375 //"

231,vii

"nārthād bhāva"stasyā"stadā" smṛtikāle"'bhāvā"datītārthasya । yathā cārthādutpadyamānāyāḥ smṛterarthākāro bhavati । "tathānubhavepya"rthādutpadyamāne "so'rthākāraḥ" syāt 〈।〉 api ca smṛtyārūḍhaḥ "so'"spaṣṭa"ścā"kāro "nārtha"syānubhavārūḍhāt "spaṣṭādarthākārād vivekato" bhedāt । (375)

2.376

231,viii (PVV_231,viii_231,ix)

"vyatiriktaṃ tadākāraṃ pratīyādaparastathā /

nityamātmani sambandhe pratīyāt kathitañca na // (pratyakṣa) 376 //"

231,ix

yadi ca buddhivyatirikto'rtha eva manovijñānagrāhyastadā buddhe"rvyatiriktame"kena vikalpyamāna"ntadākāramaparo"pi yogyadeśasthaḥ pramā na pratīyāt । paropalabhyatāṃ <232> niṣeddhuṃ "nityamātmanyasya" vikalpyasyārthasya "sambandhe" vā svīkriyamāṇe yadā svayamanucintayituṃ parasmai kathyate tadā kathañcit paro na "pratīyāt" । pratyeti ca "kathitaṃ" (376)

2.377

232,i (PVV_232,i_232,ii)

"ekaikenābhisambandhe pratisandhirna yujyate /

ekārthābhiniveśātmā pravaktṛśrotṛcetasoḥ // (pratyakṣa) 377 //"

232,ii

pratītyartha"mekenaikena" vaktrā śrotrā ca bhinnasya bhinnasya arthasyā"bhisambandhe"'trāpi svīkrimāṇe "pravaktṛśrotṛcetasoḥ pratisandhirekārthābhiniveśāt" yadevānena kathitaṃ tadeva mayā pratītaṃ yadeva mayā kathitaṃ tadevānena jñātamityabhinnārthādhyavasāyarūpo "na yujyate" । (377)

2.378

232,iii (PVV_232,iii_232,iv)

"tadekavyavahāraścet sādṛśyādatadābhayoḥ /

bhinnātmārthaḥ kathaṃ grāhyastadā syāddhīranarthikā // (pratyakṣa) 378 //"

232,iv

vaktṛśrotṛsambandhinostayorarthayore"kavyavahāra" ekatvāvasāyaḥ "sādṛśyāccet" । tadubhayadarśane sādṛśyaṃ na cātra darśanaṃ । bhavatu vā tathāpi atadābhayo"rbhinnātma"sambandhārthāpratibhāsinorvaktṛśrotṛ cetaso"rbhinnātmā'rthaḥ kathaṃ grāhyaḥ" । yadā cārthābhedo nāsti "tadā"'bhinnārthādhyavasāyinī "dhī"rvaktṛśrotro"ranarthikā syāt" । yathārthaṃ buddherabhāvāt । yathābuddhi cārthābhāvāt । (378)

2.379

232,v (PVV_232,v_232,ix)

bhavatu tāvadevaṃ smṛtirviṣayākārā'nubhavajñānaṃ tvanākṛti syādityāha 〈।〉

232,vi

"taccānubhavavijñānenobhayāṃśāvalaṃbinā /

ekākāraviśeṣeṇa tajjñānenānubudhyate // (pratyakṣa) 379 //"

232,vii

"taccānubha"viṣayeṇa smaraṇenānuba dhyate'nugamyate smaryate iti yāvat ।

232,viii

kīdṛśeno"bhayāṃśāvalambinā" jñeyaprācīnajñānagataviṣayākārānubhavarūpadharmadvayaviṣayeṇa । katha"manubadhyata" ityāha 〈।〉

232,ix

"eka"smādavivādasiddhādanubhavā"kārādviśeṣo" viṣayākārastena smaraṇajñānena hi vijñānamaryākārānubhavākāraviśiṣṭameva smaryate । tatastādṛśameva tat । (379)

2.380

<233>

233,i (PVV_233,i_233,ii)

"anyathā hyatathārūpaṃ kathaṃ jñānedhirohati /

ekākārottaraṃ jñānaṃ tathā hyuttaramuttaram // (pratyakṣa) 380 //"

233,ii

anyathā'tathārūpamākāradvayarahitamanubhavajñānaṃ svagrāhiṇi smaraṇajñāne "kathaṃ" dvyākāramadhirohati । adhirūḍhaṃ ca । tato dvyākāraṃ tat । tathā "jñānamuttaramuttaraṃ" buddhipūrvajñānālambana"mekākārottara"mekenaikenākāreṇādhikaṃ pratīyate । arthejñānena tadālambaka eko'rthākāraḥ pratīyate । tadālambanenatu viṣayabhūtajñānākārastadālambakaśca svākāraḥ । (380)

2.381

233,iii (PVV_233,iii_233,iv)

"tasyārtharūpeṇākārāvātmākāraśca kaścana /

dvitīyasya tṛtīyena jñānena hi vivicyate // (pratyakṣa) 381 //"

233,iv

yasmā"ttasya" dvitīyasya jñānasya tau dvāvākārāva"rtharūpeṇa" viṣayabhāvena tadālambaka "ātmākāraśca kaścana" tṛtīyena dvitīyajñānālambakena hi yasmād vivecyate avadhāryate । tasmādarthākāraṃ svavedanañca jñānamabhyupagantavyaṃ । (381)

2.382

233,v (PVV_233,v_233,ix)

"arthakāryatayā jñānasmṛtāvarthasmṛteryadi /

bhrāntyā saṅkalanaṃ;"

233,vi

atha nirākārameva "jñānama"rthasya kāryamanubhavarūpa"marthakāryatayā" jñāta"smṛtau" viśeṣaṇatvenā"rthasya smṛteḥ" smaryamāṇasyārthasya "bhrāntyā" jñānātmani "saṃkalanaṃ" samba〈ndha〉naṃ yadi syāttadā ko doṣaḥ ।

233,vii

āha ।

233,viii

"jyotirmanaskāre ca sā bhavet // (pratyakṣa) 382 //"

233,ix

arthavat jyotiṣa ālokasya manaskārasya ca jñānahetutvāt । tatkāryajñāne smaryamāṇe sā smṛti"rjyotirmanaskāre" ālokasamanantarapratyayorapi syāt । tatra bhrāntyā arthākāramivālokamanaskārākāramapi saṃkalanīyaṃ । na tvarthākārameva niyamena saṃkalayituṃ yuktaṃ । (382)

2.383

233,x (PVV_233,x_234,i)

"sarveṣāmapi kāryyāṇāṃ kāraṇaiḥ syāttathā grahaḥ /

kulālādivivekena na smaryeta ghaṭastataḥ // (pratyakṣa) 383 //"

<234>

234,i

yadi cārthakāryaṃ bhrāntyā smaryate tadā "sarveṣāmapi kāryyāṇāṃ kāraṇaiḥ" saha "tathā grahaḥ" kāraṇātmatvena grahaṇaṃ "syāt" । tataśca dhaṭakulālādikāryaṃ "kulālādervivekena" bhedena "na smaryeta" । (383)

2.384

234,ii (PVV_234,ii_234,iv)

athāstyeva kaścidālokādibhyo viṣayasya jñānātmanyāropaṇīyo viśeṣastatastadākārāvagraheṇa smaryate । nānyathetyāha 〈।〉

234,iii

"yasmādatiśayājjñānamarthasaṃsargabhājanam /

sārūpyāttat kimanyat syād dṛṣṭeśca yamalādiṣu // (pratyakṣa) 384 //"

234,iv

"yasmāda"rthāropitāda"tiśayāt jñānamarthasaṃsarga"syārthasaṃśleṣasya "bhājanaṃ" pātraṃ bhavati । arthena sārūpyā"danyat kintat syāt" । sārūpyādanyasyātiśayasyopalakṣaṇatvāyogāt । "yamalādiṣu" sārūpyād bhrāntyā tathārthaniścayasya "dṛṣṭeśca" । (384)

2.385

234,v (PVV_234,v_234,vii)

kiñca ।

234,vi

"ādyānubhayarūpatve hyekarūpaṃ vyavasthitam /

dvitīyaṃ vyatiricyeta na parāmarśacetasā // (pratyakṣa) 385 //"

234,vii

"ādya"syārthajñānasyā"nubhayarūpatve"'rthākārarahitatvāt anubhavaikarūpatve tadālambakaṃ "dvitīyaṃ" jñāna"meka"smin "rūpe"'nubhavātmani "vyavasthitaṃ parāmarśacetasā" jñānajñānālambakena tṛtīyajñānena na vyatiricyeta । na viṣayajñānagrāhakatayā bhedena gṛhyeta । svābhāsamātratvena sarvasyāviśeṣāt । (385)

2.386

234,viii (PVV_234,viii_234,ix)

"arthasaṃkalanāśleṣā dhīrdvitīyāvalambate /

nīlādirūpeṇa dhiyaṃ bhāsamānāṃ purastataḥ // (pratyakṣa) 386 //"

234,ix

yato buddheranākāratve doṣo'yaṃ "tataḥ" pu"ro'rthasya" dhiyaṃ "nīlādirūpeṇa bhāsamānāṃ dvitīyā dhīrarthasaṃkala"nasyārthākārāvagrahasyā"śleṣaḥ" saṃsarggo yasyāḥ sā tāma"valamba"te । (386)

2.387

234,x (PVV_234,x_235,i)

"anyathā hyādyamevaikaṃ saṃyojyetārthasambhavāt /

jñānaṃ nādṛṣṭasambandhaṃ pūrvārthenottarottaram // (pratyakṣa) 387 //"

234,xi

"anyathā" yadyanākāraṃ jñānamarthakāryatayā bhrāntyā'rthākāraṃ smaryata ityāśrīyate ta"dādyamevaika"marthajñānaṃ smṛtyā'rthena "saṃyojyeta । arthātsaṃbhavāt" tasya । na "uttarottaraṃ jñānaṃ pūrvasya" jñānasyā"rthenā"kāraṇabhūtenā"dṛṣṭasambandhaṃ" saṃyojyeta ।

<235>

235,i

tasmātsthitametat jñānānāṃ viṣayasārūpyānubhavarūpatvābhyāṃ dvyākāratvaṃ । tataśca sahopalambhaniyamo'rthavijñānayoḥ । arthākāratāyā arthopalambhāt । anubhavarūpatāyāḥ sva"(bhe)"<?>〈ve〉 danatvāt ।(387)

2.388

235,ii (PVV_235,ii_235,iv)

tathā ca 〈।〉

235,iii

"sakṛt samvedyamānasya niyamena dhiyā saha /

viṣayasya tato'nyatvaṃ kenākāreṇa sidhyati // (pratyakṣa) 388 //"

235,iv

"dhiyā saha niyamena sakṛtsaṃvedyamānasya viṣayasya tato" dhiyo"'nyatvaṃ" bhedaḥ "kenākāre"ṇa prakāreṇa "sidhyati" । bhinnayoḥ sahopalambhaniyamāyogāt । (388)

2.389

235,v (PVV_235,v_235,x)

yadi viṣayajñānayorabhedastadā grāhyagrāhakatayā bhedaḥ kathaṃ pratibhātītyāha 〈।〉

235,vi

"bhedaśca bhrāntavijñānairdṛśyetendāvivādvaye /"

235,vii

"bhedaśca" vāsanāvaśāt "bhrānta"mupaplutākāraṃ "jñānaṃ" yeṣāṃ tairarvāgdarśibhi"rdṛśyeta । indāvivādva"ye ekarūpe dvaitaṃ timiropahatabuddhibhiḥ ।

235,viii

bhedepi kasmānna sahopalambhaniyama ityāha 〈।〉

235,ix

"saṃvittiniyamo nāsti bhinnayornīlapītayoḥ // (pratyakṣa) 389 //"

235,x

bhinnayornīlapītayoḥ "saṃvittiniyamo nāsti" । tato yatrāsti tatrābheda eva 〈।〉 (389)

2.390–2.392

235,xi (PVV_235,xi_236,i)

tathā hi 〈।〉

235,xii

"nārtho'samvedanaḥ kaścidanarthamvāpi vedanam /

dṛṣṭaṃ samvedyamānantat tayornāsti vivekitā // (pratyakṣa) 390 //

tasmādarthasya durvāraṃ jñānakālāvabhāsinaḥ /

jñānādavyatirekitvaṃ;"

235,xiii

nārthonubhavamantareṇa kaścid dṛṣṭaḥ 〈।〉 vedanañcārthākāramvinā na dṛṣṭaṃ samvedyamānaṃ । tattasmāttayorarthatadupalambhayornāsti vivedhitā । (390)tasmāt jñānakālāvabhāsinorthasya । arthajñānayorapi sahasaṃvittijñānādavyatirekitvamabhinnatvaṃ durvāramityupasaṃhāraḥ ।

235,xiv

syādetat ।

235,xv

"hetubhedānumā bhavet // (pratyakṣa) 391 //"

<236>

236,i

"abhāvādakṣabuddhīnāṃ satsvapyanyeṣu hetuṣu /

niyamaṃ yadi na brūyāda pratyayāt samanantarāt // (pratyakṣa) 392 //"

236,ii (PVV_236,ii)

"satsvapyanyeṣvi"ndriyādiṣu "hetuṣvakṣabuddhīnāmabhāvāt" । hetubhedasya tadatiriktasya kāraṇaviśeṣasyānumā bhavet । kāraṇasākalye sati tanmātrasādhyasya kāryasyānutpādāyogāt । yaścāsau kāraṇabhedaḥ sa bāhyo'rtho bhaviṣyayīti manyate paraḥ । evamapyanumānagamyo bahirartho bhavenna pratyakṣo yatheṣyate । kintu vyatirekasāmarthyādapi tadā'rthaḥsidhyeta । "yadi" yogācāro nānārthapratibhāsinīnāṃ dhiyāmutpādakramasya "niyamaṃ"yathāpratyayaṃ prabuddhavāsanāgarbhāt "samanantarapratyayānna brūyāt" । (391, 392)

2.393

236,iii (PVV_236,iii_236,iv)

"bījādaṃkurajanmānnerdhūmāt siddhiritīdṛśī /

bāhyārthāśrayiṇī yāpi kārakajñāpakasthitiḥ // (pratyakṣa) 393 //"

236,iv

nanu bāhyārthā bhāve "bījādaṅkurasya janme"tīdṛśī evaṃjātīyā yāpi pratītisiddhā kārakasthitiḥ । "dhūmāt" kāryātkāraṇasyāgneḥ "siddhiritīdṛśī" yāpi "jñāpakahetusthitiḥ" taducchedaḥ syāt । hetuphalabhāvāśrayasya bāhyasyaivābhāvāt । (393)

2.394–2.396

236,v (PVV_236,v_236,vii)

atrāha 〈।〉

236,vi

"sāpi tadrūpanirbhāsā tathā niyatasaṅgamāḥ /

buddhīrāśritya kalpyeta yadi kiṃ vā virudhyate // (pratyakṣa) 394 //"

236,vii

"sā" kārakajñāpakasthiti"rapi tadrūpanirbhāsā" bījāṅkuradhūmāgnipratibhāsavāsanāpratiniyamāt । "tathā" kramaviśeṣeṇa "niyataḥ saṅgama" utpādo yāsāṃ tā "buddhīrāśritya" yadi "kalpyate" tadā "kimvā virudhyeta" na kiñcit । hi bījapratibhāsaṃ jñānaṃ svahetoḥ prabuddhāṅkurajñānavāsanāpāṭavamaṅkurajñānaṃ janayati । evaṃ dhūmajñānamagnijñānamutpādayati । tāvataiva ca jñāpakavyavasthāyā avirodhaḥ । (394)

<237>

237,i (PVV_237,i_237,iii)

nanvasti virodhaḥ । tathā hi 〈।〉

237,ii

"anagnijanyo dhūmaḥ syāt tatkāryāt kāraṇe'gatiḥ /

na syāt kāraṇatāyāṃ vā kuta ekāntato gatiḥ // (pratyakṣa) 395 //"

237,iii

dhūmajñānādagnijñānotpāde"'nagnijanyo dhūmaḥ syāt" । agnipratibhāsasya prāgavidyamānatvāt viparyayaḥ syāt । "tat" tasmā"tkāryāt kāraṇe gatirna syāt" । agnijñānaṃ prati dhūmajñānasya "kāraṇatāyāṃ vā" kāraṇāt kārya"ekāntato"'saṃdigdhā "kuto gati"riti (395)

237,iv (PVV_237,iv_237,vi)

atrāha 〈।〉

237,v

"tatrāpi dhūmābhāsā dhīḥ prabodhapaṭuvāsanām /

gamayedagninirbhāsāndhiyameva na pāvakam // (pratyakṣa) 396 //"

237,vi

"tatra" dhūmādagnyanumā"nepi dhūmābhāsā dhīra"gnivāsanāpratibaddhā "ekasāmagagraya"dhīnatayā"'gninirbhāsāndhiyameva" dhūmajñānādeva "prabodhena paṭuja"nanonmukhā "vāsanā" śaktiryasyāstā"ṅgamayet । na pāvakaṃ bāhyarūpaṃ" sarvadā'darśanāt । (396)

2.397

237,vii (PVV_237,vii_237,ix)

agnivāsanādhūmajñānayorhetuphalatāmākhyātumāha 〈।〉

237,viii

"tadyogyavāsanāgarbha eva dhūmāvabhāsinīm /

vyanakti cittasantāno dhiyaṃ dhūmognitastataḥ // (pratyakṣa) 397 //"

237,ix

"ta"syāgnipratibhāsasya "yogyā" jananasamarthā "vāsanāgarbhe" svabhāvabhūtā yasya cittasantānasya sa "cittaṃsantāno dhūmāvabhāsinīṃ dhiyaṃ vyanakti" utpādayati 〈।〉 "tato'gnita" eva "dhūmo" bhavatīti na kāryakāraṇatāviparyayaḥ । na ca kāraṇātkāryānumānamagnivāsanāprabhavatvāt dhūmāgnijñānayoḥ । dhūmajñānāt prabuddhāgnivāsanādvāreṇāgnijñānānumitirekasāmagrayadhīnā । (397)

2.398

<kha. jñānadvayarūpatāsiddhi>

<a.>

237,x (PVV_237,x_238,ii)

evantarhi vijñānanaya eva sarvavyavasthā namavirodhāt kathamācāryeṇa bahirarthāpekṣayā jñānadvirūpatoktetyāha 〈।〉

<238>

238,i

"astyeṣa viduṣāṃ vādo bāhyantvāśritya varṇyate /

dvairūpyaṃ sahasaṃvittiniyamāttacca sidhyati // (pratyakṣa) 398 //"

238,ii

"astyeṣa" sarvavyavasthāsu vijñaptimātratāpratipādako "viduṣāṃ" nyāyadarśināṃ "yo gā" cā rā ṇāṃ "vādaḥ" । sautrāntikairiṣṭaṃ "bāhya"marthamā"śritya" jñānasya dvairūpyamā"cāryeṇa varṇyate" । tacca "dvairūpyaṃ" sahasamvedana"niyamāt" sahopalambhaniyamāt "sidhyati" । (398) bhedepi sati tadabhāvāt ।

2.399

<b.>

238,iii (PVV_238,iii_238,v)

dvairūpyasiddhāvupapattyantaraṃ vaktumāha 〈।〉

238,iv

"jñānamindriyabhedena paṭumandāvilādikām /

pratibhāsabhidāmarthe vibhradekatra dṛśyate // (pratyakṣa) 399 //"

238,v

indriyasya "bhedena" prasādopaghātādinā viśeṣeṇa puru"ṣārthe jñānaṃ paṭumandā"vilādikāṃ "pratibhāsabhidāṃ vibhrat" dadhat "dṛśyate" । (399)

2.400

238,vi (PVV_238,vi_238,vii)

"arthasyābhinnarūpatvādekarūpaṃ bhavenmanaḥ /

sarvaṃ tadarthamarthāccet tasya nāsti tadābhatā // (pratyakṣa) 400 //"

238,vii

"tasya" jñānasyārthā"ccennāsti tadābhatā'" rthākāratā tadā"rthasyābhinnarūpa tvāt । tadartha" tadviṣayaṃ "sarvaṃ mano"vedana"mekarūpambhavet" । na paṭumandāvilatādibhinnaṃ jñānasya svagatākārabhedānabhyupagamāt । arthasyaikarūpatvāt pratibhāsabhedavirodhāt । asti cāyaṃ tasmādartharūpatā'nubhavarūpatā ceti dvairūpyasiddhiḥ । (400)

2.401

238,viii (PVV_238,viii_238,x)

nanvartharūpatāyāmapyarthasyaikarūpatvāt tatsarūpaṃ jñānamekākāraṃ syāt । na prasannāvilādirūpamityāha 〈।〉

238,ix

"arthāśrayeṇodbhavatastadrūpamanukurvataḥ /

tasya kenacidaṃśena paratopi bhidā bhavet // (pratyakṣa) 401 //"

238,x

"artha"sya sarūpasyā"śrayeṇodbhavatastasya" jñānasya "tadrūpama"rthākāra"manukurvataḥ kenacidaṃśenā"kāreṇa paṭumandatvādinā "parato" vāsanāderapi kāraṇād"bhidā bhavet" । (401)

2.402

<239>

239,i (PVV_239,i_239,ii)

"tathā hyāśritya pitaraṃ tadrūpo hi sutaḥ pituḥ /

bhedaṃ kenacidaṃśena kutaścidavalambate // (pratyakṣa) 402 //"

239,ii

"tathā hi pitaramāśritya tadrūpaḥ" pitrākāropi "suta" utpannaḥ "kenacidaṃśenākāreṇa kutaścit" karmmāderhetoḥ "pituḥ" (śakāsāt)<?>〈sakāśāt〉 "bhedama"nyādṛśatva"mavalamvate pi"tāputrayoḥ sarvathā sāmyābhāvāt । (402)

2.403

<c.>

239,iii (PVV_239,iii_239,v)

dvairūpyasiddhāvupapattyantaramāha 〈।〉

239,iv

"mayūracandrakākāraṃ nīlalohitabhāsvaram /

sampaśyanti pradīpādermmaṇḍalaṃ mandacakṣuṣaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 403 //"

239,v

"mayūracandrakākāramantarāntarā nīlalohitabhāsvaraṃ dīptaṃ pradīpādermaṇḍalamavidya"mānameva "mandacakṣuṣaḥ saṃpaśyanti" । dīpasya tādṛśasvarūpābhāvāt । "jñānasyānu"bhavātmanaḥ sa ākāra iti dvairūpyasiddhiḥ । (403)

2.404–2.405

239,vi (PVV_239,vi_239,viii)

atha tādṛśaṃ vastvevotpannaṃ dṛśyata iti na jñānākāra ityāha 〈।〉

239,vii

"tasya tadbāhyarūpatve kā prasannekṣaṇe'kṣamā /

bhūtaṃ paśyaṃśca taddarśī kathañcopahatendriyaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 404 //

śodhitaṃ timireṇāsya vyaktaṃ cakṣuratīndriyam /

paśyato'nyākṣadṛśyerthe tadavyaktaṃ kathaṃ punaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 405 //"

239,viii

"tasya" maṇḍalasya "tadbāhyarūpatve"'bhyupagamyamāne "prasannekṣaṇe" draṣṭari "kā'kṣamā dveṣo" yenāsmai nātmānamupadarśayet । yadvastupahatendriyeṇa dṛśyate । tadanupahatendriyeṇa sutarāṃ dṛśyate । "bhūtaṃ" satyaṃ "ca paśyan taddarśī" maṇḍaladarśī "kathamupahatendriyaiḥ" (404) "aparairadṛśyaṃ" maṇḍalaṃ "paśya"to'sya mandacakṣuṣṭvena naṣṭasya "timireṇa vyaktaṃ cakṣuḥ śodhita"mityupahasati । kintu taimirikasyātīndriyārthadarśanakṣamaṃ taccakṣuranyasyātaimirikasyākṣadṛśye'rthe pradīpe "kathaṃ punaravyaktama"sphuṭaṃ yadatīndriyaṃ paśyati tat sarvaṃ dṛśyaṃ sutarāṃ paśyati । (405)

2.406

239,ix (PVV_239,ix_240,i)

kiñca 〈।〉

239,x

"ālokākṣamanaskārādanyasyaikasya gamyate /

śaktirhetustato nānyo'hetuśca viṣayaḥ katham // (pratyakṣa) 406 //"

<240>

240,i

"ālokākṣamanaskārādanyasya dīpasya ekasya" maṇḍalajñānajanane "śaktirggamyate" tanmātrabhāvena bhāvāt । tato dīpādanyo maṇḍalo na heturahetuścāsau maṇḍalajñānasya "kathaṃ viṣayo"tiprasaṅgāt । (406)

2.407

240,ii (PVV_240,ii_240,vi)

"sa eva yadi dhīhetuḥ kimpradīpamapekṣate /"

240,iii

"sa" maṇḍala "eva" maṇḍalagrāhiṇyā "dhiyo hetu"rna dīpo "yadī"ṣyate tadā maṇḍalaṃ "kiṃ" kasmāt "pradīpamapekṣate" na hyahetorapekṣā'tiprasaṅgāt ।

240,iv

dīpo maṇḍalañca maṇḍalabuddhiheturityāha 〈।〉

240,v

"dīpamātreṇa dhībhāvādubhayannāpi kāraṇam // (pratyakṣa) 407 //"

240,vi

"ubhayaṃ na kāraṇaṃ dīpamātreṇa" maṇḍaladhiyo "bhāvāt" ।(407)

2.408

240,vii (PVV_240,vii_240,viii)

"dūrāsannādibhedena vyaktāvyaktaṃ na yujyate /

tatsyādālokabhedāccettatpidhānāpidhānayoḥ // (pratyakṣa) 408 //"

240,viii

yadi cārtha eva sākāro grāhyo jñānantvanākāraṃ tadārthasya "dūrāsannādinā bhedena viśeṣeṇa vyaktāvyaktaṃ na yujyate" ekātmanaḥ padārthasya svarūpeṇa dṛśyamānatvāt । dūrāsannasthābhyāṃ samānaḥ pratīyeta । jñānasvagatākārabhedānabhyupagamāt । vyavaghānāvyavadhānayorā"loka"sya māndyāmāndya"bhedāt । tad" vyaktāvyaktaṃ vastu "syādi"ti cet 〈।〉 dūrasthitau tasyālokasya "pidhānamapidhā"nañcā'bhyupagantavyaṃ tayo"stulyayoḥ" 〈।〉 (408)

2.409

240,ix (PVV_240,ix_240,x)

"tulyā dṛṣṭiradṛṣṭirvā sūkṣmoṃśastasya kaścana /

ālokena ca mandena dṛśyateto bhidā yadi // (pratyakṣa) 409 //"

240,x

sarvasya pratipattu"rdṛṣṭiradṛṣṭi"rvā "tulyā"rthasya syāt । dūrasthasya rajonīhārādibhirupahatatvāt "mandenālokena tasya" dṛśyārthasya "sūkṣmo'śo"'vayavaḥ "kaścana"<241> na dṛśyate'taḥ । sannikṛṣṭād vyaktaṃ dṛśyamānādarthādavyaktatvena "bhidā yadyucyate" । tadāpi dvayī kalpanā । (409)

2.410

241,i (PVV_241,i_241,iii)

yosau sthavīyān dṛśyate sa eko'neko vā ।

241,ii

"ekatverthasya bāhyasya dṛśyādṛśyabhidā kutaḥ //

anekatve'ṇuśo bhinne dṛśyādṛśyabhidā kutaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 410 //"

241,iii

tatrai"katve'rthasya bāhyasyā"bhyupagamyamāne "dṛśyādṛśyabhidā kutaḥ" śaṅkitā 〈।〉 evaṃ dṛśyamadṛśyameva vā syādekāntena । anekatve dṛśyasyārthasyābhyupagamyamāne'ṇuśo bhinne'smin dṛśyādṛśyabhidā kutaḥ । na hyaṇuṣvapi sthūlasūkṣmabhedaḥ । yena kiñcidupalabhyeta kiñcinneti vibhāgaḥ । (410)

2.411

241,iv (PVV_241,iv_241,v)

"māndyapāṭavabhedena bhāso buddhibhidā yadi /

bhinne'nyasminnabhinnasya kuto bhedena bhāsanam // (pratyakṣa) 411 //"

241,v

athaikarūpepyarthe "bhāsa" ālokasya "māndyapāṭavabhedena" spaṣṭāspaṣṭatayā "bhedo buddheryadī"ṣyate । tadāpya"nyasminnā"loke paṭumandatayā "bhinne'bhinnasyā"rthasya svarūpeṇa dṛśyamānasya "kuto bhedena" spaṣṭāspaṣṭatayā "bhāsanaṃ" yuktaṃ । (411)

2.412

241,vi (PVV_241,vi_241,viii)

kiñca 〈।〉

241,vii

"mandantadapi tejaḥ kimāvṛtteriha sā na kim /

tanutvantejasopyetadastyanyatrāpyatānavam // (pratyakṣa) 412 //"

241,viii

vyavahitavastvantarālavartti "tejo mandaṃ kiṃ" kasmāddheto rajonīhārādibhistaddeśavarttibhirā"vṛtte"rāloko manda iti cet । iha sannihitavastvantarālavarttinyāloke "sā" rajonīhārādibhirāvṛttiḥ "kinna" bhavati ।"tanutvā"dāvārakasya nīhārādernnāvṛttiścet । "tattanutvaṃ tejasopi" sannihitavastvantarālavarttino"'stīti" sannihitañca vastu na sphuṭaṃ pratīyate tathā"'nyatra" dūrasthaṃ vastu sphuṭaṃ pratīyet । dūrasthe vastunyāvārakālokayoḥ samānamatānavaṃ, samīpasthe ca samaṃ tānavamiti na syāt pratītibhedaḥ । (412)

2.413

241,ix (PVV_241,ix_241,xi)

kiñca 〈।〉

241,x

"atyāsanne ca suvyaktaṃ tejastatsyādatisphuṭam /

tatrāpyadṛṣṭamāśritya bhavedrūpāntaraṃ yadi // (pratyakṣa) 413 //"

241,xi

locanasyā"tyāsanne" śalākādau "suvyaktaṃ teja" āvārakasya tanutvāditi tadatyāsannaṃ śalākādika"matisphuṭaṃ syāt" । na ca manāgavyavahitamivātyāsannaṃ vastu sphuṭa<242>mīkṣyate । "tatra" dūrātyāsattibhedena vyaktāvyaktadarśane"pyadṛṣṭaṃ" dharmādharma"māśri"tyāpekṣya "rūpāntaraṃ" vyaktāvyaktaṃ jāyata iti yadyucyate 〈।〉 (413)

2.414

242,i (PVV_242,i_242,ii)

"anyonyāvaraṇātteṣāṃ syāttejovihatistataḥ /

tatraikameva dṛśyeta tasyānāvaraṇe sakṛt // (pratyakṣa) 414 //"

242,ii

tadā "teṣāṃ" vyaktāvyaktānāṃ rūpāṇā"manyonya"syā"varaṇāt" kadācitkasyacidupalambho bhavatīti vaktavyaṃ । "tata" ekopalambhakāle'paropalambhaheto"stejasovihati"rāvṛtiriti ca "syāt" । anyathā nāvṛtte tasminnaparasyāpyupalabdhiḥ syādavaikalyātsāmagryāḥ । "tatrā"paropalambhahetorālokasyāvaraṇe sati "ekameva" vyaktamavyaktasvarūpaṃ dūrāsannādideśasthitaiḥ pratipattṛbhiḥ sarvairdṛśyeta । na tvekena vyaktamitareṇa cāvyaktamiti syāt । "tasyā"dṛṣṭotpannarūpasya parasparamanāvaraṇe tejasaścā"nāvaraṇe sakṛt" 〈।〉 (414)

2.415

242,iii (PVV_242,iii_242,iv)

"paśyet sphuṭāsphuṭaṃ rūpameko'dṛṣṭena vāraṇe /

arthānarthau na yena stastadadṛṣṭaṃ karoti kim // (pratyakṣa) 415 //"

242,iv

"sphuṭāsphuṭaṃ rūpaṃ paśyede"kaḥ pratipattā । dṛśyarūpadvayasya darśanahetoścālokasyānāvaraṇādadṛṣṭena dvitīyasya rūpasya । varaṇe vyaktamavyaktameva vā rūpamekaṃ dṛśyata iti cet । "yena" dvitīyarūpāvaraṇena kṛtena puṃso"'rthānarthāva"dṛṣṭakāryau "na staḥ" sambhavata"stadāvaraṇamadṛṣṭaṃ" karttṛ "kiṃ" kasmāt "karoti" śubhāśubhalakṣaṇaṃ hyadṛṣṭamarthānarthaphalaṃ 〈।〉 yatpunaranubhavasvabhāvaṃ tat dṛṣṭaphalameva bhavati 〈।〉 (415)

2.416

242,v (PVV_242,v_242,vii)

yasmāt sarvamanantaroktamasaṃgataṃ ।

242,vi

"tasmāt saṃvid yathāhetu jāyamānārthasaṃśrayāt /

pratibhāsabhidāṃ dhatte śeṣāḥ kumatidurnnayāḥ // (pratyakṣa) 416 //"

242,vii

"tasmādarthasaṃśrayājjāyamānā saṃvit" buddhiryathāhetu vāsanāprabodhahetvanatikrameṇa "pratibhāsa"syākārasya vyaktāvyaktāde"rbhidāṃ dhatte" vibharttīti nyāyyaṃ । taditare punarālokabhedopanyāsādyāḥ "śeṣāḥ kumatirdurnayāḥ" paravādināṃ kumatīnāṃ durvimarśāḥ 〈।〉 (416)

2.417

<243>

243,i (PVV_243,i_243,iii)

kiñca 〈।〉 anākāreṇa jñānenārthaḥkṣaṇiko'kṣaṇiko vā vyajyeta 〈।〉 tatra 〈।〉

243,ii

"jñānaśabdapradīpānāṃ pratyakṣasyetarasya vā /

janakatvena pūrveṣāṃ kṣaṇikānāṃ vināśataḥ // (pratyakṣa) 417 //"

243,iii

"kṣaṇikānāṃ jñānaśabdapradīpādīnāṃ" svaviṣayasya "pratyakṣa"syāpratyakṣasya "vā" jñānasya "janakatvena" hetūnāṃ "pūrveṣāṃ" jñānakāle "vināśataḥ" (417)

2.418

243,iv (PVV_243,iv_243,vii)

"vyaktiḥ kuto'satāṃ jñānād;"

243,v

"asatāṃ jñānāt kuto vyaktiḥ" । yadā'rthastadā na jñānaṃ yadā jñānaṃ "tadā nārtha iti" kuto vyaṅgyavyañjakabhāvastayoḥ । atha śabdādayo jñānena saha dvitīyaṃ svopādeyakṣaṇaṃ janayanti sa eva tena jñānena vyajyate netaradityāha 〈।〉

243,vi

"anyasyānupakāriṇaḥ /

vyaktau vyajyeta sarvorthastaddhetorniyamo yadi // (pratyakṣa) 418 //"

243,vii

svakāraṇāda"nyasya" sahotpannasyā"nupakāriṇo vyakti"vivakṣāyāṃ sarvo'rthaḥ samānakālena jñānena "vyajya"tāmanupakārakatvāviśeṣāt । "tasmā"tsahotpādakāt "hetora"nupakārakatvaviśeṣeṣvapi sahotpanna evārtho "jñānena" vyajyata iti "niyamo" yadi kalpyate(418)

2.419

243,viii (PVV_243,viii_243,ix)

"naiṣāpi kalpanā jñāne jñānantvarthāvabhāsataḥ /

taṃ vyanaktītiṃ kathyeta tadabhāvepi tatkṛtam // (pratyakṣa) 419 //"

243,ix

tadaiṣāpi "kalpanā na" yuktā jñāne vyañjakatvasya sahotpannendriyādivyañjakatvaprasaṅgāt । asmākaṃ mate tu sākāraṃ tenārthena kṛtaṃ "jñānamiti" jñānasya kāle "tasyārtha"syā"bhāve"pyarthā"vabhāsato"rthākārātsaṃvedyamānāt "tamarthaṃ vyanaktīti kathyate"'nyasyārthavyaktiprakārasyāyogāt 〈।〉 (419)

2.420

243,x (PVV_243,x_243,xii)

sahotpannasyāpi tarhi svākārajñānena vyaktiḥ syādityāha 〈।〉

243,xi

"nākārayati cānyortho'nupakārāt sahoditaḥ /

vyaktonākārayajjñānaṃ svākāreṇa kathaṃ bhavet // (pratyakṣa) 420 //"

243,xii

kāraṇādanyasyā"nyaścārthaḥ saho"tpanno jñānaṃ "nākārayati svākāreṇa" viśeṣayati "anupakārāt" । na hyanupakāra〈kā〉kāreṇa viśiṣyate'tiprasaṅgāt । yaścārtho "jñānaṃ nākārayati sa kathaṃ vyakto bhavet" । (420)

2.421

<244>

<ga. akṣaṇikasya vyaktirasambhavā>

244,i (PVV_244,i_244,iii)

akṣaṇikasyāpyarthasya vyaktiṃ niṣeddhumāha 〈।〉

244,ii

"vajropalādirapyarthaḥ sthiraḥ sonyānapekṣaṇāt /

sakṛt sarvasya janayejjñānāni jagataḥ samam // (pratyakṣa) 421 //"

244,iii

yo "vajropalādiḥ" sthiro"'rthaḥ so'pi" jñānotpādanasvabhāvatve"nānyasya" sahakāriṇo'nupakārakasyā"napekṣaṇāt sakṛtsarvasya jagataḥ" svagrāhakāṇi "jñānā"ni "samame"kakālaṃ "janayet" । (421)

2.422

244,iv (PVV_244,iv_244,vi)

na caitadasti 〈।〉

244,v

"kramād bhavanti tānyasya sahakāryupakāryataḥ /

āhuḥ pratikṣaṇaṃ bhedaṃ sa doṣo'trāpi pūrvavat // (pratyakṣa) 422 //"

244,vi

krameṇotpādāt "kramād" bhavanti jāyamānāni"tāni" vajrādijñānānyasya vajropalādeḥ । "sahakāri"ṇāmupakārāt svabhāvāntaralakṣaṇāt "pratikṣaṇaṃ bheda" manyasvabhāvatā"māhuḥ", yathā ca "pūrvavat" śabdādiṣvi"vātra" vajrādiṣvapi kṣaṇikeṣu vijñānāt pūrvakālabhāviṣu "so"'vyakti"doṣa"prasaṅgastadavasthaḥ । (422)

2.423

<(3a) svasaṃvedanacintā>

<ka. buddhirarthākārā>

244,vii (PVV_244,vii_244,ix)

punarbuddherarthākārasiddhyarthamāha 〈।〉

244,viii

"saṃvedanasya tādātmye na vivādosti kasyacit /

tasyārtharūpatā'siddhā sāpi sidhyate saṃsmṛteḥ // (pratyakṣa) 423 //"

244,ix

"samvedanasya tādātmye"'nubhavarūpatve "kasyaci"dviduṣo "vādo nāsti । tasya" saṃvedanasyā"rtharūpatā" vivādāda"siddhā sā'rthā"kāratā"pi saṃsmṛtera"rthābhāsānubhavasya samyak smaraṇāt "sidhyati" । (423)

2.424

<245>

245,i (PVV_245,i_245,ii)

"bhedenānanubhūtesminnavibhakte svagocaraiḥ /

evametanna khalvevamiti sā syānna bhedini // (pratyakṣa) 424 //"

245,ii

"asminna"rthasaṃvedanena "bhedenānubhūte" sva sya "gocarairartheḥ" svākārasamarpaṇadvāreṇā"vibhakte" parasparato bhedena vyavasthāpite "etajjñā"namevaṃ ghaṭagrāhakaṃ । "na khalvevaṃ naiva" ghaṭagrāhaka"miti । sā" samvedanasmṛti"rbhedinī" vibhāgavatī "na syāt" jñānena saha 〈।〉 (424)

2.425

245,iii (PVV_245,iii_245,iv)

"na cānubhavamātreṇa kaścid bhedo vivecakaḥ /

vivekinī na cāspaṣṭabhede dhīryamalādivat // (pratyakṣa) 425 //"

245,iv

"na cānubhavamātreṇā"vāntarabhinnena pratijñānaṃ "kaścid bhedo" vidyamānopi parasparaṃ "vivecako" bhedavyavasthāpanahetuḥ । tathāvidhā"'spaṣṭe bhede" satyapi "dhīḥ" smṛtirūpā "vivekinī" na bhavati । kintvekabodhādhyavasāyinī pratyabhijñaiva syā"dyamalādivadya"malayorarthāntarabhedasadbhāvepyeko dṛśyamāno nāparasmād bhedenāvasīyate kintvekatvenaiva pratyabhijñāyate । (425)

2.426

245,v (PVV_245,v_245,vii)

tasmādarthākārānubhavākāratayā buddhirdvirūpaiva ॥

245,vi

"dvairūpyasādhanenāpi prāyaḥ siddhaṃ svavedanam /

svarūpabhūtābhāsasya tadā saṃvedanekṣaṇāt // (pratyakṣa) 426 //"

245,vii

jñānānāṃ "dvairūpyasādhanenāpi prāyo" bāhulyena"svaveda"naṃ jñānaṃ "siddhaṃ । tathā"jñānasya "svarūpabhūtasyābhāsasyā"kārasya "tadā" dvirūpajñānotpattikāle "saṃvedanādanu"bhūterīkṣaṇāt 〈।〉 (426)

2.427

<kha. arthānubhavākārā>

245,viii (PVV_245,viii_245,x)

jñānāntareṇa sarūpeṇa jñānamarthavadvedyate iti cet । tadā 〈।〉

245,ix

"dhiyā'tadrūpayā jñāne niruddhe'nubhavaḥ katham //

svañca rūpaṃ na sā vettītyutsannonubhavo'khilaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 427 //"

245,x

"dhiyā'tadrūpayā"'grāhyajñānasvarūpayā "niruddhe" grāhye "jñāne kathamanubhavaḥ । svakāle"<246>jñānaṃ na vedyate grāhakakāle grāhyasyaivābhāva iti kathaṃ buddhivedanaṃ । svañca rūpaṃ tvanmate sā buddhirna "vettītyanubhavo'khilo"'rthasya jñānasya co"tsannaḥ" syāt । jñānaprakāśo hyarthaprakāśaḥ । sa ca svaparakālayornāstīti prakāśo na syāt sarvasya । (427)

2.428

246,i (PVV_246,i_246,iii)

kiñca 〈।〉

246,ii

"bahirmukhañca tajjñānaṃ bhātyarthapratibhāsavat /

buddheśca grāhikā vittirnnityamantarmukhātmani // (pratyakṣa) 428 //"

246,iii

asyārthasya grāhyasya pratibhāsavadākāravattad bāhyagrāhakaṃ jñānaṃ "bahirmukhaṃ" bāhyatayā pratibhāti yathā nīlādijñānaṃ । "buddheścātmani grāhikā" vitti"rnityaṃ" sarvakāla"mantarmukhā"'bāhyatayā grāhakatvena pratibhāti । tadetat svavedanatāyāmevopapannaṃ । (428)

2.429

246,iv (PVV_246,iv_246,vi)

yadi tu buddhyantaragrāhikā buddhiḥ syāttadā nīlādivat smaryamāṇā'tītasvabuddhivacca grāhakākāratvād bahiṣṭvenāvabhāseta tathā svavedanatā'bhāve 〈।〉

246,v

"yo yasya viṣayābhāsastaṃ vetti na tadityapi /

prāptāṃ kā saṃvidanyāsti tādrūpyāditi cenmatam // (pratyakṣa) 429 //"

246,vi

"yo viṣayasyābhāsa" ākāro "yasya" jñānasya "taṃ" svākārārpakaṃ viṣayaṃ "tadā"kāravat jñānaṃ na "vettīti" prāptaṃ viṣayasvarūpasyātmano vedane hi viṣayavedanaṃ tatparokṣatayā arthopi parokṣaḥ syāt । yato'rthasvarūpadhīvedanādanyā "kā saṃvidartha"syāsti । "tādrūpyādvi"ṣayasārūpyādasvasaṃvedanādarthasya saṃvidi"ti cenmataṃ" । (429)

2.430

246,vii (PVV_246,vii_246,ix)

evaṃ sati 〈।〉

246,viii

"prāptaṃ saṃvedanaṃ sarvasadṛśānāṃ parasparam /

buddhiḥ sarūpā tadviccet nedānīṃ vit sarūpikā // (pratyakṣa) 430 //"

246,ix

"sarve"ṣāṃ yamalakādīnāṃ "sadṛśānāṃ parasparaṃ samvedanaṃ prāptaṃ" na sadṛśa ityevānubhavaḥ "sarūpā tadvida"rthasya saṃvedana"ñcet" । "idānīma"sminnabhyupagame "sarūpekā" vinna bhavati । sārūpyaṃ vedanalakṣaṇaṃ na bhavati । kintvanubhavarūpatā । satyapi sārūpye yamalakādīnāmanubhavatvāt । nāpi sārūpyavāhitānubhavamātraṃ vedanaṃ, kintu svasaṃvedanaṃ sārūpyaṃ । (430)

2.431

<247>

247,i (PVV_247,i_247,v)

yadi sārūpyavaśādvedanaṃ tadā buddhyātmanāpi sārūpyādvedanaṃ syāt । tathā grāhyagrāhakayorbheda eva prāpta ityāha 〈।〉

247,ii

"svayaṃ sonubhavastasyā na sa sārūpyakāraṇaḥ /"

247,iii

"tasyā" buddheḥ "so'nubhavo"'parokṣatvaṃ svayaṃ svarūpeṇa tathotpatterna "sārūpyakāraṇaḥ" so'nubhavo buddheḥ । evaṃ tarhi bāhyepyarthe buddhisārūpyaṃ niṣphalamityāha 〈।〉

247,iv

"kriyākarmmavyavasthāyāstalloke syānnibandhanam // (pratyakṣa) 431 //"

247,v

"tadartha"sārūpyaṃ "kriyāyā" arthādanubhūteḥ । "karmaṇo" bāhyasya "vyavasthāyā nibandhanaṃ loke" bahiradhyavasāyini syāt । (431)

2.432

247,vi (PVV_247,vi_247,viii)

na hyasya sārūpyamantareṇeyamasya saṃvittiriti śakyaṃ vyavasthāpayituṃ 〈॥〉

247,vii

"svabhāvabhūtatadrūpasaṃvidāropaviplavāt /

nīlāderanubhūtākhyā nānubhūteḥ parātmanaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 432 //"

247,viii

yasyā buddheḥ "svabhāvabhūtasya" rūpasya viṣayākārasya "saṃvido" bahirartheṣvā"ropaḥ" sa eva "viplavo" bhrāntyupanītatvāt tasmā"nnīlāde"rvastuto'dṛśyamānasyāpya"nubhūtākhyā"'nubhavavyavahāro lokasya "na" punarjñānā"tparātmano"rthasya sākṣāda"nubhūte"rarthānubhavavyavahāraḥ । (432)

2.433

247,ix (PVV_247,ix_247,xiii)

"dhiyo nīlādirūpatve bāhyorthaḥ kiṃ pramāṇakaḥ /"

247,x

paramārthatastu "dhiyo" nīlā"dirūpatve" svasamvedye tadākārārppako "bāhyo'rthaḥ" svarūpeṇādṛśyamānaḥ "kiṃ pramāṇakaḥ" । na hyākāradvayaṃ vedyate yenaiko bāhyasyāparo jñānasyeti syāt ।

247,xi

bāhya evākāravān dhīstu nirākāreti pratyakṣasiddho'rthaḥ syādityāha 〈।〉

247,xii

"dhiyo'nīlādirūpatve sa tasyānubhavaḥ katham // (pratyakṣa) 433 //"

247,xiii

"dhiyo'nīlādirūpatve so"'rthākārarahito"nubhavastasya" nīlasya grāhaka iti "kathaṃ" śakyavyavasthāpanaḥ । (433)

2.434

247,xiv (PVV_247,xiv_248,i)

"yadā saṃvedanātmatvaṃ na sārūpyanibandhanam /

siddhaṃ tat svata evāsya kimarthenopanīyate // (pratyakṣa) 434 //"

247,xv

anubhavamātrātmatayā sarvatra jñāne'viśeṣāt viśeṣavyavasthānaśaktayā ।

<248>

248,i

"yadā samvedanātmakatva"maparokṣatvaṃ "na sārūpyanibandhanaṃ tadā svata eva" prakāśātmatayotpattestatsaṃvedanātmatvaṃ "siddhaṃ" । tataścārthenāsya jñānasya "kimunnīyate" yena tasya tadvedanamityucyate 〈।〉 na hi jñānasya svaprakāśe'rthāpekṣā । na ca svasmād vyatiriktaṃ tena vedyate tatkathamarthavedanamanenetyucyate 〈।〉 (434)

2.435

248,ii (PVV_248,ii_248,iv)

kiñca 〈।〉

248,iii

"naca sarvātmanā sāmyamajñānatvaprasaṅgataḥ /

na ca kenacidaṃśena sarvaṃ sarvasya vedanam // (pratyakṣa) 435 //"

248,iv

jñānaṃ "sarvātmanā" vā ekadeśena vā'rthasya sarūpaṃ yattadgrāhakaṃ syāt । tatra na tāvatsarveṇa jaḍatvādinā "sāmyamajñānatvaprasaṅgataḥ । na ca" jaḍayorgrāhyagrāhakabhāvaḥ "kenacidaṃśena" vastutvanīlatvādīnā "sarvaṃ" jñānaṃ sarvasyārthasya saṃvedanaṃ syāt । "sarvaṃ" vā nīlajñānaṃ sarvasya nīlasya "vedanaṃ syāt" । (435)

2.436

248,v (PVV_248,v_248,vi)

"yathā nīlādirūpatvānnīlādyanubhavo mataḥ /

tathānubhavarūpatvāttasyāpyanubhavo bhavet // (pratyakṣa) 436 //"

248,vi

"yathā nīlādirūpatvāt" jñānaṃ "nīlādī"nāma"nubhavo mataḥ" tathā kimanubhava"rūpatvāt" tasyānubhavasyārthaviṣayasyāpi pūrvakasyottaraṃ jñānama"nubhavo na bhavet" । (436)

2.437

248,vii (PVV_248,vii_248,viii)

"nānubhūtonubhava ityarthavad 〈hi〉 viniścayaḥ /

tasmādadoṣa iti cet nārthepyastyeṣa sarvadā // (pratyakṣa) 437 //"

248,viii

"nā"nubhave'"nubhūto'nubhava ityarthavadartha" iva gṛhīte "viniścayo" bhavati । "tasmā"danubhavasyāpyanubhavo grāhyaḥ kaḥ syādityaya"madoṣa iti cet" । na kevalamanubhave"'rthe'pyeṣo"nubhūtatvaniścayaḥ "sarvadā nā"sti । na hi dhārāvāhinyarthajñāne'rtheṣu pratikṣaṇamanubhūtaniścayaḥ । tataścārthopi nānubhūtaḥ syāt । (437)

2.438–2.439

248,ix (PVV_248,ix_249,ii)

"kasmādvā'nubhave nāsti sati sattānibandhane /

api cedaṃ yadābhāti dṛśyamāne sitādike // (pratyakṣa) 438 //"

<249>

249,i

"puṃsaḥ sitādyabhivyaktirūpaṃ saṃvedanaṃ sphuṭam /

tatkiṃ sitādyabhivyakteḥ pararūpamathātmanaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 439 //"

249,ii

"kasmādvā'nubhave"'nubhūtaniścayasya "sattānibandhane" sārūpye tadutpāde ca "sati nāsti" sattāniścayaḥ । arthepyanubhūtanibandhane sārūpyatadutpattī eva te tajjñānepi samāne । "api ca" svasaṃvedanānabhyupagame "sitādike dṛśyamāne, yadidaṃ" (438) "sitādyabhivyaktirūpamantaḥ" prakāśamānaṃ "saṃvedanaṃ sphuṭaṃ puṃsaḥ" pratipattu"rābhāti । tat kiṃ sitādyabhivyakteḥ" pararūpa"mathātma"bhūtamiti vikalpau, satastattvānyatvāvyatikramāt । (439)

2.440

249,iii (PVV_249,iii_249,iv)

"pararūpe'prakāśāyāṃ vyaktau vyaktaṃ kathaṃ sitam /

jñānaṃ vyaktirna sā vyaktetyavyaktamakhilaṃ jagat // (pratyakṣa) 440 //"

249,iv

"pararūpe"'bhyupagamyamāne samvedanaṃ yatprakāśate tanna sitādivyaktirūpamitya"prakā"śāyāṃ śuklādi"vyaktau sitaṃ kathaṃ vyaktaṃ । jñānaṃ" hi "vyaktirna ca sā vyaktā" sitādike dṛśyamāne iṣyata "ityavyaktamakhilaṃ jaga"tprāptaṃ । sitādyabhivyaktireṣitavyā । (440)

2.441

249,v (PVV_249,v_249,x)

tathā hi 〈।〉

249,vi

"vyaktervyaktyantaravyaktāvapi doṣaprasaṅgataḥ /"

249,vii

artha"vyaktervyaktirā"padyamānā na vyaktā syāt । atha vyaktireva na sidhyet । tasyāḥ svaprakāśatve'rthavyaktirapi tathāstu । athārthavyaktirvyaktervyaktyantarād uttarakālabhāvivedanād vyaktirevaṃ tasyāścānyata ityanavasthā durvārā ।

249,viii

kiñca 〈।〉

249,ix

"dṛṣṭyā vājñātasambandhaṃ viśinaṣṭi tayā kathaṃ // (pratyakṣa) 441 //"

249,x

"dṛṣṭyā" dhi yā'samviditayā sahā"jñātasambandhamarthaṃ kathaṃ viśinaṣṭi" pratipattā dṛṣṭoyamiti । (441)

2.442

249,xi (PVV_249,xi_250,i)

kathamartho dṛṣṭyā'jñātasambandha ityāha 〈।〉

249,xii

"yasmād dvayorekagatau na dvitīyasya darśanam /

dvayoḥ saṃsṛṣṭayordṛṣṭau syād dṛṣṭamiti niścayaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 442 //"

249,xiii

"yasmād" dvayorarthajñānayormadhye "ekasya gatau" darśanakāle "na dvitīyasya darśanamasti" । tathā hi na padārtho dṛśyate na tadā buddhirupalabhyate tadupalambhasya bhāvitvāt ।

<250>

250,i

yadā ca buddhirupalabhyate na tadā'nyo'tītatvāt । tasmād "dvayo"rarthajñānayoḥ "saṃsṛṣṭayore"kopalambhāt "dṛṣṭau" satyāṃ "dṛṣṭamidamiti niścayaḥ" tato'nyopalabdhiḥ svopalabdhirūpeva "syāde"tat । (442)

2.443

250,ii (PVV_250,ii_250,vi)

"sarūpaṃ darśanaṃ yasya dṛśyatenyena cetasā /

dṛṣṭākhyeti na cet;"

250,iii

"yasyārthasya sarūpaṃ" samānākāraṃ "darśanaṃ" jñāna"manyena cetasā dṛśyate" tatrārthe "dṛṣṭākhyā" dṛṣṭavyavahāra "iti cet" ।

250,iv

atrāha 〈।〉

250,v

"siddhaṃ sārūpye'sya svavedanam // (pratyakṣa) 443 //"

250,vi

asya jñānasyārthena saha "sārūpye" siddhe "svasaṃvedanaṃ" jñānaṃ siddhaṃ । tathā hyarthākārastāvat jñānakāle parisphuṭaṃ vedyamāno jñānasyātmā cet jñānamapyarthākāravadaparokṣameva svabhāvata iti nānyavedyaṃ । (443)

2.444

250,vii (PVV_250,vii_250,xi)

"athātmarūpaṃ no vetti pararūpasya vit katham /"

250,viii

"atha" jñānamātmarūpaṃ "na vetti pararūpasya" bāhyarūpasya "vit kathaṃ" । na hyarthākārajñānavedanamantareṇārthavedanamityuktaṃ ।

250,ix

sārūpyamātreṇārthavittirbhaviṣyatīti cet 〈।〉

250,x

"sārūpyād vedanākhyā ca prāgeva prativarṇṇitā // (pratyakṣa) 444 //"

250,xi

"sārūpyādanu"bhavātmatārahitā"dvedanākhyā" vedanavyavahṛtiśca "prāgeva"(2.430)prāptaṃ saṃvedanaṃ sarvasadṛśānāṃ parasparabhityanena prativarṇṇitā "pratyuktā" । (444)

2.445

250,xii (PVV_250,xii_250,xiv)

kiñca 〈।〉

250,xiii

"dṛṣṭayoreva sārūpyagrahorthañca na dṛṣṭavān /

prāk kathaṃ darśanenāsya sārūpyaṃ sodhyavasyati // (pratyakṣa) 445 //"

250,xiv

"dṛṣṭayoreva" kayościt "sārūpyagraho" dṛṣṭo yathā yamalakayoḥ । na ca kaścid draṣṭā jñānāt prāgarthaṃ dṛṣṭavān । tatkathandarśanena sahāsyādṛṣṭasyārthasya sa draṣṭā "sārūpyamadhyavasyati" niścinoti । (445)

2.446

250,xv (PVV_250,xv_251,ii)

kiñca 〈।〉

<251>

251,i

"sārūpyabhapi necchedyaḥ tasya nobhayadarśanam /

tadārtho jñānamiti ca jñāte ceti gatā kathā // (pratyakṣa) 446 //"

251,ii

"sārūpyamapi" śabdāt svasamveda"naṃ yo" vādī "necchet na tasyobhaya"syārthasya jñānasya ca "darśanaṃ" saṃgacchate । sārūpyābhāve'rthavedanā'yogāt । svavedanābhāve ca na jñānasamvedanaṃ । anyena tadgrahasya niṣiddhatvāt । yadā caivaṃ "tadārtho jñānamiti" bhedaḥ । "te ca jñāte coti kathāpi gateti" kṛtsnaṃ jagadandhamūkaṃ bhavet । pratītinibandhanatvādasya vyavahārasya । (446)

2.447

251,iii (PVV_251,iii_251,iv)

"atha svarūpaṃ sā tarhi svayameva prakāśate /

yattasyāmaprakāśāyāmarthaḥ syādaprakāśitaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 447 //"

251,iv

"atha" yadetatsitādyabhivyaktirūpaṃ sphṛṭasamvedanamābhāti tad buddheḥ "svarūpaṃ" 〈।〉 sā buddhi"starhi svayamevā"parokṣatayā "prakāśate yadyasmādasyāṃ" buddhāva"prakāśāyāṃ" parokṣāyā"martho'prakāśitaḥ syāt" । prakāśate cārtha iti buddhirapyaparokṣasvabhāveti svasamvedanasiddhiḥ । (447)

2.448

251,v (PVV_251,v_251,vi)

"etenānātmavitpakṣe sarvārthādarśanena ye /

apratyakṣāṃ dhiyaṃ prāhustepi nirvarṇitottarāḥ // (pratyakṣa) 448 //"

251,vi

"anātmavitpakṣe" svasaṃvedanābhāve etenānantaramupadarśitena "sarva"syā"rtha"syā"darśanena" darśanābhāvaprasaṅgena "ye" jaiminīyā "apratyakṣāṃ dhiya"marthāpattigamyāmā"huḥ tepi nirvarṇṇitottarā" dattottarā boddhavyāḥ । tathā hyarthadarśanānyathānupapattyā buddhirvyavasthāpanīyā । arthadarśanameva tu buddhiparokṣatāyāmasaṅgatamiti na tadanyathānupapadyamānaṃ bṛddhiṃ kalpayitumalaṃ । (448)

2.449

251,vii (PVV_251,vii_251,ix)

api ca 〈।〉

251,viii

"āśrayālambanābhyāsabhedād bhinnapravṛttayaḥ /

sukhaduḥkhābhilāṣādibhedā buddhya eva tāḥ // (pratyakṣa) 449 //"

251,ix

"āśrayasye"ndriyasyā"lambana"sya sukhādivedanīyasyā"bhyāsa"sya ca yathā vṛttasya "bhedā"dviśeṣāt "sukhaduḥkhabhilāṣādibhedā bhinnapravṛttayo" nānākārāḥ samvi<252> ditarūpā jāyante "buddhya eva" ca tā bodhasvabhāvatvāt । jñānenābhinnahetukatvācca । (449)

2.450

252,i (PVV_252,i_252,ii)

"pratyakṣāstadviviktañca nānyat kiñcid vibhāvyate /

yattajjñānaṃ / paropyetān bhuñcītāṃnyena vidyadi // (pratyakṣa) 450 //"

252,ii

tataḥ "pratyakṣāḥ" । na ca sāmānyena vedanamiti svavedanataiva । "na ca te"bhyaḥ sukhādibhyo "viviktaṃ" bhinna"manyat kiñcid" bṛddhisvarūpaṃ "vibhāvyate" upalabhyate "yattat" pratyakṣaṃ "jñānaṃ" syāt । ki"ñcānyena" jñānenānyasya jñānasya "vit" vedanaṃ yadīṣyate tadā bhoktṛsantānavarttina "etā"n sukhādīn "paraḥ" pratipattā'la bhyamāno "bhuñjīta" sukhādyupabhogavānbhavet bhoktṛpuruṣavat । (450)

2.451

252,iii (PVV_252,iii_252,iv)

"tajjā tatpratibhāsā vā yadi dhīrvetti nāparā /

ālambamānasyānyasyāpyastyavaśyamidaṃ dvayam // (pratyakṣa) 451 //"

252,iv

"tasmā"tsukhāderjātā "tatpratibhāsā" sukhādipratibhāsā "vā" tān sukhādīn "vetti" bhoktṛtvena "nāpa"rāyāḥ kāśicad buddhiriti yadīṣyate tadā bhoktṛsantānavarttinaḥ sukhādīnā"lambamānasyānyasya" puruṣāntarajñāna"syedaṃ" tajjatvaṃ tatpratibhāsitvaṃ "dvaya"mālambanīyasukhādyapekṣayāpya"daśyamasti" tataḥ sopi bhoktā syāt । (451)

2.452–2.453

252,v (PVV_252,v_252,vii)

"atha notpadyate tasmānna ca tatpratibhāsinī /

sā dhornirviṣayā prāptā;"

252,vi

"athā"nyasya dhīrbhoktṛsukhādeḥ sakāśā"nnotpadyate nāpi tatpratibhāsinī"ṣyate tadā "sā dhīrnirviṣayā prāptā" । grāhyasya pararūpasyābhāvepi prakāśamānā svaprakāśaiva syāt ।

252,vii

syādetat 〈।〉 bhoktuḥ sukhaṃ yadyapi svarūpeṇa parabuddhyā na gṛhyate tatsāmānyamātraṃ tu gṛhyate iti bhoktṛtvanirālambanatvayorabhāva ityāha 〈।〉

252,viii (PVV_252,viii_253,iv)

"sāmānyaṃ ca tadagrahe // (pratyakṣa) 452 //

na gṛhyata iti proktaṃ;"

<253>

253,i

"tasya" bhoktṛsukhaviśeṣasyā"grahe" (452) tatsamavāyi "sāmānyaṃ na gṛhyata iti proktaṃ" । atatsamānatā vyaktī tena nityopalambhanami(2.20) tyādinā ।

253,ii

"na ca tadvastu kiñcana /

tasmādarthāvabhāsosau nānyastasyā dhiyastataḥ // (pratyakṣa) 453 //"

253,iii

na ca tatsāmānyaṃ "kiñcana vastu" 〈।〉 yathā hyupagatasyānupalambhabādhitatvāt ।

253,iv

"tasmāda"nantaroktād yuktikalāpāt "arthāvabhāsosau" sphṛṭaṃ prakāśamāna"stasyāḥ" parokṣatveneṣṭāyā "dhiyo nānyaḥ" kintu tadrūpa eva 〈।〉 (453)

2.454

253,v (PVV_253,v_253,viii)

"siddhe pratyakṣabhāvātmavidau gṛhṇāti tatpunaḥ /

nādhyakṣamiti cedeṣa kuto bhedaḥ samārthayoḥ // (pratyakṣa) 454 //"

253,vi

tato'rthābhāsajñānayostādātmyāt "pratyakṣabhāvātmavidau" pratyakṣatvasvasaṃ"vittī siddhe" । jñānasyāparokṣatayā paranirapekṣaprakāśatvācca ।

253,vii

syādetat 〈।〉 svasantānavarttinaḥ sukhādīnadhya"kṣamālambate" tataḥ prītiparitāpādiyogād bhoktṛtā 〈।〉

253,viii

anyasya "puna"stān sukhādīn "nādhyakṣaṃ gṛhṇāti" kintu buddhimātraṃ tataḥ prītiparitāpādyabhāvāt na bhoktṛttvamiti cet । "samārthayo"rekaviṣayayoḥ svaparasantānavarttinorjñānayoreṣa pratyakṣāpratyakṣalakṣaṇaḥ "kuto bhedaḥ " । sukhasvarūpaviṣayatvāt dvayamapi pratyakṣamapratyakṣamvā syāt । (454)

2.455

253,ix (PVV_253,ix_253,x)

"adṛṣṭaikārthayogādeḥ samvido niyamo yadi /

sarvathānyo na gṛhṇīyātsamvidbhedopyapoditaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 455 //"

253,x

"adṛṣṭā"cchubhāśubhādilakṣaṇāde"kārtha"samavāyādervā nimittātsvasantānavarttisukhagrāhikāyāḥ "samvido niyamo" bhogarūpatvāvadhāraṇaṃ । tenānyasya na bhoktṛteti yadīṣyate tadā'dṛṣṭenaikārthasamavāyena vā niyamitaṃ sukhādya"nyo na gṛhṇīyā"devetyastu svarūpapratibhāse bhoktṛtvasyāpratiṣedhāt । na hyātmasamavāyitāmātreṇa sukhāderbhogaḥ kintarhyupalambhena । sa ca parasyāpyastīti bhoktā syāt । ekasya viṣayasya "samvidbhedo" grahaṇabhede"pi" vyaktāvyaktatayā "udito" nirākṛtaḥ । tataḥ svarūpapratibhāsasyaikaprakāratvāt । (455)

<254>

2.456

254,i (PVV_254,i_254,ii)

"yeṣāñca yoginonyasya pratyakṣeṇa sukhādikam /

vidanti tulyānubhavāstadvattepi syurāturāḥ // (pratyakṣa) 456 //"

254,ii

"yeṣāñca" pareṣāṃ kāraṇādīnāṃ "yoginonyasya sukhādikaṃ pratyakṣeṇa" yogabalotpannena "vidantī"ti mataṃ । teṣāṃ mate pareṇa sukhinā duḥkhinā ca saha "tulyānubhavā" yogina iti "tadvat" duḥkhipuruṣavat yogino"pyāturā" duḥkhapīḍitāḥ syuḥ । (456)

2.457

254,iii (PVV_254,iii_254,iv)

"viṣayendriyasampātābhāvātteṣāṃ tadudbhavam /

nodeti duḥkhamiti cet na vai duḥkhasamudbhavaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 457 //"

254,iv

"viṣayendriyayoḥ sampāta"sya saṃsargasyā"bhāvāt । tadudbhavaṃ" viṣayendriyasaṃsargajaṃ "duḥkhaṃ teṣāṃ" yogināṃ "nodetīti cet । na vai" naiva "duḥkha"sya "samudbhava" utpattiḥ (457)

2.458

254,v (PVV_254,v_254,vi)

"duḥkhasya vedanaṃ kintu duḥkhajñānasamudbhavaḥ /

na hi duḥkhādyasaṃvedyaṃ pīḍānugrahakāraṇam // (pratyakṣa) 458 //"

254,vi

"duḥkhasya vedanaṃ" duḥkhitvaṃ । "kintu duḥkha"viṣaya"jñānasamudbhavo" duḥkhitā 〈।〉 na hi "duḥkhaṃ ādi"śabdāt sukha"masamvedyaṃ" ajñāyamānaṃ "pīḍānugrahayoḥ kāraṇaṃ" bhavati yena duḥkhasukhayorūtpattī duḥkhitāsukhite syātāṃ । (458)

2.459

<ga. svasaṃvedananaye yogināmanāturatā>

254,vii (PVV_254,vii_254,ix)

nanu bauddhasyāpi mate yoginaḥ sukhādyākāreṇa jñānena paraduḥkhamālambamānāḥ kasmādāturā na bhavanti duḥkhina iva yoginopi duḥkhākāraṃ svasamvedanañca jñānamiti na kaścidviśeṣa ityāha 〈।〉

254,viii

"bhāsamānaṃ svarūpeṇa pīḍā duḥkhaṃ svayaṃ yadā /

na tadālambanaṃ jñānaṃ na tadaivaṃ prayujyate // (pratyakṣa) 459 //"

254,ix

"duḥkhaṃ svayaṃ" paranirapekṣaprakāśaṃ "svarūpeṇa" prakāśasvabhāvena "bhāsamānaṃ pīḍā" 〈।〉 tattasmādutpannaṃ tatsarūpaṃ "tadālambanaṃ" yogino "jñāna"nna pīḍeti yadā bauddhairiṣyate "tadaivaṃ" yoginopi paraduḥkhālambakā duḥkhinaḥ syuriti "na yujyate" yenāyaṃ bhedaḥ (459)

<255>

2.460

255,i (PVV_255,i_255,ii)

"bhinne jñānasya sarvasya tenālambanavedane /

arthasārūpyamālamba ātmā vittiḥ svayaṃ sphuṭā // (pratyakṣa) 460 //"

255,ii

tena "sarvasya jñānasyālambanavedane bhinne" bhinnalakṣaṇe tathā "hyarthasārūpyamālamba" ālambanārthaḥ । "ātmā svayaṃ" paranirapekṣaḥ "sphuṭā vitti"rvedanārthaḥ । (460)

2.461

255,iii (PVV_255,iii_255,iv)

"api cādhyakṣatā'bhāve dhiyaḥ syālliṅgato gatiḥ //

taccākṣamartho dhīḥ pūrvo manaskāropi vā bhavet // (pratyakṣa) 461 //"

255,iv

"api ca" dhiyo"'dhyakṣatā'bhāve liṅgato gatiḥ syāt । tacca" liṅgambhavadakṣamindriya"martho" viṣayo "dhī"ranantarā "pūrva"ko "manaskāro vā bhavet ।" (461)

2.462–2.463

255,v (PVV_255,v_255,vi)

"kāryakāraṇasāmagrayāmasyāṃ sambandhi nāparām /

sāmarthyādarśanāttatra nendriyaṃ vyabhicārataḥ // (pratyakṣa) 462 //

tathārtho dhīmanaskārau jñānaṃ tau ca na sidhyataḥ /

nāprasiddhasya liṅgatvaṃ vyaktirarthasya cenmatā // (pratyakṣa) 463 //

liṅgaṃ;"

255,vi

yasmā"tkāryakāraṇasāmagrayāmasyā"mebhyo"'paramā"tmanaḥ saṃyogādi"sambandhi nāsti sāmarthyādarśanāt । tatra" teṣvi"ndriyaṃ" tāvanna liṅgaṃ "vyabhicārataḥ" satyapi tasmin jñānābhāvāt । (462) "tathārthopi" jñānavyabhicārānna liṅgam । "dhīmanaskārau" bodhasvabhāvatvāt "jñānaṃ tau ca" līṅgajñānātprāṅ "na sidhyataḥ" jñānasyānumeyatvāt 〈।〉 na cā"prasiddhasya" niścitasya "liṅgatvaṃ" sattāmātreṇa liṅgatve'tiprasaṅgāt । "arthasya vyaktiḥ" sphuṭatā burddharliṅgaṃ "matā cet" (463)

2.464

255,vii (PVV_255,vii_255,viii)

"saiva nanu jñānaṃ vyaktorthonena varṇṇitaḥ /

vyaktāvananubhūtāyāṃ tadvyaktatvāviniścayāt // (pratyakṣa) 464 //"

255,viii

"nanu saiva" vyaktirjñānamarthaprakāśalakṣaṇatvāt । na ca tadeva liṅgi ceti yuktaṃ । anena vyakterliṅgatvakathanena "vyakto'rtho varṇṇitaḥ" pratikṣiptaḥ । tathā hi "vyaktau"<256> bṛddhirūpāyāma"nanubhūtāyā"marthasambandhina"stadbyaktatvasya" vyaktivyaktatvasyā"viniścayānna" liṅgatvaṃ sattāmātreṇa liṅgatve'tiprasaṅgāt । (464)

2.465

256,i (PVV_256,i_256,iv)

"athārthasyaiva kaścitsa viśeṣo vyaktiriṣyate /"

256,ii

"athārthasyaiva" svabhāvabhūtaḥ "sa kaścit" svabhāva"viśeṣo vyaktiriṣyate" na jñānaṃ ।

256,iii

"nānutpādavyayavato viśeṣo'rthasya kaścana // (pratyakṣa) 465 //"

256,iv

tada"pyarthasya" sthiraikarūpatvāda"nutpādavyayavato viśeṣo" vyaktirūpaḥ "kaścana" na saṅgataḥ । (465)

2.466

256,v (PVV_256,v_256,vi)

"tadiṣṭau vā pratijñānaṃ kṣaṇabhaṅgaḥ prasajyate /

sa ca jñāto'thavā'jñāto bhavejjñātasya liṅgatā // (pratyakṣa) 466 //"

256,vi

tasya viśeṣa"syeṣṭau vā pratijñāna"marthasya pūrvasvabhāvanāśe sati svabhāvāntarotpādāt "kṣaṇabhaṅgaḥ prasajyate" 〈।〉 "sa cā"rthasvabhāvaviśeṣo "jñāto'jñāto vā bhavet" liṅgaṃ jñānasya tatra "jñātasya yadi līṅgate"ṣyate 〈।〉 (466)

2.467

256,vii (PVV_256,vii_256,ix)

tadā 〈।〉

256,viii

"yadi jñāne'paricchinne jñātosāviti tatkutaḥ /

jñātatvenāparicchinnamapi tad gamakaṃ katham // (pratyakṣa) 467 //"

256,ix

"jñāne'paricchinne" tadupādhirjñātosāvarthoṃ liṅgamiti yadiṣṭaṃ tatkuta upapadyate 〈।〉 athājñātasya liṅgatā tadā "jñātatvenāparicchinnamapi" tadvastu "kathaṃ gamakaṃ" liṅgaṃ sattāmātreṇa gamakatve'tiprasaṅgādityuktaṃ । na ca jñānādarśane dṛṣṭatā yuktā । (467)

2.468–2.469

256,x (PVV_256,x_256,xiii)

"adṛṣṭādṛṣṭayonyena draṣṭrā dṛṣṭā na hi kvacit /"

256,xi

"hirya"smāda"dṛṣṭā dṛṣṭi"rjñānaṃ yeṣāṃ te'rthāḥ "kvaci"danyena "draṣṭrā dṛṣṭā" iti na dṛṣṭā niścayaviṣayāḥ syuḥ ।

256,xii

athārthasyai〈va〉 viśeṣaḥ kaścid buddhikṛta āste tena buddhyanumānamityāha 〈।〉

256,xiii

"viśeṣaḥ sonyadṛṣṭāvapyastīti syātsvadhīgatiḥ // (pratyakṣa) 468 //"

<257>

257,i (PVV_257,i_257,iv)

"sa viśeṣo"'rthasyānyena puruṣeṇa "dṛṣṭāvapyastīti" puruṣāntarasyātadvyāpṛtendriyasya tasmādarthagataviśeṣāt "svadhīgatiḥ syāt" । (468)

257,ii

atha dharmasya sādhāraṇatvāt tasya buddhyavyabhicārāt ।

257,iii

"tasmādanumitirbuddheḥ svadharmanirapekṣiṇaḥ /

kevalānnārthadharmātkaḥ; svadharmaḥ svadhiyo paraḥ // (pratyakṣa) 469 //"

257,iv

"tasmāt kevalādarthadharmāt svadharmanirapekṣiṇo'"numātṛpuruṣātmabhūtajñānanirapekṣādvuddheranumitirna sambhavati sarvasyaiva tasmāt svabuddhyanumānaprasaṅgāt । athātmadharma eva sa kaścid buddhergamaka iti cet । āha 〈।〉 "svasyā"tmano "dharmaḥ sva"buddherātmasambandhinyā buddheraparonyaḥ kaḥ 〈।〉 (469)

2.470

257,v (PVV_257,v_257,vi)

"pratyakṣādhigato hetuḥ tulyakāraṇajanmanaḥ /

tasya bhedaḥ kuto buddhervyabhicāryanyajaśca saḥ // (pratyakṣa) 470 //"

257,vi

"pratyakṣādhigato hetuḥ" syāt । na hyapratītasya hetutā । na ca buddheḥ pratyakṣateṣyate tadvyatiriktiśca kaścidātmadharmo na pratyakṣa iti na syād buddhyanumānaṃ 〈।〉 kiñcātmadharmosau buddhyā samamekakāraṇo vā syāt bhinnakāraṇo vā 〈।〉 tatra buddhyā saha "tulyāt kāraṇājjanma" yasya "tasyā"tmadharmasya "buddheḥ" sakāśāt "kuto bhedaḥ" । abhinnahetukatve'bhinnataiva yuktā । athānyahetukosau tadā"nyajaśca sa vyabhicārī" syāt । ekasāmagrayadhīnayorekadarśanādaparānumānamavyabhicāri nānyathā ।(470)

2.471

257,vii (PVV_257,vii_257,ix)

uktamevārthaṃ saṃgṛhṇannāha 〈।〉

257,viii

"rūpādīn pañcaviṣayānindriyāṇyupalambhanam /

mukttvā na kāryamaparaṃ tasyāḥ samupalabhyate // (pratyakṣa) 471 //"

257,ix

"rūpa"mādiryeṣāṃ tān śabdagandharasasparśan "pañcaviṣayān" pañce"ndriyāṇi" cakṣuḥśrotrādīni "upalambhanaṃ" jñānaṃ "muktvā tasyā" buddherna "kāryamaparaṃ samupalabhyate ।" iyataiva sarvasya saṃgrahāt । (471)

<258>

2.472

258,i (PVV_258,i_258,ii)

"tatrātyakṣaṃ dvayaṃ pañcasvartheṣvekopi nekṣyate /

rūpadarśanato jāto yonyathāvyastasambhavaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 472 //"

258,ii

"tatra" teṣu madhye "dvaya"mindriyaṃ jñānañcā"tyakṣa"matīndriyaṃ indriyasya jñānānyathānupapattyā vyavasthāpanāt । jñānasya tvanmate'pratyakṣatvāt । rūpādiṣu "pañcasvartheṣu ekopi nekṣyate" buddherapratyakṣatvāt । "yo yā"vad dṛśyamāno'"nyathā" jñānamantareṇa vya"stasambhavaḥ" pratikṣiptasattvo viṣayasya "rūpadarśanato" buddhe"rjāto"'bhyupagamyate । (472)

2.473

258,iii (PVV_258,iii_258,iv)

"yadevamapratītaṃ talliṅgamityatilaukikam /

vidyamānepi liṅge tāntena sārddhamapaśyataḥ // (pratyakṣa) 473 //"

258,iv

"yaccaivaṃ" buddhināntarayīkatayā"'pratītaṃ" tad buddhe"rliṅgami"tyati"laukikaṃ" lo kātikrāntaṃ । kiñcābhyupagamyocyate । "vidyamānepi" kasmiṃścilli"ṅge" kadācid buddhiṃ "tāṃ tena" liṅgena "sārdhamapaśyato"'pratipatteḥ । (473)

2.474

258,v (PVV_258,v_258,vi)

"kathaṃ pratītirliṅgaṃ hi nādṛṣṭasya prakāśakam /

tata evāsya liṅgātprāk prasiddherupavarṇṇane // (pratyakṣa) 474 //"

258,vi

tasmālliṅgāt "kathaṃ" buddhi"pratītiḥ । liṅgaṃ hyanva"yarahitama"dṛṣṭa"syārthasya "na prakāśa"kaṃ yuktaṃ 〈।〉 "tata eva liṅgādasya" jñānasyānvayasiddhyarthamātmanyanumānā"tprāk siddherniścayasyopavarṇṇane" vābhidhīyamāne (474)

2.475

258,vii (PVV_258,vii_258,ix)

"dṛṣṭāntāntarasādhyatvaṃ tasyāpītyanavasthitiḥ /

ityarthasya dhiyaḥ siddhiḥ nārthāttasyāḥ kathañcana // (pratyakṣa) 475 //"

258,viii

"tasyā"nvayasādhakasyāpyanumānasya "dṛṣṭāntāntare"ṇānumānasādhyena "sādhyatvamityanavasthitiḥ" syāt । tathā caikasyāsiddhau sarvasyāsiddhiḥ prasajyate ।

258,ix

"iti" tasmā"darthasya dhiyaḥ" sakāśāt "siddhirnārthāt tasyā" dhiyaḥ "kathaṃ ca na" siddhiriti nyāyyaṃ 〈।〉 (475)

2.476

258,x (PVV_258,x_259,ii)

"tadaprasiddhāvarthasya svayamevāprasiddhitaḥ /

pratyakṣāñca dhiyaṃ dṛṣṭvā tasyāśceṣṭābhidhādikam // (pratyakṣa) 476 //"

<259>

259,i

yasmāttasyā dhiyo"'siddhāvarthasya svayamevāprasiddhitaḥ" kathaṃ liṅgatā ।

259,ii

svaprakāśatvāt "pratyakṣāṃ dhiyaṃ tasyāśca ceṣṭā'bhidhā'diryasya" sukhaprasādavaivarṇṇyādestaṃ "dṛṣṭvā" gṛhītavyāptikasyānyasambandhiceṣṭādidarśanāt । (476)

2.477

259,iii (PVV_259,iii_259,iv)

"paracittānumānañca na syādātmanyadarśanāt /

sabandhasya manobuddhāvarthaliṅgāprasiddhitaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 477 //"

259,iv

"paracittānumānañceṣṭaṃ na syāt" । buddherā"tmani" svasantatau ceṣṭādibhiḥ saha "sambandha"syā"darśanāt" । api ca vāsanāmātrabalabhāvinyā "manobṛddhau" vikalpabuddhau viṣayabhūtasyārthasyābhāvāt"arthasya liṅgasyāsiddhito" buddhyantarālliṅgādanumānaṃ syāt ।(477)

2.478

259,v (PVV_259,v_259,vi)

"prakāśitā kathaṃ vā syāt buddhirbuddhyantareṇa vaḥ /

aprakāśātmanoḥ sāmyād vyaṅgyavyañjakatā kutaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 478 //"

259,vi

"kathamvā buddhyantareṇā"pratyakṣeṇa "buddhiḥ prakāśitā syāt । vo" yuṣmākaṃ darśane । yasmāda"prakāśātmano"rlliṅgaliṅginorasiddhatvena "sāmyāt vyaṅgyavyañjakatā kutaḥ" । yadyaprakāśātmanorna vyaṅgyavyañjakatā tadārthajñānayorapi kathaṃ vyaṅgyavyañjakatābhāva iti । (478)

2.479

259,vii (PVV_259,vii_259,xi)

"viṣayasya kathaṃ vyaktiḥ;"

259,viii

"viṣayasya kathaṃ vyakti"riti 〈।〉

259,ix

uttaramāha 〈।〉

259,x

"prakāśe rūpasaṃkramāt /

sa ca prakāśastadrūpaḥ svayameva prakāśate // (pratyakṣa) 479 //"

259,xi

"prakāśe" svasamvidite jñāne viṣayasya "rūpasaṃkramāt" sārūpyasaṃbhavāt jñānenārthaprakāśita ityucyate । "sa ca prakāśastadrūpo" viṣayasvarupaḥ "svayamevā"parokṣaprakāśātmanotpannaḥ "prakāśate" na tvanyena prakāśyate । (479)

2.480

<260>

260,i (PVV_260,i_260,iii)

syādetad 〈।〉 buddhirapi buddhyantarasarūpotpannā prakāśamānā buddhervyañjikā mateti cet । āha 〈।〉

260,ii

"tathābhyupagame buddheḥ buddhau buddhiḥ svavedikā /

siddhānyathā tulyadharmā viṣayopi dhiyā saha // (pratyakṣa) 480 //"

260,iii

"buddheḥ" prakāśyāyāḥ "buddhau" vyañjikāyāṃ "tathā" saṃkrāntasārūpyaprakāśadvāreṇa "vedanābhyupagame" vyañjikā "buddhiḥ svasaṃvedikā siddhā" 〈।〉 dhīsarūpāyā "buddheḥ" svaprakāśatve pūrvabuddhiḥ prakāśitā syāt । "anyathā" svaprakāśatvānabhyupagame "viṣayo"pyaprakāśasvabhāvatayā "dhiyā saha tulyadharmeti" sopi buddhervyañjakaḥ syāt । sarūpayordhīviṣayayoranyonyaṃ vyañjakatā bhavet । (480)

2.481

260,iv (PVV_260,iv_260,v)

"iti prakāśarūpā naḥ svayaṃ dhīḥ saṃprakāśate /

anyosyāṃ rūpasaṃkrāntyā prakāśaḥ san prakāśate // (pratyakṣa) 481 //"

260,v

"iti" tasmānno'smākaṃ mate "dhīḥ svaya"mātmanā "prakāśarūpo"tpannā satī "prakāśate" । na tvanyena prakāśyate iti yuktaṃ । anyaḥ punara"nyosyāṃ" buddhau prakāśāyāṃ "rūpasaṃ"krāntyā "prakāśaḥ san prakāśate" । tato'rthavedanavyavahāraḥ । (481)

2.482

260,vi (PVV_260,vi_260,x)

"sādṛśyepi hi dhīranyā prakāśyā na tayā matā /

svayaṃ prakāśamānā ;"

260,vii

"sādṛśye" sārūpyepi sati "tayā" sarūpayā dhiyā'"nyā" pūrvikā "dhīrna prakāśyā matā" prakāśasvabhāvasya pareṇa prakāśāyogāt । kintu "svayaṃ prakāśa"svabhāvatayā prakāśamānā prakāśata ityabhyupeyaṃ ।

<gha. arthasya jñānarūpeṇa prakāśakatā>

260,viii

evantarhyarthasyāprakāśātmanaḥ kathaṃ prakāśata ityāha 〈।〉

260,ix

"arthastadrūpeṇa prakāśate // (pratyakṣa) 482 //"

260,x

"arthaḥ" sārūpyasaṃkrānte"stadrūpe"ṇa jñānarūpeṇa "prakāśate" na tu sākṣāt svarūpeṇa । (482)

2.483

260,xi (PVV_260,xi_261,i)

dṛṣṭāntamāha 〈।〉

260,xii

"yathā pradīpayorddīpaghaṭayośca tadāśrayaḥ /

vyaṅgyavyañjakabhedena vyavahāraḥ pratanyate // (pratyakṣa) 483 //"

<261>

261,i

"yathā pradīpayoḥ" prakāśātmanorna prakaśyaprakāśakabhāvaḥ । tathā buddhyorapi । yathā "dīpaghaṭayoḥ" prakāśāprakāśasvabhāvayorekaḥ prakāśako'nyaḥ prakāśyaḥ । tathā jñānārthayorapi । "tadāśrayo"'prakāśaprakāśātmaniṣṭho "vyaṅgyavyañjakabhedena vyavahāro" loke "pratanya"te 〈।〉 (483)

2.484

261,ii (PVV_261,ii_261,iii)

"viṣayendriyamātreṇa na dṛṣṭamiti niścayaḥ /

tasmādyatoyaṃ tasyāpi vācyamanyasya darśanam // (pratyakṣa) 484 //"

261,iii

yataśca "viṣaya"mātreṇa "indriyamātreṇa" ve daṃ "dṛṣṭamiti na niśyasta" smādyatastadvyatiriktājjñānādidaṃ dṛṣṭamiti niścayastasyāpi viṣayendriyābhyā"manyasya" jñānasya "darśanama"parokṣatvaṃ "vācya"miti buddhiparokṣatāvādo na yuktaḥ । (484)

2.485

<(3ba) svasaṃvittisiddhiḥ>

<ka. smṛteḥ svasaṃvittiḥ>

261,iv (PVV_261,iv_261,viii)

svasaṃvittisiddhyarthamupapattyantaramāha 〈।〉

261,v

"smṛterapyātmavitsiddhā jñānasya;"

261,vi

jñānasyātītasya "smṛterapyātmavit" susaṃvittiḥ "siddhā" । pratītameva hi smaryate yathārthaḥ ।

261,vii

syādetat jñānaṃ pratītamanyena cetasā na svasaṃvedanenetyāha 〈।〉

261,viii

"anyena vedane /

dīrghādigrahaṇanna syād bahumātrānavasthiteḥ // (pratyakṣa) 485 //"

261,ix (PVV_261,ix)

anyena jñānena pūrvakasya jñānasya"vedane"'bhidhīyamāne "dīrghadeḥ" svarasya <262>"grahaṇaṃ na syāt" । kṣaṇikasya jñānasya ekāṇvatyayakālamātrasthāyino'nekakṣaṇanirvarttyāsu bahvīṣu "mātrāsu" dīrghādinirvarttanikāsu grāhakatvenā"navasthiteḥ" । na hyekakṣaṇamātrasthāpi jñānamanekakṣaṇakalāpanirvartanīyamātrāsañcayātmakaṃ dīrghādikaṃ śaknoti grahītuṃ । kintvakārādyekaikamātrāvayavaleśaṃ gṛhṇāti । tadgrāhakatvena dvitīyajñānena tat pratīyate evamaparāparairjñānairavayavaleśagrāhakaiḥ svasvagrāhakajñānāntaritairgrahaṇakrame kena mātrāgrahaṇaṃ । mātrāpracayadīrghādigrahaṇaṃ vā syāt । (485)

2.486

262,i (PVV_262,i_262,ii)

"avasthitāvakramāyāṃ sakṛdābhāsanānmatau /

varṇṇāḥ syādakramo'dīrghaḥ;"

262,ii

athānekamātrākālamekaiva buddhirastītyucyate tadānekakāla"mavasthitau" satyā"makramāyāṃ matau" sarvamātrāṇāṃ "sakṛdābhāsanāddīrghādirvarṇṇo'kramaḥ syāt" । pratītinibandhanatvādvastuvyavasthāyāḥ । tathā cādīrgho bhavet । na hyekakālamuccairuccāryamāṇopyekamātriko dīrghaḥ ।

262,iii (PVV_262,iii_263,i)

nanu kramavanto varṇṇā avayavakrameṇotpadyamānā dīrghādibuddhimutpādayiṣyantītyāha 〈।〉

262,iv

"kramavānakramāṃ katham // (pratyakṣa) 486 //

upakuryādasaṃśliṣyanvarṇṇabhāgaḥ parasparam 〈/〉"

<263>

263,i

"kramavān varṇṇabhāgaḥ" svasvakālasthāyī "parasparamasaṃśliṣyanna"sambadhyamāno dīrghabuddhi"makramāṃ kathamupakuryyā"dutpādayet । kramavati jñeye jñānamapi tathaiva yuktaṃ । (486)

2.487

<kha. kramabhāvināṃ varṇānāṃ sphoṭenāsaṃgatiḥ>

263,ii (PVV_263,ii_263,iv)

athotpannā varṇṇāvayavā antyāvayavotpattiparyantamanuvartante । tataḥ kramagrahaṇaṃ sarvagrahaṇañcāstīti yuktaṃ dīrghādigrahaṇamityāha 〈।〉

263,iii

"āntyaṃ pūrvasthitādūrdhvaṃ vardhamāno dhvanirbhavet /"

263,iv

"ā" antya"mantyaṃ" varṇṇāvayavaṃ yāvat "pūrva"pūrveṣāṃ varṇṇāvayavānāṃ kramotpannānāṃ "sthitau" satyāṃ prathamavarṇṇāvayavā"dūrdhva" pūrvotpannasyānuvṛttāvapūrvasya cāparasyotpattau "varddhamāno dhvanirbhavet" । na caitadasti । avayavakramagrahaṇena dīrghabuddherutpā dāt ।

263,v (PVV_263,v_263,vii)

syādetat 〈।〉 krameṇotpannānāmavayavānāmantyāvayavakāle grahaṇamiti na varddhamānadhvanirbhavati pūrvaṃ kasyacid grahaṇābhāvādityāha 〈।〉

263,vi

"akrameṇa grahādante kramavaddhīśca no bhavet // (pratyakṣa) 487 //"

263,vii

"akrameṇa" grahaṇādantyavarṇaniṣpattikāle ca tadgrāhikā "kramavatī dhīrno bhavet" । tataśca na dīrghagrahaṇaṃ । na hyekakālamanekairuccāryamāṇe'nekasminnakārādau dīrghabuddhirbhavet । (487)

2.488

263,viii (PVV_263,viii_264,i)

ekaikabuddhiḥ sakṛdutpannā krameṇāvayavān gṛhṇātyantyāvayavagrahaṇakāle dīrghagrāhiketi cet āha 〈।〉

263,ix

"dhiyaḥ svayañca na sthānaṃ tadūrdhvaviṣayāsthiteḥ // (pratyakṣa) 488 //"

<264>

264,i

"dhiyo"'vayavagrāhikāyā"stasmā"dekāyavagrahaṇā"dūrdhvaṃ" pūrvagṛhītasya viṣayasyā"sthiterhetorna sthānaṃ" sthitiryuktā । (488)

2.489

264,ii (PVV_264,ii_264,iii)

"sthāne svayanna naśyet sā paścādapyaviśeṣataḥ /

doṣoyaṃ sakṛdutpannākramavarṇṇasthitāvapi // (pratyakṣa) 489 //"

264,iii

atha viṣayānavasthānepi "svayama"vinaśvarasvabhāvatayā buddheḥ "sthāne" vā svīkriyamāṇe "paścāda"ntāvayavagrahaṇānantaramapyavinaśvarasvabhāvatayā"'viśeṣato na naśyet" ॥ buddheḥ sakṛdutpannāyāścirāvasthāne yo "doṣaḥ" sarvadā'vināśaprasaṅga ukto'yaṃ "sakṛdutpannā"nāmakramāṇāṃ "varṇṇānāṃ" kramagrāhivijñānotpattikālaṃ yāvada"vasthitāva"pyucyamānāyāṃ boddhavyaḥ । yadi sakṛdutpannā apyavinaśvarasvabhāvatayā kañcitkālamanuvartate tadā ciramapi tatsvabhāvāpracyavādanuvarteran । (489)

2.490

264,iv (PVV_264,iv_265,i)

kiñca 〈।〉

264,v

"sakṛdyatnodbhavād vyarthaḥ syādyatnaścottarottaraḥ /"

264,vi

"sakṛt kṛtādyatnā"ttālvādivyāpārāt varṇṇānā"mutpanna"tvāduttarottaro yatnaśca "vyarthaḥ" syāt ।

<ga. na saṃyogavibhāgadvāreṇa śabdābhivyaktiḥ>

264,vii

yopi manyate 〈।〉 prayatnapreritena vāyunā stimitasya vāyorākāśasaṃyuktasya saṃyogavibhāgakṛtā śabdasyābhivyaktirbhavatīti taṃ pratyāha 〈।〉

264,viii

"vyaktāvapyeṣa varṇṇānāṃ doṣaḥ samanuṣajyate // (pratyakṣa) 490 //"

<265>

265,i

"varṇṇānā"mvāyavīyasaṃyogavibhāgadvāreṇābhi"vyaktāva"pīṣyamāṇāyāmayamanantarokto'kramāṇāṃ sakṛdabhivyakteruttaro yatnaḥ prāṇapreraṇādiko vyarthaḥ syāditi "doṣaḥ samanu"ṣajyate । (490)

2.491

265,ii (PVV_265,ii_265,iv)

syādetad 〈।〉

265,iii

"anekayā tadgrahaṇe yāntyā dhīḥ sānubhūyate /

na dīrghagrāhikā sā ca tanna syāddīrghadhīsmṛtiḥ // (pratyakṣa) 491 //"

265,iv

"anekayā" dhiyā tasyānekāśrayātmakasya varṇṇasya "grahaṇe" kṛte paścād "yāntyā dhī"rantyāvayavagrāhikā "sā" buddhyantareṇā"nubhūyate" tayā dīrghādibuṃddhirbhaviṣyatīti cet । nanvevaṃ pūrvāsāṃ buddhīnāmanekāvayavagrāhikāṇāṃ na buddhyantareṇa graho nāpi svasamvedanena vittiḥ । yā cānubhūyate sā'ntyāvayavagrāhikā dhīḥ "sāpi" hi "na dīrghā"divarṇṇa"grāhikā ta"ttasmā"ddīrghadhīsmṛtirna syāt" । (491)

2.492

265,v (PVV_265,v_265,vi)

"pṛthak pṛthak ca buddhīnāṃ samvittau tad dhvaniḥ śruteḥ /

avicchinnābhatā na syād ghaṭanañca nirākṛtam // (pratyakṣa) 492 //"

265,vi

na hyagṛhītameva smaryate varṇṇāvayavagrāhikāṇāṃ "buddhīnāṃ pṛthak pṛthak" svasvagrāhiṇībhiḥ buddhibhiḥ "saṃvittā"viṣyamāṇāyāñca tad "dhvaniśrute"rdīrghādivarṇṇabuddhera"vicchinnā"bhatā nirantarapratibhāsatā "na syāt" । antarāntarā buddhigrāhiṇībhirbuddhibhiravayavagrāhibuddhīnāṃ vyavadhānāt । svagrāhikābhirbuddhibhirvyavadhānepi buddhīnāṃ laghuvṛttitvāt "ghaṭana"mavyavadhānādhyavasānaṃ "nirākṛta"manyatrāpi samānaṃ tadityādinā (2.135) yathāvayavagrāhikā buddhayo laghuvṛttayaḥ tathā tadgrāhibuddhikāle tadabhāvoṃpi laghuvṛttiriti buddhyavacchedavarṇṇavicchedo'pi manyetetyuktaṃ prāk । (492)

2.493

265,vii (PVV_265,vii_265,ix)

kiñca 〈।〉

265,viii

"vicchinnaṃ śrṛṇvatopyasya yadyavicchinnavibhramaḥ /

hrasvadvayoccāraṇepi syādavicchinnavibhramaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 493 //"

265,ix

"vicchinnaṃ śṛṇvatopi" laghuvṛtte"ryadyavicchinnabhrama"stadā "hrasvadvayoccāraṇepi" laghuvṛttera"vicchinnavibhramaḥ syādi"ti dīrghabuddhirbhavet । (493)

<266>

2.494

266,i (PVV_266,i_266,ii)

"vicchinne darśane cākṣādavicchannādhiropaṇam /

nākṣātsarvākṣabuddhīnāṃ vitathatvaprasaṅgataḥ // (pratyakṣa) 494 //"

266,ii

varṇṇāvayavānāmakṣādindriyā"dvicchinne" svabuddhibhirvyavahite ca vastuto "darśane'kṣādavicchinna"sya darśanasyā"dhiropaṇamāropa" iti na yuktaṃ । eva "sarvā"sā"makṣabuddhīnāṃ" rūpādigrāhiṇīnāṃ "vitathatvaprasaṅgato" na kiñcidabhrāntaṃ syāt । (494)

2.495

<gha. buddherbuddhyantareṇa gṛhīto nāvicchedapratibhāsaḥ>

266,iii (PVV_266,iii_266,v)

buddherbuddhyantareṇa gṛhītāvavicchedapratibhāso nāstīti sopapattikamākhyātumāha 〈।〉

266,iv

"sarvāntyopi hi varṇṇātmā nimeṣatulitasthitiḥ /

sa ca kramādanekāṇusambandhena nitiṣṭhati // (pratyakṣa) 495 //"

266,v

"sarve"ṣāṃ dīrghādīnāmekamātrikatvā"dantyo varṇṇātmā"'kārādi"rnimeṣe"ṇa nayananimīlanena "tulitā"parimitā "sthiti"ryasya sa tathā । sa cākṣinimeṣakālasthāyyakārādi"raneke"ṣāmākāśatamaḥsaṃjñitānāṃ pakṣmamālādvayavarttinā"maṇū"nāṃ "sambandhe"nākramaṇena nimeṣakālasaṃjñitena "kramād bhūyaḥ" kṣaṇavyavadhānā"nnitiṣṭhati" parisamāpyate । etenāntyopi varṇṇo'nekakṣaṇasthāyītyuktaṃ । (495)

2.496

266,vi (PVV_266,vi_266,vii)

"ekāṇvatyayakālaśca kālolpoyān kṣaṇo mataḥ /

buddhiśca kṣaṇikā tasmātkramādvarṇṇānprapadyate // (pratyakṣa) 496 //"

266,vii

"ekasyāṇoratyaya" ākramaṇaṃ sa "kālaḥ" parimāṇaṃ yasya tādṛśaśca "kālo"lpīyān laghutamo bhettumaśakyaḥ "kṣaṇo" bhavet । tāvatkālamātrasthāṣṇutayā "buddhiśca kṣaṇikātasmā"tkṣaṇikatvād buddhiḥ "kramā"tpuna rdhīrvyavahitā bhūyasī bhavantī "varṇṇān pratipadyate" tatkathamavicchinnavarṇṇagrahaḥ saṅgataḥ । (496)

<267>

2.497

267,i (PVV_267,i_267,ii)

"iti varṇṇepi rūpādāvavicchinnāvabhāsinī /

vicchinnāpyanyayā buddhiḥ sarvā syādvitathārthikā // (pratyakṣa) 497 //"

267,ii

"iti" tasmād "varṇṇepi rūpādā"vapi buddhistadgrāhikayā'nyayā dhiyā'ntaritā vastuto "vicchinnāpyavicchinnāvabhāsinī" kutaścinnimitād bhavantī "sarvāvitathārthikā" śūnyā bhrāntiḥ "syāt" । (497)

2.498

267,iii (PVV_267,iii_267,iv)

"ghaṭanaṃ yacca bhāvānāmanyatrendriyavibhramāt /

bhedālakṣaṇavibhrāntaṃ smaraṇantadvikalpakaṃ // (pratyakṣa) 498 //"

267,iv

"yacca bhāvānāṃ" sadṛśāparāpareṣāmutpadyamānānāṃ sa evāyamityekatva"ghaṭanaṃ" tad bhāvānāṃ parasparato "bhedālakṣaṇena vibhrāntaṃ vikalpakaṃ" jñānaṃ "smaraṇaṃ । anyatrendriyavibhramāt" । ataḥ punaralātādiṣu bhrāmyamāṇeṣu cakrādyākāraṃ jñānamutpadyate'sāvindriyakramo nirvikalpaka eva । (498)

2.499

267,v (PVV_267,v_267,vi)

"tasya spaṣṭāvabhāsitvaṃ jalpasaṃsargiṇaḥ kutaḥ //

nākṣagrāhyesti śabdānāṃ yojaneti vivecitam // (pratyakṣa) 499 //"

267,vi

"tasya" vikalpasya "jalpasaṃsargiṇaḥ" śabdasaṃsargavataḥ "spaṣṭāvabhāsitvaṃ" jñeyākāravaiśadyaṃ "kutaḥ" । yasmā"dakṣagrāhye" svalakṣaṇe "śabdānāṃ" saṃketāgrahaṇāt vācakatvena "yojanā" nāstīti "vivecitaṃ" prāk । (499)

2.500

<ṅa. tadā na vicchinnaṃ darśanam>

267,vii (PVV_267,vii_268,iii)

"vicchinnaṃ paśyatopyakṣairghaṭayedyadi kalpanā /"

267,viii

athākṣairindriyajñānaiḥ svajñānavyavahitairaparāparamarthaṃ "vicchinnaṃ paśyatopi" jñānānucarī "kalpanā" tadevedamityekatvena "ghaṭayediti yadyu"cyate 〈।〉

<268>

268,i

tadā vicchinnadarśanameva nāstīti vaktumāha 〈।〉

268,ii

"arthasya tatsaṃvitteśca satataṃ bhāsamānayoḥ // (pratyakṣa) 500 //"

268,iii

"arthasya" grāhyasya "tatsaṃvitteśca" vijātīyāvyavakīrṇṇatvāt । "satataṃ bhāsamānayora"nayoravicchedabhāsanasya 〈।〉 (500)

2.501

268,iv (PVV_268,iv_268,v)

"bādhake'sati sannyāye vicchinne iti tatkutaḥ /

buddhīnāṃ śaktiniyamāditi cetsa kuto mataḥ // (pratyakṣa) 501 //"

268,v

"bādhake" saṃścāsau "nyāyaśca" tasmin pramāṇabhūte bādhake"'satī"tyarthaḥ । te'rthasaṃvittī jñānajñānena "vicchinne iti" yaducyate "tatkutaḥ । buddhīnāme"kaikabuddhijanana"śaktiniyamāt" na grāhyabuddhyā saha tadgrāhikā buddhirbhavati । tato vicchinnatayā'rthadarśana"miti cet । sa" yugapat jñānānutpādaḥ "kuto" hetormataḥ । (501)

2.502

268,vi (PVV_268,vi_268,vii)

"yugapad buddhyadṛṣṭeścet tadevedaṃ vicāryate /"

268,vii

"yugapad bu〈d〉dhyo"rutpannayora"dṛṣṭeścet" yadyadarśanaṃ pramāṇaṃ vicchedasyāpi tadastīti sopyayuktābhyupagamaḥ । atha vicchedādarśanepi vicārāt sā sidhyati tadā "tadevedaṃ yugapad buddhya"darśanamapi bādhyatayā na yugapad buddhyutpādabādhanāsamarthamiti "vicāryate" । tat kimasyopanyāsena ।

<ca. na yugapat cittadvayasaṃpratipattiḥ>

268,viii (PVV_268,viii_268,x)

nanūktaṃ bhagavatā "'sthānametat yat dve citte yugapat saṃpratipadyeyātāmi" ti । tatkathamityāha 〈।〉

268,ix

"tāsāṃ samānajātīye sāmarthyaniyamo bhavet // (pratyakṣa) 502 //"

268,x

"tāsāṃ" buddhīnāṃ vikalpikānāmindriyajānāñca "samānajātīya" ekasmin jñāne karttavye "sāmarthyaniyama"stathā bhagavatā "pratipādito bhavet" । tato grāhyagrāhakamasamānajātīyaṃ buddhidvayamapi saha jāyeta । samānajātīyantu na saha jāyate । (502)

<269>

2.503–2.504

269,i (PVV_269,i_269,iii)

"tathā hi samyak lakṣyante vikalpāḥ kramabhāvinaḥ /"

269,ii

"tathā hi vikalpāḥ kramabhāvinaḥ samyag lakṣyante" । indriyajñānāni ca samānajātīyāni kramavanti ca dṛśyante । vikalpendriyajñāne cakṣuḥśrotrādijñāne ca sahotpadya(te)〈nte〉 ।

<(4) pratyabhijñācintā>

<ka. ekatvamantareṇa pratyabhijñānam>

269,iii

"etena yaḥ samakṣerthe pratyabhijñānakalpanām // (pratyakṣa) 503 //

spaṣṭāvabhāsāṃ pratyakṣāṃ kalpayet sopi vāritaḥ //"

269,iv (PVV_269,iv_269,vii)

"etena" vikalpāvikalpayoḥ sahotpādena yo "mīmāṃsakaḥ samakṣe" pratyakṣe"'rthe sa" evāyamityekatvaviṣayāṃ "pratyabhijñānākhyāṃ kalpanāṃ" (503) "spaṣṭapratibhāsāṃ pratyakṣāṃ" pramāṇaṃ "kalpayet sopi nivāritaḥ" । vikalpo hi vikalpitārthagocaratvādaspaṣṭapratibhāsa eva । vi(ṣa)<?>〈śa〉dapratibhāsanendriyajñānena sahabhāvitvāt spaṣṭagrāhyāropo'dhyavasīyate ।

269,v

kiñcaikatvamantareṇāpi pratyabhijñānaṃ dṛśyate iti darśayannāha 〈।〉

269,vi

"keśagolakadīpādāvapi svaṣṭāvabhāsanāt // (pratyakṣa) 504 //"

269,vii

lūnapunarjāte "keśādau" māyākāradarśite "golakādau" kṣaṇavināśi"dīpādau । spaṣṭāvabhāsanāt" । (504)

2.505

269,viii (PVV_269,viii_269,ix)

"pratītabhedepyadhyakṣā dhīḥ kathantādṛśī bhavet //

tasmānna pratyabhijñānādvarṇṇādyekatvaniścayaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 505 //"

269,ix

pratyakṣāt "pratīte bhede" sā pratyabhijñā "tādṛśī" ekatvādhyavasāyinī dṛśyamānā"dhyakṣā dhīḥ kathaṃ bhavet" । prāpnoti ca pratyabhijñā pratyakṣavādino mate । "tasmānnāsti pratyabhijñānād varṇṇādye katvaniścayaḥ" । (505)

<270>

2.506

270,i (PVV_270,i_270,ii)

"pūrvānubhūtasmaraṇāttaddharmāropaṇādvinā /

sa evāyamiti jñānaṃ nāsti taccākṣaje kutaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 506 //"

270,ii

yasamā"tpūrvānubhūtasyārthasya" smaraṇā"ttaddharmasya" vidyamānatve"nāropaṇāt vinā sa evāyamiti" jñānamekatvaviṣayaṃ nāsti 〈।〉 tacca pūrvānubhūtasmaraṇaṃ taddharmāropaṇañcākṣaje vartamānavastubalabhāvini kutaḥ sambhavati । (506)

2.507–2.508

<kha. avicchinnaṃ varṇādidarśanam>

270,iii (PVV_270,iii_270,v)

syādetad 〈।〉 arthajñānayoryugapatsambhave satyavicchinnaṃ varṇṇādidarśanaṃ syādityāha 〈।〉

270,iv

"na cārthajñānasamvityoryugapatsambhavo yataḥ /

lakṣyete pratibhāsau dvau nārthārthajñānayoḥ pṛthak // (pratyakṣa) 507 //

na hyarthābhāsi ca jñānamartho bāhyaśca kevalaḥ /"

270,v

na cārthajñānayorye samvittī tayo"ryugapatsambhavo"sti 〈।〉 yatorthasyā"rthajñāna"sya dvau "pratibhāsau pṛthagna" bhedana "lakṣyate" । (507) na hya"rthābhāsi" tat "jñānaṃ । artho bāhyaśca kevelo" buddhivyatirikta iti dvau pratibhāsau sambhavataḥ ।

270,vi (PVV_270,vi_270,viii)

syādetat । arthajñānajñānayorbhinnāveva pratibhāsau kevalaṃ taduttarayā vikalpabuddhyā ekatvena gṛhyete atrāha 〈।〉

270,vii

"ekākāramatigrāhye bhedābhāvaprasaṅgataḥ // (pratyakṣa) 508 //"

270,viii

"ekākārayā matyā" vikalpikayā "grāhye"'rthajñānayorjñāne yadi tadā tayorbhedasyā"bhāvaprasaṅgata" ekatvamevābhyupagantavyaṃ । arthajñānajñānayoḥ pratibhāsa"bhedābhāvāt" । (508)

2.509

270,ix (PVV_270,ix_271,i)

"sūpalakṣeṇa bhedena yau samvittau na lakṣitau /

arthārthapratyayau paścāt smaryete tau pṛthak katham // (pratyakṣa) 509 //"

<271>

271,i

arthaścārthapratyayaścā"rthārthapratyayau sūpalakṣeṇa bhedena saṃvittāvanubhave, na lakṣitau । tau paścāt kālāntare pṛthag" bhedenāyamartho'rthajñā nañcedamiti "kathaṃ smaryete" yugapadarthaṃjñānatajjñānayorutpāde pratibhāsanānātvaprasaṅgāt । (509)

2.510

271,ii (PVV_271,ii_271,iii)

"krameṇānubhavotpādepyarthārthamanasorayam /

pratibhāsasya nānātvacodyadoṣo duruddharaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 510 //"

271,iii

arthārthamanasoḥ "krameṇānubhavotpādepīṣyamāṇe'yaṃ pratibhāsasya nānātvacodya"lakṣaṇo "doṣo duruddharaḥ" । dvayapratibhāsasya krameṇābhyupagamāt । (510)

2.511–2.512

271,iv (PVV_271,iv_271,v)

"arthasaṃvedanaṃ tāvattatorthābhāsavedanam /

na hi saṃvedanaṃ śuddhaṃ bhavedarthasya vedanam // (pratyakṣa) 511 //

tathā hi nīlādyākāra eka ekaṃ ca vedanam /

lakṣyate na tu nīlābhe vedane vedanaṃ param // (pratyakṣa) 512 //"

271,v

na cārthajñānaṃ jñānañca kadācid bhedena pratīyate । (511) "tathā hi nīlādyākāra eko" grāhyatayā "ekañca" tadgrāhakaṃ "vedanaṃ lakṣyate na tu nīlābhe vedane" pṛthag grāhaka"maparaṃ vedanaṃ" lakṣyate । tasmājjñānasya viditasyānyenānubhavāsambhave svavedanameva taditi vyavatiṣṭhate ॥ (512)

2.513–2.514

271,vi (PVV_271,vi_271,viii)

kiñca 〈।〉

271,vii

"jñānāntareṇānubhavo bhavettatrāpi ca smṛtiḥ /

dṛṣṭā; tadvedanaṃ kena tasyāpyanyena cet;"

271,viii

nīlādiviṣayasya jñānasya "jñānāntareṇānubhavo bhavet । tatrāpi jñāna"jñānepi hi"smṛti"rdṛṣṭa । yadā jñānāntarālambakaṃ jñānaṃ krameṇa smaryate na cāgu<272>hītaṃ smaryate iti tasya jñānajñānasya vedanaṃ vaktavyaṃ । "tat kenāstu vedanaṃ" yadi svasamvedanena "tadā pūrvakasyāpi" tathā sthitirvyarthamanyena vedanāṅgīkaraṇaṃ 〈।〉 "tasyāpyanyena cedvedanaṃ" tadā 〈।〉

272,i (PVV_272,i_272,ii)

"imām // (pratyakṣa) 513 //

mālāṃ jñānavidāṃ koyaṃ janayatyanubandhinīm //

pūrvā dhīḥ saiva cenna syātsañcāro viṣayāntare // (pratyakṣa) 514 //"

272,ii

jñānavṛttīnāmi"māṃ" (513) "mālāmanubandhinīṃ" prabandhapravṛttāṃ "ko janayati । na" tāvadarthendriyādisāmagrī tasyā arthajñānamātrajananavyāpāratvāt । "saiva" grāhyā "dhīḥ" pūrvikā svagrāhikāṃ dhiyaṃ janayati sā ca svagrāhikāmiti । prabandhapravṛttiriti "cet" । evaṃ sati svakāraṇagrahaṇapravaṇatvā"dviṣayāntare" jñānādanyasminnarthe "sañcāro" grāhakatvena pravṛttirna "syāt" । (514)

2.515

272,iii (PVV_272,iii_272,v)

tathā hi 〈।〉

272,iv

"tāṃ grāhyalakṣaṇaprāptāmāsannāṃ janikāṃ dhiyam /

agṛhītvottaraṃ jñānaṃ gṛhṇīyādaparaṃ katham // (pratyakṣa) 515 //"

272,v

"janikāṃ dhiyamāsannāṃ grāhyalakṣaṇaprāptā"magṛhītvottaraṃ "jñānamaparaṃ" viṣayaṃ"kathaṃ gṛhṇīyāt" । (515)

2.516

272,vi (PVV_272,vi_272,viii)

pratyāsannenārthena pratibaddhaśaktitvāt pūrvā dhīrarthagrāhakameva jñānaṃ janayati na svagrāhakamiti cet । āha 〈।〉

272,vii

"ātmani jñānajanane svabhāve niyatāñca tām /

ko nāmānyo vibadhnīyād bahiraṅge'ntaraṅgikām // (pratyakṣa) 516 //"

272,viii

"ātmani vijñānajanane" svagrāhakajñānotpādake "svabhāvo niyatāṃ" vyavasthitāṃ ca tāmimāma"ntaraṅgikāmanya"nirapekṣatvāt "ko nāmānyortho bahiraṅgaḥ" svajñānajanane cakṣurmanaskārādyapekṣitvā"dvibadhnīyāt" । svagrāhakajñānajananapravṛttāṃ tiraskuryyāt । yena viṣayāntarasañcāro dhiyaḥ syāt । (516)

2.517

272,ix (PVV_272,ix_273,i)

"bāhyaḥ sannihitopyarthaḥ tāṃ vibadhnan hi na prabhuḥ /

dhiyaṃ nānubhavet kaścidanyathārthasya sannidhau // (pratyakṣa) 517 //"

<273>

273,i

tasmādvā"hyaḥ sannihitopyarthastāṃ" svagrāhakajñānajanane śaktāṃ "dhiyaṃ vibadhnan" pratihātuṃ "na" prabhuḥ śaktaḥ । "anyathā" yadyevaṃ nābhyupagamyate "tadārthasya sannidhau" tat jñānasyaivotpādanāt jñānajñānasyānutpādāddhiyaṃ kaścinnānubhavet । (517)

2.518

273,ii (PVV_273,ii_273,iii)

"na cāsannihitārthāsti daśā kācidato dhiyaḥ /

utkhātamūlā smṛtirapyutsannetyujjvalaṃ matam // (pratyakṣa) 518 //"

273,iii

"na ca kāciddaśā sannihitārthā<?> <?>sti" yatra jñānajñānamutpadyeta nārthajñānamiti na syādanubhavo buddheḥ । tasmād "dhiyaḥ smṛtirapyu tkhātamūlā utsannā" buddhismaraṇasya hi mūlaṃ buddhyanubhava "iti" jñānānanubhave kutaḥ smaraṇamiti jñānāntareṇa jñānānubhavavādinā"mujjvalaṃ matami"tyupahasati । (518) kiñca 〈।〉

2.519

273,iv (PVV_273,iv_273,v)

"atītādivikalpānāṃ yeṣāṃ nārthasya sannidhiḥ /

sañcārakaraṇābhāvādutsīdedarthacintanam // (pratyakṣa) 519 //"

273,v

yeṣāmatītādyarthaṃviṣayāṇāṃ vikalpānāmarthasya sannidhirnāsti yaḥ pūrvakasya jñānasya svagrāhakajñānajananaśaktiṃ pratibadhnīyāt yena viṣayāntaragrāhiṇo vikalpāḥ syuḥ । tatra sañcārakāraṇasyārthasya vikalpaviṣayasyābhāvāt kasyaci"datītāderartha"sya cintanaṃ "vikalpanamutsīde"t । (519)

2.520–2.521

273,vi (PVV_273,vi_273,ix)

syādetat 〈।〉

273,vii

"ātmavijñānajanane śaktisaṃkṣayataḥ śanaiḥ /

viṣayāntarasañcāro yadi;"

273,viii

tajjñānānāmā"tmani" grāhaka"jñānajanane śanaiḥ" krameṇa svagrāhakajñānajanikāyāḥ "śakteḥ saṃkṣayataḥ" tathābhūtajñānānutpattau "viṣayāntare sañcāro" jñānapravṛtti"ryadi" kathyate ।

273,ix

"saivārthadhīḥ kutaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 520 //

śaktikṣaye pūrvadhiyo na hi dhīḥ prāgdhiyāṃ vinā /"

273,x (PVV_273,x_274,i)

tadā pūrvadhiyaḥ śaktikṣaye sati "saivārtha"grāhikā "dhīḥ kuto" jāyate । (520) na hi prāgdhiyā pūrvikāṃ dhiyaṃ samarthāṃ vinottaramarthajñānamutpadyate ।

273,xi

"anyārthāśaktiviguṇe jñāne jñānodayāgateḥ // (pratyakṣa) 521 //"

<274>

274,i

yadi ca sāśaktatvāt svagrāhikāṃ dhiyaṃ karttumasamarthārthadhiyamapi na kuryyāt । tathā hyanyasmi"nnarthe āsakti"rabhiṣvaṅgastayā "viguṇe" pūrve "vijñāne" taduttarasya "jñānasyodayāgateḥ" janmāpratīteḥ pūrvabuddheḥ sāmarthyāduttarabuddherjanmeti niścīyate 〈।〉 tataḥ samarthā pūrvabuddhiḥ svagrāhiṇīmeva dhiyaṃ janayet । tatra parāpekṣāvirahāt । (521)

2.522

274,ii (PVV_274,ii_274,iv)

nanvālayavijñānāt sakṛt ṣaṭ pravṛttivijñānāni jāyanta itīṣyate tatatsānyarthāśaktivaiguṇyepi pūrvacetasa ālayajñānāntaraṃ jāyeran ālayajñānasyāvyāhataśaktitvādityāha 〈।〉

274,iii

"sakṛdvijātīyajātāvapyekena paṭīyasā /

cittenāhitavaiguṇyādālayānnānyasambhavaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 522 //"

274,iv

sakṛdvijātīyānāṃ pravṛtijñānānāṃ jātāvapyālayajñānādiṣṭāyāmekena cittena "svaviṣayāsaktena" paṭīyasā viṣayāntarajñānajananaṃ pratyāhitamāropitaṃ "vaiguṇyaṃ yasya tasmādālayādanya"sya viṣayāntaragrāhijñānasya "sambhavo na" bhavati । (522)

2.523

274,v (PVV_274,v_274,vii)

na hyālayajñānamityeva pravṛttijñānāni bhavanti 〈।〉 kintu manaskārasādguṇyama"pekṣante'nyathā" yadyevaṃ neṣyate tadā 〈।〉

274,vi

"nāpekṣetānyathā sāmyaṃ manovṛttermanontaram /

manojñānakramotpattirapyapekṣāprasādhanī // (pratyakṣa) 523 //"

274,vii

"manasaḥ samanantara"pratyayasya vṛtteḥ "sāmyama"rthāntarānāsaktatvenānukūlyamutpitsu "mano'ntaraṃ nāpekṣe"ta । apekṣate ca । tato manaskārānukūlatāsāpekṣādālayāt jñānotpattiḥ । tathā "manojñānānāṃ" vikalpānāṃ "krameṇotpatti"ryugapadanutpādo"pyu"ttarajñānānāṃ "pūrvajñānāpekṣā prasādhanī" । (523)

2.524

274,viii (PVV_274,viii_275,i)

"ekatvānmanasonyasminsaktasyānyāgateryadi /

jñānāntarasyānudayo na kadācitsahodayāt // (pratyakṣa) 524 //"

<275>

275,i

aviguṇapūrvajñānānapekṣāyāmālayādindriyajñānānīva vikalpajñānānyapi saha jāyeran । aṇuparimāṇasya nityasyaikasya "manaso'nyasminni"ndriye "saktasyānyatrendriyānta"re'gateragamanādindriyāntarajasya "jñānāntarasyānudayo" yadi sammataḥ । so pi na yuktaḥ । "kadācid" nartakīdṛṣṭyavasthādiṣvanekaviṣayasannipāte cakṣurādijñānānāṃ sahodayāt ।(524)

2.525

275,ii (PVV_275,ii_275,iv)

yadā ca na paṭīyān kaścidviṣayaḥ pratyupatiṣṭhate puruṣasya ca na kvacidviśeṣeṇecchā bhavati tadā 〈।〉

275,iii

"samavṛttau ca tulyattvātsarvadānyāgatirbhavet /

janma cātmamanoyogamātrajānāṃ sakṛd bhavet // (pratyakṣa) 525 //"

275,iv

arthapuruṣecchāyāḥ "samā"yāṃ sādhāraṇāyāṃ "vṛttau ca" manasa ekendriyasambaddhasya tulyatvādviṣayāntare prerakābhāvāt udāsīnatvāt "sarvadā" tadindriyajñānotpattau satyā"manya"syendriyāntarajñānajñeyasyā"gatirbhavet" pratītirna syāt । asti ca kvacidanāsaktasya viṣayāntareṣvekasyāpyanekārthadarśanaṃ ।"ātmamanoyogamātrajānāṃ" viṣayānirapekṣāṇāṃ sukhādijñānānāmindriyamanoyogaviśeṣasya niyāmakasyābhāvāt "sakṛd" vā "janma" syā t । (225)

2.526

275,v (PVV_275,v_275,vi)

"ekaiva caitkriyaikaḥ syāt kindīpo'nekadarśanaḥ /

krameṇāpi na śaktaṃ syātpaścādapyaviśeṣataḥ // (pratyakṣa) 526 //"

275,vi

na hi rūpādibuddhīnāmeva sukhādibuddhīnāmindriyamanoyogaviśeṣāt pratiniyamaḥ śakyo vaktuṃ ekasmānmanasa "ekaiva" sukhādibuddhilakṣaṇā "kriyā" jāyate na ca dve iti "cet" । yadyevaṃ "kiṃ" kasmā"ddīpa" eko'"nekadarśano"'nekadraṣṭṛjñānajanakaḥ । draṣṭura<276>nekatvādekopyanekajñānajanaka iti cet । jñeyasyānekatvāttadgrāhakānekajñāna janakopi syāditi samānaṃ । kiñca 〈।〉 mano nityamekadāpi sarvajñānajananaśaktaṃ na vā । śaktañcet sarvajñānāni sakṛt kuryāt । aśaktañcet । "krameṇāpi" tajjanane "na śaktaṃ" syāt । pūrvāvasthitasyāśaktasya rūpasya "paścādapyaviśeṣato viśeṣābhāvāt" । (526)

2.527

276,i (PVV_276,i_276,ii)

"anena dehapuruṣāvuktau saṃskārato yadi /

niyamaḥ sa kutaḥ paścāt buddheścedastu sammatam // (pratyakṣa) 527 //"

276,ii

"anena" manasaḥ śaktatvāśaktatvavikalpāddoṣadvayena "dehapuruṣau" śarīrātmānā"vuktāvu"ktottarau । tayorapi tathāvikalpe tathādoṣasadbhāvāt jñānajātajñānahetoḥ "saṃskārato" buddhīnāmasakṛd"bhāvaniyamo yadīṣṭa"stadā saṃskārasya "kutaḥ paścā du"tpanno buddhīrniyamayet । buddheḥ pūrvikāyā upapadyata iti cet 〈।〉 astu pūrvasyā "buddhe"rvāsanāsaṃjñakasya saṃskāraḥ sa buddhyātmano janma "sammata"masmākaṃ 〈।〉 tathā ca yaduktaṃ na hi dhīḥ prāg dhiyā vine(2.521)ti tadeva prasādhitaṃ syāt । tataśca buddherbuddhyantarajanmanaḥ sāmarthyāduttarayā dhiyā pūrvabuddhirgṛhyeteti na syādviṣayāntarasañcārosyāḥ । (527)

2.528

276,iii (PVV_276,iii_276,v)

syādetat । buddherupādānatāmātraṃ buddhyantaraṃ prati na tadgrāhyatā tato viṣayāntarasañcāro bhavedityāha 〈।〉

276,iv

"na grāhyatānyā jananājjananaṃ grāhyalakṣaṇam /

agrāhyaṃ na hi tejosti;"

276,v

"na" buddhyantara"jananādanyā" tadgrāhyatā । kintarhi jananameva "grāhyasya lakṣaṇaṃ" । taccedasti kuto grāhyatāyā abhāvaḥ 〈।〉 "na hi tejo" jyotirbuddherjanakatayā'<277>"grāhyamasti" । tasmādidameva buddhiṃ prati grāhyatvaṃ grāhyasya yattat jñānaṃ nāma ॥

277,i (PVV_277,i_277,iii)

nanu ca tejaso buddhijanakasya sūkṣmo vyavahitaḥ sannihitataraśca kaścidavayavo yathā na gṛhyate tathā janikāpi buddhirna gṛhyetetyāha ।

277,ii

"na ca saukṣmyādyanaṃśake // (pratyakṣa) 528 //"

277,iii

"anaṃśake" niravayave jñāne "saukṣmyaṃ" sūkṣmatvaṃ nāsti । ādiśabdāt svasantānavartitvāvyavadhānātyāsattyādayaścānupala〈mbha〉hetavo na santi । (528)

2.529

277,iv (PVV_277,iv_277,vi)

syādetat 〈।〉 jñānasya dve śaktī jñānajananaśaktirgrāhyatāśaktiścatatra krameṇa grāhyatāśaktihānau jananaśaktimātramavatiṣṭhata ityāha 〈।〉

277,v

"grāhyatāśaktihāniḥ syāt nānyasya jananātmanaḥ /

grāhyatāyā na khalvanyajjananaṃ grāhyalakṣaṇe // (pratyakṣa) 529 //"

277,vi

"anyasya" jñānakāryabhūta"jananātmano" janakasvabhāvasya pūrvajñānasya "grāhyatāśaktihānirna syāt" । jananasya grāhyalakṣaṇatvāttasya ca sattvāt । tathāhi "grāhyalakṣaṇe"'kṣavidyupalabhyamāne"na khalu grāhyatāyā anyat" sākṣā"jjjananaṃ" । yadevottarottarajñānasya sākṣājjananaṃ tadeva tadgrāhyatvaṃ 〈।〉 tato jananasattve nāsti grāhyatvahāniḥ । (529)

2.530

277,vii (PVV_277,vii_277,viii)

"sākṣānna hyanyathā buddhe rūpādirupakārakaḥ /

grāhyatālakṣaṇādanyastadbhāvaniyamosya kaḥ // (pratyakṣa) 530 //"

277,viii

na "hyanyathā sākṣā"jjananādanyena prakāreṇa "rūpādirdṛ"śyamāno "buddhe"rgrāhikāyā "upakārakaḥ" । parasparopakāriṇopi grāhyatve rūpakāraṇagrahaṇamapi syāt । anupakārakasya grāhyatve sarvagrahaṇaprasaṅgaḥ । tasmā"dasya" rūpāde"rgrāhyatālakṣaṇādde"śādyaviprakarṣiṇaḥ sākṣājjanakatvādanyaḥ "kastadbhāvaniyamo" grāhyatvaniyamaḥ । (530)

2.531

277,ix (PVV_277,ix_278,i)

"buddherapi tadastīti sāpi sattve vyavasthitā /

grāhyopādānasaṃvittī cetaso grāhyalakṣaṇam // (pratyakṣa) 531 //"

<278>

278,i

"tatsākṣā"jjanakatvalakṣaṇaṃ grāhyatvaṃ "buddherapyastīti sā"pyuttarabuddhijanikā "tathaiva" tadgrāhyatve "vyavasthitā" rūpādiṣu kāraṇatvepi deśādyaviprakarṣaścakṣurādyupayogañcāpekṣya tadgrāhyateṣyate । "ceta"sastu deśādiviprakarṣābhāvāccaśrurādyupayogābhāvācca grāhiṇo jñānasyopādānamupādānakāraṇatā samvittiranubhavātmatā te "grāhyalakṣaṇaṃ" । svasamvedanasvabhāvatāyāṃ satyāmupādānakāraṇatottarabuddhigrāhyatetyarthaḥ । (531)

2.532

<(5) ka. yogināṃ jñānam>

278,ii (PVV_278,ii_278,iv)

nanu sūkṣmavyavahitāsannarūpādyanupādānañca jñānañcenna grāhyaṃ tadā kathaṃ yogināṃ teṣāṃ grahaṇamityāha 〈।〉

278,iii

"rūpādeścetasaścaivamaviśuddhadhiyaṃ prati /

grāhyalakṣaṇacinteyamacintyā yogināṃ gatiḥ // (pratyakṣa) 532 //"

278,iv

rūpāderasūkṣmasyāvyavadhānādiviśiṣṭasya buddhikāraṇatvaṃ । "cetasaścānubha"vātmatve satyupādānatā grāhyatvamiti । evamanena prakāreṇa "grāhyalakṣaṇacinteyaṃ" prakrāntā "aśuddhadhiyaṃ" vāsanopaplutabuddhimadarvāgdarśinaṃ janaṃ prati na tu viśiṣṭabuddhīn yoginaḥ prati 〈।〉 yasmā"dyogināṃ" sūkṣmavyavahitaparacittadigatiracintyā । bhāvasattāmātraṃ yogijñānāpekṣyaṃ grāhyalakṣaṇamityarthaḥ । (532)

2.533

278,v (PVV_278,v_278,vi)

"tatra sūkṣmādibhāvena grāhyamagrāhyatāṃ vrajet /

rūpādi buddheḥ ki jātaṃ paścād yat prāṅ na vidyate // (pratyakṣa) 533 //"

278,vi

"tatrai"tādṛśe grāhyalakṣaṇadvaye sthite sati rūpaṃ sthūlamavyavadhānādibhāve sati "grāhyaṃ" satpaścāt "sūkṣmādibhāvenāgrāhyatāṃ vra"jediti yujyata evaitat । buddherekadā grāhyāyāḥ "paścāda"grahaṇakāle "kiṃ" sūkṣmatvādyagrāhyatākāraṇaṃ "jātaṃ yat prāgu"palambhakāle "na vidyate" । na hi svasantānavartitanaśceso niravayavasya sarvadā kiñci<279>dupalambhakāraṇamasti । tāduśasya yadyanupalambhaḥ kadācinnopalabhyeta । upalabhyate ceha kadācitsarvadopalambhaprasaṅgaḥ ॥ (533)

2.534

279,i (PVV_279,i_279,ii)

"sati svadhīgrahe tasmātsaivānantarahetutā /

cetaso grāhyatā saiva tato nārthāntare gatiḥ // (pratyakṣa) 534 //"

279,ii

"tasmā"ccittāntareṇa "svadhīgrahe sati cetaso" yaivāna"ntarahetutā" buddhyantaraṃ prati "saiva grāhyatā" sā ca nāpaiti "tata" uttarottarabuddheḥ pūrvapūrvabuddhigrahaṇameva vyāpāraityarthā"ntare" na syā"d gatiḥ" ॥ (534)

2.535

<kha. grāhyatāśaktihānādapi na jananaśaktiḥ>

279,iii (PVV_279,iii_279,vi)

nanu bhāvā anekaśaktiyogādanekakāryakāriṇa ekaśaktiyogādekakāryakāriṇaḥ tat jñānasya grāhyatāśaktirapyanyā । anyā ca jananaśaktiḥ । tato grāhyatāśaktihānādapi jananaśaktirbhaviṣyatītyāha 〈।〉

279,iv

"nānaikaśaktyabhāvepi bhāvo nānaikakāryakṛt /

prakṛtyaiveti gaditaṃ; nānaikasmānna cedbhavet // (pratyakṣa) 535 //"

279,v

"nānaikaśaktyabhāvepi" bhāvavyatiriktā'nekāsāṃ śaktīnāmekasyāśca śakterabhāvepi bhāvaḥ svahetornānaikakāryakāraṇasvabhāvatayotpanno "nānaikakāryakṛt prakṛtyaiva" bhavatī"ti gadi taṃ" ।

279,vi

nanu nānaikaṃ kāryamekasmātkāraṇānna bhavetsiddhāntavirodhāditi cet । (535)

2.536

<(6) hetusāmagryāḥ sarvasambhavaḥ>

279,vii (PVV_279,vii_280,i)

"na kiñcidekamekasmātsāmagrayāḥ sarvasambhavaḥ /"

279,viii

sattyametanna kiñci"tkārya"mekasmātkāraṇājjāyate kintu sāmagryā janmānekopādānasahakāribhāvasañcayātmikāyāḥ sarvasyaikasyānekasya ca kāryasya sambhavaḥ ।

279,ix

kathantarhyekamanekasyaṃ heturucyata ityāha 〈।〉

279,x

"ekaṃ syādapi sāmagryorityuktaṃ tadanekakṛt // (pratyakṣa) 536 //"

<280>

280,i

cakṣurūpālokamanaskārādiṣu jāyamānarūpakṣaṇendriyajñānakāryadvayāpekṣayā'vāntarabhintasāmagryorekasya rūpasyopādānasahakāribhāvenopayogāt ekasmādapyanekaṃ kāryaṃ jāyata iti tata ekamanekakāryakṛdityucyate 〈।〉 na tvekasmādasahāyādanekaṃ kāryaṃ jāyate ityabhiprāyāt (536)

2.537–2.538

280,ii (PVV_280,ii_280,viii)

syādetat 〈।〉

280,iii

"arthaṃ pūrvañca vijñānaṃ gṛhṇīyād yadi dhīḥ parā /"

280,iv

"dhī"rjāyamānā "pūrvañca vijñānamarthañca" tatkālasannipatitaṃ yadi "gṛhṇīyāt" tadā viṣayāntarasañcāraḥ sambhavet । atrāha 〈।〉

280,v

"abhilāpadvayaṃ nityaṃ syād dṛṣṭakramamakramam // (pratyakṣa) 537 //"

280,vi

pūrvagṛhītasya varṇṇasya cintādāvādiśabdāt pratyakṣepyekasmin "cetasi" dṛṣṭaḥ kramo yasya tat dṛṣṭakrama"mabhilāpadvayaṃ" varṇṇadvayaṃ "nityama"kramaṃ "syāt" yugapatpratīyetetyarthaḥ । (537) kiṃ kāraṇamityāha 〈।〉 "pūrvāparārthabhāsitvāt cintādi"jñānena hi pūrvavarṇṇagrāhakajñānaṃ gṛhyeta iti tatpratibhāsī varṇṇo gṛhyeta । tatkālopanipatitaścānyo varṇṇa iti kramopalabhyayoryugapad grahaṇaprasaṅgaḥ ।

280,vii

"dvirdvirekaṃ ca bhāseta bhāsanādātmataddhiyoḥ // (pratyakṣa) 538 //"

280,viii

ekañca varṇṇādi"rdvirdvirbhāseta" । ātmataddhiyorbhāsanāt । taddarśane tat jñānadarśane tu tadṛṣṭamiti dvidhā darśanaprasaṅgaḥ । (538)

2.539

<(7) ātmānubhūtaṃ pratyakṣam>

280,ix (PVV_280,ix_280,x)

"viṣayāntarasañcāre yadyantyannānubhūyate /

parānubhūtavatsarvānanubhūtiḥ prasajyate // (pratyakṣa) 539 //"

280,x

atha viṣayajñāne vṛtte tajjñāne cotpanne viṣayadarśanasya niṣpannatvāt <281> jñānāntaraṃ viṣayāntaragrāhakamiti syā"dviṣayāntarasañcāra" ityabhimate "yadyantyaṃ" jñānaṃ jñānānubhavitṛ "nānubhūyate" tadā "sarva"syārthasya tat jñānasya "cānanubhūtiḥ prasajyate" parānubhūtavat । puruṣāntarānubhūtārthatajjñānayoriva (539) ।

2.540

281,i (PVV_281,i_281,iii)

nanu ātmanā'nubhūtamarthaṃ tat jñānaṃ pratyakṣaṃ na parairanubhūtamiti yadyucyate ।

281,ii

"ātmānubhūtaṃ pratyakṣaṃ nānubhūtaṃ paraiḥ yadi /

ātmānubhūtiḥ sā siddhā kuto yenaivamucyate // (pratyakṣa) 540 //"

281,iii

nanvantyajñānānanubhave'rthajñānasyānanubhavāt । tadanubhavābhāve "cārthānubhavāsiddherātmānubhūtiḥ sā kutaḥ siddhā । yenaivamucyate । ātmānubhūtaṃ pratyakṣaṃ" na parānubhūtamiti । (540)

2.541

281,iv (PVV_281,iv_281,vi)

nanu cakṣurādāvanarthabhūte cakṣurādinā rūpādyanubhūtamiti yathā tathā jñānānanubhavepyartho jñāta iti bhaviṣyatītyāha 〈।〉

281,v

"vyaktihetvaprasiddhiḥ syāt na vyaktervyaktamicchataḥ /

vyaktyasiddhāvapi vyaktaṃ yadi vyaktamidaṃ jagat // (pratyakṣa) 541 //"

281,vi

arthavya"ktiheto"ścakṣurāderarthadarśanepya"prasiddhira"vyaktiḥ syāt yato na kāraṇadarśanapūrvakaṃ kāryadarśanaṃ । "na tu vyakte"rūpalabdhervya"ktamarthamicchato" vyaktyasiddhiryuktā । "yadi" puna"rvyakterasiddhāvapi vyaktaṃ" vastūcyate tadā sarva"midaṃ jagad vyaktaṃ" syāt । avyaktavyaktikatvena viśeṣābhāvāttathā hyartho na sattāmātreṇa pratīta ucyate । pratipattisaṃyogāt 〈।〉 nāpi jñānasattāmātreṇa paracittajñānenāpi saṃvedanaprasaṅgāt kintu jñānānubhavenārthapratītirvācyā । na cānyena samvedanaṃ jñānasyopapapadyata iti svaprakāśameva svabhāvatastadvaktavyamiti svasamvedanasiddhiriti ।(541)

<ācāryaśrīmanorathanandikṛtāyāṃ vārttikavṛttau pratyakṣaparicchedo dvitīyaḥ ॥>

<282>

3

<tṛtīyaḥ paricchedaḥ>

<svārthānumānaṃ>

3.0

282,i (PVV_282,i)

pratyakṣamākhyāyāvasaraprāptamanumānamidānīmvaktavyaṃ 〈।〉 tacca dvividhaṃ 〈।〉 svārthaṃ parārthañca । tatra svārthamidānīṃ vaktavyaṃ etatpūrvakatvāt parārthasya ।

<3.1 hetucintā>

<(1) hetulakṣaṇam>

3.1

282,ii (PVV_282,ii_282,iv)

talliṅge vipratipattayaḥ santīti tāsāṃ nirākaraṇena tadvyavasthāpanārthamāha ।

282,iii

"pakṣadharmastadaṃśena vyāpto hetuḥ ;"

282,iv

pakṣo dharmidharmasamudāyonumeyaḥ । tadekadeśatvādupacāreṇa dharmī pakṣa uktaḥ । tasya dharmaḥ 〈।〉 anena pakṣadharmatvamuktaṃ । dharmidharmo heturityanumāne sarvasya dharmmidharmmo hetuḥ syādityupacārāśrayaṇaṃ । tathā cākṣuṣatvādiḥ śabde dharmiṇi na hetuḥ । tadaṃśena pakṣasya dharmeṇa sisādhayiṣitena vyāpto heturboddhavyaḥ । dvividhā ceyaṃ vyāptirvyāpakavyāpyadharmatayā । tatra vyāpye sati vyāpakasyāvaśyambhāvastasya vyāptiḥ । vyāpyasya ca vyāpaka eva sati bhāvo nāma tasya vyāptiḥ । ābhyāṃ <283> yathākramamanvayavyatirekāvuktau । vyāpyasadbhāve vyāpakasya satvaniyamasyānvayarūpatvāt । vyāpakābhāve vyāpyābhāvasya ca vyatirekarūpatvāt 〈।〉

<(2) hetustridhā>

283,i (PVV_283,i_283,iv)

etena trirūpatvaṃ hetorlakṣaṇamuktaṃ ॥

283,ii

"tridhaiva saḥ /"

283,iii

"tridhaiva" triprakāra eva kāryasvabhāvānupalambhabhedena "sa hetuḥ । yathāgniratra" dhamāt । vṛkṣavyavahārayogyoyaṃ śiṃśapātvāt । neha pradeśe ghaṭa upalabdhilakṣaṇaprāptasyānupalabdheriti saṃkhyāniyama uktaḥ ।

283,iv

kasmāt punastrividha eva heturityāha ।

283,v (PVV_283,v_283,ix)

"avinābhāvaniyamāt;"

283,vi

"avinābhāvasya" sādhyāvyabhicāritvasya trividha eva hetau "niyamāt" niyatatvāt । saṃyogyādiṣu cābhāvāt satyevāvinābhāve hetutvaṃ sa ca vyāptyā kathitaḥ । anena saṃkhyāniyamakāraṇamuktaṃ ।

<(3) hetvābhāsāḥ>

283,vii

hetava uktāḥ । ke punarhetvābhāsā ityāha 〈।〉

283,viii

"hetvābhāsāstato'pare // (svarth.anum.) 1 //"

283,ix

hetuvadābhāsanta iti "hetvābhāsā" hetupratirūpakāḥ 〈।〉 "tata"strividhāddhetorapare'nye saṃyogyādayaḥ । avinābhāve sati hetutvaṃ sa ca tādātmyāt tadutpatteśca । ye tu tadvikalāste'vinābhāvavirahāt hetvābhāsā ityarthaḥ 〈।〉 (1)

3.2ab

283,x (PVV_283,x_284,i)

yadi tadutpattyā gamyagamakabhāvastadā dhūmatvaviśeṣavat sāmānyadharmāḥ pārthivatvādayopi gamakāḥ syuḥ । tathā'gneḥ sāmānyadharmavaccāndanatvādayopi viśeṣadharmmāgamyāḥ syuḥ । sarvathā kāryakāraṇabhāvādityāha ।

283,xi

"kāryaṃ svabhāvairyāvadbhiravinābhāvi kāryavat /"

<284>

284,i

"kārya svabhāvairyāva"dbhirviśiṣṭairddhūmavatvādibhi"ravinābhāvi" vinā na bhavatīti kāraṇe kāraṇaviṣaye'vadhāritaṃ taireva viśiṣṭaiḥ svabhāvairheturna sādhāraṇaiḥ pārthivatvādibhiḥ । agnimantareṇāpi teṣāṃ bhāvāt । tathā kāraṇe'dhikaraṇe yāvadbhiḥ svabhāvairagnitvādibhiḥ sāmānyadharmairavinābhāvi kārya dhūmādiniścitaṃ teṣāṃ sāmanyadharmāṇāṃ heturna viśeṣadharmāṇāṃ cāndanatvādīnāṃ । tānyantareṇāpi dhūmāderdarśanāt । yadi dhūmatvaviśeṣitaṃ pārthivatvaṃ hetuḥ kriyate tadeṣṭameva vyabhicārābhāvāt 〈।〉 yadi ca kāraṇagatacāndanatvādiviśeṣajanito dhūmasya viśeṣaḥ śakyo niścetuṃ tadā cāndanatvādayo gamyā iṣyante । na hi kāryakāraṇabhāvaḥ sattāmātreṇa gabhyagamakabhāvanimittaṃ kintu niścayāpekṣaḥ । sa ca yāvanniścīyate tathāgamyagamakabhāvaḥ ।

284,ii (PVV_284,ii)

"bhāvopi" svabhāvopi hetuḥ svabhāve sādhye kīdṛśe hetorbhāvaḥ kevalo bhāvamātraṃ tadanuroddhumanuvarttituṃ śīlamasyeti bhāvamātrānurodha tasmin । yasya sattāmātreṇa yo dharmo'vaśyaṃ bhavati na hetvantaramapekṣate । tasmin sādhye svabhāvākhyo heturnānyatra yathā vastratvaṃ rāge 〈।〉 evañca vidhisādhanatvaṃ kāryasvabhāvayordarśitaṃ ।

<3.2 anupalabdhicintā>

3.2cd

<(1) dṛśyānupalabdhiphalam>

284,iii (PVV_284,iii_285,iv)

idānīṃ tṛtīyahetoḥ pratiṣedhaphalatvamāha ।

284,iv

"apravṛttiḥ pramāṇānāṃ;"

<285>

285,i

pramāṇanivṛttirūpā'nupalabdhirasati sadvyavahārātikrāntatvādasadaviśiṣṭe deśakālasvabhāvaviprakṛṣṭe sumervādau 〈।〉 sajjñānaśabdavyavahārāṇāṃ pravṛttipratiṣedho'pravṛttistatphalā 〈।〉 etaccāpravṛttiphalatvaṃ dṛśyādṛśyānupalabdhyoḥ sādhāraṇaṃjñānapūrvakatvāt 〈।〉 sat jñānaśabdavyavahārasya jñānābhāve tadabhāvasya nyāyaprāptatvāt ।

285,ii

dṛśyānupalabdheḥ phalāntaramāha । kācit pramāṇanivṛttirasajjñānamabhāvajñānaṃ tatphalā । kathamityāha ।

285,iii

"hetubhedavyapekṣayā // (svarth.anum.) 2 //"

285,iv

"hetu"ranupalambhastasya "bhedo" viśeṣaṇamupalabdhilakṣaṇaprāptaviṣayatvaṃ tasya "vyapekṣayā" kāṃkṣayā upalabdhilakṣaṇaprāptānupalabdhirityarthaḥ ॥

285,v (PVV_285,v)

nanu yadyanupalabdhyā'bhāvaḥ sādhyate tadopalabdhyabhāvopi tata evetyanavasthānādabhāvāpratipattiḥ syāt । dṛṣṭāntaśca na syādanyasyābhāvasādhanasyābhāvādanupalabdheścānavasthāprāptatvāt । atha padārthāntaropalabdhirevānupalabdhistayā'dhyakṣasiddhyā'bhāvaḥ sādhyate tasmānna doṣaḥ । yadyevamarthāntarādapi kinnābhāvaḥ sādhyate 〈।〉 tadapi hyanupalabdhirūpaṃ pratyakṣasiddhañca । ko vānyopalambhābhāvena sambandhaḥ ।

285,vi (PVV_285,vi_286,i)

ucyate । ekajñānasaṃsarggi vastvantaraṃ tadupalabdhiścānupalabdhirvivakṣitopalabdheranyatvādabhakṣāsparśanīyavat । sa evābhāvaḥ tadatiriktasya vigrahavato'bhāvasyābhāvāt । tasmāttādātmyamabhāvānupalambhayoḥ sambandhaḥ ।

285,vii

evaṃ tarhyanupalabdhisiddhirevābhāvasiddhiḥ kiṃ sādhyate ॥

<286>

286,i

satyaṃ 〈।〉 nābhāvaḥ sādhyaḥ siddhatvādasya । kintarhi 〈।〉 viṣayopadarśanena viṣayī vyavahāraḥ sādhyate । yathā govyavahāraviṣayo'yaṃ sāsnādisamudāyātmakatvāt । (2)

3.3

<(2) anupalabdhiścaturvidhā>

286,ii (PVV_286,ii_286,iv)

sā ca prayogabhedāda"nupalabdhiścaturvidhā" kathamityāha ।

286,iii

"viruddhakāryayoḥ siddhira<?> hetu<?>bhāyoḥ /

dṛśyātmanorabhāvārthānupalabdhiścaturvidhā // (svarth.anum.) 3 //"

286,iv

viruddhañca kāryañca viruddhakārye kāryañca । pratyāsatterviruddhasyaiva boddhavyaṃ । "tayordṛśyātmanorhetubhāvayoḥ" kāraṇasvabhāvayośca dṛśyātmanoryathākramaṃ siddhirupalabdhirasiddhiranupalabdhiśca ।

286,v (PVV_286,v_286,vi)

"viruddho"palabdhiryathā nātra śītasparśo'gneḥ । vyāpyavyāpakayorvastutastādātmyāt । "vyāpaka"viruddhopalabdhirapyanenaivoktā bhavati । yathā nātra tuṣāraspararśo'gneḥ । "viruddhakāryo"palabdhiryathā nātra śītasparśo dhūmāt । kāraṇānupalabdhiryathā nātra "dhūmo"'nagneḥ । "svabhāvā"nupalabdhiryathā nātra dhūmonupalabdheḥ । anena "vyāpakānu"palabdhirapyuktā yathā nātra śiṃśapā vṛkṣābhāvāt ।

286,vi

caturvidhāpyanupalabdhirabhāvārthā pratiṣedhaphalā 〈।〉 tatra svabhāvānupalabdhiḥ svayameva pratiṣedhyābhāvarūpatayā siddhā'bhāvavyavahārasādhanī । itarāstu niṣedhyābhāvāvyabhicāriṇyaḥtadabhāvamabhāvavyavahārañca sādhayanti । tasyāsiddhatvāt । (3)

3.4

286,vii (PVV_286,vii_287,i)

yadi viruddhakāryopalabdhyā'bhāvasiddhistadā viruddhakāraṇopalabdhyāpi kiṃ na sādhyata ityāha ।

286,viii

"tadviruddhanimittasya yopalabdhiḥ prayujyate /

nimittayorviruddhatvābhāvo hi vyabhicāravān // (svarth.anum.) 4 //"

<287>

287,i

"tadviruddhanimittasya" niṣedhya<=śītasparśavahni>viruddhakāraṇa<=kāṣṭha>sya "yopalabdhiḥ prayujyate" 〈।〉 yathā na śītasparśotra kāṣṭhāditi sā niṣedhyasya viruddhasya ca ye nimitte tayorviruddhatvābhāve vyabhicāriṇī anaikāntikī । virodhe tu nimittayoriṣyata eva 〈।〉 yathā nāsya romaharṣādiviśeṣāḥ santi sannihitadahanaviśeṣatvāt 〈।〉 romaharṣatadabhāvayorvirodhaḥ । tatkāraṇayośca śītadahanayoriti yukteyamanupalabdhiḥ । tathā niṣedhya<=romaharṣa>viruddha<=tāpa>kāraṇa<=dahana>kāya<=dhūrmo><?>palabdhiryathā । "na romaharṣayuktapuruṣavānayaṃ" pradeśodhūmādityuktāṣṭavidhānupalabdhiḥ । (4)

3.5

287,ii (PVV_287,ii_287,iv)

anayā diśā'parā api boddhavyāḥ ।

287,iii

"iṣṭaṃ viruddhakāryepi deśakālādyapekṣaṇām /

anyathā vyabhicārī syāt bhasmevāśītasādhane // (svarth.anum.) 5 //"

287,iv

"virupaddhakārye" viruddhakāryopalabdhāvapiviṣaye nirdeśāt 〈।〉 deśasya sannihitasya kālasya varttamānasya kvacidatītāpekṣaṇa"miṣṭaṃ" 〈।〉 anyathā vyabhicāri syālliṅgaṃ 〈।〉 udāharaṇamāha 〈।〉 "bhasmevāśītasya" śītābhāvasya "sādhane" 〈।〉 yathā nāsīt kvacit śītasparśo, nāsti vātra bhasmana iti bhasmānaikāntikaṃ । deśaviśeṣye'tītakālāpekṣayā tu syāddheturnāsīdatra śītasparśo bhasmana iti ॥ (5)

3.6

287,v (PVV_287,v_288,ii)

nanu 〈।〉

<288>

288,i

"hetunā yaḥ samagreṇa kāryotpādonumīyate /

arthāntarānapekṣatvāt sa svabhāvonuvarṇṇitaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 6 //"

288,ii

"hetunā samagreṇa yaḥ kāryotpādonumīyate" 〈।〉 sa kasmin hetāvantarbhavatītyāha 〈।〉 "sa svabhāva"hetura"nuvarṇṇitaḥ" । na hi samagrāddhetoḥ kāryasambhavonumīyate 〈।〉 kintarhi 〈।〉 kāryārjanayogyatvaṃ 〈।〉 taccārthāntarānapekṣatvāddhetusākalyamātrānubandhyeveti tasmin sādhye hetusākalyaṃ svabhāvahetureva । (6)

3.7

288,iii (PVV_288,iii_288,v)

kasmāt punaḥ kāryameva nānumīyata ityāha ।

288,iv

"sāmagrophalaśaktīnāṃ pariṇāmānubandhini /

anaikāntikatā kārye pratibandhasya sambhavāt // (svarth.anum.) 7 //"

288,v

kārye'numeye'naikāntikatā hetusākalyasya । kīdṛśe 〈।〉 "sāmagryāḥ" phalañca tāḥ 〈uttarakṣaṇaṃ〉 〈।〉 "śakta"yaśca tāsāṃ "pariṇāmaḥ" kāryotpādānuguṇastāratamyayogī kṣaṇaprabandhaḥ । "tadanubandhini" tadapekṣiṇi । ata eva pratibandhasya sambhavādityuktaṃ । (7)

3.8

288,vi (PVV_288,vi_288,viii)

na khalu kāryaṃ hetavo militā ityeva bhavati 〈।〉 kiṃ tveṣāṃ viśeṣamapekṣate'trāntare ca śaktivyāghāto mantratantrādinā vaikalyañca sambhavatīti kāryasyāvaśyabhāvānna tadanumānaṃ ।

288,vii

"ekasāmagryadhīnasya rūpāde rasato gatiḥ /

hetudharmānumānena dhūmendhanavikāravat // (svarth.anum.) 8 //"

288,viii

yā ca "rasato" madhurādikāt 〈।〉 "rūpāde"rādiśabdād gandhasya sparśasya ca "ekasāmagryadhīnasya" rasādinā sahaikasāmagrayāyattasya gatiḥ sā kathamityāha 〈।〉 <289>"hetudharmānumānena" rasakāraṇasya "dharmo rasādisahacararūpajanakatvaṃ 〈।〉 tadanumānena rasād" rūpādigatiḥ । na hi kāryaṃ rasaḥ kāraṇamantareṇa । kāraṇañcāsya rasasahakāri rūpajanakaṃ puñjāt puñjotpatteḥ । ataḥ tasminnanumite'numitameva rūpaṃ "dhūmendhanavikāra"vat । dhūmāddhetudharmānumānenendhanavikārasyāṅgārāderddhūmasahacarasyovānumānaṃ । (8)

3.9

289,i (PVV_289,i_289,iv)

etadeva sphuṭayannā 〈।〉

289,ii

"śaktipravṛttyā na vinā rasaḥ saivānyakāraṇam /

ityatītaikakālānāṃ jāyate kāryaliṅgataḥ // (svarth.anum.) 9 //"

289,iii

rasahetoḥ "śaktipravṛttyā" śaktyābhimukhyena "vinā na rasa" utpadyate 〈।〉 saiva rasahetoḥ śaktipravṛttiranyasya rūpādeḥ "kāraṇaṃ" itarasamānakālarūpādijanakatvena "rasa"hetora"tītasya" heto"rekakālānāṃ" rasasahacarāṇāṃ ca rūpādīnāṃ "gatiḥ" tasya rasarūpahetoḥ "kāryād" rasālliṅgājjātā ॥

289,iv

evaṃ pipīlikotsaraṇādidarśanāt varṣ(a)〈ā〉 pipīlikādikṣobhahetorbhūtapariṇāmaviśeṣasyānumānāt varṣānumānaṃ kāryaliṅgajaṃ veditavyaṃ । nadīpūrādervarṣakāryatvaṃ vyaktameva ॥ (9)

3.10

289,v (PVV_289,v_289,vi)

"hetunā yo'samagreṇa kāryotpādo'numīyate /

taccheṣavadasāmarthyād dehād rāgānumānavat // (svarth.anum.) 10 //"

289,vi

"yaḥ" puna"rhetunā"'samagreṇa kāryotpādaḥ kāryotpādanayogyatvamanumīyate taccheṣavadanaikāntikamasāmarthyāt । samarthaṃ hi kāryotpādanayogyaṃ na ca vyagrāṇāṃ samarthatā । dehāt buddhīndriyādeśca heto rāgānumānavat । dehādīnāṃ kathañcid rāgahetutvepi<290> nāyoniśomanaskāra rahitānāṃ kāraṇatvaṃ sahitānāmeva hetutvāt । tataḥkevalād dehād rāgānumānamanaikāntikaṃ । (10)

3.11

290,i (PVV_290,i_290,iii)

tathā 〈।〉

290,ii

"vipakṣe'dṛṣṭimātreṇa kāryasāmānyadarśanāt /

hetujñānapramāṇāmaṃ vacanād rāgitādivat // (svarth.anum.) 11 //"

290,iii

"vipakṣe'dṛṣṭimātreṇa kāryasāmānyasya" kvacid dharmiṇi "darśanāt । hetujñānaṃ"yat "pramāṇābhaṃ" sandigdhavipakṣavyāvṛttikaṃ tat "vacanād" rāgitādivat । yathā vacanasya vītarāge'darśanāt kvacid darśanād rāgānumānamanaikāntikaṃ 〈।〉 na hi rāgavacanayoḥ kāryakāraṇabhāvaḥ siddhaḥ । vaktukāmatāhetutvāt tasya । sā ca vītarāgasya karuṇayāsaṃbhavati । yadyapi vaktari rāgo dṛśyate tathāpi kvacid vaktukāmatāsatvepi rāgābhāve vacanābhāvāsiddherna tatkāryatāsiddhirupalakhaṇḍād vaktukāmatānivṛttereva vacanābhāvo na tu rāgābhāvāt 〈।〉 tato vītarāgāt sandigdhosya vyatirekaḥ ॥ (11)

3.12

290,iv (PVV_290,iv_290,v)

"na cādarśanamātreṇa vipakṣe'vyabhicāritā /

saṃbhāvya vyabhicāritvāt sthālītaṃḍulapākavat // (svarth.anum.) 12 //"

290,v

"na ca vipakṣe" hetoradarśana"mātreṇa" sādhyābhāvaprayuktasādhanābhāvaniścayarahitena sādhyā"vyabhicāritā" sādhyate sambhāvyavyabhicār(a)〈i〉tvāt । yadi vipakṣāddhetunivṛttiniścaya evaṃ vyabhicāraśaṅkānirāsaḥ । sa tu nāstīti tasyāpyabhāvaḥ । <291>"sthālītaṇḍulapākavat" । sthālyantargatānāṃ taṇḍulānāṃpākasyevānumānaṃ । taditareṣāṃ pākādarśanāt śeṣavat ॥ (12)

3.13

<ka. śeṣavadanumānanirāsaḥ>

291,i (PVV_291,i_291,iii)

kiṃ punaḥ śeṣavadityucyate । ityāha ।

291,ii

"yasyādarśanamātreṇa vyatirekaḥ pradarśyate /

tasya saṃśayahetutvāccheṣavattadudāhṛtam // (svarth.anum.) 13 //"

291,iii

"yasya" liṅgasyā"darśanamā"treṇa vipakṣe"vyatirekaḥ pradarśyate" । na tu kāraṇavyāpakanivṛttyā tasya saṃśayahetutvāt sādhyāniścāyakatvāt śeṣavat tadudāhṛtaṃ । sandigdhavipakṣavyāvṛttikatvaṃ śeṣavaducyate pratibandhābhāvādityarthaḥ ।(13)

3.14

<kha. triṣu heturūpeṣu niścayaḥ>

291,iv (PVV_291,iv_291,v)

"hetostriṣvapi rūpeṣu niścayastena varṇitaḥ /

asiddhaviparītārthavyabhicārivipakṣataḥ // (svarth.anum.) 14 //"

291,v

sūtramuktaṃ 〈।〉 asyāyamarthaḥ 〈।〉 yo guṇaḥ sa dravyāśrayī tadyathā rūpādiḥ । apākajānuṣṇāśītasparśa(śya)<?>〈sya〉 guṇaḥ tasmāt tasyāśrayabhūtena dravyeṇa bhavitavyaṃ । na cāyaṃ dṛṣṭānāṃ pṛthivyādīnāṃ guṇaḥ 〈।〉 teṣāṃ pākajānuṣṇāśītasparśādiguṇatvāt 〈।〉 tato yasyāyaṃ guṇaḥ sa vāyurbhaviṣyatītyukte vaiśeṣikeṇa 〈।〉 tatrācāryadignāgenoktaṃ 〈।〉 yadyadarśanamātreṇa dṛṣṭebhyaḥ 〈sparśasya〉 pratiṣedhaḥ kriyate na ca sopi yukta iti dṛśyādṛśyasamudāyasya sāmānyena niṣedhāt 〈।〉 yadetaduktaṃ tadvirudhyata iti vārtikakāro darśayannāha dṛṣṭetyādi । yadyadṛṣṭyā nivṛtiḥ syāt tadā'dṛṣṭena darśanāt kāraṇādapākajasyānuṣṇāśītasparśasya dṛṣṭā'yuktiḥ 〈।〉 dṛṣṭeṣu pṛthivyādiṣvasaṅgatiryāṃ varṇitā vaiśeṣikaiḥ yasyā ācāryeṇāyuktatvamuktaṃ sā syādavirodhinī yuktaiva syādityarthaḥ । vāyuprakaraṇe pṛthivyādibhyaḥ yadi sparśāderguṇatvaṃ siddhaṃ syāt tato vāyudravyānumānaṃ syāt । saiva tvasiddhā svātantryeṇa pratīteḥ sparśāviśeṣosmākaṃ vāyuḥ 〈।〉 ācāryeṇa tu sparśavyatiriktaṃ vāyumabhyupagamyāyuktatvamuktaṃ pare ।

<292>

292,i (PVV_292,i)

"tena" pratibandhasyāvaśyābhyupagantavyatvena "hetostriṣvapi" pakṣadharmānvayavyatirekeṣu "niścaya" ācārya "dignāgena" vārṇṇitaḥ । kathamukta ityāha । "asiddhasya viparītā"rthasya "viruddhasya vyabhicāriṇo"'naikāntikasya "vipakṣeṇa" । tatrāsiddhatvavipakṣeṇa pakṣadharmatvasya niścaya uktaḥ । viruddhavipakṣeṇānvayasya । anaikāntikavipakṣeṇa vyatirekasya ॥ (14)

3.15

<(3) vyāpticintā>

<ka. pratibandho dignāgeṣṭaḥ>

292,ii (PVV_292,ii_292,iv)

na hya sati pratibandhe vipakṣād vyatirekaḥ śakyaniścayaḥ । uktaśca niścayastataḥ pratibandhopyācāryeṇeṣṭa iti pratīyate । anyathā 〈।〉

292,iii

"vyabhicārivipakṣeṇa vaidharmyavacanaṃ ca yat /

yadyadṛṣṭiphalaṃ tacca tadanuktepi gamyate // (svarth.anum.) 15 //"

292,iv

pratibandhāniṣṭau vyabhicāriṇo'naikāntikasya vipakṣeṇa vaidharmyasya vyatirekasya vacanaṃ yadācāryasya 〈।〉 eṣa tāvannyāyaḥ yadubhayaṃ vaktavyaṃ viruddhānaikāntikapratipakṣeṇetyubhayamanvayavyatirekau । tacca yadyadṛṣṭiphalamadarśanamātraphalaṃ tadadarśanamātra"manuktepi" vyabhicārivipakṣeṇa vyatireko gamyate 〈।〉 hetutrairūpyanirddeśādeva vipakṣe'darśanamātrasya gatatvāt । tasmād "vaidharmyavacanena"vipakṣe hetvabhāvaḥ kathyate । sa cādarśanamātreṇa na sidhyati ॥ (15)

3.16

292,v (PVV_292,v_293,i)

nāstīti vacanādeva sidhyatīti cet ।

292,vi

"na ca nāstīti vacanāt tannāstyeva yathā yadi /

nāsti sa khyāpyate cāyamuktau neti gatistadā // (svarth.anum.) 16 //"

<293>

293,i

"na ca nāstīti vacanādeva" tatsādhanaṃ vipakṣe "nāstyeveti" yuktaṃ । tadapi hyanupalambhameva khyāpayati 〈।〉 sa ca sarvasmādvipakṣāddhetvabhāvapratītāvaśaktaḥ । 〈kathantarhītyāha〉 yathā yena prakāreṇa sādhyasādhanayoḥ pratibandho sati sādhyābhāvena sādhanaṃ vipakṣe nāsti sa nyāyo yadi khyāpyate vyabhicārivipakṣeṇa vaidharmyoktyā tadā nāstīti gamyate nānyathā ॥ (16)

3.17

293,ii (PVV_293,ii_293,v)

kiñca 〈।〉

293,iii

"yadyadṛṣṭau nivṛttiḥ syāccheṣavad vyabhicāri kim /

vyatirekyapi hetuḥ syānna vācyā'siddhiyojanā // (svarth.anum.) 17 //"

293,iv

"yadyadṛṣṭau" vipakṣāddheto"rnivṛttiḥ" syāt "śeṣavat" sandigdhavipakṣavyatirekaṃ"vyabhicāri" kimiṣṭamācāryeṇa । evañca sarasānyetāni phalāni rūpāviśeṣāditi । sarvasya tādṛgrūpasya pakṣīkṛtatvāt na vyabhicāradarśanaṃ vipakṣe cādarśanamastīti prāptamadarśanamātrad vyatirekavādino hetutvamasya ॥

293,v

"vyatirekyapi hetuḥ syāt" । nedaṃ nirātmakaṃ jīvaccharīramaprāṇādimatvaprasaṅgādi ti । bau ddhaṃ prati sātmakasya kasyacidasiddheranvayābhāvāt । nirātmakebhyaśca paṭādibhyo nivṛtteḥ prāṇādirvyatirekī sa hetuḥ syāt । adarśanād vyatirekasiddheraniṣṭaścācāryeṇa ॥

293,vi (PVV_293,vi)

kiñca 〈।〉 vādiprativādinorasiddhasyānyatarāsiddhasya sandigdhasyāśrayāsiddhasya sandigdhāśrayāsiddhasya asiddhasya ca nirāsaṃ pakṣadharmatvaniścayena pratipādyāṃnvayavyatirekaniścayavacanena sapakṣavipakṣayorhetoranvayasya vyatirekasya ca viparītāyā asiddheścaturvidhāyā yojanā ācāryeṇa sapakṣe sannasannityevamādiṣvapi yathāyogamudāhāryyamityādinā nirdiṣṭā 〈।〉 sāpi na vācyā । adarśanasya vyatirekaniścayahetutve sandigdhavyatirekasya hetutvāt ॥ (17)

3.18

293,vii (PVV_293,vii_294,ii)

api ca 〈।〉

<294>

294,i

"viśeṣasya vyavacchedahetutā syādadarśanāt /

pramāṇāntaravādhā cennedānīnnāstitādṛśaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 18 //"

294,ii

viśeṣasyāsādhāraṇasya śrāvaṇatvādernitye'nitye cādarśanādubhayato vyāvṛtteḥ śabde dharmiṇi dvayavyavacchedana hetutā syāt । "pramāṇāntarabādhā cet" anyonyavyavacchedarūpayorekapratiṣedhasyāparavidhināntarīyakatvāt ubhayavyavacchedonumānabādhitaḥ । "nedānīṃ" 〈bādhasaṃbhave〉 nāsti tādṛśaḥ । evaṃ tarhyadṛṣṭerabhāvaniścayo nāstīti vaktavyaṃ । yathā śrāvaṇatvenobhayavyāvṛttatayā niścitena prasādhyamānasyobhayavyavacchedasya pramā〈ṇā〉ntareṇa bādhā । (18)

3.19

<kha. ācāryoyamatanirāsaḥ>

294,iii (PVV_294,iii_294,iv)

"tathānyatrāpi saṃbhāvyaṃ pramāṇāntarabādhanam /

dṛṣṭā'yuktiradṛṣṭeśca syāt sparśasyāvirodhanī // (svarth.anum.) 19 //"

294,iv

tathānyatrāpi vipakṣāddhetorvyatirikepi "saṃbhāvyaṃ pramāṇāntarabādhanaṃ" । adarśanamātrasya nimittasya samānatvāt । tathā dṛṣṭā'yuktiradṛṣṭeśca syāt sparśasyāvirodhinī । dṛṣṭeṣu pṛthivyādiṣvapākajasyānuṣṇāśītasparśasyāyuktiryogābhāvaḥ 〈।〉 adṛṣṭeradarśanāt vaiśeṣikasyeṣṭā'nupalambhād vyāptyā nivṛttyā niścayādā cāryeṇa pratikṣiptā ca । "yadyadarśanamātraṇe dṛṣṭebhyaḥpratiṣedhaḥ kriyate na ca sopi yukta"(pavasava)<295> ityādinā'"virodhīno" virodharahitā syāt । evamācāryīyaḥkaścana pratibandhamanabhyupagacchan virodhādupālabdhaḥ ॥ (19)

3.20

295,i (PVV_295,i_295,iii)

saṃprati parān pratyāha 〈।〉

295,ii

"deśādibhedād dṛśyante bhinnā dravyeṣu śaktayaḥ /

tatraikadṛṣṭyā nānyatra yuktastadbhāvaniścayaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 20 //"

295,iii

"deśādibhedāt" deśakālasahakāribhedāt "dṛśyante bhinnā" nānāprakārā "dravyeṣu śaktayaḥ" 〈।〉 "tatraika"smin deśādāvekasya dravyasya śaktiviśeṣavato "dṛṣṭyā'nyatra" deśādau"tasya" śaktiviśeṣavato dravyasya "bhāvaniścayo na yuktaḥ" pratibandhamantareṇa । na hyekatra yathauṣadhayo dṛṣṭāstathaivānyatrāpi tāḥ śakyante vyavasthāpayituṃ kṣetrādiviśeṣād viśiṣṭatararasavīryādidarśanāt । (20)

3.21

<ga. ācāryīyamatanirāsaḥ>

<(ka) vaiśeṣikamatanirāsaḥ>

295,iv (PVV_295,iv_295,vi)

kiñca ।

295,v

"ātmamṛccetanādīnāṃ yo'bhāvasyāprasādhakaḥ /

sa evānupalambhaḥ ki hetvabhāvasya sādhakaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 21 //"

295,vi

"ātmamṛccetanādīnāṃ yo'bhāvasyāprasādhakaḥ" । ātmanonupalabhyamānasya ca yo'nupalambho'bhāvasyāprasādhako vaiśeṣikasyeṣṭaḥ 〈।〉 tathā mudaścetanāyāḥ svabhāvabhūtāyā yo'nupalambho'bhāvāprasādhakaścārvākasyeṣṭaḥ । tathā kṣīrādau dadhyādyabhāvasya yonupalambho'prasādhaka iṣṭaḥ sāṃkhyasya । sa evānupalambhaḥ kiṃ kasmād vipakṣe hetvabhāvasyeṣṭo vaiśeṣikādibhiḥ 〈।〉 yathā ghaṭādau prāṇādimatvābhāvo vaiśeṣikasya । vaktṛtvābhāvo vipakṣe cārvākasya । saṃghāta tvābhāvo vā vipakṣe sāṃkhyasyānupalambhādiṣṭaḥ । <296> uktaḥ pareṣāñca nyāyavyāghātaḥ parasparavirodhaśca 〈।〉 (21)

3.22

296,i (PVV_296,i_296,iii)

yasmādadarśanamātrat na vyatirekasiddhiḥ ।

296,ii

"tasmāt tanmātrasambandhaḥ svabhāvo bhāvameva vā /

nivartayet kāraṇaṃ vā kāryamavyabhicārataḥ // (svarth.anum.) 22 //"

296,iii

"tasmāt tanmātrasambandha"statsādhanaṃ kevalaṃ tanmātraṃ tena sambaddhaḥ । hetusattāmātreṇa kāraṇāntarāpekṣārahitena sambandho yasyetyarthaḥ । "svabhāvo" vyāpako dharmo nivarttamāno bhāvaṃ vyāpyameva vā nivarttayet । yathā vṛkṣatvaṃ śiṃśapāṃ vṛkṣaviśeṣatvācchiṃśapāyāḥ । "kāraṇaṃ vā" nivarttamānaṃ "kāryaṃ nivarttayati avyabhicārataḥ" 〈।〉 na hi vyāpyaṃ kāryaṃ ca vyāpakena kāraṇena vinā bhavataḥ tatsvabhāvatvāt tadadhīnatvācceti । (22)

3.23

296,iv (PVV_296,iv_296,vi)

tādātmyatadutpattī avaśyāśrayaṇīye ॥

296,v

"anyathaikanivṛtyānyavinivṛttiḥ kathaṃ bhavet /

nāśvavāniti saṃdehe kiṃ na vā paśusaṃśayaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 23 //"

296,vi

"anyathaikasya" sādhyasya "nivṛtyā'nyasya" sādhanasya "vinivṛttiḥ kathambhavet" svatantratvāt । na hi martyo'śvarahita iti gorahitopi bhavati । (23)

3.24

296,vii (PVV_296,vii_296,ix)

tathā 〈।〉

296,viii

"sannidhānāt tathaikasya kathamanyasya sannidhiḥ /

gomānityeva martyena bhāvyamaśvavatāpi kim // (svarth.anum.) 24 //"

296,ix

tathā "sannidhānāde"kasya hetoḥ"kathamanyasya" sādhyasya "sannidhiḥ । gomānityeva martyena bhāvyamaśvavatāpi kiṃ" । gavāśvasya parasparamapratibaddhatvādekabhāve nānyabhāvaḥ । tathā śiṃśapā'vṛkṣādāvapi syāt 〈।〉 yasmāt kāraṇavyāpakanivṛttyā kāryavyāpakanivṛttirdarśanīyā vipakṣe 〈।〉 (24)

<297>

3.25

297,i (PVV_297,i_297,ii)

"tasmād vaidharmyadṛṣṭānte neṣṭovaśyamihāśrayaḥ

tadabhāve ca tanneti vacanādapi tadgatiḥ // (svarth.anum.) 25 //"

297,ii

"tasmād vaidharmyadṛṣṭānte neṣṭo'vaśyamihāśrayaḥ" vastubhūto dharmī । tasya kāraṇavyāpakasya sādhyasyābhāve ca tatkāryavāyapyaṃ "sādhanaṃ neti vacanādapi" tasya sādhyābhāve sādhanābhāvasya gatiḥ । vastuni vastunivṛttiḥ sandigdhā vastusambandhāvirodhāt । avastuni tu vastusattā virudhyate nivṛttistu yuktā । ataḥ sa dharmiṇamantareṇāpi voṅmātratopi gamyata eva 〈।〉 (25)

3.26

297,iii (PVV_297,iii_297,v)

yataḥ ।

297,iv

"tadbhāvahetubhāvau hi dṛṣṭānte tadavedinaḥ /

khyāpyete viduṣāṃ vācyo hetureva hi kevalaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 26 //"

297,v

tadbhāvahetubhāvau "dṛṣṭānte khyāpyete" 〈।〉 tasya sādhanasya bhāvastādātmyaṃ sādhyasya hetubhāvaśca । khyāpyate vaidharmyadṛṣṭānte sādhyanivṛttyā "sādhananivṛtti"kathanena tayostādātmyatadutpattibandhamajānato yāhyanyanivṛttyetaranivṛttiḥ । sā vastubhūtamāśrayamantareṇāpi śakyate nirdeṣṭuṃ । ye tu pratibandhaṃ vidanti teṣāṃ "viduṣāṃ hetureva kevalo vācyaḥ" । na dṛṣṭāntaḥ tatra darśanīyasyapratibandhasya siddhatvāt । yasmād dṛṣṭānte pratibandhaḥ kathyate । (26)

3.27

297,vi (PVV_297,vi_298,i)

"tenaiva jñātasambandhe dvayoranyataroktitaḥ /

arthāpatyā dvitīyepi smṛtiḥ samupajāyate // (svarth.anum.) 27 //"

297,vii

"tenaiva" kāraṇena "jñātasambandhe" hetau sādharmyavaidharmyadṛṣṭāntayo"ranyatarasyoktito'rthāpattyā" sāmarthyena "dvitīyepi smṛtiḥ samupajā"yate iti na tasya nirdeśaḥ karttavyaḥ 〈।〉 tathā hi yat kṛtakaṃ tadanityaṃ yathā ghaṭa iti 〈।〉 tādātmye nirjñāte nityatvābhāve<298> kṛtakatvābhāvaḥ sāmarthyādākāśādau gamyate । tathā vaidharmyadṛṣṭāntena tādātmye kathite sāmarthyādanvayo ghaṭādau gamyate ॥

298,i

evaṃ sādhanabhāve sādhyasyāvaśyaṃ bhāvo yadi sādhyābhāve hetvabhāvaḥ । tathā sādhyābhāve hetvabhāvastadā bhavati । (27)

3.28

298,ii (PVV_298,ii_298,iv)

yadi sādhanabhāve'vaśyaṃ sādhyabhāvaḥ । evaṃ kāryānupalambhayorapi yojyaṃ ॥

298,iii

"hetusvabhāvābhāvotaḥ pratiṣedhe ca kasyacit /

heturyuktopalambhasya tasya cānupalambhanam // (svarth.anum.) 28 //"

298,iv

yataḥ kāraṇavyāpakanivṛttibhyāṃ kāryavyāpyanivṛttiḥ ato hetoḥ"svabhāvasya" vyāpakasyā"bhāvaḥ । kasyacit" kāryasya vyāpyasya ca "pratiṣedhe"'bhāve'bhāvavyavahāre ca hetuḥ । tathā "tasya" pratiṣedhyasya"yuktopalambhasya" upalabdhilakṣaṇaprāptasyā"nupalambhanaṃ" pratiṣedhe pratiṣedhavyavahāre hetuḥ । tasya svayamevābhāvarūpatvāt ॥ (28)

3.29

298,v (PVV_298,v_298,vi)

"itīyantrividhoktāpyanupalabdhiranekadhā /

tattadviruddhādyagatigatibhedaprayogataḥ // (svarth.anum.) 29 //"

298,vi

"iti" nirdiṣṭakrameṇe"yama"nupalabdhiḥ kāraṇavyāpakasvabhāvānupalabdhibhedena "trividhāpyanekadhā" bahuprakārā "tattadviruddhādyagatigatibhedaprayogataḥ । te ca" kāraṇavyāpakasvabhāvā"steṣāṃ" viruddhādayaśca tattadviruddhādaya ādiśabdād viruddhakāryādayaśca teṣāṃ yathākramamagatigatayaḥ kāraṇavyāpakasvabhāvānāmanupalabdhaya〈ḥ ।〉 teṣāṃ viruddhādīnāmupalabdhayaśca tāsāmanyonyaṃ bhedo nānātvaṃ tasya prayogataḥ । śabdasyābhidhāvyāpārāt । yathoktaṃprāk । saiṣā'nekaprakārāpi trividhānupalabdhiḥ saṃgṛhītetyarthaḥ ॥ (29)

3.30

298,vii (PVV_298,vii_299,i)

uktamartha ślokābhyāṃ saṃgṛhṇannāha ।

298,viii

"kāryakāraṇabhāvādvā svabhāvādvā niyāmakāt /

avinābhāvaniyamo'darśanānna na darśanāt // (svarth.anum.) 30 //"

<299>

299,i

"kāryakāraṇabhāvāt" tadutpattervā "niyāmakāt" sādhanasya sādhyāvyabhicārakāraṇāt "svabhāvāt" tādātmyādvā niyāma"kādavinābhāvaniyamaḥ" sādhyāvyabhicāritvaniyamaḥ sādhanasya । vipakṣe heto"radarśanāt" na sapakṣe "darśanāt" । darśanādarśanayorvyabhicāriṇyapi hetau sambhavāt niyamahetvabhāvācca ॥ (30)

3.31

299,ii (PVV_299,ii_299,iii)

"avaśyaṃbhāvaniyamo'nyathā parasya kaḥ paraiḥ /

arthāntaranimitte vā dharme vāsasi rāgavat // (svarth.anum.) 31 //"

299,iii

"anyathā" tādātmyatadutpattyoravyabhicāranibandhanayorasvīkāre "parasya" sādhyasya "paraiḥ" sādhanaiḥ "ko'vaśyaṃbhāvaniyamo" na kaścit । utpādakādanyortho"'rthāntaraṃ tannimitte vā dharme"'svabhāvabhūte ko'vaśyambhāvaniyamaḥ । "vāsasi rāgavat" । yathārthāntaranimittasya rāgasya vastre nāvaśyaṃbhāvaniyamaḥ ॥ (31)

3.32

<(kha) avinābhāvaniyamaḥ>

299,iv (PVV_299,iv_299,v)

"arthāntaranimitto he dharmaḥ syādanya eva saḥ /

paścādbhāvānna hetutvaṃ phalepyekāntatā kutaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 32 //"

299,v

vastrotpādakā"darthāntaranimitto" rāgadravyakāraṇo "hi dharmo" rāgaḥ prāgutpannād vastrā"danya eva syād" bhinnakālatvād bhinnahetukatvācca 〈।〉 itthamapi yadyekatvaṃviśvamekaṃ bhavet । tataśca sahotpattināśau syātāṃ । sarvatra sarvaṃ copayujyate । ekatvābhimānastu sadṛśāparāparotpatterbhrāntyā । tasya cārthāntaranimittasya dharmasya vastrotpādāt "paścādbhāvānna hetutvaṃ" vastraṃ prati । ataḥ kāraṇatayāpi nāsyānumānaṃ rāgotpattau vastraṃ sahakārikāraṇaṃ । ataḥ kāryatayā rāgānumānaṃ cet <300>"phalepi" kāraṇādanumīyamāne "ekāntatā kutaḥ" । na hyavaśyaṃ kāraṇāni kāryavanti bhavanti ॥ (32)

3.33

300,i (PVV_300,i_300,iii)

yadi darśanādarśane nānvayavyatirekabuddhiheturddhūmogninna vyabhicaratīti na syāta pratipattirityāha ।

300,ii

"kāryaṃ dhūmo hutabhujaḥ kāryadharmānuvuttitaḥ /

tasyābhāve tu sa bhavan hetumattāṃ vilaṃghayet // (svarth.anum.) 33 //"

300,iii

"kāryaṃ dhūmo hutabhujaḥ" kāryadharmasya kāraṇānvayavyatirekānuvidhāyitvasya trividhadarśanādarśananiścitasyānuvṛttitaḥ sadhūmastasyāgnera"bhāve tu" bhavan "hetumattāmvilaṃghayedati"krāmayet ॥ (33)

3.34

300,iv (PVV_300,iv_300,v)

"nityaṃ sattvamasattvaṃ vā'hetoranyānapekṣaṇāt /

apekṣātaśca bhāvānāṃ kādācitkasya sambhavaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 34 //"

300,v

ahetutve ca dhūmasya "nityaṃ sattvamā"kāśasyeva syāt । "asattvaṃ" śaśaviṣāṇāderiva । "ahetoranyāpekṣaṇā"bhāvāt "apekṣātaśca bhāvānāṃ kādācitkasya sambhavaḥ" । tato yadyaheturbhāvastadā nityaṃ syāt । asadeva vā syāddhetvabhāvāt 〈।〉 tasmād dhūmasyakādācitkatvadarśanāt hetumatvaṃ । agnyanvayavyatirekānuvidhānadarśanāt tatkāryatvañca । yaśca yasya kāryaṃ sa taṃ na vyabhicarati । tadadhīnasvarūpatvāt ॥ (34)

3.35

300,vi (PVV_300,vi_300,viii)

ataśca 〈।〉

300,vii

"agnisvabhāvaḥ śakrasya mūrdhā yadyagnireva saḥ /

athānagnisvabhāvosau dhūmastatra kathaṃ bhavet // (svarth.anum.) 35 //"

300,viii

"agnisvabhāvaḥ śakrasya mūrddhā" valmīko "yadyagnireva sa" tadā na hi vahnisvarūpatāṃ vihāyānyad vahne rūpaṃ । "athā"nyathā pratīyamānatvāda"nagnisvabhāvosau" tadā "dhūmo" vahnerjanyasvabhāva"statra śakramūrdhni kathaṃ bhavet" । na hi vahnijanyonyasmād bhavitu<301>marhati tadadhīnatvāt । tataḥ śakramūrdhno dhūmotpattiriti bhrāntireṣā । vahnereva taddeśavartino'nupalakṣitādutpattiḥ ॥(35)

3.36

301,i (PVV_301,i_301,iii)

kiñca 〈।〉

301,ii

"dhūmahetusvabhāvo hi vahnistacchaktibhedavān /

adhūmahetordhūmasya bhāve sa syādahetukaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 36 //"

301,iii

"dhūmahetusvabhāvastacchaktibhedavān" dhūmajananaśaktiviśeṣayukto "vahniḥ" pratītaḥ । "adhūmaheto"radahanāt "dhūmasya bhāve sa" dhūmo"'hetukaḥ syāt" । hetuṃ pramāṇaniścitamantareṇaivotpādāt । ahetutve ca nityaṃ sattvamasattvamvāṃ syādityuktaṃ ॥(36)

3.37

301,iv (PVV_301,iv_301,vi)

syādetat 〈।〉 śālūkādi svabījād vijātī"yācca" gomayāderdṛśyate 〈।〉 tatkathamavahnerddhūmotpāde'hetutvaprasaṅga ityāha 〈।〉

301,v

"anvayavyatirekādyaḥ yasya dṛṣṭonuvartakaḥ /

svabhāvastasya taddheturato bhinnānna sambhavaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 37 //"

301,vi

"anvayavyatirekād yaḥ svabhāvo yasyānuvarttako"'pekṣako dṛṣṭastaṃsya svabhāvasya tadanuvarttyamānaṃ heturato bhinnād vijātīyānna saṃbhavaḥ kasyacid । yaddhi śālūkādi svabījaprabhavaṃ yacca vijātīyaprabhavaṃ tayoḥ sadṛśatvapratītāvapi na tādṛśatvaṃ rasavīryavipākabhedāt । yadi tu hetubhedepyabhedo viśvātmakaṃ dravyaṃ syādityādyuktaṃprasajyeta ॥(37)

3.38

<(4) sāmānyacintā>

301,vii (PVV_301,vii_302,i)

"svabhāvepyavinābhāvo bhāvamātrānurodhini /

tadabhāve svayambhāvasyābhāvaḥ syādabhedataḥ // (svarth.anum.) 38 //"

<302>

302,i

svabhāvepi hetāvavinābhāvaḥ । kva 〈।〉 sādhye "bhāvamātrānurodhini" sādhanasvarūpamātrānuvarttini vyāpake yathā kṛtakatvasyānityatve 〈।〉 yata"sta"sya vyāpakasyā"bhāve bhāvasya" vyāpyasya kṛtakatvādeḥ "svayamabhāvaḥ syāt । abhedata" aikātmyād vastutaḥ ॥ (38)

3.39

302,ii (PVV_302,ii_302,iv)

yadi ya eva kṛtakaḥ sa evānityo bhedābhāvāt tadā pratijñārthaikadeśo hetuḥ syādityāha ।

302,iii

"sarve bhāvāḥ svabhāvena svasvabhāvavyavasthiteḥ /

svabhāvaparabhāvābhyāṃ vyāvṛttibhāgino yataḥ // (svarth.anum.) 39 //"

302,iv

"sarve bhāvāḥ svabhāvena svasvabhāvavyavasthiteḥ" । ātmātmīyarūpavasthitatvāt । svabhāvaparabhāvābhyāṃ sajātīyād vijātīyācca vyāvṛttibhāgino yasmānna kenacinmiśrāḥ । (39)

3.40

302,v (PVV_302,v_303,i)

"tasmād vyāvṛttirarthānāṃ yataśca tannibandhanāḥ /

jātibhedāḥ prakalpyante tadviśeṣāvagāhinaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 40 //"

302,vi

tasmāt "yato" yato'svarūpādarthād "vyāvṛttirarthānāṃ tannibandhanāḥ" tattadvyā

<303>

303,i

vṛttinimittā "jātibhedāstadviśeṣāvagāhinaḥ" tatsvalakṣaṇāśrayāḥ "kalpyante" śabdaiḥ svavācyatayā ॥ (40)

3.41

303,ii (PVV_303,ii_303,iv)

yataḥ śabdaḥ kāścid arthakriyāḥ kurvannatatkāriṇo'śabdādakṛtakānnityādeśca vyāvṛtta iti tattadvayavacchedapratipādanārthaṃ śabdakṛtakānityatvādyā jātayo'nanyaśabdavācyatayā kalpyante ।

303,iii

"tasmād viśeṣo yo yena dharmeṇa saṃpratīyate /

na sa śakyastatonyena tena bhinnā vyavasthitiḥ // (svarth.anum.) 41 //"

303,iv

"tasmāt" svabhāvābhedepi kṛtakatvānityatvādīnāṃ "yena" dharmeṇa nāmnā'nitya ityanena "yo viśeṣo" nityād vyāvṛttiḥ "saṃpratīyate na" sa viśeṣaḥ "śakyaḥ tato"'nityaśabdā"danyena" kṛtakaśabdena pratyetuṃ 〈।〉 "tena" kāraṇena sādhyasādhanayo"rbhinnā vyavasthitiḥ" । yadyapi śabda eva kṛtako'nityaśca tathāpyaśabdavyāvṛttatayā niścito dharmī kṛtakatayā ca hetuḥ । anityatayā cāsiddhaḥ sādhyaḥ । tato dharmisādhyasādhanānāṃ bhedaḥ kalpito na tu tānyeva kalpitāni teṣāṃ sattvāt । tataḥ kalpitadharmiṇi kalpitāt sādhanāt kalpitasya sādhyasya siddhimācakṣāṇaḥ pratyākhyātaḥ 〈।〉 "tasmānna" pratijñārthaikadeśo hetuḥ । sādhyasādhanayorbhinnavyavacchedarūpatvāt ॥ (41)

3.42

303,v (PVV_303,v_303,vii)

kasmāt punarvyavacchedaḥ śabdaliṅgābhyāṃ pratipādyata itīṣyate na tu "vastveva" vidhirūpeṇetyāha 〈।〉

303,vi

"ekasyārthasvabhāvasya pratyakṣasya sataḥ svayam /

konyo bhāgo na dṛṣṭaḥ syāt yaḥ pramāṇaiḥ parīkṣyate // (svarth.anum.) 42 //"

303,vii

"ekasthārthasvabhāvasya svayamātmanā pratyakṣasya sataḥ konyo bhāgo na dṛṣṭaḥ syāt yaḥ pramāṇaiḥ parīkṣyate" nirṇṇīyate । yadi pramāṇāntaraiḥ śabdāntaraiśca vastveva viṣayīkarttavyaṃtadā tat pratyakṣeṇa śabdāntareṇa ca dṛṣṭameveti vyarthāni pramāṇāni syuḥ । (42)

<304>

3.43

304,i (PVV_304,i_304,iii)

tvanmatepi pratyakṣeṇa dṛṣṭe dharmiṇi pramāṇāntaravaiphalyaṃ syāt 〈।〉 netyāha ।

304,ii

"no ced bhrāntinimittena saṃyojyeta guṇāntaram /

śuktau vā rajatākāro rūpasādharmyadarśanāt // (svarth.anum.) 43 //"

304,iii

dṛṣṭe sarvathā vastuni "no ced bhrāntinimittena" sādṛśyādinā "saṃyojye"tāropyeta "guṇāntaraṃ" dharmmāntaramasadeva śuktau vā śuktāviva "rūpasādharmyadarśanāt" bhrāntinimittād rajatākārastadā sarvathā vastuniścayāt pramāṇāntaraśabdāntaravaiphalyaṃ syāt । (43)

3.44

304,iv (PVV_304,iv_304,vi)

etadevāha 〈।〉

304,v

"tasmād dṛṣṭasya bhāvasya dṛṣṭa evākhilo guṇaḥ /

bhrānterna niścaya iti sādhanaṃ saṃpravarttate // (svarth.anum.) 44 //"

304,vi

"tasmād dṛṣṭasya bhāvasya dṛṣṭa evākhilo guṇaḥ" dharmaḥ । tathāpi bhrānterviparītākārāropikāyā na niścīyata ityāropitavyavacchedārthaṃ "sādhanaṃ" śabdāntarañca "saṃpravarttate ॥" (44)

3.45

304,vii (PVV_304,vii_304,ix)

na kevalaṃ pratyakṣād vastugrahe sādhanāntaraśabdāntaravaiphalyaṃ kintvanumānādapītyāha ।

304,viii

"vastugrahenumānācca dharmasyaikasya niścaye /

sarvagraho hyapohe tu nāyaṃ doṣaḥ prasajyate // (svarth.anum.) 45 //"

304,ix

"vastugrahenumānācca dharmasyaikasya" kṛtakatvādeḥ pratyayabhedābheditvādikṛte "niścaye sarva"syānityatvāde"rgrahaḥ" syāt । ekarūpatvāt । kṛtakatvādisādhanāntaravaiyarthyaṃ । "apohe tva"nyavyavacchede śabdaliṅgaviṣaye svīkriyamāṇe "nāyaṃ" pramāṇāntarādivaiphalya<305>"ṣaḥ prasajyate" । na khalu "pratyagradṛṣṭaṃ vastvantaraṃ śabdaliṅgābhyāṃ viṣayīkriyate" kintvanyavyavacchedaḥ । ekasmiṃśca vyavacchede siddhepyasiddhaṃ vyavacchedāntaraṃ liṅgāntarataḥ śabdāntarataśca sādhyata iti na kaścid doṣaḥ ॥ (45)

3.46

305,i (PVV_305,i_305,ii)

"tasmādapohaviṣayaṃ liṅgamiti prakīrtitam /

anyathā dharmiṇaḥ siddhau kimataḥ sādhakaṃ param // (svarth.anum.) 46 //"

305,ii

"tasmā"dācāryeṇā"pohaviṣayaṃ liṅgamiti prakīrtitaṃ" । liṅgamupalakṣaṇaṃ śabdaśca । "anyathā" yadi vastuviṣayaṃ liṅgaṃ tadā "dharmmiṇaḥ" sarvātmanā pratyakṣataḥ "siddhau kimato" dharmiṇaḥ "parama"siddhamasti yatpra"sādhakaṃ" liṅgampramāṇaṃ syāt ॥ (46)

3.47

305,iii (PVV_305,iii_305,iv)

"kvacit sāmānyaviṣayaṃ dṛṣṭe jñānamaliṅgajam /

kathamanyāpohaviṣayaṃ tanmātrāpohagocaraḥ // (svarth.anum.) 47 //"

305,iv

nanu "kvaci"nnīlādāvasamāropito'nyo viparītāṃśo yasmin । tasmin pratyakṣeṇa "dṛṣṭe yajjñānamaliṅgajaṃ" vikalpakaṃ "sāmānyaviṣayaṃ" bhavati । tadāropābhāvāt । kathamanyāpohaviṣayaṃ । āha"tanmātra"syānīlamātrasyā"poho" vijātīyād vyāvṛttirvyavacchedaḥ sa "gocaro" yasya tattathā । nīlavikalpasyānīlavyavaccheda eva viṣaya ityarthaḥ ॥ (47)

3.48

305,v (PVV_305,v_306,i)

kasmādevamityāha 〈।〉

305,vi

"niścayāropamanasorbādhyabādhakabhāvataḥ /

samāropaviveke'sya pravṛttiriti gamyate // (svarth.anum.) 48 //"

<306>

306,i

"niścayāropamanasorbāṣyabādhakabhāvataḥ ।" samāropasya "viveke" vyavacchede'sya niścayasya "pravṛttiriti gamyate" ॥ (48)

3.49

306,ii (PVV_306,ii_306,iv)

tasmād 〈।〉

306,iii

"yāvantoṃ'śasamāropā niścayāstannirāsataḥ /

tāvanta eva śabdā bhinnavyavacchedagocarāḥ // (svarth.anum.) 49 //"

306,iv

"yāvanto'"śasya dharmasya "samāropāstasya nirāsa"nimittaṃ vi"niścayāḥ" śabdāśca "tāvanta" eva 〈।〉 tena te niścayāḥ śabdāśca "bhinnavyavacchedagocarāḥ" ॥ (49)

3.50

306,v (PVV_306,v_306,vi)

"anyathā vastu viṣayīkuruta ekena vā dhiyā /

ekatra nānyo viṣayostīti syāt paryāyatā // (svarth.anum.) 50 //"

306,vi

"anyathā" yadi śabdaniścayau sarvātmanā vastu viṣayīkurutaḥ tadekena śabdena "buddhyā vā" vikalpikayā vyāpte sarvātmanā viṣayīkṛte vastu"nyekatra nānyo"'pratipanno "viṣa"yo"stī"ti "paryāyatā" śabdānāṃ "syāt" vikalpānāñcaikaviṣayatā bhavet ॥ (50)

3.51

306,vii (PVV_306,vii_306,ix)

nanu dravyādupādhayaḥ parasparañca bhinnāstannimittā vikalpāḥ śabdāśca teṣu tadādhāre vā dravye varttanta ityāha ।

306,viii

"nānopādhiviśiṣṭasya bhedinorthasya grāhikā /

upakārāṅgaśaktibhyo'bhinnātmaniścayagrahe // (svarth.anum.) 51 //"

306,ix

"yasyāpi naiyāyikāde"rmate "nānopādhe"rdravyatvādyanekadharma"viśiṣṭha" syāta evopāghi bhedād "bhedinorthasya grāhikā" vidhirūpeṇa dhīḥ 〈।〉 tasyāpi matena nānāprakārāṇāmupādhī"nāmupakārasyāṅgaṃ" yāḥ "śakta"yastābhyo"'bhinnātmana" upādhimato dravyasya "niścaya"jñānena "grahe" ॥ (51)

<307>

3.52

307,i (PVV_307,i_307,iii)

"sarvātmanā kṛte grāhe ko bhedaḥ syādaniścitaḥ /

tayorātmani sambandhādekajñāne dvayagrahaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 52 //"

307,ii

"sarvātmanā" kṛte satyupakāryasyopādhikalāpasya madhye ko "bheda" upādhiviśeṣaḥ "syādaniścitaḥ ।" yathā dravyamekamupādhimupakaroti । tathā parānapi 〈।〉 tata ekopādhyupakārakatve vidhirūpeṇa gṛhyamāṇe sarvopādhyupakārakatvaṃ gṛhyeta । tathā ca sarvopādhigrahaṇaprasaṅgaḥ । na hi yatsāpekṣaṃ yadrūpaṃ tadagrahaṇe tad gṛhītuṃ śakyaṃ ॥

307,iii

nanu dhūmāpekṣaṃ vahneḥ kāraṇatvaṃ na ca tadgrahe dhūmagrahaḥ । naitad yuktaṃ 〈।〉 tathāhi 〈।〉

307,iv (PVV_307,iv_307,v)

kiṃ punaḥ kāraṇatvamiṣṭaṃ vahneryadyavidyamānatvād dhūmāt pūrvakālabhāvitā । dhūmāsāhityaṃ varttamānakālasattā । na tad dhūmāpekṣaṃ svakāraṇāt tathotpatteḥ । dhūmamantareṇaiva ca bhāvāt । na ca tadgrahe dhūmagraho viruddhatvāt । na hi dhūmagrahaṇe tasmāt prāgbhāvitvasya tadasāhityasya ca grahaṇaṃ । atha dhūmasyāyaṃ heturiti niścayaviṣayatvaṃ kāraṇatvamiṣṭantadā'styevedṛśakāraṇatvasya grahe dhūmapratītirubhayapratītyākāratvādasya niścayasya dvayānvayavyatirekagrahaṇasāpekṣatvācca ॥

307,v

nanu ca gṛhītatadutpatteragnimātradarśanāt kāraṇatvapratītirna ca tadā "dhūmapratītiḥ" ॥

307,vi (PVV_307,vi^1) (PVV_307,vi^2)

<siddhāntī ।> na ca tatra pratyakṣāt kāraṇatvasya pratītiḥ kintvagnirūpamātrasya 〈।〉 anyathā sarvasya taddarśinaḥ kāraṇatvapratītiprasaṅgaḥ । kintu vyāptigrahasāpekṣā ānumānikī tatpratītiḥ । tathā hi gṛhītatadutpattereveyaṃ bhavati nānyasya । tadutpattigrahe ca yadevaṃ rūpaṃ tadetatkāraṇamiti gṛhītā vyāptiranumānapratītau ca dhūmakāraṇaṃ vahniriti vyavacchedadvayamanyonyasāpekṣaṃ pratīyata eva ityalaṃ tatprasaṅgena । na hyanutkhātitakāryaḥ kāraṇatvaniścayaḥ । atyantamabhyāsācca vyāptigrahasaṃskārasya prabuddhatvādapekṣā nāstītyatatvavivekināṃ nānumānatvaprabodhaḥ । na hyanumānamahamityutpannamanumānamucyate । kintu trirūpaliṅgajamanumeyaviṣayaṃ kāraṇatvajñānañca tādṛśameva । dravyantu yenaiva rūpeṇa ekamupādhimupakaroti tenaivāparānapītyekopodhyupakārakatve gṛhyamāṇe nānekopādhyupakārakatvasya grahaṇāt sarvopādhigrahaṇaprasaṅgaḥ parasparasāpekṣatvāt । tataśca "tayo"rupādhikalāpatadupakārakatvayo"rātmani sambandhāt" । <308> dravyasya sambandhā"deka"syopādhyupakārakatvasya "jñāne dvayasya grahaḥ" syāt । ekaniyatā pratītirna bhavedityarthaḥ ॥ (52)

3.53

308,i (PVV_308,i_308,iv)

atha dravyādupādhyupakārikāḥ śaktayo bhinnā eva dravyagrahaṇe tāsāmagrahaṇāt na sarvopādhigrahaṇaprasaṅga ityāha ।

308,ii

"dharmopakāraśaktīnāṃ bhede tāḥ tasya kiṃ yadi /

nopakārastataḥ tāsāṃ tathā syādanavasthitiḥ // (svarth.anum.) 53 //"

308,iii

"dharmā"ṇāmupādhīnā"upakāra"sya nimittabhūtānāṃ "śaktī"nāṃ dravyād "bhede" svīkriyamāṇe "tāḥ" śaktaya"stasya" dravyasya "kiṃ" kasmāt 〈।〉 yadi "nopakārastato" dravyāt "tāsāṃ" śaktīnāmupakāramantareṇa sambandhe'tiprasaṅgāt 〈।〉 atha tāsāṃ śaktīnāṃ dravyeṇopakāraḥ kriyate svarūpeṇa tadā śaktyupakāratvasya grahaṇācchaktīnāṃ grahaḥ । tadgrahācca sarvopādhigrahaprasaṅgaḥ tadavasthaḥ ।

308,iv

syādetat 〈।〉 śaktīrapi bhinnābhiḥśaktibhirupakaroti "tathā syādanavasthitiḥ" । tathā hi yāstāḥ śaktyupakārikāḥ śaktyapastā dravyasyopakāradvārād <?> yadīṣṭāstadāsvarūpeṇopakārakatve sarvopādhigrahaprasaṅgabhayādanyāḥ śaktaya eṣṭavyāḥ । tathā cānavasthā vyaktā । (53)

3.54

308,v (PVV_308,v_308,vii)

uktamarthaṃ saṃgṛhṇannāha ।

308,vi

"ekopakārake grāhye'dṛṣṭāḥ tasminna santi te /

sarvopakārakaṃ hyekaṃ tadgrahe sakalagrahaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 54 //"

308,vii

"eka"syopādhe"rupakārake" dravye "grāhye"'bhimate tata ekopādhyupakārakadravyasvabhāvādapare upādhyantarāṇāmupakārakā upakāraśaktibhedā dṛṣṭe "tasminne"kopādhyupakārake dravye'dṛṣṭā ye "te na santi" 〈।〉 ekameva hi rūpaṃ sarvopādhyupakārakamatasta"syaiko"pādhimato "grahe sakalopādhigrahaḥ" syāt ॥ (54)

<309>

3.55

<ka. nyāyamīmāṃsāmatanirāsaḥ>

<(ka) vyāvṛttasvabhāvā bhāvāḥ>

309,i (PVV_309,i_309,ii)

"yadi bhrāntinivṛttyarthaṃ gṛhītepyanyadiṣyate /

tadvyavacchedaviṣayaṃ siddhantadvat tato'param // (svarth.anum.) 55 //"

309,ii

sarvātmanā vikalpena "gṛhītepi" vastuni bhrāntyā tathā na niścaya iti "yadi bhrāntinivṛttyarthamanyat" pramāṇāntara"miṣyate" 〈।〉 tadbhrāntinivarttakaṃ pramāṇāntaraṃ "vyavacchedaviṣayaṃ siddhaṃ" bhramāropitatvāpohaviṣayatvād । "tato" bhrāntinivarttakāda"paraṃ" yat pūrvamutpannamvastuviṣayamiṣṭaṃ "tadva"dapohaviṣayaṃ siddhaṃ ॥ (55)

3.56

309,iii (PVV_309,iii_309,vi)

kasmādityāha 〈।〉

309,iv

"tadvipakṣasamāropaviṣaye yadi niścayaiḥ /

niścīyate na yad rūpaṃ tatteṣāṃ viṣayaḥ katham // (svarth.anum.) 56 //"

309,v

avidyamānānyasamārope "viṣaye vṛtteḥ" । vikalpo hi vyavacchedaviṣayaṃ niścinvan tadvipakṣasamāropaviṣaye na bhavati । kintu tadvyavacchedaniścayāropamanasorbbādhyabādhakabhāvata ityuktaṃ ।

309,vi

api ca niścayairekākārapravṛttai"ryad rūpaṃ na niścīyate tatteṣāmviṣayaḥ ka"thamucyate । niścitañcāpratipannaṃ ceti viprati"(si)"<?>〈ṣi〉ddhaṃ । yadi kṛtakatvaniścaye'nityatvādyapi niścitaṃ kathaṃ tasyāpratipattiḥ । kṛta〈ka〉tvasyāpi vā mābhūt ॥ (56)

3.57

309,vii (PVV_309,vii_309,ix)

evantarhi pratyakṣagṛhīte vastuni niścayāniścayau na syātāmityāha ।

309,viii

"pratyakṣeṇa gṛhītepi viśeṣeśavivarjite /

yadviśeṣāvasāyesti pratyayaḥ sa pratīyate // (svarth.anum.) 57 //"

309,ix

"pratyakṣeṇa gṛhītepi viśeṣe" svalakṣaṇe sarvato vyāvṛtte"'śai"rbhāgai"rvivarjite" yasya "viśeṣa"sya vyavacchedasyā"vasāye"sti "pratyayaḥ" sahakārī prakaraṇābhyāsapāṭavādiḥ "sa<310>pratīyate" netaraḥ । na khalvasmanmate pratyakṣaṃ niścayātmakaṃ nāpyanubhavamātrādhīno niścayo yena sarvathā niścayaprasaṅgaḥ । kintu yatra vyavacchede'bhyāsādayaḥsahakāriṇaḥ pratyakṣasya santi sa niścīyate nānya iti yukto vibhāgaḥ । (57)

3.58

310,i (PVV_310,i_310,ii)

"tatrāpi cānyavyāvṛttiranyavyāvṛtta ityapi /

śabdāśca niścayāścaiva nimittamanurundhate // (svarth.anum.) 58 //"

310,ii

"tatrāpi" cānyāpohepi śabdavikalpaviṣaye"'nyavyāvṛttiranyavyāvṛtta ityapi 〈।〉 ye śabdāśca niścayāścaiva" bhinnaviṣayā iva pravartante na te vyāvṛttivyāvṛttayorvāstavabhedanibandhanāḥ kintarhi saṃketameva bhedavyavahāravyasthāpakaṃ vakṣyamāṇa"nimittamanurundhate"'nuvarttante । yadi goranyā'govyāvṛttistadā yathā gauragoraśvādervyāvṛttastathā'govyāvṛtterapi vyāvṛttaḥ । tataścāśvādivad goragaureva syāt । yo hyagovyāvṛttervyāvṛttaḥ so'gauryathāśvādirgauśca tatheti syāt । tathā'govyāvṛttirapi na prāpnoti । sarvasyaivāgotvāt । goragoranyatve hi tasmād vyāvṛttiḥ syāt । yadā tu gaureva nāsti tadā kasya kasmād vyāvṛttiḥ । tasmānna vyāvṛttivyāvṛttayorvastuto bhedaḥ । (58)

3.59

310,iii (PVV_310,iii_310,v)

tataśca ॥

310,iv

"dvayorekābhidhānepi vibhaktirvyatirekiṇī /

bhinnamarthamivānveti vācyate sa viśeṣataḥ // (svarth.anum.) 59 //"

310,v

"dvayo"rvyāvṛttivyāvṛttayorekasyārthasyā"bhidhānepi" vastuto "vibhaktiḥ" ṣaṣṭhyādi"rvyatireko" vācyabhedaḥ tadvatī । vyāvṛttasya vyāvṛttiriti "bhinnamivārthamanve"tyanu<311>gacchati vācakatvena । vācyasya leśaviśeṣato'lpabhedāt sāṅketikādabhinne pyarthe ॥ (59)

3.60

311,i (PVV_311,i_311,iii)

kimarthaṃ saṃketabhedaḥ kaśca vācyaviśeṣa ityāha ।

311,ii

"bhedāntarapratikṣepāpratikṣepau tayordvayoḥ /

padaṃ saṅketabhedasya jñātṛvāñchānurodhinaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 60 //"

311,iii

"bhedānta"rasya pratipādyamānād vyavacchedādanyasya vyavacchedasya "pratikṣepaḥ" । sāmānādhikaraṇyasya svabhāvo'"pratikṣepa"statsambhavaḥ । "tau tayordvayo"rvyāvṛttivyāvṛttaśabdayoḥ"saṃketabhedasya jñātṛvāñchānurodhinaḥ" padaṃ kāraṇaṃ 〈।〉 jñātā hi kadācit gauranaśvatvaṃ niṣkṛṣṭadharmāntara sambandhayogyatvaṃ jijñāsate 〈।〉 tadā gotvamasyetyucyate na tu gotvamasya śuklamiti । yadā tu vyāvṛttirevāniṣkṛṣṭadharmāntarasambandhayogyā jijñāsitā bhavati 〈।〉 tadā vyāvṛttaśabdasaṃketo yathā gaurayamiti dharmmāntarasāmānādhikaraṇyañca gauḥśukla ityādi ॥ (60)

3.61

311,iv (PVV_311,iv_311,v)

"bhedoyameva sarvatra dravyabhāvābhidhāyinoḥ /

śabdayorna tayorvācye viśeṣastena kaścana // (svarth.anum.) 61 //"

311,v

"bhedoyameva" saṃketakṛto dharmāntarapratikṣepāpratikṣepapratipattiphalo "dravyabhāvābhidhāyino"rddharmidharmavācinoḥ "śabdayorna" vāstavaḥ । "tena tayorvācye" niścayaviṣaye "na ka"ścid "viśeṣaḥ" । bhedāntarapratikṣepāpratikṣepābhyāmekasyaiva pratyāyanāt ॥ (61)

<312>

3.62

312,i (PVV_312,i_312,ii)

"jijñāpayiṣurarthaṃ taṃ taddhitena kṛtāpi vā /

anyena vā yadi brūyāt bhedo nāsti tataḥ paraḥ // (svarth.anum.) 62 //"

312,ii

tathā vyavaharttā "jijñāpayiṣurarthaṃ taṃ" sāṅketikaṃ bhedaṃ "taddhitena kṛtāpi vā" pācakatvamasya pācakoyampākaḥ pākyo vetyādi । "anyena vā" svayaṃkṛtena samayena "yadi brūyāt" 〈।〉 tathāpi "tato" bhedapratipādakāt taddhitāde"rbhedaḥ" paro vāstavo "nāsti" ॥ (62)

3.63

312,iii (PVV_312,iii_312,iv)

"tenānyāpohaviṣaye taddoṣopavarṇṇanam /

pratyākhyātaṃ pṛthaktve hi syād doṣo jātitadvatoḥ // (svarth.anum.) 63 //"

312,iv

"tena" vyāvṛttivyāvṛttayorabhede"nānyāpohaviṣaye" jātimān śabdavācya itipakṣaḥ tadvat pakṣabhūrdoṣo'nyāpohepi syāditi । "taddoṣopavarṇṇanaṃ pratyākhyātaṃ" । tadvat pakṣo hi jātimabhidhāya śabdastadvati varttata iti tadvacane svātantryamasya na syāt sāmānādhikaraṇyañca na bhavet 〈।〉 gauḥ śukla iti jāteraśuklatvāt 〈।〉 na copacārāśrayeṇa svātantryaṃ sāmānyādhikaraṇyañcāskhaladgatiyuktamityādi "jātitadvatoḥ pṛthaktve hi syād doṣa eṣaḥ" । na tu vyāvṛttivyāvṛttimatorbheda iti nātra tatpakṣoktadoṣaḥ ॥ (63)

3.64

312,v (PVV_312,v_312,vii)

yadi vyāvṛttitadvatorna bhavestadā gorgotvaṃ śuklatvasāsnādimatvādayaśceti ṣaṣṭhīvacanabhedādi na prāpnotītyāha ।

312,vi

"yeṣāṃ vastuvaśā vāco na vivakṣāparāśrayāḥ /

ṣaṣṭhīvacanabhedādi codyaṃ tān prati yuktimat // (svarth.anum.) 64 //"

312,vii

"yeṣāṃ" bāhyānāṃ mate "vastuvaśā" vastvāyattā "vāco na vivakṣāpara āśrayaḥ" kāraṇaṃ yāsāṃ tāstathā । "ṣaṣṭhīvacanabhedādi codyaṃ tān prati yuktimat" ॥ (64)

3.65

312,viii (PVV_312,viii_313,i)

"yad yathā vācakatvena vaktṛbhirviniyamyate /

anapekṣitabāhyārthaṃ tat tathā vācakaṃ vacaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 65 //"

<313>

313,i

asmākaṃ yadvaco "yathā" dharmāntarasya pratikṣepeṇāprati"vācakatvena vaktṛbhirniyamyate" viśeṣeṇa vyavasthāpyate"'napekṣitavāhyārtha" saṃketamātrānurodhitvāt "tadvacastathā vācakami"ṣṭamiti na codyāvakāśaḥ ॥ (65)

3.66

313,ii (PVV_313,ii_313,iii)

"dārāḥ ṣaṇṇagarītyādau bhedābhedavyavasthiteḥ /

khasya svabhāvaḥ khatvaṃ vetyatra vā kiṃ nibandhanam // (svarth.anum.) 66 //"

313,iii

yasya tu vāstava eva śābdo vyavahārastasya "dārāḥ ṣaṇṇagarītyādā"vādiśabdāt gṛhā viṃśatirityādau ca yathākramamabhinne bhinne ca vastuto "bhedābhedayo"rbahuvacanaikavacananimittayo"rvyavasthiteḥ । khasya svabhāvaḥ khatvaṃ vetyatra" dharmidharmabhedasya "kimvā" nimittaṃ na kiñcana । na hyekasyā〈ḥ〉 striyā bahutvaṃ ṣaṇṇāṃ nagarāṇāṃ vā ekatvamākāśasya svabhāvo bhinnaḥ sāmānyaṃ vāsti । atha cāsti śabdavṛttistataḥ kalpita eva tadviṣayo vaktavyaḥ ॥ (66)

3.67

313,iv (PVV_313,iv_313,vi)

yadi sarvato vyāvṛttasvabhāvā bhāvā na teṣu sāmānyamasti kathaṃ gotvamityādisāmānyapratītirityāha ।

313,v

"ekārthapratibhāsinyā bhāvānāśritya bhedinaḥ /

rūpaṃ pareṣāṃ vyāvṛttaṃ sā dhīḥ saṃvṛtirucyate // (svarth.anum.) 67 //"

313,vi

"bhedinaḥ" sarvato vyāvṛttān "bhāvānāśritya" paramparāpātebhya utpadya "yayā" dhiyā "ekārthapratibhāsinyā" ekārthādhyavasāyasvākārayā svarūpeṇa svapratibhāsena "pareṣāṃ" svalakṣaṇānāṃ "rūpaṃ" sarvato vyāvṛttaṃ saṃvriyate pracchādyate "sā buddhiḥ saṃvṛtirucyate" ॥ (67)

<314>

3.68

314,i (PVV_314,i_314,ii)

"tayā saṃvṛtanānātvāḥ saṃvṛtyā bhedinaḥ svayam /

abhedina ivābhānti bhedārūpeṇa kenacit // (svarth.anum.) 68 //"

314,ii

"tayā" saṃvṛttyā "svaya"mātmanā "bhedinaḥ" svasvabhāvavyavasthitā bhāvāḥ "saṃvṛtanānātvāḥ" sthagitabhedāḥ "kenacid rūpeṇa" vijātīyavyāvṛttyupakalpitena gotvādinā'"bhedina ivābhānti" ॥ (68)

3.69

314,iii (PVV_314,iii_314,iv)

"tasyā abhiprāyavaśāt sāmānyaṃ satprakīrtitam /

yathā tayopakalpitaṃ tadasata paramārthataḥ // (svarth.anum.) 69 //"

314,iv

"tasyā" buddheḥ sāmānyarūpatayā'dhyavasitākārāyā(')<?>〈 a〉"bhiprāyavaśāt" sāmānyaṃ "sat prakīrttitaṃ" । vijātīyavyāvṛttervastuṣvabhāvāt । tadupakalpitaṃ gotvādi sāmānya rūpeṇa buddhyākāramadhyava"(śya)"<?>〈sya〉nti vyavaharttāraḥ । adhyavasāyānurodhena ca sāmānyaṃ sadityucyate 〈।〉 "yathā" vastutvena "tat" sāmānyaṃ "tayā" saṃvṛttibuddhyā kalpitaṃ "tathā'sat paramārthataḥ" ॥ (69)

3.70

314,v (PVV_314,v_314,vii)

tadevāsattvamāha ।

314,vi

"vyaktayo nānuyantyanyadanuyāyi na bhāsate /

jñānādavyatiriktaṃ vā kathamarthāntaraṃ vrajet // (svarth.anum.) 70 //"

314,vii

"vyaktaya"stāva"nna" paraspara"manuyanti" bhedāt । tāsva"nuyāyi" ca kiñcinna "bhāsate" vyaktimātravedanāt । yacca "jñānādavyatirikta"mākārasvarūpaṃ tatka"thamarthāntaraṃ" jñānāntaraṃ"vā vrajet" svalakṣaṇarūpatvādasya ॥ (70)

3.71

314,viii (PVV_314,viii_314,ix)

"tasmānmithyāvikalpoyamartheṣvekātmatāgrahaḥ /

itaretarabhedosya bījaṃ saṃjñā yadarthikā // (svarth.anum.) 71 //"

314,ix

"tasmādartharūpa"sya jñānarūpasya ca sāmānyasya yogā"nmithyāvikalpoyama"rthaśūnya eṣa vikalpoyama"rtheṣvekātmatāyāḥ" sāmānyarūpatāyā "grahaḥ । asya" caikātmatayā prati<315>bhāsino mithyāvikalpasya "bījaṃ" heturitarasmādatatkārya kāriṇo "bhedo" vyāvṛttiḥ । "yadarthikā saṃjñā" śabdopi vijātīyavyāvṛttau saṃketyate tadviṣayaśca ॥ (71)

3.72

<(kha) bhinnānāmabhinnaṃ kāryam>

315,i (PVV_315,i_315,iii)

kathaṃ punarbhinnānāmabhinnaṃ kāryamityāha ।

315,ii

"ekapratyavamarśārthajñānādyekārthasādhane /

kecid bhedepi niyatāḥ svabhāvenendriyādivat // (svarth.anum.) 72 //"

315,iii

"ekapratyavamarśa" ekākārādhyavasāyo'"rthajñānaṃ" rūpādi"jñānaṃ" ca ta"dādi"ryasya jvaraharaṇādeḥ । tasyaikārthasya "sādhane" karaṇe "svabhāvena" prakṛtyā svahetudattayā "bhedepi" bhedāviśeṣepi "kecid" bāhuleyādayo "niyatā" na karkādaya "indriyādivat" । yathā cakṣūrūpālokamanaskārādaya eva bhedāviśeṣepi rūpavijñānaṃ janayanti na śrotraśabdādayaḥ ॥ (72)

3.73

315,iv (PVV_315,iv_315,vi)

etadeva dṛṣṭāntareṇa dṛḍhayannāha ।

315,v

"jvarādiśamane kāścit saha pratyekameva vā /

dṛṣṭā yathā vauṣadhayo nānātvepi na cāparāḥ // (svarth.anum.) 73 //"

315,vi

"jvarādiśamane" karttavye"kāścit" gūḍūcyādayaḥ "saha" parasparaṃ "pratyekamvā dṛṣṭā । nānātvepi na cāparāḥ । yathā" gūḍūcīmustādayo bhinnāstathā trapuṣādayopi । tathāpi kāścijjvaraṃ śamayanti na sarvāḥ । evaṃ śābaleyādaya ekapratyavamarśaṃ kurvanti । "na" karkādayaḥ ॥ (73)

3.74

315,vii (PVV_315,vii_315,ix)

syādetat । tāsvoṣadhīṣu sāmānyaṃ kiñcidasti tat jvarādiśamanaṃ karoti । tannaiṣa dṛṣṭānta〈ḥ ।〉 ityāha ।

315,viii

"aviśeṣānna sāmānyamaviśeṣaprasaṅgataḥ /

tāsāṃ kṣetrādibhedepi dhrauvyāccānupakārataḥ // (svarth.anum.) 74 //"

315,ix

"aviśeṣāt" sāmānyasyākriyāvasthātaḥ kriyāvasthāyāṃ "na sāmānyaṃ" kāñcidarthakriyāmupakalpayati । "tāsāṃ" gūḍūcyādivyaktīnāṃ "kṣetrādibhedepi" sāmānyasya kāryiṇo'viśiṣṭatvāt jvaraśamanādeḥ kāryasyā"viśeṣaprasaṅgataḥ" cirakṣiprapraśamanādyabhāvāsakteḥ ।"dhrauvyāccānupakārataḥ" । sāmānyasya nityatvāt । anyebhyaḥ sahakāribhya upakārābhāvāt sakṛt tatkāryāṇi syuḥ ॥ (74)

<316>

3.75

<(ga) apohasya vijātīyavyāvarttakatvam>

316,i (PVV_316,i_316,iii)

apohaviṣayatve śabdavikalpayoḥ sāmānyaṃ viśeṣaṇaviśeṣyabhāvaṃ dharmidharmabhāvañca vyavasthāpayitumāha ।

316,ii

"tatsvabhāvavikalpā dhīstadarthe vāpyanarthikā /

vikalpikā'tatkāryārthabhedaniṣṭhā prajāyate // (svarth.anum.) 75 //"

316,iii

"tasyo"tpalādeḥ śabdādeśca svalakṣaṇasya "svabhāva"grahādūrdhvaṃ yā "vikalpikā dhīḥ prajāyate" vastuto"'narthi"kāpi "tadartheva" svalakṣaṇaviṣayevā'dhyavasāyānurodhāt paramārthatā"'tatkāryebhyo arthebhyo bhedo" vyāvṛttistatra "niṣṭhā"'vasthānaṃ yasyā sā tathā vijātīyavyāvṛttiviṣayetyarthaḥ ॥ (75)

3.76–3.77

316,iv (PVV_316,iv_317,i)

"tasyāṃ yadrūpamābhāti bāhyamekamivānyataḥ /

vyāvṛttamiva nistatvaṃ parīkṣānaṅgabhāvataḥ // (svarth.anum.) 76 //

arthā jñānaniviṣṭāsta evaṃ vyāvṛttarūpakāḥ /

abhinnā iva cābhānti vyāvṛttāḥ punaranyataḥ // (svarth.anum.) 77 //"

316,v

"tasyāṃ" vikalpabuddhau "yad rūpaṃ" ya ākāro dṛśyavikalpayorekatvādhyavasāyābhyāsadāḍhryādabāhyamapi bāhyamivāsādhāraṇamapyekamiva sarvavyaktiṣu sadṛśavṛtteḥ । yathā yathā vyaktayo dṛśyante tathā tathaivādhyavasāyāt vyāvṛttamiva vijātīyavyāvṛttavastvabhedena niścayāt । na ca tadvyāvṛttaṃ gorūpatvaprasaṅgāt । ata eva nistatvaṃ niḥsvarūpaṃ yathābhūtarūpatirodhānenānyathādhyavasāyāt । tathā cāparīkṣāyā vicārasyā"naṅgabhāvā"danāśrayānnistatvaṃ tat dvividhaṃ tvartho jñānaṃ vā । na caitat tathā । yataḥkāraṇāt tena kalpitena sāmānyarūpeṇa "te'rthā" ekārthakriyākāriṇo'tatkāryebhyo <317>"vyāvṛ"ttasvabhāvā "jñānaniviṣṭā" vikalpabuddhyārūḍhā "abhinnā ivā bhāntyutpalatvādinā" śabdatvādinā "ca" ।

317,i

etena sāmānyavyavasthoktā 〈।〉 ta evaikajātyavasitā'nyato'nīlāt nityācca nīlamityādivikalpākāreṇa ekena tatkāritā vyāvṛttarūpatā'dhyavasāyaviṣayeṇa viśeṣitā vyāvṛttā ābhānti nīlotpalamiti śabdasyānityatvamiti ॥ (76, 77)

3.78

317,ii (PVV_317,ii_317,iii)

"ta eva teṣāṃ sāmānyasamānādhāragocaraiḥ /

jñānābhidhānairvyavahāro mithyārthaḥ pratanyate // (svarth.anum.) 78 //"

317,iii

"teṣā"mubhayavyāvṛttiviśeṣitānāṃ vikalpārūḍhānāmarthānāṃ "sāmānyayo"rviśeṣaṇaviśeṣyabhūtayorddharmadharmirūpayośca sāmānādhikaraṇyaṃ "samānādhāro" bhāvapradhānatvānnirdeśasya । sa "gocaro" yeṣāntai"rjñānābhidhānai"rvikalpaśabdairviśeṣaṇaviśeṣyabhāvasya dharmidharmabhāvasya "vyavahāro mithyārthaḥ pratanyate" vistāryate ॥ (78)

3.79–3.80

317,iv (PVV_317,iv_317,vi)

"sa ca sarvaḥ padārthānāmanyonyābhāvasaṃśrayaḥ /

tenānyāpohaviṣayaḥ tadatatkāryakāriṇām // (svarth.anum.) 79 //

vastulābhāśrayo;"

317,v

"sa ca" jñānābhidhānalakṣaṇo viśeṣaṇaviśeṣyabhāvādivyavahāraḥ "sarvaḥ padārthānāṃ" tadatatkāryakāriṇā"manyotyasya" itaretarasyā"bhāvo" vyavacchedaḥ"saṃśrayo" viṣayo yasya sa tathā । "tena" vyavacchedaviṣayatvenā"pohaviṣayo" vyavasthāpyate ।"vastuno lābhasya" prāpteścā"śrayo" nimittaṃ sa vyavahāro bhavati ॥(79)

317,vi

"yatra yathoktānumittau yathā /

nānyatra bhrāntisāmyepi dīpatejo maṇau yathā // (svarth.anum.) 80 //"

317,vii (PVV_317,vii)

yatra vyavahāre vastunaḥ sambandhaḥ paraṃparayā tadutpatterasti"yathoktānumitau"<318> yādṛśī sādhyapratibaddhakāryasvabhāvānupalambhaliṅgajānumitiruktā । tatra "yathā" paraṃparayā vastusambandhād vastuprā"ptirnānyatra bhrāntisāmyepi dīpatejo maṇau yathā" । kuñcikāvivaradeśasthe dīpatejasi bhrāntyā samāropite maṇauparamparayāpi vastusambandhābhāvānna prāptiḥ । evaṃ yadyapi sarvasya vikalpasya svapratibhāse'nartherthādhyavasāyena vṛtterbhrāntatvaṃ tathāpi yo vastusambandhavān sa tatprāpako netara iti yukto vibhāgaḥ ॥ (80)

3.81

318,i (PVV_318,i_318,iii)

nanu yadi jñānaniviṣṭānāmarthānāṃ sāmarthyādivyavahārastadā bāhyeṣu sa na syādityāha ।

318,ii

"tatrānekopi kāryaikā na tatkāryaparāśrayaiḥ /

jñānābhidhānairekatvāt vyavahāraḥ pratāryate // (svarth.anum.) 81 //"

318,iii

"tatra" gavāśvādivyaktiṣu madhye"'nekopi" (sā )<?>〈śā〉valeyabāhuleyādirekamabhedāvasāyādikāryaṃ yasya "jñānābhidhānaiḥ" kīdṛśaistadvāhādyakāryaṃ "kāryaṃ" na bhavati yeṣāṃ karkādīnāṃ tebhyo'nyatā tadvyavacchedaḥ sa "āśrayo" viṣayo yeṣāṃ "tairekatvena vyavahāraṃ pratāryate" prāpyate । śāvaleyādirvijātīyavyāvṛtau vyāvṛttyāśrayaiḥ śabdajñānairekatvena vyavahniyate ityarthaḥ ॥ (81)

3.82

318,iv (PVV_318,iv_318,v)

"tataścaikopyanekakṛt tadbhāvaparidīpanāt /

atatkāryārthabhedena nānādharmaḥ pratīyate // (svarth.anum.) 82 //"

318,v

"tataścaikopi dīpādirā"lokāndhakārāpanayanavartidāhā"dyanekakāryakṛt" 〈।〉 "tadbhāvasyā"nekakāryakāritvasya "paridīpana"nimitta"matatkāryārthe"bhya ekaikakāryasamarthebhyo "bhedena" vyavacchedena "nānādharmaḥ pratīyate" śabdavikalpaiḥ । yathā'nālokakāribhyo bhedādālokakṛdanandhakārahantṛbhyo bhedādandhakārahantā dīpa ucyata ityādi ॥ (82)

3.83

318,vi (PVV_318,vi_319,i)

"yathāpratīti kathitaḥ śabdārthosāvasannapi /

sāmānādhikaraṇyaṃ ca vastunyasya na sambhavaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 83 //"

<319>

319,i

tadevaṃ "yathāpratīti" saṃvyavahārānatikrameṇa"śabdārthaḥ" sāmānyalakṣaṇaḥ sāmānādhikaraṇyaṃ "viśeṣaṇaviśeṣyabhāvaśca ca śabdāt kathito'sannapi paramārthataḥ । yato vastunyasya śabdārthasya sāmānyādeḥ pāramārthikasyāsaṃbhavaḥ । sarvato vyāvṛttasya vastumātrasyādhyakṣeṇopalambhāt । tadvyāvuttyāśrayeṇa kalpyamānaṃ sāmānyaṃ tatsāmānādhikaraṇyaṃ" cāvastveva ॥ (83)

3.84

319,ii (PVV_319,ii_319,iii)

"dharmmadharmmivyavasthānaṃ bhedo'bhedaśca yādṛśaḥ /

asamīkṣitatatvortho yathā loke pratīyate // (svarth.anum.) 84 //"

319,iii

tathā "dharma dharmmiṇorvyavasthāniyamaḥ" śabdo dharmyeva kṛtakatvaṃ "dharma eva । tayorbhedaḥ" śabdo dharmī kṛtakatvaṃ dharma itya"bheda"śca kṛtako'nityaśca śabda "ityādi 〈।〉 yādṛśo" dharmāntarapratikṣepāpratikṣepābhyāmukto'"samīkṣitatatvortho"'lakṣitatatvo yathā loke "pratīyate" ॥ (84)

3.85

319,iv (PVV_319,iv_319,v)

"taṃ tathaiva samāśritya sādhyasādhanasaṃsthitiḥ /

paramārthāvatārāya vidvadbhiravakalpyate // (svarth.anum.) 85 //"

319,v

"taṃ" dharmmidharmmādivibhāgaṃ "tathaiva samāśritya sādhyasādhanasaṃsthitirvidvadbhiravakalpyate" 〈।〉 "paramārthe" vastusvabhāvabhūte kṣaṇikatvādā"vavatārāya" lokasya vastutvakṣaṇikatvayorbhedaḥ paraḥ kalpitaḥ vastu tu kṣaṇikameva । tacca sādhyasādhanakalpanayā śakyaṃ pratyetuṃ ॥(85)

3.86

319,vi (PVV_319,vi_319,viii)

kasmāt punarvastuni sāmānyadharmidharmādi nāstītyāha 〈।〉

319,vii

"saṃsṛjyante na bhidyante svatorthāḥ pāramārthikāḥ /

rūpamekamanekañca teṣu buddherupaplavaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 86 //"

319,viii

"pāramārthikā arthāḥ svataḥ" svarūpeṇa "na saṃsṛjyante" 〈।〉 yataḥ sāmānyaṃ vastu syāt । "nāpi bhidyante" kṛtakatvaśabdatvādinā yato dharmidharmabhedo bhavet । yattu "teṣu rūpamekaṃ" gotvādyanuyāyi । "aneka"ñca śabdakṛtakatvādi vyavahriyate'sau buddheranādivāsanopahatāyā "upalpavo" mithyopadarśanaṃ ॥ (86)

<320>

3.87

320,i (PVV_320,i_320,ii)

"bhedastatopi bauddhe'rthe sāmānyaṃ bheda ityapi /

tasyaiva cānyavyāvṛttyā dharmabhedaḥ prakalpyate // (svarth.anum.) 87 //"

320,ii

"tato"yaṃ viśeṣa idaṃ "sāmānya"miti "bheda" idaṃ sādhyamidaṃ sādhanamityapi bhedo "bauddhe" buddhiparikalpite'"rthe" na vastuni । kathantarhi svalakṣaṇe kṛtakatvādi"bheda" ityāha । "tasyaiva" svalakṣaṇasyānyasmādakṛtakāde"rvyāvṛtyā" tadāśrayeṇa "dharmabhedaḥ prakalpyate ॥"(87)

3.88

320,iii (PVV_320,iii_320,vi)

kasmāt kalpitabhedadvāreṇa sādhyasādhanabhāva iṣṭo na vastubhedenetyāha ।

320,iv

"sādhyasādhanasaṃkalpe vastudarśanahānitaḥ /

bhedaḥ sāmānyasaṃsṛṣṭo grāhyo nātra svalakṣaṇam // (svarth.anum.) 88 //"

320,v

"sādhyasādhanasaṃkalpe" idaṃ sādhyamidaṃ sādhanamiti vikalpe kriyamāṇe "vastudarśanasya hānitaḥ" kalpita eva bhedaḥ । na khalu vikalpe vastudarśanamasti kalpitagocaratvāt tasya । ālocanājñānaṃ vastuviṣayaṃ na kiñcit tad vibhajati ।

320,vi

nanvācāryādignāsya "bhedaḥ sāmānyasaṃsṛṣṭo grāhya" iṣṭaḥ । "atra" bhedaḥ sāmānyasaṃsṛṣṭaḥ pratīyate ityasmin vacane "na svalakṣaṇaṃ" grāhyatayā nirdiṣṭaṃ kintvadhyavaseyatayā ॥ (88)

3.89

320,vii (PVV_320,vii_320,ix)

kasmādevamityāha ।

320,viii

"samānabhinnādyākārairna tad grāhyaṃ kathañcana /

bhedānāṃ bahubhedānāṃ tatraikasminnayogataḥ // (svarth.anum.) 89 //"

320,ix

"samānabhinnādyākāraiḥ" sāmānyākāradharmidharmabhedākārasāmānādhikaraṇyādyākāraiśca "tat" svalakṣaṇaṃ "kathañcana grāhyaṃ" na bhavati । kiṃ kāraṇamityāha । "bhedānāṃ"dharmāṇāṃ kṛtakatvādīnāṃ "bahubhedā"nāmanekaprakārāṇāṃ "tatra" svalakṣaṇa "ekasminnayogataḥ" ॥ (89)

<321>

3.90

321,i (PVV_321,i_321,ii)

"tadrūpaṃ sarvato bhinnaṃ tathā tatpratipādikā /

na śrutiḥ kalpanā vāsti sāmānyenaiva vṛttitaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 90 //"

321,ii

tasmāt tasya svalakṣaṇasya "rūpaṃ sarvataḥ" sajātīyavijātīyād "bhinnaṃ tathā" tena sarvato bhinnena rūpeṇa "tatpratipādikā śrutiḥ kalpanā vā nāsti । sāmānyenaiva" kalpitena rūpeṇa śabdavikalpayo"rvṛttitaḥ" ॥ (90)

3.91

321,iii (PVV_321,iii_321,v)

kiṃ punaḥ svalakṣaṇameva śabdairnocyate ityāha ।

321,iv

"śabdāḥ saṃketitaṃ prāhurvyavahārāya sa smṛtaḥ /

tadā svalakṣaṇaṃ nāsti saṅketastena tatra na // (svarth.anum.) 91 //"

321,v

"śabdāḥ saṃketita"marthamā"hurna" yaṃ kañcit ।"sa" saṃketo "vyavahārāya smṛtaḥ" 〈।〉 saṃketitamarthaṃ śabdāduccaritāt pratipadyeyamiti saṃketagrahaṇaṃ । "tadā" vyavahārakāle ca "svalakṣaṇaṃ" saṃketaviṣayo "nāsti tena tatra" svalakṣaṇe "saṃketo na" yuktaḥ ॥ (91)

3.92

321,vi (PVV_321,vi_321,viii)

evantarhi sāmānye vyavahārakālānuyāyini saṃketaḥ syādityāha ।

321,vii

"api pravartteta pumān vijñāyārthakriyākṣamān /

tatsādhanāyetyartheṣu saṃyojyante'bhidhākriyāḥ // (svarth.anum.) 92 //"

321,viii

"apipravartteta pumān" śabdād "vijñāyārthakriyākṣamān" । tasyā arthakriyāyāḥ "sādhanāyeti" । etadarthama"rtheṣu saṃyojyante" saṃketyante śabdā na vyasanitayā ॥ (92)

3.93

321,ix (PVV_321,ix_321,x)

"atrānarthakriyāyogyo nāsti tadvānalaṃ sa ca /

sākṣānna yojyate kasmādānantyāccedidaṃ samam // (svarth.anum.) 93 //"

321,x

tatraivaṃ satyanarthakriyāyāṃ yogyo'rthakriyāyāṃ śaktā jātiriti na tatra saṅketo yuktaḥ । "tadvān" jātimān viśeṣo"'laṃ" śaktorthakriyāyāmiti tatra saṃketa iti cet । "sa" viśeṣaśca "sākṣāt" saṅkete "kasmānna yojyate" 〈।〉 kiṃ jātivyavadhi<322>svīkāreṇa anarthakriyākāritvādasyāḥ svalakṣaṇasya ca viparyayāt । vyaktīnā"mānantyānna" tatra śakya iti "cet । ida"mānantyaṃ "samaṃ" jātimadvyaktiṣvapi ॥ (93)

3.94

322,i (PVV_322,i_322,ii)

"tatkāriṇāmatatkāribhedasāmye na kiṃ kṛtaḥ /

tadvaddoṣasya sāmyāccedastu jātiralaṃ parā // (svarth.anum.) 94 //"

322,ii

kiñca yāmarthakriyāmuddiśya śabdaniyoga"statkāriṇā"marthānā"matatkāri"bhyo yo "bhedo" vyavacchedastadeva "sāmyaṃ" sāmānyamanyāpohaḥ sādhāraṇatvāt । tatra "kiṃ" saṃketo na kṛtaḥ sāmānyavadapohopi sādhāraṇo'narthakriyākārī svalakṣaṇasambandhāt tadupalabhyarūpaścaḥ । "tadvaddoṣasya" jātimati saṃketaviṣaye ānantyāt saṃketākaraṇasya "sāmyāccedastu" doṣaḥ samānatvāt 〈।〉 dvayorasta "jātiḥ parā'lamanu"payuktā jātimabhyupetyāpi vijātīyavyavacchedo' vaśyāśrayaṇīyaḥ । yadi gauraśvādibhyo na vyavacchinnastadā'śva eva syāt । yaścaikasya vyavacchedaḥ sa sarvasya 〈।〉 sa eva saṅketaviṣayo'stu kiṃ pramāṇabādhitajātisvīkāreṇa । ata eva tadvaddoṣopi na sambhavati । abhyupagamya tu sāṃpratamāpāditaṃ ॥ (94) kiñca 〈।〉

3.95

322,iii (PVV_322,iii_322,iv)

"tadanyaparihāreṇa pravartteteti ca dhvaniḥ /

tena tebhyo'vyavacchede pravartteta kathañca saḥ // (svarth.anum.) 95 //"

322,iv

tasmādekārthakriyākāriṇo"'nya"sya "parihā"reṇa śabdāt "pravarttateti dhva"nirucyate । "tena" dhvaninā "tebhyo"'tatkāribhyo'"sya" tatkāriṇo'vyavacchede <323> vyavacchede'kriyamāṇe "kathaṃ" sa śrotā pratiniyatapadārthārthī pravartteta "viṣayānabhidhānāt" ॥ (95)

3.96

323,i (PVV_323,i_323,iii)

atha śabdairvyavacchedaḥ kriyata eva pravṛttiviṣayastu jātirucyata ityāha ।

323,ii

"vyavacchedosti cedasya nanvetāvat prayojanam /

śabdānāmiti kiṃ tatra sāmānyenāpareṇa vaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 96 //"

323,iii

"asya" jātimato "vyavacchedo'sti cet । nanvetāvadanyavyavacchedena pravarttanaṃ śabdānāṃ prayojana"miṣṭa"miti sāmānyenāpareṇa" kiṃ kāryaṃ vaḥ । tadantareṇa ca śabdādanyavyavacchedābhidhānepi pravṛttisaṃbhavāt ॥ (96)

3.97

<(gha) sāmānyābhāve pratyabhijñāsaṃgatiḥ>

323,iv (PVV_323,iv_323,vi)

yadi nāsti jātistadā bhinnasvabhāveṣu bhāveṣu sa evāyaṃ gaurityādi pratyabhijñānaṃ na syādityāha ।

323,v

"jñānādyarthakriyāṃ tāṃstāṃ dṛṣṭvā bhedena kurvataḥ /

arthāntadanyaviśleṣaviṣayairdhvanibhiḥ saha // (svarth.anum.) 97 //"

323,vi

"jñānamādi"ryasyā bāhā"dyarthakriyā"yāstāmekākāraparāmarśaviṣayāṃ "bhedena" nānātvepi "kurvato"rthān "dṛṣṭvā tadanya"smād yo "viśleṣaḥ" sa "viṣayo" yeṣāṃ "tairddhvanibhiḥ saha" ॥ (97)

3.98

323,vii (PVV_323,vii_323,ix)

"saṃyojya pratyabhijñānaṃ pūrvadṛṣṭānyadarśane /

parasyāpi na sā buddhiḥ sāmānyādeva kevalāt // (svarth.anum.) 98 //"

323,viii

"saṃyojya" sa evāyaṃ gaurityādi"pratyabhijñānaṃ pūrvadṛṣṭā"darthād vilakṣaṇasya "darśanepi" kuryāt । tadanyaviśleṣasya sarvatra sāmyāt ॥

323,ix

kiñca 〈।〉 yadi nānātvāt pratyabhijñānamayuktaṃ tadā "parasyāpi na sā" pratyabhijñā "buddhiḥ sāmānyādeva kevalādiṣṭā" kintu sāmānyaviśeṣābhyāṃ । (98)

3.99–3.101

323,x (PVV_323,x_324,ii)

kasmādityāha 〈।〉

323,xi

"nityaṃ tanmātravijñāne vyaktyajñānaprasaṅgataḥ /"

323,xii

"nitya"tayā "tasya" sāmānya"mātrasya vijñāne vyaktyajñānaprasaṅgataḥ" ॥

<324>

<(ṅa) tadvattāniścayaḥ>

324,i

"tadā kadācit sambaddhasyāgṛhītasya tadvataḥ // (svarth.anum.) 99 //

tadvattāniścayo na syād vyavahārastataḥ katham /"

324,ii

yadā sāmānyajñānasya na viśeṣo viṣaya"stadā kadācidagṛhītasya sambaddhasya" sāmānyena "tadvato" viśeṣasya (99) "tadvattāniścaya" idamasya sāmānyamiti jñānaṃ "na syāt" । tatastadvattāvyavahāraḥ kathaṃ tvanmate ॥

324,iii (PVV_324,iii_324,iv)

"ekavastusahāyāśced vyaktayo jñānakāraṇam // (svarth.anum.) 100 //

tadekaṃ vastu kiṃ tāsāṃ nānātvaṃ samapohati /

nānātvāccaikavijñānahetutā tāsu neṣyate // (svarth.anum.) 101 //"

324,iv

ekaṃ vastu sāmānyaṃ tatsahāyāśced vyaktayo jñānasya pratyabhijñānasya kāraṇamiṣyante 〈।〉 "tadekaṃ" sāmānyaṃ "vastu kintāsāṃ" vyaktīnāmamiśrasvabhāvānāṃ "nānātvaṃ samapohati" 〈।〉 yena pratyabhijñānahetutve ।"nānātvāccaikasya" pratyabhijñā"jñānasya hetutā tāsu" tvayā "neṣyate" । taccet tathaiva na syātpratyabhijñānam ॥ (100, 101)

3.102

324,v (PVV_324,v_324,vi)

"anekamapi yadyekamapekṣyābhinnabuddhikṛt /

tābhirvināpi pratyekaṃ kriyamāṇāndhiyaṃ prati // (svarth.anum.) 102 //

tenaikenāpi sāmānyāt tāsāṃ netyagrahe dhiyā /"

324,vi

"anekamapi" vyaktirūpaṃ "yadyekaṃ" sāmānya"mapekṣyābhinnabuddhikṛt" pratyabhijñānakārīṣyate । "tābhi"rvyaktibhiḥ pratyekaṃ"vinaikai"kayā preritena sāmānyenaikena "kriyamāṇāṃ dhiyaṃ" pratyabhijñāṃ pratibhāsāṃ vyaktīnāṃsāmarthyaṃ neti tayā dhiyā tāsāmagrahaḥ । kevalaṃ sāmānyagrahaṇe ca tadvattā niścayo na syāditi duḥpariharaṃ ॥ (102)

3.103

324,vii (PVV_324,vii_325,ii)

nanu yathā nīlādīnāmekaikāpāyepi cakṣurvijñānaṃ dṛṣṭaṃ tatsamudāyepi dṛśyate । evaṃ yadyapi pratyekaṃ vyaktīnāṃ vyabhicārastathāpi yadā satvaṃ tadā viṣayatvamityāha ॥

<325>

325,i

"nīlādernetravijñāne pṛthak sāmarthyadarśanāt // (svarth.anum.) 103 //"

325,ii

"nīlādernetravijñāne" kārye "pṛthak" pratyekaṃ "sāmarthyadarśanāt" । (103)

3.104

325,iii (PVV_325,iii_325,vi)

"śaktisiddhiḥ samūhepi naivaṃ vyakteḥ kathañcana /"

325,iv

"śaktisiddhiḥ samūhepi yuktā । evaṃ vyakternna" pratyabhijñānajanane sāmarthyaṃ kathañcana dṛṣṭaṃ yena samudāyepi sāmarthyakalpanā syāt ॥

325,v

"tāsāmanyatamāpekṣyaṃ taccecchaktaṃ na kevalam // (svarth.anum.) 104 //"

325,vi

"tāsāṃ" vyaktī"nāmanyatamāpekṣyaṃ" tat sāmānyaṃ pratyabhijñāne "śaktaṃ" na "kevalamiti cet" ॥ (104)

3.105

325,vii (PVV_325,vii_325,viii)

"tadekamupakuryustāḥ kathamekāndhiyañca na /

kāryaśca tāsāṃ prāptosau jananaṃ yadupakriyā // (svarth.anum.) 105 //"

325,viii

tatsāmānya"mekaṃ" kathantā vyaktaya "upakuryuḥ" 〈।〉 "na tvekā"ndhiyamanupakriyamāṇasya samavetatve'tiprasaṅgād vyaktibhiḥ sāmānyamupakarttavyaṃ । tathā dhīrapyekopakarttavyā । yacca sāmānyādirupakriyate vyaktibhiḥ "kāryaśca tāsāṃ prāptosau yadya"smā"dupakriyā" jananameva । na hyupakriyamāṇādanyasminnupakārākhye vastuni kṛtepi tasya kiñcit । tatsambandhāccet । sambandho bhinna eveti kintasya jātaṃ । "abhinne" tūpakāre sa eva kṛtaḥ syāt । tathā jananamevopakāraḥ ॥ (105)

3.106

325,ix (PVV_325,ix_325,x)

"abhinnapratibhāsā dhīrna bhinneṣviti cenmatam /

pratibhāso dhiyā bhinnaḥ samānā iti tadgrahāt // (svarth.anum.) 106 //"

325,x

ekasāmānyābhāve"'bhinnapratibhāsā" ekākārā "dhīrna bhinneṣviti cenmataṃ" । nanu "pratibhāso dhiyā bhinno" naikākāraḥ "samānā" imā "iti tā"sāṃ vyaktīnāṃ "grahāt" । na hi bhūta kaṇṭhaguṇavadekaṃ sāmānyaṃsarvānupā<?>〈yā〉yi vyaktivyatiriktaṃ pratibhāti । kintu gaurgauriti sāmānyamavasīyate tacca bhedādhiṣṭhānameva ॥ (106)

3.107

<326>

326,i (PVV_326,i_326,ii)

"kathantā bhinnadhīgrāhyāḥ samāścedekakāryatā /

sādṛśyaṃ nanu dhīḥ kāryaṃ tāsāṃ sā ca vibhidyate // (svarth.anum.) 107 //"

326,ii

nanu samāśced vyaktayodhyavasīyante । "kathaṃ tā bhinnadhīgrāhyāḥ" । na khalu "sama"tvamekatvaṃ ki"ntvekakāryatāsādṛśyaṃ" 〈।〉 na hi sa evāyaṃ tadatra veti ni"ścayaḥ" । api tvayamapi gaurityadhyavasāyaḥ । tathā caikārthakriyākāritvameva sādṛśyaṃ । "nanu dhīḥ kāryaṃ tāsāṃ" vyaktīnāṃ "sā ca" prativyakti "bhidyate" tatkathamekārthakriyākāritvaṃ sādṛśyaṃ । (107)

3.108

326,iii (PVV_326,iii_326,v)

ata āha ।

326,iv

"ekapratyavamarśasya hetutvād dhīrabhedinī /

ekadhīhetubhāvena vyaktīnāmapyabhinnatā // (svarth.anum.) 108 //"

326,v

yadyapi prativyakti bhinnā tathāpyeka"pratyavamarśasya" hetutvād dhīrabhedinyekā'bhidhīyate 〈।〉 tathāvidhāyāścaikasyā dhiyo hetubhāvena "vyaktīnāmabhinnato"cyate ॥ (108)

3.109

326,vi (PVV_326,vi_326,vii)

"sā cātatkāryaviśleṣastadanyasyānuvartinaḥ /

adṛṣṭeḥ pratiṣedhācca saṃketastadvidarthikaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 109 //"

326,vii

"sā cā"bhinnatā"'tatkā"ryebhyaḥ padārthebhyo "viśleṣo" vyavacchedastatkāriṇāṃ vastubhūtajātireva kinneṣyate ityāha । "tato" vyavacchedā"danyasya" 〈anuvarttinaḥ〉 sāmānyasya "vastusato'dṛṣṭeḥ" svabhāvānupalabdhyā "pratiṣedhācca" । tataśca "saṃketastadvidarthika"stasya vyavacchedasya vidartho yasyāsti sa tathā ॥ (109)

3.110

326,viii (PVV_326,viii_327,i)

"atatkārivivekena pravṛtyarthatayā śrutiḥ /

akāryakṛtitatkāritulyarūpāvabhāsinīm // (svarth.anum.) 110 //"

<327>

327,i

saṃketa"ścātatkārivivekena pravṛttyaryatayā" pravṛttiprayojanatvena kṛtaḥ । tataśca śrutirapi dhiyaṃ janayantyarthena visaṃvādiketi sambandhanīyaṃ । kīdṛśīṃ "dhiyaṃ" 〈।〉 svākāre"'kāryakṛti" । kāryakāraṇāsamarthe "tatkāri" tulyarūpāvabhāsinīmekārthakriyākārisarvavastusādhāraṇaikarūpādhyavasāyinīṃ ॥ (110)

3.111

327,ii (PVV_327,ii_327,v)

"dhiyaṃ vastupṛthagbhāvamātrabījāmanarthikām /

janayantyapyatatkāriparihārāṅgabhāvātaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 111 //"

327,iii

"vastu" nastatkāriṇo'tatkāribhyaśca "pṛthagbhāva" eva kevalaḥ "sa bījaṃ kāraṇaṃ yasyā"stā"manarthikā"marthaśūnyāṃ paramārthataḥ ।

327,iv

kathamavisamvādikā tarhi setyāha ।

327,v

"atatkā"riṇāṃ vijātīyānāṃ "parihāra"syā"ṅgabhāvataḥ" kāraṇatvāt "tadvyavacche"dasya viṣayatvāttatra pravṛttiḥ ॥ (111)

3.112

327,vi (PVV_327,vi_327,vii)

"vastubhedāśrayāccārthe na visaṃvādikā matā /

tatonyāpohaviṣayā tatkartrāśritabhāvataḥ // (svarth.anum.) 112 //"

327,vii

vastubhedāśrayācca vastuviṣayasya paraṃparayā hetutvāt tatra pravarttayantī śrutirarthe na visaṃvādikā matā । tatonyāyohaviṣayā tatkartrāśritabhāvataḥ । tatkāryakartṛ vastvāśritatvāt ॥ (112)

3.113

327,viii (PVV_327,viii_327,ix)

"avṛkṣavyatirekeṇa vṛkṣārthagrahaṇe dvayam /

anyonyāśrayamityekagrahābhāve dvayāgrahaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 113 //"

327,ix

nanu saṃketakāle"'vṛkṣavyatirekeṇa vṛkṣārtha"sya "grahaṇe dvayamanyonyāśrayaṃ" vṛkṣo'vṛkṣaścānyonyāpekṣa ityekasya vṛkṣasyāvṛkṣasya cāvyavasthitatvāt "grahābhāve dvayāgrahaḥ"<328> prāptaḥ । niścite hi vṛkṣe tadabhāvaḥ śakyo niścetuṃ । avṛkṣatve ca niścite vṛkṣo niśceya ityekāniścayād dvayāniścayaḥ ॥ (113)

3.114–3.115

328,i (PVV_328,i_328,iv)

"saṅketāsambhavastasmāditi kecit pracakṣate /

teṣāmavṛkṣāssaṅkete vyavacchinnā na vā;"

328,ii

"seṅketāsambhavastasmāditi keci"jjaiminīyāḥ "pracakṣate । teṣāmeva" vādināṃ jātāvapi "saṅkete" kriyamāṇe'"vṛkṣā vyavacchinnā na vā" ।

328,iii

"yadi // (svarth.anum.) 114 //

vyavacchinnāḥ kathaṃ jñātāḥ prāgvṛkṣagrahaṇādṛte /

anirākaraṇe teṣāṃ saṅkete vyavahāriṇām // (svarth.anum.) 115 //"

328,iv

"yadi vyavacchinnā" iṣyante "kathaṃ" saṃketāt prāk "jñātā vṛkṣagrahaṇā"dṛte saṃketād vṛkṣasyājñātatvād avṛkṣāḥ kathaṃ jñātāḥ । atha na vyavacchinnāḥ tadā'nirākaraṇe "teṣāṃ" saṃkete "vyavahāriṇāṃ" vyavahārakāle ॥ (115)

3.116–3.120

328,v (PVV_328,v_328,vi)

"na syāt tatparihāreṇa pravṛttirvṛkṣabhedavat /

avidhāya niṣidhyānyat pradarśyaikaṃ puraḥ sthitam // (svarth.anum.) 116 //

vṛkṣoyamiti saṃketaḥ kriyate tat prapadyate /

byavahārepi tenāyamadoṣa iti cet;"

328,vi

teṣāmavṛkṣāṇāṃ "parihāreṇa na syāt pravṛttiḥ vṛkṣabhedavad" 〈।〉 yathā vṛkṣaviśeṣāṇāṃ vṛkṣasaṃkete'vyavacchinnatvāt pravṛttiviṣayatvamevamavṛkṣāṇāmapi syāt । nanve"kaṃ" śākhādimantaṃ "pura〈ḥ〉 sthitaṃ pradarśya" tasmā"danyadavidhāya niṣidhya" ca । (116) "vṛkṣoyamiti ca saṃketaḥ kriyate" vastusāmānyādibhiḥ "tat" saṃketaviṣayaṃ sāmānyaṃtatsambandhibāhyalakṣaṇaṃ "vyavahāre prapadyate tenāyama"nantarokta"doṣo na" bhavatīti "cet" ॥

328,vii (PVV_328,vii_329,ii)

"taruḥ // (svarth.anum.) 117 //

ayamapyayameveti prasaṅgo na nivarttate /

ekapratyavamarśākhye jñāne;"

<329>

329,i

atra cā"yamapi" śākhādimāṃstarura"yameva" taru"riti" pūrvako'vṛkṣāvyavaccheda"prasaṅgo na" nivarttate'tra cokta eva doṣa iti dvayorapyekāgrahāt dvayāsambhavāt saṅketāsambhavaḥ samānaḥ । idānīṃ parihartumāha ।"ekapratyavamarśā"khye "jñāne" bhedāviśeṣepi kecideva bhāvā ekākārādhyavasāyahetavo netare ॥ (117)

329,ii

"ekatra hi sthitaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 118 //

prapattā tadataddhetūnarthān vibhajate svayam /

tadbuddhivartino bhāvān bhāto hetutayā dhiyaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 119 //

aheturūpavikalānekarūpāniva svayam /

bhedena pratipadyetetyuktirbhede niyujyate // (svarth.anum.) 120 //"

329,iii (PVV_329,iii)

ta"traika"sminnekākārajñānādhyavasāye "sthitaḥ pratipattā" puruṣa"stadataddhetūnarthān vibhajate svayaṃ" । yānekākāraparāmarśaviṣayabuddhyādihetūnadhyavasyati । yāṃścānyathā tān yathākramaṃ taddhetūnataddhetūścaṃ bhedena vyavasthāpayati saṃketāt "prāgevatadbuddhivarttina" ekākāraparāmarśaviṣayān "bhavān" śākhādimato "dhiya" ekākārāyā "hetutayā bhātaḥ" pratibhāsamānā "na heto"rekākārabuddhyakāraṇasya śākhādimatvarahitasya "rūpeṇa vikalān" paramārthabhinnā"napyekarūpāniva svayamā"tmanā saṃketayitā manyamānaḥ pratipādyopi tānatatkāribhyaḥ śākhādimatvarahitebhyo "bhede"nāsaṃkareṇa "pratipadyeteti । uktiḥ" śabdo "bhede'"nyāpohe "niyujyate" ।(118–20)

3.121–3.122abc

329,iv (PVV_329,iv_330,i)

"taṃ tasyā dhīrvikalpikā bhrāntyaikaṃ vastvivekṣate /

kvacinniveśanāyārthe vinivartya kutaścana // (svarth.anum.) 121 //

buddheḥ prayujyate śabdastadarthasyāvadhāraṇāt /

vyarthonyathā prayogaḥ syāt;"

<330>

330,i

"taṃ" bhedaṃ "tasyā" ukteruccāritāyā vācyatayā pratiyatī "dhīrvikalpikā" prakṛti"bhrāntyā ekamiva vastvīkṣate" । tasmāt kutaścanākāryakāriṇo'rthād vinivarttya "kvacide"kārthakriyākāriṇyarthe "buddherniveśanāya śabdaḥ prayujyate" 〈।〉 "tadarthasya" śabdārthasyā"vadhāraṇāt" । ghaṭenodakamānayetyādau pratipadamavadhāraṇamiṣṭaṃ । "vyartho'nyathā prayogaḥ syāt" । yadi yena kenacidānayanamiṣṭamudakamānayetyucyeta । yadi śabdānāṃ vyavacchedo vācyastadā "jñeyādipadānāṃ" sarvasya jñeyatvena vyavacchedyābhāvāt । (121, 122)

3.122d–3.124

330,ii (PVV_330,ii_330,v)

artho na syādityāha

330,iii

"tajjñeyādipadeṣvapi // (svarth.anum.) 122 //

vyavahāropanīteṣu vyavacchedyosti kaścana /"

330,iv

yasmād vyavacchedamantareṇa na śabdaprayogaḥ tat tasmājjñeyādipadeṣvapi kutaścit prakaraṇāt "vyavahāropanīteṣu" viśeṣaviṣayeṣu "kaśca"na taditarosti kalpito vā ।

330,v

"niveśanaṃ ca yo yasmād bhidyate tannivartanāt // (svarth.anum.) 123 //

tadbhede bhidyamānānāṃ samānākārabhāsini /"

330,vi (PVV_330,vi_331,i)

"yo yasmāda"tatkāriṇo bhidyate 〈।〉 tamatatkāriṇamvinivartya "bhidyamānānāṃ tadbhede"'tatkāribhede "samānākāra bhāsini niveśanañca śabdānāṃ" ॥

330,vii

"sa cāyamanyavyāvṛtyā gamyate tasya vastunaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 124 //"

<331>

331,i

"sa cāyamanya"vyavacchedaḥ prokta ācāryeṇa "anyavyāvṛttyā"'nyavyāvṛttatvena "gamyate tasya vastunaḥ" ( ॥ 124)

3.125

331,ii (PVV_331,ii_331,v)

"kaścid bhāga iti prokto rūpaṃ nāsyāpi kiñcana /"

331,iii

"kaścid bhāgo" dharma "itya"rthavācakena śabdo'rthāntaranivṛttiviśiṣṭāneva bhāvānāhetyādinā granthena । na tvanyavyāvṛttirnāma kācidanyā । tadviśiṣṭañca vastu vācyamiti kintvākṣiptavyāvṛttiko dharma eva kaścit kalpitabhedo bahiradhyavasāyaviṣayaḥ śabdavācyaḥ । vastuto "rūpaṃ nāsyāpi kiñcanāsti" ।

331,iv

"tadgatāveva śabdebhyo gamyatenyanivarttanam // (svarth.anum.) 125 //"

331,v

"śabdebhyastasya" dharmasya nīlā"dergatāveva gamyate anya"sya "nivartta"namasaṃkarapratītisāmarthyāt । (125)

3.126

331,vi (PVV_331,vi_331,vii)

"na tatra gamyate kaścit kenacid bhedavān paraḥ /

na cāpi śabdo dvayakṛdanyonyābhāva ityasau // (svarth.anum.) 126 //"

331,vii

"na tatra" śābdyāṃ buddhau "kaści"nnīlādiḥ "kenacid" vyāvṛttyādinā viśiṣṭaḥ "paro gamyate । na cāpi śabdo" dvayasya vyāvṛttivacanasya tadviśiṣṭavacanasya mukhyataḥ kṛt karttā'saṃkīrṇṇadharma vadan sāmarthyād vyāvṛttiñcāha । tadevāha 〈।〉 "anyonyābhāva iti" 〈।〉 yasmāt parasparābhāvarūpaḥ sarvo dharmastasmāt tadvacane vyāvṛttirapi sāmarthyāduktā । (126)

3.127

331,viii (PVV_331,viii_331,ix)

"arūpo rūpavattvena darśanaṃ buddhiviplavaḥ /

tenaivāparamārthosāvanyathā na hi vastunaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 127 //"

331,ix

yaścāyaṃ bhedosāvarūpo "rūpavatvena" yat "taddarśana" masya sa "buddhiviplavaḥ । tenaiva" buddhiviplavenāparamā"paramārtho"'satyosau bhedaḥ । "anyathā" paramārthatve vyāvṛttirva"stuno" na vastu syāt । (127)

3.128–3.131

331,x (PVV_331,x_332,ii)

taccāyuktaṃ ।

<332>

332,i

"vyāvṛttivastu bhavati bhedosyāsmāditīraṇāt /"

332,ii

na hi vastuno "vyāvṛttirvastu" bhavitumarhati । "asmā"deva vṛkṣā"dasya" vṛkṣasya "bheda itīraṇād" vikalpanāt bhedasya vastutve bhidyamānā śiṃśapaiva vā bhedaḥ syād vastvantaraṃ vā । na tāvacchiṃśapā dhavāderavṛkṣād bhedābhāvaprasaṅgāt । na hi śiṃśapāsvabhāvalakṣaṇo bhedo dhavāderasti yena tepyavṛkṣasya bhedāḥ syuḥ ॥

332,iii (PVV_332,iii)

sarvatra eva hi bhidyamānābhāvāstadātmana iti cet । na tarhyeko bhedastatkāriṇāmatatkāribhyo yaḥ śabdavācyaḥ । vyaktisvabhāvasya tu bhedasya saṃketāviṣayatvādavācyataiva । atha vastvantaraṃ bhedastadā tasmād bhedākhyā〈nā〉d vastvantarād bhidyamānasya śiṃśapāderbhedo vaktavyaḥ anyathā vastvantaratvāyogāt । evañcāvṛkṣavyāvṛttedvaryāvṛttatvāt śiṃśapādiravṛkṣaḥ karkādivat । bhedasya ca vṛkṣād bhinnatvaṃ bhedāntaropādhikameveti dravyāntaravarṇṇabhedaḥ syāt । na hyanyonyasya bhedaḥ sambandhābhāvenātiprasaṅgāt । sati sambandhe kāryakāraṇabhāva evāsau । tataḥ sarvaṃ kāryaṃ svakāraṇasya bhedaḥ 〈vyāvṛttiḥ〉 syāt । tasmād yo'yaṃ bhedaḥ śabdavyavahāraviṣayo'nuyāyī sa kalpito'paramārthaḥ । svasvabhāvavyavasthitāstu bhāvāḥ pāramārthiko bhedaḥ ॥

332,iv (PVV_332,iv_332,vi)

nanu yadi vastvekarūpaṃ tadaikena śabdena liṅgena vā vastuni pratipāditeśabdapramāṇāntaravṛttirna syāt ॥

332,v

"ekārthaśleṣaviccheda eko vyāpriyate dhvaniḥ // (svarth.anum.) 128 //

liṅgaṃ vā tatra vicchinnaṃ vācyaṃ vastu na kiñcana /"

332,vi

"ekasya" nityatvāderarthasya "śleṣaḥ" sambandhastasya "vicchede" vyāvṛttāveko "dhvani<333>rliṅgaṃ" vā vyāpriyate । tatra dhvanau "liṅgo" vā "vicchinnaṃ" sarvato vyāvṛttaṃ "na kiñcana vācyamasti" ekā vyāvṛttiḥ śabdena "liṅgena" vā pratipādyate na vastvityarthaḥ ।

333,i (PVV_333,i_333,ii)

"yasyābhidhānato vastusāmarthyādakhile gatiḥ // (svarth.anum.) 129 //

bhavennānāphalaḥ śabda ekādhāro bhavatyataḥ //"

333,ii

"yasya" vastuno'"bhidhānato vastusāmarthyādakhile" kṛtakānityādivasturūpe "gatirbhavet" । yena śabdapramāṇāntaravaiyarthyaṃ syāt । "ataḥ śabdo" bhūyānnānāphalo'nekadharmapratītiphala "ekādhāra" ekadharminiṣṭo "bhavati" ।

333,iii (PVV_333,iii_333,vii)

sādhyasādhanabhāvādimākhyāya sāmānādhikaraṇyandarśayitumāha ।

333,iv

"vicchedaṃ sūcayannekamapratikṣipya varttate // (svarth.anum.) 130 //

yadānyat; tena sa vyāpta ekatvena na bhāsate /"

333,v

"viccheda"manīlādivyavaccheda"mekaikaṃ" nīlādiśabdaḥ "sūcayan yadā'pratikṣipyānyadanutpalavyavacchedādau varttate 〈।〉" tadvācakaśabdaprayoge sati "tena vyāptaḥ" śiṣṭa ekatvena ca bhāsate ।

333,vi

"sāmānādhikaraṇyaṃ syāt tadā buddhyanurodhataḥ // (svarth.anum.) 131 //"

333,vii

"tadā sāmānādhikaraṇyaṃ syā"nnīlotpalamityubhayavyāvṛttiviśiṣṭaikavastuvyavasāyikāyā "buddheranurodhataḥ" ॥ (131)

3.132

333,viii (PVV_333,viii_333,x)

kiñca ।

333,ix

"vastudharmasya saṃsparśo vicchedakaraṇe dhvaneḥ /

syāt satyaṃ sati tattve hi naikavastvabhidhāyini // (svarth.anum.) 132 //"

333,x

"dhvanervicchedakaraṇe" vyāvṛttipratipādakatve'vasthite "vastudharmasya" nīlādeḥ "saṃsparśaḥ" pravṛttiviṣayatvaṃ"syāt" । sa vicchedo hi yasmāt tatra vastuni "satyaṃ" san tasmāt sūcane tadvatī pravṛttiryuktā । "ekaṃ" sāmānyaṃ "vastu tadabhidhāyini" tu dhvanau na vastusaṃsparśaḥ ॥ (132)

3.133–3.135

333,xi (PVV_333,xi_334,ii)

hetumāha 〈।〉

<334>

334,i

"buddhāvabhāsamānasya dṛśyasyābhāvaniścayāt /

tenānyāpohaviṣayāḥ proktāḥ sāmānyagocarāḥ // (svarth.anum.) 133 //

śabdāśca buddhayaścaiva vastunyeṣāmasaṃbhavāt /"

334,ii

"buddhāvabhāsamānyasya dṛśyasya" sammatasya tasya svabhāvānupalabdhera"bhāvaniścayāt" । na vastuni sattvamiti kathaṃ tatpratipādikāyāḥ śrutervastuni vṛttiḥ । "tena" vyavacchedasya vastuni sattvena "sāmānya gocarāśśabdāḥ buddhayaśca" kalpikā "anyāpohaviṣayā" ācāryeṇa proktā〈ḥ〉 । apohaḥ śabdaliṅgābhyāṃ pratipādyata iti bruvatā । na tu bhūtasāmānyaviṣayā । "vastu"nyeṣāṃ nīlatvādīnāmanupalabdhibādhitatvenā"sambhavāt" ।

334,iii (PVV_334,iii_334,iv)

"ekatvād vasturūpasya bhinnarūpā matiḥ kutaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 134 //

anvayavyatirekau vā naikasyaikārthagocarau /"

334,iv

yadi vācyaṃ "tadeka tvād vasturūpasya" । tasmin "bhinnarūpā" anityakṛtakatvādyā "matiḥ kutaḥ" । ekatvād viṣayasyaikarūpavad buddhiryuktā viśeṣaśca sarvato vyāvṛtta iti tadātmabhūtaṃ sāmānyamapi tathā syāt । tataścaikasya sāmānyasyānvayavyatirekānuvṛttyananuvṛttī "ekārthagocarau" vyaktyantaraviṣayau na sambhavataḥ । tathā hi sāmānyaṃ vyaktyantarānuyāyi na vyaktiriti vadatā vyaktyabhinnātmanaḥ sāmānyasyānvaya"vyatirekau" viruddhāvabhyugatau syātāṃ । taccāyuktaṃ ।

334,v (PVV_334,v_335,ii)

"abhedavyavahārāśca bhede syuranibandhanāḥ // (svarth.anum.) 135 //"

334,vi

athavā vyaktyātmano vyaktirūpavad "bhede" ca sāmānyasyā"bhedavyavahārā anibandhanāḥ syure"kasyānuyāyino'bhāvāt ।

334,vii

asmanmate tu 〈।〉

334,viii

"sarvatra bhāvād vyāvṛtternaite doṣāḥ prasaṅginaḥ /"

<335>

335,i

"sarvatra" vyaktiṣu "bhāvāt vyāvṛtteḥ" sajātīyād vijātīyāccaite "doṣā" bhinnābhāsabuddhiviṣatvābhāvānvayavyatirekādi viruddhadharmādhyāsā "aprasaṅgino"bhavanti । śabdavikalpānāṃ bhinnabhinnavyāvṛttiviṣayatvāt vijātīyavyāvṛttyāśrayeṇānvayabuddhiviṣayatvāt । sajātīyavyāvṛttyāśrayeṇa vyatirekabuddhiviṣayatvācceti ॥

335,ii

kasmāt punaranyavyāvṛttau śabdasaṅketo na svalakṣaṇa ityāha ।

3.136–3.137

335,iii (PVV_335,iii_335,iv)

"ekakāryeṣu bhāveṣu tatkāryaparicodane // (svarth.anum.) 136 //

gauravāśaktivaiphalyād bhedākhyāyāḥ samā śrutiḥ /

kṛtā vṛddhairatatkāryavyāvṛttivinibandhanā // (svarth.anum.) 137 //"

335,iv

"ekakāryeṣve"katvādhyavasāyaviṣayakāryakāriṣu bhāveṣu "tatkāryaparicoda"nanimittaṃ prativyakti "bhedākhyāyā" bhinnasya śabdasya yojanena saṃketakriyāyā vyaktyānantyād "gauravāda"śaktevaiphalyācca । "samā" ekā "śruti"ratatkāryebhyo vā vyāvṛttistannivandhanā tadāśrayā "vṛddhaiḥ kṛtā" saṃketitā । (136, 137)

3.138

335,v (PVV_335,v_335,vi)

"na bhāve sarvabhāvānāṃ svasvabhāvavyavasthiteḥ /

yad rūpaṃ śāvaleyasya bāhuleyasya nāsti tat // (svarth.anum.) 138 //"

335,vi

"na bhāve" svalakṣaṇe kasmādityāha । "sarvabhāvānāṃ svasvabhāvavyavasthiteḥ" kāraṇataḥ । "yadrūpaṃ śāvaleyasya bāhuleyasya nāsti tad" rūpaṃ । (138)

3.139

335,vii (PVV_335,vii_336,ii)

"atatkāryaparāvṛttirdvayorapi ca vidyate /"

335,viii

"atatkāryebhyaḥ parāvṛttiśca dvayoḥ" śāvaleyabāhuleyayo"rapi vidyate" । tatastatraiva saṃketo na svalakṣaṇe ।

335,ix

svalakṣaṇānyeva tarhyabhinnasyaśabdasya vācyāni syurityāha ।

<336>

336,i

"arthābhedena ca vinā śabdābhedo na yujyate // (svarth.anum.) 139 //"

336,ii

"artha"syā"bhedena" ca "vinā śabda"syā"bhedo na yujyate"'tiprasaṅgāt । (139)

3.140–3.144

336,iii (PVV_336,iii_336,vii)

evantarhyekakāryataiva bhinnaśabdavācyā syādityāha ।

336,iv

"tasmāt tatkāryatāpīṣṭā'tatkāryādeva bhinnatā /"

336,v

yasmādarthābhedācchabdābhedaḥ kāryañca prativyakti bhinnamiti tatkāryatāpyekakāryocyate । sāpyatatkāryād bhinnataiva sa cāpohaḥ ।

336,vi

atatkāryavyāvṛttau saṃketakriyāṃ draḍhayituṃ dṛṣṭāntamāha ।

336,vii

"cakṣurādāvanekatra rūpavijñānake kvacit // (svarth.anum.) 140 //

aviśeṣeṇa tatkāryacodanāsaṃbhave sati /

sakṛt sarvapratītyarthaṃ kaścit sāṅketikīṃ śrutim // (svarth.anum.) 141 //

kuryādṛtepi tadrūpasāmānyād vyatirekiṇaḥ /"

336,viii (PVV_336,viii)

"yathā cakṣurādā"vanekatra "kvacid rūpavijñāna"phale viṣayabhūte"'viśeṣeṇa" sāmānyena"tasya" cakṣurādi"kārya"sya kāraṇavācakaikaśabdadvāreṇa "codanā"yāḥ parebhyaḥ prakāśanāyāścakṣurālokādiṣvekasāmānyabhāvepi "saṃbhave sati kaścit" sandheyavyavahāraruciḥ "sakṛt sarvasya" cakṣurādeḥ "pratītyarthaṃ sāṃketikīṃ" śrutiṃ "kuryāt" 〈।〉 kuto rūpaṃvijñānamiti "ṛte"vinā"pi tadrūpād" rūpavijñānajanakāt "sāmānyā"ccakṣurādi"vyatirekiṇaḥ" ।

336,ix (PVV_336,ix_336,x)

"ekavṛtteranekopi yadyekaśrutimān bhavet // (svarth.anum.) 142 //

vṛttirādheyatā vyaktiriti tasminna yujyate /

nityasyānupakāryatvāt nādhāraḥ;"

336,x

athaikasya sāmānyasya "vṛtteranekopi" viṣayo "yadyekaśrutimān bhavet" tadā ko doṣaḥ । nanu keyamvṛttiriṣṭā 〈।〉 kimādheyatā uta vyaktirabhivyaktiḥ । ityetad dvayamapi tasmin sāmānye na "yujyate" । kathamityāha । "nitya"syānādheyāti<337>śayasyāviśiṣṭarūpasya kenacida"nupakāryatvāt nādhāraḥ" kaścit na hyanupakāraka ādhāro'tiprasaṅgāt ।

337,i (PVV_337,i_337,iii)

nanu vadarasyānupakārakamapi kuṇḍamādhāra ityāha ।

337,ii

"pravisarppataḥ // (svarth.anum.) 143 //

śaktistaddeśajananaṃ kuṇḍāderbbadarādiṣu /

na saṃbhavati sāpyatra tadabhāvepyavasthiteḥ // (svarth.anum.) 144 //"

337,iii

"badarādiṣu" gurutayā "pravisarppato" visarppaṇāt । pratikṣaṇamasamānadeśotpatteḥ "kuṇḍādeḥ" sahakāriṇaḥ "taddeśajananaṃ" badaropādānadeśajananaṃ "śaktiḥ" kāraṇatvamādhāratā 〈।〉 sāpi śaktilakṣaṇādhāratātra sāmānye "na" saṃbhavati janyatvābhāvāt । sāmānyasya sthitiṃ kurvan viśeṣa ādhāraḥ syādityāha । "ta"sya viśeṣasyā"bhāvepyavasthiteḥ" 〈।〉 (143,144)

3.145–3.146

337,iv (PVV_337,iv_337,v)

"na sthitiḥ sāpyayuktaiva bhedābhedavivecane /"

337,v

na sthitirviśeṣāt sāmānyasya svarūpātiriktāyā sthiterniṣkriyatvenābhāvāt svarūpasthitiḥ । tacca pratyekaṃ vyaktyapāyepyastīti nāsau tataḥ । astu vā sthitiḥ "sāpyayuktaiva bhedābhedavivecane" kriyamāṇe । tathā hyāśrayahetukā sthitiḥ sāmānyābhinnā'bhinnā vā syāt । bhinnā cet tasyāḥ kāraṇatvādāśraya syāt । na tu sāmānyasya sthitirasambandhāt । sāmānyasyāpi ced bhede sati ko'nayoḥ sambandhaḥ । na kāryakāraṇabhāvaḥ sthiterāśrayādutpatteḥ । sāmānyādutpattau vā na vyaktirādhāraḥ syāt 〈।〉 sthitihetutvābhāvāt । sāmānyañca nityatvādakāryameva । na cānyaḥsambandhosti nirākaraṇāt ।

337,vi (PVV_337,vi_338,ii)

evaṃ gamanapratibandhādiṣvapi vācyaṃ । tadevaṃ na tāvadādheyatā vṛttiḥ ।

337,vii

vyaktirapi na yuktā 〈।〉

<338>

338,i

"vijñānātpattiyogyatvāyātmanyanyānurodhi yat // (svarth.anum.) 145 //

tad vyaṅgyaṃ yogyatāyāśca kāraṇaṃ kārakaṃ matam /

prāgevāsya ca yogyatve tadapekṣā na yujyate // (svarth.anum.) 146 //"

338,ii

"yat" svarūpeṇa sthitameva 〈sāmānyaṃ〉 svaviṣaya"vijñānotpattiyogyatvāyātmanyanyānurodhi" parāpekṣaṃ "tad vyaṅgyamu"cyate । yacca yogyatāyāḥ svarūpabhūtāyāḥ kārakaṃ tat kāraṇaṃ mataṃ । vyatiriktayogyatākaraṇe tu na syāt sāmānya syopalabdhiḥ । upalambhāyogyasvabhāvatvāt । yogyatāsambandhepyanupalabhyasvabhāvānapāyāt tadavastho'nupalambhaḥ । atha vyañjakābhimatairviśeṣairna yogyatā kriyate tadā sā prāgevāstīti syāt । tathā "ca prāgevāsya yogyatve tadapekṣā" vyañjakāpekṣā "na yujyate" 〈।〉 (145, 146)

3.147

338,iii (PVV_338,iii_338,vii)

"sāmānyasyāvikāryasya tatsāmānyavataḥ kutaḥ /"

338,iv

"tat" tasmāt "sāmānyavato" viśeṣasya sakāśāt "sāmānyasyāvikāryasya" vyaktirapi kutaḥ sambhavati ।

338,v

atha na sāmānyasya saṃskārād vyaktirvyañjikā kintvindriyasyāñjanavadityāha ।

338,vi

"añjanāderiva vyakteḥ saṃskāro'kṣasya na bhavet // (svarth.anum.) 147 //

tatpratipatterabhinnatvāt tadbhāvābhāvakālayoḥ /"

338,vii

"añjanāderive"ndriyasya "na" saṃskāro "vyakteḥ" sakāśāt । "tatpratipatte"stasyā vyakte"rbhāvābhāvakālayorabhinnatvāt" । na hi yathendriyasyāñjanasaṃskārabhāvābhāvayorarthapratipatteḥ spaṣṭāspaṣṭalakṣaṇo viśeṣaḥ tathā vyaktibhāvābhāvakālayoḥ sāmānyapratīteḥ sarvadā tulyākāratvāt tasyāḥ ॥

3.148–3.156

338,viii (PVV_338,viii_339,i)

kiñca ।

338,ix

"vyañjakasya ca jātīnāṃ jātimattā yadīṣyate // (svarth.anum.) 148 //

prāpto gotvādinā tadvān pradīpādiprakāśakaḥ /"

<339>

339,i

"vyañjakasya" viśeṣasya "jātīnāṃ jātimattā yadīṣyate" 〈।〉 tadā "gotvādinā" sāmānyena "pradīpādi"stasya "prakāśakaḥ tadvān" sāmānyavān prāptaḥ vyañjakalakṣaṇatvāt tadvataḥ । tasmānna vṛttirabhivyaktirapi tatkathamekavṛtteranekopyekaśabdavān syāt ॥

339,ii (PVV_339,ii_339,vi)

kiñca 〈।〉

339,iii

"vyakteranyāthavānanyā yeṣāṃ jātistu vidyate // (svarth.anum.) 149 //

teṣāṃ vyaktiṣvapūrvāsu kathaṃ sāmānyabuddhayaḥ /"

339,iv

vyakteranyā'thavā'nanyā avyatiriktā yeṣāṃ vaiśeṣikasāṃkhyādīnāṃ jātirvidyate eveti mataṃ 〈।〉 teṣāṃ mate vyaktiṣvapūrvāsu kathaṃ sāmānyabuddhayaḥ syuḥ ।

339,v

tathā hi 〈।〉

339,vi

"ekatra tatsatonyatra darśanāsambhavāt sataḥ // (svarth.anum.) 150 //

ananyatve'nvayābhāvādanyatvepyanapāśrayāt /"

339,vii (PVV_339,vii_339,viii)

ananyatve ekatra vyaktau tadātmanaḥ sataḥ sāmānyasyānyatra vyaktyantare'"nvayābhāvāt" darśanāsambhavāt । kathaṃ sāmānyabuddhiḥ । anyatvepi jātera"napāśrayā"duktayuktyā'śrayatvābhāvāt na vyaktiṣvapūrvāsu tannibandhanā dhīḥ syāt ।

339,viii

api ca sāmānyaṃ svāśrayagataṃ vā kalpyate sarvagataṃ vā ākāśādivat । tatra prathamapakṣaṃ dūṣayitumāha 〈।〉

339,ix (PVV_339,ix)

"na yāti na ca tatrāsīdasti paścānna cāṃśavat // (svarth.anum.) 151 //

jahāti pūrvaṃ nādhāramaho vyasanasantatiḥ /"

<340>

ekavyaktisthitaṃ sāmānyaṃ vyaktyantaramutpadyamānaṃ niṣkriyatvā"nna yāti । na tatra" vyaktyutpattideśe prāgā"sīt" । vyaktimātraniṣṭhatvāt । "asti" ca "paścādu"tpatteḥ sāmānyaṃ sāmānyaśūnyāyā vyakteḥ sthityanupagamā"nna cāṃśavat" 〈।〉 na hi sāmānyaṃ sāvayavaṃ yena kvacidekenāvayavena samavetaṃ sad avayavāntarairutpadyamānavyaktibhiḥ sambadhyate । "na ca pūrvo"tpanna"mādhāraṃ jahāti" 〈।〉 utpitsuvyaktyantareṇa sambandhārthamanyatra sthitasyāparasambandhastaddeśāgamanaṃ kila na yujyata "ityaho vyasanasantatiḥ" svāśrayagatasāmānyavādināṃ ।

340,i (PVV_340,i_340,iii)

kiñca 〈।〉

340,ii

"anyatra varttamānasya tatonyasthānajanmani // (svarth.anum.) 152 //

svasthānādacalatonyatra vṛttirayuktimat /"

340,iii

"anyatra" pūrvasthitāyāṃ vyaktau "varttamānasya" sāmānyasya svasmāt sthā"nādā"śrayāda"calataḥ tataḥ" pūrvavyakte"ranyatra" sthāne "janma" yasya tatra dravye "vṛttirityayuktimat" । na hi vyaktyantarasthitasya vyaktyantaramanāgacchatastena sahānutpadyamānasya ca tatsambandho yuktaḥ ।

340,iv (PVV_340,iv_340,vi)

tathā 〈।〉

340,v

"yatrāsau varttate bhāvaste na saṃbadhyatepi na // (svarth.anum.) 153 //

taddeśinañca vyāpnoti kimapyetanmahādbhutam /"

340,vi

"yatra" deśe'sau śāvaleyādi"rbhāvo varttate" tena deśena sāmānyaṃ na sambadhyate svavyaktiniṣṭhatvāt tasya । "taddeśinaṃ" sāmānyasambandharahito deśo yasya taṃ viśeṣañca "vyāpnotī"ti "kimapi mahādbhutametat" durbuddhivilapiteṣu ॥

<341>

341,i (PVV_341,i_341,ii)

"vyaktyavaikatra vyaktā'tha sarvagā jātiriṣyate // (svarth.anum.) 154 //

sarvatra dṛśyetābhedāt sāpi na vyaktyapekṣiṇī /"

341,ii

"atha sarvatragā" jātiriṣyate "tadaikatraiva" deśe "vyaktyā vyaktā" sā jātiḥ "sarvatra" deśe "dṛśyetābhedāt" । ekavyaktivyaktaṃ rūpaṃ "sarvatra" vidyamānamabhinnamityupalabdhiprasaṅgaḥ । vyaṅgyavyañjakabhāvaścāyukta ityuktaṃ 〈।〉 bhavatu vā tathāpi na "sā" jāti"rvyaktyapekṣiṇī" ।

341,iii (PVV_341,iii_341,ix)

tathā hi ।

341,iv

"vyañjakasyāpratītau na vyaṅgyaṃ samyak pratīyate // (svarth.anum.) 155 //

viparyayaḥ punaḥ kasmādiṣṭaḥ sāmānyatadvatoḥ /"

341,v

vyañjakasya pradīpādera"pratītau na vyaṅgyaṃ" ghaṭādiḥ "saṃpratīyata" iti tāvat sthitaṃ । "sāmānyatadvatoḥ punaḥ kasmād viparyaya iṣṭaḥ" । yadi vyaktiḥ sāmānyasya vyañjikā tadā vyaktergrahe sāmānyaṃ na gṛhyeta । iha tu sāmānyasya vyaṅgyasya prāg grahaṇaṃ 〈।〉 tatastadviśiṣṭatvena vyaktirgahyata iti kimiṣyate । vyañjakāgrahe vyaṅgyāgrahṇāt ।

341,vi

kiñca 〈।〉

341,vii

"pācakādiṣvabhinnena vināpyarthena vācakaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 156 //"

341,viii

yadi sāmānyamevābhinnābhidhānaheturna vyaktayaḥ tadā "pācakādiṣvabhinnenārthena" pācakatvādisāmānyena "vinaiva" tvanmatepi pācakādiśabdaḥ kathaṃ "vācakaḥ" ।

341,ix

pratyayaścānuyāyī । karma pacanādi taddheturiti cet । āha ।

3.157–3.173

341,x (PVV_341,x_342,iii)

"bhedānna hetuḥ karmāsya na jātiḥ karmasaṃśrayāt /"

<342>

342,i

bhedānna hetuḥ karmādi । karmāpi prativyaktyekasyāmapi paurvāparyeṇa bhinnameva tatkathaṃ vyaktivadekābhidhānahetuḥ । karmasāmānyaṃ hetuścedāha । asya karmaṇo jātirnābhinnā'bhidhānahetuḥ । tasyāḥ karmasaṃśrayāt । karmaṇi samavetatvāt tatraivābhidhānahetutā syānna dravye ।

342,ii

atha karmasāmānyaṃ karmaṇi sambaddhaṃ tacca dravya iti paramparayā tatsambaddhaṃ tannimittaḥ śabdo dravye varttata ityāha ।

342,iii

"śrutyantaranimittatvāt karmaṇo na nimittatā // (svarth.anum.) 157 //

asaṃbaṃdhānna sāmānyaṃ nāyuktaṃ śabdakāraṇāt /

atiprasaṃgāt ;"

342,iv (PVV_342,iv)

"śrutyantarasya" pācakādiśabdādanyasya pāka ityādiśabdasya "nimitatvā"t "karmaṇo" dravye pācakaśabdavṛttau nāsti nimittatā paraṃparayāpi । tathā'nityatvāt sthityabhāvācca karmaṇastasminnivṛtte pācakādipratipattirnna syāt । apacatyapitadvyapadeśo dṛśyate । nityatvāt karmasāmānyaṃ pācakavyapadeśe hetuścedāha 〈।〉 asambandhāt । dravyeṇa karmasāmānyasya na sambandhaḥ sākṣāt tatrāsamavāyāt । nāpi paraṃparayā karmaṇā tatsamavetasya naṣṭatvātsamavāyinā sāmānyena sambandhābhāvāt । nasāmānyaṃ "śabda"sya pācakādeḥ "kāraṇānnāyuktaṃ" kiṃtvayuktamevāti"prasaṅgāt" । karmatvasya sambandhavyatirekeṇa vyapadeśahetutve sarvatra tathātvaprasaṅgaḥ (157) ॥

342,v (PVV_342,v_343,iv)

apacatyapi puruṣe'tītānāgataṃ karma tadvyapadeśanimittamiti cet । āha 〈।〉

<343>

343,i

"karmāpi nāsajjñānābhidhānayoḥ // (svarth.anum.) 158 //

anaimittikatāpatteḥ ;"

343,ii

na karmāsadapi jñānābhidhānayorheturanaimittikatāyā āpatteḥ । hetuṃ vinā bhavato'hetukatvaprasaṅgāt 〈।〉 atītānāgatañca karmāvidyamānatvādasadeva ।

343,iii

pākādinirvarttikā śaktiḥ pācakādivyapadeśaheturiti cet । āha 〈।〉

343,iv

"na ca śaktirananvayāt /"

343,v (PVV_343,v_343,vi)

"śakti"rhi dravyādabhinnā bhinnā vā pratipannā । abhinnā cet tadā dravyava"dananvayānna" cānvayino'nvayiśabdahetutā । atha bhinnā tadā'nupakārakayoḥ sambandhānupapatterdravyeṇopakriyamāṇā śaktistatsambandhinīti vaktavyaṃ 〈।〉 atrāpi dravyaṃ śaktyantareṇa svayamevāsamarthasvabhāvatayā śaktimupakarotīti vācyaṃ । ādye'navasthā dvitīye tu kāryameva kinna karotītyalaṃ śaktisvīkāreṇa ॥

343,vi

"sāmānyaṃ pācakatvādi yadi prāgeva tadbhavet // (svarth.anum.) 159 //

vyaktaṃ sattādivanno cenna paścādaviśeṣataḥ /

kriyopakārāpekṣasya vyañjakatve'vikāriṇaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 160 //

atiśaye vā hyapyasya kṣaṇikatvāt kriyā kutaḥ /"

343,vii (PVV_343,vii)

abhinnābhidhāne nimittaṃ "sāmānya"meva"pācakatvādi yadī"ṣyate tadā pākādikriyātaḥ "prāgeva tat" pācakatvādi sāmānyaṃ dravyotpattāveva "vyaktaṃ bhavet" 〈।〉 no cet prāgavyaktaṃ na "paścā"dapi vyaktaṃ "syādaviśeṣa"to viśeṣābhāvāt 〈।〉 nityaikarūpasya sāmānyasya kriyāyāḥ karmaṇaḥ pākādi na "upakāra"stadapekṣasya dravyasya pācakatvādisāmānya"vyañjakatve" ceṣyamāṇe"'vikāriṇaḥ" sthirasya dravyasyāpekṣā nāsti । "atiśaye vā" prāgavasthātaḥ svīkriyamāṇe kṣaṇikatvaṃ syāt । "kṣaṇikatvā"<344>dutpattyanantaravināśitvāt "kriyā" karma kutaḥ sambhavati । utpattyanantaraṃ sthitau hi karma kuryāt । sā ca kṣaṇikasya nāstīti na tenopakāropi ।

344,i (PVV_344,i_344,ii)

"tulye bhede yayā jātiḥ pratyāsattyā prasarpati // (svarth.anum.) 161 //

kvacinnānyatra saivāstu śabdajñānanibandhanam /"

344,ii

vastubhūtasāmānyavādinopi vyaktīnāṃ "tulye bhede" parasparamekārthakaraṇādikayā "yayā pratyāsattyā kvacid" vyaktau śāvaleyabāhuleyayo"rjātiḥ prasarppati । nānyatra karkādau" । saiva pratyāsattirabhinnasya "śabdajñānasya nibandhama"stu kiṃ pramāṇāntarabādhitajātisvīkāreṇa ॥

<kha. sāṃkhyamatanirāsaḥ>

344,iii (PVV_344,iii_344,v)

sāṃkhyā prāhuḥ ।

344,iv

"na nivṛttiṃ vihāyāsti yadi bhāvānvayoparaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 162 //

ekasya kāryamanyasya na syādatyantabhedataḥ /"

344,v

"yadi nivṛttiṃ" vijātīyavyavacchedaṃ "vihāya bhāvānāṃ" satvarajastamaḥsāmyāvasthāsvabhāvaprakṛtyātmanā'dvaya ekarūpo'"nvayo'paro nāsti" 〈।〉 "tadekasya kārya"maṅkuro"'nyasya" kṣityāderna "syāt" । bījakṣityādīnāma"tyantabhedataḥ" । aṅkurakārakaṃ yad rūpaṃ bījasya taccet kṣityādernnāsti na syādasau tatkārakaḥ । astitve caikarūpānvayaḥ 〈।〉

344,vi (PVV_344,vi_344,viii)

siddhāntavādyāha ।

344,vii

"yadyekātmatayānekaḥ kāryasyaikasya kārakaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 163 //

ātmaikatrāpi vāstīti vyarthāḥ syuḥ sahakāriṇaḥ /"

344,viii

"yadyekātmatayā'neko" bīja(śa)<?>〈sa〉lilādiḥ "kāryasyā"ṅkura"syaikasya kārakasta"dāṅkurakāraka "ātmā"'nuyāyī । "ekatrāpi" bīje'nyatra vā"stīti vyarthāḥ sahakāriṇaḥ syuḥ" ekatra vidyamānenaiva tenātmanā kāryotpatteḥ ।

<345>

345,i (PVV_345,i_345,ii)

"nāpaityabhinnaṃ tad rūpaṃ viśeṣāḥ khalvapāyinaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 164 //

ekāpāye phalābhāvād viśeṣebhyastadudbhavaḥ /"

345,ii

sahakāriṇāmabhāvepi bījasatve"'bhinnaṃ tat" pradhānaṃ karttṛ"rūpaṃ nāpaiti"nityatvāt vyaktisatvācca । "viśeṣāḥ khalu nūnamapāyino" na pradhānaṃ ।"ekasya" sahakāriṇo viśeṣasyā"pāye"pi phalasyā"bhāvāt । viśeṣebhyasta"sya kāryasya "udbhavo" niścīyate na pradhānāt 〈।〉 viśeṣasyānvayavyatirekānuvidhānāt । sāmānyasyaviparyayāt ।

345,iii (PVV_345,iii_345,vi)

"sa pāramārthiko bhāvo ya evārthakriyākṣamaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 165 //

sa ca nānveti yonveti na tasmāt kāryasambhavaḥ /"

345,iv

sa eva "pāramārthiko bhāvo yorthakriyākṣamaḥ । sa ca" viśeṣorthakriyākṣamo "nānveti" parasparaṃ bhedāt 〈।〉 "yo'nveti" pradhānākhyo bhāvo "na tasmāt kāryasya sambhavaḥ" ।

345,v

yadyekarūpānanugamastadā viśeṣeṣvapi kecijjanayanti nāpara iti kutoyaṃvibhāga ityāha ।

345,vi

"tenātmanāpi bhede hi hetuḥ kaścinna cāparaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 166 //

svabhāvoyamabhede tu syātāṃ nāśodbhavau sakṛt /"

345,vii (PVV_345,vii)

yenaikarūpānvaye sahakārivaikalyaprasaṅga"stena" kāraṇenā"tmanā" svarūpeṇa bījajalaśilānalādīnāṃ "bhedepi kaścit" kṣiti(śa)<?>〈sa〉lilabījādiraṅkurasya "heturna cāparaḥ" śilānalādiḥ । "hi" yasmāt "svabhāvoyama"ṅkurajananaśaktaḥ । "taditaraśca" pramāṇadṛṣṭo bījādīnāṃ śilādīnāñca nātra paryanuyogāvatāraḥ । kuta utpanna iti cet । svasvahetoḥ । sopi kasmāt tajjanaka iti cet । svahetoḥ 〈।〉 "tatrāpi<346>praśne tadevottaraṃ" । anādiśca hetuphalaparaṃparaikarūpānugamād 〈।〉 viśeṣāṇā"mabhedetu" svīkriyamāṇe "sakṛde"kasya "nāśodbhavau syātāṃ" 〈।〉 viśeṣāntarayoryathāsaṃbhavaṃ nāśo janmani ca tadaparasya viśeṣasya tadabhinnarūpatayā nāśodbhavau syātā 〈।〉

346,i (PVV_346,i_346,ii)

"bhedopi tena naivaṃ ced ya ekasmin vinaśyati // (svarth.anum.) 167 //

tiṣṭhatyātmā na tasyāto na syāt sāmānyabhedadhīḥ /"

346,ii

atha parasparaṃ viśeṣāṇāmekāntena nābhedaḥ 〈।〉 kintarhi "bhedo" viśeṣarūpatayā । "tena" bhede"naivaṃ" sakṛnnāśodbhavaprasaṅgo "na cet" । yadyeka"smin" viśeṣe "vinaśyati" 〈।〉 "tiṣṭhatyātmā"nuyāyī pradhānākhyastadā sa "tasya" viśeṣasyātmā na bhavati 〈।〉 na hi yasmin vinaśyati yo "na" naṣṭaḥ sa tasya svabhāvo viruddhadharmādhyāsalakṣaṇatvādabhedasya । "ataḥ" parasparaṃ sarvathā bhedā"nna syāt sāmānyabhedadhīḥ" । anvayi sāmānyamananvayī bheda ucyate 〈।〉 yadā ca sāmānyaṃ bhedād bhinnaṃ tadā'nugāmivyaktisvarūpaṃ na sāmānyaṃ 〈।〉 na ca tadātmako bhedaḥ । atastadbuddhirapi na bhavet ।

346,iii (PVV_346,iii_346,iv)

nanvanyanivṛttāvapi samānametat । bhāve naśyati anyanivṛttirnaśyati na vā । yadi naśyati na syād vyaktyantare tadbuddhiḥ 〈।〉 atha na naśyati tadā'tyantabhedāta sāmānyabhedabuddhirna syādityāha ।

346,iv

"nivṛtterniḥsvabhāvatvāt na sthānāsthānakalpanā // (svarth.anum.) 168 //

upaplavaśca sāmānyadhiyastenāpyadūṣaṇā /"

346,v (PVV_346,v_347,i)

"nivṛtterniḥsvabhāvatvāt na sthānāsthānayoḥ" sthitinivṛttyoḥ "kalpanā" yuktā । kalpitā hyanyanivṛttiḥ niḥsvabhāvā sā kiṃ bhāvād bhinnā'bhinnā veti na yuktā kalpanā । na hi śaśaviṣāṇaṃ bhinnamabhinnamveti yuktaṃ kalpiyituṃ । upaplavo <347> mithyātvañca sāmānyadhiyo viṣayābhāvāt 〈।〉 tena nāpyadūṣaṇā ॥

347,i

"yattasya janakaṃ rūpaṃ tatonyo janakaḥ katham // (svarth.anum.) 169 //

bhinnā viśeṣā janakāḥ ;"

347,ii (PVV_347,ii)

nanūktaṃ yadi bhāvāḥ sarvathā bhinnāstadā "yattasya" bījasya "janakaṃ rūpaṃ na" tadanyasya kṣityāderiti "tatonyo janakaḥ katha"miti । atrottaramapyuktamabhinnarūpānvayavyatirekānuvidhānābhāvād bhinnā"viśeṣā" eva "janakā"stadanvayavyatirekānuvidhānāt kāryasya sarva eva te tatkāryasyotpādakatayotpannāstadutpādayanti ।

347,iii (PVV_347,iii_347,vi)

"apyabhedopi teṣu cet /

tena te'janakāḥ proktāḥ ;"

347,iv

teṣu viśeṣeṣvanvayinā rūpeṇābhedopyasti tenaiva te janakā iti cet 〈।〉 tenānvayirūpeṇa te viśeṣā ajanakāḥ proktāḥ ekatrāpi viśeṣe tadbhāvāt sahakārivaiphalyaprasakteḥ । tadanvayavyatirekānarthavidhānād viśeṣasya viparyayācceti ।

347,v

kiñca 〈।〉

347,vi

"pratibhāsopi bhedakaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 170 //

ananyabhāk sa evārthastasya vyāvṛttayopare /"

347,vii (PVV_347,vii_348,i)

"pratibhāsopyananyabhāg bhedako" viśeṣāṇāmasaṃkīrṇṇarūpavyavasthāpanāt । api śabdādutpattisthitivināśādayaśca samānāḥ । tataśca viśeṣa evārthaḥ pāramārthikaḥ । ye "tvapare" sāmānyādayo dharmāste "tasya" śeṣasya vijātīyād "vyāvṛttayaḥ" kalpitā anarthakriyākāriṇaḥ ।

<348>

348,i

"tat kāryaṃ kāraṇañcoktaṃ tatsvalakṣaṇamiṣyate // (svarth.anum.) 171 //

tattyāgāptiphalāḥ sarvāḥ puruṣāṇāṃ pravṛttayaḥ /"

348,ii (PVV_348,ii_348,vii)

arthakriyākāri tu yad rūpaṃ tatkārya "kāraṇañcoktaṃ tatsvalakṣaṇamiṣyate 〈।〉 tasya tyāgāptistatphalāḥ puruṣāṇāma"rthānarthaprāptiparihāraiṣiṇāṃ "pravṛttayaḥ sarvāḥ" ।

348,iii

kiñca 〈।〉

348,iv

"yathā'bhedāviśeṣepi na sarvaṃ sarvasādhanam // (svarth.anum.) 172 //

tathā'bhedāviśeṣepi na sarvaṃ sarvasādhanam /"

348,v

sāṃkhyasyāpi mate "yathā'bheda"sya pradhānātmatayā sarvabhāveṣva"viśeṣepi na sarva" vyaktaṃ "sarva"sya kāryasya "sādhanaṃ" hetuḥ । "tathā bhedāviśeṣepi na sarva" kṣitibījānalaśilādikaṃ "sarva"sya tāpāṅkurādeḥ "sādhanaṃ" ।

348,vi

"bhede hi kārakaṃ kiñcid vastudharmatayā bhavet // (svarth.anum.) 173 //"

348,vii

viśeṣāntarād "bhede hi" sati "vastudharmatayā" vastusvabhāvatvāt "kiñcid" vastu "kārakaṃ bhavet" । na sarvamiti yuktaṃ svahetubalāyātatvād bhinnaśaktikatvasya ।(173)

3.174

348,viii (PVV_348,viii_348,xi)

"abhede tu virudhyete tasyaikasya kriyākriye /"

348,ix

"abhede tu" sarvabhavānāṃ "virudhyete tasyaikasyā"ṅkurādeḥ "kriyākriye" bījarūpatayā pradhānamaṅkurakārakamakārakañca dahanarūpatayā । vipratiṣiddhañcaitat kathamekasya yuktaṃ ॥

348,x

"bhedopyastyakriyātaścet na kuryuḥ sahakāriṇaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 174 //"

348,xi

vyaktīnāṃ mitho vyaktirūpatayā "bhedopyasti" । vyaktyantarasādhyasya kāryasyā"kriyātaścet" । tadā bhedāt "sahakāriṇaḥ" kāryaṃ "na kuryuḥ" । ekasya yaḥ kārakaḥ svabhāvastasyānyatrābhāvāt । (174)

3.175

348,xii (PVV_348,xii_349,iv)

"paryāyeṇātha karttṛtvaṃ sa kiṃ tasyaiva vastunaḥ /"

<349>

349,i

atha kārakaikasvabhāvānugamāt sahakāriṇāṃ "paryāyeṇa karttṛtvaṃ" । sa paryāyastasyānvayina ekasya "vastunaḥ kiṃ" 〈kasmāt〉 yuktaḥ । na hyekaṃ vastu kārya kurvata paryāyeṇa na karotīti yuktaṃ vyapadeṣṭuṃ tenaiva kriyamāṇatvāt । sahakāriṇāṃ bahūnāṃ paryāyeṇa kriyā sambhāvyate । teṣu caikasya kārakaṃ rūpamanyatra nāstīti na te kuryuḥ । sarveṣāñca svahetuvalāyāta ekakāryakārakaḥ svabhāvo'smābhiriva sāṃkhyairneṣyate ॥

349,ii

kiñca ।

349,iii

"atyantabhedābhedau tu syātāṃ tadvati vastuni // (svarth.anum.) 175 //"

349,iv

"tadvati" sāmānyaviśeṣavati "vastuni" svīkriyamāṇe"'tyantame"kāntena sāmānyaviśeṣayorbhedābhedo "syātāṃ" । sāmānyasvarūpatvād bhedasya sāmānyameva bhavenna bhedo bhedātmatvāt sāmānyasya bheda eva bhavet sāmānyaṃ ।(175)

3.176–3.184ab

349,v (PVV_349,v_349,ix)

atha tayoḥ kathañcana bhedopyastīti cedāha 〈।〉

349,vi

"anyonyaṃ vā tayorbhedaḥ sadṛśāsadṛśātmanoḥ /"

349,vii

"tayoḥ" sāmānyaviśeṣayoḥ "sadṛśāsadṛśātmanoḥ sādhāra"ṇāsādhāraṇasvarūpayoranyonyaṃ "bheda" eva "vā" bhavet । na kathañcidekatvaṃ ।

349,viii

etadeva sphuṭayituṃ pūrvapakṣayati 〈।〉

349,ix

"tayorapi bhaved bhedo yadi yenātmanā tayoḥ // (svarth.anum.) 176 //

bhedaḥ sāmānyamityetad yadi bhedastadātmanā /

bheda eva;"

<350>

350,i (PVV_350,i)

na sarvātmanā'bheda"stayoḥ" sāmānyaviśeṣo"rapi" kathañcid "bhedo bhaved yadi" 〈।〉 anyathā sāmānyaviśeṣabhāvānupapattiḥ । atrāha । "yenātmanā" svarūpeṇa sādhāraṇena cāsādhāraṇena ca "tayoḥ" sāmānyaviśeṣayo"rbhedaḥ sāmānyaṃ" viśeṣa "ityetad" vyavasthāpyate । tenātmanā sādhāraṇāsādhāraṇena "yadi bhedastadā" bheda eva "tayoḥ" syāt bhinnalakṣaṇatvāt ।

350,ii (PVV_350,ii_350,iv)

"tathā ca syānniḥsāmānyaviśeṣatā // (svarth.anum.) 177 //

bhedasāmānyayoryadvad ghaṭādīnāṃ parasparam /"

350,iii

"tathā ca niḥsāmānyaviśeṣatā" samānyaviśeṣarūpatā'bhāvaḥ sāmānyaviśeṣayorabhitayoḥ "syāt । yadvad ghaṭādīnāṃ" viśeṣāṇāṃ "parasparaṃ" na sāmānyaviśeṣatā । viśeṣaḥ sva〈lakṣaṇa〉rūpamanugāmi sāmānyaṃ tadevānugāmi viśeṣa ucyate 〈।〉 yadi tu tayorbheda eva na sāmānyaviśeṣabhāvaḥ syāt ।

350,iv

"yamātmānaṃ puraskṛtya puruṣoyaṃ pravartate // (svarth.anum.) 178 //

tatsādhyaphalavāñchāvān bhedābhedau tadāśrayau /

cintyate svātmanā bhedaḥ ;"

350,v (PVV_350,v)

api cāyaṃ vyavahārī "puruṣo yama"rthasyā"tmānaṃ" svabhāvaṃ "puraskṛtya" pravṛttiviṣayatvenāgrahaṃ kṛtvā "tatsādhyaphalavāñchāvān" arthasādhyaphalasamīhāyuktaḥ sana "pravarttate 〈।〉 tadāśrayau" tadarthaviṣayau "bhedābhedau" śāstrakāraiścintyete । na tvarthakriyānupayuktasāmānyaviṣayau 〈।〉 teṣāñcārthakriyākāriṇāṃ puruṣapravṛttiviṣayāṇāmarthānāṃ "svātmanā" svarūpeṇa "bhedaḥ" ।

350,vi (PVV_350,vi_351,i)

kathaṃ tarhyekabuddhiśabdaviṣayatetyāha ।

350,vii

"vyāvṛttyā ca samānatā // (svarth.anum.) 179 //

astyeva vastu nānveti pravṛttyādiprasaṅgataḥ /"

<351>

351,i

"vijātīyād vyāvṛtyā ca sā samānatā'styeva" । svasvabhāvaniyatantu svalakṣaṇaṃ "vastu nānveti" sarvatra "pravṛttyādiprasaṅgataḥ" । agnirapi"(śa)"〈sa〉lilasvabhāva eveti "(śa)"〈sa〉lilārthī tatrāpi pravartteta । tasmāt sthitametat 〈।〉 na kiñcit kimapyanvetīti ।

<ga. jainamatanirāsaḥ>

351,ii (PVV_351,ii_351,iii)

"etenaiva yadāhrīkāḥ kimapyayuktamākulam // (svarth.anum.) 180 //

pralapanti pratikṣiptaṃ tadapyekāntasambhavāt /"

351,iii

"etena sāṃkhya"matanirākaraṇe"naivāhrīkā" digambarā "yat syāduṣṭro dadhi vastutvāt । na vā syāduṣṭro viśeṣarūpataye" ti । "kimapyayukta"tayā heyopādeyaviṣayāpariniṣṭhānā"dākulaṃ pralapanti tadapi pratikṣiptamekāntasya bhedasya sambhavāt" ।

351,iv (PVV_351,iv_351,vi)

ākulatvamevākhyātumāha ।

351,v

"sarvaṃsyobhayarūpatve tadviśeṣanirākṛteḥ // (svarth.anum.) 181 //

codito "dadhi khāde" ti kimuṣṭraṃ nābhidhāvati /"

351,vi

"sarvasya" vastuna "ubhayarupatve" svapararūpatve sati "tadviśeṣa"sya dadhyeva dadhinoṣṭrauṣṭra evoṣṭro na dadhītyasya bhedasya "nirākṛteḥ । dadhi khādeti codito" niyojyaḥ "kimuṣṭraṃ" prati "nābhidhāvati" ।

351,vii (PVV_351,vii_351,viii)

"athārastyatiśayaḥ kaśicad yena bhedena varttate // (svarth.anum.) 182 //

sa eva viśeṣo'nyatra nāstītyanubhayaṃ param /"

351,viii

"athāsti" dadhnaḥ sakāśād uṣṭrasyā"tiśayo" viśeṣaḥ "kaścid yena" viśeṣeṇa coditena "bhedena" pratiniyamena dadhiśabdād dadhnyeva uṣṭraśabdāduṣṭra eva "pravarttate" 〈।〉 evantarhi "sa" viśeṣa evānyatrāsambhavī uṣṭro viśeṣo dadhilakṣa"ṇo'nyatra" vastuni "nāstīti" sarvaṃ va"stvanubhayaṃ" na svapararūpaṃ kintu "para"meva parasmāt ।

<352>

352,i (PVV_352,i_352,iii)

kiñca 〈।〉

352,ii

"sarvātmatve ca sarveṣāṃ bhinnau syātāṃ na dhīdhvanī // (svarth.anum.) 183 //

bhedasaṃhāravādasya tadabhedādasambhavaḥ /"

352,iii

"sarveṣāṃ" bhāvānāṃ "sarvātmatve ca bhinnau dhīdhvanī" na syātāmekaviṣayatvāt । tayordhīdhvanyo"rabhedāt bhedasaṃhāravādasyāsambhavaḥ" syāt । uṣṭrād bhinnaṃ dadhīti bhedavyavahāro dadhyevoṣṭra iti ca tadātmatopasaṃhāravyavahāraśca buddhiśabdayorabhedānna syāt । na hi buddhiśabdayorbhedavyavahāro yuktaḥ । tannibandhanatvāt tasya । tadabhāvepi bhāve cātiprasaṅgāt । bhedapratītyorbhāvāt tādātmyopasaṃhāraśca kathaṃ tadadhīnatvāt tasya ।

<3.3. śabdacintā>

3.184cd–3.200

352,iv (PVV_352,iv_352,v)

"dravyābhāvādabhāvasya śabdā rūpābhidhāyinaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 184 //

nāśaṅkyā eva siddhāste'tovyavacchedavācakāḥ /"

352,v

uktaṃ tāvad bhāvādiśabdānāṃ vyavacchedaviṣayatvaṃ । yepyabhāvādiśabdā "abhāvasya" svarūpā"bhāvāt" tepi "rūpābhidhāyino" vastuvācakā "nāśaṅakyā eva" । sambhavad vastu vācyaṃ syānna veti cintyetāpi । yatra tu vastveva nāsti tatra kā cintā । "ataste"'bhāvādiśabdā "vyavacchedasya" bhāvavyāvṛtte"rvācakāḥ siddhāḥ" । tasmāt sthitametat svabhāvahetorvastutaḥ sādhyātmakatvepi na pratijñārthaikadeśo hetuḥ । sādhyasādhanadharmidhvanivikalpānāṃ bhinnavyavacchedaviṣayatvāt । na ca sādhyādīnāṃ kalpitatvaṃ bhedasya kalpanāt । śabdatvena niścito dharmī sattvena ca hetuḥ 〈।〉 kṣaṇikatvena niścitaḥ sādhyaḥ । ityakalpitā eva dharmyādaya ityuktaṃ ।

352,vi (PVV_352,vi_353,i)

sa cāyaṃ svabhāvo hetuḥ ॥

352,vii

"upādhibhedāpekṣo vā svabhāvaḥ kevalo'thavā // (svarth.anum.) 185 //

ucyate sādhyasidhyarthaṃ nāśe kāryatvasattvavat /"

<353>

353,i

kvacidupādhibhedo viśeṣaṇaviśeṣo bhinno'bhinno vā tadapekṣaḥ । "kevalo" viśeṣaṇarahitaḥ śuddho"thavā sādhyasidhyarthamucyate nāśe kāryatvasattvavat" । nāśe sādhye kāryatvaṃ bhinnaviśeṣaṇā"pekṣaḥ svabhāvaḥ" tajjanmanyapekṣitaparavyāpārasya kāryatvāt । evaṃ pratyayabhedabheditvādayo draṣṭavyāḥ । utpattimatvaṃ punarabhinnaviśeṣaṇamutpattyā svabhāvabhūtayā kalpitabhedayā viśeṣaṇāt । sattvantu kevalaṃ nāśa eva sādhye svabhāvo viśeṣaṇānupādānāt ।

353,ii (PVV_353,ii_353,iii)

"sattāsvabhāvo hetuścet sā sattā sādhyate katham // (svarth.anum.) 186 //

bhedenānanvayāt soyaṃ vyāhato hetusādhyayoḥ /"

353,iii

nanu "sattāsvabhāvo hetuśceda"bhimataḥ sāmānyarūpo viśeṣasyānanvayāt । "tadā sā sattā" pradhānākhyā sarvavyaktivyāpinī "kathaṃ sādhyate"'cetanatvādihetoḥ । atha bhedānāṃ parasparamatyantaṃ "bhedenānanvayānna" sādhyate tadā "soyaṃ" bhedānāmananvayo hi "hetusādhyayorvyāhitaḥ" ।

353,iv (PVV_353,iv_353,vii)

arthānanvayinaḥ sādhyatā na yuktā tathā sādhanatāpi । tat kathaṃ sattvaṃ sādhanaṃ 〈।〉 tasmāt sattā sāmānyaṃ sādhyañca sādhanañcānanvayāt syāt ।

353,v

atrāha ।

353,vi

"bhāvopādānamātre tu sādhye sāmānyadharmiṇi // (svarth.anum.) 187 //

na kaścidarthaḥ siddhaḥ syādaniṣiddhañca tādṛśam /"

353,vii

"bhāvaḥ" sattā sā "upādānaṃ" viśeṣaṇaṃ yasya sa bhāvopādānaḥ । sa eva kevalasta"nmātraṃ" tasmin "sādhye sāmānyadharmiṇi" sāmānyadharmavati "na kaścidarthaḥ" pradhāna<354>siddhilakṣaṇaḥ sāṃkhyasya "siddhaḥ syāt" 〈।〉 satvamātraviśeṣaṇasya dharmiṇaḥ sādhanāt । "aniṣiddhañca tādṛśaṃ" sādhyaṃ bhedānāṃ satvasyeṣṭatvāt ॥

354,i (PVV_354,i_354,ii)

"upāttabhede sādhyesmin bhaveddheturananvayaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 188 //

sattāyāṃ tena sādhyāyāṃ viśeṣaḥ sādhito bhavet /"

354,ii

athaikasukhādyātmakamityapradhānaviśeṣa〈ṇa〉viśeṣitaṃ sattvaṃ sādhyaṃ । tado"pāttabhede sādhye'smin" sattve bhaveddheturananvayo'nvayarahitaḥ pradhānasya kvacidanvayāsiddheḥ 〈।〉 sāmānyameva punaḥ kinna sādhyate । sāmānye sādhye siddhasādhanadoṣāt । "sattāyāṃ sādhyāyā"miṣṭāyāṃ "tena" vādinā "viśeṣa" evābhimataḥ "sādhito bhavet" ।

354,iii (PVV_354,iii_354,vi)

atra cānanvayadoṣa uktaḥ ।

354,iv

asmākantu 〈।〉

354,v

"aparāmṛṣṭatadbhede vastumātre tu sādhane // (svarth.anum.) 189 //

tanmātravyāpinaḥ sādhyasyānvayo na vihanyate /"

354,vi

"aparāmuṣṭo"'nadhyavasitaḥ tasya vastuno"bhedo" yasmin tasmin "vastumātre tu sādhane tanmātravyāpinaḥ sādhyasyā"nityatvasyā"nvayo na vihanyate"'taḥ sādhanatvaṃ sattvasya yuktaṃ ।

354,vii (PVV_354,vii_354,ix)

nanu dhūmādagnisādhanepi samānametat । tathā hi yadi dhūmādagnisattāmātraṃ sādhyate tadā siddhasādhyatā । atha parvate'stīti sādhyate tadā'nvayāsiddhiḥ । naitadasti । na hi pakṣāyogavyavacchedastamagniṃ viśeṣīkaroti । anagnivyāvṛttasya sādhanāt । sattāsādhane tu tad 〈sattva〉viśeṣa eva pradhānākhyaḥ sādhyaḥ ।

354,viii

kiñca 〈।〉

354,ix

"nāsiddhe bhāvadharmosti vyabhicāryubhayāśrayaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 190 //

dharmo viruddho'bhāvasya sā sattā sādhyate katham /"

<355>

355,i (PVV_355,i)

sattāyāṃ sādhanamacetanatvādīṣṭaṃ sadbhāvadharmo'bhāvadharma ubhaya dharmo vā bhavet । tatra sādhanāt prāga"siddhe" bhāve "bhāvadharmo" nāstītyasiddhāsau । "ubhayāśrayo" bhāvābhāvadharmaśca "vyabhicārya"naukāntikaḥ । na hyubhayadharma ekāntenaikasattāṃ gamayati । amūrtatvamiva vastutāṃ । "abhāvasya" tu "dharmo viruddho"'sattvasādhanāt । tatastrividhadoṣaduṣṭatvāt sādhanasya"sā sattā kathaṃ sādhyate" ।

355,ii (PVV_355,ii_355,iv)

sādhanapakṣetu sattā dharmiṇi siddhatvānnāsiddhā । anityatāvyāptiprāpteḥ virodhavyabhicārau cāpāstau । tasmād ।

355,iii

"siddhaḥ svabhāvo gamako'to gamyastasya vyāpakaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 191 //

siddhaḥ svabhāvaniyataḥ svanivṛttau nivartakaḥ /"

355,iv

"vyāpyasvabhāvaḥ" sādhyātmatayā "siddho" 〈niścito〉 gamakaḥ । tasya vyāpyasya vyāpakaḥ svabhāvaḥ siddho gamyaḥ । vyāpakasya tatra bhāva eva । vyāpyasya ca tatraiva bhāva ityubhayadharmarūpāyā vyāpteḥ siddhatvāt ।

355,v (PVV_355,v_355,viii)

"ataścāyaṃ"vyāpakaḥ "svanivṛttau" tasya vyāpyasya "nivarttakaḥ" । anena sādharmyavaidharmyaprayogāvuddiṣṭau ।

<(1) nirhetukavināśaḥ>

355,vi

udāharaṇamāha ।

355,vii

"anityatve yathā kāryamakāryaṃ vā'vināśini // (svarth.anum.) 192 //

ahetutvād vināśasya svabhāvādanubandhitā /"

355,viii

"anityatve" sādhye "kārya" hetu"ryathā" yat kṛtakaṃ tadanityaṃ tathā ghaṭaḥ kṛtakaśca śabda iti sādharmyaprayogaḥ । akāryamakāryasvabhāvo vā"'vināśini" nāśābhāva iti । anityatvanivṛttau kṛtakatvanivṛttiryathākāśe kṛtakaśca śabda iti vaidharmyaprayogaḥ । kathaṃ punargamyate sattvamātrānubandhinī naśvaratetyāha 〈।〉 "ahetutvāt" ahetukṛtatvād <356>"vināśasya svabhāvād" vastusattāmātreṇā"nubandhitā" ।

356,i (PVV_356,i_356,iii)

kasmādevamityāha ।

356,ii

"sāpekṣāṇāṃ hi bhāvānāṃ nāvaśyambhāvitekṣyate // (svarth.anum.) 193 //

bāhulyepīti cet tasya hetoḥ kvacidasambhavaḥ /"

356,iii

"sāpekṣāṇāṃ bhāvānāṃ hi" yasmāda"vaśyaṃbhāvitā nekṣyate" rāgasyeva vāsasi । tataśca kaścid ghaṭo na vinaśyedapi । vināśakānāṃ hetūnāṃ bāhulyādavaśyaṃ iti cet । "bāhulyepi" tasya nāśakasya hetoḥ kvacid ghaṭādāvasambhavaḥ syāt । tadvyāghātakānāmapi bāhulyāt ।

356,iv (PVV_356,iv_356,vii)

"etena vyabhicāritvamuktaṃ kāryāvyavasthiteḥ // (svarth.anum.) 194 //

sarveṣāṃ nāśahetūnāṃ hetumannāśavādinām /"

356,v

"etena" nāśahetūnāṃ pratirodhasambhavena hetumannāśavādināṃ matena "nāśahetūnāṃ" mudgarādīnāṃ "sarveṣāṃ" nāśe kārye'numāpayitavye "vyabhicāritvamuktaṃ" boddhavyaṃ । "kāryāvyavasthiteḥ" । vināśahetorvināśasyotpattiniyamābhāvāt ।

356,vi

kathaṃ punarvināśasyāhetutetyāha ।

356,vii

"asāmarthyācca taddhetorbhavatyeva svabhāvataḥ // (svarth.anum.) 195 //

yatra nāma bhavatyasmādanyatrāpi svabhāvataḥ /"

356,viii (PVV_356,viii)

"asāmarthyācca taddheto"rvinaśvarasya vā bhāvasya vināśaḥ kriyate nāśahetunā । tatra vinaśvarasya svayameva vināśādalaṃ nāśahetunā । avinaśvarasya nāśaṃ karttuṃ na kaścit samarthaḥ । ca śabdāt kriyāpratiṣedhaḥ syāt । tathā hyabhāvo yadi paryudāso <357> bhāvāntaraṃ kapālādikaṃ tadā tasya mudgarādihetuteṣyata eva । tadutpādepi ghaṭasya na kiñciditi prāgvadupalabdhyādiprasaṅgaḥ । tasmādabhāvaṃ karoti. bhāvaṃ na karotīti syāt । tathā cākartturahetutaiva । tasmād vināśahetorayogāt eva vināśaḥ svabhāvataḥ svahetorbhavati "asmādi"ti bhāvo hetuḥ । "yatra nāma" vināśo "bhava"tīti mudgarāt kapālotpattau lokābhimānastatra vināśakāyogāt svahetoreva vinaśvarasvabhāvatayotpatterdvitīye kṣaṇe na bhavatīti vaktavyaṃ । tasmādahetutvavyavasthānādanyatrāpi yatra visadṛśānutpattyā vināśotpattyabhimāno nāsti tatrāpi "svabhāvataḥ" svahetoreva vinaśyatīti vināśa ekakṣaṇasthāyī bhāvo jāyate ।

357,i (PVV_357,i_357,iii)

tathāvidhe ca bhāvamātrānurodhini vināśe satvaṃ heturavyabhicāraḥ kāryasya kāraṇe tadadhīnatvādityuktaṃ । tadevāha ।

357,ii

"yā kācid bhāvaviṣayā'numitirdvividhaiva sā // (svarth.anum.) 196 //

svasādhye kāryabhāvābhyāṃ sambandhaniyamāt tayoḥ /"

357,iii

"yā kācid bhāvaviṣayānumitiḥ" sā "dvividhaiva kāryabhāvābhyāṃ" hetubhyāṃ kāraṇavyāpakaviṣayā bhavantī "tayoḥ" kāryasvabhāvayoḥ eva "svasādhye sambandhasya niyamāt ।" anyasya tu sādhye'nāpatteratadātmatvācca nāvyabhicāraniyamaḥ ।

<(2) anupalabdhicintā>

<ka. anupalabdheḥ prāmāṇyam>

357,iv (PVV_357,iv_357,vi)

anupalabdherapyupalabdhinivṛttimātralakṣaṇāyāḥ prāmāṇyamākhyātumāha ।

357,v

"pravṛtterbuddhipūrvatvāt tadbhāvānupalambhane // (svarth.anum.) 197 //

pravarttitavyaṃ netyuktā'nupalabdheḥ pramāṇatā /"

357,vi

sajjñānaśabdavyavahārāṇāṃ"pravṛtterbuddhipūrvakatvāt ta"syā buddhe"rbhāvānupalambhane" kāraṇābhāvāt pravartitavyaṃ neti sāmarthyāt sidhyati 〈।〉 na hi kāraṇābhāvaṃ kāryaṃ yuktaṃ । ato'nupalabdherupalabdhinivṛttirupāyāḥ pravṛttiniṣedhe sādhye pramāṇatoktācāryeṇa । na piśācādikaṃ ghaṭādikaṃ saditi vaktavyamanupalabdheriti sadvyavahārapratiṣedhamātraṃ sādhyate na tvasattvavyavahāraḥ ।

<358>

358,i (PVV_358,i_358,iii)

yatra tarhi pratyakṣānumānayoḥ śāstrasya nivṛttistasyābhāva eva sādhayituṃ yukta ityāha ।

358,ii

"śāstrādhikārāsambaddhā bahavorthā atīndriyāḥ // (svarth.anum.) 198 //

aliṅgāśca kathanteṣāmabhāvonupalabdhitaḥ /"

358,iii

"śāstrādhikāre'sambaddhā" anena śāstraviṣayatvamāha 〈।〉 "bahavo'rthā" aniyatakāraṇopanipātajanyāḥ sūkṣmā durllakṣabhedā manovṛttayo janmināṃ । deśaphalavyavahitā vā'nutpannā dravyaviśeṣā "atīndriyāḥ" । anena pratyakṣāviṣayatāmāha । liṅgāccānanumeyatāmāha । "teṣāma"rthānāṃ pratyakṣānumānaśāstranivṛttilakṣaṇāyā "anupalabdhitaḥ kathamabhāvaḥ" sādhayituṃ yuktaḥ । satyapyanupalambhe teṣāṃ sattvasambhavāt ।

358,iv (PVV_358,iv_358,vi)

ata īdṛśyanupalabdhiḥ ।

358,v

"sadasanniścayaphalā neti syād vā'pramāṇatā // (svarth.anum.) 199 //

pramāṇamapi kācit syād liṅgātiśayabhāvinī /"

358,vi

"sato'sanniścayaphalā neti apramāṇatā" vā'syāḥ syāt । sattvapratiṣedhe sādhye "kācit" tvanupalabdhirlliṅgajā pratītirasminneva sādhye "pramāṇamapi syālliṅgātiśayabhāvinī" liṅgaviśeṣaprabhavā । yathoktaṃ prāgghetubhedavyapekṣayeti 〈।〉 upalabdhilakṣaṇaprāptānupalabdhiliṅgajetyarthaḥ ।

358,vii (PVV_358,vii_358,viii)

"svabhāvajñāpakājñānasyāyaṃ nyāya udāhṛtaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 200 //"

358,viii

yat punaruktamapramāṇamanupalabdhiriti । yasya kasyacit "svabhā"vasya jñāpakasyaliṅgasya cā"jñānasyā"nupalabdhe"rayaṃ nyāya udāhṛtaḥ" । na hi svabhāvo nopalabhyataityeva nāsti । deśakālasvabhāvaviprakṛṣṭānāmadarśanepi sattvāvirodhāt । tato <359> nāsti viraktaceta ityādyayuktaṃ 〈।〉 na ca kāraṇamityeva kāryāṇyavyavadhānato bhavanti 〈।〉 tato nāsti dānahiṃsāviraticetanānāmabhyudayahetutā "phalānantaryā"bhāvādityayuktaṃ । (200)

3.201–3.212ab

359,i (PVV_359,i_359,iv)

"kārye tu kārakājñānamabhāvasyaiva sādhakam /"

359,ii

kārakājñānantu kārye'bhāvasyaiva sādhakaṃ 〈।〉 na hyasati kāraṇe kāryasaṃbhavaḥ ॥

359,iii

"svabhāvānupalambhaśca svabhāverthasya liṅgini // (svarth.anum.) 201 //

tadabhāvaḥ pratīyeta hetunā yadi kenacit //"

359,iv

tathā"rthasya" vyāpakatayā niścitasya "svabhāvasyānupalambhaśca svabhāve" vyāpye liṅginyasattayā sādhye sādhanaṃtadā ca kāraṇavyāpakānupalabdhī gamike "yadi kena" ciddhetunopalabdhilakṣaṇaprāptānupalambhenānyena vā tayoḥ kāraṇavyāpakayorabhāvaḥ pratīyate 〈।〉 na tūpalambhābhāvamātreṇa sandigdhāsiddhatvāt ।

<kha. svabhāvānupalabdhiḥ>

359,v (PVV_359,v_359,vii)

svabhāvānupalambhamāha ।

359,vi

"dṛśyasya darśanābhāvakāraṇā'sambhave sati // (svarth.anum.) 202 //

bhāvasyānupalambhasya bhāvābhāvaḥ pratīyate /"

359,vii

"dṛśyasya" vastuno "darśanābhāva"sya yat "kāraṇaṃ" vyavadhānendriyavaikalyādi tasyā"sambhave" sati "bhāvasyā"nupalabdhasya "bhāva" <="sattā"> "ābhāvaḥ" svabhāvānupalabdheḥ "pratīyate" ॥

<ga. anupalabdhirevābhāvaḥ>

359,viii (PVV_359,viii_360,ii)

"viruddhasya ca bhāvasya bhāve tadbhāvabādhanāt // (svarth.anum.) 203 //

tadviruddhopalabdhau syādasattāyā viniścayaḥ /"

<360>

360,i

"viruddhasya" nivarttakasya vahnayāde"rbhāvasya bhāve ta"sya "(śa)"<?>〈sa〉lilādernivarttyasya "bhāvabādhanāt । tadviruddhopalabdhau" satyāma"sattāyā viniścayaḥ" syāt ।

360,ii

nanvanupalabdherabhāvasādhane ko dṛṣṭāntaḥ । vyomakusumādiriti cet । atrāpi yadyanupalabdherabhāvasiddhistadā dṛṣṭāntāntarāpekṣāyāmanavasthāprasaṅgaḥ । tadanapekṣāyāṃ tadanupalabdhirabhāvākhyaṃ pramāṇamastu ।

360,iii (PVV_360,iii_360,iv)

asambaddhametat । na hyabhāvo'nupalabdhyā sādhyate । anupalabdhireva hyabhāvaḥ sa ca siddha eva । tathāpi tu mūḍhaḥ tamavyavaharan nimittopadarśanena vyavahāryate । tathā ca bhāvo'bhāvasya daṣṭāntaḥ । tayoḥ svanaimittikapravarttanasya siddhatvāt ।

360,iv

nanu yadidaṃna santi pradhānādayo'nupalabdheriti tatra kathamasadvayavahāravidhiḥ sadvyavahārapratiṣedho vā । pradhānādiśabdavācyasya pratiṣedhe tacchabdāprayogāt ।

360,v (PVV_360,v_360,vii)

atrāha ।

360,vi

"anādivāsanodbhūtavikalpapariniṣṭhitaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 204 //

śabdārthastrividho dharmo bhāvābhāvobhayāśrayaḥ /"

360,vii

"anādivi"kalpābhyāsa"vāsanāyā udbhūtavikalpe pariniṣṭhitaḥ" pratibhāsamānaḥ śabdārtho dharmo trividhaḥ । kathamityāha 〈।〉 "bhāvābhāvobhayāśrayaḥ" । sadasadubhaya<361>vikalpavāsanāprabhavatvāt । tadadhyavasāyena tadviṣayatvāt । "tatra bhāvopādāno" vikalpaḥ paṭādirabhāvopādānaḥ śaśavi"(śā)"<?>〈ṣā〉 ṇādiḥ । "ubhayopādānaḥ pradhāne"śvarādiḥ ।

361,i (PVV_361,i_361,ii)

"tasmin bhāvānupādāne sādhye'syānupalambhanam // (svarth.anum.) 205 //

tathā heturna tasyaivābhāvaḥ śabdaprayogataḥ /"

361,ii

"tasmin" śabdārthe pradhānādau "bhāvānupādāne" bhāvabhūtapradhānāśraye "sādhye"'syapradhānāde"stathā" 〈bāhya〉bhāvāśrayatvenā"nupalambhanaṃ hetu"rvyavahārasādhanaḥ । na tu "tasya" śabdārthasyaivābhāvaḥ pradhānādi"śabda"sya tatpratipādakasya "prayogataḥ" ॥

361,iii (PVV_361,iii_361,v)

yadi tu vastveva śabdaviṣayastadā 〈।〉

361,iv

"paramārthaikatānatve śabdānāmanibandhanā // (svarth.anum.) 206 //

na syāt pravṛttirartheṣu darśanāntarabhediṣu /"

361,v

"paramārthaikatānatve" paramārthaikapara〈vṛtti〉tve "śabdānāmartheṣu darśanāntarabhediṣu" pratidarśanaṃ bhinnābhyupagamena nityatvānityatvatriguṇīmayatvādikalpi"tabhedeṣu anibandhanā" paramārthanibandhanarahitā "pravṛttirna syāt" । na hi parasparaviruddhā bahavo dharmā ekatra santi ।

361,vi (PVV_361,vi_361,vii)

"atītājātayorvāpi na ca syādanṛtārthatā // (svarth.anum.) 207 //

vācaḥ kasyāścidityeṣā bauddhārthaviṣayā matā /"

361,vii

"atītājātayorvapyasatorna" syācchabdavṛttiḥ । "na ca kasyāścid vāco'nṛtārthatā syāt" । arthamantareṇa śabdābhāvāt । yasmādete doṣā vastuviṣayatve vāca iti tasmādeṣā "bauddhārthaviṣayā" kalpitārthagocarā matā ।

361,viii (PVV_361,viii_362,i)

yaśca śabdārthaḥ tasya bhāvānupādānatvaṃ sādhyate na tu sa eva niṣidhyate'nyathā 〈।〉

361,ix

"śabdārthāpahnave sādhye dharmādhāranirākṛteḥ // (svarth.anum.) 208 //

na sādhyaḥ samudāyaḥ syāt siddho dharmaśca kevalaḥ /"

<362>

362,i

"śabdārthasyāpahnave sādhye dharmādhāra"sya dharmiṇo"nirākṛteḥ samudāyaḥ sādhyo na syāt" । dharmidharmasamudāyaścānumeyaḥ । dharma eva kevalaḥ sādhyate iti cet "siddhodharmaścā"bhāvādiḥ "kevalaḥ" 〈।〉 kimarthaṃ sādhanīyaḥ pradhānādivikalpasya bhāvānupādānatvaṃ tu na siddhaṃ tadeva sādhyaṃ yuktaṃ ।

362,ii (PVV_362,ii_362,vi)

kiñca 〈।〉

362,iii

"sadasatpakṣabhedena śabdārthānapavādibhiḥ // (svarth.anum.) 209 //

vastveva cintyate hyatra pratibaddhaḥ phalodayaḥ /"

362,iv

"sadasatpakṣabhedena vastveva" vyavahāribhiḥ śabdārthānapavādibhiḥ cintyate nāvastu । hi yasmād "atra" vastuni "phala"syārthakriyāyā "udayaḥ pratibaddhaḥ" ।

362,v

tataśca 〈।〉

362,vi

"arthakriyā'samarthasya vicāraiḥ kiṃ tadarthinām // (svarth.anum.) 210 //

ṣaṇḍhasya rūpe vairūpye kāminyā kiṃ parīkṣayā /"

362,vii (PVV_362,vii_362,x)

"arthakriyāyāmasamarthasya" śabdārthāde"rvicāraiḥ" sadasatpakṣacintābhi"stadarthinā"marthakriyārthināṃ "kiṃ" na kiñcit prayojanaṃ 〈।〉 "ṣaṇḍhasya" napunsakasya "rūpe vairūpye" vā kāminyā vṛṣasyantyā yoṣitaḥ "kiṃ parīkṣayā" ।

<gha. kalpitasyānupalabdhirdharmaḥ>

362,viii

yat punarācāryeṇoktaṃ kalpitasyānupalabdhirddharmma iti tasya korthaḥ ।

362,ix

"śabdārthaḥ kalpanājñānaviṣayatvena kalpitaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 211 //

dharmo vastvāśrayā'siddhirasyoktā nyāyavādinā /"

362,x

"kalpanājñāna"sya "viṣayatvena kalpita" iṣṭaḥ pradhānādi"śabdārthaḥ । asya" kalpitasya "vastvāśrayā'siddhi"rvastvādhiṣṭhānatvānupalabdhi"rddharmo nyāyavādinā"cāryeṇoktā ।

<3.4. āgamacintā>

3.212cd–3.216

<363>

363,i (PVV_363,i_363,ii)

nanu yaduktaṃ 〈।〉 pramāṇatrayanivṛttāvapi nārthābhāvaniścaya iti tanmā "bhūt" pratyakṣānumānayorasarvaviṣayatvāt tannivṛttyā( )〈'〉bhāvaniścayaḥ । āgamastu sarvaviṣaya iti tannivṛttau yukto'rthāsattvaniścaya ityāha ।

363,ii

"nāntarīyakatā'bhāvācchabdānāṃ vastubhissaha // (svarth.anum.) 212 //

nārthasiddhistataste hi vakttrabhiprāyasūcakāḥ //"

363,iii (PVV_363,iii_363,vi)

"nāntarīyakatā"yā avinābhāvasyā"bhāvād vastubhiḥ saha śabdānāṃ । tataḥ" śabdebhyo "nārthasya siddhi"rniścayaḥ । kintarhi tebhyo gamyata ityāha । "vakturabhiprāyasya" vivakṣāyā"ste" śabdāḥ "sūcakā"stadanvayavyatirekānuvidhāyitvāt । na ca vivakṣā yathārthaṃ bhavatiyena paraṃparayā tatsamvādaḥ syāt । visamvādābhiprāyādajñānād vā'nyathāpi vivakṣāsambhavāt ।

363,iv

"āptavādāvisaṃvādasāmānyādanumānatā // (svarth.anum.) 213 //"

363,v

yadyevaṃ sarvameva vacanaṃ pravṛttikāmānāṃ parīkṣārhaṃ syāt । kaśca samvādārthaḥ kathañcāptavādasāmānyādanumānatāsyācāryeṇoktetyāha ।

363,vi

"sambaddhānuguṇopāyaṃ puruṣārthābhidhāyakam /

parīkṣādhikṛtaṃ vākyamatonadhikṛtamparam // (svarth.anum.) 214 //"

363,vii (PVV_363,vii_364,i)

"sambaddha"vākyānāṃ parasparābhisambaddhānāmekārthopasaṃhārāt 〈।〉 na ca daśadāḍimādivākyamivaikārthānabhidhāyi । "anuguṇoṇāyaṃ" śakyānuṣṭhānopeyasādhanaṃ na tu <364> viṣaśamanatakṣakaphaṇāratnālaṅkāropadeśakamiva "puruṣārthasya" svargāpavargasyā"bhidhāyakaṃ" na tu kākadanta"parīkṣo"padeśakamiva parīkṣāyāṃ pravṛttyarhaviṣayama"dhikṛtaṃ vākyaṃ । ato'paramanadhikṛtama"navadhānārhatvāt ।

364,i

"pratyakṣeṇānumānena dvividhenāpyabādhanam /

dṛṣṭādṛṣṭārthayorasyāvisaṃvādaḥ tadarthayoḥ // (svarth.anum.) 215 //"

364,ii (PVV_364,ii)

asya ca parīkṣārhasya vākyasyāvisamvādaḥ "tadarthayo" rāgamābhidheyayo"rdṛṣṭādṛṣṭayoḥ"pratyakṣāpratyakṣa yorarthayoḥ "pratyakṣeṇānumānena" ca "dvividhene"ti vastubalabhāvinā'gamāśrayeṇa cā"bādhana"manyeṣāñca bādhanaṃ nāma । yathā pratyakṣatvena sammatānāṃ pañcānāṃ skandhānāṃ pratyakṣeṇābādhanaṃ siddhireva apratyakṣatveneṣṭānāṃ śabdāditriguṇamayatvadravyakarmasāmānyasaṃyogādīnāñca tena bādhanaṃ । anumeyatveneṣṭānāṃ caturāryasatyānāṃ vastubalapravṛttenānumānenābādhanaṃ siddhireva । ananumeyatveneṣṭānāñcātmeśvarādīnāmanumānena bādha eva । atyantaparokṣāṇāṃ rāgādihetukā'dharmaprahāṇādīnāmāgamāśrayānumānenābādhanaṃ siddhirevaṃ rāgādihetutveneṣṭasya hetutvānuparodhinaḥ snonovāsāgnihotrādeḥ prahāṇopāyatayā'nupadeśāt hetuvyāghātasyopāyatvenopadeśāccaivaṃ vidhamabādhanama"visamvāda" iṣṭaḥ ।

364,iii (PVV_364,iii_364,iv)

"āptavādāvisaṃvādasāmānyādanumānatā /

buddheragatyā'bhihitā niṣiddhāpyasya gocare // (svarth.anum.) 216 //"

364,iv

tasyaivaṃ bhūtasyā"ptavāda"syādṛṣṭavyabhicārasyā"visamvādasāmānyāt" pratyakṣānumānāgamyepyarthe utpannāyā "buddhe"ravisamvādā"danumānatā" cācāryadignāgenā"bhihitā<365>gatyā" । atyantaparokṣeṣvartheṣu dānahiṃsācetanādiṣvarthānarthaśravaṇādāgamaprāmāṇyamanāśritya sthātumasāmarthyādetadbhāve virodhābhāvācca satyāṃ pravṛttau varamevaṃ pravṛttirityagatyā'numānatoktā । na tu vastuto vacanānāmartheṣu nāntarīyakatvābhāvāt । (216)

3.217

365,i (PVV_365,i_365,iii)

kimvā 〈।〉

365,ii

"heyopādeyatattvasya sopāyasya prasiddhitaḥ /

pradhānārthāvisamvādādanumānamparatra vā // (svarth.anum.) 217 //"

365,iii

"heya"sya duḥkhasatyasya "upāde"yasya nirodhasatyasya"sopāyasya" yathākramaṃ samudayasatyasya samārgasatyasya cāgamoktavastubalapravṛttenānumāne "prasiddhito" niścayāt । satyacatuṣṭayādhigamasya nirvāṇahetutvena "pradhānārtha"syā"visamvādāt" । "paratrā"tyantaparokṣepyarthe bhaga vadvacanādutpannaṃ jñānama"numānaṃ" yuktamiti vā pakṣāntaraṃ । (217)

3.218

365,iv (PVV_365,iv_365,vi)

"puruṣātiśayāpekṣaṃ yathārthamapare viduḥ /

iṣṭoyamarthaḥ pratyetuṃ śakyaḥ sotiśayo yadi // (svarth.anum.) 218 //"

365,v

"apare" naiyāyikādayaḥ "puruṣa"syā"tiśayāpekṣaṃ" yathābhūtārthadarśi tadākhyāt puruṣapraṇītaṃ vacanaṃ "yathārthaṃ" satyārthaṃ pratijānīyuḥ 〈।〉

365,vi

siddhāntamāha 〈।〉 puruṣātiśayapraṇītaṃ vacanama pramāṇamitī"ṣṭo'yamartho yadi" puruṣāṇāṃ "sotiśa"yo jñātuṃ śakyaḥ syāt ।

3.219–3.223

<(1) pauruṣeyatve>

<ka. puruṣātiśayapraṇītaṃ vacanaṃ pramāṇam>

365,vii (PVV_365,vii_366,i)

kintu 〈।〉

365,viii

"ayamevaṃ na vetyanyadoṣānirdoṣatāpi vā /

durlabhatvāt pramāṇānāṃ durbodhetyapare viduḥ // (svarth.anum.) 219 //"

365,ix

"ayaṃ" pumā"nevaṃ"doṣavān "na vā" nirdoṣa ityanyasya"doṣā nirdoṣatāpi vā pramāṇānāṃ durlabhatvād durbodhetyapare" saugatā "viduḥ" । durbbodhetyanyadoṣā ityanenaliṅga vacanavipariṇāmena sambandhanīyaṃ ।

<366>

tatkimaśakyocchedā doṣā netyāha ।

366,i

"sarveṣāṃ savipakṣatvānnirhnāsātiśayaṃ śritaḥ /

sātmībhāvāt tadabhyāsād hīyerannāsravāḥ kvacit // (svarth.anum.) 220 //"

366,ii (PVV_366,ii_366,iv)

"sarveṣā"māsravāṇāṃ rāgādīnāṃpratipakṣasaṃmukhībhāvābhāvayornnirhrāsātiśayāvupacayāpacayau śrayanta iti "nirhrāsātiśayaṃ śrita"steṣāṃ "savipakṣatvāt" pratipakṣasambhavāt tasya pratipakṣasyā"bhyāsāt sātmībhāvādāsravā" kvaciccittasantāne "hīyeranni"ti khalu nirdoṣapuruṣāpalāpaḥ kriyate kintu tadavadhāraṇopāyo nāstītyucyate । icchādhīnasya vyāhārasyānyathāpi karttuṃ śakyatvāt । na tatastathārthaniścayaḥ ।

366,iii

atha sātmīyabhūtapratipakṣasya mārgābhyāsānnirdoṣatāyāmapi satyāṃ vipakṣābhyāsāt punardoṣotpattirityāha ।

366,iv

"nirupadravabhūtārthasvabhāvasya viparyayaiḥ /

na bādhā yatnavatve'pi buddhestatpakṣapātataḥ // (svarth.anum.) 221 //"

366,v (PVV_366,v)

"nirupadrava"sya doṣarāśerudvejakasya prahāṇāt । "bhūtārtha"sya pramāṇaparidṛṣṭārthaviṣayatvāt । "svabhāva"syānāropitatvāt 〈।〉 mārgasātmyasya vipakṣeṇa "na bādhā yatnavatvepi" । yatna eva tāvanna sambhavati vipakṣābhyāse doṣadarśanāt । "yatnavatvepi" tu "buddhestatra" mārgasātmye'bhiruciviṣayatvena "pakṣapātato na bādhā" । na hi rajvāṃ nivṛttasarppabhramaḥ sarppaṃ bhāvayituṃ yatate kaścit 〈।〉 bhūtārthasya darśanāt ।

<kha. satkāyadarśanaṃ doṣakāraṇam>

366,vi (PVV_366,vi_366,x)

kaḥ punardoṣāṇāṃ heturyatprahāṇādamī prahīyanta ityāha ।

366,vii

"sarvāsāṃ doṣajātīnāṃ jātiḥ satkāyadarśanāt /"

366,viii

"sarvāsāṃ doṣajātīnāṃ" doṣaprakārāṇāṃ "jāti"rjanma "satkāyadarśanādā"tmābhiniveśāt ।

366,ix

nanvavidyāhetukāḥ kleśā bhagavatokto ityāha ।

366,x

"sā'vidyā tatra tatsnehastasmād dveṣādisambhavaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 222 //"

<367>

367,i (PVV_367,i_367,iii)

"sā'vidyā" satkāyadarśanamevāvidyā'nyatrocyata iti nāsti virodhaḥ । "tatra" satkāyadarśane sati teṣvātmīyeṣu "snehastasmā"dātmīyeṣu snehāt tadapakāriṣu "dveṣādī"nāṃ "sambhava" iti doṣotpattikramaḥ । ato nairātmyadarśanaṃ mārgo yuktaḥ satkāyadṛṣṭipratipakṣatvāt ।

367,ii

yataśca sattvadṛṣṭiravidyā ।

367,iii

"moho nidānaṃ doṣāṇāṃ atra evābhidhīyate /

satkāyadṛṣṭiranyatra;"

367,iv (PVV_367,iv_367,vii)

"ata eva moho"'vidyā "doṣāṇāṃ nidānamabhidhīyate" । bhagavatā"'vidyā hetukāḥ sarvai kleśā" iti punaranyatra pradeśe "satkāyadṛṣṭirdoṣanidānamabhidhīyate" ।

367,v

nanvanyepīndriyaviṣayā yoniśomanaskārādayo doṣahetavastatkimavidyāsatkāyadṛṣṭī evābhihite ityāha ।

367,vi

"tatprahāṇe prahāṇataḥ // (svarth.anum.) 223 //"

367,vii

tasya mohasya "satkāyadṛṣṭi"lakṣaṇasya "prahāṇe" doṣāṇāṃ "prahāṇataḥ" prādhānyāt sa evokto netara ityarthaḥ ॥ (223)

<3.5. apauruṣeyatve>

3.224

<(1) vedaprāmāṇyanirāsaḥ>

367,viii (PVV_367,viii_367,x)

vedapramāṇyaṃ nirācikīrṣan paramatamutthāpayati ।

367,ix

"girāmmithyātvahetūnāṃ doṣāṇāṃ puruṣāśrayāt /

apauruṣeyaṃ satyārthamiti kecit pracakṣate // (svarth.anum.) 224 //"

367,x

"girāṃ" vācāṃ "mithyātvaṃ"sya "hetūnāṃ doṣāṇāma"jñānavisamvādābhiprāyādīnāṃ vā "puruṣa"syā"śrayā"dāśrayaṇatvāt "apauruṣeyaṃ" vākyaṃ mithyātvahetoḥ puruṣadoṣasyābhāvāt "satyārthamiti kecit" jaiminīyāḥ "pracakṣate" ॥ (224)

3.225

<368>

368,i (PVV_368,i_368,ii)

"girāṃ satyatvahetūnāṃ guṇānāṃ puruṣāśrayāt /

apauruṣeyaṃ mithyārthaṃ kiṃ netyanye pracakṣate // (svarth.anum.) 225 //"

368,ii

tāneva prati girāṃ "satyatvasya hetūnāṃ" dayādharmaparatvādīnāṃ "guṇānāṃ puruṣa"syā"śrayādapauruṣeyaṃ" vākyaṃ satyatāhetoḥ puruṣaguṇasyābhāvāt "mithyārthaṃ kiṃ na" bhavatītyanye sau ga tāḥ pracakṣate ॥ (225)

3.226

368,iii (PVV_368,iii_368,v)

kiñca 〈।〉

368,iv

"arthajñāpanaheturhi saṅketaḥ puruṣāśrayaḥ /

girāmapauruṣeyatvepyato mithyātvasambhavaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 226 //"

368,v

saṅketamantareṇāpauruṣeyādapi vākyādarthapratīterabhāvāt । "arthajñāpanahetu"riha"saṅketaḥ" svīkartavyaḥ । sa ca puruṣakṛtatvāt "puruṣāśrayaḥ । ataḥ" saṃketasya puruṣāśrayatvāt "girāmapauruṣeyatvepi mithyātvasya sambhavaḥ" । saṃketavaśena vāco'rthaṃ bruvate । sa ca doṣāśrayeṇa puruṣeṇa kriyata iti tāsāṃ na visaṃvādaśaṅkānirāsaḥ । pauruṣeyavākyavaditi vyarthamapauruṣeyatvakalpanaṃ । (226)

3.227

<ka. apauruṣeyatvepyaprāmāṇyam>

368,vi (PVV_368,vi_368,viii)

atha śabdārthayoḥ sambandho na pauruṣeyaḥ kintu svābhāvikaḥ tato na mithyātvasambhavaḥ । tadā 〈।〉

368,vii

"sambandhāpauruṣeyatve syāt pratītirasaṃvidaḥ /"

368,viii

"sambandhāpauruṣeyatve"pīṣyamāṇe "syāda"rthānāṃ "pratītirasaṃvido"'vidyamānasaṅketapratīteḥ puṃsaḥ । na cecchabdārthayoḥ sāṃketiko vācyavācakatāsambandhaḥ kintu svābhāvikaḥ । tadā'gṛhīta(śa)<?>〈sa〉ṅketopi śrutācchabdādarthaṃ pratipadyeteti ।

<369>

369,i (PVV_369,i_369,iii)

atha saṃketāt satopi tasya sambandhasyābhivyakti〈ḥ〉 pradīpādivad ghaṭāderato nāgṛhītavyañjakasya vyaṅgyapratītiḥ । tadā 〈।〉

369,ii

"saṃketāt tadabhivyaktāvasamarthānyakalpanā // (svarth.anum.) 227 //"

369,iii

"saṅketāt ta"sya sambandhasyā"bhivyaktā"viṣyamāṇāyāṃ saṃketā"danya"sya sambandhasya "kalpanā'samarthā" sambandhavyavasthāpanāya । saṃketādeva vācyavācakabhāvasya kalpitasya ghaṭamānatvāt hastasaṃjñāderivārthapratipādanasya । (227)

3.228

369,iv (PVV_369,iv_369,viii)

kiñca 〈।〉 vācā kimekenārthena saha vācyavācakasambandhaḥ । athānekaiḥ । tatra 〈।〉

369,v

"girāmekārthaniyame na syādarthāntare gatiḥ /"

369,vi

"girāmeka"sminnarthe vācakatayā "niyame" sati saṃketavaśādanya"trārthe na syād gatiḥ" । dṛśyate ca vivakṣāto'nekārthābhidhānam ॥

369,vii

"anekārthābhisambandhe viruddhavyaktisambhavaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 228 //"

369,viii

"ane"kaira"rthai"rvācakatvā"bhisambandhe viruddha"syārthasya "vyakteḥ" pratīteḥ "sambhavaḥ" syāt । agniṣṭomaḥ svargasya sādhanamiti viparyayopyavasīyeta 〈।〉 tataścāpravṛttireva syāt svargīrthinaḥ । (228)

3.229

369,ix (PVV_369,ix_369,xi)

athānekārthābhidhāyyapi śabdaḥ puruṣeṇa saṅketādabhimatārthābhidhāyitvena niyamyate tadā 〈।〉

369,x

"apauruṣeyatāyāñca vyarthā syāt parikalpanā /

vācyaśca heturbhinnānāṃ sambandhasya vyavasthiteḥ // (svarth.anum.) 229 //"

369,xi

"apauruṣeyatāyāñca vyarthā parikalpanā syāt" । tadabhyupagamepi puruṣasvātantryābhyupagamāt । tadārthebhyo "bhinnānāṃ" śabdānāṃ taiḥ saha "sambandhasya vyava"sthiteḥ । hetuśca <370> vācyoyenāvyabhicāraḥ । na hi śabdārthayostādātmyaṃ bhedāt । nāpi tadutpattirarthamantareṇāpi vivakṣātaḥ śabdotpatteḥ । anyathā cāvyabhicārābhāvāt । (229)

3.230

370,i (PVV_370,i_370,iii)

uktamarthaṃ saṃgṛhṇānnāha ।

370,ii

"asaṃskāryatayā puṃbhiḥ sarvathā syānnirarthatā /

saṃskāropagame mukhyaṃ gajasnānanibhaṃ bhavet // (svarth.anum.) 230 //"

370,iii

yadi saṅketanirapekṣāṇāṃ svata eva vācakatvaṃ śabdānāṃ tadā"puṃbhirasaṃskāryatayā" saṅketadvāreṇa niyamyatayā "sarvathā nirarthatā syāt" । puruṣasaṅketanirapekṣācchabdādarthaṃpratīterabhāvāt । etaddoṣabhayāt "saṃskārasyopagame" svīkāre idamapauruṣeyatvaṃ mukhyamanupacaritaṃ "gajasnānambhavet" । gajo hi snāne paṅkamapanīya punastenātmānaṃ limpati । tathā'pauruṣeyatvaṃ sambandhasya svīkṛtyāpi punaḥ saṅkete puruṣāpekṣeti vyaktaṃ sāmyaṃ । (230)

3.231–3.236ab

<kha. sambandhacintā>

<(ka) sambandhyanityatve sambandhanityatā>

370,iv (PVV_370,iv_370,viii)

"sambandhināmanityatvānna saṃbandhesti nityatā /"

370,v

tathā "sambandhināma"rthānā"manityatvāt saṃbandhe nityatā nāsti" na hyāśrayāpāye bhavatyāśritaṃ ।

370,vi

kiñca 〈।〉

370,vii

"nityasyānupakāryatvādakurvāṇaśca nāśrayaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 231 //

arthairataḥ sa śabdānāṃ saṃskāryaḥ puruṣairdhiyā /"

370,viii

"nityasya" sambandhasyā"nupakāryatvāt । akurvāṇo"'nupakurvāṇaḥ śabdo'rthaścā"śrayo na" yuktaḥ । yataḥ svābhāvikasambandhānupapatti"rataḥ" sambandho"'rthaiḥ" saha "śabdānāṃ" puruṣairvyavahartṛbhirarthapratipādanābhiprāyānvayavyatirekānuvidhānamāśritya "dhiyā" kalpikayā"saṃskāryo" vyavasthāpyaḥ ।

<371>

371,i (PVV_371,i_371,iv)

athānitya eva sambandhastadā sambandhināṃ nāśe sambandhasya naṣṭatvānnirarthakaḥ śabdaḥ syāt ।

371,ii

athavā 〈।〉

371,iii

"arthaireva sahotpāde na svabhāvaviparyayaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 232 //

śabdeṣu yuktaḥ ;"

371,iv

vācyai"rarthai"reva "saha" sambandhasyo"tpāda" iṣyate 〈।〉 tadotpāda iṣyamāṇepi pūrvamarthena saha sambandhasya vinaṣṭatvāt । arthasambandharahitātmasu "śabde"ṣu svabhāvasya sambandhavikalasya "viparyayaḥ" sambandhayogī "na yuktaḥ" । na hi nityasya pūrvāparaikasvabhāvasyānyathātvaṃ yuktaṃ । anyathā nityatāhāniprasaṅgāt ।

<(kha) sambandhaḥ kalpitaḥ>

371,v (PVV_371,v_371,viii)

asmanmate tu 〈।〉

371,vi

"sambandhe nāyaṃ doṣo vikalpite /"

371,vii

vikalpite kalpanānirmite sambandhe'yaṃ svabhāvānyatvaprasaṅgadoṣo na bhavati । na hi kalpanāklṛpto dharmaḥ svabhāvaṃ vastutaḥ spṛśati ।

371,viii

"nityatvādāśrayāpāyepyanāśo yadi sammataḥ // (svarth.anum.) 233 //

nityeṣvāśrayasāmarthyaṃ kiṃ yeneṣṭaḥ sa cāśrayaḥ /"

371,ix (PVV_371,ix)

sambandhasya"nityatvāt āśraya"sya vācyasyā"pāye"pya"nāśo" yadi jāteriva "sammataḥ" tadā "nityeṣu" jātisambandhādiṣvā"śraya"sya vācyasyā vācakasya "ca kiṃ sāmarthya"mupakāraviśeṣādhāyakaṃ"yena" sāmarthyena sa vācyadirā"śraya iṣṭaḥ" । na hyanupakāryamāśritamatiprasaṅgāt । nityasya copakārāsambhavaḥ । bhedābhedakalpanāyāmayuktatvāt

371,x (PVV_371,x_372,i)

atha nityasyāpi jātisambandhāderāśrayeṇābhivyaktilakṣaṇa upakāraḥ kriyate । na cāvyaktihetuḥ kārako dīpādivat ghaṭāderityāha ।

371,xi

"jñānotpādena hetūnāṃ sambandhāt sahakāriṇām // (svarth.anum.) 234 //

tadutpādanayogyatvenotpattirvyaktiriṣyate /

ghaṭādiṣvapi yuktijñaiḥ ;"

<372>

372,i

"jñānotpādena hetūnāṃ" dīpādīnāṃ "sahakāriṇāṃ" sambandhāt "tadutpādanayogyatvena"jñānotpādanasamarthatvenotpatti"rghaṭādiṣvapi" bhāveṣu "yuktijñai"rnyāyavidbhi"rvyaktiriṣyate"'nyathā jñānotpādanayogyasya svabhāvasyānutpattau jñānotpādanaṃ na syāt 〈।〉

372,ii (PVV_372,ii_372,iii)

"aviśeṣe'vikāriṇām // (svarth.anum.) 235 //

vyañjakaiḥ svaiḥ kutaḥ kortho vyaktāstaiste yato matāḥ /"

372,iii

nityānāṃ jātisambandhādīnāma"vikāriṇāṃ" kutaścidaviśeṣe viśeṣāsambhave svairvyañjakairāśrayābhimataiḥ "korthaḥ" svabhāvānyathātvādiḥ "kuto" na kaścit । "yato"'rthāt kṛtāt tai"rvyañja"kaiste jātyādayo "vyaktā matāḥ" ।

3.236bc–3.246

<(ga) bhedābhedavyavasthāto'pi sambandhasyāvastutvam>

372,iv (PVV_372,iv_372,vi)

kiñca 〈।〉

372,v

"sambandhasya ca vastutve syād bhedād buddhicitratā // (svarth.anum.) 236 //

tābhyāmabhede tāveva nātonyā vastuno gatiḥ /"

372,vi

yadi "sambandhasya vastutva"ntadā vastutve sati bhedo'bhedo vā'bhyupagantavyaḥ । tatra "bhedād buddheścitratā" syāt 〈।〉 vācyavācakau sambandhaśceti tritayaṃ dṛśyeta । na cekṣyate । atha dvitīyaḥ pakṣaḥ tadā "tābhyāmabhede" sambandhasya "tau" vācyavācakā"veva" syātāṃ na tu sambandho nāma kaścit । atha sambandho na bhinno nāpyabhinnaḥ । "ato" bhedābhedābhyā"manyā" vastuno "gati"rnāsti । anyonyavacchedātmakatvādanayo rāśyantarāsambhavānnānyaḥ prakārosti vastunaḥ ।

372,vii (PVV_372,vii_373,iii)

tasmād 〈।〉

372,viii

"bhinnatvād vasturūpasya sambandhaḥ kalpanākṛtaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 237 //

saddravyaṃ syāt parādhīnaṃ sambandhonyasya vā katham /"

<373>

373,i

bhinnatvād "vastunoḥ" sambandhinoḥ "rūpasya sambandhaḥ" śleṣalakṣaṇaḥ "kalpanayā kṛto" na vāstavaḥ । anyathā "saddravyaṃ" sambandhākhyaṃ "parādhīnaṃ" sambandhāyattaṃ "kathaṃ syāt । kathamvā" bhinnayoḥ sambandhinoḥ śleṣalakṣaṇaḥ "sambandhaḥ" parasparamamiśrasvabhāvatvāt sarvasya tathāpi sambandhetiprasaṅgāt ।

<(gha) varṇapadādiṣu sambandhasyāsadbhāvaḥ>

373,ii

kiñca 〈।〉

373,iii

"varṇṇā nirarthakāḥ santaḥ;"

373,iv (PVV_373,iv)

ayaṃ sambandho varttamāno varṇṇeṣu padādiṣu vā varttata । tatra "varṇṇāḥ santonirarthakāḥ" pratyekaṃ teṣāmarthapratipādakatvābhāvāt । nānāprayoktṛprayuktebhyo'rthāpratipatteśca vyatikramaprayuktebhyaśca saro rasa ityādibhyastulyā syāt pratipattistatsamudāyasya cāsambhavaḥ krameṇopalambhāt । na ca samudāyo nāma samudāyibhyo bhinno'nupalambhabādhitatvāt । teṣāñca vācakatvādekasmādapipratītiḥ syāt । pratyekaṃ na ced vācakāḥ samuditebhyopi tebhyo na syāt pratītistadāpyanyasyābhāvāt ।

373,v (PVV_373,v)

atha krameṇa varṇṇeṣu gṛhīteṣu tatsaṃskārasahāyenādhyakṣeṇa gṛhītādantyavarṇṇādarthapratītiḥ । tatkimantya eva varṇṇo vācako nānye । tathā ted vyarthaṃ teṣāmuccāraṇaṃ । saveṣu pratīteṣvarthapratītiriti cet । kimantyavarṇṇagrāhikayā buddhyā sarvatra grahaṇaṃ । anyānyabuddhyaiva cet । tāḥ kiṃ buddhayo'ntyavarṇṇabuddhikāle bhavanti । yena tadārthapratītirucyate । anyānyakāla eveti cet । yadi tābhirvācakā varṇṇā gṛhyante 〈।〉 ekaikavarṇṇagrahaṇepyarthapratītiḥ syāt । vācakeṣu sarvaṣu gṛhīteṣu pratītiriti cet । tadā tu na pratyekaṃ vācakastadatiriktaśca samudāyo nāsti ॥

<374>

374,i (PVV_374,i)

pratyekaṃ samarthāḥ sthitibījādayo'ṅkurajanane na ca kevalājanayantīti cet । ye samarthā na teṣāṃ kṣaṇikatvāt pṛthagbhāva ityasamānaṃ । samuditā eva tu samarthāḥ । na tvevaṃ varṇṇānāṃ kvāpi samudāyaḥ kramopalabhyatvāt । tadā ced pratipādakā avācakā eva । pūrvavarṇṇagrahaṇasaṃskārepi kimantyavarṇṇabuddhau sarve pratibhānti na vā । na tāvadupalabhyante tatastadupadarśamapi vyarthaṃ sarveṣu kramāt pratīteṣu smṛtiḥ samudāyaviṣayā bhavatīti cet । kimvarṇṇānāṃ samudāyosti pratīto vā yaḥ smaryate kevalaṃ kalpyate । kalpitasya vācakatvābhyupagame na vivādaḥ । tasmānna varṇṇe sambandhavṛttiḥ ।

374,ii (PVV_374,ii_374,v)

padavākyādiṣu tarhi syāditi cet ।

374,iii

"padādiparikalpitam // (svarth.anum.) 238 //

avastuni kathaṃ vṛttiḥ sambandhasyāsya vastunaḥ /"

374,iv

na hi kramoccāritebhyo varṇṇebhyo vyatiriktaṃ padādikamupalabhyate 〈।〉 kevalaṃ kalpanābuddhyā kramoccāritānāṃ varṇṇānāṃ samudāyaḥ kalpitaḥ padaṃ । padānāñca samudāyaḥ kalpito vākyamucyate । tacca kalpitatvādavastu । "avastuni sambandhasya vastunaḥ kathamvṛttiḥ" । na hi śaśavi"(śā)"<?>〈ṣā〉ṇasya nīlādirddharmo yuktaḥ । tadevaṃ na sambandho nityo'nityo vā yukta iti sthitaṃ ॥

<ga. nāpauruṣeyatā>

374,v

"apauruṣeyatāpīṣṭā karttṛṇāmasmṛteḥ kila // (svarth.anum.) 239 //

santyasyāpyanuvaktāra iti dhigvyāpakaṃ tamaḥ /"

374,vi (PVV_374,vi)

vedavākyānāma"pauruṣeyatāpi" kenaci nmī māṃ sa ka pravareṇeṣṭā "karttṛṇāmasmṛteḥ" । liṅgāt "kila" । akṣamāyāṃ kila śabdaḥ । asyāpyarthasya nyāyād dūramāyātasyā<375>nuvaktāraḥ paṇḍitaṃmanyāḥ santi । tasyaiva tāvadīdṛśaṃ prajñāskhalitaṃ kathamvṛttamiti savismayānukampannaścetaḥ । tadapyapare'nuvadantīti nirdayākrāntabhuvanaṃ dhigavyāpakantamaḥ । tathā hi karttuḥ smaraṇamasiddhaṃ smaranti saugatā mantrāṇāṃ kartṝn aṣṭakādīn । kāṇādāśca vidhātāraṃ । mithyā tatsmaraṇañcet । kumārasambhavāderapi kālidāsādikarttṛsmaraṇaṃ mithyeti tadapyapauruṣeyaṃ । tatraikaṃ smaraṇamapramāṇamanyaccānyatheti nātra vibhāgakāraṇaṃ । bahūnāṃ saṃpratipattivipratipattayaśca na pramāṇetaralakṣaṇe samvādasatvena sidhyataḥ । tataścāsmṛtakarttṛkamityaśakyaniścayaṃ sandigdhavipakṣavyāvṛttikatvāt ।

<gha. na nityatā>

<(ka) a gurvadhyayanapūrvakatvādapi na>

375,i (PVV_375,i_375,ii)

"yathāyamanyato'śrutvā nemaṃ varṇapadakramam // (svarth.anum.) 240 //

vaktuṃ samarthaḥ puruṣastathānyopīti kaścana /"

375,ii

yadāpi vedānadhīyāno yathāyamidānīntano māṇavako'"nyata" upādhyāyā"daśrutvā ima"mucyamānaṃ "varṇṇapadayoḥ krama"mānupūrvīviśiṣṭāṃ vedākhyāṃ "vaktumasamartho" vedakapāṭhakatvāt । "tathā'nya" upādhyāyastadupādhyāyopītyanādireṣa krama itikaści "nmī māṃ sa kaḥ" । sarvasyaiva vedapāṭhaḥ paropadeśāditi nityataiva vedānāṃ ।

375,iii (PVV_375,iii_375,v)

tatrāpyāha ।

375,iv

"anyo vā racito granthaḥ sampradāyād ṛte paraiḥ // (svarth.anum.) 241 //

dṛṣṭaḥ ko'bhihito yena sopyevaṃ nānumīyate /"

375,v

"anyo vā" vedāditaraḥ kāvyādi"rgrantho racitaḥ" kaviprabhṛtibhiḥ "saṃpradāyād ṛte" upadeśādvinā parairadhyetṛbhira"bhihitaḥ ko dṛṣṭo" na kaścit 〈।〉 "yena" paropadeśe'satyaśakyādhyayanatvena "sopi" kāvyādi"revaṃ" nityaṃ "nānumī"yate । tatrāpi heturayaṃ siddha eva । atha puruṣeṇa tatkaraṇāvirodhāt sandigdhavyatirekatā'sya hetostadā vedepi duṣṭatvamasyā〈ḥ〉 kathaṃ nivāryaṃ ।

375,vi (PVV_375,vi_375,viii)

api ca 〈।〉

375,vii

"yajjātīyo yataḥ siddhaḥ so'viśiṣṭognikāṣṭhavat // (svarth.anum.) 242 //

adṛṣṭaheturapyanyastadbhavaḥ saṃpratīyate /"

375,viii

"yajjātīyo" yaddravyasamānajātīyo "yaḥ" padārtho "yato" hetoḥ "siddho"'nvayavyatirekābhyāṃ niścitaḥ "sa" tajjātīyatvenā"viśiṣṭo anyo'dṛṣṭaheturapi" taddhetukatvena saṃpratīyate 〈।〉 kimiva । "agnikāṣṭhavat" । kāṣṭhakāryatvena vahnerniścitatvāt 〈।〉 〈।〉 vahnidarśanādadṛṣṭamapi kāṣṭhamanumīyate । na ca vaidikapauruṣeyavākyānāṃ kaścidbhedaḥ 〈।〉 sarveṣāṃ durbhaṇatvādīnāṃ mantrādisāmārthyānāñca sādhāraṇatvāt ।

375,ix (PVV_375,ix_375,xi)

idānīmvedakaraṇasamarthapuruṣādarśanaṃ bhā ra tādiṣvapi samānaṃ । tato'satyavāntarabhede bhedāddhetūpanyāso na yuktaḥ । sati tu vastutaḥ 〈।〉

375,x

"tatrāpradarśya ye bhedaṃ kāryasāmānyadarśanāt // (svarth.anum.) 243 //

hetavaḥ pravitanyante sarve te vyabhicāriṇaḥ /"

375,xi

tatra sādhanīkṛte vastunyavāntarabhede bheda"mapradarśya kāryasāmānya"sya vijātīyavyāvṛttimātrasya "darśanāt" । ye "hetavo" yadvedādhyayanaṃ tadvedādhyayanapūrvakaṃ na karaṇapūrvakaṃ yathā yaḥ pathikāgniḥ sa jvālāpūrvako na vāraṇinirmathanapūrvaka <377> ityādayaḥ "pravitanyante" vistāryante "sarva te vyabhicāriṇo'naikāntikāḥ na hi" vedādhyayanamityevādhyayanapūrvakaṃ "kṛtvā" karaṇapūrvakasyāpyadhyayanasyopapatteḥ । araṇinirmathanasya ca vahnerbhāvāvirodhāt ।

377,i (PVV_377,i_377,iii)

bhavatu vā

377,ii

"sarvathā'nāditā siddhyedevaṃ nāpuruṣāśrayaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 244 //

tasmādapauruṣeyatve syādanyopyanarāśrayaḥ /"

377,iii

evaṃ vedādhyayanamadhyayanapūrvatāsā dhanaṃ tathāpi "sarvathā'nāditā" vedādhyayanasya "sidhyet" ḍimbhakapāṃśukrīḍādīnāmiva "nāpuruṣāśrayaḥ" puruṣāśrayaṇābhāvastu "na" sidhyet । ḍimbhakapāṃśukrīḍādayo hi darśanapūrvakā anādayaśca na cāpauruṣeyāḥ ḍimbhakaireva kriyamāṇatvāt । evaṃ śabdā apyadhyetṛbhireva kriyante na tu svayamātmānaṃ dhvanayanti yenāpauruṣeyāḥ syuḥ । anādistādṛk karaṇakramaḥ puruṣaparaṃparāyā anāderāgatatvāt । athānāditvādevāpauruṣeyatetyāha । tasyānāditvā"dapauruṣeyatve sādhye syādanyo" pyapauruṣeyo"'narāśraya" iti prasaṅgaḥ ।

<b.>

377,iv (PVV_377,iv_377,viii)

tamevāha ।

377,v

"mlecchādivyavahārāṇāṃ nāstikyavacasāmapi // (svarth.anum.) 245 //

anāditvād tathābhāvaḥ ;"

377,vi

"mlecchādervyavahārāṇāṃ" mātṛvivāhamuktiprāpaṇamāraṇādīnāṃ "nāstikyavacasāmapi" paralokakarmaphalādyapavādināmanāditvāt tathābhāvo'pauruṣeyatvaṃ syāt ।

377,vii

yadi pauruṣeyāḥ kathamanādaya ityāha ।

377,viii

"pūrvasaṃskārasantateḥ /"

<378>

378,i (PVV_378,i_378,iv)

"pūrvasaṃskārāda"nādeḥ "santateḥ" santānena pravṛtteḥ ।

378,ii

athānāditvāt mlecchādivyavahārāṇāñcāpauruṣeyatāstitvāha ।

378,iii

"tādṛśe'pauruṣeyatve kaḥ siddhepi guṇo bhavet // (svarth.anum.) 246 //"

378,iv

"tādṛśe" mlecchādivyavahārasādhāraṇe'"pauruṣe"yatve "siddhepi ko guṇaḥ" avisamvādakalakṣaṇo bhavet । pauruṣeyavākyānāṃ visamvādādarśanādapauruṣeyatvamiṣṭaṃ । sa ca tasminnapi sati mlecchādivyavahārāṇāmiva duṣpariharaḥ ।

3.247

<(kha) a. anāditve'rthasaṃskārabhedena saṃśayaḥ>

378,v (PVV_378,v_378,x)

atha vedavākyānāmevānāditvādapauruṣeyatvaṃ tadā 〈।〉

378,vi

"arthasaṃskārabhedānāṃ darśanāt saṃśayaḥ punaḥ /"

378,vii

arthasya "saṃskāro" vyākhyānaṃ tasya "bhedānāṃ" vikalpānāṃ prakṛtipratyayānekārthatvāt rūḍherniruktādibhyaśca yathāpratibhaṃ puṃsānda"rśanāt saṃśayo"'rthaniścayābhāvaḥ ।

<b.>

378,viii

kasya cāpauruṣeyatvamiṣṭaṃ kimvarṇṇānāmuta padavākyānāmityāha ।

378,ix

"anyāviśeṣād varṇṇānāṃ sādhane kiṃ phalaṃ bhavet // (svarth.anum.) 247 //"

378,x

"anyai"rlokikairvarṇṇairvaidikānāma"viśeṣāt"pratya"bhijñā"yamānatvenaikatvādapauruṣeyatvasya"sādhane kiṃ phalaṃ bhavet" 〈।〉 tathātve laukikānāmarthavyabhicārāt ।

3.248–3.250

<c.>

378,xi (PVV_378,xi_378,xii)

"vākyaṃ bhinnaṃ na varṇebhyo vidyate'nupalambhataḥ /

anekāvayavātmatve pṛthak teṣāṃ nirarthatā // (svarth.anum.) 248 //

atadrūpe ca tādrūpyaṃ kalpitaṃ siṃhatādivat /"

378,xii

"vākyaṃ" padañca "varṇṇebhyo bhinnaṃ na vidyate'nupalambhāt" 〈।〉 tatkathamasyāpauruṣeyatvaṃ sādhyaṃ । abhinnaṃ cet tadā"nekāvayavātmatve" vākyasya teṣāmavayavānāṃ pṛthak pratyekaṃ nirarthakateti padātmakamanarthakameva syāt । tataścātadrūpe'vācaka<379>rūpe tādrūpyaṃ vācakatvaṃ kalpitaṃ kalpanābuddhinirmitaṃ māṇavakādāviva siṃhatādi । tataḥ pauruṣeyameva vācakatvaṃ syāditi prastutakṣatiḥ ।

<d.>

379,i (PVV_379,i_379,vi)

atha pratyekamavayavānāṃ sārthakatvaṃ tadā 〈।〉

379,ii

"pratyekaṃ sārthakatvepi mithyānekatvakalpanā // (svarth.anum.) 249 //

ekāvayavagatyā ca vākyārthapratipad bhavet /"

379,iii

pratyekaṃ sārthakatvepi mithyānekatvasyānekāvayavātmakasya kalpanā ekasmādarthapratīteḥ । tathaikasyāvayavasya gatyā vākyārthasya pratipat pratītirbhavet 〈।〉 ekasyāpi vācakatvāt । tatsamudāyo vācaka iti cet । sa kintebhyo bhinnaḥ । sa ca pratyuktaḥ 〈।〉 avayavā militāḥ samudāya iti cet । sa ca na sambhavatyeva । tad yadi pratyekaṃ vācakatvameva tadaiṣāṃ pratyekaṃ vācakatve caikasmādapi syādarthapratītiḥ ।

379,iv

atha ।

379,v

"sakṛcchrutau ca sarveṣāṃ kālabhedo na yujyate // (svarth.anum.) 250 //"

379,vi

"ekāvayavagatyā'rthapratipatte"ravayavāntaravaiphalyadoṣāt sarvāvayavānāṃ sakṛcchrutiriṣyate । tadā sarveṣāmavayavānāṃ "sakṛcchrutau" cābhimatāyāmavayavaśravaṇasya "kālabhedona yujyate" । dṛśyeta ca ।

3.251–3.260

<(ga) sphoṭanirāsaḥ>

379,vii (PVV_379,vii_379,viii)

athānavayavamekaṃ varṇṇebhyo vyatiriktaṃ sphoṭarūpaṃ vākyaṃ tacca kramavadbhirnniyatānupūrvīkairdhvanibhiḥ krameṇa vyajyate । vyaktyanukrameṇaiva ca kramavat pratīyate tadrūpāvibhāgena nādarūpāṇāmvarṇṇānāṃ grahaṇāt varṇṇavibhāgavacca lakṣyate । vastutastathārahitamapīti kecit ।

379,viii

"ekatvepi hyabhinnasya kramaśo gatyasambhavāt /"

379,ix (PVV_379,ix_380,ii)

"tadekatvepi hyabhinnasyā"navayavasya sphoṭarūpasya vākyasya prathamadhvanināpi vyaktatvāt "kramaśo gateḥ" pratītera"sambhavāt" sakṛt pratītiprasaṅgaḥ । yadi prathamavyaktau na pratītiraparāsvapi na syāt । tadekavyañcakatvād vyaktīnāṃ ।

<380>

380,i

kiñca 〈।〉 vākyantannityamanityamvā syāt ।

380,ii

"anityaṃ yatnasambhūtaṃ pauruṣeyaṃ kathanna tat // (svarth.anum.) 251 //

nityopalabdhinityatve'pyanāvaraṇasambhavāt /"

380,iii (PVV_380,iii)

"yadyanityaṃ pauruṣeyaṃ kathaṃ na tat yatnasambha"vāt ghaṭādivat । "nityatvepyupalabdhirnityā" bhavet । vākyānāma"nāvaraṇa"sambhavāt । āvaraṇāyogāt । yadi nityaṃ kadācidupalabhyate tadā tasyānāvṛtasvabhāvatā'bhyupagantavyā । tādṛśaṃ nityamupalabhyetābhimatakāla iva । āvṛtasvabhāve tu sarvadā'nupalambhaḥ syāt । tasmāt kālabhedenopalabhyānupalabhyasvabhāvatvādekasya nāśādanyasyodaya iti syāt । tathā ca nityatvakṣatiḥ ।

380,iv (PVV_380,iv_380,vi)

ekasvabhāva eva śabdaḥ paraṃ 〈।〉

380,v

"aśrutirvikalatvāccet kasyacit sahakāriṇaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 252 //

kāmamanyapratīkṣoktirniyamastu virudhyate /"

380,vi

"kasyacit sahakāriṇo" jñānajanakasya "vaikalyādaśruti"riti "cet । kāmamanya"sya sahakāriṇa upakārakasya pratīkṣāpekṣaṇamastu niyamaḥ pūrvāparaikasvabhāvatāvaraṇantu śabdānāṃ "virudhyate" । na hyekasvabhāvaḥ paramapekṣate ceti kṣamaṃ । upakārakasyāpekṣaṇīyatvāt । upakārāntarasya ca svabhāvāntaralakṣaṇatvāt ।

380,vii (PVV_380,vii_380,ix)

api ca śabdā avyāpino vyāpino vā syuḥ । tatra 〈।〉

380,viii

"sarvatrānupalambhaḥ syāt teṣāmavyāpitā yadi // (svarth.anum.) 253 //

sarveṣāmupalambhaḥ syāt yugapad vyāpitā yadi /"

380,ix

"yadyavyāpitā teṣāṃ sarvatra deśe''nupalambhaḥ syāt" । na hyekadeśasthitaḥ śailaḥ sarvatropalabhyate । yogyatātiśayalābhād vyañcakebhyo dṛśyate eveti cet । evantarhi sarvaiḥ sarvadeśasthairupalabhyeta । tathā "vyāpitā yadi sarveṣāṃ" śabdānāṃ "yugapadupalambhaḥ syāt" । vyāpitvāt sarveṣāṃ sarvatra bhāvāt ।

380,x (PVV_380,x_381,ii)

atha vyāpitvepi ya evābhivyaktyā saṃskṛtaḥ sa evopalabhyate netaraḥ ।

<381>

381,i

"saṃskṛtasyopalambhe ca kaḥ saṃskarttā'vikāriṇaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 254 //

indriyasya syāt saṃskāraḥ śṛṇuyānnikhilañca tat /"

381,ii

"saṃskṛtasya copalambhe ca" svīkriyamāṇe nityatvāda"vikāriṇaḥ kaḥ saṃskarttā" nāma । na hyanupakurvan saṃskarttā anupakāryo vā saṃskāryaḥ । athendriyamanityatvāt saṃskārya tataḥ saṃskṛta eva paśyati nānya iti vibhāgaḥ । satyamindriyasya syāt saṃskāraḥ । kintu tadindriyaṃ "nikhilaṃ ca" śabdagrāmaṃ "śṛṇuyāt" na tvekaśabdaṃ ।

381,iii (PVV_381,iii_381,iv)

"saṃskārabhedabhinnatvādekārthaniyamo yadi // (svarth.anum.) 255 //

anekaśabdasaṃghāte śrutiḥ kalakale katham /"

381,iv

"saṃskāra"sya śabdaviṣayasya "bhedā"t pratiniyamād "bhinnatvā"dindriyasaṃskārāṇā"meka"smi"nnarthe" śabde "niyamaḥ" śruti"ryadī"ṣyate tadā"nekaśabdasaṃghāte kalakale śruti"rane"keṣāṃ" śabdānāṃ "kathaṃsaṃskārapratiniyamādindriyaṃ" nānekaśabdagrāhi syāt ।

381,v (PVV_381,v_381,vii)

atha 〈।〉

381,vi

"dhvanayaḥ kevalaṃ tatra śrūyante cenna vācakāḥ // (svarth.anum.) 256 //

dhvanibhyo bhinnamastīti śraddheyamavivakṣitam /"

381,vii

"tatra" kalakale "dhvanayaḥ" śabdavyañjakāḥ "kevalaṃ śrūyante na vācakāḥ" śabdāḥ 〈।〉 "dhvanibhyaḥ" śrūyamāṇebhyo "bhinnaṃ" śabdarūpa"mastīti" yatkiñjididamati"śraddheyaṃ" । śraddhāvaśād yadyetadaṅgīkriyate na tu pramāṇabalāt ।

381,viii (PVV_381,viii_381,x)

kiñja 〈।〉

381,ix

"sthiteṣvanyeṣu śabdeṣu śrūyate vācakaḥ katham // (svarth.anum.) 257 //"

381,x

kalakale dhvanimātraṃ yadi śrūyate na śabdaḥ tadā bahūnāṃ vyāharttṝṇāṃ tūṣṇīmbhā"vādanyeṣvapyeṣu śabdeṣu sthiteṣu" ekasmin puruṣe vyāharati "kathaṃ vācakaḥ śrūyate"<382>kalakalai va dhvanimātraśrutistadāpi syāt । atha vācakasyolabdhipratyayabhāvādupalabdhistadā kalakalepi syād viśeṣābhāvāt 〈।〉

382,i (PVV_382,i_382,v)

yadi cendriyāṇāṃ saṃskāraviśeṣācchabdaviśeṣopalabdhipratiniyamastadā 〈।〉

382,ii

"kathaṃ vā śaktiniyamād bhinnadhvanigatirbhavet /"

382,iii

śaktiniyamastadā "śaktiniyamādi"ndriyāṇāṃ "kathaṃ bhinnadhvanigatirbhavet ।" śabdaviśeṣavat dhvaniviśeṣasyaiva grāhakamindriyaṃ syāt tatkathaṃ kalakaladhvanipratītiḥ ।

382,iv

kiñca 〈।〉

382,v

"dhvanayaḥ saṃmatā yaiste doṣaiḥ kairapyavācakāḥ // (svarth.anum.) 258 //

dhvanibhirbyajyamānesmin vācakepi kathaṃ na te /"

382,vi (PVV_382,vi_382,vii)

"yaiḥ kairapi doṣairdhvanayo'vācakāḥ sammatāste" doṣā "vyajyamānepi" vācake"smin kathanna" bhavanti । tathāhi । yathā pratyekamavācakatvādvāca〈ka〉tve "vā" dhvanyantaravaiphalyāt sāhityābhāvācca dhvanayo'vācakāstathā dhvanibhiḥ pratyekaṃ vācakānabhivyakterabhivyaktau vā dhvanyantare vaiphalyāt sāhityābhāvācca nābhivyajyeta śabdaḥ । anabhivyaktaśca kamartha pratipādayet ।

<(gha) a. varṇānupūrvicintā>

382,vii

"varṇṇānupūrvī vākyaṃ cenna varṇṇānāmabhedataḥ // (svarth.anum.) 259 //

teṣāñca na vyavasthānaṃ kramāntaravirodhataḥ /"

382,viii (PVV_382,viii)

"varṇṇānāmānupūrvī" paripāṭiviśeṣo "vākyaṃ" । taccopalabhyata eveti "cet । na varṇṇānā"mānupūrvyāyā "abhedataḥ" । na hi varṇṇebhyo bhinnā ānupūrvī pratīti<383>viṣayaḥ । tataśca varṇṇā eva vākyamiti syāt । teṣāñca lokavedayorna viśeṣa iti sarvatra prāmāṇyaṃ । athāprāmāṇyamvā syāt । atha viśeṣānupūrvīkā varṇṇā eva vedavākyaṃ netara ityāha "teṣāñca" varṇṇānāṃ "na vyavasthāna"kramaniyamaḥ ।"kramāntarasya" laukikasya "virodhataḥ" । tathā hi varṇṇavadānupūrvī nityā na ca varṇṇā bahavaḥ santi । samānajātīyā vā ekatvād varṇṇasya । tataścāgnirityevākāragakāranakārāṇāmānupūrvīviśiṣṭaḥ syāt nagamityanyathā na bhavet । kṛtakānāmapi bījāṅtkurapatrādīnāmṛtusaṃvatsarādīnāṃ viśiṣṭānupūrvī nānyathā bhavati kimpunarnityānāṃ ।

383,i (PVV_383,i_383,iii)

sā ceyamānupūrvī varṇṇānāṃ 〈।〉

383,ii

"deśakālakramābhāvo vyāptinityatvavarṇṇanāt // (svarth.anum.) 260 //"

383,iii

"deśa"kṛtā vā pipīlikānāmiva paṃktī syāt । "kāla"kṛtā vā bījāṅkurādīnāmiva । dvayorapi "deśakālakramayorabhāvo" varṇṇānāṃ "vyāptinityatvayorvarṇṇanāt" । anyonyadeśaparihāreṇa । vṛttirhi deśapaurvāparya । tacca sarvagānāmasambhavi । tathānyonyakālaparihāreṇa vṛttiḥ kālapaurvāparyañca nityānāmasambhavi । (260)

3.261–3.272

383,iv (PVV_383,iv_383,vii)

athānupūrvī samarthanārthamanityatā'vyāpiteṣyate ।

383,v

"anityāvyāpitāyāñca doṣaḥ prāgeva kīrttitaḥ /"

383,vi

"anityāvyāpitāyāñca doṣaḥ prāgevoktaḥ" । anityatve pauruṣeyatā । avyāpitve ca sarvatropalabdhiśca na syāt ।

383,vii

"vyaktikramopi vākyaṃ na nityavyaktinirākṛteḥ // (svarth.anum.) 261 //

vyāpārādeva tatsiddheḥ karaṇānāṃ ca kāryatā /"

<384>

384,i (PVV_384,i_384,iii)

iti nityavyāpināmapi śabdānāṃ "vyakte"rabhivyakte pratiniyatadeśakālāyāḥ "kramo vākyaṃ na" yuktaḥ । "nityasya vyaktinirākṛte"rjñānotpādanahetūnāmityādinā । tasmāt "karaṇānāṃ vyāparādeva te"ṣāmvarṇṇānāṃ siddheḥ "kārya"taiṣāṃ yuktā na vyaṅgyatā ।

<b.>

384,ii

kiñca 〈।〉

384,iii

"svajñānenānyadhīhetuḥ siddherthe vyañcako mataḥ // (svarth.anum.) 262 //

yathā dīponyathā vāpi ko viśeṣosya kārakāt /"

384,iv (PVV_384,iv_384,vi)

"siddhe" vidyamāne'rthe "svajñānena" kāraṇenā"nya"sya jñānahetu"rvyañjako mataḥ । pradīpo" ghaṭasya "yathā । anyathā vāpīti" yadi vyaṅgyaḥ prāk siddho na bhavet tadāsya vyañjakasya "kārakā"ddhetoḥ "ko viśeṣo" na kaścit । apūrvapratipattihetutvāviśeṣāt ।

<c.>

384,v

tathā 〈।〉

384,vi

"karaṇānāṃ samagrāṇāṃ vyāpārādupalabdhitaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 263 //

niyamena ca kāryatvaṃ vyañcake tadasambhavāt /"

384,vii (PVV_384,vii)

karaṇānāṃ samagrāṇāṃ vyāpārāt niyamenopalabdhitaśca kāryatvameva varṇṇānāṃ vyañcake dīpādau tasya vyaṅgyopalabdhiniyamasyāsambhavāt । na hi dīpa ityeva ghaṭapratītiḥ karaṇasāmagryantu kāryamavaśyambhāvayatīti karaṇasāmagrye niyatopalambhasya kāryataiva ।

<d.>

"tadrūpāvaraṇanāṃ ca vyaktiste vigamo yadi // (svarth.anum.) 264 //

abhāve karaṇagrāmasāmarthyaṃ kiṃ nu tadbhavet /"

<385>

385,i (PVV_385,i)

"teṣā"mvarṇṇānāṃ "rūpa"sya stimitavāyavīyāvayavasaṃyogarūpāṇāmā"varaṇānāṃ" prayatnapreritena vāyunā "vigamo" yadi "vyaktiste mī māṃ sa ka" syeṣṭā tadā pūrvāvasthātyāge nātiśayo na vyaktiranityatvāsakteḥ । upalambhāvaraṇavigamo vā śabdālambanaṃ jñānamvā vyaktiḥ syādityatrāha kāryaṃ vyaktiraśakyā yasmādāvaraṇavigame'bhāve nīrūpe "karaṇagrāmasya kiṃ nu" tat "sāmarthyaṃ bhavet" । kvacit karttavye sāmarthyaṃ syāt । na tu karttavyābhāve । yadi samastakā"(tvarya)"<?>〈ryatva〉sambhavepi śabdānāṃ na kāryatā tadā 〈।〉

385,ii (PVV_385,ii_385,iii)

"śabdāviśeṣādanyeṣāmapi vyaktiḥ prasajyate // (svarth.anum.) 265 //

tathābhyupagame sarvakārakāṇāṃ nirarthatā /"

385,iii

"śabdādaviśeṣādanya"vyāpārāntarādupalabhyamānatvaniyamenānyeṣāṃ ghaṭādīnā"mapi vyaktiḥ prasajyeta" kāryatā na syāt । "tathābhyupagame" ca "sarveṣāṃ kārakāṇāṃ" vyañcakābhimatānāṃ "nirarthakatā" । utpādakaṃ hi kāraṇabhiṣyate na tu vyañjakaṃ śabdānāmiva ।

<e.>

"sādhanaṃ pratyabhijñānaṃ satprayogādi yanmatam // (svarth.anum.) 266 //

anudāharaṇaṃ sarvabhāvānāṃ kṣaṇabhaṅgataḥ /"

385,iv (PVV_385,iv_385,v)

yacca nityatvasiddhaye varṇṇānāṃ "pratyabhijñānaṃ satprayoga" ādiśabdāduccāryamāṇatvādi "sādhanaṃ mataṃ" sanneva hi prayujyate । yathā vāsyādi cchidāyāṃ 〈।〉 tataḥ prayogāt prayogepi vidyamānatvād varṇṇā nityā eva । ta"danudāharaṇaṃ" dṛṣṭāntavikalaṃ"sarve"ṣā"mbhāvānāṃ kṣaṇabhaṅgataḥ" ।

385,v

"dūṣyaḥ kuheturanyopi ;"

385,vi (PVV_385,vi_386,iii)

anayaiva diśā parairucyamānaḥ "kuhetura"nyopi dūṣyaḥ ।

<386>

<f.>

386,i

atha buddhirabhivyaktirvarṇṇānāṃ sā ca kramavatī vākyamiṣṭaṃ tadā vākyasyāpauruṣeyatveneṣṭatvād buddhirapauruṣeyī syāt । tatra 〈।〉

386,ii

"buddherapuruṣāśraye // (svarth.anum.) 267 //

bādhābhyupetapratyakṣapratītānumitaiḥ samam /"

386,iii

"buddherapuruṣāśraye" puruṣānāśrayaṇe"bādhā" । kairityāha । "abhyupetapratyakṣapratītānumitaiḥ samaṃ" ekakālameva buddherapuruṣāśrayatvasyābhyupetena puruṣaguṇatvābhyupagamena pratyakṣapratītena ca puruṣakāryatvena । tatprayatnakā ryatvena vā kādācitkatvānumitena kāryatvena ca bādhā ।

<g.>

386,iv (PVV_386,iv_386,vi)

varṇṇānāmānupūrvī vākyaṃ syādityāha ।

386,v

"ānupūrvyāśca varṇṇebhyo bhedaḥ sphoṭena cintitaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 268 //

kalpanāropitā sā syāt kathaṃ vā'puruṣāśrayā /"

386,vi

"varṇṇebhya ānupūrvyā bhedaśca sphoṭena" cintitena ekatvena hyabhinnasya kramaśa ityādinā "cintitaḥ" । na hi varṇṇebhyo vyatiriktā ānupūrvī kācidupalabhyate । abhedapakṣe ca saro rasa ityādau pratipatterbhedābhāvaprasaṅgaḥ । prakārāntarasya cābhāvaḥ । tasmād vastubhūtānupūrvyā'yogāt "kalpanāropitā" sā "syāt" । tathā "cāpuruṣāśrayā kathamucyate" ।

<(ṅa) nirhetuko vināśaḥ>

386,vii (PVV_386,vii_386,ix)

kathaṃ punaravagamyate dhvaniravaśyamanitya ityāha ।

386,viii

"sattāmātrānubandhitvāt nāśasyānityatā dhvaneḥ // (svarth.anum.) 269 //

avināśāt sa evāsya vināśa iti cet katham /

anyorthonyasya nāśostu kāṣṭhaṃ kasmānna dṛśyate // (svarth.anum.) 270 //"

386,ix

"sattāmātrānubandhitvānnāśasya dhvaneranityatā" । na khalvasatāmanyasmānnā"śotpattiḥ" svahetoreva tu vinaśvarasvabhāvatayotpannā bhāvā vinaśyanti । vināśo hi kriyamāṇo bhāvād vyatirikto vā bhavet । avyatirekapakṣe bhāva eva kriyata <387> iti syāt । taccāśakyakriyamutpannatvāt । vyatirekepyagneḥ sakāśāt arthāntarasya vināśākhyasyotpattau kāṣṭhasya darśanambha"vedavināśāt" ।

387,i (PVV_387,i)

sa evāgnijanmā'rtho'sya"vināśastenādarśanamiti cet kathamanyorthonyasya" vināśo yuktaḥ । evaṃ hyatiprasaṅgaḥ syāt । kāṣṭhe'gnikṛtaḥ svabhāvo vināśo na sarva iti cet । kāṣṭhavināśayoḥ kaḥ sambandhaḥ । nāśrayāśrayibhāvo niṣetsyamānatvāt । kāryakāraṇabhāvaścet agnerapi sa vināśaḥ syāt । tasyāpi kāryatvāt । tasmānna bhāvāntaramarthasya nāśaḥ 〈।〉 "astu vā nāśaḥ kāṣṭhañceda"pracyutaprācīnasvabhāvaṃ "kasmānna dṛśyate" ।

387,ii (PVV_387,ii)

nanu yosāvarthāntarasvabhāvo vahnikṛtaḥ sa kāṣṭhasya nāśo nāśarūpatayā pratīteḥ । vināśaścābhāvo yaścābhāvaḥ sa kāṣṭhavirodhirūpa eva kriyate । na cāyamarthāntaratvād ghaṭavad virodhirūpatā kurttumaśakyaḥ । na hi ghaṭavadarthāntaratvād dhūmo'gnikāryo na bhavati । tasmād yathāntararūpopi dhūmo'gninā kriyate tathā virodhirūpopi vināśīkriyeta । yayośca parasparaparihāreṇa virodhastayorekabhāva evāparasparasyādarśanamiti kathamagnikṛtasyārthāntarasya vināśasaṃjñitasya virodhino bhāve kāṣṭhasya darśanamucyate ।

387,iii (PVV_387,iii_387,iv)

atrocyate । yosāvarthāntarasvabhāvo nāśastena saha kāṣṭhasya ko virodhaḥ । yadi sahānavasthānalakṣaṇaḥ sambhāvyata eva । tadbhāvayornivarttyanivarttakabhāvadarśanādagniśītayoriva । kintu bhāvāntarasya yadi kāṣṭhavināśakatvaṃ । sa ca nāśaḥ kimarthāntaranivṛttiḥ । arthāntaratve tulyaḥ prasaṅgaḥ । nivṛttiśca niḥsvabhāvā na tatra hetuvyāpāra iti vakṣyate । parasparaparihārasthitilakṣaṇaśced virodhaḥ । evamapyatiprasaṅgaḥ । yathā kāṣṭhād bhinnamabhimatapadārthāntaraṃ tathānyadapi ghaṭādikamiti tadapi kāṣṭhasya vināśaḥ syāt ।

387,iv

nanu ya eva kāṣṭhasya nāśarūpatayā virodhirūpatayā ca svahetubhiḥ kriyate sa eva nāśo na tu yaḥ kaścidartha iti kathamatiprasaktiḥ ।

<388>

388,i (PVV_388,i)

tadapyayuktaṃ । parasparaparihāreṇa hi virodhī nāśa iṣṭaṃ । sa ca parasparaparihāro'bhimatapadārthavad ghaṭādīnāmapīti na viśeṣaḥ । atha ya eva kāṣṭhanivṛttirūpaḥ sa eva tannāśo nānyaḥ । kimidaṃ nivṛttirūpatvaṃ kāṣṭhādanyatvaṃ nivṛttimātrātmakatvamvā । anyatvañcet taditarasyāpi samānaṃ । nivṛttimātrātmakatvañca bhāvāntarasyāyuktaṃ svabhāvāviśeṣavatvāt । yadutpattau yannivṛttiḥ sa virodhī nāśaśceti cet । anyā tarhi vināśānnivṛttiḥ । tatra ca samānaḥ sarva eva prasaṅgaḥ । tasmāt kāṣṭhaṃ svarasanirodhitayā nivarttate'gnikāṣṭhādisāmagrayāstvaṅgārādikaṃ jāyata iti yuktaṃ । arthāntarasvabhāve tu sati nāśe kāṣṭhaṃ kasmānna dṛśyata ityanivāryaḥ prasaṅgaḥ ।

388,ii (PVV_388,ii_388,iii)

"tatparigrahataścenna tenānāvaraṇaṃ yataḥ /

vināśasya vināśitvaṃ ;"

388,iii

"tena" vināśākhyena bhāvāntareṇa "parigrahato"vaṣṭabdhatvāt kāṣṭhādarśanamiti "cet । na tena" bhāvāntareṇa kāṣṭhasyā"nāvaraṇaṃ yata"stataḥ kāṣṭhasyāparigrahaḥ । na hi nāśo vastvāvaraṇama"vināśitvapra"saṅgāt । na ca pūrvāparaikasvabhāvasyavaraṇaṃ yuktamityuktaṃ । kiñca 〈।〉

388,iv (PVV_388,iv_388,vi)

"syādutpattestataḥ punaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 271 //

kāṣṭhasya darśanaṃ ;"

388,v

bhāvāntarabhūtasya nāśasya yadyutpattiriṣyate tadotpattiliṅgād vināśitvaṃ nāśasya syāt ghaṭādivat । tataḥ kāṣṭhanāśasya nāśāt punaḥ kāṣṭhadarśanaṃ bhavet ।

388,vi

"hantṛghāte caitrāpunarbhavaḥ /

yathātrāpyevamiti cet hanturnnāmaraṇatvataḥ // (svarth.anum.) 272 //"

388,vii (PVV_388,vii)

nanu "caitrasya" hanturvyāghāte kṛte caitrasya "punarbhāvo" nāsti "yathā", tathā"trāpi" kāṣṭhanāśanivṛttyā na kāṣṭhapunarbhāva "iti cet । na hanturamaraṇatvataḥ ।" na hi hantā maraṇaṃ caitrasya । kintvanya evendriyāyurnirodhaḥ । yena hantṛmaraṇe caitrapunarujjīvanaprasaṅgaḥ । yadi tvindriyādinirodhanivṛttiḥ syāt syādevojjīvanaṃ tacca tvanmate prāptaṃ । nirodhasyotpattibhāvayoriṣṭaḥ । (272)

3.273

<389>

389,i (PVV_389,i_389,ii)

"ananyatve vināśasya syānnāśaḥ kāṣṭhameva tu /

tasyāsatvādahetutvaṃ nātonyā vidyete gatiḥ // (svarth.anum.) 273 //"

389,ii

atha na bhāvādbhinno nāśaḥ kintarhyabhinnaḥ । ananyatve vināśasya nāśaḥ kāṣṭhameva tu syāt 〈।〉 tasya kāṣṭhasyāgnisannidhānāt 〈।〉 prāgeva satvādahetutvaṃ nāśakābhimatasya । nāto bhedābhedaprakārādanyā gatirutpattimatosti । dvidhāpi ca nāśahetvayogaḥ । (273)

3.274

389,iii (PVV_389,iii_389,iv)

"ahetutvepi nāśasya nityatvād bhāvanāśayoḥ /

sahabhāvaprasaṅgaścedasato nityatā kutaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 274 //"

389,iv

"ahetutvepi nāśasya nityatvādā"kāśādivat "bhāvanāśayo"ranyonyābhāvasvabhāvayoḥ "sahabhāvaprasaṅgaścet" 〈।〉 nanu nāśasyāsato nīrūpatvānnityatā kutaḥ । vastu hi nityamanityamvā syāt । yattu na kiñcit tatkathamucyatāṃ 〈।〉 (274)

3.275

389,v (PVV_389,v_389,vi)

"asatve'bhāvanāśitvaprasaṅgopi na yujyate /

nāśena yasmād bhāvasya na vināśanamiṣyate // (svarth.anum.) 275 //"

389,vi

ataścānityatvā"dasatve" nāśasyābhāva"nāśitva"sya "prasaṅgopi na yujyate yasmād bhāvasya" kāṣṭhāde"rnāśena" hetunā "nāśanaṃ neṣyate" । yadi hi nāśena nāśaḥ kriyate itīṣyate tadā nāśābhāve vastunāśo na syāt । kintu svahetuta eva bhāvā ekakṣaṇasthitidharmāṇa utpannā dvitīye kṣaṇe na bhavanti na tu nāma kaścid bhavati । yasya nityatvānitya〈tva〉yordoṣāvakāśaḥ । (275)

3.276

<a.>

389,vii (PVV_389,vii_390,i)

kathantarhīdānīmahetuko nāśo bhavatītyucyata ityāha 〈।〉

389,viii

"naśyan bhāvaḥ parāpekṣo na tasya jñāpanāya sā /

avasthā'heturuktāsyā bhedamāropya cetasā // (svarth.anum.) 276 //"

<390>

390,i

"naśyan bhāva" eva kṣaṇasthitidharmatayā svahetorutpatterdvitīye kṣaṇe'bhavanna "parāpekṣaḥ" kāraṇāntaranirapekṣa iti । "tasya" kāraṇāntarānapekṣanāśitvasya "jñāpanāya sā" bhāvānāma"vasthā'heturuktā" । ahetuko vināśo bhavatītyādi vacasaivā"syā" avasthāyā dharmiṇaḥ sakāśāt bhedāntarapratikṣepeṇa "cetasā" vikalpakena"bhedamāropya" na tu vastuto nāśo nāma kaścit bhāvād bhinnasvabhāvo bhavati । (276)

3.277

390,ii (PVV_390,ii_390,iii)

"svatopi bhāve'bhāvasya vikalpaścedayaṃ samaḥ /

na tasya kiñcid bhavati na bhavatyeva kevalam // (svarth.anum.) 277 //"

390,iii

svatopya"bhāvasya bhāve'ya"ntatvānyatva"vikalpaḥ samaścet" । tathā hi yadi bhāvād bhinnopyabhāvo jñāto bhāvaḥ kimiti na dṛśyate'bheda tu bhāva eva nāśa iti kathaṃ naṣṭaḥ । atrāha 〈।〉 "na tasya" bhāvasya "kiñcid" vināśo'nyovā "bhavati" । kintarhi sa "eva kevalaṃ" na bhavati । vyavaharttavyaikarūpatvāt tasya । tatra ca bhedābhedavikalpānavatāraḥ । (277)

3.278

390,iv (PVV_390,iv_390,vii)

"bhāve hyeṣa vikalpaḥ syād vidhervastvanurodhataḥ /"

390,v

hi yasmāt bhāve vikalpa eṣa bhedābhedātmakaḥ syāt vidhervastvanurodhataḥ । "nāśastu" prasajyapratiṣedharūpo niḥsvabhāvatvāt bhedābhedavikalpākṣamaḥ । yadi ca prasajyapratiṣedhepi vastvantaravidhistadā paryudāsānna bhidyetobhayatrāpi vidheḥ prādhānyāt । paryudāso vā na sidhyet ekanivṛttāvaparavidhāne sa syāt nivṛttyasiddhau tu kathaṃ yuktaḥ ।

390,vi

"na bhāvo bhavatītyuktamabhāvo bhavatīti na // (svarth.anum.) 278 //"

390,vii

yadā ca bhāvanivṛttirvināśārthaḥ tadā"'bhāvo bhavatītyādi" vākyena "bhāvo na bhavatī"tyuktaṃ । abhāvasya bhāvāyogāt । ataśca heturapi nāśasya na kaścit । (278)

3.279

<b.>

390,viii (PVV_390,viii_391,i)

"apekṣeta paraḥ kāryaṃ yadi vidyeta kiñcana /

yadakiñcitkaraṃ vastu kiṃ kenacidapekṣyate // (svarth.anum.) 279 //"

<391>

391,i

yasmāt paraḥ kāraṇābhimato'pekṣyatayadi kiñcana kāryaṃ vidyeta । anyathā yadakiñcitkaraṃ vastu tat kenacit kimapekṣyate । (279)

3.280

391,ii (PVV_391,ii_391,iii)

"etenāhetukatvepi hyabhūtvā nāśabhāvataḥ /

sattānāśitvadoṣasya pratyākhyātaṃ prasañcanam // (svarth.anum.) 280 //"

391,iii

"etena" nāśasya niḥsvabhāvatvakathanenā"hetukatvepi" satya"bhūtvā nāśasya bhāvataḥ । sattānāśitvadoṣasya prasañjanaṃ" ghaṭādāviva pratyākhyātaṃ । na hyabhāvo nāma kaścid bhavati yasyābhūtvā bhāvāt sattvaṃ nāśitvamvā syāt ॥ (280)

3.281

<c.>

391,iv (PVV_391,iv_391,v)

"yathā keṣāñcideveṣṭaḥ pratigho janmināṃ tathā /

nāśa〈ḥ〉 svabhāvo bhāvānāṃ nānutpattimatāṃ yadi // (svarth.anum.) 281 //"

391,v

nanu "yathā janmināṃ" buddhyādīnāṃ madhye "keṣāñcideva" ghaṭādīnāṃ pratighaḥ svadeśe vastvantarotpattivyāghāta "iṣṭaḥ" । na buddhyādīnāṃ । tathā "yadi" satāmutpattimatāmeva "nāśaḥ svabhāvaḥ" syāt "nānutpattimatāṃ" śabdākāśādīnāṃ tadā kathamuktaṃ sattāmātrānubandhitvāt nāśasyānityatā dhvaneriti । (281)

3.282

391,vi (PVV_391,vi_392,i)

atrāha 〈।〉

391,vii

"svabhāvaniyamāddhetoḥ svabhāvaniyamaḥ phale /

nānitye rūpabhedosti bhedakānāmabhāvataḥ // (svarth.anum.) 282 //"

<392>

392,i

"hetoḥ svabhāva"sya viśiṣṭa kāryotpādanayogyatāyā "niyamāt । phale" kārye "svabhāvasya" pratighāpratighāde"rniyamaḥ" । tato nityatvābhimatānāñca hetumantareṇa svabhāvaniyamāyogāt hetureṣṭavyaḥ । kṛtake "punaranitye" vā bhāve "rūpa"sya naśvarānaśvarasya "bhedo nāsti" । kasmādityāha । nityānityasvabhāvatayā kṛtakasya "bhedakānāṃ" hetūnāma"bhāvataḥ" । na hi kaścideva heturanityaṃ janayatināparaḥ sarveṣāṃ kṛtakānāmarthakriyākāritvāt । tasya cānityatāvyāpteḥ । (282)

3.283

<d.>

392,ii (PVV_392,ii_392,iii)

"pratyākhyeyā'ta evaiṣāṃ sambandhasyāpi nityatā /

sambandhadoṣaiḥ prāguktaiḥ śabdaśaktiśca dūṣitā // (svarth.anum.) 283 //"

392,iii

"ataḥ" sarvabhāvakṣaṇikatvasādhakāt pramāṇāde"vaiṣāṃ" śabdānāmartha"sambandhasyāpi nityatā pratyākhyeyā" । sambandhasya vastutve kṣaṇikatvāt । yā ca śabdaśaktiryogyatākhyā'rthapratipattyāśrayo varṇṇyate sā ca śabdād vyatiriktaiveti tadvadanityā । atha bhinnā tādṛśī ca "sambandhadoṣaiḥ"sambandhināmanityatvānna sambandhe 'sti nityate(3.231)tyādinā "prāguktairdūṣite"ti na punarucyate । (283)

3.284

<(2) a navyamīmāṃsaka(bhāṭṭa)matanirāsaḥ>

<ka. apauruṣeyatve'pi doṣāḥ>

<(ka) apauruṣeyatvānna yāthārthyasiddhiḥ>

392,iv (PVV_392,iv_392,vi)

"na" tāvadapauruṣeyaṃ vacanamastītyuktaṃ । bhavatu vā । tathāpi 〈।〉

392,v

"nā'pauruṣeyamityeva yathārthajñānasādhanam /

dṛṣṭo'nyathāpi vahnyādiraduṣṭaḥ puruṣāgasā // (svarth.anum.) 284 //"

<392>

392,vi

"nāpauruṣeyamityeva vacanaṃ yathā'rtha"syāvisamvādino "jñāna"sya "sādhanaṃ" yasmāt puruṣasyā"gasā" doṣeṇā"duṣṭopi vahnyādi"rnīlotpalā"dāvanyathā aparārthajñānahetu"rdṛṣṭaḥ ।(284)

3.285

<(kha) akṛtakatve jñānahetutvābhāvaḥ>

392,vii (PVV_392,vii_392,ix)

kiñca 〈।〉

392,viii

"na jñānahetutaiva syāt tasminnakṛtake mate /

nityebhyo vastusāmarthyāt na ca janmāsti kasyacit // (svarth.anum.) 285 //"

392,ix

"tasmin" śabde'"kṛtake mate jñānahetutaiva na syāt na" hi "nityebhyo vastusāmarthyāt" kāryajanmāśakteḥ "kasyacit" jñānasyānyasya vā"janmāsti" 〈।〉 kramākramayorvyāpakayornityānnivṛtteḥ । tadvyāpyasya sāmarthyasyābhāvāt । (285)

3.286

<(ga) śabde samāropitagocarā buddhayaḥ>

392,x (PVV_392,x_392,xii)

tasmāt 〈।〉

392,xi

"vikalpavāsanodbhūtāḥ samāropitagocarāḥ /

jāyante buddhayastatra kevalaṃ nārthagocarāḥ // (svarth.anum.) 286 //"

392,xii

tatrānityātmanyuccarite śabde'nādyantena "vikalpane" cittasantatāvāropitāyā "vāsanāyā" vikalpikā "buddhayo jāyante samāropitagocarāḥ" kalpitārtha<394>"viṣayā nārthagocarā" na svalakṣaṇaviṣayāḥ । tathārthatve śabdapramāṇāntaravaiphalyasyokteḥ ।(286)

3.287–3.288

<kha. kṛtakatve'pi na doṣaḥ>

<(ka) kṛtakatvānna mithyātvaniyamaḥ>

394,i (PVV_394,i_394,iv)

nanu 〈।〉

394,ii

"mithyātvaṃ kṛtakeṣveva dṛṣṭamityakṛtaṃ vacaḥ /

satyārthaṃ vyatirekasya virodhivyāpanād yadi // (svarth.anum.) 287 //

hetāvasambhave bhāvastat tasyāpi śaṅkyate /

viruddhānāmpadārthānāmapi vyāpakadarśanāt // (svarth.anum.) 288 //"

394,iii

"mithyātva"marthaśūnyatvaṃ "kṛtakeṣveva" vākyeṣu "dṛṣṭamityakṛtaṃ vacaḥ" 〈।〉 "satyārthaṃ yadi" syāt tadā ko doṣaḥ । kasmādevamityāha paraḥ । akṛtakatvasya sādhanasya virodhinā kṛtakatvena sādhyaviparyayasya mithyātvasya vyāpanāt । atrāha । vipakṣānmithyātvādakṛtakasya hetorasaṃbhave'saṃbhavanimittaṃ hetau bādhakapramāṇe'nukte tasyākṛtakatvasyāpi mithyātve vipakṣe bhāvaḥ śaṃkyate bādhakapramāṇādarśanāt ।

394,iv

nanu mithyātvaṃ kṛtakeṣu dṛṣṭaṃ tadakṛtakeṣu virodhiṣu kathaṃ syādityāha । "viruddhānāmapi" hi vyāpyānāṃ "padārthānāme"kasya "vyāpaka"sya "darśanāt" । yathā prayatnānantarīya"katvayorekena" kṛtakatvenānityatvena vā vyāptiḥ । (287,288)

3.289

394,v (PVV_394,v_395,i)

kiñca 〈।〉

394,vi

"nāsattā siddhirityuktaṃ sarvatonupalambhanāt /

asiddhāyāmasattāyāṃ sandigdhā vyatirekitā // (svarth.anum.) 289 //"

394,vii

"sarvato" vipakṣāddhetorasattāyā "anupalambhāt" pratibdhamantareṇa "na siddhirityuktaṃ prāk" । na cādarśanamātreṇa vipakṣe'vyabhicārite(3.12)tyādinā । "asiddhāyāmvāsatyāyāṃ" vipakṣād "vyatirekitā sandigdhā" 〈।〉

<395>

395,i

kasmāt punarvyatirekaniścayāpekṣā । na hi sādhanatayopātto "dharmaṃ" ityeva sādhanaṃ । (289)

3.290

395,ii (PVV_395,ii_395,iv)

kintarhi 〈।〉

395,iii

"anvayo vyatireko vā sattvaṃ vā sādhyadharmiṇi /

tanniścayaphalairjñānaiḥ siddhyanti yadi sādhanam // (svarth.anum.) 290 //"

395,iv

"anvayaḥ" sapakṣe"vyatireko" vipakṣāt । "sādhyadharmiṇi satvamvā" ta"nniścayaphalai"ranvayādiniścayaprayojanai"rjñānaiḥ" pramāṇātma"bhiryadi sidhyanti" tadā "sādhanaṃ bhavati" । niścitatrairūpyasyaiva hetutvāt । (290)

3.291

395,v (PVV_395,v_395,vii)

yadapi vyatirekī heturityuktaṃ taccāyuktamityāha ।

395,vi

"yatra sādhyavipakṣasya varṇṇate vyatirekitā /

sa evāsya sapakṣaḥ syāt sarvo heturananvayī // (svarth.anum.) 291 //"

395,vii

"yatra" dharmiṇi "sādhyavipakṣasya" mithyātvasya sādhanāvipakṣavyatirekād "vyatirekitā varṇṇyate" । yat kṛtakaṃ na bhavati tanmithyārthañca na bhavatīti "sa eva" sādhyasādhanaviparyayanivṛttidarśanaviṣayo dharmī "sapakṣaḥ syādasyā"kṛtakatvasya hetoḥ । viparyayaniṣedhena vidhereva pratipādanāt । yatra ca sādhyasādhanasattavaniścayaḥ sa eva pakṣaḥ । "ataḥ sarvo heturananvayī" na kevalavyatirekī । (291)

3.292

<(kha) samayatvānmantrāṇāṃ kṛtakāritā>

395,viii (PVV_395,viii_396,ii)

nanu pakṣasya vedasya kathaṃ sapakṣatā sapakṣalakṣaṇa yogāt । evaṃ tarhi sarvaḥ pakṣaḥ sapakṣaḥ syāt । bhavatyeva kimanyeneti cet । anyasyāpi lākṣaṇikaṃ tatkathaṃ tyajyatāṃ । kiñca 〈।〉

395,ix

"samayatve hi mantrāṇāṃ kasyacit kāryadarśanam /"

395,x

kiñcitkāryakāriṇo mantrā apauruṣeyāśceti vyāhataṃ 〈।〉 tathā hikasyacit satyatapaḥprabhāvataḥ puṃsaḥ samayatve saṃketatve mantrāṇāmabhyupagamyamāne <396> kāryasya mantraprayogani(spa)<?>〈ṣpa〉ādyatveneṣṭasya sādhanaṃ siddhiḥ syāt । kenacicchaktiviśeṣavatā matpraṇītaṃ mantramevaṃprayuñjānasyāyamarthaḥ setsyatīti samayasya kṛtatvāt siddhiḥ syāt । kavisamayādivat kāvyāpāṭhakasyārthasiddhiḥ ।

396,i

"athāpi bhāvaśaktiḥ syādanyathāpyaviśeṣataḥ // (svarth.anum.) 292 //"

396,ii

"athāpi bhāvaśaktiḥ sādṛśyapauruṣeyāṇāṃ syāt" । yayābhimatasiddhiḥ । evantarhya"nyathā" prayukte"pi" mantre syādabhimatama"viśeṣato" varṇṇātmakasya mantrasya । (292)

3.293

<(ga) varṇakramo mantreṣvakiñcitkaraḥ>

396,iii (PVV_396,iii_396,v)

varṇṇānāṃ kramaviśeṣo mantraḥ tatastadgrahaṇena phalamiti cet ।

396,iv

"kramasyārthāntaratvañca pūrvameva nirākṛtam /

nittyaṃ tadarthasiddhiḥ syādasāmarthyamapekṣyate // (svarth.anum.) 293 //"

396,v

"kramasya" varṇṇebhyo"'rthāntaratva"ñca "pūrvameva nirākṛtaṃ" । varṇṇānupūrvī vākyañceditya (3.259)trāntare । astu vā kramaḥ tasya nityatvāt tadarthasya tanni"(spā)"<?>〈ṣpā〉dyasyā"rthasya nityaṃ siddhiḥ" syāt । na hyavikale kāraṇe kāryakṣepo yuktaḥ । atha prayogavidhānādyapekṣāsti sāpyayuktā । apekṣaṇe kasyacit sahakāriṇo"'sāmarthyaṃ" svabhāvataḥ syāt । samarthasyānyāpekṣā'yogāt । apekṣaṇīyāt samarthasvabhāvotpattau tu syādapekṣā । (293)

3.294

396,vi (PVV_396,vi_397,ii)

kiñca 〈।〉

396,vii

"sarvasya sādhanaṃ te syurbhāvaśaktiryadīdṛśī /"

396,viii

mantrāṇāṃ bhāvaśaktiryadīdṛśī kāryaviśeṣasādhikā tadā sarvasya yajamānasya itarasya ca te mantrā abhimatārthasiddheḥ sādhanaṃ syuḥ । na hi kāryakāritā teṣāṃ kañcideva prati netarān sādhāraṇatvād bhāvasvabhāvasya ।

<ga. nityatve doṣaḥ>

<(ka) asaṃskāryasya na prayoktṛbhedāpekṣā>

396,ix

atha prayokturviśeṣamapekṣya phalaprāyāḥ । taccāsat ।

<397>

397,i

"prayoktṛbhedāpekṣā ca nāsaṃskāryasya yujyate // (svarth.anum.) 294 //"

397,ii

prayokturbhedo yajamānatvaṃ tadapekṣā ca nityasya parairasaṃskāryasya na yujyate । (294)

3.295

397,iii (PVV_397,iii_397,iv)

"saṃskāryasyāpi bhāvasya vastubhedo hi bhedakaḥ /

prayoktṛbhedānniyamaḥ śaktau na samaye bhavet // (svarth.anum.) 295 //"

397,iv

saṃskāryasyāpi bhāvasya vastunaḥ saṃskartturbhedo hi bhedako bhavitumarhati । na tu brāhmaṇaśūdrādīnāṃ vastuto jātibhedaḥ kaścidasti vyavahā<?>ramātratvāt tasya । tataśca prayokturbhedādapi mantrāṇāṃ śaktau niyamo na sambhavati । nanūpalabhyate niyatā mantrāṇāṃ śaktiḥ । satyamupalabhyate kintu sā puruṣakṛte samaye'bhyupagamyamāne bhavet na tvakṛtatve । yo hi brāhmaṇa iti prasiddhaḥ tasyaivāyaṃ vidhiprayukto mantraḥ phalaprado netarasyeti kartrā puruṣeṇa śaktiviśeṣavatā samitatvānmantrasya । (295)

3.296

<(kha) nittyānāṃ mantrāṇāṃ prayojako nirarthakaḥ>

397,v (PVV_397,v_397,vii)

kiñca 〈।〉

397,vi

"anādheyaviśeṣāṇāṃ kiṃkurvāṇaḥ prayojakaḥ /

prayogo yadyabhivyaktiḥ sā prāgeva nirākṛtā // (svarth.anum.) 296 //"

397,vii

nityānāmanādheyaviśeṣāṇāṃ prayoktā puruṣaḥ kiṃkurvāṇaḥ prayojaka iṣṭaḥ । anupakārakasya prayojakatve sarvasya tathātvaprasaṅgāt । yadyabhivyaktiḥ prayoga ucyate sā'bhivyaktirnityānāṃ prāgeva sāmānyaprastāve nirākṛtā । na hi svarūpapariṇāma āvaraṇavigamo vā sānityātāṃ ghaṭate । (296)

3.297

<(ga) nityasya vyaktirasiddhā>

397,viii (PVV_397,viii_398,i)

buddhiḥ kadācit sambhāvyate । tadā 〈।〉

397,ix

"vyaktiśca buddhiḥ sā yasmāt sa phalairyadi yujyate /

syācchrotuḥ phalasaṃbandho vaktā hi vyaktikāraṇam // (svarth.anum.) 297 //"

<398>

398,i

tad"vyaktiśca buddhi"rucyeta । "sāyasmād" vaktu rbhavati "sa pha lena yujyate yadi" tadā nātiprasaṅgaḥ । nanvemapi "śrotuḥ phalasambandhaḥ " syānna vaktureva । "vaktā hi vyakte"rjñānasya "kāraṇamiti" phale yujyate । tacca jñānahetutvaṃ śroturapyastyeva ।(297)

3.298

398,ii (PVV_398,ii_398,iv)

kiñca 〈।〉

398,iii

"anabhivyaktaśabdānāṃ karaṇānāṃ prayojanam /

manojapo vā vyarthaḥ syācchabdo hi śrotragocaraḥ // (svarth.anum.) 298 //"

398,iv

"anabhivyakto"'niveditaḥ "śabdo" yaisteṣāṃ "karaṇā"dīnāṃ "prayojanaṃ" prayogaḥ yadā । tadā tālvādikaraṇapraspandamātrayopāṃśujapaḥ kriyate na tu vyaktamucyate । yadā ca tāmapi vinā manomātreṇa "manojapo vā" kriyate tadā dvāvapi japāvimau "vyartho" syātāṃ । "śabdo hi śrotragocara" ucyate na ca japayoranayoḥ śrotragocaraḥ kaścidasti । (298)

3.299

398,v (PVV_398,v_399,i)

"pāramparyeṇa tajjatvāt tadvyaktiḥ sāpi cenmatiḥ /

te tathā syustadarthā cedasiddhaṃ kalpanānvayāt // (svarth.anum.) 299 //"

<399>

399,i

nanu yāpyupāṃśumanojapakāle śabdābhāsā dhīḥ sāpi matiḥ "pāramparyeṇa tajjatvāt" tasya "vyakti"riti cet । yadyevaṃ śabdāvikalpavadarthavikalpā api tatprabhavā iti "te"pi "tathā" śabdavyaktayaḥ "syuḥ" । paraḥ na kevalācchabdaprabhavatvāt tadvyaktiḥ kintu "tadarthā" śabdaviṣayā satīti "cet" na cārthavikalpaḥ śabdaviṣayaḥ । śabdavikalpasya śabdaviṣayatvamasiddhaṃ "kalpanāyā" vācyavācakayojanāyā "anvayāt" sambandhāt na ca kalpanā vastuviṣayeti kathyate । (299)

3.300

<gha. samayakāṇṇāmuktyā phalaviśeṣaḥ>

399,ii (PVV_399,ii_399,iv)

asmākantu mate 〈।〉

399,iii

"svasāmānyasvabhāvānāmekabhāvavivakṣayā /

ukteḥ samayakāṇṇāmavirodho na vastuni // (svarth.anum.) 300 //"

399,iv

svasāmānyasvabhāvānāṃ śabdasvalakṣaṇasāmānyalakṣaṇānāṃ pratyakṣavikalpabuddhiviṣayāṇāmekatvādhyavasāyavaśādekabhāvasyaikatvasya । vivakṣayā samayakārāṇāṃ samayakarttṛbhiḥ śaktimatpuṃbhirmantrāṇāmukteravirodhaḥ । upāṃśujapamanojapayorvaiphalyavirodhābhāvo dṛśyavikalpyāvekādhyavasāyādekakāryakāritvenādhiṣṭhitatvāt tatkurutaḥ । ye tu vastubhūtaṃ mantramicchanti teṣāmvirodha eva tadāha । na vastuni virodhābhāvaḥ । na hyupāṃśujapādiviṣayo vastukalpitatvāt । (300)

3.301

<400>

<ṅa varṇṇānupūrvicintā>

<(ka) ānupūrvyabhāve nārthabhedaḥ>

400,i (PVV_400,i_400,iii)

atha tvanmatepi 〈।〉

400,ii

"ānupūrvyāmasatyāṃ syāt saro rasa iti śrutau /

na kāryabheda iti ced asti sā puruṣāśrayā // (svarth.anum.) 301 //"

400,iii

ānupūrvyā varṇṇavyatiriktāyāmasatyāṃ saro rasa iti prasiddhānulomaviloma kramāyāṃ śrutau kāryasya svajñānasya bhedo na syāditi cet । astyasmanmate sānupūrvī puruṣāśrayā puruṣakṛtā pratipadaṃbhinnā tato na jñānabhedaprasaṅgaḥ । (301)

3.302

400,iv (PVV_400,iv_400,vi)

tathā hi 〈।〉

400,v

"yo yadvarṇasamutthānajñānajājjñānato dhvaniḥ /

jāyate tadupādhiḥ sa śrutyā samavasīyate // (svarth.anum.) 302 //"

400,vi

yo dhvanirjāyate tadvarṇṇasamuttho jñānataḥ । yaścāsau varṇṇaśca yadvarṇṇastasya samutthānaṃ kāraṇaṃ tacca tat jñānañca yadvarṇṇasamutthānajñānaṃ tasmājjātaṃ yadvarṇṇasamutthānajñānajaṃ tasmāt jñānamataḥ । ayamartha ādyasya varṇṇasya yatsamutthāpakaṃ vivakṣātmakaṃ jñānaṃ tena samanantarapratyayena satā dvitīyavarṇṇasamutthāpakaṃ jñānaṃ janyate tena ca dvitīyo varṇṇa evaṃ dvitīyavarṇṇasamutthāpakāt jñānāt tṛtīyavarṇṇetthāpakajñānotpattau tṛtīyavarṇotpattiriti kāraṇakramādvarṇotpattikrama uktaḥ । punaḥ kāryakrameṇa kramaṃ darśayitumāha । sa uttaro varṇastadupādhiḥ pūrṇavarṇaviśeṣaṇastadanantara ityarthaḥ । śrutyā śravaṇajñānena grāhyavarṇakāryeṇa śrotṛsantānavarttinā samavasīyate । kramotpannā varṇāḥ svasvajanitajñānairasahabhāvina eva gṛhyante । (302)

3.303

400,vii (PVV_400,vii_401,ii)

nanu kramabhāvināṃ sahadarśanābhāvātkathaṃ pūrvavarṇṇopādhi grahaṇamityāha 〈।〉

<401>

401,i

"tajjñānajanitajñānaḥ sa śrutāvapaṭuśrutiḥ /

apekṣya tatsmṛtiṃ paścāt smṛtimādhatta ātmani // (svarth.anum.) 303 //"

401,ii

tasya pūrvavarṇasya "jñānena" grāhakeṇottaravarṇṇasahakāriṇā "janitaṃ" grāhakaṃ"jñānaṃ" yasmin sa tat jñānajanita uttaro varṇṇaḥ mandamuccāryamāṇatvāt śrutau śravaṇajñāne'"paṭaśruti"rmandacāriśravaṇajñānaḥ । tasya pūrvavarṇṇasya "smṛtimapekṣyātmani" smṛtiṃ pūrvavaṇanintaratvenādhatte 〈।〉 yasmāt pūrvavarṇānantaratvenottaraḥ smaryate 〈।〉 tasmāttadanantara evāsau gṛhīta ityarthaḥ । (303)

3.304

<(kha) ānupūrvī pauruṣeyī>

401,iii (PVV_401,iii_401,iv)

"ityeṣā pauruṣeyyeva taddhetugrīhicetasām /

kāryakāraṇatā varṇe hyānupūrvīti kathyate // (svarth.anum.) 304 //"

401,iv

ityevamuktena krameṇa varṇṇeṣu kramabhāviṣu taddhetucetasāṃ varṇṇotthāpakacetasāṃvaktṛsantānavartināṃ । "tadgrāhicetasāṃ" varṇṇagrāhakacetasāṃ śrotṛsantānavartināṃ "kāryakāraṇataiṣā" yathāyogaṃ varṇṇāpekṣā kramavatī kāraṇatā kāryatā cā"nupūrvī" kathyate 〈।〉 sā ca puruṣanirvarttyatvāt "pauruṣeyyeva" । (304)

3.305

401,v (PVV_401,v_401,vi)

"anyadeva tato rūpaṃ tadvarṇṇānāṃ pade pade /

karttṛsaṃskārato bhinnaṃ sahitaṃ kāryabhedakṛt // (svarth.anum.) 305 //"

401,vi

yato na nityatvaṃ "tatonyadeva varṇṇānāṃ tadrūpaṃ pade pade" pratipadamekādhyavasāyaviṣayatvepi"karttṛsaṃskārato" varṇṇasamutthāpakacittaśaktibhedājjātaṃ "bhinnaṃ" । krameṇa cānubhūya smṛtyā "sahitaṃ" smṛtaṃ sat "kāryabhedakṛdartha"pratipattiviśeṣakāri । (305)

3.306–3.307

<402>

402,i (PVV_402,i_402,ii)

"sā cānupūrvī varṇṇānāṃ taddhetugrāhicetasām /

icchā'viruddhasiddhīnāṃ sthitikramavirodhataḥ // (svarth.anum.) 306 //

kāryakāraṇatāsiddheḥ puṃbhyo varṇakramasya ca /

sarvo varṇakramaḥ puṃbhyo dahanendhanayuktivat // (svarth.anum.) 307 //"

402,ii

"sā ca varṇānāmānupūrvī" taddhetugrāhicetasāṃ racanākṛtaḥ puruṣātpravṛtteti na sthitakramā varṇāḥ puruṣecchayā'viruddhasiddhīnāṃ varṇṇānāṃ sthitasya kramasya virodhāt 〈।〉 na hi sthitakramāṇāṃ himavadvindhyamalayānāmicchayā viparītakramaḥ śakyaḥ 〈।〉 varṇṇāstvicchayā viparyyāsyante vikalpakramānuvidhāyitvācca 〈।〉 tadvat kalpitopyartho na pramāṇaṃ "kāryakāraṇatāyāḥ siddheḥ 〈।〉 sarvo" vaidiko'nyaśca "varṇṇakramaḥpuṃbhyo" bhavatītyavadhāraṇaṃ । "dahanendhanayuktivat" 〈।〉 yathaikasya dahanasya indhanapūrvakatvadṛṣṭyā sarvo'gnirindhanapūrva iti nyāyaḥ । (306, 307)

3.308

402,iii (PVV_402,iii_402,iv)

"asādhāraṇatā siddhā puṃsāṃ ca kramakāriṇāṃ /

ato jñānaprabhāvābhyāmanyeṣāṃ tadabhāvataḥ // (svarth.anum.) 308 //"

402,iv

ata eva ca mantrākhya varṇṇakramakāriṇāṃ puṃsāṃ jñānaprabhāvābhyāṃ puruṣāntaraiḥ sahāsā"dhāraṇatā"'samānatā"siddhā । anyeṣāntayorjñānaprabhā"vayo"rabhāvataḥ" । (308)

3.309

<ca. āptacintā>

<(ka) āptasiddhiḥ>

<a.>

402,v (PVV_402,v_403,i)

nanu tantrajñā ratthāpuruṣā api mantraṃ kiñcit kāryasamartha praṇayanto dṛśyante । tato mantrakaraṇānnātiśayasiddhirityāha ।

402,vi

"yepi mantravidaḥ kecin mantrān kāṃścana kurvate /

prabhoḥ prabhāvasteṣāṃ sa taduktanyāyavṛttitaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 309 //"

<403>

403,i

"yapi" kecit sādhāraṇā "mantravido" mantraśāstrajñāḥ "kāṃścana mantrān" viṣādiśamanān "kurvate teṣāṃ" prabhormantrapraṇeturatiśayitaśakteḥ "sa prabhāvaḥ" sāmarthyaṃ"tadukta"sya nyāyasya samayānuṣṭhānāde"rvṛttitaḥ" । ārādhitasya prabhoḥ prabhāvādīdṛgak śaktilābha ityarthaḥ । (309)

3.310

403,ii (PVV_403,ii_403,iv)

tasmāt 〈।〉

403,iii

"kṛtakaḥ pauruṣeyāśca mantrā vācyāḥ phalepsunā /

aśaktisādhanaṃ puṃsāmanenaiva nirākṛtam // (svarth.anum.) 310 //"

403,iv

kṛtakāḥ pauruṣeyāśca mantrā vācyāḥ । "phalepsunā" sarveṇa yena puruṣāḥ śaktiviśeṣavanto mantrān praṇetumīśate 〈।〉 "anenaiva" mantrādipraṇayanaṃ prati "puṃsāmaśaktisādhanaṃ" yat kimapi mī māṃ sa kairiṣṭaṃ ta"nnirākṛtaṃ" boddhavyaṃ । (310)

3.311

403,v (PVV_403,v_403,vii)

etadeva sphuṭayitumāha 〈।〉

403,vi

"buddhīndriyoktipuṃstvādisādhanaṃ yattu varṇyate /

pramāṇābhaṃ yathārthāsti na hi śeṣavato gatiḥ // (svarth.anum.) 311 //"

403,vii

"buddhīndriyoktipuṃstvādisādhanaṃ" śaktiviśeṣanirākaraṇaṃ "yattu varṇyate" tat "pramāṇābhamanai"kāntikaṃ 〈।〉 na hi buddhimata ekasya śaktiviśeṣo na dṛṣṭa ityanyasyāpi tathā । abhyāsādhīno hi prakarṣo guṇeṣu tadabhilāṣādabhyāsopi sambhavī 〈।〉 dṛśyate ca prajñādiguṇānāmatiśayitaḥ prakarṣa iti buddhimatvādyasādhanaṃ ।"na hi śeṣavato" liṅgāt 〈।〉 "yathārthā"numeyasya "gati"rbhavitumarhati । (311)

3.312

<b.>

403,viii (PVV_403,viii_404,i)

api ca 〈।〉 puruṣātiśayamanicchatāṃ jaiminīyānāṃ mahat duḥśliṣṭaṃ । tathā hi 〈।〉

403,ix

"arthoyaṃ nāyamartho na iti śabdā vadanti na /

kalpyoyamarthaḥ puruṣaiste ca rāgādisaṃyutāḥ // (svarth.anum.) 312 //"

<404>

404,i

"ayamartho"'sya śabdasyāyaṃ "neti" na tāva"cchabdāḥ" svayaṃ "vadanti" । tasmāt "puruṣairayamarthaḥ kalpaḥ । te ca rāgādiyuktā" nāvadhāraṇapaṭavaḥ । (312)

3.313

404,ii (PVV_404,ii_404,iii)

"sa ekastattvavipnnānya iti bhedaśca kiṃkṛtaḥ /

tadvat puṃstve kathamapi jñānī kaścit kathaṃ na vaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 313 //"

404,iii

atha rāgiṣvapi kaści jjaiminyādirjānātyeva । tatrai"kastattvavidanyo neti bhedaśca kiṃkṛta" eṣaḥ । rāgitvāviśeṣāt sarva evājñaḥ prāpto na vā kaścit । atha puruṣatvasāmyepi jaiminyādiratīndriyārthadarśitvād vaidikaśabdānāmatīndriyārthasambandhavettā kalpyate 〈।〉 tadā "puṃstve" satyapi kaścidanyopi "jñānī" jñānātiśayavān "kathamapya"bhyāsādinā "tadvajjaiminyā"divat । "kathamvo" mīmāṃsakānāṃ nābhimataḥ । (313)

3.314

<(kha) āptalakṣaṇam>

404,iv (PVV_404,iv_404,vi)

syādetanna vayaṃ puruṣapramāṇyād vyākhyānamanumanyāmahe । kintu 〈।〉

404,v

"pramāṇamavisaṃvādi vacanaṃ sorthavid yadi /

na hyatyantaparokṣeṣu pramāṇasyāsti sambhavaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 314 //"

404,vi

"yasya pramāṇamavisamvādi vacanaṃ sorthavit" vedārthajñātā "yadī"ṣyate । nanva"tyantaparokṣeṣu" vedārtheṣu "pramāṇasya sambhavo na hi" kasyaci"dasti" tatkathaṃ samvādādarthavid vyavasthāpyate । (314)

3.315

404,vii (PVV_404,vii_404,ix)

api ca 〈।〉

404,viii

"yasya pramāṇasaṃvādi vacanaṃ tatkṛtaṃ vacaḥ /

sa āgama iti prāptaṃ nirarthā'pauruṣeyatā // (svarth.anum.) 315 //"

404,ix

"yasya pramāṇasamvādi vacanaṃ" sa yadi vyākhyātā tadā samvāda āgamalakṣaṇamiti "tena saṃskṛtaṃ vaca āgama iti prāpta"miti "nirarthā'pauruṣeyatā" vedānāṃ kalpitā । (315)

3.316

<405>

<(ga) parapakṣe doṣāḥ>

<a.>

405,i (PVV_405,i_405,iii)

tathā 〈।〉

405,ii

"yadyatyantaparokṣerthe'nāgamajñānasambhavaḥ /

atīndriyārthavit kaścidastītyabhimataṃ bhavet // (svarth.anum.) 316 //"

405,iii

"yadyatyantaparokṣerthe" svargasambandhādau "jaiminyāderanāgama"syāgamanirapekṣasya "jñānasya sambhavaḥ" । tadā'"tīndriyārtha"darśī"kaścidastītyabhimataṃ bhavet" । tatastatpratikṣepo na yuktaḥ । (316)

3.317

405,iv (PVV_405,iv_405,vi)

yadi tu na kaścidatīndriyārthadarśī tadā 〈।〉

405,v

"svayaṃ rāgādimānnārthaṃ vetti vedasya nānyataḥ /

na vedayati vedopi vedārthasya kuto gatiḥ // (svarth.anum.) 317 //"

405,vi

"svayaṃ rāgādimān" pumān "vedasyārthaṃ na vetti na cānyataḥ" anyasyāpi rāgādimatve'jñānatvāt । "vedopi" svārtha "na vedayati" tataśca "kuto vedārthasya gatiḥ" । na kutaściditi puruṣā eva yathāpratibhaṃ kalpayeyuḥ । (317)

3.318

405,vii (PVV_405,vii_405,viii)

"tenāgnihotraṃ juhuyāt svargakāma iti śrutau /

khādecchavamāṃsamityeṣa nārtha ityatra kā pramā // (svarth.anum.) 318 //"

405,viii

"tenāgnihotraṃ juhuyāt svargakāma(tasa.3527) iti śrutau" vedavākye "śvamāṃsaṃ svādedityeṣa nārtha ityatra kā pramā" । ityapi kalpayituṃ śakyatvāt । (318)

3.319

<b.>

405,ix (PVV_405,ix_405,x)

"prasiddho lokavādaścettatra kotīndriyārthadṛk /

anekārtheṣu śabdeṣu yenārthoyaṃ vivecitaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 319 //"

405,x

agnirdāhādisamarthaḥ tasmin ghṛtādiprakṣepaśca havanamiti "prasiddho lokavādaḥ" tato nānyārthakalpaneti cet । "tatra" loke rāgādimati "ko'tīndriyārthadṛgasti yenānekārthe"ṣvanekārthābhidhānayogyeṣu "śabdeṣva"yamabhimato"rtho vivecito" vācyatayā viśeṣaṇavyavasthāpitaḥ । yadi dāhakadravye ghṛtaprakṣepasya svargeṇa sambandhaḥ śvamāṃsabhakṣaṇena <406> ca nāstīti kenāpi dṛṣṭaṃ syāt syādayamarthavivekaḥ । taddarśī tu rāgādimatvāt kaścinneṣṭa iti nāsti viparītakalpanānirāsaḥ । (319)

3.320

406,i (PVV_406,i_406,iii)

na ca lokaprasiddhānusārād vedārthavyavasthā । tathā hi 〈।〉

406,ii

"svargorvaśyādiśabdaśca dṛṣṭorūḍhārthavācakaḥ /

śabdāntareṣu tādṛkṣu tādṛśyevāstu kalpanā // (svarth.anum.) 320 //"

406,iii

"svargorvaśyādiśabdaścārūḍhārthavācako dṛṣṭaḥ" । manuṣyātiśāyipuruṣaviśeṣaniketo'timānuṣasukhādhiṣṭhāno nānopakāraṇaḥ svargaḥ । tatsthā'psarā urvaśīti prasiddho lokavādaḥ । tamullaṃdhya duḥkhenāsambhinnā niratiśayā prītiḥ svargaḥ । urvaśī cāraṇiḥ pātrī vetyaprasiddhārthakalpaneti । "śabdāntare"ṣvagnihotrādiṣu "tādṛkṣu" sarvārthayogyeṣu "tādṛśyevā"prasiddhārthaiva "kalpanāstu" nyāyasya tulyatvāt । (320)

3.321

406,iv (PVV_406,iv_406,vi)

kiñca 〈।〉

406,v

"prasiddhaśca nṛṇāṃ vādaḥ pramāṇaṃ sa ca neṣyate /

tataśca bhūyorthagatiḥ kimetad dviṣṭhakāmitam // (svarth.anum.) 321 //"

406,vi

"prasiddhaśca nṛṇāmvāda" eva na tvanyathā kācit । "sa ca" puruṣapravarttitatvāt "pramāṇaṃ neṣyate" bhavatā । "bhūyaḥ" puna"stato" janavādā"dartha"sya "gati"riti "kimetat" dviṣṭhakāmitaṃ । lokavādo'pramāṇatvāt dviṣṭhaḥ saṃprati kāmyate iti vyakto virodhaḥ । (321)

3.322

406,vii (PVV_406,vii_406,viii)

"atha prasiddhimullaṃdhya kalpane na nibandhanam /

prasiddherapramāṇatvāt tadgrahe kiṃ nibandhanam // (svarth.anum.) 322 //"

406,viii

"atha" lokasya "prasiddhimullaṃdhya" śvamāṃsabhakṣaṇādyartha"kalpane na nibandhanamasti । nanu prasiddherapramāṇatvāt" tasyā "grahe kiṃ nibandhanaṃ" vicārakasya na kiñcit । (322)

3.323

406,ix (PVV_406,ix_407,i)

kiñca 〈।〉

406,x

"utpāditā prasiddhyaiva śaṅkā śabdārthaniścaye /

yasmānnānārthavṛttitvaṃ śabdānāṃ tatra dṛśyate // (svarth.anum.) 323 //"

<407>

407,i

prasiddhyaiva śabdārthaniścaye viparītārthakalpanāyā śaṅkotpāditā । yasmānnānārthavṛttitvaṃ śabdānāṃ gavākṣaprabhṛtīnāṃ tatra prasiddhau dṛśyate 〈।〉 (323)

3.324

<c.>

407,ii (PVV_407,ii_407,iv)

tathā 〈।〉

407,iii

"anyathāsambhavābhāvāt nānāśakteḥ svayaṃ dhvaneḥ /

avaśyaṃ śaṅkayā bhāvyaṃ niyāmakamapaśyatām // (svarth.anum.) 324 //"

407,iv

"nānāśakte"ranekārthapratipādanayogyasya "dhvaneḥ svaya"mātmanā'nyathāsambhavasya ekārthapratipādana yogyatāsambhavasyāsambhavāt । "avaśya"marthāntara"śaṅkayā bhāvyaṃ" । kathamityāha । "niyāmakamapaśyatāma"nekārthasya śabdasya ekavṛttiniyamakāraṇamapaśyatāṃ puṃsāṃ ।(324)

3.325

<d.>

407,v (PVV_407,v_407,vii)

kiñca 〈।〉

407,vi

"eṣa sthāṇurayaṃ mārga iti vaktīti kaścana /

anyaḥ svayaṃ bravīmīti tayorbhedaḥ parīkṣyatām // (svarth.anum.) 325 //"

407,vii

svayamarthapratipādanaśūnyo netānabhimatārthadyotakatvena pratipādayan kartturnnabhidyate । tasyāpyevaṃ vyāpāratvāt । yathā kenacit "kaścana" panthānaṃ pṛṣṭha āha । nāhaṃ jāne kintu "sthāṇureṣa vakti 〈।〉 ayaṃ mārga iti । anyaḥ" punaḥ pratyāha 〈।〉 ahaṃ "svayaṃ bravīmi" 〈।〉 "ayaṃ" mārga "iti" 〈।〉 "tayorevaṃ" vādinoḥ pratipādakatvasya "bhedaḥ parīkṣyatāṃ" 〈।〉 eko nirabhiprāyavacanaṃ vaktṛtvena vyapadiśati । anyastu neti vacanavaidagdhyamevānayorbhidyate nopadeśapravṛttinivṛttī । tathā svayamartha pratipādayatopi vedārthaviśeṣābhidhāyino'bhidadhat karttaṃva vācakatāyāḥ । (325)

3.326

<e.>

407,viii (PVV_407,viii_408,i)

atha tadarthapratipādane yogyā eva śabdāḥ । nanvevaṃ 〈।〉

407,ix

"sarvatra yogyasyaikārthadyotane niyamaḥ kutaḥ /

jñātā vātīndriyāḥ kena vivakṣāvacanādṛte // (svarth.anum.) 326 //"

<408>

408,i

"sarvatrārthe yogyasya" śabdasya "ekārthadyotene" niyamaḥ "kuto" jātaḥ 〈।〉 puruṣaścenniyāmako na bhavati । syādetat 〈।〉 pratiniyatā evārthāsteṣāṃ na te puruṣeṇa niyamyante । evamapi "jñātā vā atīndriyāḥ" pratiniyatā arthāḥ"kena" puruṣeṇa rāgādimatā "vivakṣā"yā〈ḥ〉 prakāśakāt "vacanāt" pratipādanā"dṛte 〈।〉 na" hi vedeṣu kasyacid vivakṣāsti 〈।〉 tadavagatimantareṇa ca pratiniyatārthatā na śakyā boddhuṃ । na hi śabdāḥ svayaṃ svārthaniyamaṃ kathayanti saṃketamantareṇa 〈।〉 sa ca pauruṣeyaḥ । na cārthaniyamāvagamaṃ vinā saṃketakaraṇaṃ arthaniyamapratītiśca vinā saṃketaṃ nāstīti "vyakta"mitaretarāśrayatvaṃ । (326)

3.327

<f.>

408,ii (PVV_408,ii_408,iv)

api ca 〈।〉

408,iii

"vivakṣāniyame hetuḥ saṅketastatprakāśanaḥ /

apauruṣeye sā nāsti tasya saikārthatā kutaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 327 //"

408,iv

"vivakṣārtha"sya "niyame hetuḥ saṃketaḥ tatprakāśano"'rthaniyamabodhanaḥ । "apauruṣeye ca" vede "sā" vivakṣā nāsti puruṣaprayojyatvāt tasyāḥ । tatastatprasādhyā sā "ekārthatā" vedasya "kutaḥ" । (227)

3.328

408,v (PVV_408,v_408,vii)

atha 〈।〉

408,vi

"svabhāvaniyamenyatra na yojyeta tayā punaḥ /

saṅketaśca nirarthaḥ syād vyaktau ca niyamaḥ kutaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 328 //"

408,vii

"svabhāvataḥ" śabdāḥ kvacidarthe niyatāstadā svabhāvaniyame"'nyatrārthe" vācakatvena "tayā" vivakṣayā "na yojyeta punaḥ" । na hi svabhāvena pratiniyatāviṣayonyathā kartuṃ śakyate । "saṃketaśca nirarthaḥ syāt" svabhāvapratiniyame sati na hi cakṣurindriyaṃ rūpagrahaṇapratiniyataṃ tatra saṅketamapekṣate । saṅketād vācakatāyā"vyaktā"viṣyamāṇāyāṃ "niyamaḥ kutaḥ" 〈।〉 ayamevāsya śabdasyārtha iti niyamo na yujyate puruṣādhīnasaṅketāpekṣāyāṃ । (328)

3.329

408,viii (PVV_408,viii_409,ii)

tathāhi 〈।〉

<409>

409,i

"yatra svātantryamicchāyā niyamo nāma tatra kaḥ /

dyotayen tena saṅketo neṣṭāmevāsya yogyatām // (svarth.anum.) 329 //"

409,ii

yatra puruṣasya svāta ntryamicchāyāstatra niyamo nāma kaḥ saṅgataḥ । tenecchādhīnatvena saṃketo neṣṭāmevayogyatāmuddyotayet । anabhimatāmapi vyañjayedityarthaḥ । tadevamapauruṣeyatvamāgamalakṣaṇaṃ bruvāṇā mī māṃ sa kāḥ pratikṣiptāḥ । (329)

3.330

<(2) b buddhamīmāṃsaka(jaimini)matanirāsaḥ>

<ka. vedaiṃkadeśasaṃvāditve na sarvasya prāmāṇyam>

409,iii (PVV_409,iii_409,v)

saṃprati vṛddhamīmāṃsakānāṃ mataṃ dūṣayitumutthāpayati ।

409,iv

"yasmāt kiledṛśaṃ satyaṃ yathāgniḥ śītanodanaḥ /

vākyaṃ vedaikadeśatvādanyadapyaparo'vravīt // (svarth.anum.) 330 //"

409,v

yathā vaidikaṃ vākya"magnirhimasya bheṣajami"ti "satyaṃ śītanodanatvena vahneḥ" pramāṇasiddhatvāt tathā'nnyadapi"vākyamagniṣṭomena juhuyāt svargakāma" ityādi 〈।〉 "vedaikadeśatvāt satya"mitya"paro" mī māṃ sa ko'bravīduktavān 〈।〉 "kila" śabdo'kṣamāyāṃ । (330)

3.331

409,vi (PVV_409,vi_409,vii)

"rasavat tulyarūpatvādekabhāṇḍe ca pākavat /

śeṣavad vyabhicāritvāt kṣiptaṃ nyāyavidedṛśam // (svarth.anum.) 331 //"

409,vii

īdṛśamanumānaṃ "śeṣavada"naikāntikaṃ "vyabhicāritvānnyāyavidācārya"di gnāge na prati"kṣiptaṃ rasavat tulyarūpatvāt" । svāditaphalena tulyarūpatvāt phalāntarasya tādṛgrasānumānavat । "ekabhāṇḍā"ntargatvāt dṛṣṭa"pāka"taṇḍulānumānavat । <410> na hyetādṛśasya hetoḥ sādhyapratibandhosti viparyayabādhakapramāṇāditi vipañcitaṃ prāk । (331)

3.332–3.334

<kha. vedaprāmāṇyaghoṣaṇā jaiminerdhārṣṭyam>

410,i (PVV_410,i_410,ii)

dṛśyate ca bahutaraviṣaye visamvādo vedasya kathamekasatyatayā sarvatra tathātvaṃ । tathā ca 〈।〉

410,ii

"nityasya puṃsaḥ kartṛtvaṃ nityān bhāvānatīndriyān /

aindriyānviṣamaṃ hetuṃ bhāvānāṃ viṣamāṃ sthitim // (svarth.anum.) 332 //

nivṛttiṃ ca pramāṇābhyāmanyad vā vyastagocaram /

viruddhamāgamāpekṣeṇānumānena vā vadat // (svarth.anum.) 333 //

virodhamasamādhāya śāstrārthaṃ cāpradarśya saḥ /

satyārthaṃ pratijñānāno jayed dhāṣṭaryena bandhakīm // (svarth.anum.) 334 //"

410,iii (PVV_410,iii^1) (PVV_410,iii^2)

parairanādheyaviśeṣasya "puṃsa" ātmanaḥ kramajanmasu karmādiṣu "kartṛtvaṃ" vadacchāstraṃ । tathā "nityān bhāvān" dikkālākāśādīnarthakriyārahitān sato vadat । vastuto"'tīndriyān" guṇakarmasāmānyādīn "aindriyān" pratyakṣān vadat । tathā "bhāvānāṃ viṣamaṃ hetuṃ" prāgajanakaṃ vadat । tathā "viṣamāṃ sthitiṃ ni(spa)"<?>〈ṣpa〉nnānāṃ bhāvānāmāśrayavaśena "sthitiṃ" vadat । "nivṛttiñca viṣamāṃ" svato'naśvarasvabhāvānāmanyakṛtāṃ nivṛttiṃ vadat । "anyadvā"vastu "vyastagocaraṃ pramāṇābhyāṃ" pratyakṣānumānābhyāṃ nirastāvakāśaṃ vadat । "āgamāpekṣeṇā"gamasiddhaliṅga<411>trairūpyeṇā"numānena" ca viruddhamagnihotrasnānādeḥ pāpaśamanaṃ "vadat" । na hi rāgādiprabhavo dharmastadapanayanamantareṇa snānādernivṛttimarhati । evamvidhavisamvādabhājamarthaṃ vadat śāstraṃ "virodhaṃ" prāmāṇika"masamādhāya" aparihyatya pravṛttikāmocitaṃ "śāstrārthamanu"guṇopāyaṃ puruṣārthalakṣaṇa"ñcāpradarśya sa" jara nmī māṃ sa ka ekadeśasamvādadarśanāt "satyārthaṃ pratijānāno dhārṣṭyena bandhakīṃ" sākṣāddṛṣṭavyalīkāṃ svapatiṃ svaśīlaprāmāṇyodbhāvanena bhrāntamāvedayantīṃ "jayet" । (332–334)

3.335

411,i (PVV_411,i_411,iii)

kiñca 〈।〉

411,ii

"sidhyet pramāṇaṃ yadyevamapramāṇamatheha kim /

na hyekaṃ nāsti satyārthaṃ puruṣe bahubhāṣiṇi // (svarth.anum.) 335 //"

411,iii

"yadyevaṃ" dṛṣṭaikadeśasamvādasyāvayavatvādanyadapi "pramāṇaṃ sidhyet । atheha" nyāye "kimapramāṇaṃ" śāstraṃ bhaviṣyati । "na hi bahubhāṣiṇi puruṣe" satyārtha"mekaṃ" vace "nāsti" kintvastyeva । tenaiva dṛṣṭāntena tadvacanaṃ pramāṇaṃ syāt । (335)

3.336

411,iv (PVV_411,iv_411,v)

"nāyaṃ svabhāvaḥ kāryaṃ vā vastūnāṃ vaktari dhvaniḥ /

na ca tadvyatiriktasya vidyatevyabhicāritā // (svarth.anum.) 336 //"

411,v

"nāyaṃ" dhvanirva"stūnāṃ svabhāvaḥ । kāryamvā" yasmād "vaktari dhvanirbhavati" । na hi vastunaḥ svabhāvonyatra dharmiṇi varttate । kāryamvā'nyato bhavitumarhati । "na ca tadvyati riktasya" kāryasvabhāvābhyāmaparasyā"vyabhicāri"tā "vidyata" iti niveditaṃ । (336)

3.337

411,vi (PVV_411,vi_411,viii)

syādetad 〈।〉

411,vii

"pravṛttirvācakānāñca vācyadṛṣṭikṛteti cet /

parasparaviruddhārthā kathamekatra sā bhavet // (svarth.anum.) 337 //"

411,viii

"vācakānāṃ" śabdānāṃ "pravṛttirvācyadṛṣṭikṛtā" abhidheyadarśanāgatā tataḥ paraṃparayā<412> tatkāryataivaiṣāmi"ti cet" । evaṃ tarhi sā śabdapravṛtti"rekatra" vastuni "parasparaviruddhārthā kathambhavet" । (337)

3.338

412,i (PVV_412,i_412,iii)

yadi yathā vastveva śabdastadā vastuta ekarūpeṇa śabde nityaḥ kimayamanityo vetyādi śabdasandarbho na bhavet ।

412,ii

"vastubhirnāgamāstena kathañcinnāntarīyakāḥ /

pratipatturna sidhyanti kutastebhyo'rthaniścayaḥ // (svarth.anum.) 338 //"

412,iii

"tena" pratibandhābhāvena "vastubhiḥ" saha "nāntarīyakā āgamā pratipattu"rarthaṃ śabdāt pratipadyamānasya "kathañcinna" sidhyanti । tat kutastebhya āgamārthaniścayaḥ । (338)

3.339

412,iv (PVV_412,iv_412,v)

"tasmānna tannivṛttyāpi bhāvābhāvaḥ prasidhyati /

tenāsanniścayaphalā'nupalabdhirna sidhyati // (svarth.anum.) 339 //"

412,v

yasmāt pravarttamānādāgamānnāstyarthasiddhist"smāt ta"syāgamasya "nivṛttyāpi bhāvasyābhāvo na sidhyati । tena" pramāṇatrayanivṛttilakṣaṇāpya"nupalabdhi"rarthānā"masanniścayaphalā na sidhyati" । tato yuktamuktaṃ "sadasanniścayaphalā neti syād vā'pramāṇateti "(pavasava) । sadvyavahārasādhane cādhikṛte vyavasthitetyavasthitaṃ ॥ (339)

<ācāryamanorathanandikṛtāyāṃ vārtikavṛttau tṛtīyaḥ paricchedaḥ ॥>

4

<caturthaḥ paricchedaḥ>

<parārthānumānaṃ>

4.0

<413>

413,i (PVV_413,i_413,ii)

svārthānumānaṃ vyākhyāya parārthānumānaṃ vyākhyātumāha 〈।〉

413,ii

tatra parārthānumānaṃ svadṛṣṭārthaprakāśanamityācāryīyalakṣaṇaṃ । svenadṛṣṭaḥ svadṛṣṭaḥ । svadṛṣṭaścāsāvarthaśceti trirūpo hetuḥ । tasya prakāśanamvacanaṃ anumānahetutvādityarthaḥ ।

<4.1. parārthānumānalakṣaṇam (dignāgasya)>

4.1

<(1) tatra svadṛṣṭagrahaṇaphalam>

<ka. paramatanirāsāya>

413,iii (PVV_413,iii_413,v)

nanu trirūpaliṅgākhyānamityevāstu kiṃ svadṛṣṭagrahaṇeneti śaṅkāyāṃ paramatanirāsārthatāmasya darśayitumāha ।

413,iv

"parasya pratipādyatvāt adṛṣṭopi svayaṃ paraiḥ /

dṛṣṭasādhanamityeke tatkṣepāyātmadṛgvacaḥ // 4.1 //"

413,v

"parasya" parārthānumānena "pratipādyatvāt" sādhanavādinā svayama"dṛṣṭopi pramāṇena paraiḥ" prativādibhirāgamād "dṛṣṭasādhanaṃ" liṅga"mityeke" sāṃ khyāḥ । te hi sukhādīnāmutpattimatvādanityādacetanatvaṃ rūpādīnāmiva bauddhaṃ pratyāhuḥ । "na hyasata" utpattimatvaṃ sataśca niranvayavināśo'nityatvaṃ hetuḥ sāṃkhyāsiddhaḥ । bauddhasya punarāgamāt <414> siddhaḥ । tāvataiva heturiti manyante । tasya paramatasya "kṣepāya" pratiṣedhāyā"tmadṛśra<?>vacaḥ" adṛṣṭavacanaṃ sūtre । na prativādimātrasiddhasya hetutvaṃ kintūbhayasiddhasyaivatyarthaḥ ॥ (1)

4.2

<kha. anumānaviṣaye nāgamasya prāmāṇyam>

414,i (PVV_414,i_414,iii)

na cāgamāt prativādinopi sādhanasiddhiryukteti vaktumāha ।

414,ii

"anumāviṣaye neṣṭaṃ parīkṣitaparigrahāt /

vācaḥ prāmāṇyamasmin hi nānumānaṃ pravartate // 4.2 //"

414,iii

"anumānasya" vastubalapravṛttasya "viṣaye" yasmādanumānajñānamutpadyate 〈।〉 sa ca trirūpo hetuḥ 〈।〉 tatra pratipādye "vāca" āgamātmikāyāḥ "prāmāṇyaṃ" neṣṭamarthapratibandhābhāvādityuktaṃ ।

414,iv (PVV_414,iv)

kiñca 〈।〉 pramāṇāntarasamvādāt "parīkṣitasya" pramāṇopapannasyāgamārthasya "parigrahāt" svīkārānneṣṭaṃ vacanaprāmāṇyaṃ । yadi vacanamityeva pramāṇantadā pratijñāpadādeva sādhyasya siddherniṣphalaṃ hetudṛṣṭantādivacanaṃ syāt । pramāṇāntarasamvādāpekṣā ca na bhavet । samvādajñānasyaivārthabhāvānuvidhāyitvāt tasminnāgamārthe prāmāṇyaṃ । vacanasya tu viparyayāt । yadi tvāgama ityeva pramāṇaṃ 〈।〉 tadā pramāṇāntarasamvādāpekṣā na syāt । hi yasmāt । "asminnā"gamārthe pramāṇapratipāditatvānniścite'"numānaṃ na pravṛrttate" 〈।〉 yadi hyāgamārthaḥ sandihyeta tadā tanniścayārthā pramāṇāntaravṛttirapekṣyeta ॥ (2)

4.3

414,v (PVV_414,v_414,vi)

"bādhanāyāgamasyokteḥ sādhanasya paraṃ prati /

sopramāṇaṃ tadā'siddhaṃ tatsiddhamakhilantataḥ // 4.3 //"

414,vi

yadi cāga"masya" sukhādicaitanyapratipādakasya "bādhanāya sādhana"syotpattimatvādeḥ sāṃ khye na "paraṃ bauddhaṃ pratyuktiḥ" tataḥ kāraṇāt "sa" āgamo'"pramāṇaṃ । tadā" । na hi pramāṇasya bādho yuktaḥ । tata āgamāprāmāṇyāt tenāgamena sākṣāt pāraṃparyābhyāṃ "siddha"mutpattimatvādi sādhyaṃ cācaitanya"makhilamidamasiddhaṃ" ॥ (3)

4.4

<ga. pramāṇena bādhyamānasyāgamasya na siddhiḥ>

414,vii (PVV_414,vii_414,viii)

"tadāgamavataḥ siddhaṃ yadi kasya ka āgamaḥ /

bādhyamānaḥ pramāṇena sa siddhaḥ kathamāgamaḥ // 4.4 //"

414,viii

sa ca sukhādyutpattimatvapratipādaka āgamaḥ 〈ca〉 "tadāgamaḥ" tadvatastatsambandhino "bauddhasya siddha"mutpattimattvādiliṅgamiti cet । "kasya" puruṣasya ka āgamaḥ sambandhī । na <415> tāvadavayavat āgamopi puruṣasya sahajasambandhena sambaddhaḥ । nāpi yuktyupapannayatopādhinā pratyakṣānumānavat sambandhaḥ । tathā hi "pramāṇe"notpattimatvādiliṅgajenānumānenāgamapratipāditasya sukhādicaitanyasya bādhanāt "bādhyamāna" āgamaḥ hetuḥ । "sa kathamāgamasiddho" yena yuktisamvādopādhināpi puruṣeṇa sambandhamanubhavet । (4)

4.5

415,i (PVV_415,i_415,iii)

syādetat । sukhādīnāmacaitanyaṃ tenaivāgamena pradeśāntare darśitamato'bādhyatvāt pramāṇādasmāt sādhanavidhiryukta ityāha ।

415,ii

"tadviruddhābhyupagamastenaiva ca kathaṃ bhavet /

tadanyopagame tasya tyāgāṃgasyāpramāṇatā // 4.5 //"

415,iii

tasmāccaitanyāt pratipāditād "viruddha"syācaitanyasyā"bhyupagamastena" caitanyapratipādakenaiva cāgamena "kathambhavet" । sambhave vā viruddhārthābhidhāyitvenāpramāṇādāgamāddhetusiddhirayuktaiva 〈।〉 āgamapratītenotpattimattvādinā । tasmādāgamokta "caitanyādanya"syācaitanyasyo"pagame" svīkāre vā prativādīnā kriyamāṇe "tasyā"gamasya"tyāgāṃgasyāpramāṇatā"'bhyupagatā syāt 〈।〉 yadaivāgamaprāmāṇyasya bādhake hetāvādriyate tadaiva tatra saṃśayitaḥ । na cāpramāṇāddhetusiddhiḥ ॥ (5)

4.6

415,iv (PVV_415,iv_415,vi)

kiñca 〈।〉

415,v

"tat kasmāt sādhanaṃ noktaṃ svapratotiryadudbhavā /

yuktyā yayāgamo grāhyaḥ parasyāpi ca sā na kim // 4.6 //"

415,vi

ayamvādī tāvat svayampratītamevācaitanyaṃ "para"smai pratipādayati । "va ca sādhana"mantareṇaiva pratītiḥ । tataḥ pratipādayituḥ svasya "pratītiścai"tanyaviṣayā yasmāt sādhanādudbhavo yasyāḥsā yadudbhavā । "tatsādhanaṃ" svāgamādikaṃ kasmāt pratipādyaṃ prati "noktaṃ" । svayaṃ pratipannasāmarthyameva sādhanaṃ vaktumucitaṃ । tathā niryuktikasyāgamasyāprāmāṇyāt "yayā yuktyo"papanna "āgamaḥ" sādhanatvena "gāhyo" vādinā sā yuktiḥ "parasya" pratipādyasyāpi kinna sādhanayena tatparityajyānyadapramāṇasiddhamutpattyādyucyate । (6)

4.7

415,vii (PVV_415,vii_416,ii)

atha yogabalajena pratyakṣeṇa sukhādīnāmacaitanyaṃ pratītaṃ na tadanyathā pratipādayituṃ parasya śakyata iti paropagataṃ sādhanamucyate ॥

<416>

416,i

nanu tathāpi nākasmiko buddhisukhādyacaitanyaviṣayasya niścayaḥ । tatsākṣātkāripratyakṣatatsādhanayogānuṣṭhānayoḥ sādhyasādhanabhāvāvadhāraṇañcāvaśyakarttavyaṃ । tanniścayamantareṇa yogānuṣṭhānāyogāt । tathā ca 〈।〉

416,ii

"prākṛtasya sataḥ prāg yaiḥ pratipattyakṣasaṃbhavau /

sādhanaiḥ sādhanānyarthaśaktijñānesya tānyalam // 4.7 //"

416,iii (PVV_416,iii)

"prākṛta"syārvāgdarśanasya sato yaiḥ "sādhanaiḥ" sukhācaitanyādiviṣayaṃ tadgrāhi "pratyakṣa"tatsādhanayoḥ sambandhañca niścitya pravṛttasyopāye pratipatturanuṣṭhānasya । tatphalasyākṣasya pratyakṣasyācaitanyādiviṣayagrāhiṇaḥ sambhavau bhavataḥ 〈।〉 "tāni sādhanānyartha"syopāyābhyāsasya "śakte"racaitanyagrāhipratyakṣajanikāyā "jñāne" karttavye"'sya" pratipādyasyālaṃ samarthāni । tatasyānyeva sādhanānyucyantāṃ kiṃ svayamadṛṣṭasādhyapratipādana"sāmarthyenotpa"ttimatvādinoktena ॥ (7)

4.8

416,iv (PVV_416,iv_416,vi)

syādetat । pratyakṣasyācaitanyādiviṣayasya yogādyabhyāsena saha sādhyasādhanasambandho viprakṛṣṭātvāt sāmānyākāreṇāpi na pratīyate tatosyānupadarśanamityāha ।

416,v

"vicchinnānugamā yepi sāmānyenāpyagocarāḥ /

sādhyasādhanacintāsti na teṣvartheṣu kācana // 4.8 //"

416,vi

"yepi vicchinno" viprakṛṣṭo'"nugamaḥ" sambandho yeṣāṃ te pratyakṣatadupāyādayaḥ "sāmānye"nāviśeṣākāreṇā"pyagocarāsteṣvartheṣvidaṃ" sādhanamidaṃ sādhyamiti ca "sādhyasādhanacintā kācana nāsti" । tato'rvāgdarśanasyābuddhiviṣayīkṛtayo rūpayorupayopeyayorekatrānuṣṭhānāvaparatra niṣpādanamiti kutaḥ ॥ (8)

4.9

416,vii (PVV_416,vii_416,ix)

"kiñca" 〈।〉 apramāṇakādāgamādicchāmātreṇa pratipādyo hetuṃ kurvan punaricchayā tameva pariharan hetutadābhāsayoricchādhīnatāṃ svīkuryādityākhyātumāha ।

416,viii

"puṃsāmabhiprāyavaśāt tattvātattvavyavasthitau /

luptau hetutadābhāsau tasya vastvasamāśrayāt // 4.9 //"

416,ix

"puṃsāmabhiprāyavaśādi"cchānurodhāt "tattvātattva"yorhetutadābhāsatvayo"rvyavasthitā"viṣyamāṇāyāṃ "hetutadābhāsau luptau" syātāṃ avyavasthitatvāt "tasya" puruṣābhiprā<417>yasya "vastva"saṃśrayād yathāvastupravṛttiniyamābhāvāt ॥ (9)

4.10

417,i (PVV_417,i_417,iii)

api ca 〈।〉

417,ii

"sannartho jñānasāpekṣo nāsan jñānena sādhakaḥ /

satopi vastvasaṃśliṣṭā'saṃgatyā sadṛśī gatiḥ // 4.10 //"

417,iii

"sannartho jñānasāpekṣaḥ" sādhya"sādhakaḥ" pratīto yathā dhūmādiḥ । "nāsanna"rtho "jñānena" pratītimātreṇa "sādhakaḥ" sādhyasya yathā kalpito dhūmaḥ । athācaitanyamvastutostyeva tad yathā kathañcit parasmai pratipādanīyaṃ । ataḥ parābhyupagato hetuḥ kriyata ityāha । "satopya"caitanyasya "vastvasaṃśliṣṭā" vastubhūtaliṅgāpratibaddhā gatirasa"ṅgatyā"'sataḥ pratītyā "sadṛśī" samyak pratītatvābhāvat । anyetvasadgatyā doṣavatpratītyā sadṛśīti vyācakṣate 〈।〉 teṣāṃ satopyavastukṛtā pratipattirasatpratipattiṃ nātiśete । apratyayatvāditi viniścayagranthena saha ekavākyatā na syāt ॥ (10)

4.11

417,iv (PVV_417,iv_417,vi)

kiñca 〈।〉

417,v

"liṅgaṃ svabhāvaḥ kāryaṃ vā dṛśyādarśanameva vā /

sambaddhaṃ vastutassiddhaṃ tadasiddhaṃ kimātmanaḥ // 4.11 //"

417,vi

liṅgaṃ sādhyārtha"sambaddhaṃ" nānyat vyabhicārāt । tacca "svabhāvaḥ kāryaṃ dṛśyādarśana"manupalabdhirevānyasya pratibandhābhāvādityuktaṃ । tadutpattyādikaṃ yadi triṣu hetuṣvantarbhūtaṃ tadā "vastutaḥ" paramārthataḥ "siddhaṃ" pratipādyasya "kiṃ" kasmā"dātmanaḥ" sāṃkhyasya vādino"'siddhaṃ" । utpattimatvādisvabhāvahetuḥ syāt । sa ca dharmigrāhakāt pramāṇādanyato vā śiṃśapātvavat kṛtakatvādivadarthān prativādina iva vādinopi sidhyet । (11)

4.12

417,vii (PVV_417,vii_417,x)

atha trividhe hetau nāntarbhavati utpattyādi tadā 〈।〉

417,viii

"pareṇāpyanyato gantumayuktaṃ;"

417,ix

"pareṇa" prativādināpi trividhāddheto"ranyato" hetoracaitanyaṃ "gantuṃ" pratyetu"mayuktaṃ" 〈।〉 yadi parābhyupagamasiddhamasādhanaṃ tadā prasaṅgaheturahetuḥ syādityāha ।

417,x

"parakalpitaiḥ

prasaṅgo dvayasambandhādekāpāyenyahānaye // 4.12 //"

<418>

418,i (PVV_418,i)

"parakalpitaiḥ" sādhanaiḥ "prasaṅgaḥ" kriyate yathā sāmānyasya paropagatānekavṛttitvād anekatvamāpādyate na tvayaṃ pāramārthiko hetustrairūpyābhāvāt । yadyayaṃ na hetuḥ tadā kimarthamucyata ityāha । "dvayoḥ" sādhyasādhanayoḥ "sambandhād" vyāpyavyāpakabhāvāt sphāritā"dekasya" sādhyasyāpāye'nyasya sādhanasya "hāna"ye । yathā cānekaṃsāmānyaṃ tasmānnānekavṛttīti viparyayaprayoge sādhyābhāve sādhanābhāvaḥ kathyate । prasaṅgaviparyayotra maulo hetuḥ sādhyasādhanyavyāptigrāhakapramāṇasmārakastu prasaṅge prayoga ityarthaḥ । bhinnadeśakālādiṣvanekāsu vyaktiṣu vṛttasya tadataddeśatvādiviruddhadharmādhyāsādanekatvasiddheranekavṛttatvānekatvayorvyāptisiddhirboddhavyā । (1)

4.13

418,ii (PVV_418,ii_418,v)

uktaṃ svadṛṣṭagrahaṇasya sāphalyaṃ ॥

<(2) arthagrahaṇaphalam>

418,iii

arthagrahaṇasyedānīṃ vaktavyaṃ । adṛṣṭārthaprakāśanamityatra sūtre yadupāttaṃ 〈।〉

418,iv

"tadarthagrahaṇaṃ śabdakalpanāropitātmanām /

aliṅgatvaprasiddhyarthamarthādarthasya siddhitaḥ // 4.13 //"

418,v

"tadarthagrahaṇaṃ śabdena kalpanayā cāropita ātmā" yeṣāṃ pakṣasapakṣānyataratvādīnāṃ "teṣāmaliṅgatvaprasiddhyarthaṃ" boddhavyaṃ । kasmāt punaḥ kalpitasyāliṅgatvamityāha । "arthād" vastubhūtālliṅgādarthasya sādhyasya "siddhitaḥ" ॥ (1)

4.14

418,vi (PVV_418,vi_418,ix)

"kalpanāgamayoḥ kartturicchāmātrānuvṛttitaḥ /

vastunaścānyathābhāvāt tatkṛtā vyabhicāriṇaḥ // 4.14 //"

418,vii

"kalpanāyā āgamasya" śabdasya ca "karttuḥ" puruṣa"syecchāmātra"syā"nuvṛttito"nurodhāt । "vastunaścānyathābhāvāt" । kartturicchānuvṛtte"stābhyāṃ" śabdakalpanābhyāṃ "kṛtā" hetavo "vyabhicāriṇo" naikāntikāḥ । (14)

418,viii

uktamarthagrahaṇaprayojanaṃ ॥

418,ix

svadṛṣṭārthaprakāśanaśabdena trirūpaliṅgavacanamiṣṭaṃ । na pakṣavacanamapīti vaktavyaṃ ॥

<4.2. pakṣacintā>

4.15

<419>

<(1) pakṣahetuvacanamasādhanam>

<ka. hetuvacanaṃ na sādhanam>

419,i (PVV_419,i_419,iv)

yadi sākṣāt pāramparyeṇa vā pakṣavacanaṃ sādhyaprattipattāvupayujyate । tadocyeta kintvetannāstītyāha ।

419,ii

"arthādarthagateḥ śaktiḥ pakṣahetvabhidhānayoḥ /

nārthe tena tayornnāsti svataḥ sādhanasaṃsthiti // 4.15 //"

419,iii

sākṣāt tāvata pakṣābhidhānasya hetvabhidhānasya ca "pratipādye'rthe śaktirna" vidyate 〈।〉 kiṃ kāraṇamityāha ।

419,iv

"arthād" vacanapratipādyā"dartha" sādhyasya "gaterna" vacanāt । "tena" sākṣādarthapratipādakatvābhāvena tayoḥ "pakṣahetvabhidhānayoḥ svataḥ" svarūpeṇa "sādhanasaṃsthitiḥ" । sādhanatvavyavasthā "nāsti"yataśca pakṣavacanaṃ sākṣādarthe na pramāṇaṃ ॥ (15)

4.16

<kha. pakṣavacanamasādhanam>

419,v (PVV_419,v_419,vi)

"tat pakṣavacanaṃ vakturabhiprāyanivedane /

pramāṇaṃ saṃśayotpattestataḥ sākṣānna sādhanam // 4.16 //"

419,vi

tattasmāt "pakṣavacanaṃ vakturabhiprāyanivedane pramāṇaṃ" śabdaprāmāṇyamācāryasya vadato'bhimatamiti boddhavyaṃ । tatpakṣavacanāt sādhyertha "saṃśayotpatteraniścayānna sākṣāt" sādhanamarthasya tat ॥ (16)

4.17

419,vii (PVV_419,vii_420,i)

paraṃparayā sādhyasādhanāt pramāṇaṃ pakṣavacanaṃ vakturabhiprāyanivedane pramāṇantarhi syādityāha ।

419,viii

"sādhyasyaivābhidhānena pāraṃparyeṇa nāpyalam /

śaktasya sūcakaṃ hetuvaco'śaktamapi svayam // 4.17 //"

<420>

420,i

"pāramparyeṇāpi" pakṣavacana"malaṃ" samarthaṃ "na" sādhyasiddhau । "sādhyasyaiva" kevala"syābhidhānāt" । na hi pakṣavacasā sādhakaṃ kiñciducyate sādhyamātrasyaivābhidhānāt । trirūpasya "hetorvaco" vacanantu "svayaṃ" sākṣāt siddhāva"śaktamapi" 〈।〉 "śaktasya" trirūpaliṅgasya "sūcakaṃ" pratipādakamiti sādhanamucitaṃ ॥ (17)

4.18

<ga. (dignāgasya) pakṣavacanamasādhanatveneṣṭam>

420,ii (PVV_420,ii_420,v)

nanvācāryasya pakṣavacanamasādhanatveneṣṭamiti kathaṃ jñāyata ityāha ।

420,iii

"hetvarthaviṣayatvena tadaśaktoktirīritā /

śaktistasyāpi ceddhetuvacanasya pravṛrttanāt // 4.18 //"

420,iv

hetorarthaḥ sādhyaḥ sa viṣayosyeti "hetvarthaviṣayaḥ" tatvena sādhyārthopadarśakatvena tasya pakṣavacanasya sādhyasādhanaṃ pratya"śakta"syo"ktirīritā" nirdiṣṭācāryeṇa 〈।〉 "tatrānumeyanirdeśo hetvarthaviṣayo mata" ityanena granthena । tato jñāyate pakṣavacanamasādhanamiṣṭamācāryasyeti ।

420,v

nanu "tasya" pakṣavacanasyāpi sādhyasiddhau "śaktirasti" । tatsādhakasya "hetuvacanasya pravarttanāt" । nahyanuddiṣṭerthe sādhanaprastāvaḥ । tataḥ sādhanaprastāvanāhetutvena pakṣavacanasya sādhakatvamastīti cet । evaṃ 〈।〉 (18)

4.19

420,vi (PVV_420,vi_421,i)

"tatsaṃśayena jijñāsorbhavet prakaraṇāśrayaḥ /"

420,vii

tasya sādhya"saṃśayena" jijñāsā tasyāñca satyāṃ sādhanamucyata iti"jijñāsoḥ puṃsaḥ saṃśayo" jijñāsā ca "prakaraṇasya" sādhanaprastāvasyā"śrayo" nimittamiti "bhavet" sādhanaṃ pakṣavacanavat ॥

420,viii

nanu saṃśayajijñāse pratipādyapravartite pakṣavacanantu vādipravartitaṃ tatkathaṃ tatsamudāyasya sādhanasya vādinā nirdeśasaṃbhava ityāha ।

<421>

421,i

"vipakṣopagamepyetat tulyamityanavasthitiḥ // 4.19 //"

421,ii (PVV_421,ii)

evantarhi "vipakṣa"sya sādhyaviruddhasya dharma"syopagame" parābhiprāyeṇa "nityaśabda" iti sādhyanirdeśakṛte pārśvasthānāṃ tathā saṃśayanirāsārthaṃ yatkṛtakaṃ tadanityaṃ yathā ghaṭaḥ kṛtakaśca śabda iti punarvādinaivocyate । tadā nityatvapratijñāyāstadanityatvāvyabhicārikṛtakatvahetupravarttakatvaṃ "tulyamiti" nityatvapratijñāpyanityapratijñāvatsādhanaṃ syā"dityanavasthitiḥ" sādhanāvayavānāṃ ॥ (19)

4.20

421,iii (PVV_421,iii_421,v)

yataśca pakṣavacanasya sādhyasiddhau sākṣāt pāramparyeṇa vā "sāmarthyaṃ nāsti tataḥ 〈।〉"

421,iv

"antaraṅgaṃ tu sāmarthyaṃ triṣu rūpeṣu saṃsthitam /

tatra smṛtisamādhānaṃ tadvacasyeva saṃsthitam // 4.20 //"

421,v

antaraṅgaṃ "sāmarthyaṃ tu" śabdo'vadhāraṇe bhinnakramaśceti । "triṣveva" pakṣadharmatādiṣu rūpeṣu saṃsthitaṃ । "tatra" trirūpaliṅge sādhyasādhanaśakti"smṛteḥ samādhānamāropaṇaṃtadvacasi" trirūpaliṅgapratipādakavacana "eva saṃsthitaṃ" । atastadeva pāramparyeṇa sādhyasiddheraṅgatvāt pramāṇanna pakṣavacanaṃ ॥ (20)

4.21–4.22

421,vi (PVV_421,vi_421,viii)

nanu 〈।〉

421,vii

"akhyāpite hi viṣaye hetuvṛtterasaṃbhavāt /

viṣayakhyāpanādeva siddhau cettasya śaktatā // 4.21 //

uktamatra;"

421,viii

"akhyāpite"'pratipādite sādhanasya "viṣaye" sādhye "hetorvṛtte"reva "hyasambhavāt" tasya pakṣavacanasya "viṣayakhyāpanādeva" sādhyasya siddhau pāramparyeṇa śaktateti "cet" । (21) uktamatra saṃśayajijñāsayorapi sādhanapravṛrttakatvāt sādhanatvaprasaṅga iti ।

421,ix (PVV_421,ix_421,xi)

kiñca 〈।〉

421,x

"vināpyasmāt kṛtakaḥ śabda īdṛśāḥ /

sarve'nityā iti proktepyarthāt tannāśadhorbhavet // 4.22 //"

421,xi

"asmāt" pakṣavacanād "vināpi kṛtakaḥ śabda īdaśā" ye kṛtakāste "sarve'nityā iti" pakṣadharmatāvyāptivacane "proktepyarthāt" tasya śabdasya "nāśadhīrbhavet" । anitya<422>tvāvyabhicāri kṛtakatvaṃ śabde varttamānamanityatāṃ tatra gamayatyeveti niṣphalaṃ "pakṣavacanaṃ" । (22)

4.23

<(2) pratijñā na sādhanāvayavaḥ>

422,i (PVV_422,i_422,iii)

tasmāt 〈।〉

422,ii

"anuktāvapi pakṣasya siddherapratibandhataḥ /

triṣvanyatamarūpasyaivānuktirnyūnatoditā // 4.23 //"

422,iii

"pakṣasyānuktāvapi sādhyasiddherapratibandhataḥ" avirodhāt "tri" pakṣadharmatādiṣu "rūpeṣvanyatamasya" ekasyā"nuktirnyūnatoditā" sādhanadoṣo na tu pakṣādyavacanaṃ । (23)

4.24

422,iv (PVV_422,iv_422,vi)

yadi ca pratijñā sādhanamiṣyate tadā sādhyanirdeśaḥ pratijñeti pratijñālakṣaṇamativyāpi syāt । asiddhasya hetordṛṣṭāntasya cāsiddhasya sādhyatvaṃ sādhanatvañcāstīti pratijñārthaṃ syāt । yasya tu mate pratijñā na sādhanaṃ 〈।〉

422,v

"sādhyoktiṃ vā pratijñāṃ sa vadan doṣairna yujyate /

sādhanādhikṛtereva hetvābhāsāprasaṅgataḥ // 4.24 //"

422,vi

"sa sādhyoktiṃ" sādhyanirdeśaṃ "pratijñāṃ vadanna"nantaroktai"rdoṣairna yujyate । sādhanādhikṛteḥ" sādhanatvenādhikāra"deva" pratijñārthasya "hetvābhāseṣvaprasaṅgataḥ" (24)

4.25

422,vii (PVV_422,vii_422,ix)

yasmād 〈।〉

422,viii

"aviśeṣoktirapyekajātīye saṃśayāvahā /

anyathā sarvasādhyokteḥ pratijñātvaṃ prasajyate // 4.25 //"

422,ix

"aviśeṣoktiḥ"sāmānyābhidhānama"pyekajātīye saṃśayāvahā" tattvārthaśaṅkopādhikā na sarvatreti nyāyaḥ । tato'sādhanameva sādhyaṃ pratijñā । natvasiddhahetudṛṣṭāntādikaṃ tasya sādhanatveneṣṭatvāt । "anyathā" yadyevaṃ nābhyupagamyate tadā "sarvasyāḥ sādhyokte"rghaṭaṃ karotītyādeḥ "pratijñātvaṃ prasajyate" । jñāpakahetvadhikārāt tatsādhyasyaiva pratijñātvaṃ na kārakahetusādhyasyeti cet । yadyevamasādhanabhūtasādhyanirdeśaḥ pratijñā na sādhananirdeśa iti siddhaṃ । (25)

4.26

<423>

423,i (PVV_423,i_423,iii)

syādetat 〈।〉

423,ii

"siddhokteḥ sādhanatvācca parasyāpi na duṣyati /

idānīṃ sādhyanirdeśaḥ sādhanāvayavaḥ katham // 4.26 //"

423,iii

"parasyāpi siddhokteḥ" siddhārthapratipādakatvāt । "sādhanatvācca" pratijñātvamiṣṭaṃ । ato hetvābhāsādi pratijñātvaprasaṅgena "na duṣyati । hetvābhāsādyasi"ddhatvādasādhanamaṃsādhanatvācca na pratijñā । "idānī"masminnabhyupagame "sādhyanirdeśo"'siddhatvāt "sādhanāvayavaḥ kathaṃ" 〈।〉 na hi pratijñārthaḥ siddhaḥ । tadarthameva sādhanopanyāsāt । asiddhaśca na sādhanaṃ hetvābhāsavat ॥ (26)

4.27

423,iv (PVV_423,iv_423,vi^1)

yā ca svayūthyānāṃ pūrvapakṣaparihāroktiḥ 〈।〉

423,v

"sābhāsokyādyupakṣepaparihāraviḍambanā /

asambaddhā tathā hyeṣa na nyāyya iti sūcitam // 4.27 //"

423,vi (PVV_423,vi^2)

pakṣavacanaṃ sādhanaṃ (sābhāsa)〈sābhāsārtha〉tvāditi cet । na pratyakṣeṇānekāntāt pratyakṣaṃ sābhāsamapi na kasyacit pramāṇasya sādhanaṃ<?> vacanātmatve sati sābhāsatvāt sādhanatvamiti cet । na dūṣaṇenānekāntāt । dūṣaṇaṃ sābhāsaṃvacanātmatvepi na sādhanamitisāpi sābhāsoktirādiryasya tau"sābhāsoktyādī <424> upakṣepaparihārau" । tāveva "viḍamvanā"'yuktatayā । ata evāha 〈।〉 "asambaddhā । tathā hi" sābhāsatvasya viparyaye bādhakapramāṇabhāvādevāhetutvādasambandhaḥ pūrvapakṣaḥ । tatastamanumatya pratyakṣeṇānekāntatāpādanamaśobhanaṃ । punarvacanātmatvaṃ viśeṣaṇaṃ paroktamapratikṣipya dūṣaṇābhāsenānekāntatāpādanaṃ cāyuktaṃ । tadeva hi hetorviśeṣaṇamupayuktaṃ 〈।〉 yadvipakṣāddhetuṃ vyāvarttayati na ca vacanātmatvā'sādhanatvayoḥ kaścidvirodho yenāsādhanād vacanātmatvanivṛtterviśeṣaṇasāphalyaṃ syāt । tathā hyeṣa vipakṣādavyāvarttakahetuviśeṣaṇopanyāso "na nyāyya" iti varṇṇitaṃprāk vedanityatāsidhyarthaṃmadhyayanapūrvakamityukte bhāratādhyayanenānekāntatāmāpāditāṃ pratiṣeddhuṃ vedādhyayanatve satīti viśeṣaṇaṃ mī māṃ sa kenopanyastaṃ tadapi (karaṇa)〈kṛti〉pūrvakaṃ bhāratādhyayanavad syāt na kaścid virodhaḥ । tato vipakṣādavyāvarttakaṃ viśeṣaṇamayuktamityuktaṃ prāk ॥ (27)

4.28

<(3) pakṣalakṣaṇakaraṇe prayojanam>

424,i (PVV_424,i_424,iii)

nanu yadi pakṣavacanamasādhanaṃ sāmarthyagamyābhidheyañca tadācāryeṇa pakṣalakṣaṇaṃ kṛtaṃ kimarthamityāha 〈।〉

424,ii

"gamyārthatvepi sādhyokterasaṃmohāya lakṣaṇam /

taccaturlakṣaṇaṃ rūpanipāteṣu svayaṃ padaiḥ // 4.28 //"

424,iii

"sādhyavyā"ptapakṣavacanasāmarthyād "gamyārthatvepi sādhyokteḥ" pakṣavacanasya "lakṣaṇa"muktama"saṃmohāya" vipratipattinirākaraṇena sādhyapratipattyarthaṃ । tathā hyātmārthatvaṃ "sādhyamapi sāṃ khyā" asādhyamācakṣate parārthatvamasādhyamapi sādhyamiti santi vipratipattayaḥ । tacca sādhyaṃ "caturlakṣaṇa"muktaṃ । svarūpeṇaiva nirdeśyaḥ svayamiṣṭo'nirākṛtaḥ pakṣa ityatra lakṣaṇacatuṣṭayapratipādakai rupanipāteṣu "svayaṃ padai"ryathākramam 〈।〉 (28)

4.29

424,iv (PVV_424,iv_424,v)

"asiddhāsādhanārthoktavādyabhyupagatagrahaḥ /

anuktopīcchayā vyāptaḥ sādhya ātmārthavanmataḥ // 4.29 //"

424,v

"asiddha"syā"sādhana"syārtho"kta"sya "vādyabhyupagatasya grahaḥ" । asiddhasvabhāvatvāt sādhyasya na siddhasya grahaṇaṃ । tataḥ siddhaṃ cākṣuṣatvādi rūpāderna sādhyaṃ । nipātaiva <425> kārakaraṇenāsādhanasya grahaṇaṃ tataścākṣuṣatvādyasiddhamapi sādhanatvena śabdebhidhīyamānaṃ na sādhyaṃ । dṛṣṭaśabdenārthoktasyāpi grahaṇaṃ । tato'nuktamapyātmārthatvaṃ saṃghātatvāccakṣurādeḥ sāṃkhyasya sādhyaṃ । svayaṃ śabdena vādyabhyupagatasya grahaṇaṃ । tataḥ śāstrābhyupagatasyākāśaguṇatvādeḥ śabde dharmiṇi vādinā'nityatve sādhayitumārabdhe 'sādhyatā । alpavaktavyatayā'rthoktasya tāvat sādhyatāṃ samarthayitumāha । vādino"'nuktopīcchayā vyāptaḥ sādhyo mataḥ । ātmārthavat" । yathā ātmāsti na veti vivāde tatsādhanārthaṃ sāṃ khye na parārthāścakṣurādayaḥ saṃghātatvāt śayanā(śa)<?>〈sa〉nādyaṅgavat । ityuktasya sādhanasyātmārthatvamanuktamapi sādhyamicchāviṣayatvāt ॥ (29)

4.30

425,i (PVV_425,i_425,iii)

nanviṣṭa śabdenāniṣṭasya sarvasya nirāsāt । śāstropagatasyāpi vādyaniṣṭhasyāsādhyatvaṃ siddhaṃ । tanniṣphalaṃ svayaṃpadamityāha । vyavacchedaphalatvācchabdānāmiṣṭaśabdāt 〈।〉

425,ii

"sarvānyeṣṭanivṛttāvapyāśaṅkāsthānavāraṇam /

vṛttau svayaṃśrutenāha kṛtā caiṣā tadarthikā // 4.30 //"

425,iii

"sarva"sya vādino'"nyena" śāstrodinā i"ṣṭa"sya "nivṛttau" siddhāyā"mapi" śāstreṇeṣṭaṃ vādinopīṣṭameveti "śaṅkāsthāna"sya vipratipattiviṣayasya "vāraṇaṃ" phalaṃ "svayaṃśrute"nācāryo "vṛttā"vāha । svayamiti śāstrānapekṣamabhyupagamandarśayati । "evā" svayaṃśruti"stadarthikā" vipratipattinirākaraṇārthā "kṛtā" ॥ (30)

4.31

<(4) ātmārthatvavivāde doṣaḥ>

425,iv (PVV_425,iv_425,vi)

ya evecchayā viṣayīkṛtaḥ sa 〈।〉

425,v

"viśeṣastadvyapekṣatvāt kathito dharmadharmiṇoḥ /

anuktāvapi vāñchāyā bhavet prakaraṇād gatiḥ // 4.31 //"

425,vi

viśeṣo "dharmadharmiṇoḥ" sambandhī 1<?> "vyapekṣa"tvāt । icchāracitāt sambandhāt sādhyatvena "kathitaḥ" । cakṣurādīnāṃ saṃhataviṣayaṃ pārārthyamiti dharmasya "viśeṣaḥ" sādhyaḥ । parārthasya sādhyatvāt । parārthāḥ santaścakṣurādayo'saṃhatārthā iti dharmiṇo viśeṣaḥ sādhyaḥ । cakṣurādayo'nekāṇusañcayātmikāḥ krameṇaikakālañca saṃhatāḥ । jñānādi tu <426> kālabhedenānekatvāt saṃhatāni । teṣāṃ parārthānāṃ satāmasaṃhataviṣayatvamevecchāviṣayatvāt sādhyaṃ । ātmanaḥ sarvakālamekatve nāsaṃhatatvāt । kathaṃ punarātmārthatvasyānuktau tadviṣayāyā vāñchāyāḥ pratītirityāha । "vāñchāyā anuktāvapi" mukhyaṃ śabdena "prakaraṇā"dātmāsti nāstīti saṃśaye sati tatsādhanopanyāsaprastāvād "gatiḥ" pratīti"rbhavati" ॥ (31)

4.32

426,i (PVV_426,i_426,iii)

ātmārthatvasya vivāde ko doṣa ityāha 〈।〉

426,ii

"ananvayopi dṛṣṭānte doṣastasya yathoditam /

ātmā paraścet so'siddha iti tatreṣṭaghātavat // 4.32 //"

426,iii

"tasye"cchāviṣayasyātmārthatvasya sādhyā"nanvayo dṛṣṭānte doṣaḥ" । apiśabdādvakṣyamāṇa iṣṭavidhātaśca । "yathodita"mācāryavasubandhunā । parārthāścakṣurādaya ityatra "paraścedātmā" vivakṣitaḥ "so'siddho" dṛṣṭānta "iti । tatrā"nvaye satī"ṣṭavidhātavat" । sādhanaṃ iṣṭātmārthatvaviparyayeṇānvayāt tatsādhakatvāt ॥ (32)

4.33

426,iv (PVV_426,iv_426,vi)

athātmārthatva na sādhyamityāha 〈।〉

426,v

"sādhanaṃ yadvivāde na nyastaṃ taccenna sādhyate /

kiṃ sādhyamanyathāniṣṭaṃ bhaved vaiphalyameva vā // 4.33 //"

426,vi

"ya"syātmanorthasya "vivāde"'sti nāstīti sandehe na sādhanaṃ "nyasta"mupanyastaṃ "taccenna sādhyate ki"midānīṃ "sādhyaṃ" syāt । "anyathā" vivādaviṣayo yadi na sādhyaṃ tadā"niṣṭaṃ" viparyayasiddhiḥ syāt । yathā vyutpannasarvaśabdavādinaṃ pratyavyutpannasaṃjñāśabdavādinā tadarthavatvasiddhyarthaṃ sādhanamucyate ॥

426,vii (PVV_426,vii_427,i)

saṃjñisambandhāt prāgarthavacchabdarūpaṃ vibhaktidarśanāt tadanyaśabdavaditi । atra gacchatīti gaurityekārthasamavāyāt kriyopalakṣitena bāhyasāmānyenārthavān gośabdaḥ siddho'vyutpannavādinaḥ । natu svarūpamātreṇārthenārthavān । arthamātrajañca sādhyatvenoddiṣṭaṃ na tu svarūpeṇārthenārthavatvaṃ । tato dṛṣṭānte vibhaktyantasya vākyārthavatvena vyāptisiddherdevadattādāvapi pakṣīkṛte saṃjñāśabde devairdatto devadatta iti vākyārthavatvaṃ svarūpārthavatve viruddhaṃ sidhyati ॥

<427>

427,i

athaveṣṭasya sādhyatvābhāve parārthāścakṣurādayaḥ saṃhatatvādityatrātmārthatvasyāsaṃhatapārārthyasyāsādhyatvāt । jñānahetutvena saṃhatapārārthasya bauddhenāpīṣṭe । sādhanavaiphalyameva vā syāt । (33)

4.34–4.35

427,ii (PVV_427,ii_427,iv)

"sadvitīyaprayogeṣu niranvayaviruddhate /

etena kathite sādhyaṃ;"

427,iii

"etena" sādhyatveneṣṭasyānanvayadoṣadarśanena "sadvitīyaprayogeṣu" cā rvā kakṛteṣu yathābhivyaktacaitanyaśarīralakṣaṇapuruṣasadvitīyo ghaṭaḥ । anutpannatvāt । kuḍyavaditi śarīramevābhivyaktacaitanyaṃ puruṣo nātmā kaścit paralokī tena (sadvitīyatvaṃ)〈sasahāyattvaṃ〉 ghaṭasya sādhyata iti prayogaphalaṃ । tatra ca "niranvayaviruddhate kathite" । tathā hyabhivyaktacaitanyadehalakṣaṇapuruṣeṇa sadvitīyatvaṃ "sādhyaṃ" । tena ca kuḍyenvayo na dṛṣṭa iti niranvayatā 〈।〉 ghaṭasya tu kuḍye'nvayo dṛṣṭa iti tena sadvitīyatvasādhanāt viruddhatā syāt ।

<(vyaktyasiddhau na sāmānyam)>

427,iv

"sāmānyenātha sammatam // 4.34 //

tadevārthāntarābhāvād dehānāptau na sidhyati /

vācyaśūnya pralapatāṃ tadetajjāḍyavarṇṇitam // 4.35 //"

427,v (PVV_427,v)

"atha sāmānyena" viśeṣamanullikhya sadvitīyatvaṃ sādhyaṃ kuḍye sadvitīyatvamātreṇānvayāt । evamapi "tatsā"mānya"meva" na sidhyati prativādinaḥ । ghaṭādabhivyaktacaitanyasvabhāvatayā"'rthāntarābhāvāt" । arthāntaratvāsambhavāt । "deha"syā"nāptā"varthāntaratvenāsiddhau dvayorbhinnayoranyatarasadvitīyatvaṃ sāmānyaṃ syāt । na hi ghaṭaḥ svarupeṇaivānyatarasadvitīyaḥ । dehantu nābhivyaktacaitanyalakṣaṇapuruṣamicchati prativāditi bhedābhāvāt । tenāpi nānyatarasadvitīyatvasiddhiḥ । yataśca na ghaṭasya svarūpeṇaiva sadvitīyatvasambhavaḥ । bhedādhiṣṭhānatvāt tasya, nāpi dehenānvayābhāvāt । tato vācyaśūnyatvamarthaśūnyatvamanyatarasadvitīyatvaṃ "pralapatāṃ" paralokāpavādīnāṃ "tadetada"nyatarasadvitīyatvasādhyavacanaṃ "jāḍyasya varṇṇitaṃ" ceṣṭitaṃ ॥ (34,35)

4.36

<428>

428,i (PVV_428,i_428,ii)

"tulyaṃ nāśepi cecchabdaghaṭabhedena kalpane /

na siddhena vināśena tadvataḥ sādhanād dhvaneḥ // 4.36 //"

428,ii

"nāśepi" sādhye "śabdaghaṭayoḥ" sādhyadṛṣṭāntadharmiṇoḥ sambandhitayā "bhedenakalpane" śabdasambandhino nāśasya ghaṭenvayābhāvādasādhyatvaṃ । ghaṭasambandhinaśca śabde'sambhavādasādhyateti tulyamidamiti "cet । na tulyaṃ vānāśena" pradhvaṃsalakṣaṇena "siddhena" niścitena "dhvanestadvato" vināśavataḥ "sādhanā"dvināśasāmānyaṃ sādhyaṃ siddhaṃ kevalaṃ tadvattā śabdasya na siddheti sādhyate । yathā vināśe sāmanyena siddhe satyasiddhastadvān śabdaḥ sādhyate । (36)

4.37

428,iii (PVV_428,iii_428,vi)

"tathārthāntarabhāve syāt tadvān kumbhopi /"

428,iv

"tathārthāntarabhāve"'bhivyaktacaitanyasvabhāvatayā dehasya ghaṭāt vaijātye siddhe sati "tadvān kumbhopi" sidhyet । na caitat prativādī bodhiyituṃ śakyate । tenācaitanyasya bhūtavyatiriktasyaiva svīkārāt । yadi punaracetanasvabhāvatayā ghaṭajātīyenaiva dehenasadvitīyatvaṃ ghaṭasya sādhyate tadā sidhyatyeva । tathāvidhasya sadvitīyatvasya siddhatvād vināśavat । kintu vādino neṣṭisiddhiḥ । dehasya cetanasvabhāvatayā'siddheḥ ॥

428,v

"anityatā /

viśiṣṭā dhvaninānveti no cennāyogavāṇṇāt // 4.37 //"

428,vi

atha dhvaninā svasambandhitayā viśiṣṭā'nityatā dṛṣṭāntaṃ "nā"nvetīti "cet" । "nā"nanvayadoṣo viśeṣaṇenā"yoga"syāsambandhasya "vāraṇāt" ॥ (37)

4.38

428,vii (PVV_428,vii_428,viii)

"dvividho hi vyavacchedo viyogāparayogayoḥ /

vyavacchedādayoge tu vārye nānanvayāgamaḥ // 4.38 //"

428,viii

"dvividho hi vyavacchedo" viśeṣaṇena dṛṣṭo "viyogāparayogayora"yogānyayogayo"rvyavacchedāt" । yathā caitro dhanurddharaḥ pā rtho dhanurddhara iti । tatra dharmiṇā viśeṣaṇenāyoge । vārye'nityatāyā "nānanvayāgamo"'nanvayāpattirna bhavati । śabdo'nityo na vetyayogaḥ śaṅkito viśeṣaṇenavyāvarttyate śabdo'nitya iti । evamvidhā cānityatā nānyasambandhena virudhyata iti nānanvayo dṛṣṭānte ॥ (38)

4.39

428,ix (PVV_428,ix_429,ii)

uktārthasaṃgrahamāha ।

<429>

429,i

"sāmānyameva tatsādhyaṃ na ca siddhaprasādham /

viśiṣṭaṃ dharmiṇā tacca na niranvayadoṣavat // 4.39 //"

429,ii

"tada"nityatādi "sāmānyameva sādhyaṃ" na viśeṣo yenānanvayadoṣaḥ syāt । nanvanityatādi sāmānyaṃ "siddhameva kvacit" sādhane vaiyarthyamityāha । "na ca siddhasya" kvacit sattāmātreṇānityatvasya "prasādhanaṃ" । dharmiṇyayogavyavacchedasyāsiddhasya prasādhanāt । na ca "dharmiṇā"'yogavyavacchedato "viśiṣṭaṃ taccā"nityatādi dṛṣṭānte "niranvayadoṣavat" 〈।〉 〈na ca〉 ayogavyavacchedena dharmiviśeṣitasya dharmyantarasambandhāvirodhāt ॥ (39)

4.40

429,iii (PVV_429,iii_429,iv)

"etena dharmidharmābhyāṃ viśiṣṭau dharmadharmiṇau /

pratyākhyātau nirākurvan dharmiṇyevamasādhanāt // 4.40 //"

429,iv

"etene"ṣṭasya sādhyatvavacanena "dharmidharmābhyāṃ viśiṣṭau dharmadharmiṇā"vananvayā"nnirākurvan" cārvāko yathā na śabdānityatvavān śabdo nānityaśabdavān vā śabda iti । na hi śabdānityatvenānityaśabdena vā kvacid ghaṭādau dṛṣṭānte kṛtakatvasyānvayosti tata iṣṭaviparyāsinād viruddhaṃ kṛtakatvamiti sa evaṃ vadan pratyākhyātaḥ kathamityāha । "dharmiṇi" śabde "evaṃ" dharmmiviśiṣṭasya dharmasya dharmāviśiṣṭasya vā dharmiṇo'"sādhanāda"nityatvamātrasya śabde sādhyatveneṣṭatvāt । anyathā'nityaśabdavati śabde siddhepi śabdo nānityaḥ syāt । yadi dharmamātraṃ sādhyaṃ tadā samudāyaḥ sādhyo na syāt । hetostadapavādoviruddhasya na syādityāha । dharmamātrasya dharmisādhyatvāt । (40)

4.41

429,v (PVV_429,v_429,vi)

"samudāyāpavādo hi na dharmiṇi virudhyate /

sādhyaṃ yatastathā neṣṭaṃ sādhyo dharmotra kevalaḥ // 4.41 //"

429,vi

samudāya eva sādhyo "hi" yasmāt tasmād viruddhasya hetoriṣṭa"samudāyāpavādo na virudhyate" । nanu samudāyasya sādhyatve'nanvayadoṣa iṣṭavighāto vā syādityāha 〈।〉 tathā dharmidharmasamudāyo'nyadharmisambandhitayā "sādhyaṃ yato neṣṭaṃ" 〈।〉 tasmānnānanvayo viruddhatā vā । "tathā hyatra" śabdādau dharmiṇi "dharmo"'nityatādiḥ "kevalaḥ sādhya" iṣṭaḥ । tasya cānvayostīti na doṣaḥ । (41)

4.42

<430>

430,i (PVV_430,i_430,iv)

uktamiṣṭagrahaṇasya prayojanaṃ ॥

<(5) svayaṃśabdagrahaṇaphalam ॥>

430,ii

svayaṃ śabdasyedānīṃ vaktumāha ।

430,iii

"ekasya dharmiṇaḥ śāstre nānādharmasthitāvapi /

sādhyaḥ syādātmanaiveṣṭa ityupāttā svayaṃ śrutiḥ // 4.42 //"

430,iv

"ekasya" śabdāde"rddhamiṇaḥ śāstre nānādharmā"ṇāmamūrttatvānityatākāśaguṇatvādīnāṃ"sthitāva"bhyupagamepi vādinā "ātmanaiva" sādhanopanyāsakāle sādhayitumiṣṭo dharmaḥ "sādhyaḥ syāt" । nānya "iti svayaṃ" śrutitirācāryeṇo"pāttā" । (42)

4.43

430,v (PVV_430,v_430,vii)

yadi punaḥ 〈।〉

430,v (PVV_430,v_430,vii)

"śāstrābhyupagamādeva sarvādānāt prabādhane /

tatraikasyāpi doṣaḥ syād yadi hetupratijñayoḥ // 4.43 //"

430,vii

"śāstre"ṇā"bhyupagamādeva" sarveṣāṃ dharmāṇā"mādānāt" parigrahāt vādinā "tatra" teṣu madhye "ekasyāpi" dharmasyopanyastahetunā bādhane "hetupratijñayo"rviruddhatā "doṣa" ucyate ॥ (43)

4.44

430,viii (PVV_430,viii_430,ix)

yathā śabde śāstreṣṭamākāśāśrayatvaṃ bādhamānasya vādīṣṭamanityatvaṃ sādhayatopi kṛtakatvasya viruddhatvaṃ pratijñāvirodho vābhidhīyate । kṛtakaṃ hi kṣaṇikaṃ । na ca kṣaṇikamutpādānannaraṃ kṣaṇamapyasti । tataḥ kṛtakatvamākāśāśrayatvabādhanaṃ ।

430,ix

"śabdanāśe prasādhye syād gandhabhūguṇatākṣateḥ /

heturviruddhoprakṛternnocedanyatra sā samā // 4.44 //"

430,x (PVV_430,x)

tathā kṛtakatvāt "śabda"sya "nāśe sā"dhyamāne "gandhasya" kṛtakatvānnaśvarasya "bhūguṇatā"yāḥ pṛthivyāśritatāyāḥ śāstreṣṭāyāśca "kṣateḥ" । viparyāsanāt "hetuḥ" praya<431>tnānantarīyakatvādi"viruddhaḥ" syāt । pratijñā — viruddhā syāt । upātto hetuḥ vādināniṣṭaṃ śāstreṣṭaṃ bādhata ityeva yadi viruddhaḥ tadā gandhabhūguṇatāṃ bādhamānasya kṛtakatvasyaṃ śabde viruddhatā syāt । śāstreṣṭabādhakatāyā aviśeṣāt । (44)

4.45

431,i (PVV_431,i_431,ii)

atha gandhabhūguṇatāyā sādhyatvenāprakṛteraprastute tadvādhanepi śabde kṛtakatvaṃ viruddhaṃ no cet sā prakṛtiranyatrākāśaguṇatvepi samā । na hi vādinā ākāśaguṇatvaṃ sādhayitumiṣṭaṃ kintvanityatvaṃ । ato'prakṛtasyāsya bādhane na viruddhaḥ syāddhetuḥ ।

431,ii

"athātra dharmī prakṛtastatra śāstrārthabādhanam /

atha vādīṣṭatāṃ brūyād dharmidharmādisādhanaiḥ // 4.45 //"

431,iii (PVV_431,iii)

"athātrā"kāśaguṇatvādau "dharmī" śabdaḥ "prakṛtaḥ" । "tatra śāstrārtha"syākāśaguṇatvādeḥ sādhanaṃ tadbādhane ca viruddhatā hetoḥ । bhūguṇatve tu gandho dharmyaprakṛta iti tadbādhanepi na virodhaḥ । "naiṣa parihāraḥ । tathāhi" na vādīṣṭaviparyāsanena doṣa uktaḥ । kintu śāstrārthavirodhena tathā ca prakṛtatvamanupayuktaṃ । "atha" vādyaniṣṭatayā'prakṛtatvaṃ taccākāśaguṇatvayoḥ samānaṃ । athākāśaguṇatvasya "vādīṣṭatāṃ" paro "brūyāt dharmmidharmmādisādhanaiḥ" । sādhyadharmidharmatvāt tadekadeśatvādvā'kāśaguṇatvamiṣṭaṃ vādino'nityatvavaditi । (45)

4.46

431,iv (PVV_431,iv_431,vi)

nanu 〈।〉

431,v

"kaiścit prakaraṇairicchā bhavet sā gamyate ca taiḥ /

balāt taveccheyamiti vyaktamīśvaraceṣṭitam // 4.46 //"

431,vi

"kaiścit prakaraṇai"rvivādādi"bhiricchā"vādinaḥ kasmiścid dharme "bhavet" । taireva ca prakaraṇaiḥ "sā" icchā "gamyate" pareṇāpi । na tu tasya dharmiṇo dharma ityeva vādineṣyate । tato dhamidharmatvādisandigdhavipakṣavyatirekitvāt śeṣavat । svayamanicchataśca vādinaḥ sādhanasya "balāt taveccheyamiti" yaducyate "vyakta"mida"mīśvaraceṣṭita"mityupahasati । (46)

4.47

431,vii (PVV_431,vii_432,i)

kiñca 〈।〉

431,viii

"vadannakāryaliṅgāṃ tāṃ vyabhicāreṇa bādhyate /

anāntarīyake cārthe bādhitenyasya kā kṣatiḥ // 4.47 //"

<432>

432,i

"tā"micchāma"kāryaliṅgajāṃ" kāryetaraliṅgāmanumeyatvena vadan paro "vyabhicāreṇa bādhyate" । na hyanyo'kāryo'nyaṃ na vyabhicaratīti niyamosti । api ca sādhyasānityatvasyā"nantarīyake'rthe" ākāśaguṇatvādau "bādhita"tvepya"nyasya" sādhyasya "kā kṣatiḥ" । na hyanityatvamākāśaguṇatvanāntarīyakaṃ yena tadabhāve tadapi na syāt । kṛtakatvantvanitvatyatā'vyabhicārīti tasmānnānumānamanaikāntikaṃ । (47)

<4.3. śabdāprāmāṇyacintā>

4.48

<(1) śāstravirodho'kiñcitkaraḥ>

432,ii (PVV_432,ii_432,iii)

"uktañca nāgamāpekṣamanumānaṃ svagocare /

siddhaṃ tena susiddha tanna tadā śāstramīkṣyate // 4.48 //"

432,iii

anumāviṣaye neṣṭaṃ vācaḥ prāmāṇya (3.310) mityādi"noktaṃ" prāk । vastubalapravṛtta"manumānaṃ nāgamāpekṣaṃ sva"sya "gocare" sādhya iti । tasmāt "tena" vastubalapravṛttenāgamānapekṣiṇā'numāne yat "siddhaṃ susiddha"nta"ttadā" ca "na śāstramīkṣyate" bādhitaṃ na veti vastubalapravṛttānumānena tadapekṣābhāvāt । tadānukāle śāstrasyānāśrayaṇāt । (48)

4.49

432,iv (PVV_432,iv_432,v)

"vādatyāgastadā syāccenna tadānabhyupāyataḥ /

upāyo hyabhyupāye'yamanaṅgaṃ sa tadāpi san // 4.49 //"

432,v

"vādatyāgaḥ syāccet" । na vādatyāgaḥ sisādhayiṣitaikadharmādaparasya śāstrābhyupetasya "tadā" sādhanopanyāsakāle sādhyatayā'"nabhyupāyato"'svīkārāt । nanu śāstrābhyupagamād yadā vādaḥ kriyate tadā śāstrārthabādhanāt vādatyāgaḥ syādevetyāha । śāstrasyā"bhyupāye'ya"mvicāra"upāyaḥ" । tata"stadā" vicārakāle "sannapya"bhyupagamo'"naṅgaṃ" śāstrārthagrahaṇe gṛhītasya tyāgaḥ syāt । na vicārāt prāg grahaṇamabhyupagamānnyāyyaṃ । (48)

4.50

432,vi (PVV_432,vi_433,i)

kadā tarhi śāstreṇa bādheṣyate ityāha ।

432,vii

"tadā viśuddhe viṣayadvaye śāstraparigraham /

cikīrṣoḥ sa hi kālaḥ syāt tadā śāstreṇa bādhanam // 4.50 //"

<433>

433,i

"śāstro"padarśite "viṣayadvaye" pratyakṣaparokṣe rūpanairātmyādau tadā pramāṇapravṛttyā viśuddhe nirṇṇīte sati paścādatyantaparokṣe svargādau śāstreṇa śāstrāśrayaṇenānumānaṃ cikīrṣoḥ sataḥ sa hi kālo'bhyugamya yadi śāstrabādho na bhavet । ata"stadā śāstreṇa bādhanaṃ" sādhyasādhanāderiṣyate । (50)

4.51

433,ii (PVV_433,ii_433,iv)

tadapi karamācchāstrabādheṣyata ityāha ।

433,iii

"tadvirodhena cintāyāstatsiddhārtheṣvayogataḥ /

tṛtīyasthānasaṃkrāntau nyāyyaḥ śāstraparigrahaḥ // 4.51 //"

433,iv

"ta"sya śāstrasya "virodhena tatsiddheṣvartheṣu" liṅgādiṣvasiddhakalpeṣu gamaka"cintāyā ayogataḥ" । yasmāt pratyakṣaparokṣārthayornāgamādhikāraḥ tasmāt "tṛtīyasthāne"'tīndriye viṣaye vicāra"saṃkrānto śāstraparigraho nyāyyaḥ" । prakārāntarābhāvāt । (51)

4.52

433,v (PVV_433,v_433,vi)

"tatrāpi sādhyadharmasya nāntarīyakabādhanam /

parihāryaṃ na cānyeṣāmanavasthāprasaṅgataḥ // 4.52 //"

433,vi

"tatra" śāstre pari"grahepi" tadā sādhayitumārabdhasya "sādhyadharmasya yannāntarīyakaṃ" sambaddhaṃ yathā kṣaṇikatvasya nairātmyaṃ tasya "bādhanaṃ" parihāryaṃ । vastutastādātmyādanayornairātmyabādhane kṣaṇikatvabādhanaprasaṅgāt । "na tvanyeṣāṃ" sādhyasyākāraṇāvyāpakabhūtānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ bādhanaṃ parihāryamanavasthāprasaṅgataḥ । na hi śāstradarśitasambhavadharmavyāptiliṅgasya dṛṣṭānte darśayituṃ śakyate yena kaścidāgamāśrayo heturavatiṣṭheta । (52)

4.53

433,vii (PVV_433,vii_433,ix)

nanu śāstramanapekṣya na vādaḥ karttavya iti vastubalapravṛttānumānepi śāstrāpekṣetyāha ।

433,viii

"keneyaṃ sarvacintāsu śāstraṃ grāhyamiti sthitiḥ /

kṛtedānīmasiddhāntairgrāhyo dhūmena nānalaḥ // 4.53 //"

433,ix

"sarvā"su parokṣātyantaparokṣārtha"cintāsu śāstraṃ grāhyamiti keneyaṃ sthitiḥ" kṛtā 〈।〉 naitadanumanyante vidvānsaḥ । "idānīma"viduṣāmasminnabhyupagame'"siddhāntaiḥ" siddhānta<434>viśeṣāśrayarahitairgopālakādi"bhirddhū mena" liṅgena "nānalo grāhyaḥ" । (53)

4.54

434,i (PVV_434,i_434,iii)

na ca kasyacit siddhāntasambandho yuktaḥ । tathā hi sambandho bhavan sahajo vā bhavedaupādhiko vā 〈।〉 dvayamapi niṣeddhumāha ।

434,ii

"riktasya jantorjjātasya guṇadoṣamapaśyataḥ /

vilabdhā vata kenāmī siddhāntaviṣamagrahāḥ // 4.54 //"

434,iii

"riktasya" tucchasya siddhāntarahitasya "jantorjātasyā"nena sahajasambandhābhāvanimittamuktaṃ । "guṇadoṣaṃ" prāmāṇyāprāmāṇyanibandhana"mapaśyataḥ" । anenaupādhikasambandhanimittābhāva uktaḥ । "kenāna"rthapaṭīyasā "siddhāntā"eva "viṣamagrahā" duṣparihāratvā"dime vilabdhāvata" yeṣu svāmitvena jantavo vyavaharanti । na hi karṇṇanā(śa)<?>〈sa〉miva siddhāntaḥ prāṇasahajaḥ । nāpi doṣorjjitaguṇopapannaḥ pramāṇamiva vicārāt prāk siddhāntaḥ siddho yena samarthaviṣayaḥ syāt । (54)

4.55

434,iv (PVV_434,iv_434,vi)

kiñca 〈।〉

434,v

"yadi sādhana ekatra sarvaṃ śāstraṃ nidarśane /

darśayet sādhanaṃ syādityeṣā lokottarā sthitiḥ // 4.55 //"

434,vi

"yadi sādhana ekatra sarvaṃ śāstraṃ" śāstrārthaṃ "nidarśane" dṛṣṭānte vādī "darśayet" tadā tat "sādhanaṃ syāt" 〈।〉 na tvekasya śāstradarśitadharmasyānvaye । etacca na kvacit sādhane karttuṃ śakya"miti lokā"tikrāntā "sthitireṣā" । (55)

4.56

434,vii (PVV_434,vii_434,ix)

api ca 〈।〉

434,viii

"asambaddhasya dharmasya kimasiddhau na siddhati /

hetustatsādhanāyoktaḥ kiṃ duṣṭastatra sidhyati // 4.56 //"

434,ix

"asambaddhasya" sādhayitumapravṛttasya "dharma"syākāśaguṇatvādeḥ kṛtakatvāddhetorviparyāsanāda"siddhau" satyāṃ sisādhayiṣitaṃ hetuvyāpakamanityatvaṃ "kiṃ na sidhyati" । na hi vyāpakamantareṇa vyāpyaṃ bhavati । "hetusta"sya vyāpakasya "sādhanāyoktaḥ kinduṣṭaḥ<435>tatra" svasādhye "sidhyati" sādhyapratipādanaṃ sādhyavyāpāraḥ"taccedasti kathaṃ duṣṭaḥ" ।(56)

4.57

435,i (PVV_435,i_435,iii)

śāstrārthabādhane'bhimatasyāpi na siddhiriti cet । "āha" ॥

435,ii

"dharmānanupanīyaiva dṛṣṭānte dharmiṇo'khilān /

vāgdhūmāderjanonveti caitanyadahanādikam // 4.57 //"

435,iii

dharmiṇo"dharmān" śāstradarśitā"nakhilān" hetuvyāpakatve"nānupanīyā"pradarśyaṃ "vāgdhūmā"derheto"ścaitanyadahanādikaṃ" yathākramaṃ svasantānavanmahānasavacca "jano'nveti" pratipadyate ॥ (57)

4.58

435,iv (PVV_435,iv_435,vi)

kiñca 〈।〉

435,v

"svabhāvaṃ kāraṇaṃ cārtho'vyabhicāreṇa sādhayan /

kasyacid vādabādhāyāṃ svabhāvānna nivartate // 4.58 //"

435,vi

"svabhāvaṃ" vyāpakaṃ vṛkṣatvādi "kāraṇaṃ" vahnyādi "cārtho" vyāpyaḥ śiṃśapādiḥ "kāryaṃ" dhūmādira"vyabhicāreṇā"vinābhāvitvāt "sādhayan kasyacit" śāstraparādhīnasya "vā"dino vādasya "bādhāyāṃ svabhāvāt" vyāpakakāraṇagamakānna "nivarttate" tataḥ "śāstreṣu" dharmāntaravyāhatāvapi hetuḥ sādhyīkṛtaṃ svasambaddhamarthaṃ pratipādayati । (58)

4.59

435,vii (PVV_435,vii_435,ix)

tataśca ।

435,viii

"prapadyamānaścānyastaṃ nāntarīyakamīpsitaiḥ /

sādhyārthaihetunā tena kathamapratipāditaḥ // 4.59 //"

435,ix

"sādhyairarthairīpsitai"rāptaṃ pratyetumaṣṭai"rnnāntirīya"kamavinābhāvinaṃ "taṃ" hetuṃ "prapadyamānaḥ" pratipadyamāno"nyaḥ" prativādī "kathantena hetunā'pratipāditaḥ" sādhyanāntarīyakatayā kvaciddharmiṇi sādhanapratītireva hi sādhyapratītiḥ sā cāsti prativādinaḥ ॥ (59)

4.60

435,x (PVV_435,x_436,i)

kiñca 〈।〉

435,xi

hetunā yaḥ śāstrārtho bādhyate kintasmin sādhye vādīnā heturasādhūktaḥ । āho(śvi)<?>〈svi〉t tatra sādhye heturucyatāṃ mā vā vastutastadvādhakosau heturiti duṣṭatā । tatrādyapakṣe bhavatyeva doṣo yadyevamiṣyate 〈।〉

435,xii

atha 〈।〉

435,xiii

"ukto'nuktopi vā heturviroddhā vādinotra kim /

na hi tasyoktidoṣeṇa sa jātaḥ śāstrabādhanaḥ // 4.60 //"

<436>

436,i

"ukto'nuktopi" vā "hetuḥ" vastuta eva tasya viroddhā pratighātakastadā tatra śāstrārthabādhane "vādinaḥ kindū"ṣaṇaṃ na kiñcit । "hi" yasmāt "tasya" vādina "uktidoṣeṇa" sa kṛtakatvādihetuḥ "śāstra"sya śāstrārthasyākāśaguṇatvādeḥ "bādhano bādhako na jātaḥ" ॥ (60)

4.61

436,ii (PVV_436,ii_436,iii)

"bādhakasyābhidhānācced doṣo yadi vadenna saḥ /

kinna bādheta so'kurvannayuktaṃ kena duṣyati // 4.61 //"

436,iii

śāstrārtha"bādhakasya" hetora"bhidhānāt" vādinopi "doṣaścet yadi" taṃ hetuṃ "na vadet sa" vādī । tadā kimasau hetuḥ śāstrārtha na "bādheta" । vastutastadvirodhitvādavaśyaṃ bādhate । tataśca sa vādya"kurvannayuktaṃ kena" kāraṇena "duṣyati" parājitaḥ syāt ॥ (69)

4.62

436,iv (PVV_436,iv_436,vi)

nanu yadi duṣṭahetuvacanepi na vādino duṣṭatā । tadā'siddhādivacanepi na doṣaḥ syādityāha ।

436,v

"anyeṣu hetvābhāseṣu sveṣṭasyevāprasādhanāt /

duṣyed vyarthābhidhānena nātra tasya prasādhanāt // 4.62 //"

436,vi

"anyeṣva"siddhādiṣu "hetvābhāseṣu" vādyukteṣu "sveṣṭasya" vādīṣṭasyai"vāprasādhanād" vādī "duṣyati । vyartha"sya sādhyasādhanānupayuktasya sādhanasyā"bhidhānāt" । "atra" kṛtakatve tu vādyukte vāñchitasyānityatvasya "prasādhanānna" vādī duṣyati । śāstrārthe tu vādyaniṣṭe bādhyamāne śāstrameva duṣṭaṃ bhaviṣyati ॥ (62)

4.63

436,vii (PVV_436,vii_436,ix)

yadyapi sveṣṭasya tena sādhanaṃ tathāpi śāstrārthasya bādhanamiti duṣṭa evetyāha ।

436,viii

"yadi kiñcit kvacit śāstre na yuktaṃ pratiṣidhyate /

bruvāṇo yuktamapyanyaditi rājakulasthitiḥ // 4.63 //"

436,ix

"kvacid" vaiśeṣikādi"śāstre" nirdiṣṭaṃ "yadi kiñci"dākāśaguṇatvādi bādhyamānatvā"dayuktaṃ" । tāvatā'"nyada"nityatvādi"yuktamapi" kṛtakatvahetunā "bruvāṇaḥ" pratipādayan "pratiṣidhyate" śāstrārthabādhanāt virodhopanyāseneti vyaktamiyaṃ "rājakulasthitiḥ" । rājaśāsanasyaiva balapravṛttasya yuktāyuktavicāraṇābahirbhāvāt । (63)

4.64

436,x (PVV_436,x_437,i)

kiñca 〈।〉

436,xi

"sarvānarthān samīkṛtya vaktuṃ śakyaṃ na sādhanam /

sarvatra tena succhanneyaṃ sādhyasādhanasaṃsthitiḥ // 4.64 //"

<437>

437,i

"sarvān" śāstradṛṣṭā"narthān" sādhyatvena "samīkṛtya" kiñcit "sādhanaṃ vaktumaśakyaṃ" dṛṣṭānte śāstradṛṣṭākhiladharmavyāptyanupalambhāt । "tena" kāraṇena "sarvatra" dharmiṇi "sādhyasādhanayoḥ saṃsthiti"rvyava"stheyaṃ succhannā" syāt ॥ (64)

4.65

<(śabdasya nākāśaguṇatvam)>

437,ii (PVV_437,ii_437,iv)

yadi tarhyākāśaguṇatvābhāvepyanityatvaṃ sidhyadabādhyaṃ śabde tadā śrāvaṇatvādihetunā nityatvamapi sādhyamānamabādhyaṃ syādityāha ।

437,iii

"viruddhayorekadharmiṇyayogādastu bādhanam /

viruddhaikāntike nātra tadvadasti virodhitā // 4.65 //"

437,iv

"viruddhayo"rnnityatvānityatvayo"rekatra" śabde "dharmiṇyayogād viruddhaikāntike" viruddhāvyabhicāriṇi śrāvaṇatvādau nityatvasādhake "bādhanamastu" । nahyekatra dharmiṇi viruddhau dharmo bhavitumarhataḥ । "tadvanni"tyatvayorivātrānayoḥ prakṛtāprakṛtayoranityatvākāśaguṇatvābhāvayo"rvirodhitā" nāsti । tataḥ kṛtakatvācchabde'nityatvasiddhāvākāśaguṇatvābhāvo na bādhyate ॥ (65)

4.66

437,v (PVV_437,v_437,vii)

syādetat । prakṛtāprakṛtayoranityatvākāśaguṇatvābhāvayoḥ parasparaṃ 〈।〉

437,vi

"abādhyabādhakatvepi tayoḥ śāstrārthavilpavāt /

asambandhepi bādhā cet syāt sarvaṃ sarvabādhanam // 4.66 //"

437,vii

"bādhyabādhaka"tvābhā"vepye"kasminnanityatve kṛtakatvāt sidhyati "śabde dharmiṇi śāstrārthasya śāstrā"bhyupagatasyākāśaguṇatvasya "viplavāt" kāraṇād asambaddhe 〈।〉 aprakṛtākāśaguṇatva"sambandharahi"te'nityatve"pi bādhā" bhavatīti "cet" । evantarhi prayantānantarīyakatvād gandhe pṛthivīguṇatvabādhane "sarvaṃ" kṛtakatvādi "sarva"syānityatvādeḥ sādhyasya "bādhanaṃ syāt" । śabdādau dharmiṇyaprakṛtaśāstrārthabādhanasya tulyatvāt ॥ (66)

4.67

437,viii (PVV_437,viii_437,ix)

"sambandhastena tasyaiva bādhanādasti cedasat /

hetoḥ sarvasya cintyatvāt svasādhye guṇadoṣayoḥ // 4.67 //"

437,ix

atha tatra śabda eva dharmiṇi ākāśaguṇatvasya sattvāt "sambandhosti tena" kṛtakatvāt "tasyaiva bādhanād" virodhaḥ । pṛthivīguṇatvantu śabde dharmiṇyasambaddhaṃ । tatastadbādhanepi śabde kṛtakatvamaviruddhamiti "cet । asade"tat । "sarvasya hetoḥ svasādhye" prakṛte "guṇadoṣayościntyatvāt" । yatpunaraprakṛtaṃ dharmisambaddhamapi na tat sādhyaṃ । tadvādhanepi na kācit । kṣatiḥ ॥ (67)

4.68

<438>

438,i (PVV_438,i_438,iii)

kiñca 〈।〉 dharmiṇi sattāmātraṃ na sambandhaḥ । kintu 〈।〉

438,ii

"nāntarīyakatā sādhye sambandhaḥ seha nekṣyate /

kevalaṃ śāstrapīḍeti doṣaḥ sānyakṛte samā // 4.68 //"

438,iii

"sādhye nāntarīyakatā" sādhyāvinābhāvitvaṃ "sambandha ucyate 〈।〉 sā" sādhyanāntarīyatā "iha" prakṛtākāśaguṇatvabādhane sati nekṣyate 〈।〉 yadyapi satvanāntarīyakamākāśaguṇatvaṃ śabde syāt na bādhyeta । "kevalaṃ" śāstrābhyupagatadharmabādhanā"cchāstrapīḍe"ti doṣaḥ । "sā" ca kṛtakatvādanityatvasiddhau dṛśyate śāstrapīḍā"'nye"na prayatnānantarīyakatvādinā gandhe pṛthivīguṇatvabādhanepi "sameti" kṛtakatvaṃ śabde viruddhaṃ syāt ॥ (68)

4.69

438,iv (PVV_438,iv_438,vi)

yadapyāhurā"cāryīyāḥ" śāstramabhyupagamya yadā vādaḥ kriyate tadā śāstradṛṣṭasya sakalasya dharmasya sādhyatetyatrāha ।

438,v

"śāstrābhyupagamāt sādhyaḥ śāstradṛṣṭo'khilo yadi /

pratijñā'siddhadṛṣṭāntahetuvādaḥ prasajyate // 4.69 //"

438,vi

"śāstrābhyupagamācchāstradṛṣṭo'khilo" dharmo "yadi sādhya" iṣyate tadā'"siddhayoḥ" śāstroddiṣṭayo"rhetudṛṣṭāntayorvādaḥ pratijñā" sādhyaṃ "prasajyate" । śāstre dṛṣṭasyāsiddhasya sādhyatvāt ॥ (69)

4.70

438,vii (PVV_438,vii_438,ix)

syādetat । kintu 〈।〉

438,viii

"uktayoḥ sādhanatvena no cedīpsitavādataḥ /

nyāyaprāptaṃ na sādhyatvaṃ vacanād vinivarttate // 4.70 //"

438,ix

"vādinepsita"sya sādhyatvena vādataḥ svayaṃ sādhyatvenepsitaḥ pakṣo viruddhatvānnirākṛta ityādikāt "sādhanatvenoktayo"rasiddhahetudṛṣṭāntayoḥ sādhyatā "no cet" । nanvasiddhasya śāstrābhyupagatasya "sādhyatvaṃ nyāyaprāptaṃ vacana"mātrādīpsitasādhyatvaṃ pratipādaka"tvānna vinivarttate" ॥ (70)

4.71

<439>

439,i (PVV_439,i_439,ii)

"anīpsitamasādhyañced vādinānyopyanīpsitaḥ /

dharmo'sādhyastadā'sādhyaṃ bādhamānaṃ virodhi kim // 4.71 //"

439,ii

śāstrābhyupagamepi vādinā'"nīpsitamasādhyaṃ cet" । evantarhyākāśaguṇatvādirapi "dharmo vādinā" sādhyatvenā"nīpsito'sādhyaḥ" syāt । "tadā tadasādhya"mākāśaguṇatvaṃ "bādhamānaṃ" kṛtakatvaṃ "kiṃ" kasmād "virodhi" । (71)

4.72

<(2) anyathā svayaṃśabdo'narthakaḥ>

439,iii (PVV_439,iii_439,v)

kiñca 〈।〉

439,iv

"pakṣalakṣaṇabāhyārthaḥ svayaṃśabdopyanarthakaḥ /

śāstreṣvicchāpravṛttyartho yadi śaṅkā kutonviyam // 4.72 //"

439,v

yadi śāstrābhyupagatatvaṃ pakṣalakṣaṇaṃ tadā "svayaṃśabdopi pakṣalakṣaṇabāhyārtho" bhinnābhidheyo'"narthakaḥ" syāt । śāstrābhyupagame śāstreṣṭasya sādhyatāprāptau vādīṣṭamātraṃ sādhyaṃ nānyaditi hi svayaṃśabdasya prayojanaṃ । śāstreṣṭamātrasya tu "sādhyatve" niṣphalameva tat । "śāstreṣvicchayā pravṛttyarthaḥ" svayaṃśabdo "yadi" kathyate svayaṃśabdamantareṇa śāstramicchayā na grahītavyamiti "śaṅkeyaṃ kuto" nu hetorjātā । "yena" tannivṛttyarthā svayaṃśrutirvarṇyate ॥ (72)

4.73

439,vi (PVV_439,vi_439,vii)

"soniṣiddhaḥ pramāṇena gṛhṇan kena nivāryate /

niṣiddhaścet pramāṇena vācā kena pravṛrttyate // 4.73 //"

439,vii

"sa" vādī "pramāṇena" śāstrārthabādhakenā"niṣiddhaḥ" śāstraṃ "gṛhṇan kena nivāryate" na kenacit । yataḥ svayaṃgrahaṇaṃ śāstraṃ grāhayat saphalaṃ syāt । "pramāṇena" cecchāstrārthabādhakena "niṣiddho" vādī "vācā" svayaṃśabdena śāstrābhyupagame "kena" lakṣaṇakartrā "pravarttyate" na kenacit ॥ (73)

4.74

439,viii (PVV_439,viii_439,x)

kiñca 〈।〉

439,ix

"pūrvamapyeṣa siddhāntaṃ svecchayaiva gṛhītavān /

kiñcidanyaṃ sa 〈tu〉 punargrahītuṃ labhate na kiṃm // 4.74 //"

439,x

"eṣa" vādī "pūrvamapi sveccheyaiva siddhāntaṃ" kaṇādādipraṇītaṃ "gṛhītavān" । na tvanyapurāṇādibalāt । sa kathamicchayā śāstroddiṣṭa〈ṅ〉 "kiñcid" dharmavyabhi<440>cāradarśanādinā śāstreṣu saphaladharmakalāpasādhyatvādanyaṃ siddhāntamākāśaguṇatvarahitānityatādikaṃ "grahītuṃ kinna labhate" 〈।〉 icchādhīnatve niyamāyogāt । tasmāt svayaṃgrahaṇaṃ śāstrecchāpravṛttyarthamityayuktaṃ ॥ (74)

4.75

440,i (PVV_440,i_440,iii)

nanviṣṭasyāpi svecchayaiva sādhyatāparigrahaḥ siddha iti vyarthaṃ svayaṃgrahaṇamityāha ।

440,ii

"dṛṣṭervipratipattīnāmatrākārṣīt svayaṃśrutim /

iṣṭākṣatimasādhyatvamanavasthāñca darśayan // 4.75 //"

440,iii

śāstrakārasyeṣṭaṃ sādhyamiti "vipratipattīnāṃ dṛṣṭe"stannirākaṇārtha"matra" pakṣalakṣaṇe "svayaṃśruti"mācāryo'"kārṣīt" । śāstreṣvākāśaguṇatvāsiddhāvapi vādī"ṣṭasyākṣatiṃ" śāstreṣṭasyā"sādhyatvaṃ" śāstreṣṭadharmāntarāsiddhau hetubalaprasiddhasādhyabādhane gandhe bhūtaguṇatābādhāyāṃ śabde kṛtakatvamanityatvasādhanaṃ viruddhaṃ syādityādi kāmana"vasthāñca" parasya "darśayannācā" ryaḥ svayaṃśrutimakārṣīditi pūrveṇa sambandhaḥ ॥ (75)

4.76

440,iv (PVV_440,iv_440,v)

"samayāhitabhedasya parihāreṇa dharmiṇaḥ /

prasiddhasya gṛhītyarthā jagādānyaḥ svayaṃśrutim // 4.76 //"

440,v

"samayena" siddhānte"nāhita" āropito "bhedo" viśeṣa ākāśaguṇatvādiryasya "tasya dharmiṇaḥ" parihāreṇāgamanirapekṣapramāṇabalāt "prasiddhasya" dharmiṇaḥ śabdamātrā"dergṛhītirityarthaḥ" prayojanaṃ yastāstāṃ "svayaṃśrutimanyo jagāda" । svaṃ prasiddho dharmī kāryo nāgamasiddha ityarthaḥ । (76)

4.77

440,vi (PVV_440,vi_440,viii)

atrāha ।

440,vii

"vicāraprastutereva prasiddhaḥsiddha āśrayaḥ /

svecchākalpitabhedeṣu padārtheṣvavivādataḥ // 4.77 //"

440,viii

dharmiṇi sādhyadharmasya bhāvābhāva"vicāraprastutere"vāgamamanapekṣya "prasiddha āśrayo" dharmī siddhaḥ svecchayā "kalpito bhedo" viśeṣo yeṣāṃ teṣu "padārtheṣvavivādato" vivādābhāvāt । na hi kalpitabhede dharmiṇi kaścit prekṣāvān kasyacid dharmasya sādhanaṃ bādhanaṃ vehate 〈।〉 kintu pramāṇapratīte vastuni । atastadarthamapi svayaṃgrahaṇamanupayuktaṃ ॥ (77)

<441>

4.78

441,i (PVV_441,i_441,ii)

"asādhyatāmatha prāha siddhādeśena dharmiṇaḥ /

svarūpeṇaiva nirdeśya ityanenaiva tadgataṃ // 4.78 //"

441,ii

"atha siddhādeśena" prasiddhārthavācakena svayaṃśabdena "dharmiṇo'sādhyatāṃ prāha" । yathā'sti pradhānaṃ bhedānāmanupadarśanāditi । idamapyayuktaṃ । yasmāt "svarūpeṇa" sādhyatvenaiva "nirdeśya ityanena" pakṣalakṣaṇāvayave"naiva" ca "taddha"rmiṇaḥ siddhasyāsādhyatvaṃ "gataṃ" pratītaṃ ॥ (78)

4.79

441,iii (PVV_441,iii_441,v)

tathā hyayamiṣṭo'nirākṛtaḥ pakṣa ityanena 〈।〉

441,iv

"siddhasādhanarūpeṇa nirdeśasya hi sambhave /

sādhyatvaineva nirdeśya itīdaṃ phalavad bhavet // 4.79 //"

441,v

siddhasya siddharūpeṇa nirdeśasya dharmavacanasyāsiddhasyāpi "sādhanarūpeṇa nirdeśa"syāsiddhavacanasya pakṣatva"sambhave" hi tatpratiṣedhaṃ vidadhat "sādhyatvenaiva nirdeśya" itīdaṃ "phalavad bhavet" । sādhyasyaiva nirdeśaḥ pakṣa iti siddhasya dharmiṇo'siddhasya ca sādhanatvenoktasya nirāsaḥ ॥ (79)

4.80

441,vi (PVV_441,vi_441,viii)

kiñca 〈।〉

441,vii

"anumānasya sāmānyaviṣayatvañca varṇṇitam /

ihaivaṃ na hyanuktopi kiñcit pakṣe virudhyate // 4.80 //"

441,viii

"anumānasya sāmānyaviṣayatvaṃ" svayamācāryeṇa varṇṇitaṃ 〈।〉 yadi ca "dharmī" pakṣaḥ tadā tasya svalakṣaṇatvāt sāmanyaviṣayatā vyāhanyeta । ki"ñceha" pakṣalakṣaṇa "evamukta"kra〈me〉ṇā"nuktepi" svayaṃśabde siddhadharmyasiddhasādhanavyavacchedārthe "kiñcit pakṣe" pratipādye "na virudhyate" ॥ (80)

4.81

441,ix (PVV_441,ix_441,xi)

nanvanukte svayaṃśabde pakṣalakṣaṇaṃ 〈।〉

441,x

"kuryācced dharmiṇaṃ sādhyaṃ tataḥ kintanna śakyate /

kasmāddhetvanvayābhāvānna ca doṣastayorapi // 4.81 //"

441,xi

"dharmiṇaṃ sādhyaṃ kuryā"diti doṣaḥ । "tato" dharmiṇaḥ pakṣatvaprasaṅgāt "kindūṣaṇaṃ" ॥ taddharmmipakṣatvaṃ karttuṃ "na śakyata" iti aśakyatādūṣaṇaṃ । "kasmāt" kāraṇād "dharmī"<442> pakṣo bhavitu nārhati dharmiṇaḥ sādhyatvenāsiddhatāyāṃ "heto"rabhāvāt । viśeṣasya dharmiṇo dṛṣṭānte'sambhavāt 〈।〉 "anvayābhāvā"cca dharmī pakṣaḥ karttuṃ "na" śakyate । (81)

4.82

442,i (PVV_442,i_442,iii)

nanvayaṃ doṣastayorhetudṛṣṭāntayorna tu pakṣasya ॥ tathā hi 〈।〉

442,ii

"uttarāvayavāpekṣo na doṣaḥ pakṣa iṣyate /

tathā hetvādidoṣopi pakṣadoṣaḥ prasajyate // 4.82 //"

442,iii

sādhanavākyasya pakṣādu"ttare'vayave" hetudṛṣṭāntādike'"pekṣā" yasyāsau "doṣaḥ pakṣe neṣyate" hetudṛṣṭāntasambandhitvāt tasya । yadi tūttarāvayavāpekṣopi pakṣasya bādhanāt pakṣadoṣa ucyate "tathā" sati "hetvādidoṣopi pakṣadoṣaḥ prasajyate" 〈।〉 (82)

4.83

442,iv (PVV_442,iv_442,v)

"sarvaiḥ pakṣasya bādhātastasmāt tanmātrasaṅginaḥ /

pakṣadoṣā matā nānye pratyakṣādivirodhavat // 4.83 //"

442,v

"sarvai"rhetvādidoṣaiḥ "pakṣasya bādhāt tasmāt tanmātraṅginaḥ" pakṣamātrasambaddhā doṣāḥ "pakṣadoṣā matāḥ" । "nānye"'vayavāntarāpekṣāḥ "pratyakṣādivirodhavat" । yathā pratyakṣādibādhitatvamavayavāntarānapekṣaṃ pakṣadoṣaḥ । (83)

4.84

442,vi (PVV_442,vi_442,viii)

tasmād 〈।〉

442,vii

"hetvādilakṣaṇairbbādhyaṃ muktvā pakṣasya lakṣaṇam /

ucyate parihārārthamavyāptivyatirekayoḥ // 4.84 //"

442,viii

"hetvādīnāṃ lakṣaṇairbbādhyaṃ" pariharttavyaṃ doṣamanvayavirodhādikaṃ "muktvā" pakṣamātrānuṣaṅgiṇo"ravyāptivyatirekayoḥ" parihārārthaṃ "pakṣalakṣaṇamucyate"vyatireke ādhikyamabhivyāptirityarthaḥ ॥ (84)

4.85

442,ix (PVV_442,ix_442,xi)

tatra yena padena yad dūṣaṇaṃ parihriyate tadāha ।

442,x

"svayannipātarūpākhyā vyatirekasya bādhikāḥ /

sahānirākṛteneṣṭaśrutiravyāptibādhanī // 4.85 //"

442,xi

"svayañca nipātañca" evaṃ "rūpaṃ" svarūpañcā"khyā" śrutayaḥ sahānirākṛtena padena "vyatireka"syātivyāpte"rbbādhikāḥ" । svayaṃśabdena śāstreṣṭasya nipātenāsiddhasyāpi sādhanatvenoktasya svarūpaśabdena siddhasya । "nirākṛta"śabdena pratyakṣādi<443>nirākṛtasya pakṣatvaṃ saktaṃ niṣidhyate । "iṣṭaśrutiravyāpterbbādhanī । iṣṭaśabde hyakri"yamāṇe nirddiṣṭameva sādhyaṃ sādhyaṃ syāt na prakaraṇāpannamiṣṭaṃ ॥ (85)

4.86

443,i (PVV_443,i_443,ii)

yadi "svayaṃnipātarūpākhyā vyatirekasya vādhikāḥ" pramāṇasamuccayalakṣaṇe nirddiṣṭāstadā nyāyamukhe "sādhyatvenepsitaḥ pakṣo viruddhārthānirākṛta"iti pakṣalakṣaṇe tā na santīti kathantenāvyāptivyatirekayoḥ parihāra "ityāha" sādhyatvenepsitaḥ pakṣa iti 〈।〉

443,ii

"sādhyābhyupagamaḥ pakṣalakṣaṇaṃ teṣvapakṣatā /

nirākṛte bādhanataḥ śeṣe'lakṣaṇavṛttitaḥ // 4.86 //"

443,iii (PVV_443,iii)

"sādhyābhyupagamaḥ" pakṣa iti "pakṣalakṣaṇama"vatiṣṭhate । tathā ca "teṣu" śāstreṣṭā"diṣu" pañcasu vyāvarttyeṣu madhye "nirākṛte" pratyakṣādibādhite "bādhanato'pakṣatā" viruddhārthā nirākṛtasya pakṣavidhānāt । "śeṣe" śāstreṣṭe vādinā'niṣṭe sādhane ca siddhe sādhayitumiṣṭa eṣyamāṇe siddhe ca sādhyaviparīte'prastute coktamātre "lakṣaṇa"sya sādhyatvenepsitatvasyā"vṛttito"'pakṣatā siddheti paripūrṇṇamidamapi lakṣaṇaṃ ॥ (86)

4.87

443,iv (PVV_443,iv_443,v)

nanu yathā satyarthebhyo varttamāne kuvidhānādīpsitaśabdo varttamānamicchāmāha । tatheṣṭaśabdopi tatra eṣiṣyamāṇe pakṣatvamaprasaktameva tatkiṃ pramāṇasamuccayalakṣaṇe'vadhāraṇaṃ kṛtamityāha ।

443,v

"svayamiṣṭābhidhānena gatārthepyavadhāraṇe /

kṛtyāntenābhisambandhāduktaṃ kālāntaracchide // 4.87 //"

443,vi (PVV_443,vi)

"svayamiṣṭa" ityanayoḥ padayora"bhidhānenāvadhāraṇe" nipātārthe gate pratītepi "kṛtyāntena" nirdeśya śabdena sarvakālasambandhayogyābhidhāyinā'"bhisambandhā"diṣṭaśabdasyāvarttamānakālecchāviṣayasyāpi pakṣatvaṃ syāt । yathā āgato devadatto draṣṭavya iti 〈।〉 yadā gamiṣyati tadā drakṣyata ityarthaḥ । ato vartamānakālāt "kālāntara"sya bhaviṣyadādeḥ sādhye sādhyecchāviṣayasya "cchide" pratiṣedhārtha"mukta"mavadhāraṇaṃ svarūpeṇaiveti । (87)

4.88

443,vii (PVV_443,vii_444,i)

yasmāt kṛtyāntenābhisambandhāt kālasāmānyavṛttiḥ 〈।〉

443,viii

"ihānaṅgamiṣernniṣṭhā tenepsitapade punaḥ /

aṅgameva tayā'siddhahetvādi pratiṣidhyate // 4.88 //"

<444>

444,i

"iha" pramāṇasamucca〈ya〉lakṣaṇe niṣṭhā varttamānasādhyatveṣṭipratipādana"matyanaṅga"hetuḥ । nyāyamukhe "tena" kṛtyāntena sambandhābhāvenepsitapade punaraṅgameva niṣṭhā varttamānasādhyecchābodhane "tayā"varttamānasādhyecchābodhikayā'"siddhahetvādya"pīṣyamāṇaṃ sādhyatvena "pratiṣidhyate" । tasmānna dharmiṇaḥ sādhyatāpratikṣepārthaṃ svayaṃgrahaṇaṃ siddhatvenaiva tatparihārasya labdhatvāt ॥ (88)

4.89

444,ii (PVV_444,ii_444,iv)

nāpi śāstreṣvicchāpravṛttyarthamicchāmātreṇaiva tadgrahaṇasya siddhatvādityuktaṃ ।

444,iii

"avācakatvaccāyuktaṃ teneṣṭaṃ svayamātmanā /

anapekṣyākhilaṃ śāstraṃ tadvādīṣṭasya sādhyatā // 4.89 //"

444,iv

"avācakatvāccāyuktaṃ" । tadarthaṃ "svaya"grahaṇaṃ । na hi svayaṃśabdaḥ svecchayā śāstraṃ grāhyāmityetadarthavācakaṃ kintu vādina eva vācakaḥ । "tena" tadvācakatvena svayaṃ vādinā'"tmanā śāstramakhilamanapekṣya yadiṣṭaṃ ta"sya vādī"ṣṭasya sādhyate"ṣyate na śāstreṣṭasyetyupasaṃhāraḥ । (89)

4.90

444,v (PVV_444,v_444,vi)

"tenānabhīṣṭasaṃsṛṣṭasyeṣṭasyāpi hi bādhane /

yathā sādhyamabādhataḥ pakṣahetūna duṣyataḥ // 4.90 //"

444,vi

"tena"kāraṇena vādino"nabhīṣṭe"nākāśaguṇatvena "saṃsṛṣṭasyeṣṭasyā"nityatvasyā"pi hi bādhane"'bhidhīyamāne "pakṣahetū na duṣyataḥ" । kiṅgākāraṇamityāha । "yathā sādhyamabādhātaḥ" । na hi vādinā'kāśaguṇatvaikārthasamavāyyanityatvaṃ sādhayitumiṣṭaṃ yenāsya bādhaḥ syāt kintvanityatvamātraṃ । na cāsya pratyakṣādibādhāsti । hetorvā tadapekṣayā viruddha"tādikaṃ" । tadevaṃ svayaṃnipātarūpākhyā vyatirekasya bādhikāḥ sahānirākṛteneti vyākhyātaṃ ॥ (90)

4.91

<(3) sahānirākṛtagrahaṇaphalam>

444,vii (PVV_444,vii_445,i)

anirākṛtapadaṃ vyākhyātumāha ।

444,viii

"aniṣiddhaḥ pramāṇābhyāṃ sa copagama iṣyate /

sandigdhe hetuvacanād vyasto hetoranāśrayaḥ // 4.91 //"

<445>

445,i

"sa co"ktalakṣaṇaḥ sādhya"syopagamaḥ" pakṣaḥ । "pramāṇābhyāṃ" pratyakṣānumānābhyāmaniṣiddha iṣyate । kasmādityāha । saṃdigdhe'rthe sādhakabādhakapramāṇaviṣaye "hetorvacanād vyastaḥ" pramāṇapratikṣipto "hetoranāśrayo"'viṣayaḥ । (91)

4.92

<(4) bādhā caturvidhā>

445,ii (PVV_445,ii_445,iv)

yadi dvividhau pakṣabādhau tadā pratyakṣānumānāptaiḥ prasiddheneti kathamācāryeṇa caturvidhā sā darśitetyāha ।

445,iii

"anumānasya bhedena sā bādhoktā caturvidhā /

tatrābhyupāyaḥ kāryāṅgaṃ svabhāvāṅgaṃ jagastthitiḥ // 4.92 //"

445,iv

"anumānasya bhedena" traividhyena pratyakṣeṇa caikena "saha sā bādhā caturvidhoktā 〈।〉 tatra" teṣu bādhakeṣva"bhyupāya" āptasvavacane "kāryamaṅgaṃ jagataḥ sthiti"rvyavahṛtiḥ prasiddhiḥ "svabhāvo'ṅgaṃ" hetuḥ ॥ (92)

4.93

<(5) āgamasvavacanayostulyabalatā>

445,v (PVV_445,v_445,vii)

kasmāt punarāptavacanaṃ svavacanañcābhyupāya ucyata ityāha 〈।〉

445,vi

"ātmāparodhābhimato bhūtaniścayayuktavāk /

āptaḥ svavacanaṃ śāstraṃ caikamuktaṃ samatvataḥ // 4.93 //"

445,vii

"ātmāparodhābhimato bhūta"syārthasya "niścayena yuktā" prayuktā "vāg" yasya "sa āpta" ucyate 〈।〉 evaṃ paraṃparayā'rthakāryatvena "svavacanaṃ śāstrañca samatvato"'bhyupāya iti "sama"sya kāryaliṅga"mekamuktaṃ" । (93)

4.94

445,viii (PVV_445,viii_445,x)

kiñca 〈।〉

445,ix

"yathātmano'pramāṇatve vacanaṃ na pravarttate /

śāstrasiddhe tathā nārthe vicārastadanāśraye // 4.94 //"

445,x

vaktu"rātmano'pramāṇatve" prāmāṇyanimittābhāvāt "vacanaṃ"prāmāṇyaṃ "na pravarttate" । nahyasatyārthena vacanena paraḥ pratipādayituṃ śakyate । visamvādanāśrayasya vacanādarthāpatteḥ । tato yathā pratipādayituḥ prāmāṇya eva sati vacanaṃ "pravarttate" 〈।〉 "tathā śāstrasiddhe'rthe ta"sya śāstraprāmāṇyasyā"nāśrayeṇa na vicāraḥ" pravarttate 〈।〉 pramāṇaviṣayo <446> labdhaḥ sākṣādasyaiva pramāṇasya śāstrasyātyantaparokṣārthe vicāraḥ prastūyate prekṣairnānasya । tataḥ śāstrasvavacanayoḥ prāmāṇye'bhyupagatepi sāmyamuktaṃ ॥ (94)

4.95

446,i (PVV_446,i_446,iii)

sāmyameva punaḥ kimarthamupadarśitāmityāha 〈।〉

446,ii

"tatprastāvāśrayatve hi śāstraṃ bādhakamityamum /

vaktumarthaṃ svavācāsya sahoktiḥ sāmyadṛṣṭaye // 4.95 //"

446,iii

"hi" yasmāt "tatprastāva"sya vicāraprakramasyā"śrayatve'dhi"karaṇatve sati "śāstraṃ siddhe" dharmiṇi śāstraṃ pratijñārthaviruddhaṃ"bādhakaṃ" na vastubalapravṛttānumāna"mityamumarthaṃ vaktu"masya śāstrasya "svavācā sāmyasya dṛṣṭaye" darśanārthaṃ "sahokti"ranayorabhyupāyatānirdeśe । svavacanamapi hyuccāraṇasāmarthyādupagataprāmāṇyaṃ siddhe dharmiṇi vicāraprakrame pratijñārthaviṣayabādhakaṃ "bādhakaṃ" dṛṣṭaṃ 〈।〉 na vastubalapravṛttānumānena idamanayoḥ sāmyadarśanaprayojanaṃ । (95)

4.96–4.97

446,iv (PVV_446,iv_446,v)

"udāhāraṇamapyatra sadṛśaṃ tena varṇitam /

pramāṇānāmabhāve hi śāstravācorayogātaḥ // 4.96 //"

446,v

atra śāstravacanayoḥ vyāghātenācārye"ṇodāharaṇamapi" sadṛśamabhinnaṃ "varṇṇitaṃ" ।"yathā na santi pramāṇāni" prameyārthānīti । kathaṃ punaratra śāstrārthasvavacanābhyāṃ vyāghāta ityāha । "pramāṇānāmabhāve hi śāstravācorayogātaḥ" । anupapatteḥ pramāṇasambhave hi śāstravacanayoḥ parapratipādanārthamuktiryuktā । tasmāduccāraṇa"sāmarthyādabhyu"pagataprāmāṇyāt prayogavacanādeva pramāṇābhāvapratijñā bādhyate ।

446,vi (PVV_446,vi_446,viii)

etaccodāharaṇam 〈।〉

446,vii

"svavāgvirodhe vispaṣṭamudāharaṇamāgame /

diṅmātradarśanaṃ tatra pratyedharmosukhapradaḥ // 4.97 //"

446,viii

"svavāgvirodhe" svavacanavyāhatau "vispaṣṭaṃ" tathā hi pramāṇābhāvapratijñāvacanoccāraṇasāmarthyābhyupagataprāmāṇyena vacanenaiva bādhyate । āgame śāstre punarudāharaṇasya "diṅmātradarśana"mupalakṣaṇamātrametat । na tu mukhyamudāharaṇaṃ । pramāṇasya dharmiṇa āgamasiddhatvābhāvāt । idaṃ punarmukhyamudāharaṇaṃ āgame "pretya" paraloke "dharmo'sukhapradaḥ" 〈।〉 āgamasiddhe dharmiṇi dharme sāmānye'sukhapradatvasya viśeṣasya sukhapradatvena viruddhenāgamasiddhena bādhanāt । (97)

4.98

446,ix (PVV_446,ix_447,ii)

"kintu 〈।〉"

<447>

447,i

"śāstriṇopyatadālambe viruddhoktau tu vastuni /

na bādhā pratibandhaḥ syāt tulyakakṣatayā tayoḥ // 4.98 //"

447,ii

"śāstriṇo"'bhyupagataśāstrasyā"tadālambe" śāstrāsiddhe pramāṇasiddhe "vastuni" dharmiṇi śāstrapratijñā"viruddhasya dharmasyoktau na sā bādhā" । yathā mīmāṃsakasya gṛhītaśāstrasya pratyakṣasiddhe śabde dharmiṇi kṛtakatvādanityatvoktāvapi "śāstra"pratijñātena nityatvena na bādhā । yadi bādhā kintarhi bhavatītyāha । "pratibandhaḥsyāt" । kasmādityāha । "tulyakakṣa"tvāt । samabalatvāt । yathā mātā me bandhyā ceti svavāci tulyakakṣatvāt padayoḥ parasparaṃ pratibandhaḥ । (98)

4.99

447,iii (PVV_447,iii_447,v)

nanu svavacanayostulyakakṣatvād yuktaḥ pratibandhaḥ । āgamasvavacanayostulyabalataiva kathamityāha ।

447,iv

"yathā svavāci taccāsya tadā svavacanātmakam /

tayoḥ pramāṇaṃ yasyāsti tat syādanyasya bādhakam // 4.99 //"

447,v

"tacca" śāstraṃ nityatvapratijñātasya vādinaḥ "tadā" prasiddhe dharmiṇi śāstraviruddhapratijñāsamaye svopagamasvīkṛtapramāṇatvāt "svavacanātmakaṃ" jātaṃ vacanaṃ śāstrañca svayamabhyupagataprāmāṇyayuktaṃ tulyakakṣaṃ "yathā svavāci" mātā me bandhyeti vacanamātrayoḥ pratibandhonyonyaṃ । "tayoḥ" śāstravacanayorvirūddhārthābhidhāyinormadhye "yasya pramāṇa"manuvarttaka"masti tat" pramāṇavat । "anyasyā"pramāṇakasya "bādhakaṃ" bhavati । yathā'nityatvaṃ nityasya śabde । (99)

4.100

447,vi (PVV_447,vi_447,vii)

"pratijñāmanumānaṃ vā pratijñā'petayuktikā /

tulyakakṣā yathārthamvā bādheta kathamanyathā // 4.100 //"

447,vii

anyathā yadi pramāṇasiddhe dharmiṇi pramāṇānanugṛhītayoḥ parasparaṃ bādhā । pramāṇābhāve kenetarasya nābādhetīṣyate tadā "pratijñā"viparītā śāstravacanākhyā"'petayuktikā" pratijñā pramāṇyābhyupagamāt "tulyakakṣā" satī kathaṃ bādheta । "yathā" śabde nityatvapratijñā śāstroktā anityatva"pratijñāṃ" vidyamāna"manumānamvā" yathārthaṃ । vastubhūtakṛtakatvali"ṅga"samutthaṃ nityatvapratijñayā "kathaṃ" bādhitaṃ syādanityatvāt । (100)

4.101–4.102

<448>

448,i (PVV_448,i_448,ii)

"prāmāṇyamāgamānāñca prāgeva vinivāritam /

abhyupāyavicāreṣu tasmād doṣoyamiṣyate // 4.101 //

tasmād viṣayabhedasya darśanārthaṃ pṛthakkṛtaḥ /

anumānābarhirbhūtopyabhyupāyaḥ prabādhanāt // 4.102 //"

448,ii

"tasmāt" kāryaliṅgatvādanumānādabahirbhūtopyabhyupāyo "viṣayasya bhedo" nānātvaṃ "taddarśanārtha"manumānāt "pṛthakkṛtaḥ" । anumānaṃ sarvatra bādhakaṃ śāstrantu śāstrāśraye dharmiṇīti bādhakatvaviṣayabhedopadarśanaṃ pṛthakkaraṇaphalaṃ । kathaṃ jñāyate'"numānābahirbhūtaṃ" śāstramityāha । svasiddhe dharmiṇi svopagamaviruddhasya dharmasya "prabādhanāt" na hyapramāṇambādhakaṃ । pramāṇañcāpratyakṣatvāt anumānameva ॥ (101,102)

4.103

448,iii (PVV_448,iii_448,v)

"anyathā'tiprasaṅgaḥ syād vyarthatā vā pṛthakkṛteḥ /"

448,iv

"anyathā" yadi viṣayabhedopadarśanaphalaṃ pṛthakkaraṇaṃ neṣyate tadā prabhedadarśanārthaṃ vaktavyaṃ । tathā ca kāryasvabhāvānupalambhānāṃ prabhedo yāvat sambhavaṃ vācya ityati"prasaṅgaḥ" syāt ।

448,v

atha sadapi bhedāntaraṃ nocyate tadā'numānācchāstrasya "pṛthak kṛtervyarthatā vā" syāt । prabhedavacanasyāvivakṣitatvāt । sāmānyavacanasyānumānenaiva siddhatvāt । yadi viṣayabhedopadarśanārthamanumānāt pṛthagvacanaṃ śāstrasya tadābhyupagamāt svavacanamācāryeṇa kimarthaṃ pṛthakkṛtaṃ <nyāyamukhe> । yathā sarvamuktaṃ mṛṣeti 〈।〉 tathā aulūkyasya nityaḥ śabda iti ।

448,vi (PVV_448,vi_448,ix)

atrāha 〈।〉

448,vii

"bhedo vāṅmātravacane pratibandhaḥ svavācyapi // 4.103 //"

448,viii

"svavācyapi bhedaḥ" svavacanasyāpi śāstrāt pṛthakkaraṇaṃ apramāṇakaṃ vacanaṃ "vāṅmātraṃ" tasmin "pratibandhaḥ" । uccāraṇasāmarthyādabhyupagataprāmāṇyaṃ svavacanaṃ ।

448,ix

anyathoccāraṇameva na syāt । satyārthatā ca prāmāṇyaṃ tanmṛṣārthatayā vācyayā niṣedhyata iti tulyakakṣatayā pratibandha evānayorna bādhā । tadenaṃ vākyaṃ svārthaṃ pratibadhnāti । vākyāntaranirdiṣṭamvastu śāstramityanayorbheda ityuktaṃ । (103)

4.104

448,x (PVV_448,x_449,ii)

syādetat 〈।〉

<449>

449,i

"tenābhyupāgamācchāstraṃ pramāṇaṃ sarvavastuṣu /

bādhakaṃ, yadi necchet sa bādhakaṃ kimpunarbhavet // 4.104 //"

449,ii

śāstrasya "tena" vādinā"bhyupagamāt sarvatra vastuṣu" dharmiṣu śāstrasiddhe vastubalapravṛtte pramāṇaniściteṣu ca "śāstraṃ pramāṇaṃ" sat "bādhakameva" syāt 〈।〉 viparītapratijñāyā na pratibandhakaṃ । tatkathaṃ pramāṇīkṛtaśāstrasya mīmānsakasya śabde pratyakṣasiddhe kṛtakatvādanityatvapratijñāyāḥ sādhyamānāyāḥ śāstreṇa pratibandho na bādhetyuktaṃ । atha "sa" vādī "yadi" śāstraṃ pramāṇaṃ "necchet" tadā "kiṃ punarddharmasyāsukha"pradatvasya bādhāyāṃ pramāṇaṃ "bhavet" । na hyapramāṇaṃ kvacit pramāṇīkṛtaśāstrasya śabde pratyakṣasiddhe bhavitumarhati । (104)

4.105

449,iii (PVV_449,iii_449,v)

dharmasya sukhapradatvena nirdeśādasukhapradatve sādhye svavacanavirodha eveti cet । evaṃ tarhi 〈।〉

449,iv

"svavāgvirodhe'bhedaḥ syāt svavākśāstravirodhayoḥ /

puruṣecchākṛtā cāsya paripūrṇṇā pramāṇatā // 4.105 //"

449,v

"svavāgvirodhe"'bhyupagamyamāne "svavākśāstravirodhayorabheda" eva "syāt" । dvayorabhyupagamasiddhapramāṇatvāt । "puruṣecchākṛtā cāsya" śāstrasya "paripūrṇṇā pramāṇate"tyupahasati । satyapyāgamasvavacanayorabhyupagamāhitaprāmāṇyādabhede "bheda"darśananimittañcoktaṃ । (105)

4.106

449,vi (PVV_449,vi_449,viii)

yasmācchāstraṃ tatsiddha eva dharmiṇi liṅge ca bādhakaṃ na tu pramāṇasiddhepi ।

449,vii

"tasmāt prasiddhaṣvartheṣu śāstratyāgepi na kṣatiḥ /

parokṣeṣvāgamā'niṣṭau na cintaiva pravarttate // 4.106 //"

449,viii

"tasmāt" pratyakṣānumānābhyāṃ "prasiddheṣu" dharmiliṅgasādhyasambandhādiṣu satsu "śāstratyāgepi na kṣatiḥ" । yathā śabdakṛtatvānityatvasambandhādiṣu pramāṇasiddheṣu śāstrasyākāśaguṇatvapratipādakasya tyāgepi nāniṣṭaṃ । "parokṣeṣu" dharmādharmādiṣu punarāgamasya pramāṇatvenāniṣṭau "cintaiva na pravarttate 〈।〉 nahyasiddhe dharmiṇi" vicāraḥ । (106)

4.107

449,ix (PVV_449,ix_450,ii)

nanu śāstrañcenna pramāṇaṃ kathantatsiddhe dharmiṇi liṅgādau vā vicāra ityāha ।

<450>

450,i

"virodhodbhāvanaprāyā parīkṣāpyatra tadyathā /

adharmamūlaṃ rāgādi snānañcādharmanāśanam // 4.107 //"

450,ii

"atra" śāstre "parīkṣāpi" yā kriyate sā pūrvāparābhyāṃ "virodhodbhāvanaprāyā na" vāstavī "tadyathā'dharmasya mūlaṃ rāgādīti" kvaciduktaṃ "snānañcādharmanāśana"mityatrocyamānamviruṇaddhi । rāgādayo hi pāpanidānaṃ na ca nidānāvirodhe nidānino bādhā । tatkathaṃ rāgādyavirodhi snānaṃ pāpavirodhi syāt । apramāṇe śāstre virodhodbhāvanaprāyāpi cintā kasmāt pravarttyate iti cet । dānādicetanānāṃ pravṛttermahānu"(saṃśā)"<?>〈śaṃsā〉śravaṇāt 〈।〉 hiṃsādicetanānāṃ mahāpāpaśravaṇācca 〈।〉 apekṣitaphaleṣu dānādiṣvayaṃ puruṣaḥ pravṛttikāmo nāgamaprāmāṇyamanāśrityāsituṃ samarthaḥ । (107)

4.108

<(6) pratītibādhā>

450,iii (PVV_450,iii_450,v)

tataḥ 〈।〉

450,iv

"śāstraṃ yatsiddhayā yuktyā svavācā ca na bādhyate /

dṛṣṭe'dṛṣṭepi tad grāhyamiti cintā pravarttyate // 4.108 //"

450,v

"yacchāstraṃ dṛṣṭe" pramāṇe viṣaye "yuktyā" pratyakṣādyākhyayā "na bādhyate । adṛṣṭe" pramāṇaviṣaye ca svavācā'gamāśrayeṇānumānena na bādhyate 〈।〉 tatpramāṇatvenādṛṣṭe viṣaye pravṛttikāmasya "grāhyaṃ" na tu yatkiñci"dityanena" prayojanena śāstre virodhodbhāvanaprāyā "cintā pravarttyate" । (108)

4.109

450,vi (PVV_450,vi_451,iii)

śāstrasvavacanavirodhau vyākhyātau ।

<451>

<ka. āptalakṣaṇam>

451,i

pratītibādhāṃ vyākhyātumāha ।

451,ii

"artheṣvapratiṣiddhatvāt puruṣecchānurodhinaḥ /

iṣṭaśabdābhidheyasyāpto vākṣatavāgjanaḥ // 4.109 //"

451,iii

iṣṭaśabdābhidheyatvasyābhimatavācyatvasya "puruṣecchānurodhinaḥ" puruṣecchādhīnasyā"rtheṣvapratiṣiddhatvāt" 〈।〉 na hi puruṣecchāyāmapi śaśī candraśabdaṃ vācakatayā na svīkaroti । tataścātreṣṭa"śabdābhidheya"tve viṣaye "āpto" vyavaharttā "jano'kṣatavāga"pratiṣiddheṣṭavacanaḥ । anena śabdenāyamartho mayā'"bhidhātavya iti kalpanāviṣayatva"miṣṭaśabdābhidheyatvaṃ । tatra ca puruṣasyāropeṇa svecchādhīnā vacanapravṛttiḥ । tasmādiṣṭaśabdābhidheyatvabādhaḥ pakṣīkriyamāstenaiva svasamvedanasiddhena bādhyate । (109)

4.110

451,iv (PVV_451,iv_451,v)

"uktaḥ prasiddhaśabdena dharmastadvyavahārajaḥ /

pratyakṣādimitā mānaśrutyāropeṇa sūcitāḥ // 4.110 //"

451,v

candraścandra ityādiśabda"vyavahārājjāto dharmaḥ" kalpanāviṣayo yogyatākhya ācāryeṇa "prasiddhaśabdena" tadyathā śābdaprasiddhenetyādinoktaḥ । śābdī prasiddhirvyavahāraḥ śābdaprasiddhiḥ tadbhavo viṣayaḥ śābdaprasiddhaḥ tena bādhetyarthaḥ । na kevalamihaiva pratyakṣādibādhāsvapi "mānaśratau" meyasyā"ropeṇa" pratyakṣādibhyāmanumānāgamābhyāṃ mitārthā eva virodhino vācakatve pakṣasya "sūcitāḥ" । (110)

4.111

451,vi (PVV_451,vi_451,viii)

na hi pratyakṣānumāne puruṣacittavartinī āgamaśca bādhyamāne dharmiṇi sambhavanti । tadupalabdhataddharmmāḥ santo yujyante bādhakāstasmāt 〈।〉

451,vii

"tadāśrayabhuvāmicchānurodhādaniṣedhinām /

kṛtānāmakṛtānāṃ ca yogyaṃ viśvaṃ svabhāvataḥ // 4.111 //"

451,viii

tasya lokasyāśrayeṇa bhuvāṃ bhavatāṃ śabdānāṃ vyāvahārikāṇāmicchānurodhinām artheṣu vācakatvapravṛtteḥ kāraṇāt kvacidapi viṣaye'niṣedhināṃ niṣedharahitānāṃ kṛtānāṃ saṃketitānāmasaṃketitānāñca viśvamidaṃ vācyatvena svabhāvādeva yogyaṃ ॥ (111)

4.112

<kha. yogyatā prasiddhiśabdārthaḥ>

451,ix (PVV_451,ix_452,ii)

yataśceṣṭaśabdābhidheyatvayogyatā sarvatra sambhavati । ato viśeṣānapekṣaṇād 〈।〉

<452>

452,i

"arthamātrānurodhinyā bhāvinyā bhūtayāpi vā /

bādhyate pratirundhānaḥ śabdayogyatayā tayā // 4.112 //"

452,ii

"arthamātrānurodhinyā tayā śabdayogyatayā bhā"visaṃketāpekṣayā "bhāvinyā" । atītasaṃketāpekṣayā "bhūtayāpi vā" vyavasthitayā tāmeva 〈"yogyatāṃ pratirundhānaḥ" । "yathā'candraḥ" śaśī satvāditi "bādhyate"〉 । (112)

4.113

452,iii (PVV_452,iii_452,iv)

"tadyogyatābalādeva vastuto ghaṭito dhvaniḥ /

sarvosyāmapratītepi tasmiṃstatsiddhatā tataḥ // 4.113 //"

452,iv

yogyatābalādeva vastutaḥ sāmarthyāt sarvaḥ saṃketito'saṃkitataśca dhvanirasyāṃ yogyatāyāṃ ghaṭitaḥ sambaddhaḥ sākṣāt vācakatvena tasmin śabde'pratītepi vastuni aprātikūlyalakṣaṇasya yogyatvasya sarvadā sthiteḥ । yata evaṃ tatastasyā yogyatāyaḥ śabdaprasiddhatācāryeṇoktā । yad yatra samartha tadasaṃmukhībhāvepi tat tena vyapadi(ṣya)<?>〈śya〉te yathā pācaka iti । samarthañca vastviṣṭaśabdābhidheyatva iti kṛtvā śābdaprasiddha iti । (113)

4.114

452,v (PVV_452,v_452,vi)

"asādhāraṇatā na syāt bādhāhetorihānyathā /

tanniṣedho'numānāt syācchabdārthe'nakṣavṛttitaḥ // 4.114 //"

452,vi

"anyathā" yadi śabdo'saṃmukhībhavannapi yogyatāyāṃ na sambaddhaḥ । tadeha śabdayogyatāpratiṣedhe karttavye "bādhāhetoracandraḥ" śaśī satvāderityādera"sādhāraṇatoktā na syāt" । sarvasya candraśabdayogyatve sapakṣābhāvātmatvasādhāraṇaṃ syānnānyathā । "śabdārthe" yogyatālakṣaṇe kalpite'"nakṣavṛttitaḥ" । akṣavṛttyabhāvāt । pratyakṣabādhakamititasyā yogyatāyā "niṣedho"numānāt "syāt" । (114)

4.115

452,vii (PVV_452,vii_452,viii)

"asādhāraṇatā tatra hetūnāṃ yatra nānvayi /

sattvamityasyodāhāro hetorevaṃ kuto mataḥ // 4.115 //"

452,viii

"tatra" yogyatāpratiṣedhe karttavye sarveṣāṃ "hetūnāṃ" sapakṣābhāvāt "asādhāraṇatā" kathametadityāha 〈।〉 "yatra" sādhye "sattva"mapi liṅgaṃ sarvavastuvyāpi "nā'nvayi" sādhāraṇaṃ bhavati tatrānyasya kā katheti "hetoḥ" kṛtakatvasyo"dāhāra" ācāryesyaivaṃ phalaḥ "sarvahetvasādhāraṇatvapratipādanaprayodano mataḥ" । (115)

4.116

<453>

453,i (PVV_453,i_453,iii)

kathaṃ gamyate sarveṣāṃ śabdānāṃ sarvatrārthe siddhirityāha ।

453,ii

"saṃketasaṃśrayāḥ śabdāḥ sa cecchāmātrasaṃśrayaḥ /

nāsiddhiḥ śabdasiddhānāmiti śābdaprasiddhivāk // 4.116 //"

453,iii

saṅketamantareṇa vācakādṛṣṭeḥ "saṃketasaṃśrayāḥ śabdāḥ sa ca" saṃketaḥ puruṣe"cchāmātrasaṃśrayaḥ" 〈।〉 tadatiriktasyāpekṣaṇīyasyābhāvāt । tasmā"cchabdasiddhānāma"bhidheyatvādīnāṃ kvacidapyarthe "nāsiddhiḥ" । iti hetoḥ "śābdaprasiddhirācāryasya" ॥ (116)

4.117

453,iv (PVV_453,iv_453,vi)

etacca śābdaprasiddhivacanam 〈।〉

453,v

"anumānaprasiddheṣu viruddhāvyabhicāriṇaḥ /

abhāvaḥ darśayatyevaṃ pratīteranumātvataḥ // 4.117 //"

453,vi

vastubalapravṛttenā"numānena prasiddhe"ṣvartheṣu viparītadharmopasthāpakasya "viruddhāvyabhicāriṇaḥ" sādhanāntarasyā"bhāvandarśayati" । kasmādityāha । "evamī"dṛśyāḥ śabdasiddhāyā yogyatāyāḥ "pratīte " svabhāvaliṅgasamutthatvāt "anumātvataḥ" । yathā śabdasiddhā yogyatā'numānasiddheti bādhyā satvādihetunā 〈।〉 tathā'nyopi vastubalapravṛttānumānaviṣayaḥ samānatvāt nyāyasyetyarthaḥ । (117)

4.118

453,vii (PVV_453,vii_453,viii)

"athavā bruvato lokasyānumā'bhāva ucyate /

kintena bhinnaviṣayā pratītiranumānataḥ // 4.118 //"

453,viii

athavā'candraḥśaśī satvāditi vipratipadyamānaṃ pratipat pratipādanārthaṃ "lokasya bruvataḥ" śābdaprasiddhenāsādhāraṇatvāda"numānābhāva" ācāryeṇo"cyate" । pāramārthikasya bādhyatvasyābhāvāt । kalpitaṃ niṣedhyaṃ tacca puruṣecchāmātrādhīnatvāt sarvatra sambhavatīti sarvasya candraśabdayogyatāyogānna kaścidacandraḥ pakṣosti yatra varttamānaṃsattvamasādhāraṇatāṃ jahyā<?> । evandarśite "kimbha"vatīti cet । "tenā"numānābhāvābhidhāyinā śabdaprasiddhābhidhānena śabdasiddhā "pratīti"rvastubalapravṛttā"numāna"to "bhinnaviṣayo"ktā bhavati । vastuviṣayaṃ hyanumānaṃ kalpitagocarāntarā śābdī pratītirityarthaḥ ॥ (118)

4.119

<454>

<ga. vastubalapravṛttamanumānam>

454,i (PVV_454,i_454,ii)

"tenānumānād vastūnāṃ sadasattānurodhinaḥ /

bhinnasyātadvaśā vṛttistadicchājeti sūcitam // 4.119 //"

454,ii

"tena" viṣayabhedena "vastūnāṃ sadasattānurodhino'numānāt bhinnasya" kalpitasyārthasya śabdayogyatvasya "vṛttiratadvaśā" vastvanāyattā "tasya" puruṣa"syecchājeti sūcitaṃ" bhavati । (119)

4.120

454,iii (PVV_454,iii_454,v)

kiñca 〈।〉

454,iv

"candratāṃ śaśino'nicchān kāṃ pratīti sa vāñchati /

iti taṃ pratyadṛṣṭāntaṃ tadasādhāraṇaṃ matam // 4.120 //"

454,v

"śaśinaḥ" sarvajanasiddhāṃ vyāvahārikī "candratā" candraśabdavācyatāṃ "anicchan" paraḥ"kāmanyāṃ pratītiṃ sa vāñchati" 〈।〉 yayā vācyatāsiddhiḥ kvacit syāt । matā ca pāramārthikī vācyatāpratītirna kvacidasti । vastutaḥ sarvasyāvācyatāpradarśanāt । kalpivācyatāpratītistu puruṣecchāmātraprabhavatvāt sarvatrāvyāhataiva । ataḥ sarvasya candraśabdavācyatāyogāt sapakṣo nāstīti taṃ candratāpalāpinaṃ vādinaṃ "prati" satvaṃ "liṅgamadṛṣṭāntamasādhāraṇa"muktamācāryeṇa na tu candrasyaikasyānyatrāsambhavāt sapakṣavipakṣayorabhāvādasādhāraṇatvamabhipretamācāryasya । acandratve sādhye ghaṭādeḥ sapakṣasya satvāt । candrastu vipakṣo mā bhūt 〈।〉 tathāpi hetunivṛttirasmādavyāhataiva । asatopi hetunivṛtteḥ sādhanāt । (120)

4.121

454,vi (PVV_454,vi_454,viii)

apica 〈।〉

454,vii

"nodāharaṇamevedamadhikṛtyedamucyate /

lakṣaṇatvāt tathā vṛkṣo'dhātrītyuktau ca bādhanāt // 4.121 //"

454,viii

acandraḥ śaśī sattvādityetadevodā"haraṇamadhikṛtyedaṃ" śabdavācyatvapratikṣepahetorasādhāraṇatvaṃ "nocyate । lakṣaṇatvāt " । lakṣaṇena hi lakṣyaṃ vyāptaṃ darśanīyaṃ na ca dvitīyacandrābhāvenosādharaṇatoktirudāharaṇāntaraṃ vyāpnoti । yathā vā candratāyāḥ pratītyā bādheṣyate "tathā'dhātrī vṛkṣaḥ" sattvāt ghaṭādivadityudāharaṇo"ktau"<455> sarvalokasiddhayā puruṣecchādhīnayā ghaṭādāvapi vṛkṣaśabdayogyatāpratītyā "sapakṣābhāve"nāsādhāraṇatvād vṛkṣaśabdavācyatvābhāvasya sādhanāt 〈।〉 "yathoktamevā"sādhāraṇatvamācāryasyeṣṭaṃ । (121)

4.122

455,i (PVV_455,i_455,iii)

yadapyucyate dvitīyasya candrasyābhāvādasādhāraṇateti tatrāha 〈।〉

455,ii

"atrāpi loke dṛṣṭatvāt karpūrarajatādiṣu /

samayādvartamānasya kā'sādhāraṇatāpi vā // 4.122 //"

455,iii

"loke karppūrarajatādiṣu" gāndhikavācikādīnāṃ "samayādvarttamānasya dṛṣṭatvā"datrācandraḥ śaśī sattvādityudāharaṇe hetora"sādhāraṇatāpi kā vā" । yadi dvitīyacandro na bhavet । evamasādhāraṇatā syād vastutvasya । (122)

4.123

455,iv (PVV_455,iv_455,ix)

syādetat 〈।〉 tatsamayādapi varttamānasya candratvāderna śabdavācyatā । tato yathā na vahniśabdavācyatā karppūrasya tathā candraśabdavācyatā ca na syādityasādhāraṇataivetyāha ।

455,v

"yadi tasya kvacit sidhyet siddhaṃ vastubalena tat /"

455,vi

"tasyaivaṃ"vādinaḥ satyapi sāmayike candre "kvacidartha"viśeṣe candraśabdavācyatvaṃ yadi sidhyet na tu sarvatra karpūrarajatādau tadā "tacca"ndraśabdavācyatva "vastubalena siddhaṃ" syāt । na tvevaṃ dṛśyate sarvasya karpūrādeśca śabdābhidheyatvadarśanāt ।

455,vii

atha yatraiva kalpyate candratvaṃ tadeva tacchabdavācyaṃ pratīyata iti tathābhyupagamyate tadā ।

455,viii

"pratītisiddhapagame'śaśinyapyanivāraṇam // 4.123 //"

455,ix

sāmayike candratve kvāpi pratītyā siddhasya candraśabdavācyatvasyopagame । śa"śinya"pi tacchabdavācyasyā"nivāraṇaṃ" । (123)

4.124

455,x (PVV_455,x_455,xi)

"tasya vastuni siddhasya śaśinyapyanivāraṇam /

tadvasttvabhāve śaśini vāraṇepi na duṣyati // 4.124 //"

455,xi

śuklatādike nimittabhūte vastuni । "tasya" candraśabdābhidheyatvasya "siddhasya śaśinyapi" nimittasadbhāvāda"nivāraṇaṃ" tasya nimittabhūtasya vastunaḥ "śaśinyabhāve" tu candraśabdavācyatvasya vastutvāddhetorvāraṇepi na kiñcid "duṣyati" । nimittābhāve <456> naimittikābhāvāsyeṣṭatvāt । sāmayikantu sarvatrāśakyavāraṇamiti "tacchabdayogyatāpyabādhyā" । (124)

4.125

456,i (PVV_456,i_456,ii)

"tasmādavastuniyatasaṃketabalabhāvinām /

yogyāḥ padārthā dharmāṇāmicchāyā anirodhānāt // 4.125 //"

456,ii

"tasmādavastuniyato" vastunyaniyata icchādhīnatvāt "saṃketa"stasya balād "bhāvināṃ dharmmāṇāṃ" vācyatvādīnāṃ "padārthāḥ" sarve dharmitvena "yogyāḥ" । icchātaḥ "puṃsaḥ kenacid vācyatvādyutthā"pikāyā "icchāyā anirodhāt" । (125)

4.126

456,iii (PVV_456,iii_456,iv)

"tāṃ yogyatāṃ virundhānaṃ saṃketāpratiṣedhajā /

pratihanti pratītyākhyā yogyatāviṣaye'numā // 4.126 //"

456,iv

"tāmi"ṣṭaśabdābhidheyatva"yogyatāṃ" padārthānāṃ sattvādikāddhetorvi"rundhānaṃ pratikṣipantaṃ" vādinaṃ "pratītyā"khyā pratītisaṃjñitā'"numā pratihanti । saṃketāpratiṣedhajeti" svabhāvaliṅgajatvamāha । icchādhīnatvāt yogyatāviṣaye viparītadharmopasthānamāha । prayogaḥ punaḥ 〈।〉 yaḥ puruṣecchānubhidhāyī sa sarvatra sambhavī tadyathā vikalpaḥ puruṣecchānuvidhāyi cārtheṣviṣṭaśabdābhidheyatvamiti । (126)

4.127

456,v (PVV_456,v_456,vi)

"śabdānāmarthaniyamaḥ saṃketānuvidhāyinām /

netyanenoktamatraiṣāṃ pratiṣedho virudhyate // 4.127 //"

456,vi

"anena" ceṣṭaśabdābhidheyatvayogyatāpratiṣedhabādhanena darśitena "śabdānāṃ saṃketānuvidhāyi"nāma"rthaniyamaḥ" pratiniyatavācakatvaṃ "netyukta"mbhavati । tatosya svecchākalpito'rthe "eṣāṃ" śabdānāṃ vācakatvasya "pratiṣedhaḥ" sattvādihetoḥ "kriyamāṇo virudhyate" । (127)

4.128

456,vii (PVV_456,vii_457,i)

yadyevantadā kvacidarthe niṣedhaṃ kurvatā śabdo bādhyaḥ syāt । tataśca guṇādikaṃ nimittabhūtaṃ guṇādiśabdānāṃ guṇaguṇisambandhādipāramārthikamarthaṃ guṇiśabdādīnāṃ niṣedhan bādhyaḥ syādityāha । yena kalpitamarthaṃ śabdānāṃ bādhamānaḥ pratikṣipyate । na tu guṇādikaṃ tena 〈।〉

456,viii

"naimittikyāḥ śruterarthamarthamvā pāramārthikam /

śabdānāṃ pratirundhāno'bādhanārho hi varṇṇitaḥ // 4.128 //"

<457>

457,i

"naimittikyā" vastubhūtaguṇādinimittavatyāḥ "śruterarthaṃ guṇādikaṃ pāramārthikamarthaṃ" guṇiguṇādisambandhaṃ "śabdānāṃ" guṇyādivācināṃ "pratirundhāno"'bādhanārho bādhāṃ nārhatītyukto bhavati ॥ (128)

4.129

457,ii (PVV_457,ii_457,iv)

yasmācca sāṃketikārthanirākaraṇe pratītibādhā 〈।〉

457,iii

"tasmād viṣayabhedasya darśanāya pṛthakkṛtā /

anumānābahirbhūtā pratītirapi pūrvavat // 4.129 //"

457,iv

"tasmāt" svabhāvaliṅgajatvenā"numānādabahirbhūtā pratītirapi" tasmāt"pṛthakkṛtā" 〈।〉 kimarthamityāha । "viṣayasya bhedaḥ" kalpitākalpitatvaṃ tasya "darśanāya" । kalpitārthaviṣayā pratītiḥ । vastuviṣayantvanumānamityarthaḥ । "pūrvavaditi" । yathā āgamasvavacane'bhyupagataprāmāṇye'pratyakṣatvādanumānāntargatepi viṣayabhedadarśanāya pṛthagdarśite vastubalapravṛttenumānaṃ sarvaviṣayavicāre tvāgamasvavacane adhikṛte । tathā pratītyanumāne api bhinnaviṣaye ityarthaḥ । (129)

4.130

457,v (PVV_457,v_457,vii)

anumānabādhāyāmantarbhāvādanayorabhyupagamapratītibādhayoḥ 〈।〉

457,vi

"siddhayoḥ pṛthagākhyāne darśayaṃśca prayojanam /

ete sahetuke prāha nānumādhyakṣabādhane // 4.130 //"

457,vii

"siddhayo"rapi "pṛthagākhyāne" viṣayabhedalakṣaṇaṃ "prayojanandarśayannā" cā rya "ete" abhyupagamapratītibādhe "sahetuke prāha" । na santi pramāṇāni prameyārthānītipratijñāmātreṇeti 〈।〉 atra pratijñāmātraṃ śāstrasvavacanayoḥ siddhayoraprāmāṇyapratijñābādhakamuktam 〈।〉 atopyasādhāraṇatvādanumānābhāve śābdaprasiddhenāpodyate na sapakṣa iti । atra śābdaprasiddhena śaśinaścandratvenācandratvapratijñāyā bādhanamuktaṃ । "anumādhyakṣabādhane" tu na sahetuke prāha । aśrāvaṇaḥ śabdo nityo ghaṭa iti tasmād viṣayabhedopalakṣaṇārtha sahetutvāhetutvadarśanaṃ । pratyakṣānumāna bādhe sarvāviṣaye । abhyupagamapratītibādhe tu niyataviṣaye ityarthaḥ ॥ (130)

4.131–4.132

457,viii (PVV_457,viii_458,iv)

uktā pratītibādhā ॥

<458>

<(7) pratyakṣabādhā>

458,i

pratyakṣabādhā vaktavyā । na kevalaṃ śābdaprasiddhe vyavahāradharmaprasiddhau tatpratiroddhā bādhyate । kintu 〈।〉

458,ii

"atrāpyadhyakṣabādhāyāṃ nānārūpatayā dhvanau /

prasiddhasya śrutau;"

458,iii

"atrāpyadhyakṣabādhāyāṃ" vyāvahārikakalpanāvaśāt "nānārūpatayā" loke "prasiddhasya" khyātasya "dhvanau śrutau" śravaṇajñāne ॥

458,iv

"rūpaṃ yadeva pratibhāsate // 4.131 //

advayaṃ śabalābhāsasyādṛṣṭerbuddhijanmanaḥ /

tadarthārthoktirasyaiva kṣepe'dhyakṣeṇa bādhanam // 4.132 //"

458,v (PVV_458,v)

"yadeva rūpamadvayaṃ" dharmādidvayaśūnyaṃ "pratibhāsate śabalābhāsasya" nānākārasya "buddhijanmano'dṛṣṭeḥ" । yadi nānākaratā śabdasya vāstavī syāt 〈।〉 tathaiva śrutijñāne pratibhāseta । "tadarthā" tatpratipādanaphalā'cāryasya pratyakṣānumānārthaprasiddhena nirākṛtaityatrā"rthoktirartha"grahaṇamasyādhyakṣasiddhasyaiva rūpasya "kṣepe'dhyakṣeṇa bādhana"miṣṭaṃ । (131,132)

<4.4. sāmānyacintā>

<(1) sāmānyaṃ vyāvṛttilakṣaṇam>

4.133

458,vi (PVV_458,vi_458,vii)

"tadeva rūpaṃ tatrārthaḥ śeṣaṃ vyāvṛttilakṣaṇam /

avastubhūtaṃ sāmānyamatastannākṣagocaraḥ // 4.133 //"

458,vii

"tatra" śrutijñāne "bhāsa"mānaṃ "tadrūpa"marthaḥ svalakṣaṇaṃ । tadatiriktaṃ "śeṣaṃ" । dharmidharmādi"vyāvṛttilakṣaṇa"manyavyavacchedasvabhāvama"vastu"bhūtaṃ sarvatra sambhavāt "sāmā"nyañca । "ato'"vastutvādestadguṇajātyā"di nākṣagocaraḥ" । (133)

4.134

<459>

459,i (PVV_459,i_459,ii)

"tena samānyadharmāṇāmapratyakṣatvasiddhitaḥ /

pratikṣepepyabādheti śrāvaṇoktyā prakāśitam // 4.134 //"

459,ii

"tenā"vastutvena kāraṇena "sāmānyadharmāṇāṃ" prameyatvādīnāma"pratyakṣatvasya siddhitaḥ" । kenacidvādinā pratyakṣasiddhitaḥ "pratikṣepepi" kriyamāṇe na bādhyabādhakabhāva ityaśrāvaṇa ityatra "śrāvaṇoktyā" niṣedhyadarśikayā prakāśitaṃ svalakṣaṇabādhane pratyakṣa"bādhetyarthaḥ" ॥ (134)

4.135

459,iii (PVV_459,iii_459,v)

evaṃ tarhi śabdasvalakṣaṇaṃ nāstītyeva kasmānnocyate । kiṃ śrāvaṇatvamukhyaṃ niṣedhya yuktirityāha ।

459,iv

"sarvathā'vācyarūpatvāt siddhyā tasya samāśrayāt /

bādhanāt tadbalenoktaḥ śrāvaṇenākṣagocaraḥ // 4.135 //"

459,v

svalakṣaṇasya "sarvathā" kenacicchabdenā"vācya"tvāt mukhyamabhidhānaṃ nāstyeva । atha sāmānyavṛttirapi svalakṣaṇaśabdo'dhyavasāyānurodhāt svalakṣaṇamupalakṣayati । evaṃ śrāvaṇaśabdopīndriyagrāhyatopalakṣaṇaṃ śabdasvalakṣaṇamupalakṣayiṣyatīti na kaścidviśeṣaḥ । athavāstyeva śrāvaṇaśabdenābhidhāne prayojanamityāha । śrotrendriyaviṣasya yā siddhistathā bhāvaḥ । tayā siddhyā "tasye"ndriyajñānasya "samāśrayā"cchabdasya svarūpavyavasthityā hetunā tena vyapadeśa indriyajñānabalena śabdasvarūpapāvasthitaḥ 〈।〉 tathābhidhānamityarthaḥ । kiñca tasyendriyajñānasya "balena" śabdasvalakṣaṇa"viparyayabhāvasya bādhānāt" kāraṇāt "śrāvaṇenākṣagocaraḥ" svalakṣaṇa"muktaḥ" । nityo ghaṭa ityanumāne nityatvaviṣayeṇa kṛtakatvaliṅgabhuvā bādhitaḥ pakṣaḥ । sa cāsakṛddarśita eveti neha vipañcitaḥ ॥ (135)

4.136

<(2) svadharmigrahaṇaprayojanam>

459,vi (PVV_459,vi_460,i)

idānīṃ pratyakṣānumānāptaprasiddhena svadharmiṇīti svadharmigrahaṇasya "sāphalya"mākhyātumāha ।

459,vii

"sarvatra vādino dharmo yaḥ svasādhyatayopsitaḥ /

taddharmavati bādhā syānnānyadharmeṇa dharmiṇi // 4.136 //"

<460>

460,i

"sarvatra" vādakāle sādhyakāle vā "vādinaḥ svasādhyatayā yo dharma īpsitaḥ taddharbhavati" dharmiṇi "bādhā syāt" । yathā śrāvaṇatvavati śabde bādhite bādhā pakṣasya । "na" tu vādīṣṭād dharmāda"nyena dharmeṇa" dharmavati "dharmiṇi" bādhite bādhā pakṣasya syāditi dharmigrahaprayojanaṃ yathākāśaguṇatvavati śabde bādhitenaṃ pakṣabādhā । (136)

4.137

460,ii (PVV_460,ii_460,iii)

"anyathāsyoparodhaḥ ko bādhitenyatra dharmiṇi /

gatārthe lakṣaṇenāsmin svadharmivacanaṃ punaḥ // 4.137 //"

460,iii

"anyathā" yadyevaṃ neṣyate ta"dānyatra" dharme "dharmiṇi bādhite'sya" prakṛtadharmaviśiṣṭasya dharmiṇaḥ ka "uparodho" bādha ॥ nanu svarūpeṇaiva nirdeśyaḥ svayamiṣṭo'nirākṛtaḥ pakṣa iti pakṣalakṣaṇenaivāniṣṭadharmavato dharmiṇo bādhā na pakṣabādheti labhyata evetyāha । pakṣasya "lakṣaṇenāsmin" vādīṣṭadharmavati dharmiṇi bādhyatvena "gatārthe punaḥ svadharmivacanaṃ" yatkṛtaṃ । (137)

4.138

460,iv (PVV_460,iv_460,v)

"bādhāyāṃ dharmiṇopi syāt bādhetyasya prasiddhaye /

āśrayasya virodhena tadāśritavirodhanāt // 4.138 //"

460,v

"dharmiṇopi bādhāyāṃ" dharmasya bādhane pakṣa"bādhā" yathā "syādityasyā"rthasya "prasiddhaye" kvacidā"śrayasya" dharmiṇo "virodhena" pratikṣepeṇa tadā"śritasya" dharmasya "virodhanāt" dharmadvāreṇa dharmidvāreṇa vā samudāyabādhāyāṃ pakṣabādhetyarthaḥ । (138)

4.139

460,vi (PVV_460,vi_460,vii)

"anyathaivaṃvidho dharmaḥ sādhya ityabhidhānataḥ /

tadbādhāmeva manyeta svadharmigrahaṇantataḥ // 4.139 //"

460,vii

"anyathā" dharmidvāreṇa samudāyabādhāyāḥ saṃgrahārthaṃ svadharmigrahaṇaṃ yadi na kriyate "tadaivamvidhaḥ" sādhyatvenaiveṣṭo "dharmaḥ" sādhya "ityabhidhānataḥ" । "ta"syaṃ dharmamātrasyaiva "bādhāṃ manyeta" pratipattā na tu dharmibādhāmapi । tataḥ 〈।〉 ubhayasaṃgrahārthaṃ "svadharmi"grahaṇamācāryasya ॥ (139)

4.140

460,viii (PVV_460,viii_461,ii)

"nanvetadapyarthasiddhaṃ satyaṃ kecittu dharmiṇaḥ /

kevalasyoparodhepi doṣavattāmupāgatāḥ // 4.140 //"

<461>

461,i

"nanve"tadubhayasaṃgrahaṇa"mapyarthataḥ" sāmarthyaṃtaḥ "siddhaṃ" । na hi kevalo dharmosti kvacit । tadvādhane tadviśiṣṭasya "dharmiṇo"pi bādhanāt samudāyabādhaivaiṣitavyā । sā ca dharmidvāreṇa vā bhavatu dharmadvāreṇa vā na kaścid viśeṣa ityarthaḥ ।

461,ii

atrāha satyametat "kecittu" vādino "dharmiṇoḥ kevalasyoparodhe sādhya"dharmasyābādhāyāmapi pakṣasya "doṣavattāmupāgatāḥ" pratipannāḥ । (140)

4.141

461,iii (PVV_461,iii_461,iv)

"yathā parairanutpādyāpūrvarūpanna khādikam /

sakṛcchabdādyahetutvādityukte prāha dūṣakaḥ // 4.141 //"

461,iv

"yathā paraiḥ" sahakāribhira"nutpādyāpūrvarūpaṃ na khādika"mākāśadikkālādi na bhavati । api tūtpādyapūrvarūpameva bhavati । sakṛdekakālantadutpādyasya kāryakālapasya "śabdāderahetutvāda"viśiṣṭaikarūpāt kāraṇāt sakṛt sarvakāryotpattiprasaṅgā"diti" vādi"nokte dūṣakaḥ" prativādyāha । (141)

4.142

461,v (PVV_461,v_461,vi)

"tadvad vastusvabhāvo'san dharmī vyomādirityapi /

naivamiṣṭasya sādhyasya bādhā kācana vidyate // 4.142 //"

461,vi

"tadvadya"thānutpādyāpūrvarūpa ākāśādirna bhavati । tathā vastu"svabhāvo dharmī vyomādirasannityapi" syāt । arthakriyā'samarthasya vastutvābhāvāditi dharmiṇaḥ kevalasya bādhanaṃ na dharmasya । "evaṃ" dharmibādhanepī"ṣṭasya sādhyasya kācana bādhā na vidyate" । hetorvā'siddhiḥ । asatyapi kāryānutpādasya vyavacchedasya siddheḥ । (142)

4.143

461,vii (PVV_461,vii_462,ii)

tataḥ 〈।〉

<462>

462,i

"dvayasyāpi hi sādhyatve sādhyadharmoparodhi yat /

bādhanaṃ dharmiṇastatra bādhetyetena varṇṇitam // 4.143 //"

462,ii

"dvayasya" dharmidharmasamudāyasyāpi hi "sādhyatve" sati yatra "dharmiṇo bādhanaṃ sādhyadharmoparodhi" tatra pakṣa"bādhā" yuktetye"tena" svadharmigrahaṇena "varṇṇitaṃ" । na hi sādhyadharmamātrasādhanārthaṃ kaścit sādhanamanveṣate । tasya jagati kvacit sattāyāṃ vivādābhāvāt । tathā niścaye pravṛttyayogācca । kintu dharmiviśeṣaniṣṭhaṃ sādhyamiṣṭaṃ ॥ (143)

4.144–4.145

462,iii (PVV_462,iii_462,v)

"tathaiva dharmiṇopyatra sādhyatvāt kevalasya na /

yadyevamatra bādhā syāt;"

462,iv

tatra yathā dharmiviśiṣṭasya sādhyatvaṃ dharmasya "tathaiva" sādhyatvaviśiṣṭatvena "dharmiṇopi sādhyatvāt kevalasya" dharmasya na kvacit sādhyatā । tato na kevalasya dharmiṇo bādhane pakṣabādhā ॥ "yadi" sādhyadharmoparodhini dharmiṇi bādhite pakṣabādheṣyate 〈।〉 "evaṃ" satyatra hetau sāṃkhyaṃ prati bauddhenokte dharmibādhādvāreṇa dharma"bādhā syāt" ।

462,v

"nānyānutpādyaśaktikaḥ // 4.144 //

sakṛcchabdādyahetutvāt sukhādiriti pūrvavat /

virodhitā bhavedatra heturaikāntiko yadi // 4.145 //"

462,vi (PVV_462,vi)

tadyathā "sukhādiḥ" sukhaduḥkhamohātmakaṃ "pradhānaṃ nānyena" sahākāriṇā'"nutpādyaśaktiko'"nādheyasāmarthyaḥ "sakṛcchabdā"dīnāṃ kāryāṇāmahe"hetutvā"diti । "atra pūrvavat" parairanutpādyetyādiprayogatvācca । sukhādyātmakasya nityatvasya bādhanāt sukhādau dharmmiṇi bādhite taddharmmasya nityatvasya virodhane viparyayasādhane bādhā syāt । anityasvabhāvo hi sukhādiḥ sādhayitumiṣṭaḥ । sukhādisvabhāvabhūtanityatvabādhane ca sukhādireva bādhita iti dharmoparodhini dharmiṇi bādhite pakṣabādhā syāt । atrāha । "bhavedatra" hetau pakṣabādhā । "yadi" na sakṛcchabdādyanutpādāditi"hetuḥ" sādhyasya । vastubhūtasukhādyanityatvasya । viparyaye sukhādidharmyabhāvādanityatvābhāve"naikāntiko"'vyabhicārī bhavet । (144,145)

4.146

462,vii (PVV_462,vii_463,ii)

yāvatā yā ca 〈।〉

<463>

463,i

"kramakriyā'nityatayoravirodhād vipakṣattaḥ /

vyāvṛtteḥ saṃśayānnāyaṃ śeṣavad bheda iṣyate // 4.146 //"

463,ii

"kramakriyā" hetuḥ । yā ca sādhya"'nityatā tayoravirodhāt" । ava"stubhūta"〈"dharmi"〉sukhādidharmānityatve viparīte sādhye vastubhūtasukhādidharmānityatvaṃ "vipakṣastato" hetoḥ kramakaraṇa"vyāvṛtteḥ saṃśayānnāyaṃ" viruddho hetuḥ । "śeṣavad bhedo'"naikāntikaviśeṣa"stviṣyate" । sati ca viruddhatve dharmibādhādvāreṇa dharmabādhā syāt । (146)

4.147

<(3) dharmisvarūpanirāsaḥ>

463,iii (PVV_463,iii_463,iv)

"svayamiṣṭo yato dharmaḥ sādhyastasmāt tadāśrayaḥ /

bādhyo na kevalo nānyasaṃśrayo veti sūcitam // 4.147 //"

463,iv

"yataḥ" kāraṇāt "svaya"mvādi"neṣṭo dharmaḥ sādhyastasmāt" sādhyadharmasā"śrayaḥ" yaḥ sa eva bādhyaḥ "kevalo na bādhyaḥ" । yathā vastubhūtākāśabādhāyāmapi nityaikarūpatvābhāvasya sādhyadharmasya na kṣatiḥ । sādhyadharmā"danya"sya ca dharmasyā"śrayo na bādhya iti" svayaṃśabdena "sūcitaṃ" । yathā'nityatve sādhye śabde ākāśaguṇatvā"śrayatvena" bādhāyāmapi na doṣaḥ । (147)

4.148

463,v (PVV_463,v_463,vii)

tasmāt 〈।〉

463,vi

"svayaṃśrutyānyadharmāṇāṃ bādhā'bādheti kathyate /

tathā svadharmiṇānyasya dharmiṇopīti kathyate // 4.148 //"

463,vii

"svayaṃśrutyā" sādhyād dharmādanyeṣāṃ "dharmāṇāṃ" yathā "bādhā" yā sā '"bādheti kathyate । tathā svadharmiṇā" svadharmivacanena sādhyā"danyasya" dharmasya "dharmiṇo" bādhā'"bādheti" kathyate ॥ (148)

<4.5 pakṣadoṣāḥ>

<(1) hetunirapekṣaḥ pakṣadoṣaḥ>

4.149

463,viii (PVV_463,viii_464,i)

tathā'parepi pakṣābhāsāḥ santi te kasmānnocyante । tathā hyaprasiddhaviśeṣyaḥ kaścit pakṣo yathā vibhurātmā । ātmana eva bauddha syāsiddhatvāt । kaścid <464> prasiddhaviśeṣaṇaḥ । yathā vināśī śabdaḥ ॥ sāṃkhyaṃ pramāṇaṃ prati tasya vināśāsiddheḥ । kaścidaprasiddhobhayaḥ 〈।〉 yathā samavāyikāraṇamātmā । bauddhasyobhayāsiddheriti ॥

464,i

nanvasiddhopyātmā pakṣī bhaviṣyati tallakṣaṇayogāt 〈।〉 nahyasiddhasya pakṣatā nirastā । āśrayāsiddhatvāddhetorna pakṣa iti cet । na ।

464,ii (PVV_464,ii)

sādhanadoṣoyaṃ na pakṣadoṣaḥ । tathā śabde'nityatvaṃ viṣeśaṇamasiddhamiti guṇa evāyaṃ na pakṣadoṣaḥ । asiddhasyaiva sādhyatvāt । atha viparyayasiddhyā'siddhamucyate । tathāpi mūḍhasya viparyayasiddhāvapi nāyaṃ pakṣadoṣaḥ । virodho nāma hetudoṣa evāyaṃ । pramāṇena ca viparyayasiddhau pramāṇabādhitatvameva pakṣadoṣostu । alamaprasiddhaviśeṣaṇatvābhidhānena । aprasiddhobhayasya tūbhayadoṣācca sarve'mī hetudoṣā eveti kiṃ pakṣadoṣā vaktavyāḥ । atha 〈।〉

464,iii (PVV_464,iii_464,iv)

"sarvasādhanadoṣeṇa pakṣa evoparudhyate /

tathāpi pakṣadoṣatvaṃ pratijñāmātrabhāvinaḥ // 4.149 //"

464,iv

"sarveṇa sādhana"sya "doṣe"ṇāsiddhatvādinā "pakṣa evoparudhyate" tena pakṣadoṣā asiddhaviśeṣyādayo'bhidhīyante । yadyapi pakṣoparodhaphalāḥ sarve doṣāsta"thāpi pratijñāmā"treṇa bhavanaśīlasya doṣasya "pakṣavoṣatvamu"ktamiṣṭaṃ । (149)

4.150

464,v (PVV_464,v_464,vii)

yasmāt sākṣāt 〈।〉

464,vi

"uttarāvayavāpekṣo yo doṣaḥ sonubadhyate /

teneyuktamato'pakṣadoṣo'siddhāśrayādikaḥ // 4.150 //"

464,vii

"uttaro'vayavo" hetudṛṣṭāntādistada"pekṣo yo doṣaḥ sa tena" hetvādinānu"badhyate" । ātmani sambadhyate "ityuktaṃ" prāk । uttarāvayavāpekṣo na doṣaḥ pakṣa iṣyata ityā"dinā । ato'siddhāśrayādika" āśrayāsiddhatvādiruttarāvayavāpekṣo "na pakṣadoṣo mataḥ" ॥ (150)

4.151

464,viii (PVV_464,viii)

nanvaśrāvaṇaḥ śabdo nityo ghaṭaḥ । nānumānaṃ pramāṇaṃ 〈।〉 acandraḥ śaśītyudāharaṇairebhirddharmasvarūpanirākaraṇena bādhā darśitā yathāpratijñātadharmamātrasya viparītadharmopasthāpanena nirākaraṇāt । dharmiviśeṣasya dharmaviśeṣasya dharmisvarūpasya ca bādhanena pakṣabādhāsti sā kathamavagantavyetyāha ।

<465>

465,i (PVV_465,i_465,ii)

"dharmidharmaviśeṣāṇāṃ svarūpasya ca dharmmiṇaḥ /

bādhā sādhyāṅgabhūtānāmanenaivopadarśitā // 4.151 //"

465,ii

"dharmidharma"yo"rviśeṣāṇāṃ" vyaktibhedāpekṣayā bahuvacanaṃ । "dharmiṇaḥ svarūpasya ca" sarveṣāmeṣāṃ "sādhyaṃ" pratya"ṅgabhūtānāṃ bādhā । anenaiva" dharmasvarūpanirākaraṇapareṇodāharaṇena sādhyate । pakṣalakṣaṇatvādvādho"padarśitā" 〈।〉 (151)

4.152

<(2) avayavinirāsa>

465,iii (PVV_465,iii_465,iv)

"tatrodāhṛtidiṅ mātramucyate'rthasya dṛṣṭaye /

dravyalakṣaṇayuktonyaḥ saṃyogerthosti dṛṣṭibhāk // 4.152 //"

465,iv

"tatrā"śrāvaṇaḥ śabda ityādiṣū"dāharaṇadiṅamātramucyate" । sādhyāṅagabhūtasya sarvasyaiva bādhā bhavatītya"rthasya dṛṣṭaye" darśanārtha । tatra parasyāvayavebhyo'vayavino gurutvādiguṇayogino'nyatve'bhimate yadocyate nānyo'vayavyavayavebhyastulānativiśeṣāgrahaṇāditi 〈।〉 etaddharmaviśeṣanirākaraṇenodāharaṇaṃ boddhavyaṃ । tathāhi nātrānyatvamātraṃ niṣeddhumiṣṭaṃ । tathātve dharmasvarūpanirākaraṇodāharaṇametat syāt । tasmādanyatvasya sādhyadharmasya nāntarīyakā gauravādayo viśeṣā nirākarttumiṣṭāḥ । tathā ca dharmaviśeṣodāharaṇameva tat । tathāhi parairekasyāvayavasyānyānyāvayava"saṃyoge" sati tadanyo'rtho'vayavisaṃjñito "dravyasya lakṣa"ṇena kriyāvad "guṇavatsamavāyikāraṇañce" tyanena yukto "dṛṣṭibhāk" dṛśyostītīṣṭameva । (152)

4.153

465,v (PVV_465,v_465,vii)

anyathā 〈।〉

465,vi

"adṛśyasyā viśiṣṭasya pratijñā niṣprayojanā /

iṣṭo hyavayavī kāryaṃ dṛṣṭvā'dṛśyeṣvasambhavi // 4.153 //"

465,vii

"adṛśyasya" saṃvyavahārāviṣayasya dravyalakṣaṇena "viśiṣṭa"sāmānyamātrasyāstitva"pratijñā niṣprayojanā" bhavet । tathā hi paramāṇuṣvadṛśyeṣvadarśanāvaraṇapratighātādi"kāryamasaṃbhavi" dṛṣṭvā'"vayavī ceṣṭaḥ" । tasmin darśanādikāryayogāt । (153)

4.154

465,viii (PVV_465,viii_466,i)

"aviśiṣṭasya cānyasya sādhane siddhasādhanam /

gurutvādhogatī syātāṃ yadyasya syāt tulānatiḥ // 4.154 //"

<466>

466,i

yadi punaranindriyagrāhyatvaṃ dravyalakṣaṇenāviśiṣṭantadavayavi dravyaṃ sādhyate tadā"'viśiṣṭa"syānyasya ca "sādhane" bauddhasya na kācit kṣatiriti "siddhasādhanaṃ" syāt । tasmād dṛśyo dravyaguṇavān bhāvo'vayavīti sādhyaṃ । tataścāsyāvayavino "gurutvaṃ guṇo'dhogatiśca karma yadi syātāṃ" tadā mṛdādikhaṇḍayoḥ sahatolitayoryāvatī "tulānati"gauravavaśād dṛṣṭā tatodhikā tulānatiḥ syāt । yadā tayormṛdādikhaṇḍayoḥ saṃyoge sati dravyāntaramutpadya te tadā tayoḥ pūrvāvasthitayoḥ pūrvāvasthitaṃ gauravaṃ tadotpannasya ca dravyasyādhikagauravaviśeṣāt tulānativiśaṣo dṛśyeta । na caivaṃ tasmānna tatra kāryadravyasambhava ityavayavī nirguṇo niṣkriyaśca syāt 〈।〉 (154)

4.155

466,ii (PVV_466,ii_466,iii)

"tannirguṇakriyastasmāt samavāyi na kāraṇam /

tata eva na dṛśyosāvadṛṣṭeḥ kāryarūpayoḥ // 4.155 //"

466,iii

"tasmānnirguṇa"kriyatvāt guṇakarmaṇorna "samavāyi kāraṇa"mavayavī । "tata eva" dravyalakṣaṇayogānna tasyāvaraṇādi "kāryaṃ svarūpa"mvā kiñcit dṛśyate 〈।〉 adarśa"nācca na" dṛśyo'vayavī 〈।〉 (155)

4.156–4.158

466,iv (PVV_466,iv_466,vi)

"tadbādhānyaviśeṣasya nāntarīyakabhāvinaḥ /"

466,v

"tat" tasmādasāvavayavino "bādhā'nya"sya "viśeṣa"sya gauravādhogatyāde"rnāntarīyakabhāvinaḥ" sādhyānyatvāvinābhāvinaḥ । bādheti dharmaviśeṣanirākaraṇe nirdeśo yuktaḥ ।

466,vi

"āsūkṣmād dravyamālāyāstolyatvādaṃśupātavat // 4.156 //

dravyāntaragurutvasya gatirnetyaparo'bravīt /"

466,vii (PVV_466,vii_467,i)

"āsūkṣmād" dvyaṇukādārabhya "dravyamālāyāḥ" sthūlāvayaviparyantāyāsto"lyatvā"t taddadravyamālāvarttinaḥ sthūlasya "dravyāntara"sya "na gati"rbhavati । tulāyā"maṃśupātavat" । karpāsabhārapatitasyāṃśorekasya yathā gurutvaṃ sadapi na pratīyate 〈।〉 tathā dravyamālāvarttinaḥ sthūladravyasya "ityaparo'bravīt" ।

<467>

467,i

"tasya krameṇa saṃyukte pāṃśurāśau sakṛd yute // 4.157 //

bhedaḥ syād gaurave tasmāt pṛthak saha ca tolite /

suvarṇamāṣakādīnāṃ saṃkhyāsāmyaṃ na yujyate // 4.158 //"

467,ii (PVV_467,ii)

"tasyai"vaṃvādino mate "krameṇa" sūkṣmāvayavasaṃyogābhivṛddhiparipāṭyā "saṃyukte" sthūlāvayavitāṃ gate "pāṃśurāśā"vavayavasaṃyogābhivṛddhikramamanapekṣya "sakṛde"kakālaṃ "yukte" sthūlāvayavitāṃ "gate bhedo gaurave syāt" । tathā hi dvyaṇukādikrameṇa kāryadravyasaṃyogaparaṃparayā ca dravyamutpadyate । tatrānekadravyabhārasadbhāvāt mahadgauravaṃ bhavet । yatra tveka eva sakṛt pāṃśurāśiḥ saṃyogājjāyate tatraikasya dravyasyālpīyo gauravaṃ bhavati na cāstyetat । kiñca 〈।〉 "tasmād" gauravabhedāt "pṛthak" pratyekaṃ māṣakādau "tolite" piṇḍāvasthayoḥ "saha cā"parairmā(sa)<?>〈ṣa〉kādibhistolite suvarṇṇamāsakādibhinnāyāḥ saṃkhyāyāḥ "sāmyaṃ na yujyate" 〈।〉 māsakāvayavināṃ vināśe tatsaṃkhyānāṃ gauravāṇāṃ ca nāśādekaṃ suvarṇṇamityeva syāt । dṛśyate ca pratyekaṃ māṣakādīnāṃ tulāyāṃ yāvatī saṃkhyā tāvatyeva sahatolitānāmapi ॥ (157, 158)

4.159

467,iii (PVV_467,iii_467,iv)

"sarṣapādāmahārāśeruttarottaravṛddhimat /

gauravaṃ kāryamālāyā yadi naivopalabhyate // 4.159 //"

467,iv

atha raktikāyāścaturtho bhāgaḥ "sarṣapa"stasmādārabhya "āmahārāśeḥ" sthūlāvayavinaṃ yāvat kramavṛddhimatāṃ "kāryāṇāṃ mālāyā uttarottaravṛddhimad gauravaṃ sadapi" nopalabhyata iti yaducyate 〈।〉 (159) tadā 〈।〉

4.160

467,v (PVV_467,v_467,vi)

"āsarṣapād gauravantu durlakṣatamanalpakam /

tolyaṃ tatkāraṇaṃ kāryagauravānupalakṣaṇāt // 4.160 //"

467,vi

"āsarṣapāt" sarṣapādārabhya dbyaṇukaṃ yāvat pūrvaṃ pūrvaṃ "gauravaṃ" tat "durlakṣatamanalpakamiti" sutarāmanupalabhyaṃ syāt । sarṣapāduttarantu gauravaṃ svayameva durllakṣamiṣṭamiti kāryadravyagauravānupalakṣaṇāt tasya kāryadravyasya "kāraṇaṃ" paramāṇavaḥ pāriśeṣyāt "tolyaṃ" syāt । na ca paramāṇūnāṃ gurutvādiguṇopalambhosti "tadanupalakṣaṇena" ca nāvayavinaḥ paramāṇūnāmvopalambhostīti sarvathārthānāmapratipatiḥ syāt । (160)

4.161

467,vii (PVV_467,vii_468,ii)

"nanvadṛṣṭoṃ'śuvat sortho na ca tatkāryamīkṣyate /"

<468>

468,i

"nanu" gurutvāpratītāvapi aṃśuḥ pratīyate tadvadavayavyādikamapi pratyeṣyata ityāha । na ca gurutvānupalakṣaṇe"pyaṃśu"riva "so'rtho"'vayavyādirīkṣyate । "na ca tatkāryaṃ" gauravā"varaṇādirīkṣyate" । tasmādapratyakṣataiva sarvathā syāt ।

468,ii

kiñca 〈।〉

468,iii (PVV_468,iii_468,iv)

"gurutvāgativat sarvatadguṇānupalakṣāṇāt // 4.161 //

māṣakāderanādhikyam;"

468,iv

"gurutvā"diguṇā"gativat sarve"ṣāṃ rūpādīnāmadhikānāṃ tasya dravyasya "guṇānā"ma"nupalakṣaṇāda"vayavebhyo "bhāṣakāde"ravayavinora"nādhikyaṃ" । yadi hyavayavebhyodhikaṃ tadā gurutvādivat rūpādivat avayaveṣu varddhamāneṣu varddhamānaṃ dṛśyeta । (161)

4.162

468,v (PVV_468,v_468,vii)

nanu tulānativiśeṣāgrahaṇādityuktamā cā ryeṇa tatkiṃ rūpādigrahaṇābhāva ucyata ityāha ।

468,vi

"anatiḥ sopalakṣaṇam /

yathāsvamakṣeṇādṛṣṭe rūpādāvadhikādhike // 4.162 //"

468,vii

"anati"rācāryeṇa yā nirddiṣṭā "sopalakṣaṇa"mātraṃ na tu niyamaḥ । anatiḥ kvopalakṣaṇamityāha । "rūpādau" dravyābhivṛddhyā"'dhikādhike yathāsvaṃ" yasya yadātmīyaṃ grāhakaṃ "tenākṣeṇe"ndriyajñānenā"dṛṣṭeḥ" । yadrūpādiviṣayaṃ yadindriyapratyakṣaṃ tadeva tasya dharmiviśeṣasya pakṣabādhakamityarthaḥ । tasmād guṇakriyāvat dṛśyāvayavyabhāva eveti dharmaviśeṣavāgdvāreṇodāharaṇamuktaṃ । (162)

4.163

468,viii (PVV_468,viii_468,ix)

"abhyupāyasvavāgādyabādhāyāḥ saṃbhavena tu /

udāharaṇamapyanyaddiśā gamyaṃ yathoktayā // 4.163 //"

468,ix

"abhyupāyo"'bhyupagamaḥ "svavāgādi"ryasya tenā"bādhāyāḥ saṃbhavena tva"nyadapyudāharaṇaṃ । dharmiviśeṣanirākaraṇena dharmisvarūpanirākaraṇena "yathoktayā"'nayodā"haraṇadiśā gamyaṃ" ॥ (163)

4.164

468,x (PVV_468,x)

tatra pareṇāvayavinaḥ sakāśādavayavānāmanyatve pratijñāte yaducyate 〈।〉 nānye'vayavā avayavinaḥ apratyakṣatvaprasaṅgāditi । taddharmiviśeṣanirākaraṇo<469>dāharaṇaṃ । tathā hyavayavānāṃ bhedamicchan pratyakṣatāmapīcchati । anyatve ca nirākṛte pratyakṣatāyāśca nirāsāt । avayavānāṃ dharmiviśeṣanirākaraṇodāharaṇatvaṃ vyaktaṃ । abhyupagama eva cātra bādhakaḥ । avayavādarśane dravyādarśanasvīkārāt ॥ guṇavyatiriktaṃ dravyamastīti pareṇokte yadocyate "nāsti dravyaṃ guṇadravyāṇāṃ dravyā"dravyatvaprasaṅgāt । taddharmisvarūpanirākaraṇodāharaṇaṃ 〈।〉

469,i (PVV_469,i_469,iii)

tathāhi dharmiṇa eva dravyasya svarūpamātraṃ nirākriyate 〈।〉 guṇadravyāṇāmanyonyaṃ bhedaḥ 〈svīkṛtaḥ〉 guṇopi dravyaṃ syāt । dravyañca guṇaḥ । bhedāviśeṣādityabhyupāyasya bādhakatvaṃ ।

<(3) neyāyikapakṣalakṣaṇe doṣaḥ>

469,ii

nanu sādhyanirdeśaḥ pratijñeti pakṣalakṣaṇaṃ naiyāyikānāṃ tatra ko doṣaḥ । asiddhahetudṛṣṭāntasyāpi pakṣatvaprasaṅga ityuktaṃ । nanu sādhyata iti sādhyaṃ । hetudṛṣṭāntau tu sādhayiṣyate tato nānayoḥ pakṣatvaprasaṅga ityāha ।

469,iii

"trikālaviṣayatvāttu kṛtyānāmatathātmakam /

tathā paraṃ prati nyastaṃ sādhyaṃ neṣṭaṃ tadāpi tat // 4.164 //"

469,iv (PVV_469,iv)

kṛtyānāṃ pratyayānāṃ kālasāmānyavihitatvena "trikālaviṣayatvāt sādhya"śabdena "kṛtyā"ntena na sādhyamātrasya grahaṇaṃ sādhayiṣyamāṇasyāpi grahaṇāt । tathā ca nityaḥ śabdo mūrtatvāt buddhivadityādi prayoge tadā vādakāle taddhetudṛṣṭāntādikama"tathātmakaṃ" vastuto'tatsvabhāvātmakaṃ 〈।〉 "paraṃ prati tathā"'tadrūpatvena "nyasta<470>mupanyastaṃ" vādinā yatnataḥ "sādhyaṃ" । yadyapi śabde mūrttatvaṃ nāsti 〈"aniṣṭa"ñca sādhyatvena〉 tathāpi hetudṛṣṭāntayorupanyāsādavaśyaṃ sādhyaṃ । sādhyanirdeśaśca pratijñeti pratijñātvañca durvāraṃ । (164)

4.165

<(sādhyaśabdacintā)>

470,i (PVV_470,i_470,ii)

"pratyāyanādhikāre tu sarvāsiddhāvarodhinī /

yasmāt sādhyaśrutirneṣṭaṃ viśeṣamavalambate // 4.165 //"

470,ii

"pratyāyana"sya jñāpakasya heto"radhikāre tu" sādhanasya "sarva"syābhyupagamahetudṛṣṭāntāde"rasiddhāvarodhaḥ" saṃgrahaḥ 〈।〉 tadvatī yasmāt "sādhyaśrutiriṣṭaṃ viśeṣaṃ na" sādhya"tvenāvalambate" parigṛhṇāti ॥ (165)

4.166

470,iii (PVV_470,iii_470,v)

yena pratyāyanādhikāre sādhanasyāsiddhasya pakṣatvaprasaṅgaḥ 〈।〉

470,iv

"tenāprasiddhadṛṣṭāntahetūdāharaṇaṃ kṛtam /

anyathā śaśaśṛṅgādau sarvāsiddhe'pi sādhyatā // 4.166 //"

470,v

"tenāprasiddhābhyāṃ dṛṣṭāntahetu"bhyāṃ pratijñāprasaṅgādudāharaṇaṃ kṛtaṃ prāk । tathā cāsiddhadṛṣṭāntahetuvādaḥ prasajyata ityanena । "anyathā" yadi sādhanamasiddhaṃ vivakṣitaṃ na syāt tadā "śaśaśṛṅgādā"vapi "sarvasyāsiddha"sya pakṣatvaprasaṅgaḥ ॥ (166)

4.167

470,vi (PVV_470,vi)

nanu sādhyaṃ karma 〈।〉 karmaṇi kṛtyavidhānāt । karma cepsitatamaṃ 〈।〉 tacca kriyāpyamātraṃ payasodanaṃ bhuktaṃ ityatra kriyāpyatvepyanīpsitatamatvāt payaḥ karaṇaṃ । tataḥ sādhanīyatvepi vādino'nīpsitatamatvāt hetudṛṣṭāntādikaṃ na pratijñā bhaviṣyati । tathā caturvidhaḥ siddhāntaḥ । sarvatantrasiddhāntaḥ । pratitantrasiddhāntaḥ । adhikaraṇasiddhāntaḥ । abhyupagamasiddhāntaśca । tatrābhyupagamasiddhāntatvaṃśāstradṛṣṭasyeti । tadāśrayeṇa sādhyasya nirdeśaḥ pratijñā na hetudṛṣṭāntādeḥ pakṣatvaprasaṅga ityāha ।

<471>

471,i (PVV_471,i_471,ii)

"sarvasya cāprasiddhatvāt kathañcit tena na kṣamāḥ /

karmādibhedopakṣepaparihārāvivecane // 4.167 //"

471,ii

"sarvasya" pratijñāhetudṛṣṭāntāde"ścāprasiddhatvāt" । sādhayitumīpsitatamatvenābhyupagamāt karmatvaṃ 〈।〉 karma ca sādhyaṃ pratijñeti pratijñātvaprasaṅgo durvāraḥ । abhyupagamaśca yathā nityatve tathā mūrttattvādāvapi śāstrābhyupagamayośca bhedaḥ prāguktastena karmatvāviśeṣeṇa sādhyaṃ karma sādhanaṃ karaṇamiti "karmādibhedasyopakṣepeṇopanyāsena parihārāvivecane" sādhyaviśeṣāvagamāpane katha"ñcinna kṣamāḥ" । (167)

4.168

471,iii (PVV_471,iii_471,vi)

yadyapyucyate yaḥ sādhyo'vayavaḥ tasya nirdeśaḥ pratijñā । tato hetvādeḥ siddhasyāvayavasya na pratijñātvamiti । tadapyasat ।

471,iv

kiñca

471,v

"prāgasiddhasvabhāvatvāt sādhyovayava ityasat /

tulyā siddhāntatā te hi yenopagamalakṣaṇāḥ // 4.168 //"

471,vi

lakṣaṇavacanāt "prāk" sādhyāsādhyayo"rasiddhasvabhāvatvāt" । lakṣaṇena hi sādhyatā pratipattavyā trikālaviṣayatvāt 〈।〉 kṛtyapratyayasya sādhayiṣyamāṇepi sādhya iti 〈।〉 sādhanaṃ ca sādhyaṃ syāt । "siddhāntatā" hetudṛṣṭāntāderapi "tulyā । te hi" pratitantrādi"siddhāntā yena" kāraṇena "upagamalakṣaṇā" abhyupagamasvabhāvāḥ । yathā hi nityatvamabhyupagamyatetathā mūrttatvādikamapīti na viśeṣaḥ । (168)

4.169

471,vii (PVV_471,vii)

kiñca sādhyo dharmo dharmī dvayamvā syāt । yadi dharmastadā sādhyasādharmyāt taddharmabhavīdṛṣṭānta udāharaṇamiti dṛṣṭāntalakṣaṇaṃ virudhyate । na hi sādhyadharmasyānityatvāderddharma utpattimatvādiḥ 〈।〉 kintu śabdasya 〈।〉 tataḥ sādhyadharmeṇa sādharmyāt dṛṣṭāntasya taddharmabhāvitvaṃ sādhyadharmotpattimatvādibhāvavatvaṃ nāsti ।

<472>

atha dharmī sādhyaḥ tadodāharaṇasādharmyāt sādhyasādhanaṃ heturiti hetulakṣaṇaṃ na yujyeta । na hi śabdo dharmmasiddho yena tatsādhanāt sādhyasādhano hetuḥ syāt ।

472,i (PVV_472,i_472,iii)

athobhayaṃ sādhyaṃ tadobhayapakṣabhāvidoṣaprasaṅgaḥ । samudāyasyāsiddhatvāt sa eva sādhya ityāha ।

472,ii

"samudāyasya sādhyatvepyanyonyasya viśeṣaṇam /

sādhyaṃ dvayaṃ tadā'siddhaṃ hetudṛṣṭāntalakṣaṇam // 4.169 //"

472,iii

"samudāyasya sādhyatve"pīṣyamāṇe"'nyonyasya" parasparaṃ "viśeṣaṇa"mvaktavyaṃ । dharmaviśiṣṭo dharmiviśiṣṭo vāsādhyaḥ । yathā śabdaviśiṣṭamanityamiti tathāca dvayaṃ sādhyaṃ syāt । tadā dvayasādhyatvābhyupagame tu hetudṛṣṭāntayorlakṣaṇamasiddhaṃ syāt । na hi dharmidharmaviśiṣṭena dharmeṇānityaśabdasambandhinā utpattimatvādinā ghaṭādeḥ sādharmyamasti yena dṛṣṭāntatā bhavet । tathā dharmaviśiṣṭe dharmiṇi prāganumānāddheturapi na kasyacit siddha iti hetulakṣaṇaṃ ca na syāt । (169)

4.170

<473>

473,i (PVV_473,i_473,ii)

"asaṃbhavāt sādhyaśabdo dharmivṛttiryadīṣyate /

śāstreṇālaṃ yathāyogaṃ loka eva pravarttatām // 4.170 //"

473,ii

yathotpattimatvādeḥ samudāyadharmatvāsaṃbhavāddharmidharmatvasaṃbhavācca sādhyaśabdo yadi dharmivṛttirupacārādiṣyate tadā śāstreṇa durvihitenālaṃ loka eva yathākramaṃ yathāyogaṃ yasya yādṛśaṃ lakṣaṇaṃ yuktaṃ tadavadhārya pratijñāhetvādiṣu pravarttatāṃ । yattu pakṣo dharmī avayavasamudāyopacārādityasmābhirucyate । tatsarvaṃ dharmidharmapratiṣedhārthaṃ upacārayogyaparigrahārthaṃ । tasmādayuktaṃ parasya pratijñālakṣaṇaṃ । (170)

4.171

473,iii (PVV_473,iii_473,v)

kiñca ।

473,iv

sarvavākyānāmavadhāraṇaphalatvātsādhyanirdeśa eva pratijñeti pūrvapadāvadhāraṇaṃ vā syāt । sādhyanirdeśaḥ pratijñaivetyuttarapadāvadhāraṇaṃ vā syāt । tatra prathamapakṣe siddhanivṛtyā'siddhaparigrahaḥ prayojanaṃ । taccānyathāpi labhyate । tathā hi ।

473,v

"sādhanākhyānasāmarthyāttadarthe sādhyatā gatā /

hetvādivacanairvyāpteranāśaṅkyaṃ ca sādhanam // 4.171 //"

473,vi (PVV_473,vi_474,i)

siddhe'pi sādhanopanyāso'nupayukta iti sādhanākhyānasāmarthyāt tasyāḥ pratijñāyā arthe'siddhe sādhyatā "pratītā" pratijñālakṣaṇaṃ vināpi

<474>

<(4) pratijñālakṣaṇe doṣaḥ>

474,i

nacāsiddhe hetudṛṣṭāntādike pratijñārthaprasaṃgaḥ । tathā hi । hetvādivacanaiḥ pṛthak lakṣaṇapratipādakairvyāpterviṣayikṛtatvāt sādhanaṃ hetudṛṣṭāntaṃ asiddhaṃ ca pratijñārthe vā'nāśaṅkyaṃ । (171)

4.172

<475>

475,i (PVV_475,i_475,ii)

"pūrvāvadhāraṇe tena pratijñālakṣaṇābhidhā /

vyarthā vyāptiphalā soktiḥ sāmarthyādgamyate tataḥ // 4.172 //"

475,ii

tenātiprasaṃgābhāvena pūrvasya padasyāvadhāraṇe pratijñālakṣaṇābhidhā vyarthā । tataḥ pāriśeṣyāt sāmarthyātsādhyanirdeśaḥ pratijñaivetyayogavyavacchedaphalamuttarapadāvadhāraṇaṃ syāt । tathācāsiddhahetudṛṣṭāntādāvapi pratijñātvaṃ durvāraṃ । asiddhasya sādhanāṅgasya kathamapi pratijñātvāyogatāvirahāt nirastaṃ pratijñālakṣaṇaṃ । (172)

4.173–4.175

475,iii (PVV_475,iii_475,iv)

parasya pratijñābhāsalakṣaṇaṃ saṃprati nirākaraṇīyaṃ 〈।〉 hetupratijñayorvyāghātaḥ pratijñādoṣo mataḥ । yathā nityaḥ śabdaḥ sarvasya nityatvāt । yadi sarvamanityaṃ tadā śabdasyāpi sarvatrāntarbhāvāt kuto nityatā । atha śabdo nityaḥ kathaṃ sarvasyānityateti pratijñāhetvorvirodhāt । pratijñāviruddhatādoṣaḥ ।

475,iv

"viruddhateṣṭāsambandho'nupakārasahāsthitī /

evaṃ sarvāṅgadoṣāṇāṃ pratijñādoṣatā bhavet // 4.173 //"

475,v (PVV_475,v_476,i)

viruddhatā ceṣṭasyā sādhyadharmasya dharmiṇyasambandho nāma । sa ca vicāryamāṇo <476> hetunā sādhyadharmasyānupakāro'niścāyanaṃ vā syāt । dharmiṇi sādhyena sahāsthitirvā syāt । tatra yadi hetoḥ sādhye pratipādakatvābhāvāt pratijñādoṣa ucyate 〈।〉 evaṃ sati sarveṣāmaṅgasya hetordoṣāṇāṃ pratijñādoṣatā bhavet sarvairhetudoṣaiḥ pratijñāyā eva vyāhananāt ।

476,i

"pakṣadoṣaḥ parāpakṣo neti ca pratipāditam /

iṣṭāsambhavyasiddhaśca sa evaṃ syānnirākṛtaḥ // 4.174 //"

476,ii (PVV_476,ii_476,iii)

pratijñāmātrabhāgī ca pakṣadoṣaḥ । parāpekṣaḥ sādhanādisāpekṣaḥ na doṣa iti ca pratipāditaṃ prāguttarāvayavāpekṣo na doṣaḥ pakṣa iṣyata ityādinā । atha sahāsthitisvabhāvo virodhaḥ । tadeṣṭe pakṣe'sambhavī hetudoṣa evāyaṃ na pakṣadoṣaḥ । atha tena hetunā pratijñārthanirākaraṇāt pratijñāvirodhaḥ pakṣadoṣa eva 〈।〉 taccāyuktaṃ tathā hi 〈।〉 sādhyadharmo dharmiṇyevaṃ nirākṛtaḥ syāt ।

476,iii

"anityatvasahetutve śabda evaṃ prakīrttayet /

dṛṣṭāntākhyānato'nyat kimastyatrārthānudarśam // 4.175 //"

476,iv (PVV_476,iv)

yadi śabde dharmiṇyanityatvena dharmeṇa sahetutve pratipādye evaṃ sarvasyānityatvādi prakīrttayet । na cedṛśaṃ vādino vivakṣitaṃ sarvasya parasyānityatvāt । śabdo nitya iti vivakṣitatvāt । tathā ca sāmānyaviśeṣabhāvād virodhabhāvaḥ । bhavatu vā śabde'nityatvanirākaraṇaṃ vivakṣitaṃ 〈।〉 tathāpi pramāṇabādhaivāpakṣateti na pratijñāvirodho nāma pakṣadoṣaḥ । tasmāddhetvarthatānupapatteḥ sarvasyānityatvādityatra vaidharmyeṇa dṛṣṭāntākhyānato'nyadarthānudarśanaṃ kimasti । vaidharmyadṛṣṭānta eva suśikṣitairitthamākhyātaḥ । sarvasya nityatve vyāptidarśanārthaṃ yadi punarvaidharmyadṛṣṭāntopadarśanametanna bhavati 〈।〉 tadā ।

4.176–4.188

<(5) sāmānyacintā>

<ka. sāmānyānuvarttane niṣphalam>

476,v (PVV_476,v_476,vi)

"viśeṣebhinnamākhyāya sāmānyasyānuvarttane /

na tadvyāptiḥ phalaṃ vā kiṃ sāmānyenānuvarttane // 4.176 //"

476,vi

viśeṣeṇa śabde bhinnaṃ nityatvamākhyāya sarvasyānityatvāditi vyāpitvāt sāmānyasyānityatvasyānuvarttane kriyamāṇe tasyānityatvasya vyāptiraśeṣapadārthagraho na bhavati । yathā kauṇḍinyasya takradānaṃ vihitaṃ brāhmaṇebhyaḥ sāmānyena vihitadadhidānena na bādhyate । prakalpyāpavādaviṣayamutsargasya pravṛtteḥ । tathā śabde nityatvasya <477> viśeṣavihitasya sarvānityatvena sāmānyavihitena bādhāśaṅkā nāstīti kathaṃ pratijñāhetvorvirodhaḥ । yadi śabdavyatiriktasya sarvasyānityatvamiṣṭaṃ na syāt 〈।〉 tadā sarvasyānityatvāditi sāmānyenānuvarttane kiṃ phalaṃ syāt । nityaḥ śabdaḥ śabdasyānityatvādityeva vācyaṃ । evaṃ virodhasya vaktavyatvāt śabda evodāharaṇambhaviṣyatīti cet । nānunmatta evaṃ brūyāt । yadyātmano'nityatvaṃ hetuḥ siddhaḥ । kathaṃ tadviruddhaṃ sādhyaṃ 〈।〉 tatraiva pratijānīyāt । athāsiddhastadā hetudoṣa evāsau na pratijñādoṣaḥ 〈।〉 tasmānnāsti śabde nityatvaṃ । ataḥ svavirodhinamapi nirākarttumaśaktaṃ ।

477,i (PVV_477,i_477,iii)

"syānnirākaraṇaṃ śabde sthitenaivetyatobravīt /"

477,ii

ata evācārya "śabdesthitenaivā"nityatvena "nirākaraṇaṃ" nityatvasya "syādityabravīt" । tadā ca syādatra pratijñārthasya nirākaraṇaṃ ॥

477,iii

yadi nityaḥ śabdaḥ sarvasyānityatvāditi vaidharmyadṛṣṭāntopadarśanametat । yathā nityatvaviśiṣṭa śabda iti । tadā hetunirdeśona syādityāha 〈।〉 asarvaśca śabda ityupanayāddheturvaktavyaḥ ।

477,iv (PVV_477,iv_477,vii)

"viruddhaviṣayenyasmin vadannāhānyatāṃ śruteḥ // 4.177 //"

477,v

tathāhi nityatvasya viruddhaṃ śabdādanyasmin vadan sarvasmādanyatāṃ śruteḥ śabdasyāha ।

477,vi

"sa ca bhedopratikṣepāt sāmānyānānna vidyate /"

477,vii

sa ca sarvasmād bhedo'sarvalakṣaṇaḥ śabdasya na vidyate 〈।〉 sāmānyānāṃ vyāpināṃ bhedasyāpratikṣepāt svīkārāt 〈।〉 niḥ śeṣārthasaṃgṛhītatvāt sarvaśabdo na kiñcit pariharati ।

477,viii (PVV_477,viii_478,i)

nanu sāmānyānāṃ viśeṣapratikṣepo dṛśyate eva । yathā kiṃ śiṃśapaiva vṛkṣo na veti praśne kathyate na śiṃśapaiva vṛkṣaḥ । tadā śiṃśapāvṛkṣatvapratikṣepo bhavatyeva ।

477,ix

asadetat । na hi tatra śiṃśapāvṛkṣatvaṃ niṣidhyate kintu śiṃśapaiva vṛkṣa iti niyamaḥ pratikṣipyate 〈।〉 taditarasyāpi vṛkṣatvāt ।

477,x

"vṛkṣo na śiṃśapaiveti yathā prakaraṇe kvacit // 4.178 //"

<478>

478,i

"sarvaśruterekavṛttiniṣedhaḥ syānna ceyatā /

sosarvaḥ sarvabhedānāmatattve tadasambhavāt // 4.179 //"

478,ii (PVV_478,ii)

yathā ca kvacit prakaraṇe śiṃśapāmātravṛkṣatvapraśnahetau yathā vṛkṣo na śiṃśapaiveti śiṃśapāmātravṛkṣatvaniṣedha iṣṭaḥ । tathā niḥśeṣavastusaṃgrāhikāyāḥ sarvaśruterekatra śabdamātravṛttiniṣedhaḥ syāt 〈।〉 na ceyatā sa śabdo'sarvaḥ sarvāntargamāt tasya । pratyekaṃ sarveṣāṃ bhedānāṃ viśeṣāṇāmatatve'sarvatve tasya sarvasyāsambhavāt ।

478,iii (PVV_478,iii_478,v)

atha pāribhāṣikaṃ sarvatvaṃ śabdāditaratvaṃ tathā'sarvatvaṃ śabde siddhameveti cet । tadayuktaṃ 〈।〉 evaṃ hi sarvatvameva sarvaśabdenoktaṃ syāt । tathā'prasiddhataiva । tathā hi ।

478,iv

"jñāpyajñāpakayorbhedāt dharmiṇo hetubhāvinaḥ /

asiddherjñāpikatvasya dharmyasiddhaḥ svasādhane // 4.180 //"

478,v

jñāpyajñāpakayorbhedāt kāraṇā t sādhyābhinnaṃ sādhanaṃ vaktavyaṃ । tato dharmiṇo hetutvena bhāvino heturbhaviṣyato nityatvena sādhyatvāt । jñāpakasyāsiddheḥ kāraṇāt । dharmī sādhyatvāt svasya sādhane'siddhaḥ । asiddhaṃ hi sādhyaṃ । siddhañca sādhanaṃ । anayoḥ kathamaikātmyaṃ ॥

478,vi (PVV_478,vi)

nanu śabdatvaṃ siddhameva । nityavattayā tu tadasiddhaṃ sādhyate । na ca tathaiva tatsādhanaṃ । śabdatvamātreṇa sādhanatvāt । tatkathandharmī svasādhane'siddha ucyate ॥ ayamabhiprāyaḥ । na śabdatvamityeva gamakatvaṃ kintu sādhyapyāptaṃ tasya cāsādhāraṇatvena nānyatra vyāptyupalambhaḥ । tataścānyatrānityatvaniyamāt śabde śabdatvaṃ nityatāvyāptaṃ saddheturvaktavyaḥ । tathā ca ya eva sādhyaḥ sa eva heturiti sādhyasiddherhetvasiddhiśceti yuktamuktaṃ dharmyasiddhaḥ prasādhana iti ॥

<kha. sāmānyanirāsaḥ>

478,vii (PVV_478,vii_479,i)

"dharmadharmivivekasya sarvabhāveṣvasiddhitaḥ /

sarvatra doṣastulyaścenna saṃvṛtyā viśeṣataḥ // 4.181 //"

478,viii

nanvevaṃ sati sarvatra bhāveṣu dharmayāḥ sādhyasādhanayorddharmiṇaśca vivekasya bhedasyāsiddhitaḥ ।

<479>

479,i

"sarvatra tulyo doṣaḥ" । nahi śabdādanyat nityatvaṃ kṛtakatvamvā । anityatvāsiddhau ca yathā nityaḥ sādhyastathā tadātmavān kṛtakopi śabdo'siddha aivati cet । naiṣa doṣaḥ 〈।〉 "saṃvṛttyā" bhinnavyāvṛttiviṣayayā sādhyasādhanadharmiṇo "viśeṣato" bhedāt । yathā svaṃ vikalpaiḥ saṃketavāsanānugamaniyamitaikaikavṛttimātraviṣayārthaiḥ śabdatvakṛtakatvanityatvādyasaṃkīrṇṇānyeva dharmisādhanasādhyatayā vyavasthāpyanta iti na doṣaḥ ।

479,ii (PVV_479,ii_479,iv)

yadi dharmadharmiviveko'styeva tadā tattvānyatvapratiṣedhaḥ kathaṃ kṛta ityāha ।

479,iii

"paramārthavicāreṣu tathābhūtāprasiddhitaḥ //

tattvānyatvaṃ padārtheṣu sāṃbṛteṣu niṣidhyate // 4.182 //"

479,iv

sāṃvṛteṣu kalpanāviṣayeṣu dharmidharmādiṣu tattvānyatvaṃ "paramārthasya" tattvasya "vicāreṣu" niṣidhyate "tathābhūtasya" yathākalpanaṃ parasparato bhinnasya dharmidharmādeḥ pramāṇenā"prasiddhitaḥ" । na tu sāṃvṛtopi teṣāṃ bhedābhāvaḥ । na ceyatā kalpite dharmiṇi kalpitāt sādhanāt kalpitasya sādhyasya siddhirityanumānādavastupratītyabhāvaprasaṅga । aśabdavyāvṛttyā niścitasya vastuna eva dharmitvāt । evaṃ kṛtakatvānityatvābhyāṃ niścitasya tasyaiva sādhanatvāt sādhyatvāccetyukteḥ । anyonyasya teṣāṃ bhedaḥ punaḥ kalpita eva ।

479,v (PVV_479,v_479,vii)

"anumānānumeyārthavyavahārasthitistviyam /

bhedaṃ pratyayasaṃsiddhamavalambya ca kalpyate // 4.183 //"

479,vi

ato"numāna"hetutvādanumānasya liṅgasyā"numeyārtha"syānayorupalakṣaṇatvāt 〈।〉

479,vii

dharmiṇaśca "vyavahārasthitistviya"manityaḥ kṛtakatvādityādau kriyamāṇā teṣāṃ parasparato "bheda pratyatena" vikalpakenaikavyāvṛttimātraviṣayeṇa "saṃsiddhaṃ" niścitaṃ । avalamvyāśritya ca kalpyate ॥

479,viii (PVV_479,viii_479,ix)

"yathā svaṃ bhedaniṣṭheṣu pratyayeṣu vivekinaḥ /

dharmī dharmāśca bhāsante vyavahārastadāśrayaḥ // 4.184 //"

479,ix

tathāhi "yathā svaṃ" yasya ya ātmīyo grāhyo "bhedo" vyāvṛttista"nniṣṭheṣu" vikalpeṣu "vivekino dharmī dharmāśca" sādhyasādhanādayo "bhāsante । tadāśrayo" vikalpagocarāśrayo dharmidharmādibhedasya "vyavahāraḥ" pravarttate ॥

<480>

480,i (PVV_480,i_480,v)

evantarhi nityaḥ śabdo'sarvatvāditi । atrāpi vyāvṛttibhedādeva sādhyasādhanabhāvo bhaviṣyatītyāha ।

480,ii

"vyavahāropanītotra sa evāśliṣṭabhedadhīḥ /

sādhyaḥ sādhanatāṃ nītastenāsiddhaḥ prakāśitaḥ // 4.185 //"

480,iii

"atra" prayoge "sa" śabda "eva sādhyo'śliṣṭabhedadhī"rasaṃspṛṣṭānyādṛśabuddhiḥ । dvābhyāmapi śabdābhyāmekasyā vyāvṛtteḥ pratipādanāt "vyavahāreṇa" vyāvṛttisamāśrayeṇo"panītaḥ" pratyupasthāpitaḥ yena kāraṇena "sādhanatāṃ nītaḥ tenāsiddhaḥ prakāśitaḥ" ।

480,iv

nanu saṃskṛtaśabdo'nityaḥ saṃskṛtatvāditi pratijñārthaikadeśasya yathā hetutvaṃ tathā nityaḥ śabdaḥ śabdatvādityasyāpi syādityāha ।

480,v

"bhedasāmānyayorddharmabhedādaṃgāṃgitā tataḥ /

yathā'nityaḥ prayatnotthaḥ prayatnotthatayā dhvaniḥ // 4.186 //"

480,vi (PVV_480,vi)

sādhyadharmimātraniṣṭhatvāt sarvadharmagocaratvācca "bhedasāmānyayorddharmabhedād" vyāvṛttibhedāt । sādhyadharmo hi sādhyadharminiṣṭhatvena sajātīyād vijātīyācca vyāvṛttatvād viśeṣaḥ । sādhanadharmastu vijātīyamātravyāvṛttatvena sāmānyaṃ । tato bhedasāmānyabhāvena "bhedādaṅgāṅgitā" hetusādhyatā yuktā । viśeṣaḥ sādhyaḥ sāmānyaṃ heturiti kutaḥ pratijñārthaikadeśatā । "yathā'nityaḥ prayatnottho dhvaniriti" pratijñā "prayatnotthatayeti" hetuḥ । śabdaḥ punarabhinnaviṣayo hetuḥ sādhyaśceti pratijñārthaikadeśatvaṃ ॥

480,vii (PVV_480,vii_481,i)

prayatnānantarīyakatvasya dharmiviśeṣaṇatvāt pratijñārthaikadeśatvamastyevetyāha ।

480,viii

"pakṣāṅgatvepyabādhatvānnāsiddhirbhinnadharmiṇi /

yathāśvo na viṣāṇitvādeṣa piṃḍo viṣāṇavān // 4.187 //"

480,ix

pakṣāṅgatve viśeṣaṇatvepi nāstyeva tāvat sādhanasya pakṣāṅgatvaṃ viśeṣasādhyatvāt । bhavatu vā tathāpi nāsiddhasya । tena viśeṣaṇena "bhinne" viśeṣite "dharmiṇi" dharmmyantaravyāvṛtte prayatnānantarīyakatvasyāvirodhādabādhatvāt dharmiṇaṃ viśeṣayadapi <481> prayatnotthatvaṃ śabde prasiddhameva । "yathā" bahuṣu piṇḍeṣu dṛśyamāneṣu "kimayamaśvo" naveti saṃśayo'bhidhīyate "vi(śā)<?>〈ṣā〉ṇavāneṣa piṇḍo" dharmī "nāśvo" viṣāṇitvāditi । viṣāṇitvaṃ dharmiṇaṃ viśeṣayadipa pramāṇapratītatvānnāsiddho hetuḥ ।

481,i

"sādhyakālāṅgatā vā na nivṛtterupalakṣya tat /

viśeṣopi pratijñārtho dharmabhedānna yujyate // 4.188 //"

481,ii (PVV_481,ii_481,iii)

athavā viśeṣaṇasya prayatnotthatvādestacchabdarūpaṃ viśeṣyatvenopalakṣyānumānāt prāgeva nivṛtteḥ 〈।〉 "sādhyakā"le'numeyapratīte kāle'"ṅgatā" viśeṣaṇatā nāstyeva apratītaṃ hyanumānāt pratyetavyaṃ । prayatnotthatvāditi ca pratītaṃ । na ca tatra vivādaḥ । tato dharmimātropalakṣaṇantat । yathā kāko devadattagṛhopalakṣaṇatvānna kāryopayogī 〈।〉 yadyapi viśiṣṭe dharmiṇi pratijñārthaikadeśatvaṃ hetoḥ । tathā nityaḥ śabdaḥ śrāvaṇatvāditi śabdasvabhāvabhūtasya śrāvaṇatvasya śabdatvavat pratijñārthaikadeśatā syāt nāsādhāraṇatetyāha । na kevalaṃ viṣāṇitvādi"rviśeṣaḥ" śrāvaṇatvādirapi "pratijñārthai"kadeśo "na yujyate । dharma"sya vyāvṛtte"rbhedāt" । śrāvaṇatvaṃ śravaṇagrāhyatā'śrāvaṇavyāvṛttiḥ 〈।〉 tacca śabdepi kvacit "kañcit puruṣamapekṣya bhavati" । aśabdavyāvṛttistu śabdatvaṃ tacca sarvatrāsti tato vyāvṛttibhedāt śabde siddhasya śrāvaṇatvasyānyatrānanuvṛtterasādhāraṇataiva yuktetyuktaṃ saparikaraṃ pakṣalakṣaṇam ॥

481,iii

iti pakṣalakṣaṇa〈m । 〉

<4.6. hetucintā>

<(1) hetulakṣaṇam>

<ka. pakṣadharmaprabhedakathane kāraṇam>

4.189–4.194

481,iv (PVV_481,iv_481,v)

hetulakṣaṇamidānīmvaktavyaṃ । tatra hetulakṣaṇameva " tatra yaḥ san sajātīye"ityādikaṃ yuktaṃ vaktuṃ । "sapakṣe sannasan dvedhā pakṣadharmaḥ punastridhe"tyādinā navadhā pakṣadharmaprabhedastu kasmādukta ityāha ।

481,v

"pakṣadharmaprabhedena sukhagrahaṇasiddhaye /

hetuprakaraṇārthasya sūtrasaṃkṣepa ucyate // 4.189 //"

<482>

482,i (PVV_482,i_482,ii)

"pakṣadharma"sya navadhā "prabhedena hetuprakaraṇārthasya" hetuhetvābhāsalakṣaṇātmakasya "sukhena grahaṇa"sya "siddhaye" tadarthavācakānāṃ "sūtrā"ṇāṃ "saṃkṣepataḥ" saṃgraha "ucyate" ॥ sapakṣe sannityādinā 〈।〉

<kha. sūtre nipātagrahaṇaphalam>

482,ii

yadi pakṣasya dharmo hetustadā tadviśeṣaṇāpekṣasya dharmasyānyatra dharmiṇyananuvṛtterasādhāraṇatā syāt । atha pakṣeṇa na viśiṣyate tadā na pakṣadharmo hetuḥ syāt । asadetat । na hyanyayogavyavacchedenaiva viśeṣaṇamanyathāpi sambhavāditi darśayitumāha ।

482,iii (PVV_482,iii_482,v)

"ayogaṃ yogamaparairatyantāyogameva ca /

vyavacchinatti dharmasya nipāto vyatirecakaḥ // 4.190 //"

482,iv

"nipāta" evakāro "vyatirecakaḥ" niyāmakaḥ kvacid "dharmasya" viśeṣaṇasyā"yogaṃ vyavacchinatti" kvacidaparairviśeṣyā"danyairyogaṃ" vyavacchinatti । kvaci"datyantāyogaṃ" vyavacchinatti ॥

482,v

nanu nipāto na svayaṃ vācakaḥ kintu dyotakaḥ । tadasya kathamayamarthaprabheda ityāha ।

482,vi (PVV_482,vi_482,ix)

"viśeṣaṇaviśeṣābhyāṃ kriyayā ca sahoditaḥ /"

482,vii

dyotakatvādeva nipāto "viśeṣaṇena" sahodito'yogasya vyavacchedakaḥ । "viśeṣyeṇa" sahoktonyayogasya । "kriyayā ca sahokto"'tyantāyogasyeti viśeṣaṇādipadavācya evāyogavyavacchedādistatsahoktanipātadyotya ityarthaḥ ।

482,viii

bhavatu tāvannipātaprayoge vyavacchedaviśeṣasya pratītiḥ pakṣa ityādau tu kathamityāha ।

482,ix

"vivakṣāto'prayogepi sarvo'rthoyaṃ pratīyate // 4.191 //

vyavacchedaphalaṃ vākyaṃ yataścaitro dhanurdharaḥ /

pārtho dhanurddharo nīlaṃ sarojamiti vā yathā // 4.192 //"

482,x (PVV_482,x)

"aprayogepi" nipātasya vaktu"rvivakṣātaḥ" sarvoṃyamayogavyavacchedā"dirarthaḥ pratīyate । yato vyavacchedaphalaṃ vākya"mityuktaṃ prāk । vākyañcopalakṣaṇaṃ padamapi vyavacchedaphalaṃ । na hi ghaṭenodakamānayeti pratipādamanavadhāraṇe'ghaṭenānayanapratiṣedhaḥ । pakṣa ityādau tu kathamityāha । aprayogepi nipātasya vakturvivakṣātaḥ sarvoyamayogavyavacchedo'nudakānayanapratiṣedhaḥ anānayananivṛttirvā śakyopadarśanā । ayoga<483>vyavacchedādīnāmudāharaṇamāha । "yathā caitro dhanurddharaḥ । pārtho dhanurddharaḥ । nīlaṃ sarojamiti" 〈।〉 caitre dhanurddharatvasandehād viśeṣaṇenāyogamātraṃ vyavacchidyate । "pārthe" dhanurddharatvaṃ prasiddhameva 〈।〉 kintu tādṛśamanyasyāpi kimastīti sandehe'nyayogavyavacchedaphalaṃ viśeṣaṇaṃ । na khalu sarvameva nīlaṃ sarojaṃ yenāyogavyavacchedaḥ syāt । nāpi sarojameva nīlaṃ yenānyayogavyavacchedo bhavet । kintu nīlaṃ sarojaṃ saṃbhavati na vetyantāyogasaṃdehe viśeṣaṇena sa eva vyavacchidyate ।

483,i (PVV_483,i)

nanu bhavatu tāvaccaitro dhanurddhara eva । pārtha eva dhanurddharaḥ । sarojaṃ nīlaṃ saṃbhavatyeveti nipātaprayoge vivakṣāvaśāt viśeṣaṇādipadānāmeva vā vyavacchedapratipādakatvādaprayoge'pi nipātasya caitro dhanurddhara ityādiprayogeṣu yogavyavacchedādīnāṃ pratītiḥ । pakṣadharma ityatra punaḥpakṣo viśeṣaṇaṃ । dharmo viśeṣyaḥ । tad yadi pakṣasyaiva dharma iti viśeṣaṇena saha nipāta ucyate aprayogepi vā viśeṣaṇasya tadarthavṛttiteṣyate । upa<?>bhayathāpyanyayogavyavacchedapratipādakatvameva syāt ।

483,ii (PVV_483,ii)

atha dharma eva viśeṣyo nipātasahacaraḥ । tadartha vṛttirveṣṭaḥ tadā'yogavyavacchedo labhyata eva paraṃ viśeṣaṇasahito'nyayogaṃ vyavacchinattītyuktervirudhyate । atrocyate । bāhyo nipātaḥ śrūyamāṇopi viśeṣyādibhiḥ saha vaktṛvivakṣāvaśād gamyamāno vā'yogavyavacchedako bhavatīti dṛṣṭāntapradarśanārthamuktaṃ । tathaiva caitro dhanurddhara ityādyudāharaṇapradarśanāt । vyavacchedaphalaṃ vākyamityukteśca । samāse tu viśeṣaṇamevāyogādivyavacchedakaṃ vivakṣāvaśādiṣṭaṃ । ayogavyavacchedena viśeṣaṇādityukteḥ । pakṣadharma iti pakṣaśabdo'yogavyavacchedakaḥ । pakṣāsambaddho na bhavatītyarthaḥ । cākṣuṣaṃ rūpamiti cākṣuṣatvasya rūpe vivādābhāvāt 〈।〉 śabdādīnāṃ viśeṣaṇena vyavacchedaḥ kriyate । nīlotpalamiti । utpale nīlatvaniyamābhāvāt 〈।〉 pareṣvabhāvādayogānyayogayorvyavacchedābhāvāt nīlaśabdenātyantāsambhavamātraṃ vyavacchidyate । iti na kaścidvirodhaḥ ।

483,iii (PVV_483,iii_483,iv)

nanu yathā pārtha eva dhanurddhara iti viśeṣaṇasya sannidhānāt nipātasya viśeṣyāntaravyavacchedaḥ । tathā viśeṣaṇasannidhānādavadhāraṇasya caitro dhanurddhara eveti guṇāntaravyavacchedaḥ syādityāha ।

483,iv

"pratiyogivyavacchedastatrāpyartheṣu gamyate /

tathā prasiddheḥ sāmarthyād vivakṣānugamād dhvaneḥ // 4.193 //"

483,v (PVV_483,v_484,ii)

"tatra" viśeṣaṇādiṣva"rtheṣu" vyavacchedepi kriyamāṇe prakaraṇād buddhiviṣayīkṛtasya "pratiyogi"na "vyavacchedo" viśeṣaṇena "gamyate" nānyasya । "tathā prasiddheḥ" pratiyogina <484> eva buddhisthīkṛtya viśeṣaṇena vyavacchedo netarasyeti lokaprasiddheḥ । "vivakṣāyā anugamāt dhvane"rvyavacchedādau "sāmarthyā"nnāvivakṣitavyavacchedaḥ । yata evāyogavyavacchedopyasti 〈।〉

484,i

"tadayogavyavacchedād dharmīdharmaviśeṣaṇam /

tadviśiṣṭatayā dharmo na niranvayadoṣabhāk // 4.194 //"

484,ii

"tat" tasmād dharmī pakṣo dharmasyā"yogavyavacchedād viśeṣaṇaṃ" dharmiṇo nādharmoheturityarthaḥ । ayogavyavacchedāt tena dharmiṇā "viśiṣṭatayā dharmo niranvayadoṣabhāg na" bhavati ।

484,iii (PVV_484,iii)

sapakṣe ghaṭādau san śabdānityatve sādhye kṛtakatvaṃ hetuḥ । asan sapakṣe vyomādau śabdānityatve sādhye kṛtakatvaṃ hetuḥ । sapakṣe dvedhā । sannasaṃśca 〈।〉 śabdānityatve sādhye yatnajatvaṃ hetuḥ । ghaṭādau sapakṣe san vidyudādau cāsan । punastridhā 〈।〉 sapakṣe san asan sadasaṃśca 〈।〉 śabdasya yatnajatve sādhye sapakṣe ghaṭādāvanityatvaṃ hetuḥ san । śabdānityatve sādhye yatnajatvaṃ heturasan vidyudādau sapakṣe ॥ śabde'yatnajatve sādhye'nityatvaṃ hetuḥ sapakṣe vidyudādau san । vyomādau cāsan । evaṃ pratyekamasapakṣepi san asan dvedhā ceti yojyaṃ । śabdanityatve sādhye prameyatvaṃ hetuḥ 〈।〉 asapakṣe ghaṭādau san 〈।〉 śabdanityatve sādhye śrāvaṇatvaṃ heturasapakṣe'san śabdanityatve sādhye'sparśavatvaṃ heturasapakṣe ghaṭādāvasan 〈।〉 buddhyādau sanniti dvidhā pakṣadharmanirdeśaḥ । kimartha hetuprakaraṇe navadhā pakṣadharmanirdeśaḥ —

4.195–4.198

<(2) hetubhedā>

484,iv (PVV_484,iv_484,vi^1)

samyagdheturasiddhaviruddhānaikāntikahetvābhāsā eva yuktanirdeśā ityāha ।

484,v

"svabhāvakāryasidhyarthaṃ dvau dvau hetuviparyayau /

vivādād bhedasāmānye śeṣo vyāvṛttisādhanaḥ // 4.195 //"

484,vi (PVV_484,vi^2)

"svabhāvakārya"yoreva hetutvena "siddhyarthaṃ" tatra "dvau" śabde'nityatvasiddhyarthaṃ kṛtakatvaprayatnānantarīyakatvākhyau hetū nirdiṣṭau । tathā śabda eva nityatvasādhane dvau "hetuviparyayau" viruddhau hetubhāve coktau । yathā hi samyagdhetoḥ svasādhye vyāpyakāryatayā pratibaddhasya gamakatvaṃ । tathā sādhyaviparyaye vyāpyakāryatayā pratibaddhasyaiva <485> tadgamakatvena viruddhatā nānyasyetyarthaḥ । vyatirekī anvayī ca heturiti pareṣāṃ "vivādāt" tatpratiṣedhārthaṃ "bhedasāmānye"'sādhāraṇasādhāraṇe śrāvaṇatvaprameyatve nirddiṣṭe । yadi vipakṣe nāstīti sātmakatve sādhye prāṇādimatvaṃ hetustadā śrāvaṇatvamapi syāt । na caivaṃ 〈।〉 tasmānna vyatirekī hetuḥ । yadi ca kevalānvayino darśanamātrādhyavasitāvyabhicārasya hetutvaṃ tadā prameyatvasyākāśādau darśanādavyabhicāraniścaye sati śabde nityatvagamakatvaṃ syānna caivaṃ । tato na kevalānvayī hetuḥ । "śeṣo"'prayatnotthaḥ śabdo'nityatvāt । nityaḥ śabdo'sparśavatvāt । prayatnānantarīyaḥ śabdo'nityatvāditi hetutrayaṃ vipakṣāddheto"rvyāvṛttisādhanaḥ" —

485,i (PVV_485,i_485,ii)

yadi hi sapakṣe darśanamātreṇa gamakatvaṃ tadaite hetavaḥ prāptāḥ 〈।〉 "sarveṣāṃ sapakṣe" satvāt 〈।〉 tasmānnānvayasambandhamātreṇa gamakatvaṃ 〈।〉 kintu vipakṣād vyatirekaniścaye na cāsti vyatirekaniścayaḥ 〈।〉 pradhānaṃ hetutvanibandhanamityarthaḥ । kathaṃ punarjñāyate svabhāvahetuḥ kṛtakatvaṃ । kāryahetuḥ prayatnānantarīyakamityāha ।

485,ii

"na hi svabhāvādanyena vyāptirgamyasya kāraṇe /

sambhavād vyabhicārasya dvidhāvṛttiphalaṃ tataḥ // 4.196 //"

485,iii (PVV_485,iii)

"na hi svabhāvā"ddheto"ranyena" hetunā "gamyasya" sādhyasya "vyāptiḥ" । yatra yatrānityatvaṃ tatra kṛtakatvamiti dṛśyate ca vyāptiḥ 〈।〉 tasmāt svabhāvahetureva । nāvaśyaṃ kāraṇāni kāryavanti bhavantīti kāraṇe kāryasya "vyabhicārasambhavāt" । kāryaṃ kāraṇavyāpakaṃ na bhavati । tatra sapakṣe "dvidhāvṛtti"bhāvābhāvāt pratyatnānantarīyatvaṃ "phalaṃ" kāryahetuḥ prayatnakāryasya tathābhidhānāt ।

485,iv (PVV_485,iv_485,vi)

nanu prayatnajena jñānenānityaḥ śabdo'numeya iṣṭaḥ 〈।〉 śabdāśca nityā eva tadviṣayajñānotpādādinā yatnena te vyajyante 〈।〉 tatkathaṃ kāryahetūdāharaṇamidamityāha ।

485,v

"prayatnānantaraṃ jñānaṃ prāksato niyamena na /

tasyāvṛtyakṣaśabdeṣu sarvathā'nupayogataḥ // 4.197 //"

485,vi

prayatnāt "prāk" sataḥ śabdasya "niyamena prayatnānantaraṃ jñānaṃ na" yajyate । prayatnaṃ vināpi kadācidupalabhyeta । na ca prayatnavyajyatā śabdānāṃ yuktā । "tasya" prayatnasya <486>"āvṛtā"vupalambhāvaraṇe śabdaviṣayajñānajanake śrotre "śabdeṣu" ca viṣayeṣu "sarvathā"'kiñcitkaratve"nānupayogata" ityuktaṃ prāk ।

486,i (PVV_486,i_486,iii)

kiñca 〈।〉

486,ii

"kadācinnirapekṣasya kāryā'kṛtivirodhataḥ /

kādācitkaphalaṃ siddhaṃ talliṅgaṃ jñānamīdṛśam // 4.198 //"

486,iii

sahakāribhiranādheyātiśayatvennityasya "kadācit" prayatnakāle kāryasya jñānasy(a)〈ā〉kṛtivirodhataḥ kāraṇāt tacchrutiviṣayaṃ jñānaṃ "kādācitka"syānityasya śabdasya"phalaṃ liṅgaṃ" kārya"mīdṛśaṃ" niyamena prayatnānantarabhāvi "siddham" ॥ (198)

4.199

<(3) kāryasvabhāvahetvornirdeśasya phalam>

486,iv (PVV_486,iv_486,v)

"etāvataiva siddhepi svabhāvasya pṛthak kṛtiḥ /

kāryeṇa saha nirddeśe mā jñāsīt sarvamīdṛśam // 4.199 //"

486,v

etāvatā prayatnānantarīyakatvenaiva svabhāvahetunirdeśepi siddhe prayatnānantaramutpādasyābhivyakteśca tathābhidhānāt । tathāpi svabhāvasya kṛtakatvasya hetoryā pṛthakkṛtiḥ sā kāryeṇa saha śleṣeṇa nirdeśe mā jñāsīt pratipattā sarvaṃ svabhāvahetumīdṛśaṃ sapakṣe dvidhāvṛttiṃ kṛtakatvādeḥ viparyayavyāptisambhavāt । (199)

4.200

486,vi (PVV_486,vi_486,viii)

kiñca 〈।〉

486,vii

"vyutpattyarthā ca hetūktiruktārthānumitau kṛtā /

atra prabheda ākhyātaḥ lakṣaṇantu na bhidyate // 4.200 //"

486,viii

anumitau svārthānumāne "hetūktiruktārthā"'bhihitalakṣaṇāpi pratipattṝṇāṃ vyutpa"ttyarthā ca" parārthānumāne "kṛtā" । atra ca "prabheda ākhyātaḥ । lakṣaṇaṃ" punarhetorna "bhidyate" । tathāvidhalakṣaṇahetuvacanasya parārthānumānatvāt । (200)

4.201

486,ix (PVV_486,ix_486,x)

"tenātra kāryaliṅgena svabhāvopyekadeśabhāk /

sadṛśodāhṛtiścātaḥ prayatnād vyaktijanmanaḥ // 4.201 //"

486,x

"tena" prayatnāntarīyakatvena "kāryaliṅgena" śleṣanirdeśāt । svabhāvahetudharmabhājā "svabhāvopi" sapa"kṣaikadeśabhāk" bhavati ityakto bhavati । "ata" eva kārya<487>svabhāvatayā "sadṛśa"sya prayatnānantarīyakatva"syodāhṛti"rācāryeṇakṛtā । "prayatnādvyakterjanma"naśca bhāvāt । yadā prayatnād vyaktistadā kāryahetuḥ । yadā janmatadā svabhāvahetuḥ । (201)

4.202

487,i (PVV_487,i_487,iii)

kāryasvabhāvayoḥ prabhedanirdeśasya kiṃ phalamityāha ।

487,ii

"yannāntarīyakā sattā yo vātmanyavibhāgavān /

sa tenāvyabhicārī syādityarthaṃ tatprabhedanam // 4.202 //"

487,iii

"yannāntarīyakā sattā" bhede sati yamantareṇa heturna bhavati । "yo vā" sva ātmīyaḥ sādhyā"davibhāgavān" 〈।〉 ātmā svabhāvaḥ "sa tena" kāraṇena "vyāpakena" vā'"vyabhicārī" vyabhicārarahitaḥ "syāt" nānya "ityartha"metat prayojanaṃ 〈।〉 tayoḥ kāryasvabhāvayoḥ prabhedanaṃ । (202)

4.203

487,iv (PVV_487,iv_487,vi)

evañca sati 〈।〉

487,v

"saṃyogyādiṣu yeṣvasti pratibandho na tādṛśaḥ /

na te hetava ityuktaṃ vyabhicārasya sambhavāt // 4.203 //"

487,vi

"saṃyogi" samavāyi ekārthasamavāyi ākāśā"diṣu" parābhimateṣu hetuṣu "yeṣu pratibandhaḥ tādṛśa"stādātmyatadutpattilakṣaṇo "nāsti 〈।〉 na te hetava ityuktaṃ bhavati" । atadātmano'tadutpatteśca sādhya"vyabhicārasya sambhavāt" । (203)

4.204

487,vii (PVV_487,vii_487,ix)

atha saṃyogyādiṣu tadutpattipratibandhosti tadā 〈।〉

487,viii

"sati vā pratibandhestu sa eva gatisādhanaḥ /

niyamo hyavinābhāvo'niyataśca na sādhanam // 4.204 //"

487,ix

"sati pratibandhe sa eva gatisādhanaḥ" sādhyapratipattiheturastu niṣphalā saṃyogyādikalpanā 〈।〉 "niyamo" niyatatvaṃ "hi" sādhanasya sākṣā"davinābhāva" ucyate 〈।〉 sa ca tādātmyatadutpattibhyāṃ nānyathā 〈।〉 "sa ca" tadvikalatvāt sādhye"'niyataḥ" । na sa sādhanaṃ । yathā saṃyogitvepi sa vahnirddhūmasyetisvabhāvakāryasiddhyarthaṃ dvau dvau hetuviparyayāvi(pv.4.195) ti vyākhyātaṃ । (204)

4.205

<488>

<(4) vivādād bhedasāmānya ityasya vyākhyānam>

488,i (PVV_488,i_488,iv)

vivādād bhedasāmānya iti vyākhyātavyaṃ ।

488,ii

syāt prāṇādimatvaṃ heturyadi vipakṣāddhetuvyatirekaḥ syāt 〈।〉 sa eva tu na sidhyatītyāha ।

488,iii

"aikāntikatvaṃ vyāvṛtteravinābhāva ucyate /

tacca nāpratibaddheṣu tata evānvayasthitiḥ // 4.205 //"

488,iv

vipakṣādbhedo "vyāvṛtte"rbbādhakapramāṇaniścitatvāt । "aikāntikatvamavinābhāva ucyate 〈।〉 tacca" vyāvṛtteraikāntikatvaṃ svasādhyā"pratibaddheṣu" prāṇādiṣu nāsti । yadi hyātmani pratibaddhāḥ prāṇādayaḥ tadātmanivṛttau nivṛttā vipakṣād gamyeran 〈।〉 anyathā tu pakṣa eva sandehaḥ 〈।〉 kimamī ātmābhāvepi varttante uta neti 〈।〉 yathā ca pratibandhād vyatirekaniścayaḥ । tathā tataḥ pratibandhādevā"nvayasya sthitiḥ" । na tu sahadarśanamātreṇa । (205)

4.206

488,v (PVV_488,v_488,vii)

tasmāt sādhyasya 〈।〉

488,vi

"svātmatve hetubhāve vā siddhe hi vyatirekitā /

sidhyedato viśeṣe na vyatireko na cānvayaḥ // 4.206 //"

488,vii

"svātmatve" hetusvabhāvātmakatve "hetubhāve vā siddhe" sati 〈tadabhāve niyamena vyatirekāt〉 vipakṣād vyāpakakāraṇavyatireke svabhāvakāryahetvo"rvyatirekitā" sidhyet । nānyatheti nyāya eṣaḥ । yataḥ pratibandhenaivānvayavyatirekasiddhiḥ । ato viśeṣe'sādhāraṇe hetau nānvayo na vā vyatirekaḥ sidhyati ॥ (206)

4.207

488,viii (PVV_488,viii_488,x)

evaṃ tarhi sapakṣavipakṣavyatirekābhyāṃ vyāvṛtterviśeṣaḥ kathamācāryeṇoktaḥ ityāha ।

488,ix

"adṛṣṭimātramādāya kevalaṃ vyatirekitā /

uktā'naikāntikastasmādanyathā gamako bhavet // 4.207 //"

488,x

"adṛṣṭimātraṃ" bādakapramāṇarahita"mādāya" parābhiprāyeṇa sapakṣād "vyatirekitoktā" । tasyādarśanamātreṇa vyatirekāniścayā"danaikāntika" ācāryeṇoktaḥ । "anyathā" vipakṣād vyatirekaniścaye "gamako" hetu"rbhavet" । tataścānaikāntikavarge na prakṣipyeta । (207)

4.208

<489>

<(5) sādhyābhāvasya sādhanābhāvena na vyāptatā>

<ka. jīvaccharīraṃ prāṇādimattvādityatra doṣaḥ>

489,i (PVV_489,i_489,iii)

nanu sādhyanivṛttau niyamena sādhanaṃ nivarttata iti "sādhyābhāvaḥ sādhanābhāvena" vyāptaḥ । tataśca 〈।〉

489,ii

"prāṇādyabhāvo nairātmyavyāpīti vinivarttane /

ātmano vinivartteta prāṇādiryadi tacca na // 4.208 //"

489,iii

"prāṇādeḥ" sādhanasyā"bhāvo nairātmya"sya sātmakatvasādhyābhāvasya "vyāpīti" heto"rātmano" ghaṭādervipakṣād "vinivarttane" sati "prāṇādirvinivartta"te । na hyanyathā sādhanābhāvaḥ sādhyābhāvasya ca vyāpako bhavati । tato yatra prāṇādibhāvanivṛttistatra sātmakatvabhāvanivṛttirapīti yadyucyate "tacca na" yuktaṃ । (208)

4.209–4.210

489,iv (PVV_489,iv_489,v)

"anyasya vinivṛtyānyavinivṛttyerayogataḥ /

tadātmā tatprasūtiścennaitat;"

489,v

"anyasya" kāraṇasyātmano "vinivṛttyā" prāṇāde"rvinivṛtterayogataḥ" । tādātmyatadutpattāveva hi sādhyanivṛttau sādhananivṛttiryuktā tatsvabhāvatvāt tadāyattatvācca । sati ca sādhyasādhanayorniyamena nivarttyanivarttakabhāve sādhyābhāvaḥ sādhanābhāvena vyāpyate । prāṇādi"sta"syātmana "ātmā" svabhāvaḥ । "ta"smāt "pra"sūtirvāsyeti cet । "naitada"sti yuktaṃ । tathā hi 〈।〉

489,vi (PVV_489,vi_489,vii)

"ātmopalambhane // 4.209 //

tasyopalabdhāvagatāvagatau ca prasidhyati /

te cātyantaparokṣasya dṛṣṭyadṛṣṭī na sidhyataḥ // 4.210 //"

489,vii

"ātmana upalambhane" sati "tasya" prāṇāde"rupalabdhau" satyāmātmano'"gatau prāṇā"dera"gatau ca" satyāṃ kāryakāraṇabhāvaḥ "prasidhyati । te ca dṛṣṭyadṛṣṭī" kāryakāraṇabhāvasādhane'"tyantapa"ro"kṣa"syātmano "na sidhyataḥ" । atyantaparokṣasya kathamadṛṣṭirapi na sidhyatīti cet । abhāvasādhikā dṛśyānupalabdhirna sidhyatyeva । adṛṣṭimātrantu nābhāvasādhakaṃ । tataḥ prāṇāderātmanā saha pratibandhāsiddhernātmanivṛttyā prāṇādinivṛttisiddhiḥ । (209, 210)

4.211

489,viii (PVV_489,viii_490,ii)

kiñca 〈।〉

<490>

490,i

"anyatrādṛṣṭarūpasya ghaṭādau neti vā kutaḥ /

ajñātavyatirekasya vyāvṛttervyāpitā kutaḥ // 4.211 //"

490,ii

ātmano"nyatra" jīvaccharīre"'dṛṣṭarūpa"sya "ghaṭādau na" sattva"miti" yaducyate ta"tkutaḥ" siddhaṃ । dṛśyānupalabdhyā hyabhāvasiddhiḥ । na cādṛṣṭacare tatsambhavaḥ । "ajñāto vyatireko"'bhāvo yasya tasyātmano yā "vyāvṛtti"rghaṭādau tasyāḥ prāṇādinivṛttyā "vyāpitā" vyāpanaṃ "kutaḥ" sambhavi । yena jīvaccharīre prāṇādinivṛttyabhāvāt sātmakatvanivṛttyabhāve satyātmasiddhiḥ syāt ॥ (211)

4.212

490,iii (PVV_490,iii_490,v)

nanu yathā ghaṭādau prāṇādyabhāvaniścayastathātmābhāvaniścayopi kiṃ na bhavatītyāha ।

490,iv

"prāṇādeśca kvacid dṛṣṭyā sattvāsattvaṃ pratīyate /

tathātmā yadi dṛśyeta sattvāsattvaṃ pratīyate // 4.212 //"

490,v

"prāṇādeḥ kvaci"jjīvaccharīre "dṛṣṭyā sattvaṃ" pratīyate । mṛtadehe copalabdhilakṣaṇaprāptasyāsyādṛṣṭyā"'sattvaṃ" pratīyate । "tathā yadi" kvacid dehe "ātmā dṛśyeta" tadā "tatra sattva"masya pratīyeta । anyatropalabhyasvarūpasyāsyānupalabdhera"sattvaṃ pratīyeta । na" cātmopalabdhirasti kvaciditi na tadabhāvaniścayaḥ । (212)

4.213

490,vi (PVV_490,vi_490,viii)

yadapyucyate 〈।〉 yadi na sātmakaṃ jīvaccharīraṃ tadāsya prāṇādivirahaprasaṅgo narātmyād ghaṭavaditi prasaṅgasādhanaṃ । taccāyuktaṃ darśayitumāha ।

490,vii

"yasya hetorabhāvena ghaṭe prāṇo na dṛśyate /

dehepi yadyasau na syād yukto dehe na sambhavaḥ // 4.213 //"

490,viii

"yasya" buddhidehātiśayaprayatnā"derhetorabhāvena ghaṭe prāṇo na dṛśyate 〈।〉 dehepi yadyasau" buddhidehātiśayaprayatnādi"rna syāt" 〈।〉 tadā dehepi hetuvirahāt prāṇāderna"saṃbhavo yukto" yathā mṛtaśarīre । jīvaddehe tu buddhyādisadbhāvādeva prāṇādirucitasaṃbhava iti nātmābhāve tadabhāvaprasaṅgaḥ saṅgataḥ । (213)

4.214

490,ix (PVV_490,ix_491,i)

atha ghaṭajīvaccharīrādīnāṃ nairātmyena yathā sādharmyaṃ tathā prāṇādirahitatayāpi syāt । na ca bhavati 〈।〉 tasmānnirātmake ghaṭādau prāṇādiradṛṣṭo yatra varttate tatra sātmakatvaṃ sādhayatītyāha ।

490,x

"bhinnepi kiñcit sādharmyād yadi tattvaṃ pratīyate /

prameyatvād ghaṭādīnāṃ sātmatvaṃ kinna mīyate // 4.214 //"

<491>

491,i

ghaṭabhinnepi jīvaddehe "kiñci"nmātreṇa nirātmakatvena "sādharmyāt yadi tattvaṃ" prāṇādivirahitatayā ghaṭasadṛśatvaṃ "pratīyate" tadā"prameyatvā"ddheto"rghaṭādīnāṃ" jīvaccharīra"sātmakatvaṃ kinna mīyate" 〈।〉 (214)

4.215

491,ii (PVV_491,ii_491,iii)

"aniṣṭeścet pramāṇaṃ hi sarveṣṭīnāṃ nibandhanam /

bhāvābhāvavyavakthāṃ kaḥ ? karttuṃ tena vinā prabhuḥ // 4.215 //"

491,iii

"aniṣṭeścet" 〈।〉 nanu "pramāṇaṃ hi sarveṣṭīnāṃ nibandhanaṃ" । tadvaśenārthānna sthiteḥ । "tena" pramāṇena "bhāvābhāva"yo"rvyavasthāṃ karttuṃ kaḥ prabhuḥ" । yadi ca kiñcit sādharmyamātrāt sādhanaṃ sādhyasādhakaṃ । tadā prameyatvād ghaṭasyāpi sātmakatvasādhanādaniṣṭiranupayuktā । (215)

4.216–4.217

<kha. smṛtīcchādayaḥ prāṇādihetuḥ>

491,iv (PVV_491,iv_491,vi)

yadi tarhi nātmā prāṇāderhetuḥ 〈।〉 kastarhi bhaviṣyatītyāha । yathā yogaṃ 〈।〉

491,v

"smṛtīcchāyatnajaḥ prāṇanimeṣādistadudbhavaḥ /

viṣayendriyacittebhyaḥ ;"

491,vi

"smṛtīcchā"pra"yatne"bhyo jātaḥ "prāṇanimeṣādiḥ" samāhitasya niruddhavāyoḥ samādhivyutthitasya smaraṇāt prāṇavṛttirgāḍhaprahārādibhirvyāhataprāṇasya icchāprayatnābhyāṃ prāṇapravṛttiḥ । svasthasya sādguṇyāt nimeṣādericchāprayatnajatvaṃ vyaktaṃ । teṣāṃ ca smṛtīcchāyatnānā"mudbhavo viṣayendriyacittebhyo" yathāyogaṃ 〈।〉 kvacid viṣayād vadarāde rasanāsravādiheto rasādismṛtirbhavati । indriyādvā vilāderapaṭujānahetoḥ pradīpamaṇḍalādismaraṇaṃ bhavati buddherevātadviṣayasyātītānukūlatādismṛtirudbhavati ।

491,vii (PVV_491,vii_492,i)

nanu ṣaṭ pravṛttibuddhaya evātmajāḥ pravṛttibuddhijāśca smṛtyādayaḥ । tadbhavāśca prāṇādayaḥ iti paraṃparā'tmahetukā evetyāha । tāḥ ṣaḍbuddhayaḥ 〈।〉

491,viii

"tāḥ svajātisamudbhavāḥ // 4.216 //

anyonyapratyayāpekṣā anvayavyatirekabhāk /

etāvatyātmabhāvoyamanavasthānyakalpane // 4.217 //"

<492>

492,i

"anyonyapratyayāpekṣā" yasyā ya ātmīyaḥ pratyayaḥ sahakārikāraṇaṃ indriyādi tasminnapekṣā'yattiryāsāṃ tāstathā satyaḥ svajātisamudbhavāḥ samanantaraprabhavā na tu paraṃparayāpyātmāpekṣiṇya ityarthaḥ । "etāva"ti kāraṇakalāpe"'yamātmabhāvaḥ" ṣaḍāyatanaṃ gṛhīto"'nvayavyatirekabhāk" pratibaddhaḥ kāraṇatvena tatonyasya"kalpane'navasthā" kāraṇānāṃ । tasmānnādṛṣṭasāmarthyasyātmano nivṛttau prāṇādinivṛttiryuktā ॥ (216, 217)

4.218

492,ii (PVV_492,ii_492,iv)

kiñca 〈।〉

492,iii

"śrāvaṇatvena tat tulyaṃ prāṇādi vyabhicārataḥ /

na tasya vyabhicāritvād vyatirekepi cet katham // 4.218 //"

492,iv

"tat prāṇādi"sādhanaṃ "śrāvaṇatvena" hetunā "vyabhicārato"'naikāntikatvāt"tulyaṃ" । naitadasti । tasya śrāvaṇatvasya vipakṣād bahulaṃ vyatirekepi vyatirekasya "vyabhicārataḥ" । na hi śrāva〈ṇa〉tvamanityebhyaḥ prāyo vyāvṛttamityanityatvavyatirekāvyabhicāri śakyamavasātuṃ । pakṣa evānityena sahākāryavirodhāt । prāṇādi tu niyamena vipakṣād vyatirekāvyabhicārīti na yuktaṃ śrāvaṇatvena tulyamiti cet । pṛcchatyā cā ryaḥ । prāṇādiśrāvaṇatvenātulyaṃ kathamiti । (218)

4.219

492,v (PVV_492,v_492,vii)

itara āha ।

492,vi

"nāsādhyādeva viśleṣastasya nanvevamucyate /

sādhyenuvṛtyabhāvorthāt tasyānyatrāpyasau samaḥ // 4.219 //"

492,vii

tasya śrāvaṇatvasyāsādhyād vipakṣādeva na viśleṣo vyāvṛttiḥ kintu sapakṣādapi । prāṇādestu sarvasya jīvaccharīrasya sātmatvena sādhyatvāt 〈।〉 sapakṣa eva nāstīti kathantato vyāvṛttiriti 〈।〉 atrāha । "nanvevamasādhyādeva" śrāvaṇatvasya "na viśleṣa"ityākhyāne"sādhya" sādhyavati sapakṣe"'nuvṛtte"ranvayasyā"bhāvo'rthā"duktaḥ syāt । yo hi vipakṣamātrādavyāvṛttaḥ sa sapakṣādapi vyāvṛtteranvayarahita ukto bhavati । tathā ca prāṇāderasau sapakṣānuvṛttyabhāvaḥ "samaḥ" । na hi prāṇādisapakṣe kvacit siddhaṃ । sarvaṃsya jīvaccharīrasya pakṣatvāt । (219)

4.220

492,viii (PVV_492,viii_493,i)

"asādhyādeva viccheda iti sādhyestitocyate /

arthāpatyā'ta evoktamekenobhayadarśanam // 4.220 //"

<493>

493,i

"asādhyād" vipakṣā"deva" sādhanasya "vicchedo" vyāvṛtti"ritya"bhidhānenārthāpattyasāmarthyena "sādhye" sapakṣe"'stitocyate" । yadi tu sapakṣādapi vyāvṛttistadā vipakṣādeva vyāvṛttirityasaṅgataṃ । yato vipakṣādeva vyāvṛttiriti vyatireka ākṣiptānvaya eva bhavati । ata evācāryeṇa "ekena" vyatirekeṇānvayena vā niyamavatā "dṛṣṭenobhayadarśana"muktaṃ । arthāpattyā'nyatareṇobhayadarśanāditi । (220)

4.221

493,ii (PVV_493,ii_493,iv)

yasmādaikāntiko vyatireka ākṣiptānvaya eva bhavati । ataḥ 〈।〉

493,iii

"īdṛgavyabhicāroto'nanvayiṣu na sidhyati /

pratiṣedhaniṣedhaśca vidhānāt kīdṛśo'paraḥ // 4.221 //"

493,iv

"īdṛg" vipakṣe vyatireko 〈'〉"vyabhicāraḥ ananvayiṣu" hetuṣu "na sidhyati" । ya eva sādhyenānvito hetustasyaiva vipakṣādeva vyatirekaḥ । yadi tu satyapi sādhye hetvabhāvastadā sapakṣādapi vyatirekāt kathaṃ vipakṣādeva nivṛttiḥ । kiñca 〈।〉 prāṇādeḥ sapakṣe "pratiṣedha"sya nivṛtte"niṣedho vidhānādaparaḥ kīdṛśaḥ" । pratiṣedhaniṣedho hi vidhireva parasparaparihāreṇāvasthiteḥ । tataḥ prāṇādeḥ "sapakṣānnivṛttirnāstītya"rthād vṛttirevoktā syāditi na vyatirekitvaṃ । (221)

4.222

493,v (PVV_493,v_493,vii)

syādevaṃ yadi sapakṣo bhavati । kintu 〈।〉

493,vi

"nivṛttirnāsataḥ sādhyādasādhyeṣveva no tataḥ /

neti saiva nivṛttiḥ kiṃ nivṛtterasato matā // 4.222 //"

493,vii

sātmakatve sādhye sapakṣo nāstītya"sataḥ sādhyāt" sapakṣāt prāṇāde"rnivṛttirnāsti tato'sādhyeṣu" vipakṣeṣveva "no" vṛttiriti vyatirekitvamiṣṭaṃ । evantarhi sapakṣāda"sato" heto"rnivṛtternivṛtti"rasmākaṃ astitvena yeṣṭā saiva "kinneti" bhavato "matā" । yadi hyasan nivṛtternādhikaraṇaṃ tadā nivṛttanivṛtteḥ kathaṃ bhaviṣyati । (222)

4.223

493,viii (PVV_493,viii_493,x)

kiñca 〈।〉

493,ix

"nivṛttyabhāvastu vidhirvastubhāvo'satopi san /

vastvabhāvastu nāstīti paśya bāndhyavijṛmbhitam // 4.223 //"

493,x

"asatopi" sapakṣāddhetu"nivṛtte"rnīrūpāyā a"bhāvastu vidhirvastubhāvo" hetusambhavaḥ sa neṣyate 〈।〉 yadyasati sapakṣe hetunivṛttirnāsti tadā heturevāstītyuktaṃ syāt । <494>"vastuno" heto"rabhāvastu" nivṛttiśabdavācyo "nāstīti paśya bāndhyavijṛmbhitaṃ" pareṣāṃ । asatyasattavamaviruddhaṃ । viruddhantu sattvamityarthaḥ । (223)

4.224

494,i (PVV_494,i_494,iii)

api ca 〈।〉

494,ii

"nivṛttiryadi tasminna hetorvṛttiḥ kimiṣyate /

sāpi na pratiṣedhoyaṃ nivṛttiḥ kiṃ niṣidhyate // 4.224 //"

494,iii

"hetostasminnasa"ti sapakṣe "nivṛttiryadi" nāsti tadā "kiṃ vṛttiriṣyate" vidhiniṣedhayoranyonyavyavacchedātmatvādekapratiṣedhasya tadaparavidhināntarīyakatvāt । tataścānvayavyatirekitvāt prāṇādirna vyatirekī । "sā" vṛttira"pi nā"sati sapakṣa iti cet । nanu vṛttiniṣedhaḥ "pratiṣedhoyaṃ" nivṛttyātmakaḥ । tataścāsato vṛttinivṛtteradhikaraṇatvāt । tasmi"nnivṛttiḥ kiṃ niṣidhyate" । satyāñca nivṛttau śrāvaṇatvavadasādhāraṇaṃ prāṇādi syāt । (224)

4.225

<ga. śābdo vyavahāro vidhipratiṣedhaprayojanaḥ>

494,iv (PVV_494,iv_494,vi)

athādhikaraṇatayā'pādānatayā vā sataḥ pratītirnāstīti na tasmānnivṛttirityucyate । etadarthaṃ hi 〈।〉

494,v

"vidhānaṃ pratiṣedhañca muktvā śābdosti nāparaḥ /

vyavahāraḥ sa cāsatsu neti prāptātra mūkatā // 4.225 //"

494,vi

"vidhānaṃ pratiṣedhañca muktvā'paraḥ ś(a)〈ā〉bdo" vyavahāro "nāsti" tayoreva śabdapratipādyatvāt । "sa ca" vidhipratiṣedha"vyavahāro'satsu nāstīti । atrā"satsu "mūkataiva prāptā" । tathā hyasati vidhivyavahārastāvannāstyeva । pratiṣedhopi tvanmate nāstīti yuktaṃ mūkatvaṃ । (225)

4.226

494,vii (PVV_494,vii_494,ix)

kiñca 〈।〉

494,viii

"satāñca na niṣedho'sti so'satsu ca na vidyate /

jagatyanena nyāyena nañarthaḥ pralayaṃ gataḥ // 4.226 //"

494,ix

"satāñca" padārthānāṃ "na niṣedhosti" vidyamānatvāt । sa pratiṣedho'"satsu na" tvadabhiprāyād "vidyate । anena nyāyena nañorthaḥ" pratiṣedho "jagati" viṣaye "pralayaṃ gataḥ" । (226)

4.227

494,x (PVV_494,x_494,xi)

"deśakālaniṣedhaśced yathāsti sa niṣidhyate /

na tathā na yathā sosti tathāpi na niṣidhyate // 4.227 //"

494,xi

kvacit satāmevārthānāmanyayo"rdeśakāla"yornañādinā "niṣedha" iṣṭa"ścet । yathā"<495> yaddeśakālasambaddhatvena "so'rtho" nāsti tathā "niṣidhyate" tvadabhiprāyādato "niṣedhāyo"gāt । "yathā" cāsti sa "tathā"pi na niṣidhyate satvāt । (227)

4.228

495,i (PVV_495,i_495,ii)

"tasmādāśritya śabdārthaṃ bhavābhāvasamāśrayam /

abāhyāśrayamatreṣṭaṃ sarvaṃ vidhiniṣedhanam // 4.228 //"

495,ii

"tasmācchabda"syārthamāropitabahīrūpamanyavyavacchedama"bāhyāśra"yaṃ bāhyaviṣayarahitaṃ ya eva "bhāvābhāva"yorvidhipratiṣedhavikalpapratipādyayoḥ "samāśraya"stamā"śritya" vyavahāre "sarvaṃ vidhiniṣedhanamiṣṭaṃ" । (228)

4.229

495,iii (PVV_495,iii_495,iv)

yadi vastu śabdavikalpābhyāṃ viṣayīkriyate sarvathā pratīteḥ śabdapramāṇāntaravaiphalyaprasaṅgaḥ । tatonyāpoha eva vidhiniṣedhasambandhayorviṣayaḥ । tathā śabdāt sattvāsattvābhyāṃ vastunaḥ pratītau vidhiniṣedhayoravaiphalyaprasaṅgaḥ । tasmāt bhāvābhāvasādhāraṇo'nvayavyavacchedo vidhipratiṣedhābhyāṃ sambadhyata iti ।

495,iv

"tābhyāṃ sa dharmī sambaddhaḥ khyātyabhāvepi tādṛśaḥ /

śabdapravṛtterastīti sopīṣṭo vyavahārabhāk // 4.229 //"

495,v (PVV_495,v)

"tābhyāṃ" vidhipratiṣedhābhyāṃ "sa" śabdārtho "dharmī sambaddhaḥ khyāti"vastuto"'bhāvepi tādṛśo" vidhipratiṣedhasambaddhasyārthasya 〈।〉 na hi śabdārtha eva kaścit bāhyābāhyārthayorayogāt । taditarasya cābhāvādityukteḥ । kuta eva vidhiniṣedhābhyāṃ tasyā sambandhaḥ syāt । tathā"pi sa" vidhiḥ pratiṣamadhaśca"śabdapravṛtterastīti vyavahārabhāgiṣṭaḥ" । śabdo hi pravarttamāno vidhipratiṣedhavyavahāraṃ vastuto'santamapyavidyābhyāsato vāsanāvaśādupadarśayatīti tadanurodhāt sannucyate । (229)

4.230–4.231

495,vi (PVV_495,vi_495,vii)

"anyathā syāt padārthānāṃ vidhānapratiṣedhane /

ekadharmasya sarvātmavidhānapratiṣedhanam // 4.230 //

anānātmatayā;"

495,vii

"anyathā" yadyevaṃ neṣyate tadā "padārthānāṃ vidhānapratiṣedhane"'bhyupagamyamāne yadi dharmā dharmiṇo'bhinnāstadaikasya "dharmasya" vidhāne pratiṣedhane vā kṛte "sarveṣāṃ" dharmāṇāṃ dha"rmyātma"bhūtānāṃ "vidhānapratiṣedhanaṃ syāt" । (230) teṣāṃ dharmāṇāmekadharmisvabhāvatvenānānātmatayaikasvabhāvatayaikasya dharmasya vidhiḥ pratiṣedho vā sarvasya bhavet ॥

<496>

496,i (PVV_496,i_496,ii)

"bhede nānāvidhiniṣedhavat /

ekadharmiṇyasaṃhāro vidhānapratiṣedhayoḥ // 4.231 //"

496,ii

dharmiṇaḥ sakāśād dharmāṇāṃ "bhede"'bhyupagamyamāne "eka"smin "dharmiṇi" dharmāṇāṃ "vidhānapratiṣedhayorasaṃhāraḥ" sāmānādhikaraṇyaṃ na syāt । "nānāvidhiniṣedhavat" । svatantrānekapadārthavidhiniṣedhāviva naikatra vastuni sāmānyādhikaraṇyabhājau । (231)

4.232–4.233

496,iii (PVV_496,iii_496,v)

asmanmate tu 〈।〉

496,iv

"ekadharmiṇamuddiśya nānādharmasamāśrayam /

vidhāvekasya tadbhājamivānyeṣāmupekṣakam // 4.232 //

niṣedhe tadviviktañja tadanyeṣāmapekṣakam /

vyavahāramasatyārthaṃ prakalpayati dhīryathā // 4.233 //"

496,v

śabdārtha dharmiṇamekaṃ "nānādharmasamāśrayamekasya" dharmasya "vidhau" kriyamāṇe "tadbhājameka"dharmasambaddhami"vānyeṣāṃ" vidhipratiṣedhābhyāmaparāmṛṣṭānāṃ dharmāṇāmu"pekṣakaṃ" 〈।〉 tathaikadharmasya"niṣedhe" kriyamāṇe ekaṃ dharmiṇaṃ nānādharmasamāśrayaṇaṃ "tena" niṣidhyamānena dharmeṇa "vivikta"meva "tadanyeṣāṃ" niṣidhyamānadharmetareṣāṃ dharmāṇā"mapekṣakamu"ddiśya "yathā" kalpikā "dhīrvyavahāraṃ" paramārthato"'satyārthaṃ kalpayati" । (232, 233)

4.234

496,vi (PVV_496,vi_496,vii)

"taṃ tathaivāvikalpārthaṃ bhedāśrayamupāgatāḥ /

anādivāsanodbhūtaṃ bādhante'rthaṃ na laukikam // 4.234 //"

496,vii

"tathaiva" kalpanānatikrameṇa "ta"mvyavahāramartha"bhedāśrayama"nyavyāvṛttiviṣaya"manādivāsanāyā udbhūtaṃ" । yathā tattvena vikalpopagatāḥ pratipannā vyavaharttāro laukikaṃ bauddha"marthaṃ" śabdapratipādita"nna bādhante" vyavahārocchedaprasaṅgāt । (234)

4.235

<gha. dharmabhedavyavahāravicāraḥ>

496,viii (PVV_496,viii_496,x)

kathaṃ punarddharmabhedo vyavahriyate ityāha ।

496,ix

"tatphalo'tatphalaścārtho bhinna ekastatastataḥ /

taistairupaplavairnītasañcayāpacayairiva // 4.235 //"

496,x

arthaḥ śabdādista"tphalaḥ" śrotravijñānādihetu"ratatphalaśca"kṣurvijñānādyahetustato gandhādeḥ śrotrajñānāhetoḥ 〈।〉 "tato" rūpādikāccakṣurvijñānaheto"rbhinno" vyāvṛttastattadvyāvṛttiviśiṣṭatayā kalpitadharmidharmanānātvaḥ paramārthata "ekastaistairupaplavaiḥ"<497> kalpitadharmabhedavidhiniṣedhayorgocarairvikalpairyathākramaṃ dharmidharmāṇāṃ "nīcaḥ prāpitaḥ sañcayo'paca"yaśca yaistai"riva" yathādhyavasāyaṃ । (235)

4.236

497,i (PVV_497,i_497,iii)

vastutaḥ 〈।〉

497,ii

"atadvānapi sambandhāt kutaścidupanīyate /

dṛṣṭiṃ bhedāśrayaistepi tasmādajñātaviplavāḥ // 4.236 //"

497,iii

"bhedāśrayai"rvyāvṛttiviṣayai"ratadvān" dharmabhedena tatsañcayāpacayābhyāṃ rahitopi śabdādi"dṛṣṭiṃ" pratītavyavahāramu"panī"yate । vikalpāstāvad vāsanāvaśāt tathopadarśayanti । vyavaharttārastu kasmād vimṛśya na nivarttanta ityāha । arthe "teṣāṃ vyāvṛttyāśrayeṇa" kalpitadharmāṇāṃ "kutaścit sambandhāt" tadarthakriyāprāpteḥ paritoṣādarthakriyārthināṃ vyavahāriṇāṃ dharmabhedād yathārthatvena vimarśādādara iti "te" vyavaharttāro"pyajñātaviplavā" dharmabhedavidhipratiṣedhavyavahārasyeti yathārthameva tat manyanta iti । tasmāt paramārthato'satyeva dharmiṇi vidhipratiṣedhavyavahārāt asatopi sapakṣād vipakṣād vā hetunivṛttiḥ sandigdhā । (236)

4.237

497,iv (PVV_497,iv_497,vii)

kiñca 〈।〉 prāṇādeḥ sapakṣo nāstīti tato na vyatireka iti yadyucyate tadasaṅgatamityāha ।

497,v

"sattāsādhanavṛtteśca sandigdhaḥ syādasanna saḥ /

asatvañcābhyupagamādapramāṇanna yajyate // 4.237 //"

497,vi

ātmanaḥ "sattāyāṃ sādhana"sya prāṇāde"rvṛtteḥ" kāraṇāt vādiprativādinorātmā "sandigdha syāt" । na hyasattayā niścite'rthe kaścit sādhanamāha । prativādī ca tatsādhanaṃ śṛṇvan kathamasandigdho nāma । ātmasandehācca sapakṣo "nāsan" tat kathamucyate sapakṣāsatvāt na tato vyāvṛtta iti vyatirekī prāṇādiḥ । syādetat 〈।〉 prativādinaḥ sātmatvena kasyāścidaniṣṭeḥ sapakṣābhāva ucyate ।

497,vii

nanu parābhyupagamapramāṇamapramāṇamvā । pramāṇañcennairātmyameva tarhi siddhaṃ 〈।〉 alamātmasādhanopanyāsaprayāsena 〈।〉 athā"pramāṇaṃ" 〈।〉 parasyābhyupagamāt apramāṇakāt sapakṣasatvaṃ ca "na yujyate" । (237) tasmād 〈।〉

4.238

497,viii (PVV_497,viii_497,ix)

"asato vyatirekepi sapakṣād vinivarttanam /

sandigdhaṃ tasya sandehād vipakṣād vinivarttanam // 4.238 //"

497,ix

a"sataḥ sapakṣā"ddheto"rvya"ti"rekepyu"pagamyamāne prāṇādeḥ sapakṣād "vinivarttanaṃ sandigdhaṃ tasya" sapakṣa"sandehāt" । yadi sapakṣābhāvo'sandigdha evaṃ hetuvyāvṛttibhāvopyasandigdhaḥ <498> syāt । tatsandehe tasyāpi sandehaḥ । sapakṣād vyāvṛttisandehe "vipakṣād vinivarttanaṃ" prāṇādeḥ sandigdhaṃ । (238)

4.239

498,i (PVV_498,i_498,iii)

kathamityāha 〈।〉

498,ii

"ekatra niyame siddhe sidhyatyanyanivarttanam /

dvairāśye sati dṛṣṭeṣu syādadṛṣṭepi saṃśayaḥ // 4.239 //"

498,iii

"ekatra" sapakṣe sattvasya "niyame siddhe" sati "anya"to vipakṣā"nnivarttanaṃ sidhyati" । yo hi pakṣa eva bhavati sa niyamād vipakṣe na bhavati । yadi tu vipakṣepi syāt sapakṣe sattā niyamo vyāhanyeta ।

498,iv (PVV_498,iv)

nanu sātmakatvānātmakatvābhyāṃ dvairāśyaṃ bhāvānāṃ । tatra nirātmakeṣu ghaṭādiṣu dṛṣṭaḥ prāṇādirarthāt sātmakeṣu vyavatiṣṭhata iti prāṇāderato yuktaṃ sātmakatvānumānamityāha । dvairāśye sati bhāvānāṃ ghaṭādiṣu nirātmakeṣu dṛṣṭeṣu bahulaṃ prāṇādāva "dṛṣṭepi" deśādiviprakṛṣṭeṣu prāṇādisattā"saṃśayaḥ" kadācit kvacinnirātmakā api prāṇādiyuktāḥ syuḥ bādhakābhāvāt । (239) tathāhi ।

4.240

498,v (PVV_498,v_498,vi)

"avyaktivyāpinopyarthāḥ santi tajjātibhāvinaḥ /

kvacinna niyamodṛṣṭyā pārthivālohalekhyavat // 4.240 //"

498,vi

"tasyā"mekasyāṃ "jātau" sambha"vinopyarthā" dharmā "avyaktivyāpino" niḥśeṣatadvyaktya"sambhavinaḥ santiḥ" tataḥ kvacid ghaṭādau nirātmake prāṇādirnāṃstītya"dṛṣṭyā"darśanamātreṇa samasteṣu nirātmakeṣu na prāṇādyabhāvasya "niyamaḥ" । bahuṣu "pārthi"veṣu kāṣṭhapāṣāṇādiṣu lohalekhyatvadarśanepi pārthiva eva vajre'lohalekhyatvadarśanepi pārthiva evavajre"'lohalekhyatvavat" । alohalekhyasyeva nāsambhavasya niyamaḥ । (240)

4.241

498,vii (PVV_498,vii_498,viii)

"bhāve virodhasyādṛṣṭeḥ kaḥ santehaṃ nivārayet /"

498,viii

nirātmakatvena saha prāṇāde"rvirodhasyādṛṣṭe"rnirātmakeṣvapi bhāveṣu prāṇāderbhāve sattāyāṃ "kaḥ sandehaṃ nivārayet" । na hi prāṇādernairātmyena sahānavasthānalakṣaṇo virodhaḥ 〈।〉 kvacinnivarttyanivarttakabhāvānupalabdheḥ nāpyanyonyaparihārasthitilakṣaṇaḥ parasparavyavacchedātmakatvābhāvāt ।

498,ix (PVV_498,ix_499,i)

syādetat 〈।〉 nairātmyaviruddhenātmanā vyāptatvāt prāṇādeḥ paramparayā nairātmyena virodha ityāha ।

498,x

"kvacid viniyamāt konyastatkāryātmatayā sa ca // 4.241 //"

<499>

499,i

tasyātmanaḥ "kāryatayā" ātmatayā prāṇādeḥ "kvacidā"tmani "viniyamā"nniyatatvāt "konyaḥ" paramparayā virodhaścoktaḥ syāt । tādātmyatadutpattibhyāmeva kenacit kiñcid vyāpyate nānyathā । (241)

4.242

499,ii (PVV_499,ii_499,vii)

na cātmano'tyantaparokṣatayā te sidhyataḥ । tatkathantannimittakavirodhasthitiḥ ।

499,iii

"nairātmyādapi tenāsya sandigdhaṃ vinivartanam /"

499,iv

"tena" sākṣātparamparayā ca virodhābhāvena "nairātmyād" vipakṣā"dapi" śabdānna kevalaṃ sapakṣā"dasya" prāṇāde"rnivarttanaṃ sandigdhaṃ" । sandigdhānvayavyatirekaḥ prāṇādirityarthaḥ ।

499,v

nāsti tāvaduktakrameṇa nairātmyāt prāṇādinivṛttiḥ 〈।〉

499,vi

"astu nāma tathāpyātmā nānairātmyāt prasidhyati // 4.242 //"

499,vii

"astu nāmā"ṅgīkārāt "tathāpi" jīvaccharīre"'nairātmyānnai"rātmyābhāvāt prāṇādimatvasādhitā"dātmā na sidhyati" । (242)

4.243

499,viii (PVV_499,viii_499,x)

yanna viruddhayorekābhāvādanyatarasyāvaśyaṃ siddhirbhatyevetyāha ।

499,ix

"yenāsau vyatirekasya nābhāvaṃ bhāvamicchati /

yathā nāvyatirekepi prāṇādirnna sapakṣataḥ // 4.243 //"

499,x

"yena" kāraṇe"nāsau" vādī vyatirekasyā"bhāvaṃ bhāva"manvayaṃ "necchati । yathā" prāṇādirasataḥ sapakṣataḥ । "avyatireke" vyatirekābhāve"pi na sapakṣe" satveneṣṭaḥ । tathā nairātmyanivṛttāvapi ātmabhāvo jīvaccharīre na syāt । (243)

4.244

499,xi (PVV_499,xi_499,xiii)

tasmāt 〈।〉

499,xii

"sapakṣāvyatirekī ceddheturheturatonvayī /

nānvayyavyatirekī cedanairātmyaṃ na sātmakam // 4.244 //"

499,xiii

"sapakṣāvyatirekī" prāṇādirnairātmye nivarttamānaḥ sattāmātmano gamayan "hetuścediṣṭa"stadā'ta eva nyāyāt prāṇādi"heturanvayī" syāt । sapakṣāt prāṇādernivṛttyabhāva eva bhāvaḥ । sa cānvayaḥ 〈।〉 sapakṣā"davyatirekī" vyatirekarahitaḥ prāṇādi"rnānvayī cedi"ṣyate tadā tadvada"nairātmyaṃ" nairātmyarahitaṃ śarīraṃ"na sātmakaṃ" syāt । (244)

4.245

499,xiv (PVV_499,xiv_499,xvi)

kiñca 〈।〉

499,xv

"yannāntarīyakaḥ svātmā yasya siddhaḥ pravṛttiṣu /

nivarttakaḥ sa evātaḥ pravṛttau ca pravarttakaḥ // 4.245 //"

499,xvi

"yasya" svātm(a)〈ā〉 svabhāvo "yannāntarīyakaḥ" yadanvayavyatirekānuvidhāyī pratibandha<500>kasya vahnyādeḥ "pravṛttiṣu" vidhiṣu siddhaḥ । "sa eva" nivarttamānaḥ tasyānuvihitānvayavyatirekasya "nivarttakaḥ" । "ataḥ" pravṛttiviṣayatvāt "pravṛttau" svasattāyāñca tasyāvaśyaṃ pravṛtteḥ karttā heturbhavati । yathā dhūmo dahananāntarīyakatayā siddho dahananivṛttipravṛttibhyāṃ nivarttate pravarttate ca 〈।〉 (245)

4.246

500,i (PVV_500,i_500,ii)

"nāntarīyakatā sā ca sādhanaṃ samapekṣate /

kārye dṛṣṭiradṛṣṭiśca kāryakāraṇatā hitā // 4.246 //"

500,ii

"sā ca nāntarīyakatā sādhanaṃ" niścāyakaṃ māna"mapekṣate" gamakatvahetvadhikāre'niścitagamakatvanibandhasyāhetutvāt । sādhanañca "kārye" kāraṇānvayavati "dṛṣṭi"stadvyatirekavati "cādṛṣṭiḥ" । na tu sapakṣavipakṣayordarśanādarśanamātrakaṃ । hi yasmāt tatkāryadṛṣṭyadṛṣṭī kāryakāraṇatā kāraṇabhāvābhāvaprayukte kāryabhāvābhāvadarśane kāryakāraṇatoktā 〈।〉 anyaniścayopāyatādarśanārthaṃ । (246)

4.247

500,iii (PVV_500,iii_500,vii)

tataśca 〈।〉

500,iv

"arthāntarasya tadbhāve'bhāvāniyamato'gatiḥ /"

500,v

akāraṇasyā"rthāntarasyā"tmana"sta"sya prāṇāde"rbhāve"'bhāvā"niyama"to'vaśyambhāvā"bhāvāt aga"tirapratītiḥ ।

500,vi

nanvātmānvayavyatirekānuvidhānāt prāṇādaya ātmānaṃ tatkāryatayānumāpayiṣyantītyāha ।

500,vii

"abhāvāsambhavāt teṣāmabhāve nityabhāvinaḥ // 4.247 //"

500,viii (PVV_500,viii)

tasyātmano "nityabhāvinaḥ" sarvakālasthāyinaḥ kadācidabhāve sati "teṣāṃ" prāṇādīnā"mabhāva"syā"sambhavāt" 〈।〉 yadi vyatirekamantareṇānvayamātrādātmakāryatā prāṇādīnāṃ tadā kālākālādikāryatāpi syāt 〈।〉 yā yasya samānatvāt 〈।〉 tataśca tānapyanumāpayeyuḥ kālādinivṛttiśca prāṇādinivṛttyā vyāpyate । tato yatra prāṇādinivṛttirasti tatra kālādinivṛttirapi syāt । evaṃ vyāpyasadbhāvāt । na ca kālarahitaḥ kaścidasti । (247)

4.248

<(6) ka. sāmagrīśaktibhedād viśvarūpatā>

500,ix (PVV_500,ix_500,x)

kiñca 〈।〉

500,x

"kāryasvabhāvabhedānāṃ kāraṇebhyaḥ samudbhavāt /

tairvinā bhavatonyasmāt tajjaṃ rūpaṃ kathaṃ bhavet // 4.248 //"

<501>

"kāryasvabhāvabhedānāṃ" yathā svaṃ kāraṇebhyaḥ"samudbhavāt" kāraṇāt kevalādanvayāt kāryakāraṇabhāvepi kāryabhāvāṅgīkārāt taiḥ kāraṇai"rvinā bhavataḥ" kāryasya "rūpaṃ tajjaṃ kathaṃ bhavet" । na hi vahnijaṃ yuktaṃ pratyekaṃ vyabhicārāderhetutvaprasaṅgāt ॥ (248)

4.249

501,i (PVV_501,i_501,ii)

"sāmagrīśaktibhedāddhi vastūnāṃ viśvarūpatā /

sā cenna bhedikā prāptamekarūpamidaṃ jagat // 4.249 //"

501,ii

"sāmagrīṇāṃ śaktibhedāddhi vastūnāṃ" kāryāṇāṃ "viśvarūpatā" nānātmatā । "sāmagrī cet" svabhedena kāryāṇāṃ "na" bhedikā । "jagadidamekarūpaṃ prāptaṃ" । (249)

4.250

501,iii (PVV_501,iii_501,v)

nanu kāraṇāni kāryaṇāni kāryamātrāṇi janayanti । na teṣāṃ parasparato bhedamapi tato dhūmaḥ pāvakādiva śakramūrdhnopi jāyeta । ityāha ।

501,iv

"bhedakābhedakatve syād vyāhatā bhinnarūpatā /

ekasya nānārūpatve dve rūpe pāvaketarau // 4.250 //"

501,v

asyāḥ sāmagrayā "bhedakatve" bhinnatve bhinnasāmagrīkāryavilakṣaṇakāryajanakatve'bhedakatve ca sāmagrayantarakāryajanakatve'bhyupagamyamāne ekasyāḥ sāmagrayā "bhinnarūpatā" nānātmā'bhyupagatā "syāt" । sā ca "vyāhatā" । tathā hi "dhūmāgnyādisāmagrī" sāmagrayantarakāryavilakṣaṇaṃ janayantī tasya bhedikā pratītā । yadi ca sāmagrayantarakāryaṃ ca sā janayet "tadā'bhedikā" ca syāt । tathā "caikasya" śakramūrdhno "nānārūpatve dve rūpe pāvaketarau" syātāṃ । dhūmajanakatvād vahnitvaṃ vilakṣaṇarūpatvāccāvahnirūpatvaṃ । na caite ekasya yukte rūpabhedalakṣaṇatvād vastubhedasya । (250)

4.251

501,vi (PVV_501,vi_502,i)

"tat tasyā jananaṃ rūpamanyasya yadi saiva sā /"

501,vii

"tat" tasmāt "tasyāḥ" śakramūrddhādisāmagrayā "jananaṃ" dhūmotpādakaṃ "rūpaṃ yadi" vidyate tadā "saiva" dahanātmikaiva "sā" śakramūrddhādisāmagrī । agnidhūmayoranvayavyatirekadarśanāt sa evāgniryo dhūmajanakaḥ । sa eva dhūmo yo'gnijanya iti niścitatvāt ।

501,viii

"na tasyā jananaṃ rūpaṃ tat tasyāḥ saṃbhavet katham // 4.251 //"

<502>

502,i

atha "tasyāḥ" śakramūrddhādisāmagrayā "jananaṃ rūpaṃ" nāstīti tadā "tad" dhūmākhyaṃ rūpaṃ vahnijanya"masyāḥ kathaṃ saṃbhavet" 〈।〉 na hyadhūmahetorddhūmajanma yuktaṃ 〈।〉 yato dhūmajanaka eva vahnirvahnijanyaśca dhūmaḥ । (251)

4.252

502,ii (PVV_502,ii_502,iii)

"tataḥ svabhāvau niyatāvanyonyaṃ hetukāryayoḥ /

tasmāt svadṛṣṭāviva tad dṛṣṭe kāryepi gamyate // 4.252 //"

502,iii

"tato hetukāryayo"ragnidhūmādyoḥ "svabhāvau niyatau anyonyaṃ" tajjanakatvatadbhāvitvābhyāṃ 〈।〉 "tasmāt" kāraṇakāryayorniyamādavyabhicārahetoḥ yathā "svasya" kāraṇātman(e)〈ā〉vahneḥ "dṛṣṭau" tatkāraṇatvaṃ gamyate tadvat sākṣād darśanābhāve "kāryepi" dhūme "dṛṣṭe" tatkāraṇe parokṣamanumānabuddhyā "gamyate" sākṣāt paraṃparayā vā tadutpannena jñānena pratīyamānasya vyabhicārābhāvāt ॥ (252)

4.253

502,iv (PVV_502,iv_502,vi)

"ekaṃ kathamanekasmāt kledavaddugdhavāriṇaḥ /"

502,v

(para āha ।) na yadyekamekasmādeva bhavati ta"daikaṃ" kāryaṃ "kathamanekasmād" bhavati 〈।〉 udāharaṇamāha । "kledavat" taṇḍulādyavayavaśaithilyamiva "dugdhādvāriṇaśca" । agnisahakāri dugdhaṃ vāri ca svayaṃ pṛthak taṇḍulāderviklittiṃ janayad dṛśyate ॥

502,vi

"dravaśakteḥ yataḥ kledaḥ sā tvakaiva dvayorapi // 4.253 //"

502,vii (PVV_502,vii_502,viii)

<siddhāntī> ayuktametat । anyo hi dugdhena janitaḥ kledo'nyaśca vāriṇā । rasavīryapariṇāmākārabhedāt । tat kathamekasmādanekotpādaḥ ।

502,viii

atha satyapyavāntarabhede vijātīyavyāvṛttyā "kleda" eka ucyate tadā dugdhavāriṇoryato yasyā "dravya"janikāyāḥ "śakteḥ" kledo jāyate "sā" śaktistu "dvayorapi" vijātīyavyāvṛtte"rekaiva" । tat kathamanekasmādekotpattiḥ ॥ (253)

4.254

502,ix (PVV_502,ix_502,xi)

"bhinnābhinnaḥ kimasyātmā bhinnotha dravatā katham /

abhinnetyucyate buddhestadrūpāyā abhedataḥ // 4.254 //"

502,x

(paraḥ) yadi dugdhasya kledajananaśaktyātmatayā vāriṇā sahābheda iṣyate tadā "bhinnābhinno'syātmā kima"bhyupagantavyaḥ । śaktyātmatayā'bhedāt । ākārabhedācca bhedāt । uttaramāha 〈।〉

502,xi

na bhinnābhinna ātmā kintu "bhinna" eva । "kathantarhi" dvayorapi "dravatā"'bhinnā kledaheturityucyate dravatvasyābhedāt । abhedoktirbhedoktyā virudhyate ।

<503>

503,i (PVV_503,i)

yadi nāma svasvabhāvasthitatvād bhāvānāṃ bheda eva pāramārthikaḥ tathāpi kecid bhāvā bhinnā api svahetubalāyātasvarūpaviśeṣāt ekakāryakṛta iti "buddhervika"lpikāyā"stadrūpāyā" ekapratyavamarśākārāyā "abhedataḥ" kāraṇāt dravatākledahetu"rabhinnetyucyate" । tadekavyāvṛttiviṣayasyāvasāyasyānurodhāt । ekatvavyavahāro na pāramārthika ityarthaḥ । (254)

4.255

503,ii (PVV_503,ii_503,iii)

"tadvad bhedepi dahano dahanapratyayāśrayaḥ /

yenāṃśenādadhad dhūmaṃ tenāṃśena tathā gatiḥ // 4.255 //"

503,iii

"tadvat" kṣīrodakavat । avāntara"bhede" satyapi "dahano yenāṃśena" svabhāvena svarūpoṣṇasparśādyātmakenānagnivyāvṛttena "dahana" iti "pratyaya"sya vyavahārasya"śrayo" viṣayastena svabhāvena dhūmamādadhat janayat dhūmā"śra"yo bhavati 〈।〉 "tena dhūmāśrayatvena" kāraṇena dhūmāliṅgād dahano hetuḥ । "tathā"'nagnivyāvṛttitvena gamyate । (255)

4.256

503,iv (PVV_503,iv_503,vi)

tathā hi 〈।〉

503,v

"dahanapratyayāṅgādevānyāpekṣāt samudbhavāt /

dhūmotadvyabhicārīti tadvat kāryaṃ tathāparam // 4.256 //"

503,vi

"dahanapratyaya"syā"ṅgā"nnimittā"devā"gnilakṣaṇāda"nyāpekṣādā"rdrendhanādisahāyāt "samudabhavā"dutpatteḥ kāraṇād "dhūmo'tadvyabhicārīti" tadvat dhūmavat । "aparamapi kāryaṃ" tathā svakāraṇāvyabhicāri boddhavyaṃ । (256)

4.257

503,vii (PVV_503,vii_503,ix)

kiṃ punarddhūmo vahriṃ na vyabhicaratītyāha ।

503,viii

"dhūmendhanavikārāṅgatāpade dahanasthiteḥ /

anagniścedadhūmo'sau sadhūmaścet sa pāvakaḥ // 4.257 //"

503,ix

"dhūma"syendhana"vikārā"dera"ṅgaṃ" hetustasya bhāvo dhūmendhanavikārāṅgatā tasyāḥ pade āśrayavastuni "dahanasthite"ragnitāvyavahārācchakramūrdhā"'nagni"rddhūmendhanavikārakārī na "cedi"ṣyate 〈।〉 tato jāyamānaḥ padārtho"sau" dṛśyamāno'"dhū"mo vāṣpādireva । "na" hyagnijanyo'nagnirbhavati । sarvathā sāmyāt "sadhūmaścedi"ṣyate tarhi "sa" valmīkaḥ "pāvaka" eva dhūmajanakasyaiva pāvakatvāt । deśakālasvabhāvapratītiniyamo hi bhāvānāṃ nākasmikaḥ । tathātve'tiprasaṅgāt । na ca nānāhetukaḥ pratyekaḥ vyabhicāre'hetutvaprasaṅgāt tasmānniyatahetukaḥ । yadi cānvayavyatirekābhyāmupalabdhāgnikāraṇa<504>bhāvo dhūmaḥ śakramūrdhno jāyate । tadā vahnereva śakramūrddhā । athānagnistathā'dṛśyamānatvāt tathā sopi na dhūmo vāsyādireva ākārasāmyāttu dhūmābhaḥ । tasmātkāryakāraṇabhāvasya nāntarīyakateti sthitaṃ ॥ (257)

4.258

504,i (PVV_504,i_504,ii)

"nāntarīyakatā jñeyā yathāsvaṃ hetvapekṣayā /

svabhāvasya yathoktaṃ prāk vināśakṛtakatvayoḥ // 4.258 //"

504,ii

"svabhāvasya" ca heto"rnāntarīyakatā" sādhyā avinābhāvitā "jñeyā । yathāsvaṃ" yasya svabhāva"hetorya" ātmīyastādātmyasādhako hetuḥ sādhanaṃ tasyā"pekṣayā । yathā prāguktaṃ vināśakṛtakatvayo"stādātmyasādhanaṃ avaśyaṃ hi kṛtakānāmvināśaḥ । na cārthasāpekṣāṇāmavaśyaṃ bhāvaḥ । tataḥ svabhāvata eva kṛtakānannaśvarāṇāṃ vināśaṃ pratyanapekṣitvāditi darśitaṃ । tadeva svabhāvakāryayoravyabhicāritvāddhetutvaṃ । na ca prāṇāderātmakāryatvaṃ siddhamiti kathaṃ hetutā । (258)

4.259

<kha. prāṇāderukto doṣa ācāryeṇa>

504,iii (PVV_504,iii_504,v)

nanvayaṃ prāṇāderukto doṣakalāpi ācāryeṇeṣṭa iti kathaṃ gamyata ityāha ।

504,iv

"ahetutvagatinyāyaḥ sarvoyaṃ vyatirekiṇaḥ /

abhyūhyaḥ śrāvaṇatvokteḥ kṛtāyāḥ sāmyadṛṣṭaye // 4.259 //"

504,v

sarvasyāsādāraṇasya doṣaduṣṭatvena "sāmyadṛṣṭaye" tulyatopadarśanāyācāryeṇa "śrāvaṇatva"syāsādhāraṇasya "yoktiḥ kṛtā" tasyā "evāyaṃ vyatirekiṇaḥ" prāṇāderanyasya ca hetora"hetutvagatinyāyaḥ sarvo'bhyūhyaḥ" । (259)

<4.7 anupalabdhicintā>

<(1) anupalabdheḥ pṛthagagrahaṇe kāraṇam>

4.260

504,vi (PVV_504,vi)

nanu yathā svabhāvakāryasiddhyarthaṃ dvau hetū uktau tathā'nupalabdhirapi vaktuṃ yuktā hetutvāt । svabhāvānupalabdhistāvat tādātmyapratibandhāt svabhāvahetorna bhidyata iti svabhāvaheturnirdeśādeva nirddiṣṭā । kāraṇavyāpakānupalabdhibhyāñca niṣedhyānupalabdhireva pratipādyata iti na tepi svabhāvānupalabdherbhidyante । udāharaṇantarhi kasmānnoktamityāha ।

<505>

505,i (PVV_505,i_505,ii)

"hetusvabhāvanivṛttyaivārthanivṛttivarṇanāt /

siddhodāharaṇetyuktānupalabdhiḥ pṛthag na tu // 4.260 //"

505,ii

trividhāpyanupalabdhirvipakṣā"ddhetoḥ" kāraṇasya "svabhāva"sya vyāpakasya nivṛtyaivārthasya kāryasya vyāpyasya ca "nivṛttervarṇanāt siddhodāharaṇeti na pṛthaguktā" । svabhā"vānupa〈la〉bdhiḥ" kāraṇavyāpakābhāvasādhikā । tayoranupalabdhistu kāryavyāpyābhāvasādhanīti trividhānupalambhodāharaṇaṃ siddhaṃ । (260)

4.261

505,iii (PVV_505,iii_505,v)

upalabdhilakṣaṇaprāptaviṣayatvamanupalabdherviśeṣaṇaṃ kathaṃ "siddhamiti cedāha" ।

505,iv

"tatrāpyadṛśyāt puruṣāt prāṇāderanivartanāt /

sandehahetutākhyātyā dṛśyerthe seti sūcitam // 4.261 //"

505,v

"prāṇāde"rhetora"dṛśyāt puruṣādā"tmano'"nivṛtte"rnivṛttyasiddhe jīvaccharīre "sandehahetu"tayā "ākhyātyā" kathanena tatrānupalabdhāvapi "dṛśye'rthe" yā'nupalabdhiḥ "sā" bhāvasādhikā nānye"ti sūcitamā" cā rye ṇa । yadi tvanupalabdhirityeva pramāṇaṃ tadā'tmani prāṇādernivṛttiḥ sidhyet । tataśca jīvaccharīre varttamānamātmānaṃ gamayediti na sandehahetuḥ syāt । (261)

4.262

505,vi (PVV_505,vi_505,viii)

nanu yathā vyavacchedaviṣayā'nupalabdhiḥ tathā kāryasvabhāvāvapīti anupalabdhirevaiko hetuḥ syādityāha ।

505,vii

"anaṅgīkṛtavastvaṃśo niṣedhaḥ sādhyatenayā /

vastunyapi tu pūrvābhyāṃ paryudāso vidhānataḥ // 4.262 //"

505,viii

"anayā"nupalabdhyā na kevala"mvastuni" avastunyapi "niṣedhaḥ" kevalo "nāṅgīkṛtavastvaṃśaḥ" kāraṇavyāpakānupalabdhibhyāṃ vastuvyavacchedamātraṃ abhāvavyavahāraśca sādhyate 〈।〉 yathā pradeśe dharmiṇi ghaṭābhāvaḥ । "pūrvābhyāṃ" kāryasvabhāvābhyāṃ tvanyavyavacchede naikasya "vidhānataḥ paryudāsaḥ" sādhyate 〈।〉 yathā'nagnivyavacchedenāgniḥ । nityavyavacchedenānityatvaṃ । (262)

4.263

505,ix (PVV_505,ix_505,xi)

nanu svabhāvānupalabdhau kathaṃ tādātmyaṃ pratibandha ityāha ।

505,x

"tatropalabhyeṣvastitvamupalabdherna cāparam /"

505,xi

"tatropalabhyeṣu" bhāveṣu vicāryamāṇama"stitvamupalabdheraparaṃ na" bhavati । yadi hyupalabdhiḥ karmadharmastadopalabhyamānatāstitvaṃ । atha kartṛdharmo jñānaṃ । tadā <506> tadanvayavyatirekānuvidhānād bhāvasattāvyavasthānasyopacārāt saiva sattā । yathā copalabdhireva sattā tathā'nupalabdhirevāsatteti tādātmyamanayoḥ sambandhaḥ ।

<(2) anupalabdherabhāvasiddhau liṅgaliṅgigrahaṇaprayojanam>

506,i (PVV_506,i_506,iii)

evaṃ tarhyanupalabdhirevābhāvasiddhirityalaṃ liṅgiliṅgabhāvenetyāha ।

506,ii

"ityajñajñāpanāyaikānupākhyodāhṛtirmatā // 4.263 //"

506,iii

abhāvaḥ siddhatvānna sādhanārhaḥ । tasmādabhāvaṃ paśyatopyavyavaharato"'jña"sya mūḍhasya "jñāpanā"yābhāvavyavahārāya "ekā" svabhāvānupalambho"dāhṛtirmatā" 〈।〉 sā cānupalabdhira"nupākhyā" vastuto'bhāvātmikā । (263)

4.264–4.265

<(3) svabhāvānupalabdhyā viṣayiṇaḥ pratiṣedhaḥ>

506,iv (PVV_506,iv_506,vi)

yadyabhāvaḥ svabhāvānupalabdhyā na sādhyate kintarhi sādhyata ityāha ।

506,v

"viṣayāsattvatastatra viṣayi pratiṣidhyate /

jñānābhidhānasandehaṃ yathā'dāhādapāvakaḥ // 4.264 //

tathānyā nopalabhyeṣu nāstitānupalambhanāt /

tajjñānaśabdāḥ sādhyante tadbhāvāt tannibandhanāḥ // 4.265 //"

506,vi

"tatra" svabhāvānu(pa)lambhe "viṣayāsatvato" jñānābhidhānasandehānāṃ viṣayasyāsattvataḥ kāraṇād "viṣayi pratiṣidhyate" । kintadviṣayītyāha । jñānamabhidhānañca sandehaśca "jñānābhidhānasaṃdehaṃ" । saditi jñānaṃ sadityabhidhānaṃ । asti na veti sandehaścānupalabdhilakṣaṇādabhāvānniṣidhyate 〈।〉 sattvaviṣayā hi sajjñānādayaḥ । tadabhāve niṣidhyanta iti nyāyyaṃ । dṛṣṭāntamāha । "yathā" guñjādau vahnitvasandehe kaścidāha pāvakoyamiti 〈।〉 dāhādinimitto hi vahnitvavyavahāraḥ tadabhāvāt pratiṣiddhaḥ । yathopalabdheranyā nāstitā tathopalabhyeṣūpalabdhilakṣaṇaprāpteṣvanupalambhādanyā nāstitā na bhavati । kintvanupalabdhireva nāstitvaṃ 〈।〉 tasmāt tannibandhanā anupalabdhinimittāḥ tat jñānābhidhānavyavahārāstasyānupalambhanasya bhāvāt sādhyante । (264,265)

4.266

506,vii (PVV_506,vii_507,ii)

yadyanupalambhena nimittena naimittiko'sat jñānādiḥ sādhyate tadā nimitte <507> sati naimittikabhāvaniyamābhāvāt satyanupalambhe'sajjñānādivyavahāra aikāntiko na syādityāha 〈।〉

507,i

"siddho hi vyavahāroyaṃ dṛśyādṛṣṭāvasanniti /

tasyāḥ siddhāvasandigdhau tatkāryatvepi dhīdhvanī // 4.266 //"

507,ii

sarvasyaiva "hi dṛśyādṛṣṭāvasanniti vyavahāroyaṃ" nimittāntaranirapekṣaḥ "siddhaḥ । tasyā" dṛśyādṛṣṭeḥ "siddhau" satyāṃ asaditi "dhīdhvanī kāryatve"pya"sadigdhau" niyata"prava"rttanau siddhau । yadyapi kāryaṃ na kāraṇena niyatabhāvaṃ tathāpi yadi kvacid bhāvavyavahāraḥ pravarttyate tadānupalabdhimānanimittatvādanyatrāpyanupalabdhau satyāṃ sa pravarttanīya ityarthaḥ । (266)

4.267

507,iii (PVV_507,iii_507,iv)

"vidyamānepi viṣaye mohādatrānanubruvan /

kevalaṃ siddhasādharmyāt smāryate samayaṃ paraḥ // 4.267 //"

507,iv

abhāvavyavahārasya "viṣaye" dṛśyādarśane "vidyamāne"pi "kevalaṃ mohādasat jñāna"śabdavyavahārāna"nanubruvan" nānuvadan paro'sadvyavahāraviṣayatayā "siddhe"na ghaṭena dṛṣṭāntena dṛśyādarśanavattāyāḥ "sādharmyāt samayaṃ" vyavahāraṃ "smāryate" । pūrvamapi tvayā dṛśyādarśanamātrako'sadvyavahāraḥ pravarttitaḥ । tatsa"dbhāvā"dihāpi pravarttayeti paraḥ pratipādyate । (267)

4.268

507,v (PVV_507,v_507,vii)

dṛṣṭāntamāha ।

507,vi

"kāryakāraṇatā yadvat sādhyate dṛṣṭyadṛṣṭitaḥ /

kāryādiśabdā hi tayorvyavahārāya kalpitāḥ // 4.268 //"

507,vii

"kāryakāraṇatā dṛṣṭyadṛṣṭito" darśanādarśanābhyāmanvayavyatirekagrāhakābhyāṃ "yadvat sādhya"te । na hi vastuto darśanādarśanābhyāmanyā kāryakāraṇatā । kintu "tayo"rdarśanādarśanayo"rhi" saṃkṣepeṇa "vyavahārāya kāryādiśabdāḥ kalpitāḥ" । (268) tataśca 〈।〉

4.269

507,viii (PVV_507,viii_507,ix)

"kāraṇāt kāryasaṃsiddhiḥ svabhāvāntargamādiyam /

hetuprabhedākhyāne na darśitodāhṛtiḥ pṛthak // 4.269 //"

507,ix

"kāraṇāt" dṛśyādarśanāt asajjñānaśabdavyavahāra"kārya"yogyatā"saṃsiddhiḥ" "svabhāva"hetāva"ntargamātra" hetvantaraṃ । teneyaṃ svabhāvānupalabdhi"rhetu"nā "prabhedasyākhyāne" kriyamāṇe svabhāvahetunaiva "darśitodāhṛtirna pṛthak" nirddiṣṭā । (269)

4.270

507,x (PVV_507,x_508,ii)

bhavatu tāvad dṛśyānupalabdherasadvyavahārayogyatāsiddhiḥ । saiva tu kathaṃ sidhyatītyāha ।

<508>

508,i

"ekopalambhānubhavādidaṃ nopalabhe iti /

buddherupalabhe veti kalpikāyāḥ samudbhavaḥ // 4.270 //"

508,ii

"eka"jñānasaṃsargiṇa ekasya pradeśasayo"palambhānubhavāt" svasamvedanādanantaraṃ ghaṭādi nopalabhyate । "idaṃ" pradeśobhyupala bhyata iti "kalpikāyā buddheḥ" svavedanaviṣayīkṛtavidhipratiṣedhānukāriṇyāḥ "samudbhavo" bhavatīti svasamvedanādevānupalambhasiddhiḥ । (270)

4.271

<(4) viśiṣṭavedanādarthākāṃ viśeṣāvagamaḥ>

508,iii (PVV_508,iii_508,v)

bhavatu jñānaṃ svasamvedanaviṣayayorjñānayoranyonyabhedastu kena jñāyate ityāha ।

508,iv

"viśeṣo gamyate'rthānāṃ viśiṣṭādeva vedanāt /

tathābhūtātmasaṃpattirbhedadhīheturasya ca // 4.271 //"

508,v

"arthānāṃ vi(ṣeśo)"<?>〈śeṣo〉'nyonyaṃ bhedo gamyate 〈।〉 "viśiṣṭa"pratiniyatākārā"deva vedanāt" । asya samvedanasya tayo"rbhedā"niyatākāratvaṃ tasya dhiyaḥ samvedanasya tu sādhanaṃ"tathābhūtā" pratiniyatākārā paranirapekṣaprakāśā"tmasaṃpatti"raparokṣatā । (271)

4.272

508,vi (PVV_508,vi_508,vii)

"tasmāt svato dhiyorbhedasiddhistābhyāṃ tadarthayoḥ /

anyathā hyanavasthāto bhedaḥ sidhyenna kasyacit // 4.272 //"

508,vii

"tasmād dhiyo bhedasya svataḥ" pratiniyatāt aparokṣaprakāśāt svarūpata eva "siddhiḥ । tābhyāṃ" bhinnatayā siddhābhyāṃ tayo"rarthayoḥ" sārūpyajanakayorbhedasiddhiḥ । "anyathā" yadyevaṃ neṣyate tadā'parābhyāṃ bhedasiddhirvaktavyā । tayośca bhedasiddhau bhedagrāhakatā yukteti tadbhedagrāhakamaparaṃ dvayameṣṭavyaṃ । evamaparāparāpekṣāyā"manavasthātaḥ na kasyacid bhedaḥ sidhyet" । (272)

4.273

508,viii (PVV_508,viii_508,ix)

"viśiṣṭarūpānubhavādanyathānyanirākriyā /

tadviśiṣṭopalambhotaḥ tasyāpyanupalambhanam // 4.273 //"

508,ix

ato "viśiṣṭa"sya niyatasya "rūpa"syā"nubhavāda"nya"thānya"sya "nirākriyā" na bhavati । "atasta"smāt pratiṣedhyād "viśiṣṭa"sya bhinnasya pradeśāde"rupalambhastasya" pratiṣedhyasyā"pyanupalambhanaṃ" । (273)

4.274

<509>

509,i (PVV_509,i_509,ii)

"tasmādanupalambhoyaṃ svayaṃ pratyakṣato gataḥ /

svamātravṛttergamakastadabhāvavyavasthiteḥ // 4.274 //"

509,ii

"tasmādayaṃ" jñānātmakā'"nupalambhaḥ svaya"mātmanā "pratyakṣataḥ" svasamvedanād "gataḥ" pratītaḥ san "svamātravṛtte"rātmamātrapratītāyā"sta"syānupalabhyamānasyā"bhāvavyavasthitergamakaḥ" । anupalambho hi nimittaṃ viṣayo vā'bhāvavyavahārasyetyubhayathāpi svasattāmātreṇābhāvavyavahārahetuḥ । (274)

4.275

509,iii (PVV_509,iii_509,iv)

"anyathārthasya nāstitvaṃ gamyatenupalambhataḥ /

upalambhasya nāstitvamanyenetyanavasthitiḥ // 4.275 //"

509,iv

"anyathā" yadi svato nānupalambhasiddhistadā'"rthasya nāstitvamanupalambhastato gamyate" 〈।〉 "upalambhasya nāstitvama"nupalabdhira"nyenā"nupalambhena gamyate । sopyanapalambhāntareṇe"ti" apekṣāyā"manavasthitiḥ" syāt । (275)

4.276

<(5) dṛśyānupalabdhiḥ sadvyavahārabādhikā>

509,v (PVV_509,v_509,vii)

bhavatu tāvad dṛśyeṣvanupalabdhāvabhāvapratītiradṛśye punaḥ kathamityāha ।

509,vi

"adṛśye niścayāyogāt sthitiranyatra bādhyate /

yathā'liṅgo'nyasattveṣu vikalpādirna sidhyati // 4.276 //"

509,vii

"anyatra" dṛśyānupalabdhau satyāma"dṛśye" viṣaye'bhāva"niścayāyogāt" । sadvyavahārasya "sthitirbbādhyate" upalambhapūrvakatvāt tasyāḥ । "yathā'nyeṣu sattveṣu prāṇiṣu" rāgādiviṣayo "vikalpo" paracittajñānādirādinā'liṅgo liṅgarahitaḥ sadvyavahāraviṣayatvena na sidhyati । (276)

4.277

509,viii (PVV_509,viii_509,xii)

kiṃ punaradṛśyānupalabdhau satyāmapi na sidhyatītyāha ।

509,ix

"aniścayaphalā hyeṣā nālaṃ vyāvṛttisādhane /"

509,x

"eṣā hi" satyapyarthe sambhavantī abhāvasyā"niścayaphalā" 〈।〉 tasmād "vyāvṛtte"rabhāvasya "sādhane nālaṃ" śaktā ।

509,xi

"ādyādhikriyate hetornniścitenaiva sādhane // 4.277 //"

509,xii

"ādyā" dṛśyānupalabdhiḥ punarvyāvṛttisādhane"'dhikriyate" । kasmādityāha । <510>"heto"rvipakṣāt kāraṇavyāpakānupalabdhibhyāṃ vyāvṛtte"rniścitenaiva" sādhyārtha"sādhane" 'dhikārāt । na hi vipakṣādaniścitavyāvṛttiko heturgamakaḥ । na hi kāraṇavyāpakānupalabdhibhyāmanyo vyāvṛttisādhanaḥ kāraṇaviruddhopalambhādiṣvapi kāraṇābhāvādabhāvaḥ pratipādyaḥ । (277 )

4.278

510,i (PVV_510,i_510,ii)

"tasyāḥ svayaṃ prayogeṣu svarūpaṃ vā prayujyate /

arthabādhanarūpamvā bhāve bhāvādabhāvataḥ // 4.278 //"

510,ii

"tasyā" anupalabdheḥ "prayogeṣu svayaṃ" śabdapratipāditaṃ vā "svarūpaṃ prayujyate" । yathā svabhāvakāraṇavyāpakānupalabdhyādiṣu । niṣedhyasyārthasya "bādhanaṃ" viruddhaṃ "vā" prayujyate yathā svabhāvakāraṇavyāpakaviruddhopalabdhyādiṣu prayujyata ityāha । avikalakāraṇatayā śītasya "bhāve" sattāyāṃ satyāṃ dahanasya "bhāvāt । abhāvato" nivṛtteḥ । yathā śītābhāvasādhane sahānavasthānaviruddho vahneḥ prayujyate nātra śītasparśo vahreriti । (278)

4.279

510,iii (PVV_510,iii_510,iv)

"anyonyabhedasiddhervā dhruvabhāvavināśavat /

pramāṇāntarabādhād vā sāpekṣadhruvabhāvavat // 4.279 //"

510,iv

niṣedhyavidhīyamānayora"nyonya"syābhāvātmatayā "bhedasiddhervā"'rthabādhanarūpaṃ prayujyate । "dhruvabhāvavināśavat" । nityatvānityatvayoranyonyābhāvātmakatvena bhedasiddhau parasparaparihārasthitilakṣaṇatayā viruddhaṃ vināśitvaṃ nityatvabādhane prayujyate । yathā nityaḥ śabdo vināśitvāt । sa cāyaṃ parasparaparihārasthitiviruddhaḥ kvacit sākṣād vā prayujyate yathā nityatvasya vināśitvaṃ । kvacid dharmāntaravirodhagrāhiṇā "pramāṇānta"reṇa paramparayā "bā"dhanāt । abādhitaviruddhabhāvo "vā" prayujyate । "sāpekṣadhruvabhāvitvavat" । yathā sāpekṣadhruvabhāvayoḥ sākṣād virodhābhāvepi dhruvabhāvitvasya yad vyāpakaṃ tena viruddhaṃ sāpekṣatvaṃ vyāpyavyāpakayośca vastutastādātmyādayo yadvyāpake virudhyate sa tadvyāpyenāpīti pramāṇāntarabādhanādevāvadhṛtaviruddhabhāvaṃ sāpekṣatvaṃ dhruvabhāvitvabādhane prayujyate 〈।〉 yathā na dhruvabhāvī kṛtakasya vināśo hetvantarasāpekṣatvāditi । (279)

510,v (PVV_510,v)

kasmāt punarhetvantarasāpekṣo na dhruvabhāvītyāha ।

<511>

<4.8. bhāvasvabhāvacintā>

<(1) hetvantarasāpekṣo na dhruvabhāvaḥ>

4.280

511,i (PVV_511,i_511,v)

"hetvantarasamutthasya sannidhau niyataḥ kutaḥ /"

511,ii

utpādakāddheto"rhetvantarasamutthasya" dharmasya "sannidhau" sannidhāne "niyataḥ kutaḥ" । yathā kāraṇāntarasāpekṣasya vāsasi nāvaśyaṃbhāvaniyamo rāgasya ।

<(2) na bhāvanaśvarasvabhāvaniyato bhāvaḥ>

511,iii

syādetat । bhāvaheturevānityatvākhyaṃ dharmaṃ bhāvanāśakaṃ janayati tena naśvarasvabhāvaniyato bhāva ityāha ।

511,iv

"bhāvahetubhavatve kiṃ pāramparyapariśramaiḥ // 4.280 //"

511,v

"bhāvahetubhavatve"'nityatvākhyasya dharmasya bhāvanāśakasyeṣyamāṇe "pāramparye pariśramai"rebhiḥ svīkṛtaiḥ "kiṃ" prayojanaṃ । (280)

4.281

511,vi (PVV_511,vi_511,viii)

tathā hi 〈।〉

511,vii

"nāśanaṃ janayitvānyaṃ sa hetustasya nāśakaḥ

tameva naśvaraṃ bhāvaṃ janayed yadi kimbhavet // 4.281 //"

511,viii

"sa" bhāva"heturanyama"nityatvākhyaṃ dharmaṃ "bhāvanāśanaṃ janayitvā tasyā"bhāvasya "nāśaka" iṣyate paraṃparayā । "yadi" tu "tameva" na"śvaraṃ bhāvaṃ" sākṣād bhāvahetu"rjanayet । tadākiṃ"ndūṣaṇaṃ "bhavet" । na kiñcit । (281)

4.282

511,ix (PVV_511,ix_511,xi)

api ca 〈।〉

511,x

"ātmopakārakaḥ kaḥ syāt tasya siddhātmanaḥ sataḥ /

nātmopakārakaḥ kaḥ syāt tena yaḥ samapekṣyate // 4.282 //"

511,xi

yo yāvānanityatvākhyo dharma "ātmā" bhāvasya sa kimu"pakārakaḥ" san "vināśako" bhāvasya utānupakāraka eva । tatrādye pakṣe "siddhātmano" bhāvasya "sataḥ" sarvato nirāśaṃsyasya "ka ātmā"'nityākhyo dharmo'nyo vā "upakārakaḥ syāt" । atha dvitīyaḥ pakṣaḥ 〈।〉 tadā'"nātmā upakārakaḥ" syāt । "tena" bhāvena "yo" nāśakatvena "samapekṣyeta" । upakāraka eva hyapekṣyate anupakārakatve kā tasyāpekṣā nāśakatā vā ।(282)

4.283

<512>

<(3) anapekṣya eva bhāvo naśvaratve>

512,i (PVV_512,i_512,iii)

atha nāśahetvayogāt । anapekṣya eva bhāvo naśvaratāyāṃ, tadā 〈।〉

512,ii

"anapekṣaśca kimbhāvo'tathābhūtaḥ kadācana /

yathā na kṣepabhāgiṣṭaḥ sa evodbhūtanāśakaḥ // 4.283 //"

512,iii

"anapekṣaśca" nāśe "bhāvaḥ kiṃ" kasmāt "kadācanātathābhūto" anaśvarasvabhāvaḥ । sarvadaiva naśvarasvabhāvatā'sya yuktā । "yathā" tvanmate "sa eva" kṛtako bhāva "udbhūtanāśaka" unmukhanāśakānityatvasvabhāvo nāśakāle'"kṣepa"bhāgaciravināśī iṣṭaḥ । tathotpādānantaraṃ naśvarasvabhāvatayā vinaśyediti । (283)

4.284

512,iv (PVV_512,iv_512,v)

"kṣaṇamapyanapekṣatve bhāvo bhāvasya neti cet /

bhāvo hi sa tathā bhūto'bhāve bhāvastathā katham // 4.284 //"

512,v

kṣaṇakṣayisvabhāvā bhāvāḥ svahetoreva jāyante । vināśaṃ pratyana"pekṣatve bhāvasya" yathā dvitīye kṣaṇe "bhāvo nā"sti tathā prathamepi kṣaṇe na syāditi । kṣaṇamapi bhāvasya bhāvo na syāditi cet । ayuktametat hi yasmāt "sa bhāva"sta"thā" naśvarasvabhāva iṣyate । yadā tu bhāva eva nāsti tadā'"bhāve" bhāvasya "bhāvastathā" naśvaraḥ "katha"mucyate 〈।〉 tato labdhajanmato bhāvasya kṣaṇāntarānanuvṛtternaśvaratā ॥ (283) ।

512,vi (PVV_512,vi_512,viii)

tasmāt ।

512,vii

"ye'parāpekṣatadbhāvāstadbhāvaniyatā hi te /

asambhavadvibandhā ca sāmagrī kāryakarmaṇi // 4.285 //"

512,viii

"ye" bhāvā anapekṣa"tadbhāvāḥ parāpekṣāṃ" vinā sambhavaddharmaviśeṣasaṃbhavāḥ । "te tasya bhāve" dharmasya "niyatāḥ" । kāraṇasāmagrīva "asambhavadvibandhā" vibandhakāraṇarahitā"kāryasya karmaṇi" kriyāyāṃ niyatā । paranirapekṣāśca bhāvāḥ svanāśa iti । "kṣaṇikāḥ sarvasaṃskārā" ityakampyaḥ sau ga taḥ siṃhanādaḥ ॥

512,ix (PVV_512,ix_513,iii)

na yadiha tanna nyāyyaṃ tenoditena ca kiṃ phalaṃ । yadiṃ bahuśastasyā vṛttau guṇaḥ kathaṃ kasya kaḥ ।

<513>

513,i

yadi paramasau vyākhyeyārthagrahasya virodhinī 〈।〉 vivṛttiracanāmātre tasmāt kṛtotra bhayādaraḥ ॥

513,ii

ācāryaśrīmanorathanandikṛtāyāṃ vārttikavṛttau caturthaḥ paricchedaḥ samāptaḥ //

513,iii

likhiteyaṃ paṃḍi〈ta〉vibhūticandreṇa yadatra puṇyaṃ tadbhavatvācāryopādhyāyapūrvaṅgamasakalasatvarāśeranuttarajñānaphalāvāptaya iti ।